Douora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY >? Associate Editors
LUDLOW GRISCOM f

VOLUME 35

1933

The New England Botanical Club, Ine.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass.

JAN 18 1333

Hovdora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY , Associate Editors
LUDLOW GRISCOM

Vol. 35. January, 1933. No. 409.
CONTENTS:

Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora. M. L. Fernald... 1

Aster paniculatus and some of its Relatives. K. M. Wiegand..... 16

Desmodium glabellum in northeastern Connecticut. A.W. Upham 38

Diarrhena festucoides again. M. L. Fernald.............. esses 39

Ficus Carica in Massachusetts. S. N. F. Sanford. ........... Ls. 40

The New England Botanical Club, Ine.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United
States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or
some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which
will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating
directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits.
Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more
than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con-
tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished
at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in
several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the
flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in-
cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, var-
ieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria,
leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical
activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards.

GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray
HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten
copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separatelv.

No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton,
pod Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932.
3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora Plate 232

Bayard Lona (right) and Jonn MivrowN Foca, sr. (left) on the north slope
of TH TABLELAND, Bonne Bay.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 35. January, 1933. No. 409.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD
UNIVERSITY—NO. CI.

RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA
M. L. FERNALD
(Plates 232-271)!
Part I. JOURNAL or 1926 AND 1929

I have already published two extended accounts? of botanical work
in Newfoundland and some other papers? in which the great interest
and the relic endemism or isolation of plants in Newfoundland has
been much emphasized. Very briefly summarized some of the many

1 The snap-shots of topography, unless otherwise stated, are my own. The pho-
tographs of plants have been prepared, with aid from the Milton Fund for Research
of Harvard University, by Dn. Hvau M. Rave or by Mr. CuanLEs BuLLARD, whose
unlimited kindness I wish here to acknowledge. The large cost of reproduction of
the plates has been wholly met by my ever loyal companion, Mr. Bayarp Lona.
The preparation of the maps has been possible through the Milton Fund for Re-
search. "The polar projection used in some maps is Goode's No. 201 Pc, copyrighted
and published by the University of Chicago. Some plates, cited in early parts of the
paper, will appear in later instalments, where more appropriate. t

2 A Botanical Expedition to Newfoundland and Southern Labrador (Contrib. Gray
Herb. n. s. no, xl.), Ruopona xiii. 109—162, plates 86—91 (1911).

Two Summers of Botanizing in Newfoundland (Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixxvi.) Ruo-
DORA XXviii. 49-63, 74—87, 89-111, 115—120, 145-155, 161—178, 181-204, 210—225,
234—241, plates 153—155 (1926, 1927).

3 The Contrasts in the Floras of Eastern and Western Newfoundland. Am. Journ.
Bot. v. 237-247 (1918).

Persistence of Plants in Unglaciated Areas of Boreal America (Mem. Gray Herb.,
no, ii.) Mem. Am. Acad. xv. no. iii. (1925).

Some Relationships of the Floras of the Northern Hemisphere. Proc. Intern. Congr.
Pl. Sci. ii. 1487-1507 (1929).

Unglaciated Western Newfoundland. Harvard Alumni Bull. Jan. 23, 1930 (with
photographs of characteristic topography).

Specific Segregations and Identities in some Floras of Eastern North America and the
Old World (Contrib. Gray Herb. xciii.), Rgopona, xxxiii, 25—63, plate 204 (1931).

2 Rhodora [JANUARY

points of phytogeographic interest are: (1) the restricted areas in
Newfoundland of at least the later glaciations of the Pleistocene,
with the result that a large element of the flora seems to have persisted
unscathed through the Pleistocene or, at any rate, through the
Wisconsin (or Labradorean) glaciation; (2) the high degree of en-
demism in the flora of the West Coast, from Cape Ray to Cape
Norman; (3) the identity or close affinity of much of the flora of
western Newfoundland with that of the Arctic Archipelago and arctic
Eurasia and, in some cases, with that of the Cordilleran and Pacific
regions of North America; (4) the representation of a number of
groups now found mostly in the Southern Hemisphere and the Tropics,
but also sharing Newfoundland with Nova Scotia and the Coastal
Plain of the eastern United States, a flora apparently of Cretaceous
origin which had its interchanges along the now submerged Cretaceous
and Tertiary continental shelf; (5) the occurrence, especially on the
Avalon Peninsula, of a considerable Atlantic European element
unknown elsewhere in eastern America; (6) these isolated or relic
elements and the endemic species occurring mostly as localized and
often very restricted colonies in the widely diffused and everywhere
common and comparatively uninteresting elements of the Canadian
and Hudsonian forests, bogs, shores and barrens.

To the field-botanist with temperamental ability to take things as
they come, to work under disadvantageous conditions, to overlook
the discomforts of perpetually fighting swarms of black-flies and
mosquitoes, and to maintain a cheerful enthusiasm in spite of frequent
deficiencies of diet and the regular failure of the announced schedules
of boats to meet their obligations, western Newfoundland still offers
almost virgin and unspoiled territory for fascinating exploration and
important botanical discovery. The last general account of the work
of parties of which I had the good fortune to be a member covered the
summers of 1924 and 1925. The summer of 1926 was largely taken
up for botanists of eastern America by the International Congress
at Ithaca; but, having a short period of early autumn still available,
my ever-ready companion, Mr. Bayard Long, and my genial student,
now Dr. John Milton Fogg, joined me after the Ithaca meetings and
we went, via Montreal, on one of the sumptuous steamships of the
Clarke line to Corner Brook at the head (“bottom”) of the Bay of
Islands, with the avowed purpose of locating at Lark Harbor, at the
southern entrance to the Bay of Islands, thence, when the weather

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 3

proved propitious, to go by motor boat southward along the outer
cliff-wall to Serpentine River whence we could make a simple ap-
proach to the unbotanized Lewis Hills, the highest mountains (2700
ft.) of Newfoundland. We planned to finish the trip by proceeding
slightly east of Cape Ray to the region of Burgeo in order to get
some idea of the flora of a thoroughly glaciated granitic area, to
contrast with the flora of the unglaciated or, at least, recently un-
glaciated West Coast.

Entering Bay of Islands, we longed immediately to get at the sheer
outer wall of trap rock which, broken only by tiny coves, extends far
south, to Bluff Head. Passing Lark Harbor and steaming to the
head of Humber Arm, we were there met by a motor boat sent in
by our prospective host, Mr. Moses G. Sheppard, proprietor of the
extensive fisheries at Lark Harbor; and toward mid-afternoon we
started back about thirty miles over the steamship’s route, to Lark
Harbor. The afternoon was windy, with black clouds overhanging the
precipitous (nearly 2000 feet high) walls of Blomidon, and, in spite
of sweaters and oilskins, we fully approved the local pronunciation,
“Blow-me-down.” Passing the inner islands of the Bay and the
outer cliffs of Blomidon in the evening light, we gazed in awe at the
mountain-walls and, reaching Lark Harbor, were greeted from the
wharf with the informative: “Well, gentlemen, dis is w’ot we calls
de Bay of Hilands." Either way we thought of it the name seemed
wholly appropriate, but somehow we got a feeling that we had just
drifted ashore and were not supposed to know where we had landed.
It was a fortunate haven, however: Mr. Sheppard, a progressive
man of fine physique and sturdy character, genial, wholesome and
hospitable, and busy through a long day; Mrs. Sheppard, a women
of unusual poise and background, who, with at least two of the
daughters, had seen much of the outside world; the twin sons and
our efficient skipper, Pennell, alert and, like the others, anxious to
make our botanizing successful. The Sheppards also had a fine
garden of many vegetables, one of the desiderata in many New-
foundland ports, and we were inclined, as we have not always been
at fishing ports, to linger over our meals.

When we awoke on the morning of August 30th, the weather was
“dirty” and, in fact, for a full week we did not have a truly “civil”
day. We botanized along the shore toward York Harbor, visited
some of the islands, spent a day on the inner slope of Lark Mountain,

4 Rhodora [JANUARY

and on one bright but very windy day Long and Fogg crossed over
to explore the desert-like serpentine ridge which flanks the North
Arm; but at no time would the wind let up and give us the calm
weather necessary if we were to follow the outer sea-wall in a small
boat and make a safe entry into the Serpentine. Waghorne had
botanized about Lark Harbor, Eames and Godfrey had made a
center at the copper mine above York Harbor, and Mackenzie and
Griscom had got at Blomidon from Frenchman’s Cove; while Wiegand
and I, in 1910, had twice visited Blomidon from Benoit’s Cove.
Consequently, lingering at Lark Harbor merely to take advantage of
calm weather, we did not undertake extensive trips away from head-
quarters. But these short excursions into the neighboring region
yielded fair returns, though, of course, Waghorne and his successors
had already secured the more interesting species.

The season had been unduly cold; snow of the preceding winter
lingered in early September on many slopes; the general verdict was
that there had been no summer; and we heard many accounts of
unmelted snow-banks extending down to the sea along the Straits
of Belle Isle. The vegetation in early autumn was in the usual mid-
summer state; the plants which usually flower in late July or early
August were just coming into bloom. The immediate neighborhood
of Lark Harbor, we had been told, would be quite unspoiled and an
ideal place for botanists, “absolutely wild, with lots of sheep and
goats.” The sheep and goats had had full control; but from among
the meagre remnants of vegetation we were able to pull out a solitary
Botrychium simplex! and a few other vouchers which even they had
missed.

The inner slope of Lark Mountain, however, had good fences near
the base and we soon got into wholly primitive mountain-woods,
with Aster acuminatus and some other Canadian forest types which
are not often seen in Newfoundland; in fact, the Aster had been
known on the Island only from thickets at the southwest corner,
Port aux Basques. Passing above timber line we were out on the
open wind-swept lower edge of the tableland, but instead of being
arctic-alpine as, in spite of many experiences, we still somehow
expected the tablelands of western Newfoundland to be, it was in
some features less *alpine" than the shores of the outer Bay. A

1 It seems unnecessary to encumber the narrative by giving the authors of species
which are in the current manuals. They will be noted only in cases of change or
for species not in Gray’s Manual.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 5

few “arctic-alpine” species of broad range and of general occurrence
in almost any bleak or open habitat in Newfoundland were there:
the inevitable Lycopodium Selago and L. annotinum var. pungens,
Juniperus communis var. montana, Agrostis borealis, Hierochloe
alpina, Scirpus cespitosus var. callosus Bigel., Carex rariflora, C.
scirpoidea, Juncus trifidus, Salix Uva-ursi, Rubus Chamaemorus,
Viola labradorica, Loiseleuria procumbens, Arctostaphylos alpina,
Vaccinium uliginosum var. alpinum Bigel.! and Diapensia lapponica.
However, these and many others, which in New England we call
* arctic-alpine," are so nearly ubiquitous at all altitudes in Newfound-
land that they were mostly on our “taboo-list,” not to be collected
unless an extraordinarily fine or exceptional specimen was found.
Consequently, they failed to stir our emotions.

Far more interesting on the tableland were their more southern
companions, a group of species characteristic of acid peats of New
Jersey, southern New York, southern New England or Nova Scotia,
here thriving, as they do on the great diorite tableland of Blomidon
to the east, as well as on the high barrens of the interior, in the region
of The Topsails (from Kitty's Brook and Gafftopsail east at least
to the Millertown region), and in the peats at sea-level in southern
Newfoundland. High up above the timber the more continuous
mossy carpets were as suggestive of the New Jersey Pine Barrens as
they were of the North: the flesh-pink to crimson Aster nemoralis
and the slender Solidago uniligulata everywhere, with such of their
regular Pine Barren associates as Agrostis scabra Willd., Muhlen-
bergia uniflora (Muhl.) Fern. (var. terrae-novae Fern.?), Eriophorum
tenellum and virginicum, Rynchospora fusca and alba, Carex exilis,
trisperma var. Dillingsii and livida var. Grayana (Dewey) Fern.5,
Juncus canadensis (var. sparsiflorus Fern.*), Habenaria clavellata and
blephariglottis, Pogonia ophioglossoides, Calopogon pulchellus (scarce),
Arethusa bulbosa, Sarracenia purpurea and Utricularia cornuta.
Shallow pools were filled with Nymphozanthus variegatus (Engelm.)
Fern.,> Eriocaulon septangulare and Potamogeton Oakesianus; and
at the margins of pools or on seepy slopes in the peat the austral
Juncus pelocarpus abounded, with the austral genus Xyris represented
by X. montana and the austral Bartonia paniculata by the endemic

1 See RHODORA, xxv. 24 (1923).
2 RHODORA, xxix. 11 (1927).

3 RHODORA, xxviii. 8 (1926).

4 RHODORA, xxiii. 241 (1921).

5 RHODORA, xxi. 187 (1919).

6 Rhodora [JANUARY

var. iodandra (Rob.) Fern.,! while the famous Pine Barren specialty,
Schizaea pusilla (MAP 7), nestled among the Bartonia and Ryncho-
sporas.

Although a novel experience for Fogg, this was an old story to
Long and me; in fact, as far back as 1910 Wiegand and I had first
met? this wholly unexpected mingling of austral and circumpolar
species on the top of Newfoundland (at 2000 feet altitude) on the
broad diorite tableland of Blomidon; in 1911 Bartram and I encount-
ered it in the Quarry and Maintopsail region and Wiegand and I
had an experience with it on the Avalon Peninsula; and in 1924
Long, Dunbar and I had repeated the list, with a few additional
species, on the Long Range back of Port aux Basques.* But the
dominance of this austral flora on the high tablelands of Newfoundland
has not yet lost its thrill and we are repeatedly tempted to ascend
new blocks of the great dissected tableland (the uplifted Cretaceous
Peneplane)* of western Newfoundland to rediscover this amazing
“alpine” flora, which to the south and east on the Island comes
down to sea-level.

September Ist on Lark Mountain saw the beginning of a hectic
fortnight with Euphrasia. In ordinary summers Euphrasia in New-
foundland is fully flowering in late July and early August, but the
* summerless " season of 1926 was so backward that in early September
the species were in the prime of flowering. In the subalpine gravels
of Lark Mountain the species was E. Williamsti (the Newfoundland
var. vestita Fern. & Wieg.), the dwarf species of the alpine area of
the White Mountains with chocolate-purple corollas, known in its
typical glabrous form also from the Shickshock Mts. of Gaspé and
from headlands along the Straits of Belle Isle, and in the pubescent
var. vestita on alpine slopes and exposed crests of western and northern
Newfoundland and adjacent Quebec Labrador.

We wanted to explore the bare montane islands at the entrance to
the Bay of Islands. The strong winds, however, made landing on
the highest of the outermost and, consequently, the most inviting
(Weebald or Guernsey, 1053 feet high), impossible; but we suceecded
in making French or Tweed Island (702 feet) and, with the greatest
ease, the inner and sheltered low islands (Wood's, Woody, Seal's

1 RHopona, xxiii. 288 (1922).

? RHODORA, xiii. 133 (1911).

3 RHODORA, xxviii. 56 (1926).

4 Ruopona, xxxiii. 37 (1931); characteristic portions of the Newfoundland table-
land are shown in Ruopora, xiii. t. 57 and xxviii. t. 154.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora ri

Nest and Governor). As just implied, sea-level on the outer coast
is often more “alpine” than the summit-tablelands. Consequently,
it was gratifying but not at all surprising to find the ledges (trap)
and lower gravelly slopes of French Island carpeted by many species
which occur north to latitudes 74°-85° in Greenland or Ellesmereland
and which, in latitude 49°, we should expect to find only on the highest
mountains: such species as Festuca vivipara (L.) Sm., Luzula spicata,
Silene acaulis var. exscapa (All. DC. (coming south from lat. 83°),
Draba rupestris R. Br., and Saxifraga aizoides and S. oppositifolia

Map 1. American Range of SAXIFRAGA OPPOSITIFOLIA.

(extending south from lat. 85°, Map 1). The arctic and subarctic
Artemisia borealis Pall. was here, but with extraordinarily coarse
leaf-segments, var. latisecta Fern., RHODORA, xxix. 93 (1927); and
Euphrasia added its quota of puzzles. The endemic goldenrod of
western Newfoundland, Solidago hispida var. arnoglossa Fern.,
Ruopora, xvii. 2 (1915), characterized by its very large narrowly
obovate cauline leaves, was here well developed and so unlike the
common small-leaved typical form of the species that in its extreme

8 Rhodora [JANUARY

development it seems very definite. Transitional material in abun-
dance, however, found both here and in a subsequent year near
Bonne Bay, constrains us to maintain it as a geographic variety
rather than as a species. Another goldenrod of French Island which
greatly perplexed us has the foliage of Solidago rugosa but the panicles
so condensed that in the smallest specimens they form dense ovoid
inflorescences scarcely 2 cm. in diameter. The plant seems to be
S. rugosa “reduced to its lowest terms,” so to speak, at this bleak
northern limit of the species.

‘

A
=f

Map 2. Range of CvPRIPEDIUM REGINAE.

Other southern species on French Island which seemed absolutely
out of place in close proximity to Silene acaulis and Saxifraga oppo-
sitifolia (MAP 1) were Cypripedium reginae Walt.(MAP 2) and Habenaria
orbiculata (MAP 9). The Showy Lady’s Slipper had found a protecting
thicket by a stream; but Habenaria orbiculata was so abundant as
to be almost dominant in dry peat and gravel within a stone’s throw
of the open shore. In New England and eastern Canada we had
always thought of it as an orchid of the richest of old woodlands;
but its choice of habitat on bleak French Island was only a breaking

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 9

of the ice for our next station for it. In 1929 we found it vying
with the arctic Scirpus cespitosus var. callosus (MAP 10) for possession
of a sphagnous pocket on the high tableland of Lookout Mountain
at Bonne Bay. Yet some critics complain that habitats are not
correctly stated in our manuals! If we only could have got a day on
Weebald Island, who can say what transgressions we might have
found?

The inner and lower islands were less dramatic. Woody Island
has some good sandstone ledges along shore; but Wood’s Island,
inhabited and severely burned, is botanically hopeless, and the other
two visited were so slightly explored by us that we found nothing
specially notable. The halophytic flora on the sandstone cliffs of
Woody Island is particularly fine: all the ordinary halophytes of
this region, with various doubtful Chenopods and Polygonums;
Euphrasia purpurea Reeks amazingly fleshy or succulent; Cochlearia
cyclocarpa Blake, a biennial, with rosettes of rounded succulent
leaves, tasting like a blend of water-cress and horseradish; and the
broad-leaved Plantago juncoides var. laurentiana Fern? in typical
development. Cornus suecica, frequent enough along the coast and
on the mountains, was here particularly beautiful; and the higher
rocks supported good colonies of Potentilla pectinata Raf., a species
known in Newfoundland from only a few stations, all on the West
Coast.

The north-facing wall of the eastern serpentine half of Blomidon
drips in many places with moisture from the packed snow and ice of
its upper slopes; consequently its flora,’ although limited in number
of species, is a rich one for serpentine country (silicate of magnesium,
therefore toxic to most plants); and, since the high ridge on the north
side of North Arm is also serpentine, and very conspicuous from in-
coming and out-going boats, we had great hopes of some good things
there. So, as a last trip, on a cold and windy day, Long and Fogg,
with Pennell and one of the Sheppard boys, crossed in a motor boat
to the North Arm. In our optimism we had overlooked one import-
ant point: the cold north side of Blomidon faces north and is bathed
by melting snows through much of the summer; the hot serpentine
slope north of the North Arm faces south and is arid and almost
without vegetation. To Long and Fogg the arduous climb over

1 Blake, Ruopora, xvi. 135 (1914).
? Ruovora, xxvii. 102, t. 150, fig. 5 (1925).
3 See Fernald, Ruopvora, xiii. 118, 132 (1911).

10 Rhodora l [JANUARY

arid blocks of serpentine seemed to have few rewards, for nowhere
did they find continuous carpets of vegetation, merely scattered
plants of a few inconspicuous species. Nevertheless, they got several
of the most localized and interesting species of the serpentines of
western Newfoundland and thus added an intermediate station for
them between Blomidon at the south and The Tableland of Bonne
Bay at the north. Adiantum pedatum var. aleuticum Rupr. was
there, of course, as on all the extensive serpentine areas of Newfound-
land and Quebec, on the North Arm the most stiffly erect extreme.
Rhododendron lapponicum was characteristic. In Newfoundland and
Gaspé it grows profusely on serpentine barrens as well as on dry
limestones; but in neither region have we ever found it on granite
or quartzite, although further south, on Katahdin and on Washington,
it is on reputedly granitic rock and it seems to be common on the
granites and gneisses of Labrador. The failure in the best Rhodo-
dendron gardens to make R. lapponicum thrive might, perhaps, be
averted by giving it a bed of broken serpentine or of magnesian lime-
stone, rather than the usual peat and sand of conventional Rhodo-
dendron gardens.

Danthonia intermedia and Conioselinum pumilum Rose, in New-
foundland known only on serpentine, were brought back; and Long
and Fogg had the two prostrate willows, already known from Blomi-
don, Salix cordifolia var. Macounii (Rydb.) Schneider and S. an-
glorum var. kophophylla Schneider. The junior member of the party,
facetiously inclined to translate the technical names into the so-
called * English names" of some of our handbooks, rendered the last
“The Cough-loving Willow of the Angles" and suggested that we
each carry a bit as a charm against colds. Three of the distinctive
Caryophylls of Newfoundland or of Newfoundland and Gaspé were
there, as on all the serpentine mountains yet explored in western
Newfoundland: Arenaria marcescens Fern.,! A. cylindrocarpa Fern.’
and Cerastium terrae-novae Fern. & Wieg.* All three are so interesting
and so highly localized that it seems desirable to publish good il-
lustrations of them. Arenaria marcescens (PLATE 255) forms broad
mats on the driest of serpentine gravel in the Long Range of New-
foundland and on the great tableland of Mt. Albert in Gaspé. Re-
lated to various arctic and subarctic species (especially 4. laricifolia L.

1 RHoponRa, xxi. 15 (1919).
2 RHODORA, Xvi. 43 (1914).
3 Fern, & Wieg. Ruopona, xxii. 176 (1920).

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 11

and A. arctica Stev.), A. marcescens is nearer related to A. obtusiloba
(Rydb.) Fern. (Alsinopsis obtusiloba Rydb.) of the Rocky Mountains.

Arenaria cylindrocarpa was long confused with the European A.
ciliata L. and A. norvegica Gunn. (A. ciliata var. norvegica (Gunn.)
Hartm., A. ciliata var. humifusa Hartm.). Several characters sep-
arate A. cylindrocarpa from both European species but Ostenfeld
and some other European students have maintained that it is not
specifically separable. Small but characteristic specimens of A.
cylindrocarpa and of A. norvegica (A. ciliata, with strongly ciliate
leaves, is more remote) are, therefore, shown (PLATE 256) with suffi-
cient details to make their distinctness evident.

Cerastium terrae-novae (PLATE 257), known only from the western
Newfoundland serpentines, is geographically very remote from its
close relatives. In its large seeds it is somewhat like C. Earlei Rydb.
of the Rocky Mts., but in the loose testa of the seed (very fragile
and freely breaking away) it is nearer the European C. latifolium L.
For purposes of illustration a very small plant has been selected;
when well developed, C. terrae-novae may form fuscous-green or
purplish mats up to 3 or 4 dm. across.

On this hopelessly barren ridge by the North Arm Pinus Strobus
struggled against adversity, forming prostrate carpets 2 to 3 meters
(6-10 feet) across and only 5-8 dm. (11% to 215 feet) high, but heavily
loaded with cones, P. Strobus forma prostrata (Mast.) Fern. & Weath-
erby, Rnopona, xxxiv. 168 (1932), a far ery from the great White
Pines of early New England days with trunks “seven feet eight inches
in diameter” “and frequently 250 feet in height." In 1921 Mackenzie
& Griscom found forma prostrata on Blomidon. Even the erect
trees of P. Strobus in Newfoundland depart in some characters from
the better developed trees on the continent, having very nodulose
branchlets and short leaves, the latter not infrequently in 3's as well
as in the conventional 5’s. These modifications are apparently
confined to the northeastern and rather unfavorable limits of the
species.

The strong winds making it impossible to land on the outer islands
or to reach Chimney Cove (Waghorne's station for Erysimum co-
arctatum Fern. and other very rare species) or Wild Cove, with “the
beach . . . broken white coral" (Nfd. and Lab. Pilot), where
Waghorne had found the North Pacific Arenaria peploides, var.
maxima Fern. and the remarkable and never rediscovered Salix

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

Bebbiana, var. projecta (Fern.) Schneider, it was obvious that the
Serpentine and the Lewis Hills were not to be reached this season.
So, regretting to abandon them and to leave our hospitable home with
the Sheppard family, we moved on to Port aux Basques, thence by
the “Portia” to Burgeo.

Whereas Wisconsin glaciation in westernmost Newfoundland failed
to denude the tablelands and often left the low forelands with their
ancient blankets of deeply rotted rock, Burgeo and the region west-
ward to the eastern base of the Long Range seems to have been
scraped clean (PLATE 233). The granitic hills are quite denuded
of rotted residual mantle, scratched and gouged as if heavy mattocks
and picks had been used on them only yesterday, and littered with
great unweathered and obviously transported boulders (PLATE 233).
Here we got few of the localized endemics. The tiny Betula Mi-
chauxii Spach, Newfoundland and Labrador representative of the
Old World B. nana L., but with unlobed bracts or scales, abounded,
as it does in practically all acid peat on the Island; Empetrum Eamesit
Fern. & Wieg., RockBERRY, with its beautiful coral-pink berries,
likewise throughout the Island, was on all dry ledges, and the ubiq-
uitous Agrostis scabra Willd. (A. hyemalis of most recent authors,
not Cornucopiae hyemalis Walt.) was everywhere, but chiefly in
the extreme with very large spikelets which occurs throughout
Newfoundland (to be described in Part III). The dry peat of the
granitic crests, just as at Port aux Basques and generally eastward
to the Avalon Peninsula, was carpeted with Festuca capillata Lam.,
the typical European plant, here certainly indigenous. Damp
mossy pockets were the home of the endemic of southern N ewfound-
land, Epilobium Pylaieanum Fern.! (PLATE 259), distinguished from
the many forms of E. palustre by its very short oblong leaves, the
oblong and round-tipped calyx-lobes and the unusually long beak
of the seed. The original collections, from various stations from
Cape Race to Cape Ray, were mostly unbranched, but at Burgeo
and westward as far as we went (to the Great Barachois) it was often
bushy-branched.

We spent one day between Burgeo and Sand Bank to the west,
another about Great Barachois and following up Grandy Brook. In
general, the flora was rather uninteresting, though the tedium was
occasionally relieved by the finding of some species local on the Island:

1 RHODORA, xxvii. 33 (1925).

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora — 13

Elatine minima (Nutt.) Fisch. & Meyer, either rare or generally
overlooked; Oryzopsis canadensis (Poir.) Torr., which we had recently
been collecting on Lark Mt.; Carex hormathodes Fern., already locally
known in both western and eastern Newfoundland; and Polygonum
allocarpum Blake, for which the Newfoundland voucher had been
unsatisfactory. The always surprising Schizaea, Bartonia and
Xyris were there, as probably everywhere in southern Newfoundland;
but when we finally had to leave for home we felt that we had done
our duty by the severely glaciated granitic coast and that the next
botanizing trip could rightfully be confined to the always repaying
West Coast.

Planning for the next trip, in the summer of 1929, we laid out a very
beautiful schedule which we hoped to carry through with aid I had re-
ceived from the Milton Fund for Research at Harvard. Our optimistic
programme closely followed, with amazing and unreasoning credulity,
the announced sailings of the local steamers, especially the “Sagona,”’
plying weekly (leaving Humbermo::th on Wednesdays) between Bay
of Islands and Battle Harbor (Labrador). We were to begin with
a day or two at Old Port au Choix, near where Bachelot de la Pylaie,
more than a century ago, had spent eight days, and close to Pointe
Riche which Wiegand had visited in 1910; consequently, worked out.
Wiegand, however, got a foliage-specimen of a very strange willow
which Schneider and I had independently considered an undescribed
species, but good material was needed. A day or two at Old Port
au Choix would suffice; then a trip over to St. John’s Island would
give an opportunity to secure better material of a “red-seeded”
Taraxacum, secured over-ripe in 1925. Then Trout River was in
the schedule, with its spectacular mountains, and a long trip to the
Lewis Hills, to be reached via Port au Port.

The railroad did its part and we kept up to schedule as far as Bay
of Islands; but from the day of our arrival to the day of final sailing
toward home in September the announced schedule remained abashed
in the depth of a pocket-book and the only date actually kept was
that of Fogg’s departure some days before Long and I were ready to
leave.

Reaching the Bay of Islands by train, exactly on schedule, near noon
of Wednesday, July 10th, with abundant time to make the “Sagona”’
at 5 p. m., we learned, to our dismay, that, true to form, she was off

1 Blake, Ruopora, xix. 234 (1917).

14 Rhodora [JANUARY

schedule. She had sailed late on the last trip north and “Heaven
knew when she would be back." At last account she was taking on
halibut on “the Labrador” and this was slow work, each dripping
and slippery box weighing 200 Ibs. and the contract calling for 1600
boxes to be aboard before she could start south! One commerical
salesman of great experience advised us: “Next time wire to Battle
Harbor and learn when she will sail south from there. When she
has started south, you leave New York for Humbermouth and you
will make her all right." No one knew when the “Sagona” would
come in nor would they know until she had reached Rocky Harbor
at Bonne Bay, only a few hours away. We were living at Davis's
at Curling, our trunks and duffle bags were all at the steamship's
terminal some miles away, at Humbermouth; but, by making
several trips to the latter hotel-less point, we gradually lugged away
much of our collecting material and settled down to work in the loft
of the steamship company's wharf at Curling, where the agent,
Mr. Frank Roach, did everything possible to facilitate our work and
to keep us from regretting the loss of valuable time. It was actually
a full week before the “Sagona” came in with her heavy cargo of
once iced halibut, to be re-iced at Curling, shipped to North Sydney
and there re-iced, thence going by train to Boston, New York, Buffalo
and Detroit to supply the markets with “fresh” halibut. But our
wait was a comparatively short one; a few miles away, as unconscious
of our presence in the neighborhood as we of theirs, Mr. and Mrs.
Frank Morris, the "Orchid enthusiasts," were spending 10 days at
desolate * boom-town"' Corner Brook, also awaiting the *Sagona!"
We were in perplexity. The shores of Bay of Islands had been
“worked to death" and we dared not go beyond easy reach of the
evasive “Sagona.” The first afternoon we strolled, by way of much-
botanized Mt. Moriah, along the railroad as far as Morley's Pond.
The latter area had never been much visited; consequently, we were
able to secure two species not previously known in the region: Equise-
tum pratense, abundant in the thicket, the first Newfoundland station
south of St. John Bay; and Potamogeton praclongus, the abundant
winter-buds of the preceding season swashing at the margin of the
pond. We had gone especially to secure good material of Najas
flexilis, seen by Wiegand and me in or near Morley's Pond in 1910,
before our collecting equipment of that year had arrived, and left
to be collected later. The wind was too strong for us to see it in

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 15

1929 and the vouchers still await collection. "The springy thickets
near the base of Mt. Moriah were white with “Mayflower,” Car-
damine pratensis var. palustris Wimm. & Grab., another addition
to our list from Bay of Islands; and, in the pastured clearings about
Curling and eastward to Crow’s Gulch, the English Daisy, Bellis
perennis, was an abundant weed, a plant frequent enough in gardens
but never before in our experience a truly naturalized plant.

Looking from various points on Humber Arm one sees a conspicuous
white hill a few miles up the Humber on the north side. I had
often viewed it from a distance and had always mentally dismissed
it as a badly burned granite or quartzite hill of no botanical interest.
But, in desperation for something to occupy us, we decided to go
there, for, at any rate, it would be wild and some miles from civilization,
surely better than over-botanized Curling and shabby and hustling
Corner Brook. So on July 12, Mr. Roach assuring us that the
“Sagona” would not be in, he took us by motor boat up river to our
hill, Hannah’s Head according to established local nomenclature,
but Mt. Patricia on modern English-made maps, imposing and rising
perhaps 1200 feet above the river, one of the striking features of the
‘amous Humber Gorge.

Landing on the wooded ledges, we at once saw the typical cal-
ciphiles of the region; Hannah’s Head was limestone and sure to
be interesting! The wooded glades were, of course, full of the ordi-
nary plants of limy spruce woods; but, mingled with them here or
in the springy openings on the opposite bank of the Humber (between
Marble Mt. and Humbermouth), which we visited on two other
days, and appearing quite native, were five European plants, two of
which, in 1910, Wiegand and I had supposed to be introduced weeds.
On the lower Humber, however, they are not aggressive and weedlike
but occur with the strictly American and conservative plants of
springy glades or openings; nor do they follow the railroad and
mingle with the abundant introduced weeds a few miles away in
the freight-yards of Humbermouth and Corner Brook. Linum ca-
tharticum abounds on the open springy banks and runs far up the
slope of Hannah’s Head in the limestone crevices; Lathyrus pratensis,
superb in its woodland setting, with rich yellow flowers, extends
high up a springy slope opposite Hannah’s Head; Cirsium palustre,
tall and unmistakable, with deep crimson-purple heads in dense
glomerules, shares the swamps with the endemic American C. muticum.

16 Rhodora [JANUARY

Springy banks and margins of rills coming down the steep slopes on
the south side of the river are bordered by a Cardamine, differing
at once from the ubiquitous C. pensylvanica in its petiolulate
rounded leaflets: C. flexuosa With., a beatiful European species new
to North America. Along the river at the foot of Hannah’s Head,
on the ledges where we landed, the European Scrophularia nodosa
L. grew from the crevices and, higher up, above the wooded base
of the hill, it grew in many rock-crevices. This was good enough!

(To be continued)

ASTER PANICULATUS AND SOME OF ITS RELATIVES!
K. M. WIEGAND

In a recent paper in this journal the writer? presented the results
of some studies relating to Aster lateriflorus and its allies. The present
paper is intended to record further studies of the white asters, par-
ticularly of those species centering around A. paniculatus Lam. In
general this group differs from A. lateriflorus in the more paniculate,
generally non-secund type of inflorescence, more scabrous-ciliate and
more rigid rameal leaves, and the usually firmer leaves of the stem.
One species of the previous paper, A. ontarionis, seems to lie between
A. lateriflorus and the A. paniculatus group, since, as in the latter
species, the heads are scarcely at all racemose while at the same time
it has softer rameal leaves and deeper corolla-lobes, thus suggesting
A. lateriflorus. Likewise, another species, A. saxatilis, lies somewhat
between A. paniculatus and A. vimineus. A. praealtus of the group
now under consideration often has distinctly racemose but not secund
heads.

A. paniculatus and its relatives have given endless trouble to bota-
nists. One has only to note the numerous names borne by specimens
of the various species as they occur in herbaria. Dr. Gray was greatly
troubled by them, and his opinion of the white asters was quoted in
the previous paper.? In that paper the writer took the view that a
major difficulty with the group has been the failure to recognize

1 Published with aid of a grant to RuHopoRA from the National Academy of
Sciences.

? RHODORA xxx, 161 (1928).

3 See also: Proc. Amer, Acad. xvii. 163 (1882).

1933] Wiegand,—Aster paniculatus and some of its Relatives 17

hybridity as an important element in the confusion. The present
studies have tended greatly to strengthen the view that hybridization
takes place frequently in the wild between many species of Asters,
especially in the group under study; and that most herbaria contain
an undue number of such specimens because collectors very generally
gather only aberrant forms of these common species. Plants inter-
preted as hybrids of A. paniculatus with A. lateriflorus, A. vimineus, A.
dumosus, A. missouriensis, A. puniceus, A. novi-belgii, A. cordifolius,
A. ericoides, A. undulatus, A. laevis, and A. praealtus have been seen.
Of these, hybrids with A. puniceus and A. lateriflorus are much the
most common. When these hybrids are eliminated, the remaining
specimens fall into natural groups. Some of these groups are distinct
and should therefore be regarded as species, while others grade into
one another and are of the category of varieties. Another factor
which makes the delimitation of groups difficult, even when the
hybrids are removed, is the plastic nature of some of the species with
regard to the environment. Changes in soil, shading, crowding, and
other conditions, often give rise to individuals of quite unique appear-
ance. Field studies have furnished at least a partial understanding
of the limits of environmental influence.

The recognition of hybrid plants in the herbarium is not always
easy. If they could be grown and bred in the garden, their parentage
could often be determined, and with comparative ease. Fortunately,
however, the parentage does stand out clearly on some specimens.
Hybrid Asters are rarely exactly intermediate in all their characters.
Individual characters, however, are sometimes intermediate though
rarely exactly so. More often it would seem that these characters
do not blend but behave as units somewhat in Mendelian fashion,
being either present or absent as dominance or pure blood dictates,
the hybrids recombining in various ways the characters of the two
parents. In some hybrid specimens the characters are nearly all of
one parent so that only the trained specialist in the group will detect
the slight evidence of the inheritance of some one or two characters
from the other parent. Continued reviewing of the material is often
necessary before all the hybrid specimens in a collection are rightly
placed. The work of A. S. Pease! on A. tardiflorus is a good example
of the detail to be considered in each case, though now we know that
in addition to the characters used by him, venation and the details of

! RHODORA xix. 98 (1917).

18 Rhodora [JANUARY

floret-structure must be given careful consideration. Sometimes,
however, two different sets of parents may, by the combination of
their characters, give so nearly the same appearance in the offspring,
that it is not possible to decide which were the true parents. There is
abundant opportunity for error in the determination of the parents
of hybrid herbarium specimens even with the most painstaking effort.
Accurate identification of the parents of hybrid Asters can be made
only when accompanied by careful field and genetical studies.

In identifying hybrids of A. paniculatus and A. puniceus attention
must be given to the color of stem, type of cauline hairs, length of
internodes, type of branching, shape of leaf-base, character of teeth,
prominence of the finer reticulum, rugose upper surface of leaf,
degree of scabrosity, type and size of rameal leaves, size of heads,
character of involucre as to width, texture and degree of divergence of
bracts, color and length of rays, and size of the lobes of the disk-
corolla. In the case of crosses between A. paniculatus and A. lateri-
florus, the type of cauline pubescence, leaf-base and leaf-shape,
scabrosity, hairiness of midrib, type of branching of the plant, race-
mose heads, size of heads, type of involucre, number and length of
rays, and length of lobes of disk corolla are of importance. Nomen-
clature in this group of Asters is in a very unsatisfactory state. It is
not unusual in herbaria to find specimens of a single form bearing as
many as five different names. Some of this confusion is due to synon-
omy, and some to a poor understanding of the taxonomy of the group.
Even the monographer, however, is in difficulty. Many names pro-
posed by Lamarck, Aiton, Willdenow, Nees von Esenbeck, and others,
were based largely on plants long under cultivation in European
gardens. Exact records of the origin of this cultivated material were
for the most part lost, and the plants themselves seem to have changed
in character through variation or hybridity during their long period of
cultivation so as to be no longer identifiable with any form in the wild
state. It seems necessary, therefore, to ignore many of these old
names as unidentifiable. Specimens grown in European gardens
under some of the names proposed by these authors were obtained by
Dr. Gray many years ago, some of them collected even as early as
1820 or 1830, but for the most part they are unlike any strains now
known in America. 'The writer has had little opportunity to study
types abroad, and the nomenclature here used must be considered as

| See Gray: Proc. Amer. Acad. xvii. 163 (1882).

1933] Wiegand,—Aster paniculatus and some of its Relatives 19

in some cases provisional. The interpretation of Dr. Gray, who saw
some of the types, has been given weight wherever possible.

The study of this group of Asters as it occurs in the far west has not
been as thorough, and the material seen has not been as complete as
in the case of the eastern forms. In general, the present group is
distinguished in the west from other species which may resemble it
by the pubescent lines on the stems and branches, and generally
paniculate habit.

The material forming the basis of this study is that in the Gray Her-
barium and the herbarium of Cornell University. A part of the
material in the New England Botanical Club herbarium has also been
studied, and the material in the herbarium of the New York Botanical
Garden and the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences has
been superficially examined. About 1300 measurements were made
of involucre, ray-flowers, disk-flowers and other organs. It was found
in the course of this work, as in the study of A. lateriflorus, that many
of these measurements are of material aid in delineating groups, and
especially in detecting hybrids. They are useful also in the determina-
tion of the parents of these crosses. The abundant overlapping of
the measurements within such groups as A. paniculatus and A
praealtus has greatly strengthened the opinion that the varieties of
these species treated below are really varieties and not species.

KEY TO THE SPECIES AND VARIETIES STUDIED

a. Veinlets forming a conspicuous reticulum of fine nearly iso-
diametric areolae; lateral primary veins usually wanting:
leaves subcoriaceous, with slightly revolute margins; ram-
eal leaves spreading in most varieties: involucral bracts
firm at base, often with loose spreading tips: spread of rays
(15) 18-27 mm.: lobes of disk-corollas short, 17 to 25 per
cent of the whole length of the limb.!

b. Involucral bracts ae imbricated, the is ‘commonly not
plainly deltoid.....
c. Leaves glabrous Du glabrous or seabrous-puberu-

lent above..... d.
d. Rameal leaves linear or linear-lanceolate or narrowly
elliptic-lanceolate, very acute..... e.

e. Cauline and rameal leaves lanceolate to narrowly
elliptic-lanceolate, the primary rameal about 6-10
times as long as brod.: segue esses... . A. praealtus.
e. Cauline and rameal leaves linear or nearly so, the
primary rameal about 11 times as long as broad.
Var. angustior.

_

1 The disk-corollas consist of tube and limb. The latter is composed of throat and
lobes.

20 Rhodora [JANUARY

d. Rameal leaves, at least the ultimate, broadly elliptic-

lanceolate or oval, often obtuse................. Var. subasper.
c. Leaves puberulent or scabrous on both surfaces: stems
more puberulent..........0000 nn Var. nebraskensis.

b. Involueral bracts conspicuously imbricated in 3 to 6 series
of different lengths..... f.
f. Heads not racemose, rather scattered: rameal leaves lin-
ear-lanceolate, divaricate: involucral bracts in 3-4
"U.C inc ca Gece cece reece cere enedesdons teweigg as Var. tericola.
f. Heads more crowded, usually more or less racemose on
the branches: rameal leaves short, about 1 em. long,
linear-oblong, crowded, more ascending: involucral
bracts in 4-6 series... esee Var. imbricatior.
a. Veinlets not so evident or, if evident, with more irregular and
more oblong areolae: leaves more succulent or membran-
ous; the rameal usually flat, ascending or spreading: involu-
cral bracts scarcely firm, sometimes thick, usually mem-
branous, the tips rarely spreading..... g.
g. Plant paniculate, often bushy, up to 2 m. high: in-
voluere of rather narrow and thin or succulent
bracts: upper leaves little or much reduced; cauline
leaves scarcely or but slightly clasping, the midrib
single or nearly so (see no. 2)..... h.
h. Heads of medium size: involucre (4) 4.5-8 mm. high:
spread of rays 12-25 mm..... i.
i. Corali iobes 19 to 36 per cent. of whole length of
limb: involucral bracts subequal and the outer
often herbaceous and loose or spreading, rarely
much imbricated: leaves rather firm, at least
the upper not narrowed at base: veins, except
midrib, obscure... .. j.
j. Plant bushy, paniculate: heads numerous: in-
volucre 5.5-7.5 mm. high: ray-corollas 8-12
mm. long: leaves linear or narrowly lanceo-
late; the rameal much reduced, scarcely or
but slightly clasping................. 2. A. coerulescens
j. Plant less bushy and more corymbose-panicu-
late: heads somewhat larger and fuller: in-
voluere 7-8 mm. high: ray-corollas 13-16 mm.
long: leaves slightly broader; the rameal
little reduced, more clasping............. Var. Wootonii.
i. Corolla-lobes 30 to 45 per cent. of the length of the
limb: involueral bracts unequal and imbri-
cated: leaves less firm and often more veiny,
nearly all narrowed at base.... . k.
k. Leaves linear or nearly so, 12 times as long as
broad or longer... n... nauna aaa 3. A. paniculatus.
k. Leaves lanceolate, less than 12 times as long as
| t AROE O S E Var. simplex.
h. Heads smaller: involucre 3.3-4.5 mm. high (rarely
5 mm. in no. 4): spread of rays 10-16 mm.: lobes
of disk-corollas 30 to 45 per cent. of length of
limbo... i
l. Heads loosely panieulate, rather few: rameal
leaves soft, scarcely sharp-pointed: plant
small for the group, 1.5-6 dm. high: leaves 3-10
em. long, rather soft. usually entire: north-
eastern... ... ish 4. A. saxatilis.

1933] Wiegand,—Aster paniculatus and some of its Relatives 21

l. Heads subracemose on the branches, very numer-
ous on well developed plants: rameal leaves
very numerous, rather firm and sharp-pointed:
plant coarser, up to 1.5 m. high: leaves firmer,
often 15 em. long, often serrate: central-
WEBLEIN: Seats) ee ee Rte Sec oe ee ee 5. A. interior.
g. Plant with a rather small subcorymbose panicle, rarely
over 8 dm. high: involucre of firmer and often
broader, more imbricated bracts often with pale
midribs: upper leaves little reduced, generally
clasping; cauline leaves rather thick, slightly clasp-
ing, pale, often with whitish veins, midrib usually
doubly or triply nerved: corolla-lobes 18 to 28 per
Cent. or length or limb. 3b ee ee 6. A. laetevirens.

1. A. PRAEALTUS Poir. Encyc. Suppl. i. 493 (1810). A. salicifolius
Ait. Hort. Kew iii. 203 (1789) not Lam.?; Gray Synopt. Fl. N. A. 1?.
188 (1884) and Rob. & Fern. in Gray, Man. ed. 7: 812 (1908), in part
the vars.; Britton & Brown Ill. Fl. N. S. and Can. iii. 377 (1898), in
part. A. rigidulus Desf. Cat. 122 (1815). A. obliquus Nees, Gen. et
Sp. Aster, 76 (1833). A. carneus T. & G. Fl. N. A. ii. 133 (1841), in
part at least; Gray, Man. eds. 1 to 5 but doubtfully Nees, Synop. Ast.
27 (1818) and Gen. et Sp. Ast. 96 (1833). A. hesperius Gray, Synopt.
Fl. 1?. 192 (1884), in small part.—Stems 4-18 dm. high, rarely higher,
glabrous below, pubescent in lines above, or the pubescence almost
completely encircling the stem, often brownish or purplish, densely
and paniculately branched in the upper part; branches ascending or
spreading, very leafy: leaves subcoriaceous, slightly revolute, glossy,
smooth, scabrous or scabrous-puberulent above and usually rugose,
glabrous beneath; margins entire, scabrous; veinlets conspicuously
reticulated especially beneath; primary veins from the simple midrib
not evident except in the largest leaves; areolae of the reticulum as
wide as long; cauline leaves lanceolate or elliptic-lanceolate, very
acute, mostly 7-13 cm. long and 8-18 mm. wide; primary rameal
leaves narrowly lanceolate, very acute, 2-4.5 (6) em. long, 6 to 10
times as long as wide; ultimate rameal leaves similar but smaller:
heads of medium size (disk 6-10 mm. broad), numerous, racemose
toward ends of branches, forming a large broad panicle; the short
peduncles irregularly foliose-bracted: involucre 5-7 mm. high; bracts
firm, in 3-4 successively shorter series, none normally foliaceous but
sometimes with loose tips, oblong-lanceolate or linear-lanceolate,
0.6-1 mm. wide, very acute, glabrous or sparingly erose-ciliate, pale
at margin and base, the slender green midrib narrowly rhombic-
dilated above: rays 20-35; the corollas 6-15 mm. long, 0.8-1.6 mm.
wide, bluish-purple, rarely white: disk-corollas narrowly funnel-form
or tubular; the erect or ascending lobes very short (0.5-0.9 mm. long),
only 17 to 25 per cent of the length of the whole limb: pappus-hairs
40-60, each 4.5-7 mm. long: achenes about 2 mm. long, more or less
hairy.—Low ground: Kentucky, Ohio and Michigan to Wisconsin (?),
Kansas, Arkansas, Texas, New Mexico, Arizona and northern Mexico;

22 Rhodora [JANUARY

apparently fairly common in Illinois and adjacent states. Some
specimens examined: Kentucky: Short (2 specimens). Onto: Riddell,
also Sullivant (T. & G. specimens). Micnican: Detroit, 1900, O. A.
Farwell, no. 871. IwprANa: Wells County, 1913, C. C. Deam, no.
14145. IruriNors: J. Wolf, nos. 175, 188, 189, also E. Hall; Carlinville,
1890, W. E. Andrews, no. 16; Ringwood, 1862, Vasey; Sidney, 1914,
A. S. Pease, no. 16335; Larchmound, 1914, AK. Ridgway, no. 69;
Fountaindale, 1872, M. S. Bebb; Peoria, 1904, 1906, F. E. McDonald.
Iowa: Ames, 1877, J. C. Arthur. Missovnr: St. Louis, 1832, Drum-
mond; Dodson, 1906, B. F. Bush, no. 4151; Jackson County, 1893,
Bush, no. 159. Arkansas: F. L. Harvey, no. 29. Kansas: Atchison
County, 1895, A. S. Hitchcock, no. 989. OKLAHOMA: Tulsa, 1913,
G. W. Stevens, no. 2977; Fisher, 1913, Stevens, no. 2966. "TExas:
Dallas, 1874, J. Reverchon; Fredericksburg, 1850, G. Thurber, no. 61.
Mexico: near Chihuahua, 1885, C. G. Pringle, no. 288 in part, but
involucre peculiar. New Mexico ? 1851, C. Wright. Arizona:
near Ft. Huachuca, 1882, Lemmon, no. 2906 (not quite typical,
labelled “ Aster hesperius n. sp." by Gray); Wilgus Ranch, Chiricahua
Mts., 1907, J. C. Blumer, no. 1774; Barbacamori, 1851, C. Wright, no.
1159 (possibly a hybrid; labelled “A hesperius n. sp." by Gray).
One specimen is from Stony Brook, Jamaica Plain, MassACHUSETTS
(1887, E. & C. E. Faxon, no. 21), but this may have been introduced
there, as also may have been specimens labelled “Georgia, P. V.
LeRoy” and “ Byram, N. J., H. L. Fisher."

The name adopted for this species by Torrey & Gray was A.
carneus Nees. This name was used in the various editions of Gray's
Manual up to and including the fifth, and was the one employed in
Wood's Class-Book of Botany. In the Synoptical Flora, Dr. Gray
substituted the name A. salicifolius Ait. (Lam.?) since which time
this has been the accepted name. Lamarck’s A. salicifolius is, how-
ever, practically unidentifiable. Dr. Gray in his studies of types
abroad found no specimen so named by Lamarck and Prof. Lecomte
has stated to the writer that apparently no type specimen exists in
the Lamarck herbarium. The original description does not strongly
suggest the present species. The leaves are described as “serrates,—
glabres et bordes de dents aigues un peu distants," while those of the
species in question are entire or nearly so. It would seem desirable to
drop the Lamarckian name as impossible of definition. In 1789 Aiton
proposed an 4. salicifolius independently. An excellent photograph of
the type specimen in this case has been kindly supplied the writer by
Mr. Ramsbottom and it is clearly a photograph of the present species,
an interpretation supported by a few florets from the type which show
the short corolla-lobes and long throat characteristic of this species.

1933] Wiegand,—Aster paniculatus and some of its Relatives 23

The International Congress at Cambridge in 1930 voted to reject
homonyms with the sentiment in favor of such rejection even if the
first used name is simply undefinable. It would seem best therefore
to give up the name A. salicifolius entirely.

In 1810 Poiret proposed the name A. pracaltus, basing it entirely on
Aiton's 4. salicifolius, it being essentially a renaming of that species.
'This name therefore is referable unquestionably to our plant. How-
ever, several names were proposed before Poiret's for plants of this
general group of Asters. A study of these names seems to indicate
that none clearly apply to the present species. These names doubtfully
relating to it may be briefly discussed: A. salignus Willd. (Sp. PI.
iii. 2040, 1804), as now occurring in Europe, resembles 4. praealtus
superficially and has short corolla-lobes, but it has larger heads, looser
involucre, subdentate leaves, and much coarser vein-reticulations. In
general character the leaves are more like those of the A. puniceus
group. A. bellidiflorus Willd. (Enum. Hort. Berol. 886, 1809) has
been generally referred to A. paniculatus, but some of the old European
garden specimens in the Gray Herbarium are nearly 4. praealtus.
The mention of subclasping leaves and loose involucre suggests
A. salignus, from which Nees says Willdenow differentiated it, or
A. puniceus, and not A. paniculatus (rays white) nor scarcely A.
praealtus. It was very likely a garden hybrid. A. eminens Willd.
(Enum. Hort. Berol. 886, 1809) was referred by Dr. Gray in his study
of types to A. salicifolius and in the Synoptical Flora to A. salicifolius
or A. paniculatus. Nees, however, made it a synonym of A. junceus
Ait. and A. longifolius Lam. In the original description the involucre
is described as loose, which would scarcely apply to A. salicifolius
or A. paniculatus but the height given is five feet which is scarcely if
ever attained by A. junceus or A. longifolius. The subserrate leaves
and 1-flowered branches are not characters of A. salicifolius. This
plant also was most probably a garden hybrid.

In recent years there has been great confusion in the application
of the name A. salicifolius (praealtus) to herbarium specimens, and
the extension of the range to the east by many authors has been
largely based on specimens of A. paniculatus var. simplex incorrectly
named. A. praealtus may be readily distinguished from A. paniculatus,
however, by the shallow corolla-lobes and thicker more noticeably and
more finely reticulated leaves.

Just how A. praealtus came into European gardens so early (1760

24 Rhodora [JANUARY

by P. Miller according to Aiton, probably earlier) is not clear. No
form of this species grows near the Atlantic seaboard except in the
Boston and New Orleans regions. The European specimens do not
greatly resemble the var. angustior, the only form that occurs near
Boston. French missionaries, however, may have brought back
plants from the interior.

Var. angustior, var. nov., foliis longioribus et angustioribus, lineari-
bus vel lineari-lanceolatis, 11-plo longioribus quam latis.

Leaves longer and narrower than in the typical form of the species,
linear or linear-lanceolate, about 11 times as long as broad, the long
narrow usually spreading rameal leaves particularly striking: involcure
and pappus tending to be shorter than in the typical form of the
species.—Rich low open woods or banks: "Oak Island," Revere
Beach, near Boston, Massachusetts; also Indiana and Illinois. Speci-
mens examined: MassaAcHUsETTS: "Chelsea Beach Island" [Oak
Island], 1850, W. Boott (TYPE in Gray Herb.); Oak Island, Revere,
1878, H. A. Young, 1883, E. Faxon, 1894, G. G. Kennedy. INDIANA:
Mt. Vernon, Posey Co., 1920, C. C. Deam, no. 33,064. ILLINOIS:
Fountaindale, 1872, M. S. Bebb.

The distribution of this plant is interesting. It is another western
plant finding an isolated eastern station on Oak Island, Revere
Beach, along with Eupatorium falcatum Michx. and several others.

Lindley's A. stenophyllus? was referred to this species by Dr. Gray,
and accepted by Burgess? (as a variety) for narrow-leaved forms.
There is much doubt as to whether Lindley had any form of A.
praealtus in mind. His description calls for a plant with spreading
branches densely racemose at apex, secund heads, inner involucral
bracts with colored tips and rays pale flesh-colored. It is placed in a
group with A. hirsuticaulis Lindl., A. diffusus Ait., A. miser L., and
A. pendulus Ait., and very likely belonged to the A. lateriflorus group.
Burgess also apparently had some other plant in mind, as the range
given by him was much to the southward. It seems scarcely wise
therefore to employ the name, var. stenophyllus, for the present variety.

Var. subasper (Lindley), comb. nov. A. subasper Lindl. in Hooker's
Comp. Bot. Mag. i. 97 (1835), also in DC. Prod. v. 237 (1836). A.
carneus B. subasper T. & G. Fl. N. A. n. 133 (1841), in part. A. salici-
folius var. subasper A. Gray, Synopt. Fl. i.? 188 (1884) and Robinson
& Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7, in large part.—Leaves generally more
scabrous than in the typical form; rameal leaves, or at least the ulti-

! For an account of Oak Island see W. P. Rich, “Oak Island and its Flora." Ruo-
DORA iv. 87 (1902).

? [n DC. Prodr. v. 242 (1830).

3 In Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. N. S. and Can. iii. 377 (1898).

1933] Wiegand,—Aster paniculatus and some of its Relatives 25

mate, broad, only 2—5 times as long as wide, merely acutish, with often
truncate or somewhat clasping base: bracts of the involucre generally
broader, (0.8) 1-1.5 mm. wide.—Illinois and Texas. “Foliage not
shining, grows in very low ground in dense clusters, . . . bogs" (J.
Wolf). Specimens examined: Inpiana: Dr. Clapp. ILutNots: Canton,
18817, J. Wolf, nos. 205 and 110, 1893 Wolf, nos. 26 and 32; Carlinville,
1892, W. E. Andrews, no. 9a. Texas: “4-6 feet high, branching
above in large dense patches, on swampy places of the mountain
streamlets, on the Liano," 1845-48, F. Lindheimer, nos. 456, 625 and
b254.

Lindley's A. subasper seems to have been based on the scabrous
character, but Dr. Gray mentions also the broader rameal leaves and
involucral bracts. These two latter characters seem more important
and more constant than the degree of roughness. More emphasis
placed on the breadth of bract has resulted in the transfer of a few
specimens labelled * var. subasper" by Gray to the typical form.

Var. nebraskensis (Britton), comb. nov. A. nebraskensis Britton in
Britton & Brown's Ill. Fl. N. S. & Can. iii. 375 (1898).—Stem more
pubescent: leaves scabrous or puberulent on both surfaces, averaging
broader: heads rather large: involucral bracts strongly ciliate, often
puberulent, usually broader.—Nebraska. Specimens examined:
NEBRASKA: “Valley of the Lower Platte," 1842, Fremont Exped:
Burwell, 1907, J. M. Bates; Ainsworth, 1897, Bates; Callaway, 1900,
Bates, no. 2603; Whitman, 1893, P. A. Rydberg, no. 1724, duplicate
type.

'The taxonomic status of this variety is not very clear. The Ryd-

berg specimen has very broad rameal leaves and rather broad bracts
as in var. subasper, while the leaves and involucral bracts of the other
specimens approach those of typical A. praealtus. The foliage seems
a little coarser than in A. praealtus. The involucral bracts are ap-
parently a little less unequal, and possibly in fewer series, than in the
typical form and var. subasper.

Var. texicola, var. nov. Bracteis involucri vere imbricatis exteriori-
bus seriatim brevioribus, capitulis non racemosis laxis submagnis,
foliis ramorum lineari-lanceolatis divaricatis laxis.

Similar in habit and foliage to the typical form but more open and
diffuse: rameal leaves rather short, linear-lanceolate, spreading, not
crowded: heads slightly larger and more loosely arranged, less racemose:
involucral bracts more imbricated, in 3—4 successively shorter series,
rather broad (about 1 mm.), with subdeltoid tips, broadly green with
narrow or obsolete scarious margins.—Kansas and Texas. Specimens
examined: Kansas: Univ. Campus, Lawrence, 1902, M. A. Barber,
apparently this. Texas: “Under shrubs on the rocky banks of the
upper Pierdenales” [Pedernales River, Gillespie Co?] 1845, F. Lind-

26 Rhodora [JANUARY

heimer, no. 445; “3-5 ft. high, banks of streams," Comanche Spring,
1849, Lindheimer, nos. 186b, and 881 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); Dallas,
1880, J. Reverchon, no. 40.

The heads in this variety are larger than in any other form of the

species except possibly var. nebraskensis.

Var. imbricatior, var. nov. Bracteis involucri valde imbricatis latis
exterioribus seriatim brevioribus, capitulis plus minusve confertis
racemosisque, foliis ramorum 1 cm. longis sublatis confertis.

Involuere more obconie than in the last variety; bracts much
imbricated in 4—6 successively shorter series, passing into the rameal
leaves: heads more racemose and more crowded: rameal leaves about
1 em. long, rather broad, crowded.—Missouri to Texas. Specimens
examined: Missouri: near Springfield, 1890, S. Weller. ARKANSAS:
Dr. Woodhouse. Trxas: New Braunfels, 1851, F. Lindheimer, nos.
636 and 883; College Station, 1896, H. Ness. (Type in Herb. Cornell
Univ.)

This variety has the appearance of a hybrid of A. pracaltus and
A. lateriflorus var. pendulus, but the specimens are rather uniform
and extreme. The var. pendulus is apparently rare in Texas. It
probably occurs in the eastern part of the state, but the writer has
seen no certain specimens from there.

2. A. COERULESCENS DC. Prod. v. 235 (1836). A. salicifolius var.
caerulescens Gray, Synopt. Fl. N. A. i? 188 (1884), in part atleast. A.
hesperius Gray, l. c. 192 (1884), in large part. A. fluvialis Osterhout,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. xxxii. 611 (1905). A. fluviatilis Rydb. Fl.
Rocky Mts. 886 (1922). A. lautus Lunell, Amer. Mid. Nat. n. 146
(1911). A. durus Lunell, l. c. ii. 148 (1911). A. lautus var. prinoides
Lunell, l. c. v. 55 (1917). A. paniculatus var. polychrous Lunell, |. c. v.
55 (1917).—Stem tall, up to 1.5 m. high, much branched above in the
larger plants and bushy, glabrous below, more or less striate or angled
and pubescent in lines above; branches ascending or spreading: leaves
linear or narrowly lanceolate, thick and obscurely veined, 6-15 cm.
long, 5-15 mm. broad, very acute, tapering to a scarcely auriculate
base, glabrous and smooth or sparingly scabrous above, scarcely
rugose, glabrous beneath; margin entire or with a few low teeth,
scabrous; midrib pale, sometimes accompanied by two indistinct
parallel adjacent more slender veins, and often with a few strongly
ascending branches; areolae irregular, inconspicuous, mostly longer
than broad; rameal leaves much smaller, narrowly lanceolate, as-
cending, slightly if at all clasping, scabrous margined, often falcate on
the more diffusely branched plants: heads numerous, in a large
panicle, rarely at all racemose, mostly short peduncled and rather
crowded: involucre 5.5-7.5 mm. high; bracts rather thin, narrow,
lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, 0.7-1.0 mm. broad, gradually acute,
in 2-4 nearly equal series, or the outer sometimse shorter and more

1933] Wiegand,—Aster paniculatus and some of its Relatives 27

imbricated, usually somewhat foliaceous and loose and often with
slightly spreading tips, more or less ciliate-erose, otherwise usually
glabrous; margins and base of the inner bracts mostly pale, the fine
green midrib gradually dilated above: rays 23-34, rarely more, white
or purple; the corollas rather long, (8) 10-12 mm. in length, 0.8-1.5
mm. broad: disk corollas narrowly funnelform or tubular; the erect
or ascending short lobes 0.6-1.1 mm. long, 19-36 per cent of the length
of the whole limb: pappus hairs 45-60, each 5-6 mm. long: achenes
about 2 mm. long, hairy.—Damp soil along rivers and irrigation
ditches: Wisconsin and Alberta to Central Nebraska and Wyoming
(Nelson), southward through central Kansas and the mountain
foothills to central Texas, northern Mexico, Arizona, Utah and
southern California. Some specimens examined: ALBERTA: 1906,
Macoun. Wisconsin: St. Croix Falls, C. F. Baker (probably this).
Nort Dakota: Leeds, 1910-16, J. Lunell, nos. 1085, 1086, 1087,
1091. NEBRASKA: Long Pine, 1896, J. M. Bates; Red Cloud, 1909,
Bates; Wood River, 1910, Bates. Kansas: Riley County, 1895, A. S.
Hitchcock, no. 726. OkrAnoMa: Tishomingo, 1915, H. W. Houghton,
as Stevens no. 3508. Coronapo: Platte River, 1910, A. Eastwood,
no. 74; New Windsor, 1897-98, G. E. Osterhout, no. 8, 1899, Osterhout,
no. 4, 5 & 7, 1905, Osterhout, no. 3188. "Texas: Berlandier, no. 510
(duplicate type of DC.); Weatherford, 1902, S. M. Tracy, no. 8133.
Uram: Hurricane, 1918, W. W. Eggleston, no. 14840. ARIZONA: near
Ft. Huachuca, 1882, Lemmon, no. 2905; Black River Flats, J. T.
Rothrock, no. 789, not typical. CmnrmuvAHUa: Colonia Garcia, 1899,
Townsend & Barber, no. 346, probably, undeveloped. CALIFORNIA:
San Diego County, 1874, D. Cleveland; San Bernardino Valley, S. B.
Parish, nos. 564, 572, 3818; San Jacinto Mts., 1880, Parish Brothers,
no. 526; Ft. Tejon, 1864, Dr. Horn; Walker's Basin, Kern County,
1875, J. T. Rothrock, no. 283; Tehachapi, Kern County, Brandegee.

The oldest name for this plant is apparently A. coerulescens DC.
A duplicate of the type is in the Gray Herbarium and belongs clearly
to the present species, not to A. salicifolius as stated by Dr. Gray.
Judging from specimens labelled by Dr. Gray, his A. salicifolius var.
caerulescens was a mixture of several forms, and apparently was not
well understood. 'Two of these specimens are here referred to 4.
praealtus var. texicola, one is related to 4. ericoides, and two others
belong to the present species, one of these being the duplicate type.
Specimens labelled “ A. hesperius n. sp." by Gray indicate that this
latter species was based partly on A. praealtus and partly on specimens
of A. coerulescens. The specimens cited from North Dakota in the
present paper are all type specimens of the various Lunell synonyms
listed above, and are all in the herbarium of the University of Minne-
sota. They are not unlike the general run of specimens of this species.

28 Rhodora [JANUARY

Var. Wootonii (Greene), comb. nov. A. hesperius var. Wootonii
Greene, Bull. Tor. Bot. Club. xxv. 119 (1898). A. W'ooton?i Greene,
Leaflets, i. 146 (1905).—Heads rather large, the involucre 7-8 mm.
high, and ray corollas up to 16 mm. long: inflorescence a little more
corymbose: stems less branched: rameal leaves much less reduced,
broader and more clasping at base.—‘‘ Wet ground especially along
streams in the Transition Zone" (Wooton & Standley): mountains of
New Mexico and Arizona and possibly southern California. Specimens
examined: New Mexico: Rose & Fitch, no. 15780; Mogollon Mts.,
1881, H. H. Rusby, 191; White Mts., 1897, E. O. Wooton, no. 329
(duplicate of type of var. Wootonii Greene). CALIFORNIA: Tehachapi,
Mrs. Brandegee, probably this; San Antonio Mts., 1917, T. M. Johnston,
no. 1427, not typical; San Bernardino Mts., 1884, S. B. Parish, no.
1691, probably.

The status of this variety is not clear. In the present study insuffi-
cient material was at hand to give a clear picture. Its aspect some-
times approaches that of A. lactevirens, but the involucre is like that
of A. coerulescens. The southwestern forms of A. praealtus seem to
have been mistaken for this variety at times. It probably occurs in
southern California, but the specimens seen from that region are
transitional to the typical form. Rydberg! has noted that Wooton’s
no. 329, which represents the type collection of var. Wootonii Greene, .
and Baker's no. 817, cited by Greene as typical of his A. Wootonit, are
not the same. Duplicates of these numbers seen by the writer indi-
cate that they are not. Wooton’s specimen is an immature rather
untypical plant apparently of this variety, while Baker’s specimen
seems to be a diffuse form of A. laetevirens.

3. A. PANICULATUS Lam. Encye. i. 306 (1783); Gray, Synopt. Fl.
N. A. i2. 187 (1884) in part; Gray, Man. ed. 6 and 7, in large part. A.
tenuifolius T. & G. Fl. N. A. ii. 132 (1841), in part at least, not L.,
and Gray, Man. eds. 1-5. A. tenuifolius B ramosissimus T. & G.
l. c. (1841), the more divaricate-branched plants. A. tenuifolius y
bellidiflorus 'T. & G. l. c., the more strict plants chiefly, doubtfully A.
bellidiflorus Willd. Including A. paniculatus var. bellidiflorus Burgess
in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. No. Sta. and Can. iii. 377 (1898) and
Gray, Man. ed. 7, largely, except perhaps as to range.—Stems 5-15
dm. high, rather strict or sometimes diffuse, glabrous below, pubescent
in lines above and usually with greenish striae; branches ascending or
sometimes widely spreading: middle cauline leaves narrow, linear or
nearly so, 8-15 cm. long, 3-12 mm. wide, 12 times as long as broad or
narrower, mostly spreading, tapering to an acute apex and non-
clasping base, rather firm but not coriaceous, glabrous and smooth on
both surfaces or scabrous above toward the tip, not at all rugose;

1 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxxvii. 140 (1910).

1933] Wiegand,—Aster paniculatus and some of its Relatives 29

margins usually flat, scabrous-ciliolate, more or less serrate in the
larger leaves, rarely entire; primary branch-veins few, not conspicuous,
the ultimate areoles irregular, mostly longer than broad, usually
indistinct; rameal leaves lanceolate to nearly subulate, ascending or
more rarely spreading, rather stiff, their margins scabrous-ciliolate:
heads of medium size (disk 6-8 mm. broad), paniculate, rarely at all
racemose and then not unilaterally disposed; involucre (4) 4.5-5.5
mm. high; bracts narrow, linear-subulate, linear, or narrowly oblong,
acutish, glabrous or sparingly ciliolate, rather firm but not coriaceous
with green midrib and apex, well imbricated, usually even the tips
appressed: ray corollas 20-40, each 6 to 11 mm. long, white, very
rarely tinged with blue or lavender: disk corollas narrowly funnel-
form or tubular; lobes moderately deep, 0.7-0.9 (1.2) mm. long, 30 to
45 per cent of the length of the whole limb, usually spreading, rarely
at all recurved: pappus hairs (32) 40-65 (80), each 3.6-6 mm. long:
achenes narrowly obovoid, somewhat flattened, strigose, about 2 mm.
long.—Meadows, low thickets and shores: New Brunswick, Nova
Scotia, Maine, and central Quebec to Connecticut and the highlands
of New Jersey and eastern Pennsylvania, westward through Ontario
and Ohio to Wisconsin and Missouri; common in Canada and northern
New England, frequent in northern New York but rare elsewhere
in the state, rare in northern Ohio and northern Illinois. A strict
specimen from Missouri (Courtney, Bush, no. 1785) is apparently to
be referred to this form of the species. The habit varies greatly.
Forms with strict branches and rameal leaves have been segregated
as var. bellidiflorus, and were so segregated in the present study during
its earlier stages. A closer inspection, and a tabulation of the flowering
period as determined from the labels, has seemed to show, however,
that these strict plants are for the most part juvenile stages of the
more divaricate and diffuse types. It may be noted incidentally
that nothing in the original description of A. bellidiflorus Willd.
suggests this fastigiate habit, and why the name has been applied to
this form is not clear. Plants with the heads somewhat smaller than
usual occur rather frequently around the Great Lakes and westward,
but in most cases these are to be interpreted as hybrids, or occasionally
as due to crowding or poor nutrition.

This species can be distinguished from A. praealtus by the much
deeper corolla-lobes, more ascending rameal leaves and non-rugose,
softer, flatter, often more serrate cauline leaves with less conspicuous
reticulum of the ultimate veinlets and more oblong veinlet areoles.
The species seems to be largely an inhabitant of the heavier clay soils.

The oldest name previously applied to any member of this species
concept is A. Tradescanti of Linnaeus. There has long been doubt,
however, as to the application of this name. The matter has been
discussed at some length by Dr. Gray and the synonomy worked out

30 Rhodora [JANUARY

by him as based on his extended study of types in the European
herbaria.! Linnaeus’s publication of A. Tradescanti was based on a
two line description of little diagnostic value, and references to Hortus
Cliffortianus, Hortus Upsaliensis, and Morison’s Historia, the latter
reference being the name-bringing citation. According to Gray, one
of the two specimens in the Clifford herbarium is a small-headed
form of the present species, the other being referable to A. vimineus.
A specimen in the Linnean herbarium, from the Upsala garden, Gray
says is the large headed A. paniculatus. A plant in the Morison
herbarium, which according to Gray should probably be considered
the type, is a small-headed form of the present species, and this is
the form to which Dr. Gray would apply the Linnean name. A
photograph of the Morison plant, taken by Professor Fernald, is in
the Gray Herbarium. This photograph does not seem to match any
American form unless it be a shade condition of some normally wild
form. ‘The specimen may have come from shaded or crowded colonies
in the garden. The heads are rather small, but are not fully devel-
oped, and possibly would have been larger if they had matured. The
rameal leaves are more elliptic, more lax, and less rigid than in all
forms of this species, but resemble somewhat those of A. saxatilis.
Indeed, the photograph suggests A. saxatilis very much in the panicle
and rameal leaves, but the cauline leaves are more divaricate. There
is, however, no reason to believe that the low and slender A. saxatilis
was in cultivation in Europe at that early period. In the opinion of
the writer, this Morison plant may very likely have been simply an
undeveloped shaded individual of var. simplex, but we have no way
of proving this. It may, however, have been a hybrid form of A.
paniculatus with A. lateriflorus or A. vimineus. Dr. Gray applied the
name to a race of small-headed, paniculate plants which he gave as
ranging from “Canada to Virginia, Illinois, and Saskatchewan.
Cultivated from the earliest days in European gardens.” After vain
attempts during the present study to establish such a species, the
writer is now of the opinion that no such race exists in the wild state
in America and probably nowhere in cultivation. The older European
specimens bearing this name in the Gray Herbarium are apparently
hybrids of A. lateriflorus with A. paniculatus or A. pracaltus. In
.America, the specimens labelled A. Tradescanti by Dr. Gray, and

1 Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. xvii. 166 (1882), and Synopt. Fl. N. A. 12. 187
(1884).

1933] Wiegand,—Aster paniculatus and some of its Relatives 31

those in the New York Botanical Garden Herbarium that served as a
basis for Dr. Britton’s, and in part for Mr. Burgess’s treatment in the
two editions of the Illustrated Flora, may be interpreted as hybrids
with A. lateriflorus, A. vimineus, A. missouriensis var. thyrsoideus,
A. interior, and A. ericoides, or in a few cases as straight A. lateriflorus
or straight A. vimineus, or in some cases as simply undeveloped 4.
paniculatus. It seems impossible to detect a definite race among all
these specimens. The mass of specimens is conspicuously marked
by lack of uniformity. Because of this extremely vague and indefinite
status of the name the writer believes that the best interests of tax-
onomy are served by abandoning it altogether.

The next oldest name is A. paniculatus Lam. The interpretation of
this also is not easy. Prof. Lecomte writes that no type specimen
exists in the Lamarck herbarium. Dr. Gray in his study of types
says: “The proper herbarium of Lamarck at Rostock I have not been
able to consult. But distinct traces of all the species, with one ex-
ception [A. salicifolius], have been found at Paris," and farther on:
“A common and multiform northern species, the A. Tradescanti L.,
as to herb. and Hort. Ups. (but not of Morison), comprising A.
tenuifolius and A. simplex of Torr. and Gray, Flora, mainly, exc. syn.”
From this it may be judged that he saw traces of this at Paris. In
the Synoptical Flora Gray says: “Lam. Dict. i. 306 (1783, the char.
not good for the involucre, but it is the A. serotinus procerior, & c.,
Tourn., cited by Lam.)." The original description is not very con-
vincing and it is difficult to make much out of it. However, in view
of Dr. Gray's rather positive statements concerning the identity of the
name and the lack of further evidence as to what it might otherwise be,
and in view of the long continued use of the name since Gray's time,
it may well be retained for this species. Lamarck's statement that
the leaves are narrowly lanceolate may be assumed to refer it to the
narrow-leaved form. Previous to the Synoptical Flora and beginning
with Torrey & Gray or before, the narrow-leaved variant here con-
sidered the typical form was usually called A. tenuifolius L. and the
broad-leaved type 4. simplex Willd.

The species is highly variable in many of its organs, apparently for
the most part in response to the environment, but the writer has been
unable to draw any specific lines within this general A. paniculatus
complex. The plants differ only in general habit, width of leaves, and
other superficial and variable characters, while the essentials of floral

32 Rhodora [JANUARY

and head structure remain the same. Many of these variants can
often be found in the same field. Frequent intergrading specimens
occur that unite the various trends in a perplexing way. The color
of the rays, too, varies from pure white, the usual color, to lavender
or pale blue in response apparently to some physiological or genetical
disturbance about which we know little at present. Occasionally the
color is due to hybridity, as shown by other characters. Hybrids are
apparently common between A. paniculatus and other species as
already stated. Those with A. lateriflorus and A. puniceus seem
especially abundant in the east. Farther westward plants appearing
to be crosses with A. pracaltus and A. missouriensis var. thyrsoideus
are frequent. Less common hybrids with other species occur. Among
all these variants only the broad leaved form seems to be worthy of
nomenclatural recognition. This may be a true race as its range does
not wholly coincide with that of typical A. paniculatus. It is here
recognized as follows: ;

Var. SIMPLEX (Willd.) Burgess in Britton & Brown, IIl. Fl. No. Sta.
& Can. iii. 377 (1898), chiefly this, as also Robins. & Fern. in Gray,
Man. ed. 7. A. simplex Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. 887 (1809), this
or A. salignus; Nees, Gen. et Sp. Aster, 91 (1833); Torr. & Gray, FI.
N. A. and Gray, Man. eds. 1-5. A. paniculatus of Gray, Synopt. Fl.
in part, also of Gray, Man. ed. 7 in part, and Burgess l. c. in part. A.
Jacobaeus Lunell, Amer. Mid. Nat. v. 56 (1917).—Leaves broader,
10-40 mm. wide, 11 times as long as broad or wider: involucral bracts
averaging slightly wider.—4 more southern and western variant:
New Brunswick and southern Quebec to Virginia and West Virginia,
or possibly to the mountains of North Carolina; westward to South
Dakota, Nebraska and Missouri and perhaps Texas. The common
and almost exclusive form in central New York, rare in Canada and
northern New England. Strict individuals are more common in the
northeast. Rather late flowering, from Aug. 20 to Oct. 15, chiefly
in late September and early October. Second growth specimens of
this variety, from cut-off or injured stems, or late flowering specimens
from other causes, often have the heads more bunched in the axils
of the large leaves and the involucral bracts broader.

There is some doubt as to the proper varietal name for this form.
Apparently no previous author has had exactly the same conception
as here adopted. Burgess' conception verges toward the second
growth type mentioned above. He may have included specimens of
the common hybrid A. puniceus X A. paniculatus, suggested by his
words “inflorescence leafy,” or this latter phrase may have reference
merely to the condition found in many second growth specimens.

1933] Wiegand,—Aster paniculatus and some of its Relatives 33

Robinson & Fernald’s conception seems to have been nearly that of
Burgess. The conception in Torrey & Gray’s Flora and in Nees von
Essenbeck’s revision is very nearly ours. Dr. Gray in his study of
types refers A. simplex Willd. to A. salignus Willd., and in the Synop-
tical Flora this latter, along with A. simplea, to A. salicifolius Scholler
[not A. salicifolius Ait.] which he says: “represents a form of this same
species [A. paniculatus] either very early naturalized in Hungary and
Germany or possibly indigenous." A. salignus, as represented by the
few specimens seen by the writer, all modern specimens from various
parts of Europe, does seem somewhat different from any form of A.
paniculatus. Its heads are large and the rays often colored, the
involucre loose, frequently of more equal bracts, and the leaves more
clasping, though not strongly so. Willdenow’s original description
is very good for our form except in the statement “calycibus laxe
imbricatis" and in another part of the description “calyx imbri-
catus, squamis lineari-subulatis adpressis inferioribus subpatulis."
He may have had 4. salignus in mind or he may have had plants of
the present variety. However, considering the long continued use of
the name A. simplex for broad leaved forms of A. paniculatus it
would seem justifiable to continue its use in that sense, since it can
not be definitely shown to be something else.

Several varieties of <A. paniculatus recognized in recent years
require comment. Var. bellidiflorus (Willd.) Burgess has been dis-
cussed above, and its doubtful validity pointed out. Also the diffi-
culty in interpreting Willdenow's A. bellidiflorus has been noted.
Most of the herbarium specimens passing as var. bellidiflorus have
been interpreted by the writer as A. paniculatus, a few only having
broader leaves and thus belonging to var. simplex. The two hairy
varieties proposed by Fernald seem to have been of hybrid origin.
The var. cinerascens,! as represented by the cited Veazie specimen,
has every appearance of a hybrid of A. paniculatus and A. undulatus
L. The type specimen of var. lanatus? (Punk Island, Lake Winnepeg,
J. M. Macoun) strongly suggests a hybrid of A. paniculatus or possibly
A. interior with A. puniceus L. A. paniculatus var. acutidens Burgess?
seems to have been a mixture as treated by Burgess and also by other
authors. Judging from specimens so named it has been made up of
hybrids of A. paniculatus and A. puniceus, which often have large

1 RHODORA i. 188 (1899).
2 RHODORA vi. 131 (1904).
3 Britton and Brown, Ill. Fl. No. Sta. & Can. iii. 378 (1898).

34 Rhodora [JANUARY

teeth, hybrids of A. missouriensis var. thyrsoideus with A. paniculatus,
and unusually large-toothed specimens of A. paniculatus. It does
not seem to constitute a race.

4. A. saXaATILIS (Fernald) Blanchard, Amer. Bot. vii. 27 (1904).
A. vimineus var. saxatilis Fernald, Rnopona i. 188 (1899), Gray's
Man. ed. 7. A. Tradescanti var. saxatilis House, Bull. N. Y. State
Museum, nos. 243-244, p. 27 (1923).—Low, 1.5-6 dm. high, slender:
stems greenish, glabrous or nearly so, branched above only: branches
rather short, ascending-spreading: leaves rather thin, glabrous,
usually ascending, 3-10 em. long, linear or linear-lanceolate or narrowly
elliptic-lanceolate, 9-13 times as long as wide or sometimes narrower,
acute but scarcely acuminate, subentire, sparingly scabrous on the
margin; rameal leaves not numerous, the upper distant and much
reduced, linear-lanceolate, rather soft, usually divaricate, indistinctly
scabrous or smooth: heads small, rather few in a small loose terminal
non racemose panicle, or on rather long branchlets: involucre 3.3-4.5
(5) mm. high; bracts narrow, usually sparingly ciliate: ray corollas
(14) 17-25 (27) in number, rather short, (4.3) 5-8.2 mm. long, white:
disk corollas about 3.2 mm. long; the lobes 30 to 45 per cent of the
length of the whole limb: pappus hairs 25-43 in number, rather short
(2.5-3.5 mm. long): achenes about 1.5 or 1.8 mm. long, strigose.—
Ledgy, gravelly, or sandy often moist banks and shores: southwestern
Nova Scotia and southern Maine from Washington County to Oxford
and Cumberland Counties, extending up the Penobscot River to the
Katahdin region; also in southern and western Vermont. Flowering
period July 20-Sept. 10, averaging rather earlier than related species.
Some specimens examined: Nova Scoria: above Bridgewater, 1921,
Fernald & Long, no. 24639; Sandy Cove, 1920, Fernald & Long and
others, no. 22762 and 22764; various places in Yarmouth County,
1920-1, Fernald & Long and others, nos. 22763, 22765, 24635, 24636,
24637, 24638, 24640. Maine: Marshfield, 1916, C. H. Knowlton;
Katahdin Basin, 1898, E. D. Merrill; Mattawamkeag, 1898, Fernald, no.
2682; Upper Stillwater, 1895, Fernald, no. 361 (TYPE of var. saxatilis);
Veazie, 1908, Fernald, nos. 286 and 287; Orono, 1908, Fernald, no. 286,
not typical; Fairfield, Somerset County, 1916, Fernald & Long, no.
14725; Madison, 1894, Fernald; Bowdoinham, 1921, N. C. Fassett,
no. 104; Gilead, 1897, K. Furbish; Clinton, 1909, R. C. Bean; Winslow,
1898, E. B. Chamberlain, no. 763. Vermont: Williston Gorge,
Chittenden Co., 1899, W. W. Eggleston.

This plant was first described as a variety of A. vimineus. Typical
specimens show a relationship to this species only in the small heads
and rather soft rameal leaves. It differs in the less branched habit,
shorter and more ascending branches confined more to the upper
part of the plant, more ascending leaves, non racemose long-peduncled -
heads, longer involucre (3.5-4.0 mm. instead of 3.0-3.6 mm.), and

1933] Wiegand,—Aster paniculatus and some of its Relatives 35

longer ray corollas (5-8 mm. instead of 3-5.8 mm.). Its affinity seems
to be with A. paniculatus but the plant is smaller, grows on drier soil,
possibly flowers earlier, has leaves of a different shape and texture,
smaller heads, fewer and generally shorter rays, and shorter pappus
hairs. It seems to be a fairly good species.

5. A. interior, sp. nov. A. carneus y ambiguus T. & G. FI. N. A. 1?
133 (1841) or that a hybrid, not A. ambiguus Bernh. A. Tradescanti
in part, and A. paniculatus in part, of Gray's Synopt. Fl. A. Trades-
canti in part, of Gray's Man. ed. 7.

Caulibus ramosis inferiore parte glabris superiore in lineis pubes-
centibus, ramis adscendentibus vel patulis; folis lanceolatis vel
oblanceolatis vel fere linearibus $-20-plo longioribus quam latis
firmis non coriaceis planis subintegris scabrociliatis subtus glabris
supra plus minusve scabris vix rugosis, venis plus minusve distinctis,
areolis irregularibus laxis longioribus quam latis, foliis ramorum
copiosis 1-3 cm. longis elliptico-lanceolatis subacutis; capitulis
numerosissimis parvis subracemosopaniculatis vix secundis, involucris
3-4 mm. longis, bracteis angustis subglabris brevibus; ligulis 22-36
4.4-8.5 mm. longis albis vel purpureotinctis; lobis corollarum florum
disci 30 ad 45 per centum totius limbi; capillis papporum 50-60
numero 2.8-4.5 mm. longis.

Plant of medium height, glabrous below, sparingly pubescent in
lines above, much branched when well developed; branches ascending-
spreading: leaves lanceolate, oblanceolate or nearly linear, 8-20
times as long as wide, firm but not coriaceous, mostly flat, more or
less olive green when dry, entire or sparingly serrate, scabrous ciliate;
lower surface glabrous and smooth; upper surface more or less scabrous,
scarcely rugose; veins moderately distinct; areolae irregular, loose,
chiefly longer than broad; lateral veins rarely developed; rameal
leaves very abundant, 1-3 em. long, elliptic-lanceolate, rather abruptly
acute, not rigid: heads very numerous, small, on short branchlets,
more or less racemosely paniculate on the branches, scarcely secund:
involucre 3—4 mm. high, of narrow linear or oblanceolate, rather firm,
imbricated, only moderately acute, nearly or quite glabrous or ciliate
bracts, rather conspicuously shorter than the pappus: ray corollas
22-36 in number, 4 4-8.5 mm. long, lavender or white: disk corollas
(2.6) 3.0-4.5 mm. long; lobes 0.6-0.9 mm. long, 30 to 45 per cent of
the length of the whole limb: pappus hairs 30-60 in number, 2.8-4.5
mm. long; achenes as in other species.—Generally prairie country:
Buffalo, New York, northern and western Ohio, southern Michigan,
and Illinois; possibly also in central Wisconsin, Missouri and Louisiana.
Specimens examined: New York: Buffalo, G. W. Clinton. Onto:
Dr. Paddock (type of A. carneus var. ambiguus 'T. & G.); Prairie of
Ohio, Riddell. MicniGAw: Detroit, 1900, O. A. Farwell, no. 1346;
Botanic Garden, Mich. Agric. College, 1895, C. F. Wheeler. ILLINOIS:
1881, seven specimens, J. Wolf; Canton, 1893, Wolf (TYPE in Gray

36 Rhodora [JANUARY

Herb.); Peoria, Dr. Stewart. The specimens from Wisconsin, Mis-
souri, and Louisiana are not typical and may be hybrids of this
species with others, or hybrids of related species.

This seems to be a good species although it crosses freely with others.
The small heads have frequently led to its confusion with the sup-
posedly small-headed A. Tradescanti. The Paddock specimen on
which the var. ambiguus T. & G. was based has rather more deeply
lobed corollas and an aberrant look, and may be a hybrid with A.
lateriflorus.

6. A. LAETEVIRENS Greene, Pittonia, iv. 219 (1900). A. Osterhouti
Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxxi. 654 (1904).—Stem rather low,
3-8 dm. high, glabrous below, pubescent in lines above, often purplish,
usually simple or subsimple, terminating in a generally subcorymbose
panicle which is small for the group; its branches 5-8 (15) cm. long,
ascending: leaves thick but not coriaceous, rarely at all rugose, pale,
glabrous, lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate; cauline 5-9 cm. long,
about 12 mm. wide, acute, only a little narrowed to a slightly or
sometimes conspicuously clasping base; margins entire or low-serrate,
scabrous; veins rather prominent, pale, some of them looped along
the often triple-nerved, pale midrib; ultimate areolae indistinct,
coarse, longer than broad; rameal leaves not much reduced, clasping:
heads rather large, somewhat clustered toward ends of branches:
peduncles short, leafy: involucre 5.5-7 mm. high; bracts firm, in few
ranks, the outer usually shorter, oblong to lance-oblong, acute or the
outer barely so, glabrous or sparingly ciliate; margins and base pale
except sometimes in the outer, the green part usually indistinct
below, dilated above, frequently with a pale median line: rays lilac or
white, rarely purplish, with corollas 8-14 mm. long, 1.0-1.5 mm.
wide: disk corollas narrowly funnel-form or tubular; lobes short,
0.6-0.9 mm. long, 18 to 28 per cent of whole length of limb: pappus
hairs 35-70, each 5-6.5 mm. long: achenes apparently larger than in
the other species (2-3 mm. long).—Damp banks and shores: Idaho,
Saskatchewan and the bad lands of North Dakota (Herb. N. Y. Bot.
Gard.) to Colorado, New Mexico and Arizona, chiefly in the mountain
states. Some specimens examined: SASKATCHEWAN: Gander Lake,
1895, Macoun, no. 10237. Ipamo: Boise, 1897, L. F. Henderson, no.
2993. Montana: Missouri River, 1883, L. F. Ward, no. 3. Wxow-
ING: Hutton's Lake, 1898, A. Nelson, no. 5293; Seven Mile Lakes,
1901, Nelson, no. 595; Laramie, 1901, Nelson, no. 8668; Lusk, 1911,
Nelson, no. 9606. CoronaApo: alt. 6000-8000 ft., 1877, E. L. Greene,
no. 1122; below Steamboat Springs, 1899, G. E. Osterhout, no. 13;
San Luis Valley, 1873, J. Wolfe, no. 500; along the Poudre, 1895,
C. S. Crandall, no. 50. New Mexico: 1847, Fendler, no. 360; Valley
of Sierra de las Animas, 1851, C. Wright, no. 1157. Arizona: Black
River Flat, 1874, J. T. Rothrock, no. 789; Speed Ranch, Rincon Mts.,
1909, J. C. Blumer, no. 3474.

1933] Wiegand,—Aster paniculatus and some of its Relatives 37

This species stands somewhat between A. coerulescens and the A.
adscendens group. The texture and venation of the leaves are very
similar to those of A. adscendens, as are also the firm bracts, but these
latter are acute, and the heads are short-peduncled and more panicu-
late. In all the detailed measurements of parts of the head and
florets it corresponds closely with A. coerulescens to which it is evi-
dently related. Whether it should be considered as a member of the
Salicifoliae is however open to question. The innermost bracts of
the involucre are generally said to be narrower than the others, a
condition which is said not to be the case in other species here treated,
and the outer bracts are said to have a whitish median line. These
statements are commonly true, though often not conspicuously so,
but the same is frequently true also of A. coerulescens and perhaps of
other species; at least they are not clear-cut characters.

Several other names exist that belong to this group of Asters. In
1815 Barton! proposed A. philadelphicus, later? making it a synonym
of A. tenuifolius Willd. A Barton specimen bearing the Prodromus
label in the herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy is straight A.
ericoides L. At the same time Barton proposed A. tenwiculus which
later he made a variety of A. fragilis. Four specimens of this are in
the Barton herbarium, of which three are noted as “from my garden.”
The fourth, which may be considered the type, bears the Prodromus
label and is A. vimineus. The others are A. dumosus, A. ericoides
and A. lateriflorus var. pendulus. These Barton names were not
included in the Kew Index.

In the Flora of North America, Torrey and Gray? described A.
Greenei from “Near Boston, Dr. B. D. Greene! Dr. Pickering! (in
herb. acad. Philad.)." The writer has been unable to locate the
Greene specimen but the Pickering specimen is still in the herbarium
of the Philadelphia Academy. "This does not represent any straight
species but seems rather to be a hybrid of A. lateriflorus and A.
puniceus. The habit is that of the former species but the corolla
lobes are shorter, the heads larger, the leaves broader, more clasping,
and more scabrous, suggesting 4. puniceus and some of the cauline
hairs are slightly thickened at the base. "The description, too, rather
suggests this interpretation. It is not at all A. praealtus var. angustior
which one might suspect it to be from the locality.

1 Prodr. Fl. Philadel. 81 (1815).
2 Comp. Fl. Phila. (1818).
3 Fl. N. A. ii. 134 (1841).

38 Rhodora [JANUARY

In 1903 Burgess proposed A. agrostifolius,! based chiefly on speci-
mens of A. lateriflorus var. pendulus (Ait.) Burgess, judging from
specimens in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. In
1917 Lunell? described two new Asters, A. chelonicus and A. clivorum,
from the foot-hills of the Turtle Mountains, Rolette County, North
Dakota. The type specimens of these species, now in the herbarium
of the University of Minnesota, are intermediate between A. laete-
virens and A. paniculatus var. simplex as to leaves and involucre.
Both species were known to their author from the type specimens
only. Further study in that vicinity is necessary before they can be
accurately placed.

It has been suggested by A. S. Pease in the paper already cited that
A. tardiflorus is a hybrid of A. cordifolius and A. puniceus. Not all
specimens so labelled in the Gray Herbarium have been seen by the
writer, but several in the Cornell Herbarium certainly seem to bear
out this conclusion, at least as far as most specimens called A. tardi-
florus by American authors are concerned. There are at hand,
however, several specimens from the Gray Herbarium, labelled A.
tardiflorus and having rather narrow leaves, that are apparently
hybrids of A. puniceus and A. paniculatus.

It may be of interest that specimens have recently come to light
extending the range of A. vimineus Lam., along the Fall line through
Georgia and down to the Apalachicola region of Florida. The plant
has not yet been seen from North and South Carolina. A. vimineus
was one of the species of white asters treated in the previous paper.
A. ontarionis Wiegand, also a species treated in the previous paper and
there reported from only one locality in Canada, has been found to
be fairly frequent along the Canadian side of the St. Lawrence river
from Kingston to Brockville.

CORNELL UNIVERSITY.

DESMODIUM GLABELLUM IN NORTHEASTERN CONNECTICUT.—In
July and September, 1932, botanizing trips were made to Obwebe-
tuck Hill, which is situated in the extreme south-southwestern part
of Windham County, in the town of Windham. ‘This is a wooded
hill with dry soil, and is especially suited to the genera Desmodium
and Lespedeza, as well as to other dry soil plants.

1A. agrostifolius, Small's Fl. Se. U. S. 1226 (1903).
? A, chelonicus, Amer. Mid. Nat. v. 45 (1917), A. clivorum, l. c. v. 55 (1917).

1933] Fernald,—Diarrhena festucoides again 39

Desmodium glabellum was occasional on the hillside. This is a rare
species which had been reported in the state only at Waterford
(Graves). Mr. C. A. Weatherby states that the only other record
for this species in New England is one from Massachuetts, which is
not well authenticated, and that this new station in Windham may
very probably be the northeasternmost for the species. It was
interesting to note that at least seven other Desmodiums were in
evidence.

Another rare species, though less so in general than Desmodium
glabellum, was Eupatorium. sessilifolium, which had not previously
been reported from the county. A few plants were found on the
first visit, and the last yielded a few more.

A third species new to the county, Acalypha digyneia, grew in small
quantity about the ledges at the summit of the hill.

Besides the above, there were noted the following species whose
ranges, as given in the Catalogue of Flowering Plants and Ferns of
Connecticut, include Windham County, but which are at least very
uncommon there:—Desmodium bracteosum, which was occasional
and which, like the three following species, apparently does not occur
in central and northern sections of the county; D. canescens, a single
small colony; Geum flavum in fair numbers; Polygonum virginianum,
a few plants; Agrimonia mollis in some quantity; and Panicum Boscii,
var. molle, scattered through a considerable area in the woods.

Other less rare species, previously noted in the county, but not
very generally distributed, were Desmodium paniculatum, D. rigidum,
Lespedeza procumbens, L. virginica, Anychia canadensis, Solidago
ulmifolia, Corallorrhiza odontorhiza and Erigeron pusillus.

On one of the trips, a short stop was made in Canterbury, where
Mr. Weatherby located X Lysimachia producta, the second record for
the county.—ALan W. Upuam, East Woodstock, Connecticut.

DIARRHENA FESTUCOIDES AGAIN.—In RHODORA, xxxiv. 204 (1932),
I made the avowedly new combination Diarrhena festucoides, based
upon Diarina festucoides Raf. Med. Repos. hex. 2, v. 352 (1808).
At that time I stated that the spelling Diarrhena, starting with
Beauvois (1812) and conserved under the International Rules, was
not a mere change of spelling of Rafinesque’s generic name. Several
friends, including Mr. Mackenzie and Professor Hitchcock, point

40 Rhodora [JANUARY

out to me that I was in error: that Beauvois gave as a synonym of
his Diarrhena “ Diarrhena SMART" and in the Index “ DiaRRHENA
Schmal.” Beauvois, then, was merely changing the spelling and
stumbling over the authorship of Darina Rafinesque-SCHMALTZ.

This being the case, Diarrhena Raf. in Beauv. (1812) is merely a
change of spelling, not apparently sanctioned by its original author,
of Diarina Raf. (1808). Consequently, the correct combination,
Diarrhena (under the discarded spelling Diarina) festucoides goes
back to its source, Rafinesque (1808). The question raised, whether
species legitimately published under invalid or no generic names can
stand, is still open. In view of obvious differences of judgment on
this academic point, which is not definitely covered by the Inter-
national Rules, I have referred the matter for study to the Executive
Committee on Nomenclature appointed at Cambridge.—M. L.
FERNALD.

Ficus Carica IN Massacuuserts.—In the fall of 1931 Mr. Gilbert
Emery sent to Boston, for identification, a fragment of a leaf from a
strange plant observed by him in Whitman, Massachusetts, for two
successlve years.

Wishing to see more of the plant, the writer went to Whitman on
November 17, and after examining a large area of waste ground—the
most probable habitat—discovered the shrub growing in a vacant
field, on the sunny side of an old shed, close to the building. The
plant was about four feet high, well branched, and bore several small
green fruits. Specimens later shown to Dr. Alfred Rehder and Mr.
J. B. Mackintosh were identified by them as the fig, Ficus Carica L.

Figs are often grown for ornamental and commercial purposes, and
in southern New England will live outside during the summer, but
records of persistent escapes as far north as Whitman may not be
very numerous.—S. N. F. Sanrorp, Boston Society of Natural His-
tory.

Volume 34, no. 408, including pages 233 to 263, 8 plates and title-page of
the volume, was issued 14 December, 1932.

33

«
e

Plate 2

Rhodora

TRANSPORTED

P

GRANITIC CREST BACK OF BunGEO (upper)

BOULDERS on C

^
5

DENUDE

REST NEAR GRANDY Brook (lower).

*
JJ

FED 8. 1029

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ọ Associate Editors
LUDLOW GRISCOM

. Vol. 35. February, 1933. No. 410.
CONTENTS:
Annotations on Herbarium Sheets. H. A. Gleason............... 41

New Species and Forms from the United States. H. C. Benke 44
Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora (continued).

M. L. Fernald. ooo. oe noses wie SLATE geen LU 47
Pylaiella fulvescens (Schousb.) Bornet. R. E. Schuh........... 63
Calamagrostis epigejos, var. georgica in America. M.L. Fernald.. 64
Cynoglossum amabile in Massachusetts. S. N. F. Sanford. ..... 66
Color Variation in Hepatica acutiloba. E. Anderson............ 66
Panicum dichotomiflorum, var. puritanorum in New Hampshire.

C A. WIP LOTO CLITA ss XX rr XR 68

The New England Botanical Club, Fue.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United
States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or
some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which
will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating
directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits.
Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication, Authors (of more
than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con-
tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished
at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions (making all remitiances payable to RHODORA) to
Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in
several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the
flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in-
cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, var-
ieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria,
leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical
activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards.

GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray
HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten
copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separatelv.

No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton,
Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932.
$3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodor: Plate 234

Up THE HUMBER FROM Hannan’s Heap (upper);
MARBLE Mr. at right. Mr. Muserave in background.
HORIZONTAL LiMEsTONES, OLD Port Av Cuorx (lower).

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 35. February, 1933. No. 410.

ANNOTATIONS ON HERBARIUM SHEETS
H. A. GLEASON

Ir is now generally recognized that a species is an abstract mental
concept, synthesized from the structural characters of various in-
dividual plants. To this concept is given a binomial name. The
same binomial, when written on a herbarium sheet, does not indicate
the name of the individual plant there displayed, but the concept
under which the individual is placed. "The assignment of the in-
dividual to a certain concept constitutes identification.

The original synthesis of a specific concept dates back to the first
description of the species, while the name under which this concept is
known can not be earlier than 1753. In the casual identification of
plants, botanists accept without question the concept of earlier
students, learning it from printed descriptions or from comparison
with specimens bearing the appropriate name. In monographie
study botanists form concepts of their own. If these concepts
coincide with earlier ones, in the opinion of the student, the original
idea is continued; if not, new species or subspecies are proposed or
two or more concepts united under a single name. All botanists
know how specific concepts vary, partly through accumulation of
material for study and partly through mere change in mental attitude.

The name which appears on a herbarium sheet represents the
opinion of some person. It may have been placed there by a skilled
botanist who has given years to the study of this particular group, or
by one who has given the plant only the most casual or perfunctory

42 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

examination. It is obvious that a grass, collected by a high school
student and labeled Panicum praecocius, is of far less value in illus-
trating that specific concept than if it were so identified by Hitchcock
and Chase, who described the species originally. The high school
boy may be right, and Hitchcock and Chase may conceivably be
wrong, but we feel far more confident of the accuracy of identification
in the latter case than in the former. Furthermore, an identification
by Hitchcock during his first years as a botanist is obviously less
reliable than one made at the present time.

In general, the probability that a specimen is correctly identified,
that is, that it correctly illustrates a certain specific concept, depends
largely on the person making the identification and on the date
when it was made. Each person identifying a plant in our reference
herbaria should therefore add or have added to the label his name
and the date, for example, det. John Smith, 1932. If John Smith
is a botanist of recognized ability in 1932, his identification will
have authority accordingly; if in 1972 he is the leading taxonomist
of the world, his identification of 1932 will nevertheless carry relatively
little weight.

All large herbaria include numerous sheets on which identifications
have been written by persons of authority who can not now be known
except through a knowledge of their handwriting. During the
course of our own studies we learn to recognize some of these, but we
shall make it much easier for those who follow us if we will add to
these old annotations such statements as written by Asa Gray, or
Martius scripsit, as I have seen in European herbaria.

The method by which an identification is made is also valuable
information. We all realize the difficulty of using printed descriptions
only, and we often add to specimens so identified the abbreviation
ex char. This should always be done. If we assign the name as a
result of comparison with other specimens, we should indicate that,
and if practicable cite the particular specimens with which comparison
was made, since the source material may be incorrectly named.
Such a legend as = type in Herb. Kew. gives immediate authority to
the name, tempered only by the possible question of our ability to
make an exact comparison.

While the name on the label may have been written originally by
a person without experience or detailed knowledge, it may be correct.
Later students of the group, who are able to speak with authority,

1933] Gleason,—Annotations on Herbarium Sheets 43

recognize the name as correct and pass it without comment. The
value of the identification is immediately raised if such persons add
their own annotation to that effect, as confirmed by Gray, 1882, or
accepted by Bentham, 1867. I know of specimens in the family
Melastomataceae which have certainly been examined successively
by Naudin, Triana, and Cogniaux. It would certainly add much
to the value of the specimen if each of these masters of the family
had indicated his approval of the name.

Most monographs and some floras cite by collector and number
the specimens upon which their descriptions are based. Duplicates
of these numbers should always mention this citation, as Cited
by Niedenzu, Pflanzenreich 4 : 493. At the New York Botanical
Garden, where many old Brazilian specimens are deposited, sheets
are stamped with indelible ink This number is cited under this name
in Flora Brasiliensis, or, where the original name has been changed,
This number is cited in Flora Brasiliensis as —————. And of course
types, isotypes, cotypes, and topotypes should always be designated,
even if the species which they represent are no longer valid.

When dissections are made by a student from herbarium material,
and detailed notes and drawing made from them, copies of both should
be attached to the sheet whenever possible. In the great majority
of cases this will obviate any necessity of further dissection in the
future and will help greatly toward keeping the specimen in good
condition. Some types in older European herbaria have been nearly
destroyed by the inroads of monographers, without any record of
their findings being left for the benefit of their successors.

In making annotations, the original label should never be rewritten,
obscured, or destroyed. It may have considerable historical value.
In my opinion, it makes relatively little difference whether the notes
are written on the sheet itself, or on an annotation label which is
pinned or pasted to the sheet. Many herbaria have regulations in
this respect which can easily be followed.

Most herbaria are generous in lending material to students, not-
withstanding the risk of loss or damage in shipment. If we profit by
the examination of borrowed material, we should at least try to im-
prove the material by returning it fully annotated.

New York BOTANICAL GARDEN.

44 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

NEW SPECIES AND FORMS FROM THE CENTRAL AND
SOUTHERN UNITED STATES

H. €. BENKE

DuniNG late winter and through the spring of 1930, another great-
circle tour southward was undertaken by the author. This trip began
in the latter part of February and was completed by the beginning of
June.

Leaving Chicago, a southeasterly direction was taken over the
Ohio River valley, the Allegheny foot-hills and thence through
Alabama, striking the Gulf of Mexico near the Florida line; thence
zigzaging coast-wise west and southwest all the way to the border of
Mexico about Brownsville, Texas, coming scarcely 100 km. inland
at any point. The return trip was made over the edge of the Great
Plains, through the Ozark region and crossing the Mississippi River
at Quincy, Illinois. Numerous exploratory side-trips were made, so
completing some 5,000 km. of travel, by making use of a great variety
of transportation.

Specimens and, in most cases, duplicates with notes were taken of
such plants as indicated extension of range, flowering season or other
unusual data, or promised new taxonomic material, some of which is
being studied by other workers, mostly specialists; but my own work
with a portion of the collection has yielded some novelties which are
now available for publication.

I. The Eustoma noted about the mouth of the Rio Grande at the
time of the visit was of the smaller-flowered species—E. exaltatum—
brightening the landscape in purple, but very locally. One small
colony was seen in which the corollas were pure white. This may be
separated as:

EusroMA EXALTATUM (L.) Griseb., forma albiflorum, f. nov.,
corolla alba, siccato ochroleuca.— TExas: Brownsville, Cameron
County, March 25, 19380. H. C. Benke 5409 (rype, Field Museum).

With the species; corolla white, turning cream-color on drying.

II. Verbena officinalis, like many other species which are adventi-
tious from the old world, occurs only locally, but in large and well-
established colonies, for it is one which takes kindly to its new environ-
ment. It was seen at points in Texas with its very small corolla in
purple hue rather different from descriptions in European Floras as
white, pale lilac or lilac in color.

At Kingsville was noted a very considerable colony of this species,

1933] Benke,—New Species and Forms 45

with beautiful rose-purple corollas, differing strikingly from the others,
and from descriptions alluded to. No plants with white corollas
came under observation. The new color-form:

VERBENA OFFICINALIS L., forma roseiflora, f. nov., corolla intense
rosea.—TExas: Kingsville, Kleberg County, March 28, 1930. H.C.
Benke 5418 (rvPEÉ, Field Museum).

Corolla deep rose-color, otherwise like the species.

III. In the case of Stachys agraria, which is rather common in
coastal Texas, the albino form is rare—only a few plants having been
seen and these in but one locality near Corpus Christi. The species
usually had corollas of an attractive purple-blue, with the coloration
extended to the calyx-teeth. The unusual form:

STACHYS AGRARIA Cham. & Schlecht., forma albiflora, f. nov.,
corolla alba; calicis dentibus viridibus.— TEx4s: Corpus Christi,
Nueces County, March 31, 1930. H. C. Benke 5420 (ryper, Field
Museum).

With the species; corolla pure white; calyx-teeth green.

IV. For some time past, the Colby brothers have been mentioning
some "beautiful pink Blood-root" as occurring in the woodlands
about Crystal Lake, Illinois, but it was not until this spring, 1932,
that some specimens were sent me by Mr. Earl H. Colby of Crystal
Lake. The brothers are all friends of nature, and especially of the
wild flowers—one of them, Mr. Carl Colby of Pittsville, Wisconsin,
has on various occasions sent in rare and interesting specimens which
may be seen in Field Museum and other Herbaria. It is deemed very
appropriate to name this rare plant for the brothers:

SANGUINARIA CANADENSIS L., forma Colbyorum, f. nov., petala
laete rosea.—IrLiNOo:s: Crystal Lake, McHenry County, May 1,
1932. Earl H. Colby Mus. No. 652805 (rypr, Field Museum).

With the species; petals bright pink.

In the fall of 1931, my trip through the Illinois Ozarks in the far
southern portion of the state was rewarded in uncovering some new
plants, two of which are ready for recording as below:

V. Zizi4 sylvatica, sp. nov., planta Z. cordatae similis sed gracilior
altiorque; folis radicalibus cordatis, caulinorum uno vel pluribus
quoque cordatis, nullo modo lobatis; foliis superioribus 2-3 ternatim
decompositis vel lobatis.—IrrrNotrs: Tunnel Hill, Johnson County,
Sept. 5, 1931. H. C. Benke 5252 (ryPEÉ, Field Museum).

Aspect of Z. cordata, but more slender and tall; basal leaves cordate,
and in addition one or more cauline leaves also cordate, long-petioled
and not at all lobed; uppermost leaves 2 to 3-ternately compound
or variously lobed.

46 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Plants were seen in considerable numbers in a region which is wild
and primitive, but all in the deep shaded woods, hence the name.

The type specimen has 6 to 8 rays in the umbels; lower two cauline
leaves ovate-cordate, undivided, the first or lower 5 cm. wide x 6 cm.
long, 12 cm. up the stem, the second 4 x 6 cm., about 14 cm. farther
up (at 24 distance up the entire plant); petiole of lower cauline
cordate leaf 10 cm. long, of upper 3 cm. long; uppermost leaves as
described above.

There is one other specimen of this species in Field Museum Her-
barium and it also is from Illinois. It was recorded as Z. cordata
(Walt.) DC. Iturnors: Beverly Hills, L. Chicago Basin, Cook County,
June 24, 1920. Donald C. Peattie 457. One long-petioled, cordate
leaf occurs on the stem, 18 cm. above the base—about half-way up.!

The position of this species among others of the genus Zizia is seen
in the following key:

a. Leaves all 2-3 (5)-ternately compound or lobed..... b.
b. Umbel of many (averaging about 18) stout rays; plant of
fields and meadows, mostly.................... Z. aurea (L.) Koch.
b. Umbel of few (av. about 8) weak rays; plant of wood-
lands, mostly.................. Z. Bebbii (Coult. & Rose) Britton.
a. Some of the leaves cordate, undivided, long-petioled..... C.
c. Cauline leaves all divided; rays of umbel rather as in Z.
aurea; plants mostly of open ground....... Z. cordata (Walt.) DC.
c. One or more cauline leaves undivided; other leaves and
umbel rather as in Z. Bebbii; plants of shaded woods... . .Z. sylvatica.

VI. Among the hills of southern Illinois, suis ual in the swamps
and valleys below, there occur patches of beautiful caerulean blue of
the HKupatorium coelestinum in its season, reminding one very much
of that garden favorite, Ageratum. In several places this was varied
by the same species in most charming and impressive red-purple,
hence:

EvuPATORIUM COELESTINUM L., forma illinoense, f. nov.. formae
typicae similis, floribus pulchre rubro-purpureis differt.—IrrrNors:
Creal Springs, Williamson County, Sept. 6, 1931. H.C. Benke 5272
(TYPE, Field Museum).

Like the species, but with the flowers of a rich red-purple color.

Some miles away, but in the same county, a colony of the same
form had been seen, a specimen is also in Field Museum Herbarium,
IrziNors: Marion, Williamson County, Sept. 3, 1931. Benke No. 5271.

I have seen the species in neighboring states, but not in this novel
form (though it may be expected to occur), hence the name.

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS.

1 This specimen bears the notation on the label “shaded ditch," which would
further seem to confirm the habitat of this species.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 47

RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA
M. L. FERNALD
(Continued from page 16)

But when we got above the timber, on the exposed limestone slope,
the most amazing sight of all greeted us, solid carpets covering acres
of slope, like a lawn, with three dominant plants: Botrychium Lunaria
by thousands, growing 20 to 30 to a turf 2 decimeters across, the
plants 1.5-2.5 dm. high, with sterile fronds up to 1 dm. long, so
abundant that it was impossible to step without crushing the fronds;
Anemone multifida, a local plant in Newfoundland or anywhere else,
the larger clumps with 10 to 60 peduncles bearing rosy-pink flowers
or whitish cottony heads of fruit; and Festuca brachyphylla Schult.,
frequent enough in western Newfoundland but not often in such
abundance. Of course there were other things, the usual calciphiles
of western Newfoundland: Asplenium viride Huds. (unless we are
to take up for it the earlier A. Trichomanes-ramosum L.1), Woodsia
glabella, Cryptogramma Stelleri forming turf, Thelypteris Robertiana
(Hoffm.) Slosson, Polystichum Lonchitis, Anemone parviflora, Are-

1 This species has been universally known as Asplenium viride Hudson (1762).
Nevertheless, the plant had an earlier and properly published name in A. Trichomanes-
ramosum L. Sp. Pl. ii. 1082 (1753). The Linnean species drew its compound specific
epithet from Trichomanes ramosum of Bauhin and of Ray and it was treated by Lin-
naeus as a species, A. Trichomanes-ramosum, in all three editions of Species Plantarum,
a species wholly apart from A. Trichomanes L. (1753). When Hudson published A.
viride (as A. viridi) he, likewise, cited as synonyms Trichomanes ramosum of Bauhin
and of Ray. The Linnean name was promptly thrown aside in favor of Hudson's
A. viride, apparently because the name given by Linnaeus might suggest to the
uninformed that a forking state or perhaps a hybrid of A. T'richomanes L. was in-
tended; and the name A. Trichomanes-ramosum even disappeared from thejsynonymy.
Christensen, however, in Inder Filicum, correctly cites it as à synonym of A. viride
and suggests that it is the best name; but he refrains from following priority in this
case and retains the later and more familiar name, saying

viride Huds. Fl. Angl. 385. 1762. . . . .
A. Trichomanes ramosum L. Sp. 2. 1083. 1753 (prob. nom. opt.).

At the same time (1753) Linnaeus had two other species with compound trivial
names, Asplenium Adiantum-nigrum and A. Ruta-muraria. Lamarck tried to improve
upon the former by renaming it A. nigrum (1778) and on the latter by calling it A.
murorum (1778). Yet all botanists reject A. nigrum and retain the compound A. Adi-
antum-nigrum; and it would be almost sacrilege to call the Wall Rue anything but A.
Ruta-muraria. The present rules of nomenclature do not allow us to discriminate
against the name A. Trichomanes-ramosum, unless it is ‘a permanent source of confu-
sion or error." Decision of the latter point is not always simple nor unanimous: to the
uninformed the name A. Trichomanes-ramosum might be a source of confusion; to
the thoroughly informed not. Similarly with Juncus alpino-articulatus Chaix. (1786)
for the plant generally called J. alpinus Vill. (1787), the name J. alpino-articulatus
might easily be a source of confusion, as suggesting some entanglement with the earlier
J. articulatus L. (1753). Absolute clarity favors the retention of Asplenium viride
and of Juncus alpinus. See note under Juncus alpinus in Part III.

48 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

naria dawsonensis Britton, etc. Orobanche terrae-novac Fern.,! in
young flower, was superabundant; Draba arabisans, in a character-
istic form with crowded fruits, was everywhere; and in the dry humus
at the summit were two Antennarias with fuscous or brown involucres,
wholly different from one another and both needing names (PLATES 265
and 268).

Evening was approaching and it was necessary to go down to the
waiting motor boat; and we had only just begun the exploration of
Hannah’s Head. From the inner edge of the area we were on we
looked up river to a continuation (PLATE 234) of the mountain falling
as a sheer wall of white limestone to the Humber and at its base
having a splendid talus. There, of course, are other species; but
darkness was coming on and we were forced to quit. The big cliff
and talus, easily accessible, still await exploration; and to the north,
back of Hugh’s Brook, we could see still another white wall, not yet
reached by a botanist. Still further, Howley’s geological map shows
this band of limestones on the western border of the Long Range to
extend for more than a hundred miles northward, cut into at their
eastern ends by the antler-like arms of the bays and inlets—all un-
explored! Hannah's Head, coincident with its change of name to
Mt. Patricia, verily stands out as a princess among Newfoundland
headlands.

In 1898, the late Rev. Arthur C. Waghorne, most active of resident
botanical explorers, collected in woods at MelIver’s Cove, near the
northern entrance to Humber Arm, an extraordinary willow. The
fragmentary specimen in the Gray Herbarium has proved baffling
to everyone who has tried to place it with any recognized species.
It has been unsatisfactorily placed with Salix phylicifolia, S. Barclayi
Anderss., S. Barclayi subsp. latiuscula Anderss. and S. discolor,
but it differs from all of them in some very important characters
(to be discussed in Part III). We were anxious to rediscover it and
to secure abundant material; but on the day set a strong wind came up
and it was necessary to wait until the calm of late afternoon. When
we got to McIver’s Cove we found that the older people well remem-
bered Waghorne and his visit there; but no one in the village had
ever seen or heard of a wild willow. "They had plenty of S. viminalis
planted, but they were so thrilled at the idea of a willow being really
native in their cove that a good proportion of the population joined

1 RwopoRA, xxviii. 235 (1927).

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 49

in the search. In three or more parties we scoured the region until
darkness (about 10:30) cut the search short; but when we left we
agreed with the statement given us on first landing, that at present
no native willow grows at MclIver's Cove.

Mr. James Pennell, whose extensive grounds at Curling contain
many interesting garden plants, showed us a handsome shrub which
he and his father had transplanted from a thicket at Hugh's Brook.
The shrub is Crataegus laurentiana Sargent; and, since any native
Crataegus is rare in Newfoundland, we were glad to see it. Heretofore
our only stations for the species had been on the banks of the Ex-
ploits.

Mr. S. Wheeler, a merchant at Curling, who had had much ex-
perience as a mine-prospector in the West and who intimately knows
the mountains and the different rock-outcrops about the Bay of
Islands, wanted us to see the Middle Arm. We and others before us
had seen much of the Humber Arm, and Long and Fogg had seen
the dreary serpentine wall of the North Arm, but we had never
visited the Middle Arm. In imitation of the charity-supported
but rapidly breeding “fishermen” we had once encountered farther
north, who, content with their dole, argued “There are no fish, so
what's the use of going out?", we should have repudiated the prop-
osition a day or two earlier. But in the meantime we had been
introduced to Hannah's Head, and nothing but the now undesired
arrival of the “Sagona” would keep us from making the trip.

Mr. Wheeler was obliged to close his store for the day; the trip from
Curling to Middle Arm Point, thence in to the head of Goose Arm or
of Penguin Arm and back to Curling, would take much of the day
(more than fifty miles, all told). He, therefore, invited us to break-
fast with him in the early morning and to allow him to take coffee
pot, frying pan and food for the trip; and on July 16, with Mr. Wheeler
as experienced guide, wise philosopher and genial friend, we went
for an 18-hour trip to the Middle Arm. It was after midnight when
we got back; our three large collecting boxes were quite inadequate
for the specimens; and we had given a small portion of the Middle
Arm only the most hasty “once over." Whereas Humber Arm has
many villages and from Petrie's Point to Humbermouth is cleared
and denuded by man and fire, the Middle Arm is not only almost
uninhabited but is bordered on all sides by high unspoiled cliffs of
fantastically twisted limestones and calcareous slates. ‘The moment

50 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

we rounded Middle Arm Point we were anxious to land, but our
wiser counsellor calmly replied: “ We haven't got anywhere yet.”

At Cutwater Head, however, he drew in under the steep talus.
Scrambling ashore, we started up the loose slaty debris only to come
sliding back to the starting point. One turfy and bushy island on
the talus was finally reached and there we anchored by means of our
botanizing picks, reassembled our lost breaths and looked about: the
usual masses of Hedysarum alpinum L. with its ornamental pink
racemes; silvery-bronze masses of glistening Shepherdia canadensis,
everywhere common in western Newfoundland but always puzzling
us in the distance by its varied lustre; Salix vestita Pursh, as lovely a
willow as grows, with satiny-white under surfaces and dark green

Map 3. Range of OxvTROPIS FOLIOLOSA.

upper surfaces of the rounded leaves, the large terminal buds red or
purple; the regular Saxifrages of such places; Artemisia canadensis,
scarcely in flower and delicately fringe-like; and numberless other cal-
ciphiles of which we never tire. With time only for the briefest of
collecting, we brought our eyes to our insular anchorage: Oxytropis
foliolosa Hooker (Map 3), the rare Rocky Mountain species with 1-sided
racemes of royal-purple flowers, heretofore known in eastern America
only from shores of Hudson Strait and of the Straits of Belle Isle;
Astragalus eucosmus, at our first station in western Newfoundland
from south of Pistolet Bay; the most gigantic of Dandelions, a species
of Taraxacum which we already knew from the Straits of Belle Isle,

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 51

the Mingan Islands and Anticosti, with extraordinarily large invo-
lucres, apparently an undescribed species (to be described and il-
lustrated in Part III). Here, as on the other taluses we visited,
Primula laurentiana Fern. and the more delicate P. mistassinica
abounded, as did the subarctic Festuca rubra var. arenaria (Osbeck)
Fries, Parnassia parviflora, and other less significant species. We
wanted to search further, for we had collected only from a stranded
bit of turfy carpet, and the talus and cliffs of Cutwater Head cover a
vast area; but a gentle, though authoritative, “ We haven't got any-
where yet" brought us back to the motor boat.

The western slope of Penguin Head looked so interesting that we
spent a full hour there; then, rounding the point, we landed on a very
different slope, merely the eastern dome of the same Head. Finally,
after a few minutes on Druid's or Raglan Head and alluring glimpses
up Penguin Arm and Goose Arm, with their unvisited limestone
walls, we turned back, regretting the “Sagona” and the obligation
to catch her. At ten o’clock Mr. Wheeler further tantalized us by
stopping under the big cliffs at Cod Cove. It was twilight but we
could see the big-headed Taraxacum again, though it was too dark to
tackle the slippery wall. With this diverting background, we “ boiled
the kettle” and our day’s botanizing was over: acres of “ Limestone
Polypody,” Thelypteris Robertiana; Kobresia simpliciuscula (Wahlenb.)
Mackenz., as fine as we had ever seen; Carex rupestris All., not pre-
viously known from the Bay; the arctic Potentilla nivea L. and Dryas
integrifolia Vahl; Rhododendron lapponicum (see comment on p. 10);
Solidago multiradiata Ait., the most northern of American goldenrods;
one of the new brown-headed species of Antennaria (PLATE 265) of
Hannah’s Head and another (PLATE 268), very beautiful, with 1 or 2
white heads, a plant we had never before seen in Newfoundland;
and the Newfoundland phase of Arnica chionopappa Fern. which
Rydberg has dignified with the name A. Fernaldai.

At the opening of the week we had keenly regretted the necessity
of waiting at much-botanized Bay of Islands; now we almost resented
our promise to our hosts at Old Port au Choix to arrive on the next
trip of the “Sagona.” Only a very limited area about the Bay of
Islands has really been closely botanized; we could spend a whole
season with a center there, and then not exhaust the rich areas.
We can’t do it all. Most fascinating exploration awaits the right
party; but, to do effective work they must be able to climb and they

52 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

should not waste time and strength on the * taboo-list" of ubiquitous
and unsignificant plants!

We reached Old Port au Choix soon after sunrise on July 19th,
planning to secure the desired Salix and anything else overlooked by
Bachelot de Pylaie in 1820 and by Wiegand, when he barely reached
Pointe Riche from the south in 1910; then to be taken over to St.
John's Island for the Taraxacum; and, finally, to catch the “Sagona”
three days later on her trip south. On July 28th I wrote Mr. C. A.
Weatherby a letter from which I excerpt passages which intimate
why we were still at Old Port au Choix.

“Finally, the Sagona sailed on the 17th. On board were Mr. and
Mrs. Morris, en route to Flower Cove, thence 48 miles by motor
boat to Cook's Harbor to photograph Habenaria straminea! They
had been waiting ten days at a neighboring village without knowing
where to botanize; and we were all naturally aggrieved that we hadn't
joined company for some of the real botanizing.

“We had selected Old Port au Choix for a short visit partly because
the horizontal limestones of northwestern Newfoundland here come
to the surface [PLATE 234] along every cove, forming extensive
gravel (angular and very sharp)-covered barrens [PLATE 235] for
miles around. Looking out our windows we see bare crests in all
directions, and on the points (or ‘heads’) high cliffs with very high
talus. The village occupies a narrow isthmus (perhaps l4 mile
across) [PLATE 235] between St. John Bay at the north and In-
gornachoix Bay at the south, so that motor boats can be taken in
either direction, without having to go many miles around Pointe
Riche. Back of us to the north, with its southern edge 10 miles away,
lies the range called The Doctor Hill, and beyond that, to the north,
its mate, Bard Harbor Hill, where we got so many fine things four
years ago.

“The people of Port au Choix (two miles away) and Old Port au
Choix are the most intelligent and modern of any we have been
thrown with in the ‘outports.’ The ‘agent’ (manager of fishing, etc.)
is an interesting man, and our hosts, Stanley Lavers and his wife
(née Breton) are a splendid pair. Mrs. Lavers had French parents,
which is a salvation to our digestions. At most places in Newfound-
land we get the horrible English cooking, gone a few degrees worse:
boiled potatoes, brassicaceous vegetables (if any) and poor bread
and soggy steamed puddings. But here we find a big house, with

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 53

three large spare rooms, a fine garden, cream-giving cows, plenty of
eggs and poultry; and we live high—salmon, fresh cod, halibut,
lobster, rabbit, poultry, cream that stands up in mounds (served on
almost everything, including lobster), lettuce, carrots and greens!
How can we ever get into training for mountain-climbing? Mrs.
Lavers quickly recognized our dislike of grease and she boils, steams,
bakes or broils everything; we are so satisfied with our home and our
splendid food that we have eliminated some other projected areas
and are staying on and on. This, however, is not botanically dis-
advantageous, for every day we bring in one or more ‘n. sp.’ or species
‘new to Newfoundland.’ Our ‘laboratory’ is the adjacent store of
Narcisse Breton, a general store now going out of business, so that
there is only a meagre remnant of stock on the shelves and we have
only 1-5 purchasers visit us daily! Instead, the shelves are stacked
with driers, ventilators, etc., and we put up our specimens on the
counters. The visitors come for impossible purchases and then
linger to comment on the beauty of our 'flowers' and they gladly
give us the local names for the showy ones.

“The weather has been perfect, clear and rainless through the day,
with showers in the night; consequently, we have been embarrassed
by full presses and the temptation to go daily to a new headland or
prairie-like barren, working three or four hours after supper putting
things into press. I brought 1000 driers but we need twice as many
and have to shift and manipulate to get out enough to put up each
day's collecting; and, at that, we prepared a ‘ taboo-list' of a hundred
or more species too generally distributed to collect. Antennaria
and Arnica occupy much of the time. We have, I suppose, fifteen
species of Antennaria collected in large quantity, at least five of them
new species, some very peculiar, and several previously known
only from the type locality many miles away. Everywhere we go
Arnica Fernaldii Rydb. is seen, but always scattered; similarly A.
terrae-novae [PLATE 270] and another (the handsomest of the group
[PLATE 269] with stiffly erect fuzzy leaves [A. tomentosa J. M.
Macoun]) are scattered all about. But on one side of one penin-
sula we came across a freely stoloniferous little species (A. Griscomi
of the Shickshocks), making solid carpets on the turfy slopes and
looking like our lawns of dandelions. And speaking of Taraxacum,
that genus is in full swing, with many very different species.

“We very promptly came upon Habenaria straminea all about us—

54 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

the deliciously vanilla-scented species Morris has gone so far to
photograph! He may be returning south on the ‘Sagona’ this after-
noon or tomorrow morning and I haven't the heart to break the news
to him. Nor do I know whether to disconcert his plans by showing
him another Habenaria. In 1820 Bachelot de la Pylaie spent eight
days about Ingornachoix Bay and in his ‘ Voyage’ he spoke of finding
Platanthera bifolia of Europe. His record has always been dis-
credited; but last Sunday, while Long was at home writing the
weekly letters, Fogg and I took a stroll before supper (with our eyes
shut, for it was Sunday) and in the heath-barren (Empetrum, Dryas
and Juniperus) found a yellowish-flowered Hab. with two basal
leaves, presumably what De la Pylaie had seen, though not really H.
bifolia. Subsequently we have collected four other numbers of it
and now pass it by—all in dry limestone barren.

“From my place at table I look out on a fine cliff a mile away, but
one has to go there to learn that its crest is covered with two tiny
arctic Carices [PLATE 247] quite new to us; and so it goes. Nineteen
years ago Wiegand got a sterile branch of a strange willow at Pointe
Riche. It has been recognized by both Schneider and me as a very
distinct new species, but the material is wholly inadequate. It was
that which really decided us on coming here—over one boat. We
now have a beautiful series [PLATE 254], a handsome species nearest
S. lanata of Lapland and Scotland. . . . I won't try to list all
the hundreds of plants of real interest. It is a vast country and we
have to omit 99% of it.”

Nor in this supplementary account will I enumerate them all nor try
to give the daily discoveries with exact chronology. As stated in the
letter above quoted, it was impossible to go to a new stretch of open
barren or to a new headland without adding to the novelties discovered.
Antennaria, which we thought we had already well collected, was as
thrilling as ever; one plant, abundant hereabouts, forming broad
rosettes and having the brown heads with almost gamophyllous
involueres (PLATE 264)—enough, except that in everything else it
is a perfectly good Antennaria, to throw it out of the genus!; another,
forming little barrel-shaped or columnar plants (PLATE 263) with an
amazing number of cauline leaves; others, old friends, such as the very
rare A. Wiegandii Fern. which we discovered four years earlier on
St. John's Island, or the widest-spread species in Newfoundland, the
green-leaved and white-headed A. spathulata Fern. But, since the

Rhodora Plate 235

A ps e MEET ee gh
£ m ie E M Da

LIMESTONE BARRENS, OLD Port Av Cuorx (upper).
LIMESTONE BARREN, ST. JOHN ISLAND (lower).

Rhodora Plate 236

TERRACES, SOUTHERN SLOPE OF Doctor HILL (upper).
UNREMOVED ANGULAR BLOCKS, TABLELAND OF Docror Hutu (lower).

1933] Fernald,—Hecent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 55

genus Antennaria in Newfoundland will be specially treated in Part
III, it need not receive further attention here. Arnica, too, has been
sufficiently discussed for the present. In general, the dry barrens and
open slopes were carpeted with a fine assemblage of willows, all of
them well known from western Newfoundland (except the new
species related to Salix lanata), but enough to make a New Englander
take notice: S. reticulata L., vestita Pursh, Uva-ursi, arctophila Cock-
erell, cordifolia Pursh (in great variety), calcicola Fernald & Wiegand
and candida. ln one depression on Pointe Riche S. pedunculata
Fern., a large shrub with great aments nearly a decimeter long and
previously known only from near the Straits of Belle Isle, made an
extensive thicket.

On the dry barrens (PLATE 235) it was impossible to predict what
would appear next. Agrostis paludosa Scribn., here as elsewhere
inclined to belie its name, seems to be pretty clearly a variety of 4.
borealis (to be discussed in Part III). Scirpus rufus, which we had
always considered a strict halophyte, here ran well back into the
barrens, where it mingled with Carex glacialis Mackenz. and the
always puzzling Drabas or with various forms of Calamagrostis
inexpansa and the baffling forms of Agropyron.

In the letter above quoted reference was made to two tiny arctic
Carices; they grew together on the dry barren back of Gargamelle
Cove. One, the tiniest Carex I know, except the arctic C. ursina
Dewey and C. glacialis, proves to be the high-arctic C. incurva var.
setina (Christ) Kükenth. (PLATE 246, mar 4), originally described
from arctic Siberia, but now known also from Spitzbergen, Jan
Mayen, western Greenland and Ellesmereland. Here, in latitude
51°, it is at sea-level and its interlocking companion is a new species
(PLATE 246) which has been elsewhere found only in Greenland (to
be discussed and illustrated in Part ITI).

Comandra Richardsiana was splendidly flowering and the Lesquc-
rella of western Newfoundland and Anticosti (PLATE 258), which has
been passing as the arctic L. arctica (Wormskj.) Wats. or as its var.
Purshii Wats., was scattered in the dry shingle. Abundant new
collections from Newfoundland and beautiful material of L. arctica
recently received from Dr. Morten Porsild strengthen the conviction
that our plant is not L. arctica; this matter will be further discussed
in Part III. The little Tansy of northwestern Newfoundland,
Tanacetum huronense var. terrae-novae Fern., crept through the

LI

56 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

gravel, forming beautiful white plumes of foliage, with great golden
buttons of flowers; and the monotony of ubiquitous but always
beautiful Dryas integrifolia was occasionally broken by patches
(mostly sterile) of the white-pubescent var. canescens Simmons,
described from Ellesmereland but already known on Table Mt. at

Map 4. Range of CAREX INCURVA, Var. SETINA.

Port au Port. In one dry thicket I was pleased to greet Amelanchier
Fernaldii Wieg., a northern extension of range; and on one strip of
gravel on Pointe Riche we came across Campanula rotundifolia
displaying every conceivable variation from the common linear-

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 57

leaved extreme to others with oblong or even narrowly ovate cauline
leaves, the latter var. alaskana Gray.

So much for some of the plants of dry barrens. Where it was
slightly less dry, in humus-carpets or in depressions, Habenaria
straminea Fern. (PLATE 251) abounded. The other Habenaria
(PLATE 252), about which I wrote Weatherby, proves to be an extreme
variation of the continental H. Hookeri of acid peats of woodlands,
in northwestern Newfoundland known only in open limestone barrens.
Its behavior is quite as reprehensible as that of H. orbiculata,
discussed on p. 8. Another Newfoundland orchid, Cypripedium
parviflorum var. planipetalum Fern. (PLATE 250), abounded in the
peaty spots, very handsome and strikingly unlike the continental
plant in its short and broad flat petals.

In a single unusually wet depression (wet enough to have standing
water) on Pointe Riche the very rare and most distinct Drosera
linearis made almost continuous turf. In Newfoundland we had
previously known it only on the serpentine or magnesian limestone of
Blomidon. In such places, also, Carex bicolor All. and C. microglochin
Wahlenb. abound; and it is here that we look for Epilobium davuricum
Fisch. and Juncus albescens (Lange) Fern. (PLATE 249). The latter
species takes the place in northern North America of the European
J. triglumis L., but, since the distinctions have only recently been
pointed out (Rnopona, xxvi. 202), it is desirable to illustrate them.

'The visit to Bard Harbor Hill and to Doctor Hill in 1925 had yielded
so many good things that we wanted to get back to the mountains, `
especially to try the southern and eastern portion of Doctor Hill.
So, with Mr. John Lavers as guide and aided by Mr. Allan Ofrey, we
left the latter's place at Eddy's Cove on St. John Bay (Old Man's
Cove of the charts) on the morning of July 30th and packed in to the
southern slope of Doctor Hill, which on this side presents wonderfully
accentuated terraces (PLATE 236) in the hard quartzite rock. Camp
was established near timber-line on Deep Gulch and in the afternoon
the first botanizing began. Deep Gulch, like the gulches on the
northwest side of Doctor Hill and on Bard Harbor Hill, explored in
1925, has precipitous walls of thoroughly rotted rock and so does the
next gulch to the west, the head of Yellow Brook. It was positively
dangerous to climb far out on these walls, for great blocks would
suddenly break out and go bounding down the ravine, to start others
and, perhaps, an avalanche. Botanically Deep Gulch and Yellow

58 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Brook were very similar to Deer Pond Gulch and Northwest Gulch
on Bard Harbor Hill. Thickets of Vaccinium ovalifolium Sm. in
young fruit and of V. nubigenwm Fern. (PLATE 260) in young flower
covered many dry banks. The difference in flowering season is
striking. Repeatedly in the Shickshock Mountains and on the
Doctor Hills we have found the same situation: in many years of
field-experience with V. ovalifolium I have never been early enough
to see flowers, but V. nubigenwm lingers and flowers by the snow-
banks into August. Poa laxa hung in fringe-like lines from the crev-
ices of the rock, particularly on one precipitous wall which we could
never approach without stirring the solicitousness of an eagle which,
fearful for the nest, circled continuously above us until we got into
another fork of the gulch. Viola palustris was just flowering, as was
Epilobium lactiflorum Hausskn., both very local in Newfoundland.
The crimson-flowered Streptopus oreopolus Fern., abounded; and
many places by the brookside, especially at the head of Yellow Brook,
were bordered by as fine clumps of Athyrium alpestre as those on Deer
Pond Brook and in the Northwest Gulch. The Newfoundland plant
is, apparently, much nearer to the typical Eurasian plant than to the
two varieties in continental America.! The gravels and rocks in the
brook as it descended the terraces were beautifully carpeted with
Epilobium Hornemanni, Alchemilla vulgaris var. vestita (Buser)
Fern. & Wieg. and var. filicaulis (Buser) Fern. & Wieg., the blue-
flowered Veronica humifusa, and other species delightful to see but
already well known from the Doctor Hills. On broad flats along the
brook, with Angelica laurentiana Fern.? Epilobium angustifolium
had extraordinarily broad leaves (elliptic and 4-6 cm. broad), the
Alaskan var. macrophyllum (Hausskn.) Fern. heretofore known in
the East only from the Magdalen Islands. About the heads of the
gulches, where the heathy turf hung over from the terraces and the
upper tableland, Salix herbacea, Phyllodoce caerulea and Carex stylosa
C. A. Meyer, all rather localized species in Newfoundland, occur.
The open tableland (PLATE 236) itself was a disappointment, too
dry for any but the most extreme xerophytes of any bleak and arid
silicious summit. In a few places, where a damp sphagnous carpet
occurred, the plants were the most ordinary of species of any wet
peaty lowland in New England or even the Southeastern States. It

1 RHODORA, xxx. 48, tt. 165, 166 (1928).
? RHODORA, xxviii. 222 (1926).
3 RHODORA, xx. 4 (1918).

Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora — 59

was not thrilling to collect Osmunda cinnamomea, O. Claytoniana
and Carex canescens. We badgered Mr. Lavers to produce an alpine
lake or at least a bog, but the best he could do was a slight depression
in the midst of the dry lichen-crusted blocks of rock. Here were
two variations of the lowland Carex vesicaria: var. jejuna Fern.;
and another (PLATE 248), undescribed, with very long and broad
purple scales. C. lenticularis, C. brunnescens and other uninteresting
species were here, and one very striking sedge. This formed great
hassocks or “ nigger-heads," much like those of Carex stricta, standing
as vertical columns a foot or more high and consisting of ropy inter-
woven dead roots (much suggesting a small tree-fern). The two inches
at the summit were a thin and dense turf (living on the dead waste of
its own past years) of short leaves and miniature culms (up to 4 em.
high), with purple spikes often only 2 mm. long, but sometimes up
to 1 em. or more. This looked like “something”; but the best I
can do is to make it out a starved and overcrowded state of the most
variable and least interesting of mountain Carices, C. concolor R.
Br. (C. rigida Good., not Schrank). Somehow this meagre and un-
interesting sedge seemed to epitomize the botanical status of the
southern tableland of the Doctor Hills, a poor place when contrasted
with Bard Harbor Hill and the calcareous northwest slope of Doctor
Hill at John Kanes's Ladder.!

The boggy barrens (“barrns”) and swales between Deep Gulch
and Eddy's Cove had looked interesting, so, on the way out, we lin-
gered at some of them. Thelypteris cristata (Aspidium cristatum)
abounded in one of the swales, a real extension north; and the rather
rare Ranunculus Macounii was abundant in swampy woods. Epi-
lobium nesophilum Fern.,? a species of the region about the Gulf of
St. Lawrence, abounded; and in one limy bog, where Juncus stygius
var. americanus and Parnassia parviflora were abundant, we were
amazed to find quantities of Parnassia caroliniana, quite new to
Newfoundland.

The woods near the settlement at Eddy’s Cove are terribly overrun
by cattle, and almost none of the unspoiled forest-carpet remains.
While Stanley Lavers and his father were packing the motor boat for
the return to Old Port au Choix, Long, never through botanizing
until the boat is leaving, crept on hands-and-knees among the ruined

1 Ruopora, xxviii. 125, 126, t. 155 (1926).
2 Ruovora, xxvii. 32 (1925).

60 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

“

and pastured knolls; and, when “all aboard” was shouted, he came
half-beaming, half-reluetant, to the shore. For he held Calypso
bulbosa, one of the rarer Newfoundland orchids, which the cattle
had not wholly exterminated; and with it Listera borealis Morong,
the northern cordilleran species which Marie-Victorin had been
finding in the sea-shore spruce thickets of Anticosti and the Mingan
Islands.

Long had but one individual of Listera borealis and he wanted
another, for the agreement was that the first set of specimens should
come to the Gray Herbarium! So, on August 5th we tried again.
Some years ago Wiegand, Bartram and I were anxious to get upon
our labels for the East Coast the localities, Lushe's Bight and Mos-
quito Bight, to say nothing of Come-by-Chance and Seldom-go-by;
so, our party of 1929 having got into training by the mountain-trip, we
now yearned to see our names on a label opposite the locality, Bustard
Head. But, alas! no one seemed to have heard of the place and
when we showed them our maps and charts they merely said, “Oh!
Back Cove." Geographie nomenclature in Newfoundland follows
neither the rule of strict priority nor established usage. ‘The High-
lands of St. John of all charts are now The Doctor Hills; Allan Ofrey
lives at Eddy's Cove, but by the charts it is Old Man's Cove; the
old Poverty Cove on the Straits is now Sandy Cove; the names of
half the localities on our labels of 1910 are now obsolete, and in a few
years our present labels may have become unintelligible!

Starting out on a real search for Listera borealis, we first landed on
two islands at the entrance to Old Port au Choix, Savage's Island and
Grassy Island. Both islands had the lushest of vegetation, but
mostly the maritime species expected; and both were largely dominated
by the gigantic Angelica laurentiana Fern., which grew in our door-
yard on the mainland, but here made dense thickets. And both
had the most beautiful Carex incurva Lightf. which could be imagined,
great lawn-like slopes of it 2 dm. deep, with globose-ovoid heads more
than a centimeter thick. Arabis alpina L. was dominant on Grassy
Island and the beautiful sky-blue Gentiana nesophila Holm! occurred
sparingly on Savage's; and nesting terns were greatly disturbed by
our presence. We wanted to go on and examine the other islands in
St. John Bay (it had been so rough or we had been so busy that we
had not crossed to St. John's Island for the Taraxacum); but we had

1! Holm, Ott. Nat. xv. 111, 180, t. 13, fig. 6 (1901).

1933] Fernald,—Hecent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora — 61

started for Dack (or Bustard) Cove and for Eddy's (or Old Man's)
Cove for the Listera.

Fogg and I were landed at the former place and were to follow the
shore for four miles to Allan Ofrey's; Long went on to renew the
search at the original spot. Fogg and I had a beautiful day, but with
no very important discoveries: Parnassia caroliniana again and, of
course, fine colonies on the turfy shores of Malaxis brachypoda (Gray) |
Fern.,! the little American orchid which has been mistaken for the
European M. monophyllos (L.) Sw. M. brachypoda is probably
more abundant in the limy region of northwestern Newfoundland
than anywhere else; and, since doubt of its specific distinctness has
been raised, it seems desirable to show the contrasts photographically
(as PLATE 253).

Reaching Allan Ofrey's little house (a tiny house with a large
family) in the late afternoon we were met by Long. We all had the
same sad report: no Listera borealis. He and the cows before him
had got it all; but we optimistically feel that another year (especially
in July, instead of in August) it will be found in quantity. Accepting
the cordial invitation of Allan and Mrs. Ofrey to have tea with them,
we hailed the waiting boat crew and all hands crowded into the little
kitchen and enjoyed such a delicious feast of lobster, lettuce, cream
and hot biscuit as we shall never forget; but, while eating the rich
cream, we could not help mourning that we were not getting Listera
borealis and Calypso in undigested form. Then we went out to the
canning shed, where we were given an explanation of up-to-date
lobster canning, with all its carefully inspected details of disinfection.
Then nothing would do but that we must have our pockets filled with
cans of freshly put-up lobster!

The hearty cordiality and unspoiled enthusiasm of the Newfound-
land fisherman, once the ice is broken and the restraint of diffidence
removed, is proverbial. On this trip, as on a previous one, we had
heard much of the great botanical promise of the distant Rubbly
Hills. So, when we asked Allan if, some year after the lobster season
is past, he could guide us to the Rubbly Hills and to give us an idea of
the expense, we were gratified and not at all surprised by the answer:
“Shure, I'll go wid yez. D'ere's nuttin’ I loves so much as trabbelin’
ober de country, and I always likes to go wid fonny folks. I’ve got
me motor boat; dat don't cost nuttin'. I've got plenty of lobster

1 Ruopona, xxviii. 176 (1926).

62 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

and rabbit; dey don’t cost nuttin’. We may have to borrow a dory;
dat don’t cost nuttin.” Den w'en we comes out you might give me a
little somet'n if you feels like it." It has been a real grief that, as
yet, we haven’t been able to carry through so promising a trip to the
Rubbly Hills.

There was plenty more to do; but we felt that, in the interest of
fair play, we ought to leave something for others to discover, and that,
in the interest of science, it would be well to see wholly new territory.

No answers had come to my inquiries for appropriate headquarters
at Trout River and at Fox Island River (coming off the Lewis Hills),
and on the *Sagona" Constable Bussey and Mr. Jenkins (one of the
political pillars of the West Coast) had sorely tempted us by telling
of the fine home and kindly hospitality of Mr. W. A. Preble at Woody
Point in Bonne Bay. Bonne Bay had been visited by Wiegand in
1910 but only slightly explored, since his companion at that time
became ill and Wiegand was forced to work alone. At two different
times former students of mine had spent periods there, but, with no
previous knowledge of the flora, they had inevitably been unable to
discriminate between the interesting and the uninteresting, and they,
naturally, did not know how to tell the really promising spots. From
various trips on the steamer into the Bay, ranked as the most pictur-
esque inlet south of northern Labrador, we felt that there must be
good and quite novel botanizing there. That was what we were
after.

So, early in the evening of August 7th, limp and dejected after a
very pitchy voyage, we landed at Woody Point. The Preble mansion,
outstanding for its architectural superiority and its beautiful garden
with rows of fruiting strawberries and raspberries, was a landmark;
and we promptly invited ourselves to be the guests of Mr. and Mrs.
Preble. The genial and kindly owner did not see the matter from
our viewpoint, however: the daughters had gone to Boston whence
their grandfather, the late Dr. Preble, had originally come to Bonne
Bay as surgeon for a Yankee fishing concern, and Mrs. Preble had
no household help; all the travellers stopped at Mrs. Crocker's.
Mr. and Mrs. Crocker together peeped out at us through the crack of
a slightly opened door and explained that they never take boarders;
besides, Mrs. Crocker had a hard cold and must not take on extra
work. It was necessary to play a trump card; so I asked if she had
seen a doctor and suggested that some of the medicines in our outfit

Schuh,—Pylaiella fulvescens (Schousb.) Bornet 63

might help her. The effect was instantaneous: “Come right in. The
right man in the right place!" Thus we found a home at Bonne Bay
and soon monopolized Mr. Crocker’s carpenter-shop and work-
benches as our own.

Like the Bay of Islands, Bonne Bay has three main Arms and, like
the names of localities on the Bay of Islands, the names on the charts
and maps have little or no reflection in local usage. Woody Point
(PLATE 237)! lies under the sombre, green, eastern slope of Lookout
Mountain, at the southern entrance to what the charts call the “South
Arm,” but by the inhabitants known as “West Arm"; the finest
botanizing is on the limestone cliffs which shut in the south side of
“Main Arm” (called on the charts “East Arm);" while to the north-
west of Main Arm there extends a slender branch of the antler-like
Bay, locally, and to us inexplicably, known as “East Arm," but on
the charts called “ Deer Arm.'?

(T'o be continued)

PYLAIELLA FULVESCENS (ScHousB.) Bornet.—I beg leave to
report the presence on our coast of a peculiar form of Pylaiella. In
essential respects it compares closely with the descriptions and
figures of the species named above as given in De Toni’s Sylloge
Algarum, vol. III., p. 536 and in F. Bórgesen's Marine Algae of the
Danish West Indies Vol. II., pp. 431—433 and figs. 408 and 409.

I may mention the following distinctive characteristics: (a) the
cells often contain peculiar stellate protoplasmic masses, similar to
those in Zygnema, with the nucleus in or near the center; (b) several
short, rhizoidal branches, about 11-16 y thick, arise from many of
the vegetative cells which are 30-35 y. broad; (c) most of the unilocular

1 For the use of the picture, showing The Tableland covered in June with snow, I
am indebted to SaMvErL D. Grant, Esq. of Trinity and Blanc Sablon.

?I could not help recalling my first encounter with Newfoundland geographic
usages. Alfred Kidder (the archaeologist) and I were about to start from Birchy
Cove (now called Curling) on a canoe-trip, with Harry MacWhirter as guide, across
the Island, by way of the East Branch of the Humber. Harry’s directions, as I
now remember them (the lapse of a quarter-century may have obscured the names),
were: ‘‘Ship the canoe and heavy stuff on the freight; bill it to MacGreggor and tell
the conductor to put it off at Sandy Lake. "Then, next day, we will go on the express.
Buy tickets to Howley and ask the conductor to let us off at Goose Ponds.” We
were properly mystifled but followed directions, though, next day, when the train
stopped at a lonely platform, marked ‘‘ Avateer,’’ and we alighted beside our camp-
equipment and canoe, our understanding had become further perplexed. The whole
situation was promptly cleared by Harry's explanation: ‘‘ Why, you see it is this way:
this place belonged to Pratt in St. John's and then he sold it to Baggs Brothers!"

64 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

sporangia are thick-walled and binate, because they are divided by a
longitudinal septum. All the above structures except (c) are peculiar
to P. fulvescens and are never found in our indigenous species. Nor
is it altogether strange that this form should be abiding in our waters.
Two small specimens have been found in the waters of the Virgin
Islands; it is at home along the coasts of Spain, Southern France
and the Canary Islands; and also along Morocco, where it received
its first notice before the middle of the 19th century.

The single specimen to which this note refers, was found growing
on Fucus, along an exposed shore at North Brooklin, Maine, on
August 20th, 1932 and has been deposited in the National Herbarium.

Collins and Hervey in their Algae of Bermuda, p. 68, report a single
collection on rocks from St. David's in May, 1913, by Hervey. "This
was distributed in the Phycotheca Boreali-Americana as No. 2076.
But so far as I can learn, only the three small specimens listed above
have ever been found in the waters of the United States.

It would seem that this may be a species in process of evolution.
The stellate protoplasmic bodies and the binate sporangia are not
universal. Only the Rhizoclonium-like appendages appear as a
constant character, and even these are not always abundant. In
the California specimens of P. littoralis, our common species, are
found occasional forms with longitudinal septa (see the publications
of Setchell and Gardner). And in the latter part of this summer, I
collected on woodwork in this harbor, specimens of P. littoralis
which showed this peculiar characteristic. I may be pardoned for
adding that this is the first recorded instance of this abnormality in
the waters of either Europe or Eastern North America. —R. E. Scrum,
Brooklin, Maine.

CALAMAGROSTIS EPIGEJOS, var. GEORGICA IN AMERICA.—In 1928
I published as a new species Calamagrostis arenicola RHODORA, xxx.
203. The colony was in a sandy opening in woods at Harwich on
Cape Cod “in precarious surroundings, with the railroad to Prov-
incetown bounding one side, a wagon-road bounding another, and
two summer cottages casting their shade upon it." Very soon after
the publication of C. arenicola I received from Mr. Bayard Long
material of a closely similar plant which had appeared a few years
earlier as a novel and spontaneous colony in woods at Elkins Park in

Fernald,—Calamagrostis epigejos, var. georgica in America 65

Montgomery County, Pennsylvania. Very recently Mr. Long has
written me: *I can confidently say that it is weedy and 1s a compara-
tively recent arrival in the woods where it occurs here. I used to
know this spot so intimately that it is hard to believe that so con-
spicuous a grass could have been there then. At one time, some
years ago, the dead chestnuts were cleared out and the place more or
less cleared up. How much before 1924 it may have arrived one can
only conjecture, but arrive it did I feel sure. When I last saw it,
it had spread considerably.”

In August, 1930, Mr. C. A. Weatherby detected on the higher
portions of a salt marsh at Gloucester, Massachusetts, another colony
of the plant, in a semi-natural, semi-disturbed habitat. Both the
Elkins Park and the Gloucester material look exactly like the Har-
wich plant in having the panicle more slender and stricter and with
whiter-brown spikelets with shorter glumes and lemmas than in
typical Eurasian and African Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth; but
the Harwich colony, which I have had under observation for five
years, shows every indication of being an introduction, spreading
rapidly and in a weedy fashion, just as at Elkins Park.

In the Harwich plant the awn is inserted much lower on the lemma
than in typical C. epigejos, but in the plants from Elkins Park and
from Gloucester it is higher up, although in their very whitish and
small spikelets and in the slender panicle the three colonies seem
identical. In view of the apparent recent arrival and the weedy
propensity of the three colonies it seemed important to search again
in the Old World material. In the covers of C. epigejos, fortunately,
I find one sheet from southern Russia which closely matches the
problematie American plant and another from southern Moravia
which is very close to them in most details. "These and the recent
arrival in Massachusetts and Pennsylvania seem, without question,
to be C. EPIGEJOS, var. GEORGICA (C. Koch) Ledeb. Fl. Ross. iv.
433 (1853), based on C. georgica C. Koch, Linnaea, xxi. 387 (1848),
coming originally from *provinciis caucasicis pr. Tiflis!”
and differing from the greener or bronzy C. epigejos in "panicula
pallida, arista paullo infra dorsum medium floris inserta." "That a
plant so localized in Eurasia should suddenly and almost contempo-
raneously appear in three remote areas of America is itself extra-
ordinary; that it should come from an area whence we have derived
few, if any, weeds in the past is equally noteworthy.—M. L. FERNALD.

66 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

CYNOGLOSSUM AMABILE IN MASSACHUSETTS.—Although publica-
tion of the occurrence of a new weed or a casual garden escape, as
one's chief contribution to literature, suggests the ebb tide of botani-
cal activity, such records are desirable, as foreign plants often become
an established part of a regional flora.

While exploring the West Chop section of Marthas Vineyard,
Massachusetts, in the fall of 1932, the writer noticed a group of rough,
blue-flowered plants growing in the low, waste ground of a clearing
in the woods. Characteristics of the family Boraginaceae were clear,
but the plant did not seem to fit the manual description of any native
or generally introduced species. A specimen was submitted to Mr.
C. A. Weatherby, of the Gray Herbarium, who immediately pro-
nounced it a Cynoglossum, later determining it to be Cynoglossum
amabile Staph & Hammond, a native of southwestern China.

This Chinese Forget-me-not is well known to florists as a garden
plant, but this appears to be the first record as an established escape
in North America. Doubtless the garden refuse from a neighboring
estate was dumped in the clearing, and this sturdy growth of a dozen
or more plants followed.—S., N. F. SaNronp, Boston Society of Natural
History.

COLOR VARIATION IN A Missourt COLONY OF HEPATICA ACUTILOBA.
~—In those species in which there is a marked variation in the color
of the flower, it would be interesting to know if this variation is
correlated in any way with the distribution of the species. He-
patica is a promising genus for such study since large numbers of
individuals often occur together on a single hillside and a color census
can be taken very quickly. Hepatica acutiloba is found in varying
shades of blue and pink as well as white. Like Mr. Weatherby,!
I have found that a variation in exposure may change the flower
color from a bright pink to an almost pure white. I have never,
however, found a blue to be changed to a pink or vice versa. In
Missouri, H. acutiloba is near the south-western limit of its range
and large colonies of individuals are seldom met with. Near the
“narrows” of the Big River, near Eureka, Missouri, there is however
a colony of several hundred plants in one of the deep ravines of that
region. On March 14, 1931 a color census was taken of the 74 plants

1 Weatherby, C. A., Rhodora 27: 131-132.

1933] Anderson,—Color Variation of Hepatica acutiloba 67

then in flower. No pure white-flowered plants were found. Those
which at first seemed to be white were found upon closer examination
to have traces of pink in half-opened buds. Notes were taken as to
the number of involucral bracts and the number of sepals as well as on
the variation in flower color. No variation in bract number was found;
all 74 plants had three per flower. Sepal number varied from 6 to
9 and there was no obvious relationship between sepal number and
color. There was considerable variation in sepal shape and bract
shape, the extremes of which are shown in the accompanying figures.

O b

Fig. 1. Extremes in shape of Sepals (left); and of Bracts (right); all X 1.

There were in all 48 pink-flowered plants and 26 blue-flowered ones.
Two of the former had a slight tinge of blue and might perhaps have
been scored as intermediate in shade. These results are summarized
in the accompanying tables.

white, color

showing only faint color deep color total
in bud
pink 16 24 8 48
blue 0 13 13 26
6 sepals 7 sepals 8 sepals 9 sepals
pink 32 14 2 0
blue 21 2 2 1

Taken by themselves, these results are perhaps hardly worth
reporting. When compared with counts from other localities or with
the results of breeding tests, they may prove to be of more importance.
I shall be glad to serve as a clearing house for information collected
at other points.

Since the Narrows of the Big River has been repeatedly visited
by St. Louis collectors, no herbarium specimens were made. The
following collections have been made in the very close vicinity:

Allenton, Mo., April 1887, Letterman (MBG); April 10, 1884, J. H.
Kellogg (MBG); woods on Bat Rock, Jefferson Co., April 2, 1899,
H. Eggert (MBG.)—EpGAR ANDERSON, ARNOLD ARBORETUM.

68 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

PANICUM DICHOTOMIFLORUM, VAR. PURITANORUM IN New HAMP-
SHIRE.—On August 30, 1930, Professor Philip A. Munz and I, with
our respective families, picnicked pleasantly on the banks of a small
sand-plain pond in the township of Nashua, New Hampshire. Its
strand was covered with an abundant vegetation, composed of such
pond-shore-loving species as Cyperus dentatus, Eleocharis olivacea,
Fimbristylis autumnalis and Juncus pelocarpus. A representative
set was taken for the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club,
but, because of various mischances, the specimens lay untouched
until last fall (1932). When they were taken out for labelling,
there was found among them a grass which, on examination, proves
to be Panicum dichotomiflorum, var. puritanorum Svenson. The
material is quite typical, in its short, blunt spikelets matching ex-
cellently Dr. Svenson’s illustration and his type specimen.

When this variety was described (RHoporA xxii. 154 (1920)), it
was known only from Cape Cod, though transitional specimens
from the sand-plains of the Connecticut River valley were noted.
It has since been reported by J. F. Collins (RHopora xxx. 231 (1928))
from South Kingstown, Rhode Island, a region in which many species
of the coastal plain occur; and in a letter of October 16th, 1930, Dr.
A. S. Hitchcock states that he has at Washington specimens from
Indiana and from New Jersey which appear to belong to it.

'The New Hampshire locality adds an additional state to the range
of the variety and one more to the select company of coastal plain
plants which are found at isolated outposts in that state.—C. A.
WEATHERBY, Gray Herbarium.

Volume 35, no. 409, including pages 1 to 40 and 2 plates, was issued 6 Janu-
ary, 1933.

Rhodora Plate 237

Tue TABLELAND AND Woopy Pornt, BONNE Bay, IN JUNE
(Photograph by S. D. Grant).
DIORITE PINNACLES, WESTERN HEAD, BONNE Bay (lower).

MAR 1" 1939

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY , Associate Editors
LUDLOW GRISCOM

Vol. 35. March, 1933. No. 411.
CONTENTS:

Walter Déane. C. A. Weatherby ..... doo eoo rn 69

Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora (continued).

M. L. Fernald... $. 0 oe ION HO Rn eee al ON E 80
Ectocarpus paradoxus in New England. R. E. Schuh .......... 107
Leavitt’s Forest Trees of New England (Notice). B. L. Robinson. 108
Two Segregates in Sporobolus. M.L. Fernald................ 108
Some Synonymy. T. D. A. Cockerel. nnua 110

The New England Botanical Club, Ine.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United
States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or
some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which
will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating
directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits.
Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more
than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con-
tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished
at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in
several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the
flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in-
cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, var-
ieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria,
leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical
activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray
HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten
copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton,
Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932.
3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 35. March, 1933. No. 411.

WALTER DEANE
C. A. WEATHERBY
(Waith portrait)

WirH the death of Walter Deane, a gracious figure passed from
among New England botanists. Kindly, cordial, full of a perennially
youthful and eager interest in all the doings of mankind, he possessed
a lovableness which it is given to few of us to attain. Whatever his
accomplishments otherwise were or might have been, it is the appealing
personal quality of the man which inevitably comes first to mind as
one thinks of him.

Deane was born in what his father called “a pretty little house” in
Edinboro St., Boston, April 23, 1848, the son of Charles and Helen
Elizabeth (Waterston) Deane, and the fourth of a family of six which
remained unbroken by death until all were past seventy. On his
father's side he came of old English stock; the original American
ancestor, also Walter, was one of the first settlers of the town of
Taunton, Massachusetts. The line was one of preachers and physi-
cians. His mother was the daughter of Robert Waterston, a Scotch-
man who emigrated to Boston in the early years of the nineteenth
century and set up there a successful importing business, in which
Charles Deane later became a partner.

'The elder Deane was a man of scholarly tastes who found time, in
the midst of a busy merchant's life, to gather a distinguished library
and to make himself an authority on the early history of the colonies
in Virginia and Massachusetts. His numerous articles on various
phases of that subject and his editions of such documents as Smith's
“True Relation" (some of which he was among the first to show was

70 Rhodora [Marcu

not so true) and Bradford’s History of Plymouth Colony stand as
models of exact, patient, cautious and understanding scholarship.
Bowdoin College in 1871 and Harvard in 1886 recognized their worth
with honorary degrees, conferred on their author.

It was, then, into an atmosphere of cultivation and intellectual
activity, and of that patient investigation which is the foundation of
all knowledge, that Walter was born. He came, also, into a Boston
which, physically at least, has completely passed away. Edinboro
St. is now in the Chinese quarter. Fort Hill, once high enough to have
been chosen as the site of a battery to command the harbor, where
later prosperous citizens lived in substantial houses with gardens,
Grandfather Waterston among them, was long ago shovelled into the
harbor; the streets of the wholesale district pass now without change
of grade over the spot where it once stood.

About 1853 Charles Deane moved to Cambridge, living first on
Fayette St. and then, from 1859 on, in a house which he built for
himself at the upper end of Sparks St. It was in the taste of the time,
high, square and mansard-roofed—a town house in type, but then
almost in the country. From its site the fields stretched unbroken to
Fresh Pond, then a famous botanizing ground; in other directions,
too, much open space remained. Walter used to tell how, as a very
small boy, he was nearly drowned in a brook near the present buildings
of the Andover Theological Seminary. So much of nature near at
hand made a good background for the development of an inborn
taste for natural history.

One incident of his schooling he never forgot. He was inclined to
be left-handed. An early teacher, observing him writing with his
left hand, called him up to the desk, extracted therefrom a ruler of
portentous size and weight and, fixing a stern eye upon him, exclaimed:
“Tf I ever catch you writing with your left hand again, you'll get this"
—and he illustrated with the ruler on his palm. The modern teacher,
who would have to explain to the pupil how much more interesting
and delightful it really would be to use the right hand, will regard this
method with horror, perhaps not wholly unmixed with envy at its
effectiveness. For young Walter returned trembling to his seat and
from that day to the end of his life wrote—and he wrote much—
wholly with his right hand.' Possibly some other things, of greater
value, were fixed as firmly in his mind.

! Except once when for a few days it was disabled by a fall from his bicycle and he
made shift, rather successfully, with his left.

1933] Weatherby,—Walter Deane 71

He had the normal and wholesome youth of a well-disposed son of
a good Boston family of the period—the Cambridge High School (in
1862), Harvard College, whence he graduated in the class of 1870,
neighborhood parties, a place in the chorus of the Händel and Haydn
Society (to whose concerts he used sometimes to escort a young
lady who was to become Mrs. Charles William Eliot), a membership
in the Hasty Pudding Club. A photograph taken for his class album
shows a singularly attractive face, already expressive of those endear-
ing traits, which, in later life, brought him so large a harvest of affec-
tion. For a year after graduation he did private tutoring, then
found a position as teacher at St. Mark’s School for boys at Southboro,
Massachusetts.

St. Mark’s seems to have been organized on a friendly basis—or
Deane made it so in his own case. The relation between the young
instructor and his boys was close; he has said that he both enjoyed
and profited by it. Unhampered, in those days, by any rules of
eligibility, he played on the school nine. He had so large a share in
starting the student paper, The Vindex, that he is regarded as its
founder. His photograph hangs in its editorial rooms; he had the
pleasure of attending, by special invitation, the fiftieth anniversary
of its birth.

One of the headmasters in 1871 was Rev. J. I. T. Coolidge. He was
hospitably disposed toward the young teacher; an acquaintance begun
in evenings at his house culminated in Deane’s marriage with his
daughter, Margaret Chapman Coolidge, in the school chapel, Decem-
ber, 31, 1878. Mrs. Deane was of old New England blood, a Channing
on her mother’s side. She was of unassuming, but individual and
engaging personality. The marriage was between two people of like
environment and upbringing; it proved as quietly happy as might
have been expected.

After seven years at Southboro, Deane took another teaching
position in the Hopkinson School on Beacon St. in Boston, then, and
for long after, a well-known preparatory school for Harvard. He
settled in Cambridge, where both his own and his wife’s families were
well represented. At first, the Deanes boarded. There was, however,
on the Brewster estate off Brattle St., a large wooden building which
the elder Brewster had had constructed to house the collection of
birds belonging to his son William, already an ornithologist of dis-
tinction. But William had firmly refused to trust his birds to any

72 Rhodora [Marcu

structure not fire-proof. The would-be museum served for a time as
the scene of neighborhood dances; then, losing its vogue for that,
stood unused. Deane suggested that it be made over into a block of
houses, promising to be the first to rent one of them. Mr. Brewster
liked the suggestion; the necessary alterations were made and Brewster
St. opened to give access to the block. Thus Deane became possessed
of the house which so many botanists have known and associated
with him. He moved there in September, 1883, to begin an occupancy
of forty-seven years. |

Deane remained at the Hopkinson School until the fall of 1895,
when a partial break-down in health caused him finally to give up
teaching. “He was," writes one of his former pupils, “an admirable
teacher of the persuasive rather than the forceful school. As I look
back, I think he gave me perhaps as thorough a grounding in history
as any teacher could have done . . . anda taste for the subject."
His winning and friendly personality could hardly have failed to
attract boys as well as men. Certainly his old pupils took away
kindly and respectful memories of him and were glad when, in after
years, the chances of life brought them into contact with him again.

One incident, though not directly connected with school and trivial
in itself, may serve to illustrate his methods. For some years a
valued member of the Deane household was a cat. In his old age,
rather decrepit and perhaps too trusting, *Jack" was captured by
some neighbors' boys, who, heedless of the red ribbon which pro-
claimed him someone's pet, carried him off and inserted him into an
air-duct at their school. Their expectation that his entreaties to be
let out would be carried, magnified, over the entire building by the
ventilating system was very satisfactorily fulfilled until the janitor
discovered the source of the disturbance and cast “ Jack” out into the
school yard, where he was killed by a passing dog. Deane, investiga-
ting the disappearance of the cat, found out the whole story and the
identity of the kidnappers. It would have been easy and obvious to
complain to teachers or parents; he did neither. Instead, he invited
the boys to his house, received them graciously, led them with due
seriousness and ceremony to his study, seated them there and told
them the story of “Jack” and Mrs. Deane's grief at his loss. I believe
he obtained an apology; there can be no doubt that the boys appre-
ciated his dealing with them direct and liked him the better for it.

But, if his ways were gentle, he yet had learned in his own schooling

1933] Weatherby,—Walter Deane 73

that there was such a thing as discipline; and he knew how and when
to apply it. He had, too, a knack of so phrasing precept or reproof
that his boys did not forget it. A little talk to some of his pupils,
remembered and recorded by one of them years later, is illustrative of
this. “I have noticed,” he told them, “that when a hat falls on the
coat-room floor, some boys will kick it, more pay no attention; about
one in six will pick it up and put it ona hook. I want you to try to be
the boy who picks up the hat.”

For two years after leaving the Hopkinson School, Deane occupied
himself with tutoring, leading small classes in botany organized for
him by friends and, as a temporary member of the staff of the Metro-
politan Park Commission, in compiling his well-known flora of the
park system. This, after some preliminary work on the Commission’s
herbarium, he completed between December 5, 1895 and February 22,
1896, an excellent record for speed and accuracy combined.

In 1897, after some preliminary testing out of his capacity, Deane
was invited by William Brewster to become curator of his ornitholog-
ical museum; he accepted and served, organizing and cataloguing the
collection and assisting in the preparation of Brewster’s “ Birds of the
Cambridge Region,” until 1907. ‘Thereafter he had no professional
occupation, but busied himself with his many avocations. His life
had always been regular—the routine of school, with vacation
visits to relatives or friends, or to summer resorts or places of botanical
interest; in his later years it settled down to an unbroken series of
winters in Cambridge and long summers in a rented cottage on the
farm of his old friend Augustus Philbrook at Shelburne, New Hamp-
shire, from which one looks out across the lovely Androscoggin valley
to the flanks of the White Mountains and the sharp peaks of Mts.
Jefferson and Adams just visible above the nearer hills. After Mrs.
Deane's death in 1917, he was cared for with the devotion of a daughter
and the discretion of a skilled nurse by Miss Lilla M. Brown, who,
coming into the family about 1902 to care for Dr. and Mrs. Coolidge
in their old age, remained through the second generation. It is a
pleasure to think of him in these later years, in his house full of books,
fine old prints anda thousand and one memorabilia of unexpected kind
and interest, happily busy about this or that and dispensing an
always cordial and thoughtful hospitality.

Outwardly, it was a quiet enough life; but within it was, for him,
filled with variety and excitement. The world was so full of a number

74 Rhodora [Marcu

of things, and he liked them all. He never lost the capacity for wonder..
If he never travelled widely himself (Chicago and Virginia were the
farthest limits of his journeys), he enjoyed almost as much the
letters and messages and pictures from friends who did. He collected
foreign views for the stereopticon and post-card pictures of the bridges
of Paris—getting almost a thousand items in this not very promising
field. At one time, he even practiced the Yankee art of whittling,
producing a wooden chain of considerable length, with each link per-
fect and working freely in its fellows, and other like knick-knacks.
He was, of course, a member, and to the end a faithful one, of the Nut-
tall Ornithological Club. He banded birds with enthusiasm. He
liked astronomy; for years he kept a telescope at Shelburne and was
ready to show and discourse upon to all comers the celestial phe-
nomena it revealed. He collected insects for Mr. J. H. Emerton, a
specialist on spiders, and for the Museum of Comparative Zoology.
He was for forty-two years (1883-1925) secretary of the Old Cam-
bridge Shakespeare Association and for all that time did much of the
work of making up the numerous casts for the play-readings which
accompanied each meeting. He used to say laughingly that after he
retired it took a whole committee to do what he had been wont to do
alone. The list of his interests and avocations might be extended
almost indefinitely; but here we are chiefly concerned with his botani-
cal activities.

* In the summer of 1880," he wrote in a class report, “my interest
in the study of botany was suddenly aroused by the analysis of the
little Dalibarda (Dalibarda repens, L.), a plant common in our rich
New England woods. From that instant every spare moment for
many years has been devoted to the study and collection of the
flowering plants and the higher flowerless or cryptogamous plants of
the Northeastern United States." In August, 1880, he pressed his
first specimen, a Gerardia, still in his herbarium and annotated as
having been determined by Dr. Gray as G. purpurea. His interest
grew rapidly. Wherever he went he collected specimens, alone or
in the congenial company of such kindred spirits as Judge J. R.
Churchill and Dr. G. G. Kennedy. Almost from the first, he was no
routine collector, content with a single specimen of a given species
from a given locality. Whenever he could (as at his summer home at
Shelburne) he secured a series to show the species from bud to fruit
and to show range of variation. He went even further back, to the

1933] Weatherby,—Walter Deane 75

seedling. His collection of these, showing the young plants from
cotyledon to the third or fourth leaf, was perhaps unique when he
began it and is still unusual. In the case of herbaceous species of
tall growth he often prepared a series of numbered sheets showing a
typical plant from root to tip. His specimens were always well
chosen and prepared with skill and untiring patience—how untiring
may be realized from his statement that he once untangled and se-
cured, entire and unbroken, the fragile rootstock of an oak fern with
fifteen branches, eight living fronds and a total length of eleven feet.

In addition to his own collecting, he bought and exchanged widely
with other botanists. Many notable sets were thus acquired—Bebb’s
willows, Morong’s Najadaceae (probably the best set except Morong’s
own), Bailey’s and Olney’s Carices, Small’s and Heller’s and Curtiss’s
collections from Pennsylvania and Virginia, Sandberg’s from Minne-
sota, C. E. Lloyd’s from Ohio, Bush’s and Glatfelter’s from Missouri,
Lunell’s from Dakota, and very full sets of duplicates from Churchill,
C. F. Batchelder and other associates nearer home. For the most
part, he limited his herbarium to the plants of the Gray’s Manual
region, but this limitation was by no means rigid. Plants from other
parts of North America and European species which might be useful
for comparison were not excluded.

Deane no doubt knew Dr. Gray socially before he became interested
in botany. When he did and felt the need of expert aid in making
determinations, having the fountain-head of botanical knowledge at
hand, he naturally turned to it. He liked to tell how he would go
over early to the Herbarium and spread out on a table the plants
which needed attention; and how Dr. Gray would come in with his
characteristic quick, tripping gait and after a cheery good-morning and
a “Well, well, what have we here?", proceed to name the specimens at
a speed which probably even the best of us would hesitate to attempt
nowadays. On one occasion he said, “If you will take this to that
young man at the table in the corner, he will attend to it for you."
The young man was L. H. Bailey, and a life-long friendship began
then and there.

In whatever he did, Deane made friends and kept them. It is
doubtless too much to say that he never lost one except by death, but
he cannot have lost many. Botany was no exception. His library
contained a full set of author's copies of the works of one distinguished
and prolific botanist; he stood godfather for the children of another;

76 Rhodora [Marcu

still another named a son and a genus after him. Few taxonomists
who visited Cambridge were allowed to miss at least a taste of his
pleasant hospitality. Mrs. Deane seconded him faithfully, though
she used sometimes humorously to complain that the miscellaneous
botanists he brought home to luncheons and dinners were rather prone,
when they descended from the herbarium room, to say “ Ah, how do
you do, Mrs. Deane?” and then, turning to Mr. Deane, “Now, as to
that Podophyllum peltatum, I think . . . ”, and so on to the end
of the meal. But she was hospitably ready for the next one.

These connections, begun in meetings at the Gray Herbarium and
little visits at his house, but rarely stopping there, reacted on Deane’s
botanical work and especially show their results in his herbarium.
He would have been the last to attempt establishing a friendship for
what he could get out of it, but personal acquaintance and scientific
service went, naturally, hand in hand. Each botanist who visited
the Deanes, if he were working on any particular group, would examine
and name Deane’s material of that group. The advantage was mutual;
the excellence of the specimens and the notable exsiccatae they in-
cluded made them worth the specialist’s while, and Deane acquired
the expert and authentic determinations which any owner of a working
herbarium wants. The result is an extraordinarily well documented
collection; many of the sheets bear as many as half a dozen successive
annotations by experts from Drs. Gray and Watson to the latest
monographer.

It was not for nothing that Walter was the son of that patient
investigator, Charles Deane. The father once in England spent
weeks collating the manuscript of Bradford’s History of Plymouth
Colony that he might discover and correct any errors of detail in the
transcript which he had used in his own edition of it. The son was
equally particular with each detail of his herbarium. I have spoken
of the thoroughness and skill of his collecting; they were carried on
through the whole process of herbarium-making. For years he did
all his mounting himself with exquisite care; later he had the expert
assistance of Miss Anderson of the Gray Herbarium and one or two
others. He loved to arrange and index and record. For months he
set down in his journal the number of miles he rode on his bicycle
each day; for years he entered two daily temperature-readings, daily
or seasonal lists of plants and insects collected and birds seen and the
number of sheets mounted at each sitting. When his herbarium

1933] Weatherby,—Walter Deane 77

grew too large for any single room in his house and had to be dis-
tributed among several, he devised for it an elaborate topographical
index which showed the exact location of each case and each genus in
it. I am sure he used this index sometimes for the pure pleasure of it,
when he could perfectly well have found needed specimens without it.

The result of all these tendencies, continued to the end, was an
herbarium as notable in its way as his father'slibrary. By 1895 it was
already distinguished enough for a notice in Science. At his death it
contained about 40,000 sheets in most excellent order, many of them,
because of the annotations referred to, veritable historical documents.
Probably no better personal collection was ever gotten together in
the United States.

It is because the herbarium was so notable that I have dwelt on it
so much; but it was, of course, by no means all of Deane’s botanical
activities. A teacher by profession and instinct, his impulse was to
pass on his botanical knowledge as it was acquired and sufficiently
digested. He soon began to produce a series of short articles published
in the earlier volumes of the Botanical Gazette, the Bulletin of the
Torrey Botanical Club, the Plant World, ete. Later, he was a fre-
quent contributor to Rhodora, beginning with the first number in 1899.

Like many competent amateurs, he was modest and hesitant in
attempting original taxonomic work—a tendency intensified in him
by a certain lack of self-confidence. He was content to leave the
defining and describing of species to the professional. Also, of course,
his work lay in a region the flora of which is comparatively well-known
and which offers little opportunity for the finding of obvious novelties.
The description of one new species, in collaboration with Dr. Robinson,
and the naming of a few varieties and color-forms were, therefore, the
sum of his strictly taxonomic achievement.

His published notes were, however, not of the trivial sort which
merely pass on pleasantly, to those who like their knowledge pre-
digested, what is already well-known. "They were the literary result
of his observant and original collecting; they deal with the methods
thereof and with habits and parts of plants not noticed in current
manuals of the time—such as the rhizome and fruit of the water-lily ;
the exact time needed for the opening of a bud of the evening primrose
(10 seconds); the curious mechanism of seed-dispersal in Oxalis
montana; the summer foliage of sweet grass (Hierochloe). He rarely
attempted to draw deductions; but as records of observation his

78 Rhodora [Marcu

notes are admirable. Forty of the descriptions of botanical tribes and
genera in the Century Dictionary are his. His study of the gradual
change in the salt-marsh vegetation on the banks of the Charles
River in Cambridge after the building of the present Basin had cut
them off from salt water, is wholly typical both of his quickness to
perceive opportunities for original observation, of the thoroughness of
that observation and of his tendency to limit himself to the organizing
and recording of its results with little attempt to draw general con-
clusions. .

In floristics his interest in details and his talent for arranging them
had full play. His Flora of the Metropolitan Parks, an excellent
piece of work, has already been mentioned. He contributed several
of the earlier installments to the series of * Preliminary Lists of New
England Plants" in Rhodora. He served through almost all the six-
teen years' life of the committee which prepared the elaborately
documented Flora of the Boston District, published in installments in
Rhodora, and was one of the two members who remained to the end.

His many friendships caused him to be in demand as a writer of
obituaries. For Gray, Watson, Bebb, Morong, Penhallow, Mrs.
Owen and others he provided pleasantly written, sympathetic and
appreciative memorials.

In endless other ways, he was helpful. He named and distributed
sets of duplicates for friends who had less time for it than he. He
assisted with the manuscript of Mrs. Owen's Flora of Nantucket,
Rand and Redfield's of Mt. Desert and Pease's of Coós County, New
Hampshire. He collected many specimens for many specialists.

It was inevitable that a man of Deane's cordial and amiable dis-
position should associate himself intimately with the other botanists,
amateur and professional, of the Boston region. It was equally
inevitable that when the New England Botanical Club was formed
(Dec. 10, 1895) he should be one of the twelve charter members and
one of the first Council. From that day until his death there was
never a time when he did not hold some office in the Club. He served
it as a member of committees, vice-president, president (1908-1911),
curator and librarian. The last office came to him in celebration of
his seventy-fifth birthday. The Club had gradually acquired a small
collection of books and pamphlets relating to New England botany
and useful in connection with its herbarium. "They needed some care;
it was felt that Deane could not be more fittingly honored than by

1933] Weatherby,—Walter Deane 79

providing for them. A fund of about one thousand dollars was made
up by contributions from members of the Club. It was presented with
due ceremony, the income to be used primarily for maintaining and
increasing the collection of books. The office of librarian was cre-
ated and Deane chosen its first occupant. He served until two years
before his death.

His unfailing interest in botany and his willingness to join in enter-
prises connected with it enlisted his aid for professional as well as
amateur activities. In 1891 he was appointed to the Overseer’s
Committee to visit the Botanical Department of Harvard College,
the other members then being F. H. Peabody and Walter Hunnewell.
He served on this committee until 1896. From 1923 until it was
merged in the general committee for botany in 1929, he was on the
Visiting Committee for the Botanical Museum. He was much inter-
ested in the Ware collection of Blaschka glass models of plants and
assisted in gathering material for Mr. Blaschka to copy.

His friendship—there is no other word for it—for the Gray Herba-
rium extended over nearly half a century. He was a frequent and wel-
come visitor there. In 1918 he presented to the Herbarium his entire
collection of botanical pamphlets and clippings, some 2600 items in
all; smaller gifts of money, literature and specimens and less tangible,
but none the less real, kindnesses were scattered freely through the
fifty years. In 1897, when the Visiting Committee for the Gray
Herbarium was established, he was appointed a member and remained
one, almost continuously, till his death. He had his part in the largest
undertaking of the Herbarium in his time, the planning and con-
struction of the present excellent building; to this enterprise he brought
an infectious enthusiasm which not only inspired his own efforts but
aroused and stimulated interest in others.

He is commemorated botanically by the genus DEANEA Coulter &
Rose, a small group of Mexican Umbelliferae.!

Fittingly and mercifully, his last illness was gentle. There was little
suffering; outwardly it seemed no more than a gradual cutting down
of activity, a transition from chair to bed, from waking to the coma
in which he quietly passed away on July 30, 1930. He was buried
from the College Chapel. His will provided for the division of his

1 I am much indebted, for their kindly interest and aid in the preparation of this
paper, to Miss Mary Deane Dexter, Mr. Ruthven Deane, Dr. Benjamin L. Robinson
and Mr. Roger L. Scaife.

80 Rhodora [Marcu

herbarium between the New England Botanical Club and the Gray
Herbarium, and for the gift of his botanical library and correspondence
and his collection of portraits of botanists to the latter. There was
a bequest of one thousand dollars to the Club and twenty thousand,
plus the reversion of a trust fund on the death of the beneficiary, to
the Herbarium. Thus he continued into the future his long service to
both.

RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA
M. L. FERNALD

(Continned from page 63)

From Woody Point (PLATE 237) one looks back to the Canadian
forest on the slope of Lookout Mountain and across to the alternately
wooded and bare slopes on the opposite side of the Arm. Farther
up the Arm, but standing some miles to the south, is The Tableland,
a flat-topped and great, seemingly naked block of serpentine (2336
feet high), weathered pinkish- to yellowish-ochre and looking like
a gigantic pale brick wall, only streaked down its side with lines of
white snow-fields. Lesser rounded knobs lie between it and the
“bottom” (we should say the head) of the Arm and, towering above
them, like a small Matterhorn, rises the sharp pinnacle of the Peak
of Teneriffe. That was our view upon landing and we were impatient
to get everywhere at once.

Space will not permit a detailed account of the daily knee-jolting
trips and the thousand-and-one incidents of our stay at Bonne Bay.
We soon discovered that it was as little “worked out” as Bay of
Islands, Old Port au Choix and the dozen other areas along the West
and Northwest coast of Newfoundland visited by the party of 1925.
Mr. Preble promptly adopted us; and with him in his motor boat,
and with a liberal supply of his fresh fruits and cream and home-made
cakes, cookies and pies, to say nothing of roast chickens, we spent
every day possible, from early morning to late evening, exploring the
Bay and its headlands and mountains. Off days there had to be
when we were forced to stay indoors caring for the presses, drying our
paper in intermittent patches of sunshine and (without openly
admitting it) resting our muscles and joints after the difficult climbing.
Two or three talus-slopes a day were as much as we could stand;

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 81

but, when these necessary respites occurred, our ever ready and
always companionable new friend was alert to hurry us through,
that we might get started on another trip. Equipped with a botan-
izing pick and collecting box he became a fourth member of the ex-
pedition and was soon distinguishing at sight the newly found from
the already collected species of Agrostis, Poa and Festuca. No
botanical expedition should go to Bonne Bay without invoking the
aid of Mr. Preble.

Whereas the Arm where Woody Point is located (I hesitate between
“South Arm” and “ West Arm") has several settlements comparable
with those of Humber Arm of Bay of Islands, the equally extensive
Main Arm is unsettled, except for the canning-factory at Lomond;
and, like the Middle Arm of Bay of Islands, its southerly side is
shut in by precipitous walls, repeating almost exactly the rocks of
Middle Arm: fantastically contorted strata of limestone, limy slate
and sandstone. To the north, beyond the slender head of East
(or Deer) Arm, the round-edged block of Gros Morne (2540 feet)
dominates the horizon, flanked by a series of lesser knobs; then on
the northerly side of the Main Arm come two great quartzite masses,
tipped at their westerly crests by conspicuous uplifted limestone
cliffs, Gallie’s Head (2290 feet) and Killdevil (2135 feet), and farther
to the east still others beyond our reach. The south side of the Arm
is almost wholly limestone, with a regular alternation of vertical
walls, flanked with high talus, and coves with flats, ponds or bogs.
The names, themselves, were attractive and there was romance in
making landings at Shag Cliff or Tucker’s Head or at Store-house
Cove, Beachy Cove and Lord-and-Lady Cove (PLATE 238).

The lower slopes of limy talus (all we had time or climbing ability
to get at) were a joy. “Rock Polypody," Thelypteris Robertiana,
Holly Fern, Polystichum Lonchitis, Kobresia simpliciuscula, Carex
scirpoidea, Luzula spicata, Salix vestita, Saxifraga oppositifolia,
Dryas integrifolia, Potentilla nivea, Hedysarum alpinum, Rhododendron
lapponicum, Solidago multiradiata and Arnica chionopappa were so
common that we thought twice before collecting them; then yielded
to the temptation. Woodsia glabella, Sphenopholis pallens, Silene
acaulis var. exscapa and Lesquerella were so local that we did not
hesitate; and when, high on Tucker’s Head (PLATE 238), we found
two individuals of Androsace septentrionalis L. (MAP 5), new to
Newfoundland, we hunted, vainly, for more material. Mr. Preble

82 Rhodora [Marcu

insists that it is not “new to Newfoundland,” for he is positive that
he has seen it in abundance on Gros Morne. We are inclined to
believe him; but Gros Morne still awaits botanical exploration. The
subalpine grass known as Festuca rubra var. prolifera Piper (PLATE 241)
abounded, here, as elsewhere in Newfoundland, characteristic of
cold limy walls. In its almost uniformly simple and flexuous raceme

Map 5. American Range of ANDROSACE SEPTENTRIONALIS.

(rather than forking panicle) and in its membranaceous and awnless
lemmas it has always seemed to me very different from the ubiquitous
F. rubra of cireumneutral to acid lowlands. On Bonne Bay we were so
fortunate as to find some culms of the normally viviparous plant with
perfect florets; these have anthers so much smaller than in F. rubra
that in Part III I shall formally treat var. prolifera as a definite

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora — 83

species. Another grass, as characteristic of these cliffs as the Festuca
or as Poa glauca and Agrostis borealis, is Poa trivialis, rather general
on cool slopes or in mossy openings in Newfoundland and here certainly
indigenous. With the essentially boreal species it was disconcerting
to find Herb Robert, Geranium Robertianum, abundant. Wiegand
had got it in 1910, but it is highly localized in western Newfoundland.
Antennaria was at its best. The beautiful brown-headed novelty
(PLATE 265) of the limestones of Hannah’s Head and Druid’s Head
(on the Bay of Islands) carpeted one shelf on the cliffs of Tucker’s
Head (PLATE 238), while another shelf supported the white-headed
plant (PLATE 268) of Penguin Head.

Wiegand had been on Lookout Mountain and on The Tableland in
1910; but they are such prominent features of the landscape and so
emphatically contrasted with the limestone cliffs of the Main Arm
that we wanted to climb them too. The day we went to The Table-
land (PLATE 237) it was densely foggy in the morning, but it cleared in
mid-forenoon—so clear that we ambitiously laid out a programme
including The Tableland, seven miles back from the Bay, and then
the Peak of Teneriffe which, deceptively, looked near-by. We got
in to the northern slope of The Tableland, botanizing along Winter-
house Brook and on the lower serpentine plains, ascended by one of
the snow-fields (PLATE 232) and tramped over the northern part of
The Tableland proper, finally descending by a precipitous brook-
valley, where, in chasms of the rock, chunks of ice 30 feet thick still
lingered, and returned home. We had tramped, much of the time
vertically and on the most slippery of wet magnesian rocks, about
25 miles; and the Peak of Teneriffe is still not botanized. It was a
magnificent tramp and dramatically interesting but, botanically,
productive of no novelties. Wiegand had got most of the specialties
in 1910 and Long and Fogg had seen them on the North Arm of Bay
of Islands in 1926; but, selfishly, I was delighted to see them again
and, in a paternal way, so to speak (as sponsor of four of them), to
reassure myself that they still abound on this great serpentine barren:
Adiantum pedatum var. aleuticum, Danthonia intermedia, Salix
anglorum var. kophophylla, S. cordifolia var. Macounii, Arenaria
marcescens (PLATE 255) and cylindrocarpa (PLATE 256), Cerastium
terrae-novae (PLATE 257) and always puzzling plants of the C. arvense
affinity, Lychnis alpina L., Conioselimum pumilum, Statice labra-
dorica and Solidago hispida var. tonsa Fern. On the lower barrens,

84 Rhodora [Marcu

where it was moist and peaty, the handsome Carex Wiegandii
Mackenz. abounds, the northernmost station yet known; and with it
grows fairly typical Pyrola rotundifolia L., also at a northern limit.
Thickets along Winterhouse Brook are our northernmost station for
the New York Fern, TAelypteris noveboracensis (L.) Nieuwl. and for
several other but inconspicuous species (in Carex, Juncus, etc.).
The Juncus alpinus of these lower barrens was nearer the typical
plant of Europe than much of the American material. But I get
little satisfaction from trying to follow the recent segregations pro-
posed in Europe (see Part III); the Newfoundland plants vary from
simple individuals with 1 or 2 glomerules to others with 25 or more.
These variations are very obviously responses to minor conditions
of habitat. It seems sufficient to treat the Newfoundland plants
as typical J. alpinus, with flowers all sessile or uniformly short-
pedicelled; and var. rariflorus Hartm. (1849) (var. insignis Fries
(1890), J. nodulosus Wahlenb. (1820)). Var. alpestris Hartm. and
J. modulosus 8. biceps et uniceps Laestad., sometimes maintained,
seem to be merely dwarf or poorly developed states. At one point
Carex Buxbaumii had very pale (almost whitish) instead of dark
scales, f. dilutior Kükenth., which we had never met.

We spent two days on Lookout Mountain, the first collecting on
the slope and making a start on its broad tableland (the uplifted
Cretaceous Peneplane), at about 1800 feet altitude. The second
day we crossed the tableland and the most strenuous member of the
party (B. L.) went to one of the Lookouts, bare castellated and ragged
crags of rotted diorite (alt. about 2500 feet) at the western edge of
the plateau. "The second day was sultry, and so hot that the younger
members of the party stripped to their BVD's; and, instead of en-
joying the cool and bracing air of a theoretical mountain-top, we
boiled and simmered all day. By afternoon, at each step we were
saying, “What’s the use?"; still we plodded hopefully on across the
peaty barren. When we got back to Woody Point in the evening
we found everyone panting, with the mercury at 100? Farenheit!
Such midsummer days are not uncommon on the tablelands of New-
foundland.

Experiences on the tableland of Blomidon in 1910, on that of Lark
Mt. in 1926, and others recorded earlier in this journal should have
taught us; nevertheless, we went from the sea-level rocks and taluses
of Bonne Bay, with their subarctic and even high-arctic species,

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 85

to the tableland of Lookout Mountain actually expecting to find an
alpine flora! Instead, the great plateau is like that of Blomidon or
of the Topsail region, a prairie-like expanse of peat, with innumerable
shallow depressions and small pools. In the pools one finds occasional
colonies of the boreal Sparganium hyperboreum, but much more often
the Coastal Plain Utricularia geminiscapa Benj. (U. clandestina)
(MAP 6) and the New Jersey Pine Barren Potamogeton confervoides and
P. Oakesianus. Pogonia ophioglossoides, Calopogon pulchellus and
Habenaria clavellata are there, and the crimson-flowered H. psycodes
is positively dominant. Rynchospora fusca and alba, Carex exilis and
livida (var. Grayana) and Juncus pelocarpus abound. Kneeling by

A JC
s| D
Sá oO
N
ea con TA

Ys

Map 6. Range of UTRICULARIA GEMINISCAPA.

the peaty pools one finds himself in the inevitable Schizaea pusilla
(MAP 7) of the Pine Barrens, and Bartonia, and very often Muhlen-
bergia uniflora (var. terrae-novae); and in a rock-bottomed tarn nearly
over to the Lookouts Lobelia Dortmanna (mar 8) flourishes. The
only notable plants, where we spent the most time (on both days)
studying these peaty barrens, which do not occur in southern New Jer-
sey are the Sparganium (hyperboreum), the tiny yellow-fruited
Eleocharis nitida Fern. (which formed such dense carpets that I was
inclined to jeer Long for having overlooked it in the Pine Barrens),
and Drosera anglica. About many pools, either with D. anglica, D.
rotundifolia and D. intermedia Hayne (D. longifolia L. in part, a
name too confused in its application) or in extensive colonies by it-

‘VITISOd vavziHog Jo eZuvy 7 dep

[MARCH

Rhodora

86

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 87

Map 8. American Range of LOBELIA DoRTMANNA.

self, was another Drosera, quite strange to us. This proved to be
the European D. obovata Mert. & Koch., new to North America. In
Europe it is sometimes treated as a species; sometimes as a variety of
D. anglica (D. anglica B. obovata Planch.); sometimes as a hybrid of
D. anglica and D. rotundifolia; again as a hybrid of D. anglica and
D. intermedia. As stated, on Lookout Mountain D. obovata is locally
abundant, either with the other species or quite by itself, in the borders
of peaty depressions. It and D. anglica are equally abundant;
D. intermedia next; and D. rotundifolia comparatively scarce. Those
who wish to get fresh material of all four together will find it in the
depressions and pools to the west of the path as it reaches the table-
land of Lookout Mountain. As already stated, Habenaria orbi-
culata (MAP 9) was here growing in turf of the ubiquitous arctic-
alpine Scirpus cespitosus var. callosus (MAP 10). We had difficulty

S. | © i a Ri why z V
I
i i
i D T - =
i i :
ei
4 IY
E LR
ey, A: NG Fel te
E Tog »
rei i. lew le Rar
Le nae es OB x E
n UHR IS F 4
\ ^ } "je kr 4 {

d

Map 9. Range of HABENARIA ORBICULATA.

88 Rhodora [Marcu

in believing our own eyes and, at my request, Fogg made detailed
drawings of its flowers, lest we might forget how the fresh flowers
appeared; but we cannot make it anything but H. orbiculata of “rich
woods" on the continent.

By the time we had got well up on the bases of the dry diorite
peaks (the Lookouts), Fogg and I were content to linger over banks
of the charming little chocolate-flowered Euphrasia Williamsii var.
vestita and to let Long tackle single-handed the ragged and bleak
crest. His only trophy was a mass of over-ripe Antennaria cana
(Fern. & Wieg.) Fern., one of
the most attractive of the genus,
this station the first south of
Pointe Riche.

We, of course, wanted to get
on Gros Morne, Gallie's Head,
Killdevil, the Peak of Teneriffe,
and other mountains of which
we did not learn the names. We
were, however, drawn in so many
directions and were so controlled
by the frequent fogs that Kill-
devil was the only other moun-
tain touched. "The vividness of
the descriptive name reflects the
reputation of its steep slope
among people who have always
lived and hunted among precipi-
tous hills; and in the ascent and
descent Mr. Preble, although re-
tired for several years, showed the result of long training and greatly
outstripped the boys. We had other reasons for lagging besides short-
ness of breath. Killdevil, where the steep path has been worn, is com-
posed of very silicious rock; and high on its slope we found the southern
Cypripedium acaule, at the only station we saw around Bonne Bay.
We were also interested in comparing the flavors of different blue-
berries! At one point on a rock-slide of the quartzite a few plants of
Solidago calcicola frankly belied its name, though we suspect that it is a
waif blown in from some more favorable habitat near-by. Woodsia
ilvensis, which we had not seen lower down, was unusually large on the

Map 10. Eastern American Range of
SCIRPUS CESPITOSUS, Var. CALLOSUS.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 89

quartzite cliffs; and when we reached the comparatively narrow table-
land we found a very perfect demonstration of the three crowberries of
Newfoundland: Empetrum nigrum, E. nigrum forma purpureum
(Raf.) Fern., with plum-purple fruits (new to Newfoundland) and
E. Eamesti. The summit-ridge was as disappointing as the dry
slopes, with only enough Phyllodoce caerulea and Carex stylosa to
keep it from being utterly hopeless. Plodding doggedly on to the
west, we were suddenly conscious of an abrupt change: the regular
western Newfoundland Saxifages and Drabas, Carex rupestris,
Solidago multiradiata, Tofieldia minima and other old friends. The
extreme westerly crest of Killdevil was limestone, just as if some of
the limestone at sea-level, with its distinctive flora, had been torn out
by the uplift of the quartzite block and carried up to 2100 feet; and,
just as fate has decreed in so many cases, we reached the interesting
botanizing when it was time to start back, if we were to make the
shore safely before dark. But we had to investigate a little: Woodsia
alpina here mingled with W. ilvensis; Botrychium matricariaefolium,
Arabis Drummondi, Habenaria viridis var. bracteata and Antennaria
neodioica var. attenuata gave a singularly southern aspect, rather than
alpine; but a thicket of Salix cordifolia var. callicarpaea (Trautv.)
Fern., the tallest we have ever seen (sheltered in crevices in the
limestone) was decidedly more boreal; and Potentilla norvegica var.
labradorica (Lehm.) Fern. and Galium kamtschaticum, in its shade,
and Epilobium lactiflorum Hausskn. in the thickets of Salix vestita,
were also boreal. Another Antennaria (undescribed, PLATE 266),
with the largest brown heads of any in Newfoundland, made a fine
carpet, strongly contrasting with the pale-headed species with which
it grew. It was getting so close to twilight that we were ticklish
about climbing around the rotted limestone; but Fogg volunteered
to cross over to a more western crag, though he promptly returned,
driven out by millions of mosquitoes which were beginning to as-
semble for the evening. He had Ozytropis johannensis Fern.'; and from
the crest he had reached a high escarpment of limestone evidently
extended for thousands of feet toward the Bay—unworked and await-
ing a party with plenty of daylight. A similar high escarpment
seems to occur at the westerly crest of Gallie’s Head; and, through
the woods to the east of Killdevil, we could see others; there is plenty
1 RHODORA, xxx. 145, t. 173 (1928).

90 Rhodora [Marcu

to do, and we should not mind if the Appalachian Mountain Club
discovered the region and cut some good trails.

Mr. Preble was anxious for us to see the deadwaters of Main River,
which enters Main Arm, for “every kind of flower” grows there. So,
one day, August 19th, we landed on the alluvial flats, planning to
follow up river four miles to his flower-garden. The flats where we
landed proved too fascinating and by night we had scarcely got out
of sight of the moored boat. Another trip on the 27th, after Fogg
had been obliged to return home, pleased Mr. Preble no better: we
grubbed about in the tidal flats and got nowhere near the real area
of wild flowers which he was intent on showing us. It was too much
to expect him to appreciate all the range-extensions we were noting.
Typha latifolia formed a dense (though sterile) stand at the border of
a bog, where Scheuchzeria palustris var. americana Fern. reaches a
northern limit and where the yellow-green Sarracenia purpurea
forma heterophylla (Eaton) Fern. abounds. The Typha, Mr. Preble
told us, is really abundant some miles farther north, along Baker
Brook, where the fish-packers go to get their “flag.” In the woods
and thickets Fraxinus nigra and Corylus cornuta Marsh. (C. rostrata)
were reaching northern outposts; and the abundant Arceuthobium
pusillum, parasitic on Picea mariana, was also an extension northward.
Various Carices were also absorbing our attention, very complex series
in the flava- and the stellulata-groups. In wet swales Myosotis laxa
and M. scorpioides both abounded; and one alluvial woodland had
a great abundance of Trillium cernuum, another northern extension.
To a New Englander these were, of course, a very tame lot of species;
but they were significant as showing the very temperate conditions
in sheltered river-estuaries, as contrasted with the arctic quality of `
the typical shore-vegetation on the outer coast.

The halophytes particularly absorbed us. The brackish mud-
flats were carpeted with Eleocharis parvula (R. & S.) Link (Scirpus
nanus), at a new northern limit; and mixed with it, and at first almost
indistinguishable from it, was E. acicularis var. submersa (Hj. Nilss.)
Svenson! of Greenland, Arctic America and Labrador, new to New-
foundland. Carex hormathodes abounded in the brackish shores, an
extension north from Bay St. George, and with it Juncus Gerardi,
also a northern extension. At one point there was an extensive
development of Scirpus americanus (all sterile at this northeastern

1 Svenson, RHODORA, xxxi. 188 (1929).

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 91

outpost); and the southern and chiefly maritime Juncus articulatus
var. obtusatus, new to Newfoundland, abounded. The shallow films
of salt water were filled with Zannichellia palustris var. major (Boenn.)
Koch and a jumble of variations of Ruppia maritima,' the latter all
growing together and clearly not individual responses to different
depths and temperatures of the water: var. obliqua (Schur) Aschers.
& Graebn., a European variety which we now know very generally
about the Gulf of St. Lawrence (western Newfoundland, Miquelon,
Anticosti, the lower St. Lawrence, Magdalen Islands, Prince Edward
Island and Cape Breton); var. intermedia (Thedenius) Aschers. &
Graebn., more Jocal in eastern America (our station at the mouth of
Main River and salt marshes of Rimouski Co., Quebec); and var.
brevirostris Agardh, another variety (in Europe often treated as a
species) known in America only about the Gulf of St. Lawrence
(our new station, the first in Newfoundland, the “Côte Nord" of
Quebec, and the Mingan Islands and the Magdalen Islands).

These and numerous other halophytes held our attention through
much of our two days at the mouth of Main River; but above the
saline area the broad gravelly or alluvial flats will be quite as produc-
tive. When we were there they were a splendid show of the ex-
quisite creamy-white flowers of Parnassia caroliniana, the blue-
purple and white of the delicate racemes of Lobelia Kalmii, and
bright red of the fruiting racemes of Tofieldia glutinosa. Juncus
Dudleyi, purplish-bronze in maturity, was a good find, in Newfound-
land previously known only from the Bay of Islands; and these allu-
vial islands seemed to be the center of distribution of the usually
rare Carex Hostiana var. laurentiana Fern. & Wieg? It formed fine
tussocks over a large area and with it were several tussocks of what
was apparently a hybrid of it with C. fava. Near by, C. flava was
also crossing with C. Oederi var. pumila. Solidago lepida var. elongata
(Nutt.) Fern.,’ the first east of Gaspé, was in the borders of thickets;
and the flats were often covered with willows like those of northern
Maine and northern New Brunswick: Salix lucida and its var. intonsa,
S. cordata, S. pellita and S. glaucophylloides Fern.

We did not come within two miles of the area Mr. Preble was
anxious for us to see, where “every kind of flower" grows. That,

1 For revision of the North American varieties of Ruppia maritima see Fernald &
Wiegand, Ruopona, xvi. 119—127, t. 110 (1914).

2 RHODORA, xxvi. 122 (1924).

3 RHODORA, xvii. 9 (1915).

92 Rhodora [Marcu

along with many other alluring spots, must wait. A trip up Deer
Brook brought a few more northward extensions of range; and another,
to the mouths of Middle Brook and of McKenzie River, yielded
more colonies of the estuary species, as well as Plantago major var.
astatica, new to Newfoundland. In the shallow bay at this point
Eel Grass, Zostera marina, was very freely fruiting, the leaves of the
fruiting branches much smaller than on the foliage-branches. All
the material in Newfoundland and south along the Atlantic coast seems
to belong to Z. marina var. stenophylla Aschers. & Graeber. Its
leaves vary greatly in breadth, from 1.5-6 mm. wide (in dried plants);
but they are all coriaceous and opaque, with only 3 (very rarely 5)
strong nerves. Var. stenophylla occurs northward to southeastern
Labrador, locally in southwestern Greenland, in James Bay, in the
North Pacific and in northern Eurasian waters. Typical Z. marina
seems to be the coarser plant of western European (and Mediter-
ranean) waters, with thinner and subtransparent leaves up to 12 mm.
wide, mostly with 5-7 strong nerves besides the more numerous finer
ones. This larger extreme (typical Z. marina) has its counterpart
on the Pacific coast of North America, whence it was published as Z.
marina var. latifolia by Morong and as a species, Z. pacifica, by
Watson. Whether there are good fruit-characters to separate the
plants I am at present unable to say, for want of sufficient fruit of
the broad-leaved plants of western Europe and of western North
America. Should it eventually prove that Z. marina var. stenophylla
Aschers. & Graebn. (1897) is a distinct species, it must be called, by a
quite unintentional coincidence, Z. stenophylla Raf. Am. Mo. Mag.
ii. 175 (1818).

We had originally had Trout River in our schedule; and one day,
August 14th, starting from Woody Point for the region of Lomond
(near the mouth of Main River), we suddenly perceived that it was
absolutely calm outside. There was nothing to do, then, but make
a trip southward along the outer wall and to go, while going was good,
as far as possible southward along the coast. Passing under Western
Head, at the southern entrance to Bonne Bay, we were attracted to
the steeple-like pinnacles of diorite which stand like scattered spires
(PLATE 237)! over the slope—mute evidence that no recent continental
ice-sheet has passed over the area, with the inevitable denudation and
removal of slender pinnacles. Landing under the nearest, where

1 This half of plate 237, made from a photograph taken from a throbbing motor boat,
is, necessarily, a bit vague. It, however, shows the important physiographic feature.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora — 93

loose talus poured down the steep slope, we were at once, close to
sea-level, in the mixture of Canadian, Hudsonian and Arctic-alpine
vegetation already emphasized. Other landings, at the outer base
of Western Head and, farther south, on the basalts and the shales
near Wallace’s Brook, showed the same conditions. Most of the
arctic species had been repeatedly collected and, consequently,

Map 11. American Range of OxyYRIA DIGYNA.

need be merely suggested (Carex scirpoidea, Juncus trifidus, Silene
acaulis var. exscapa, Saxifraga oppositifolia, etc.) ; but it was certainly
a surprise to find Oxyria digyna (MAP 11) abundant at sea-level, a
species ranging south from “farthest north" (lat. 83° in Greenland
and Ellesmereland), and in Gaspé and New England known only in
the most alpine areas. Luzula campestris var. alpina Gaud., perhaps

94 Rhodora [Marcu

better treated as a species, L. sudetica (Willd.) DC., was a good
addition to the Newfoundland flora; and much of the Silene acaulis
var. exscapa had elongate peduncles (the ordinary plant with flowers
subsessile or buried in the leafy tufts). We had great hopes of this
plant and collected much material in fruit. It was past flowering
and when in anthesis it may prove to be of great interest. For the
present we are calling it S. acaulis var. exscapa, forma caulescens
(Vaccari) Fiori, a plant not previously recorded in America. On
some of the slopes Hedysarum alpinum, with lingering flowers, was
in fine fruit, as great a display of this elegant plant as we had ever met.
Agropyron here, as everywhere in Newfoundland, was so perplexing
that we collected much material, toward a restudy of the group;
and we have a fine series of an Oenothera of the biennis-group at about
its northern limit. One small pocket of Gentiana nesophila was all
we could find, and there was not a sign of the ordinarily ubiquitous
G. Amarella and Halenia deflexa; and Euphrasia was disconcertingly
restricted in quantity.

Finally, after Fogg was obliged to leave and Long and I had made
the last trips about Bonne Bay, we two sailed for Bay of Islands to
connect with the Clarke boat which would sail early in September
for Quebec and Montreal. Bonne Bay, which we had originally
passed by in our schedule as “all worked out,” had proved to be a
mine of new discoveries; and we hadn’t been on Gros Morne, Gallie’s
Head, the Peak of Teneriffe, nor the fascinating tablelands to the
north, nor the spectacular mountains slightly to the south, about
Trout River. Farther south, Chimney Cove, where the invalid
Waghorne got choice things, was again unvisited; and we did not see
the deadwaters of Main River where grow “every kind of flower.”
Mr. Preble tried to lure us back the next summer but, unfortunately,
although his quite unnecessary bait was most tempting, further
expeditions have thus far been out of the question.

Waiting for the steamer to load at Corner Brook, Long and I
revisited Hannah’s Head and the woodlands along the Humber,
where, at the opening of the summer, we had had such “thrills.”
At the first of September Hannah’s Head was excessively dry and no
one would guess that beneath the parched crust there were tens of
thousands of fine buds of Botrychium Lunaria. The autumn plants
were on; and Solidago canadensis, which seems to be a very rare
plant in Newfoundland, was conspicuous. Lycopodium tristachyum,

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 95

another species rare in Newfoundland, grew in the dry woods and
well up on the open rocky slope. At our old station Orobanche
terrae-novae was ripe, its capsules slenderly lanceolate, as contrasted
with the ovoid-conic capsules of O. uniflora of the continent.

Early in the summer, while waiting for the “Sagona,” Mr. and Mrs.
Morris had discovered a turfy slope near Petrie's where most of the
Botrychia of Newfoundland congregate, and, best of all, they had
Botrychium angustisegmentum (Pease & Moore) Fern. a Canadio-
Alleghenian species new to Newfoundland. Sunday, September 1,
was very rainy, but, determined to get specimens of the latter species,
we went in rain-coats and with umbrellas (for we were now packed up
and in “store clothes") to the area—B. simplex, angustisegmentum,
matricariaefolium, in several forms, and multifidum (Gmel.) Rupr.
(B. ternatum var. rutacfolium). Not far away were B. Lunaria and
B. virginianum var. europaeum Angstrom; so that Humber Arm lacks
only true B. lanceolatum to complete the list of known Newfoundland
species.

Part II. PHyroGEoGRAPHIC CONSIDERATIONS

When we left Newfoundland we had done nothing we had expected
to do and had done many things we had originally planned not to do,
discounted at the start as not at all worth while. Nevertheless,
we were wholly gratified with the results and our collection of dis-
criminatingly selected specialties (with most of the commonest
species uncollected) amounted to nearly 7000 sheets. We had learned
anew one humiliating truth: that the best-worked areas, even after
weeks of exploration, still need careful study; and we had been
especially impressed by three points of large phytogeographic bearing.

The least significant of the three was the complete absence in the
summer of 1929 of several annual or biennial species which, in 1924
and 1925, had been everywhere abundant in appropriate habitats.
In those years the open limy shores and the barrens near sea-level in
northwestern Newfoundland had been brilliant with the biennial
Gentiana nesophila Holm and propinqua Richardson, and the super-
abundant G. Amarella. It was then impossible to avoid stepping
upon biennial Halenia deflexa; while annual Euphrasia in multitudes,
both of colonies and of species, colored all turfy slopes. But in
1929 we saw not a solitary individual of Halenia deflexa nor of Gentiana

1 RHODORA, xvii. 87 (1915).

96 Rhodora [Marcu

Amarella nor G. propinqua. The complete absence of these plants
was vividly brought home, since I had confidently promised to secure
seeds of all variations of Halenia for Dr. Caroline Allen, who was
monographing the genus. Our failure to find these usually ubiq-
uitous biennials of the region, was, therefore, not due to two of them
being on the "taboo-list." Huphrasia, too, was a disappointment.
The alpine FE. Williamsii prospered, but the lowland species were very
meagrely represented; in fact, E. purpurea Reeks, var. Farlowii
(Robinson) Fern. & Wieg., formerly one of the commonest maritime
species of the West Coast, was nowhere seen, nor was E. stricta Host,
which in the past has been abundant about outer Bonne Bay and St.
John Bay; while the usually abundant E. arctica Lange, of the upper
borders of the strand, was found as only a single small colony. Our
station for the biennial Androsace septentrionalis on the slope of
Tuckers Head yielded exactly two diminutive individuals (we
took pains to scatter some seed!). On the cliff at Riviére à la Martre
on the Gaspé Coast it can be secured in quantity, as also on the
Mingan Islands; in other words, the species usually occurs in abun-
dance.

This fact, that most of the annual and biennial species of the sea-
level habitats in northwestern Newfoundland had nearly or quite
vanished from the flora in 1929, was very impressive. Certainly we
had not diminished them in 1924 and 1925, for neither we nor any
other botanists had ever visited any of these special areas, except La
Pylaie in 1820, when he recorded and collected not a single Euphrasia
nor Gentiana propinqua nor Androsace, and Wiegand in 1910, who did
not visit the identical spots. In writing of our visit to Lark Harbor
in 1926 (p. 4) I pointed out that there had been no summer, that
early in September the snow of the preceding winter remained un-
thawed in many places. Similarly, we were told, 1927 and 1928
were "summerless" years; 1929, with bright sunshine and some
piping hot days, was heralded as the first real summer for four years.
We were, apparently, witnessing one of the tragedies of boreal floras.
With three successive years when the late-flowering annuals and
biennials had been unable to mature seeds, these species had become,
at least temporarily, almost extinct; while at least six of them seemed
completely to have disappeared. Some of them (Gentiana nesophila,
Androsace septentrionalis and some of the Euphrasias) had barely
survived; and one of the most interesting observations to be made on

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 97

the next trip to the West Coast is going to be whether or not any or all
of these handicapped species have “come back.” It requires no
great powers of imagination to see why in the Arctic flora annuals
are essentially wanting!

The second point of phytogeographic importance concerns the
antiquity of the Coastal Plain flora, characterizing the highest “ alpine"
and treeless tablelands, which form the peaty summit-levels of western
Newfoundland, but occurring quite as abundantly on the lowland
bog-barrens of southern and central Newfoundland. In discussing,
in 1911, this austral or Coastal Plain element in the Newfoundland
flora, accepting the then current interpretation of Pleistocene glacia-
tion, I concluded that the Coastal Plain element in the flora and the
fauna had reached Newfoundland in post-Wisconsin time from the
South, by migration along the then elevated but now submerged
Continental Shelf (the northern extension of the true Coastal Plain of
the South). Subsequently this interpretation gained additional
support by the discovery in Nova Scotia of more than 100 additional
Coastal Plain species.

Fortunately, since 1911 the problem of changes along our coast
has received some of the attention it deserves and which is certainly
needed, if we are correctly to interpret the migrations of plants and
animals between Newfoundland and New Jersey. In 1915 the
brilliant investigator, the late Professor Joseph Barrell, in a study of
Factors in Movements of the Strand Line and their Results in the Pleis-
tocene and Post-Pleistocene, enumerated various isostatic factors
which must be considered, but the strongest challenge to my inter-
pretation of 1911, that the migration was post-Wisconsin, is contained
in the remarkably detailed study of The New England-Acadian
Shoreline by Professor Douglas Johnson. Johnson’s mature con-
clusions bear so strongly on the problem of migration of the so-called
Coastal Plain element in the flora of Newfoundland that I venture to
reprint:

Age of Banks Cuesta and Date of Submergence.—The interpreta-
tion of the Banks as a coastal plain cuesta receives support from the fact
that in the course of their operations on the Banks fishermen bring to the
surface fragments of fossiliferous sandstone and limestone. A series of
these collected and described by Upham, and determined by Verrill to be
of Tertiary age (probably Miocene or even Pliocene), shows that the

submergence must have occurred at the end of the Tertiary or still later
in post-Tertiary time; for after the deposition of the late Tertiary sedi-

1 Barrell, Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 4, xl. 1-22 (1915).

98 Rhodora [Marcu

ments we must allow time for the erosion of the lowland prior to its sub-
mergence. If the bevelled top of the cuesta is the remnant of a peneplane
developed on the coastal plain beds (and perhaps also on the crystallines
of the oldland), then since the deposition of the late Tertiary formations
the land was uplifted, one cycle of erosion completed, another uplift
occurred, and in the new cycle maturity was attained before subsidence
drowned the resultant topography. Thus we should expect the sub-
sidence to be at least post-Miocene, and more probably post-Pliocene.
It should be observed that if the Banks Cuesta is composed in large part
of late Tertiary deposits, it is not geologically: the equivalent of the
principal cuesta farther west. It is, however, quite normal for an inner
lowland to be bordered by a cuesta of resistant Tertiary beds in one place,
and by a cuesta of resistant Cretaceous beds elsewhere, if the cuesta
maker of one locality decreases in resistance at another, or is cut out by
an unconformity or otherwise, in such manner as to give at most only
a minor cuesta on the inface or backslope of the new major cuesta which
replaces the first, due to increased resistance of higher or lower beds in
the coastal plain series.

Relation of Banks Cuesta to Former Plant Migrations.— The
conclusions here reached are not without interest in connection with an
important problem of plant geography. Fernald, developing and extend-
ing a conception first stated by Hollick, has shown that many species of
plants characteristic of the Pine Barren and Coastal Plain floras of New
Jersey and the south occur at various points along the New England and
Acadian coasts, and even on Newfoundland. After examining the means
by which this coastal plain flora (believed to be incapable of migrating over
the oldland which now reaches clear to the sea in New England and the
lands northeast) could have reached the far northern localities, he reached
the conclusion that the submerged Banks off these coasts must recently
have projected far enough above sealevel to give a sandy land-bridge
along which the flora could spread freely. Following Daly he appealed to
a lowering of sealevel during the glacial epoch to lay bare the crests of
the Banks. Barrell pointed out that this would require the migration of
the flora during a cold period, whereas the evidence indicates, and Fern-
ald agrees, that such migration must have taken place when the climate
was as warm as, or warmer than, that of the present; and he suggested a
bulging up of the Banks zone marginal to the ice sheet while the mainland
was weighed down by the ice, followed by further uplift as the ice melted
and the mainland rose, with a later settling back or subsidence of the
Banks as an after-effect of deglaciation.

The submarine physiography of the Gulf of Maine offers striking con-
firmation of the hypothesis that the Banks were formerly much higher;
but it throws no clear light on Barrell's theory of an up-bulging during
the glacial period. The inner lowland and cuesta represent a great work
of erosion which must have been practically completed before the ice
invasion. There seems to be no reason, however, for placing the plant
migration so late as post-glacial time. Fernald recognizes the possibility
that the plants "migrated northward on the continental shelf prior to
the Wisconsin glaciation, and persisted outside the subsequently glaciated
area, finally taking possession of their present isolated habitats on the
receding of the ice"; and he finds evidence of the existence of “some
tract along the coast, especially of Acadia and Newfoundland, which

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 99

held this flora . . . continuously through the Pleistocene." In another
connection he definitely places the date of migration as “late Tertiary";
and in a letter to the author dated September 28, 1923, he writes: “In
regard to the possibility of the Coastal Plain flora migrating to Nova
Scotia and Newfoundland in pre-glacial times, there is absolutely no
botanieal reason, so far as I can see, why this might not have been the
case. In fact, there are certain rather striking points which would indicate
that a migration in late Tertiary or early Pleistocene times took place.”
Some of the points referred to in the last quotation are considered in
Fernald's later contributions to the subject, published in 1918 and 1921;
and his reference in the last paper to an elevation of the continental shelf
“since the Pleistocene glaciation" must be read in the light of his other
clear statements that the plant migration in question probably antedated
the glacial period.

Whatever the later history of the region, the submarine physiography
demonstrates the presence of a normal, maturely dissected coastal plain
bordering the New England-Acadian oldland at a period which would ac-
count for the very early migration of the Pine Barrens flora contemplated
in the foregoing quotations. There were then no such broad channels
of open water as must have separated certain of the Banks on the theory
of a more limited lowering of sealevel due to glaciation; while instead of
a temporary land bridge due to bulging at the margin of the glacier there
was a long-enduring coastal plain topography extending continuously
from New Jersey and southward to beyond Newfoundland. Thus the
botanieal problen of migration would seem to be measurably independent
of changes of sealevel due to glaciation and of marginal bulging due to
crustal readjustment under the weight of the ice; although we recognize
the possibility that both these factors may have played a róle in the later
history of the Banks Cuesta.

Still other lines of investigation were demonstrating that this
migration need not have been a recent one. Dissatisfied with the then
current idea, that Newfoundland had been completely denuded by
the later Pleistocene glaciations which would have wiped out its flora
and fauna, I appealed in 1923 to the’ venerable and unchallenged
student of the Pleistocene, Professor A. P. Coleman, who had already
emphasized the lack of glaciation (consequently the antiquity of the
relic and endemic flora and fauna) of the alpine area of the Shickshock
Mts. in Gaspé. To me the Newfoundland situation seemed identical:
conspicuous and unquestioned denudation of the hills in some areas
(Burgeo, for instance, PLATE 233); but in others, notably the West
Coast and the Long Range, a lack of wholesale denudation by an
ice-sheet. In 1926 Professor Coleman published his results, from
which I quote pertinent passages (with apologies for such as modesty
might require my omitting, except that they demonstrate the im-
portance of phytogeography in the geological problem):

1 Douglas Johnson, The New England-Acadian Shoreline, 301-304 (1925). NG ke
John Wiley & Sons; London, Chapman & Hall.

100 Rhodora [Marcu

All the available geological literature on the subject has been consulted
, ; but it is interesting to note that the most important work is by
an eminent botanist, . . . . , who, with various assistants, has
studied the plants of many parts of the island and has discovered a large
number of peculiar, often endemic, species which have survived the ice
age. . . . . His latest paper, on the ‘Persistence of Plants in
Unglaciated Areas of Boreal America," . . . must be taken into ac-
count by students of the Pleistocene.

In most parts of the [Avalon] peninsula the sheet of drift is thin and does
not indieate powerful ice action. It seems that the last ice was not
heavy enough to depress the region by its weight, since no raised beaches
have been reported around the Avalon peninsula. It was thought by
Daly at one time that Signal Hill at St. Johns was submerged, but à
later study of the hill convinced him that there was no change of level;
and this agrees with my own observations on the coast near St. Johns,
which failed to show any terraces.

The facts observed seem best accounted for by supposing an early
Pleistocene ice cap covering the whole peninsula, followed by a long
period of weathering, and then by small local ice sheets of Wisconsin age,
which did not unite to form a complete ice cap. If the earlier and heavier
ice mass depressed the region seriously any marine terraces formed dur-
ing the interglacial time seem to have been obscured or destroyed; and
the small local ice sheets of the Wisconsin were not sufficient to cause
depression.

[About Notre Dame Bay] The general impression was that the glaci-
ation was ancient except along the shore of the bay at Lewisporte, where
the bowlder elay was soft and fresh looking, with plenty of well-preserved
striated stones. It may be that a valley glacier of Wisconsin times moved
northward through the bay.

Bishop's Falls and Grand Falls, 20 or 30 miles west of Notre Dame
Junetion, show hard and ancient-looking bowlder clay, of deep brown
color, in which striated bowlders are not infrequent. Exposed ridges of
sandstone rise above the till, sometimes as jagged edges which have been
deeply eaten by weathering.

To the north of Bishop's Falls great kame deposits indicate a prolonged
halt of the ice sheet, and near the harbor of Botwood there are rolling
hills of gravel and a few shallow kettles. At the shore of the bay the only
evidence of ice action consists of a few bowlders scattered over hills of
rhyolite penetrating slaty sandstone of a reddish color. Apparently little
work was done by the ice beyond the morainic deposits.

The Topsails, about 35 miles farther west, are interesting as hills ris-
ing above the highest tableland crossed by the railway, which reaches
1,550 feet a few miles east of Gafftopsail Station. The general character
of the tableland does not suggest glaciation, since it is a plain covered
with great bowlders of granite and gneiss, just like the underlying bed
rock which shows as low bare ridges in places but is usually hidden by
coarse and fine granitie débris which seems to have originated in place.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 101

A few striated stones were observed near Gafftopsail Station, but no
bowlder clay, only sandy and gritty material. At one place along the
railway east of the Station a surface of porphyrite is apparently faintly
striated in a north-and-south direction. Gafftopsail Mountain, reaching
over 1,700 feet, consists of granite, and a few rounded bowlders of green-
stone are scattered over it, showing that it was crossed by ice, though the
rough and weathered surface does not suggest glaciation.

The highest point, a few miles northeast, is Maintopsail (1,829 feet).
It also consists of coarse, greatly weathered granite, on which rest a few
greenstone pebbles and bowlders which must have been transported by
ice. There are several small shallow pools on the summit, probably due
to differential weathering, with a gritty sand of angular quartz and feld-
spar on the bottom. The country all around the mountain is strewn
with granite bowlders, among which are innumerable pools and ponds
of the same kind as on top, sometimes, however, reaching the size of lakes.

The greatly weathered surface of the mountains and of the tableland
a few hundred feet beneath suggests that the glaciation was very ancient,
probably of Kansan or Jerseyan age; and nothing was seen to indicate
a Wisconsin ice sheet.

The northwestern side of the [Long] range is much more accessible both
by rail and by water and was studied at four points. The first visits
were made in 1923 at the suggestion of Dr. Fernald, who had found en-
demic plants on the range, demanding a much greater lapse of time than
the 25,000 or 30,000 years since the Wisconsin glaciation. He had also
noted that the surface of the tableland was covered with loose blocks of
the underlying bed rock and closely resembled the tablelands of Gaspé
and of the Torngats of Northeastern Labrador, which had never been
glaciated. His photographs decidedly supported this relationship.

Late in August a climb was made on a tolt, an outlier of the range,
which had been used as a hydrographic signal station. It was found by
aneroid to be 1,050 feet high, about the level of the edge of Table Moun-
tain, which forms the southwestern end of the Long Range near Cape Ray.

No glacial material was observed on the upper part of the tolt, and its
summit consists of loose blocks of granite and gneiss of the same kind
as the underlying bed rock. There was no evidence that ice had ever
crossed the summit, but the deep U-shaped gorge which separates it from
the main range appears to have been carved by a valley glacier.

On the last day of August an ascent was made at Tompkins, 9 miles
northeast of the tolt. No signs of glaciation were seen above the edge
of the escarpment at 970 feet (aneroid), and a walk of 4 or 5 miles inland
over the rolling surface of the table land, reaching 1,908 feet (aneroid),
showed only angular blocks of Archaean rock of local origin. No foreign
bowlders were found, and the conclusion was reached that the southern
part of the Long Range had never been glaciated.

Another ascent made in 1925 at about the same point gave similar re-
sults. Angular fragments of Archaean rocks, schists, serpentines, etc.,
were seen everywhere, but no granites or gneisses which might have come
from other parts of the range, and no red sandstones or conglomerates
such as ice moving from the Gulf of St. Lawrence must have transported
from the plains below.

102 Rhodora [Marcu

Another point examined was the table mountain near Port a Port, 20
miles west of Stephenville Crossing on the railway, where Dr. Fernald
had reported an unglaciated surface of limestone. Bowlder clay was
found up to about 500 feet, but above this there was only bare limestone,
and the nearly flat surface at about 1,000 feet (aneroid) was covered with
loose fragments of the same rock. At first it seemed that the table had
never been ice-covered; but the finding of a few scattered greenstones
and granites, much rounded and old-looking, proved that there had been
glaciation in the early Pleistocene, though it had escaped ice action in the
latest or Wisconsin refrigeration.

Blomidon, appropriately called **Blow-Me-Down" by the local inhabi-
tants as noted by Fernald, 35 miles northeast of Port a Port, at the
mouth of the Bay of Islands, consists of serpentine and associated basic
rocks. Up to about 1,000 feet red clay with granite or gneiss bowlders
was found. Above this a few fragments or small bowlders of granite
occur on the weathered surface of serpentine or diorite as for as 1,560
feet. From this to the highest point reached (1,700 feet) only fragments
of serpentine or other basic eruptives which might be of local origin were
seen, and there was no evidence of glaciation.

Work was done at Bonne Bay, also, about 40 miles farther to the north-
east, in the region so well described by Twenhofel, who reported striae
on the top of the Bonne Bay table mountain (2,336 feet). His account
of the mountain [otherwise] makes it a typical example of an unglaciated
serpentine tableland, its surface covered with weathered fragments of
the underlying bed rock, and one wonders if there has not been some error
in mentioning striated surfaces under those conditions.

Two mountains were climbed near Bonne Bay, one southwest of the
village, the other the Gros Morne, some miles to the northeast. The
first mountain reaches only 1,263 feet (aneroid), and a few bowlders of
granite and of conglomerate occur all the way to the top, proving that it
was crossed by ice. The glaciation seems very ancient and weathering
has destroyed all evidence of ice action except the rounded bowlders
mentioned.

The Gros Morne (2,540) is believed by the people of Bonne Bay to be
the highest mountain in Newfoundland. Its gently rolling summit is a
tableland of quartzite covered with angular slabs of the same material.
A few rounded, much-weathered, bowlders of granite were seen almost to
the top, suggesting ancient glaciation; but here, as on other parts of the
Long Range, the ice sheet must have disappeared long before Wisconsin
times.

The Gros Morne is about midway in the Long Range, and no climbs
were made farther northeast, though the narrow, somewhat broken
tableland as seen from coasting steamers has the same appearance as the
part examined.

Fortunately Dr. Fernald, who covered the region from St. John Bay
to Cape Bauld on a botanical investigation in the summer of 1925, has a
keen eye for terrain and has sent me photographs and a written descrip-
tion of this northern part of the Long Range, which may be used to com-
plete the account of this little-visited part of Newfoundland.

His observations indicate only slight glaciation, if any, and the photo-
graphs show the tablelands, and even some of the lower plains, to be

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 103

covered with loose and more or less angular blocks, which could not
have been left if there had been Wisconsin glaciation.

In the foregoing paper it has been shown that there is evidence in
Newfoundland of early Pleistocene glaciation by ice caps which covered
all of the island except the southern part of the Long Range, which seems
to have remained as an area free from ice on which preglacial plants
could survive. It is probable that the Newfoundland ice was really the
margin of the Labrador sheet which more or less completely filled the
Gulf of St. Lawrence and expanded over all but the highest tableland
of the southern part of the island. The retreat of the early ice sheet,
which was probably of Kansan or Jerseyan age, was followed by great
emergence of the land, especially toward the north.

The effects of the early glaciation have been greatly obscured by later
processes, and the ancient glaciated surface is in most places covered
with débris and fragments of the underlying rock resulting from long-
continued weathering. As a rule the only evidence of the early ice
sheets is to be found in rounded erratics of foreign origin lingering un-
consumed among the blocks of local origin. Probably hundreds of thou-
sands of years elapsed after the early glaciation before the still fresh
bowlder clay and striated surfaces were formed by the less extensive
Wisconsin ice sheets.

In one place, at Curling on the Bay of Islands, interglacial materials
containing marine shells have been found between two bowlder clays;
but elsewhere the time interval is shown only by the profound weathering
undergone by the older materials.

The Wisconsin ice probably covered less than half the island and was
in the form of small separate sheets or valley glaciers. No proofs of its
work have been found above 1,000 feet; and Dr. Fernald has shown that
the ice-free tablelands made refuges for plants, so that many cordilleran
species and more than eighty related endemic species, developed during
the long interglacial period, still survive there.

There is good reason to believe that the southeastern parts of Labrador,
as well as the Torngat tableland in the northeast, were not reached by
the Labrador ice sheet in the Wisconsin refrigeration, which was much
less severe than the earlier one, from which it was separated by a long
interglacial time of milder conditions.

In the western part of the island changes of sea-level followed each of
the glaciations, corresponding in amount to the thickness of the ice re-
moved and in accord with the theory of isostasy.

The causes of the movements of sea-level in the region have been ably
discussed by Daly in “Postglacial Warping of Newfoundland and Nova
Scotia,” and it is not necessary to take up that very interesting subject
here.

The conclusions reached in regard to the glaciation of Labrador and
Newfoundland throw light also on the interpretation of Pleistocene events
in Nova Scotia, separated from the island only by Cabot Strait.

Goldthwait, in his excellent and very readable ‘‘Physiography of Nova
Scotia,” describes the glacial features of the province and suggests that
there is no clear evidence of a recurrence of ice sheets during the glacial
period. He has so thoroughly studied the Pleistocene of Nova Scotia

104 Rhodora [Marcu

and has so well described the work of ice in that area that one hesitates
to oppose his views; but one can hardly help the conclusion that his ac-
count of the surface features of the tablelands of Cape Breton Island
accords much better with the theory of two glaciations than with a single
glaciation, if indeed the higher parts were ever glaciated at all. He de-
scribed the granite surface as cracked into angular blocks and crumbling
into sharp-edged grains of sand; and there are no foreign bowlders found
among the weathered débris. There are no striated surfaces on the table-
land itself, though striae occur on lower ground near by.

Visits paid by myself to the Mabou tableland near Inverness and to
Ingonish Mountain left a strong impression that these elevated regions
had never been ice-covered. If ice ever crossed them it must have done
so in a very early stage of the Pleistocene.

Fresh bowlder clay with many striated stones can be seen up to about
500 feet on Mabou Mountain, making a striking contrast with the sur-
face above this, where there are loose blocks in place and no sign of ice
work was observed. There is an even stronger contrast between the
tableland at Ingonish, without a hint of glaciation, and the features of
North Sydney, where one finds till with many striated stones and also
well-striated surfaces of sandstone under bowlder clay along the railway
a mile or two in the direction of Sydney.

The latter features are so fresh that they must be considered Wiscon-
sin; while, if the tableland was ever ice-covered, it must have been at
the very beginning of the Pleistocene, so that its effects have been re-
moved by long-continued weathering.

This view is supported by Dr. Fernald’s botanical researches, since
he finds that some of the cordilleran plants observed in Gaspé and the
Long Range occur also on northern Cape Breton Island. It appears,
therefore, that all the highlands surrounding the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
whether in Gaspé, Cape Breton, or Newfoundland, escaped the Wiscon-
sin glaciation entirely, and in parts were not invaded even by the more
extensive ice sheet of the early Pleistocene. They were nunataks not
covered by the ice, and served as refuges for species of plants which were
destroyed by the Wisconsin glaciation on lower ground. The botanical
evidence that plant growth was little, or not at all, interrupted on the high
tablelands during the ice age strongly confirms the conclusions reached
by a study of the Pleistocene as described in the foregoing paper.

Up to the present there has been very little evidence to show that
Eastern North America was invaded more than once by ice. On Long
Island the Wisconsin drift sheet rests on two older ones, as noted by
Goldthwait; and in New Jersey a very old sheet of till has been recognized ;
but no general and complete removal of the ice with an important inter-
glacial time has been suggested. The evidence of two glaciations of
Newfoundland and Labrador, separated by a long period of weathering,
brings the Pleistocene history of the Gulf of St. Lawrence region into
line with that of central Ontario, the states of the Mississippi Valley, and
the cordilleran region of British Columbia, Washington, and Montana.
It is evident that the so-called “ice age” was interrupted at least once
by a removal of the ice sheets from the whole of North America ; and it
is probable that this long and warm interglacial period was world-wide.

The age of the early glaciation cannot be positively determined, since
the only interglacial fossils found are Marine shells of still living species,

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 105

which are not known from other interglacial deposits. Since the earlier
drift sheet is profoundly weathered, a long time of exposure must have
separated it from the fresh tills of the Wisconsin; and it has been assumed
that the early glacial features correspond to the Kansan or Jerseyan
glaciation.!

This newer interpretation, that the tablelands of Newfoundland
were either unscathed in the Pleistocene or were crossed only in the
earliest (Kansan or Jerseyan) stage and not by a Wisconsin sheet, at
once opens the way for a closer correlation of the Coastal Plain
plant-migration with the demands of Douglas Johnson's conclusions
regarding the depression of the banks: that they were depressed in
late Tertiary or earliest Pleistocene, not in post-Wisconsin time.
Instead of Schizaea pusilla (MAP 7) and its associates coming north
to Newfoundland from New Jersey in post-Wisconsin, it now seems
reasonable to visualize them either as living in Newfoundland through-
out the Pleistocene or as having reached Newfoundland in pre-
Wisconsin time either from the North or from the South.

Stimulated by the actual field (rather than merely desk-chair)
studies of Coleman and of Johnson, I was, naturally, greatly re-
impressed by the prevalence in western Newfoundland of the Coastal
Plain types on the highest tablelands, where, theoretically, one would
look only for boreal species; and, following the subject further, it
soon became apparent that these high tablelands have long been
(perhaps as far back as the Cretaceous or even the Permian) centers
from which the austral element in the Newfoundland flora has ra-
diated to the younger boggy areas of the Island, which were under
early Pleistocene (Kansan?) or later Pleistocene (Wisconsin) ice.
Happily, while this newer interpretation was in the process of “un-
conscious cerebration," I was invited to develop for an hour some
theme in phytogeography before the Fifth International Botanical
Congress, at Cambridge University; and, inevitably, I spoke upon the
subject which was then uppermost in my mind. It is not necessary
here to repeat the exposition which was published in full in RHopora,?
but certain points which especially concern Newfoundland may be
emphasized.

The most distinctive elements of the Atlantic Coastal Plain flora
of North America are members of groups which, today, are otherwise

1 Extracts from A. P. Coleman: The Pleistocene of Newfoundland, Journ. Geol.
xxxiv. 193-223 (1926).

2 Specific Segregations and Identities in some Floras of Eastern North America and
the Old World, Ruovora, xxxiii. 25-63 (1931).—Contrib. Gray Herb. xciii., especially
pp. 33 et seq.

106 Rhodora [Marcu

chiefly confined to the Tropics or to the Southern Hemisphere, in-
cluding Australia (the Xyridaceae, Diospyros, the Halorrhageae,
Lycopodium carolinianum, the Burmanniaceae, Drosera, excluding a
few boreal species of $ Rossolis, etc.); some with great development in
the Malayan or the Australian region (or both) but highly localized
or wanting in Africa (Schizaea, the Haemadoraceae, the Conostylideae,
Nyssa); to which, of course, many others could be added. In the
Cretaceous (or even in the Carboniferous, in case of some of the
Cryptogams) members of the Schizaeaceae, Diospyros and Nyssa (to
say nothing of ubiquitous Lycopodium) abounded in the Arctic.
Thence they spread southward until, due to many Tertiary and later
vicissitudes in Eurasia, they were isolated in the Malayan and Austra-
lian (and sometimes the tropical or southern African) regions. With
Australia severed from its northern connection in the Cretaceous, it is
obvious that the eastern American remnants of these and associated
groups are very ancient. The great tablelands of Newfoundland
are the counterparts of the high Appalachian tablelands of continental
North America, the uplifted Cretaceous Peneplane, which, worn
down by long erosion-cycles, had, at the opening of Cretaceous time,
been reduced essentially to sea-level, where it formed a low plain
with sluggish drainage (like the present but geologically youthful
Coastal Plain), with Cretaceous seas bounding it to the East, South
and West. Only at the North did the baselevelled Appalachian
core have a land-connection. That was when the vast northern
lands, Laurentia, Baltica and Angara, formed the greater land-mass
of the world, with the smaller Amazonia, Ethiopia, Lemuria and
Australia separated from the northern continent by extensive seas.
Briefly, then, the thesis developed at Cambridge, based largely upon
the Newfoundland observations of 1926 and 1929, was, that the
baselevelled Appalachian land received the southward-moving plants
and that, as the late Cretaceous and Tertiary uplifts carried the
Peneplane higher and higher, many species of the primitive sandy and
peaty or aquatic habitats died out or found a younger haven in the
sands, peats and sluggish waters of the newer Coastal Plain or in the
sands, peats and pools which resulted from Pleistocene glaciation.
By this newer interpretation, therefore, it is possible to coórdinate
the presence of these austral types on the uplifted Cretaceous Pene-
plane of Newfoundland with the findings of Coleman, that on some

1 Maps of the world-ranges of the groups here noted will be found in the paper
above cited.

1933] Schuh,—Ectocarpus paradoxus in New England 107

of the tablelands of western Newfoundland, such as that of Blomidon,
“there was no evidence of glaciation,” and with the probability
pointed out by Johnson, that, instead of being very recent, the
submergence of the continental shelf was “at least post-Miocene,
and more probably post-Pliocene.” The exact time of interchange
along the now submerged Tertiary shelf is still not quite clear; that
it could have been as early as late-Tertiary now seems fairly settled,
though it is as likely to have been in post-Kansan, in the long inter-
glacial epoch (of hundreds of thousands of years) prior to the com-
paratively trivial Wisconsin glaciation.'

(To be continued)

EcTOCARPUS PARADOXUS IN New ENGLAND,—It is my pleasure to
record the occurrence of Ectocarpus paradozus, Mont., not hereto-
fore recognized in North American waters. It may be merely a
waif brought to us by the currents which come to our shores, via
Greenland, from Western Europe. But likely it is sparingly es-
tablished, and has been overlooked by such careful collectors as Drs.
Collins and Farlow. It is at home in the Mediterranean, but occurs
as far north as Scandinavia (Kjellman), whence our specimens
probably have migrated. Careful search may reveal it in the warmer
waters of New England, where it will be found occasionally inter-
mingled with other alge.

It has been figured several times. But the most available illus-
tration is in the second edition of Oltmanns, Morphologie ete., vol. 2,
pp. 10 and 11, where may be found a reproduction of drawings by
the lamented Dr. Paul Kuckuck. We may add that these were to
appear in a book on the brown alge, to be issued from the press of
Gustav Fischer in Jena. But the death of Dr. Kuckuck, in 1918,
left unfinished this monumental work, which was also to treat some
of our American forms.

The species named under the title of this note was found at Hale's
Beach, North Brooklin, Maine last summer. Three microscope
slides have been deposited in the National Herbarium.—R. E. Scuun,
Brooklin, Maine.

1 This newer interpretation received strong support from evidence accumulated
in the summer of 1932 in Nova Scotia, evidence so far outside the scope of the present
paper that it must be considered elsewhere.

108 Rhodora [Marcu

Leavitr’s Forest TREES or New Enaianp.'—This little volume,
attractive in flexible red Turkey morocco bind, bearing the seal of Har-
vard University and published by the Arnold Arboretum, is put forth in
the hope that it may both stimulate and to the extent of its very limited
scope satisfy curiosity regarding the nature and general significance of
trees. While the author states (p. 3) that the book is meant to give to
visitors interesting and valuable information about the native trees, the
work is neither in any ordinary sense a guide to the plantations of the
Arboretum, nor is its purpose, as its title might suggest, a taxonomic
presentation of the trees of New England with keys and taxonomic
diagnoses.

Its chapters, more than 50 in number, are for the most part little popular
essays on subjects connected with tree-life as, for instance, a brief account
of the origin and development of the Arnold Arboretum, a sketch of the
woods of 1620 embodying some historic data and inferred generalization
regarding the trees found by the early settlers, a comparison of the forests
of the northeastern parts of our continent with those of the Sierra Nevada
and of the Pacific Slope, a brief apology for Latin nomenclature, a simple
explanation of the grouping of trees in families and genera, resin and its
significance, Mycorrhiza and its biological importance.

There follow some chapters or paragraphs dealing in popular style with
the leading plant families as illustrated by their most common arboreal
elements. Attention is then drawn to the structure and physiological
functions of the leaf, the nature of protoplasm, of sap, bark, wood, plant
disease, etc.

A chapter on tree geography presents, with the aid of outline maps,
some of the leading points in tree distribution.

All these subjects are handled with manifest effort to free them from
technicality and even, at times, to present them with a measure of humor,
as when the author heads one of his chapters, “What Makes the Elm
Tree so Different from the Bull Dog?"

At the end of the little book some 30 pages are devoted to brief, un-
technieal deseriptions of the more important trees of New England, each
being illustrated by a half-tone figure of a typical leaf. Naturally
certain intricate groups like the willows and hawthorns are passed with
mere mention.

The work is obviously intended not for the botanist, but for the layman,
and there ean be no doubt that it contains for him much that would not
previously have come to his knowledge or attention and which would tend
to put him into a more observing frame of mind and better touch with
nature.—B. L. ROBINSON

Two SEGREGATES IN SPOROBOLUS.— The annual species of Sporobo-
lus, often known as Poverty Grass, because of their occurrence in thin
and dry soils, are currently treated as S. vaginacflorus (Torr.) Wood,
with comparatively long spikelets with pubescent lemmas, and S.

1 Robert Greenleaf Leavitt, ‘‘ Forest Trees of New England." 8 vo. 180 pages and
78 text figures. Boston, Dec. 21, 1932. $1.75.

1933] Fernald,—Two Segregates in Sporobolus 109

neglectus Nash, with smaller spikelets and glabrous lemmas, S. neglec-
tus occurring, at least in New England, chiefly in calcareous areas.
The removal of S. neglectus has greatly clarified the group, but S.
vaginaeflorus, as currently treated, consists of two well-marked
varieties, while a plant of the Ozark Plateau with spikelets as long as
in S. vaginaeflorus has the lemmas quite glabrous. My understanding
of this group is briefly expressed in the following key.
Spikelets 3.5-6.5 mm. long; grain 1.7-2.2 mm. long.
Lemma pubescent; leaves glabrous or essentially so.
Palea and lemma subequal, about equaled by the glumes.
Ree Ta Co A IRR EE UREN eg UE S. vaginaeflorus.
Palea prolonged far above the glumes and lemma into a
slender beak.................. S. vaginaeflorus, var. inaequalis.
Lemma glabrous; leaves (especially the lower) papillose-
o co obs oi "xDD S. ozarkanus.

Spikelets 2-3 mm. long; lemmas glabrous; grain 1-1.5 mm.
ec MR MCCC "mM Tu S. neglectus.

S. VAGINAEFLORUS (Torr. Wood, var. inaequalis, var. nov., a
forma typica recedit palea prolongata glumas lemmaque valde
superantibus.—Central Maine to southern Ontario, south to Long
Island, Wisconsin and Iowa. Type: Concord, New Hampshire,
September 9, 1901, F. W. Batchelder, in Gray Herb.

In New England, at least, var. inaequalis is the northern extreme
of the species. The northernmost New England specimens seen of
typical S. vaginaeflorus are from North Berwick, Maine, Exeter, New
Hampshire and Willoughby, Vermont. All material seen from farther
north in Maine and New Hampshire is var. inaequalis: in Maine at
Milo (165 miles northeast of North Berwick), Orono and Litchfield;
in New Hampshire at Shelburne (100 miles north of Exeter), Concord
and Charlestown. The variety extends south through western New
England, reaching Long Island (East Williston, September 21, 1899,
J. R. Churchill).

S. ozarkanus, sp. nov. Planta annua S. vaginaefloro similis;
foliis imis valde papilloso-pilosis; lemmatibus glabris.—MissoURr:
barrens, Webb City, September 8, 1910, E. J. Palmer, nos. 3133
(TYPE in Gray Herb.), 3133A; both distributed as S. pilosus Vasey.

S. ozarkanus, in its long spikelets, narrow lemma and strongly
ciliate sheath-orifices is like typical S. vaginaeflorus; but its quite
glabrous lemmas and strongly pubescent leaves quickly set it apart.
It is, apparently, another of the many endemic species of the Ozark
region. S. pilosus, to which S. ozarkanus was originally referred, is
a strong perennial, so closely related to S. asper (Michx.) Kunth that

110 Rhodora [Marcu

it has been referred by Hitchcock to that species as S. asper pilosus
(Vasey) Hitche. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xli. 161 (1928).—M. L.
FERNALD, GRAY HERBARIUM.

SOME SYNONYMY.—SOLANUM ELAEAGNIFOLIUM, f. ALBIFLORUM
Cockerell, Bull. Torrey Club 20: 410. Oct., 1893. Synonym: S.
elaeagnifolium, f. Benkei Standl. Rnmopona 34: 176. Sept., 1932.

EusroMA RUSSELLIANUM, f. ALBIFLORUM Cockerell, Torreya 24:
50-51. May-June, 1924. Synonym: E. Russellianum, f. Fisheri
Standl. Ruopora 34:176. Sept., 1932.—T. D. A. CocKERELL, Uni-
versity of Colorado.

[A needless synonym would have been avoided if, in originally publish-
ing Eustoma Russellianum, f. albiflorum, its author had taken the trouble
to indicate it as new instead of “long. . . known." The article defi-
nitely recorded as newly published “a remarkable new form (f, flavi-
florum nov.) with clear yellow flowers"; but it gave no intimation that
f. albiflorum was new and it left doubt as to the author's conception of
its rank: “The variety or form of E. russellianum with white flowers (f,
albiflorum) has long been known." Similarly, Solanum elaeagnifolium,
f. albiflorum was published without any indieation that it was new.—
PauL C. STANDLEY].

Volume 35, no. 410, including pages 41 to 68 and 4 plates, was issued 4 Feb-
ruary, 1933.

"(nibi4) AVG ANNOG ‘avay{ S,uawoagp NO ‘(j/a)) AVG ANNOG ‘AAOD ACVW'T-ANV-duO'T

QOCZ 9)D)] BIOPOUY

APR 12 133

Dodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ? Associate Editors
LUDLOW GRISCOM

Vol. 35. April, 1933. No. 412.
CONTENTS:
Identity of Heuchera hispida Pursh.

C. O. Rosendahl, F. K. Butters and O. Lakela............-.+++ 111
Heuchera hispida Pursh rediscovered. — E. T. Wherry.......... 118
Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora (continued).

M. L: Fernold..... 1... V SIT REM Li. 120
Charles Albert Robbins, 1874-1930. S. F. Blake.............. 140
Some Weeds in an old Garden. N. T. Kidder................. 145
Moss Flora (Notice). | J. F.C... ises ee ee ee tee 146
Hawaiian Weeds (Notice). M. L. F.... 0.2.0... ec eee 146

The New England Botanical Club, Ine.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United
States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or
some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which
will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating
directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits.
Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more
than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con-
tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished
at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remitiances payable to RHODORA) to
Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in
several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the
flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in-
cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, var-
ieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria,
leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical
activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards.

GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray
HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten
copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separatelv.

No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton,
$5 gion Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932
3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora Plate 239

NANISM AT SEALBVEL IN WESTERN NEWFOUNDLAND: FIG. 1, SOLIDAGO MACRO-
PHYLLA; FIG. 2, SENECIO PAUPERCULUS; FIG. 3, SAXIFRAGA OPPOSITIFOLIA; FIG. 4,

S. cEsPITOSA; FIG. 5, DRABA INCANA.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 35. April, 1933. No. 412.

IDENTITY OF HEUCHERA HISPIDA PURSH!
C. O. RosENpaur, F. K. BUTTERS AND OLGA LAKELA

ON the examination of a large amount of material of the genus
Heuchera, assembled for the purpose of a monographie treatment, the
interesting fact appears that there are no reasonably authentic
collections of the species currently passing as Heuchera hispida
Pursh from farther east than the state of Indiana.? Since the type of
Pursh’s species is stated to have come from the “High mountains of
Virginia and Carolina,” the complete lack of specimens from the
whole intervening region, and even from the “type locality" itself
at once aroused suspicion. Upon turning to Pursh’s original diagnosis,
it became apparent at once that what he named and described as
H. hispida is an entirely different species from the one which has
masqueraded in manuals, floras, and even monographs under that
name. In order to point out more readily the misconception re-
garding the identity of Pursh’s species, the original description is
quoted in full:

1 Published with aid of a grant to Ruopona from the National Academy of Sciences.

2 The only apparent exceptions to this statement are the specimens from Dr.
Gray's garden, which will be fully discussed later, and a single specimen now in the
herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden. The latter, which is one of the middle
western forms discussed below appears to have been mounted fairly recently, and
bears a large label with '' George Engelmann, M.D., St. Louis, Mo.” printed, and the
name ‘‘Heuchera americana’’ apparently in Engelmann's handwriting. It also
bears a small and apparently much older label in entirely different handwriting.
The data are in almost undecipherable German script, which we interpret as ‘‘ Heu-
chera americana? Nasswald Meta Ky. Mai 1833." Under the specific name there
is pencilled in still a third hand '' Richardson?’’. We cannot pretend to say whether
the plant in question really ranges to eastern Kentucky, or whether we have wholly
misread the label, or whether perhaps in the obviously long and varied career of the
specimen the label may have become mixed.

112 Rhodora [APRIL

“H. hispida, scabra; scapo petiolis foliisque subtus glabris, foliis acute
lobatis, supra hispido-pilosis dentatis: dentibus brevissimis subretusis
mucronatis, pedunculis paniculae pauciflorus, calycibus mediocribus sub-
acutis, petalis spathulatis longitudine calycis, staminibus exertis.

On high mountains of Virginia and Carolina 2}, May, June v. v. Petals
purple? !

Up to the time of the appearance of Torrey and Gray's Flora in
1840, no other collections of H. hispida, except the ones by Pursh,
were apparently known, for in the comments following the description
of the species the statement is found, “We are not aware that this
species has been collected by any botanist except Pursh (one of whose
specimens is preserved in the herbarium of the late Prof. Barton,
and another, a very poor one in that of Mr. Lambert) and perhaps
by Rafinesque."

Excerpts from Dr. Gray's later writings reveal his keen interest
in this obviously rare species of Pursh for in 1841 in his account of
a Botanical excursion to North Carolina we find this footnote: * Much
to our disappointment we did not meet with Heuchera hispida, al-
though I have since learned from an inspection of Barton’s Herbarium,
that we passed within moderate distance from the place where Pursh
discovered it. The habitat given on the original ticket, ‘High
mountains between Fincastle and Sweet Springs, and some other
similar places,' we here cite, with the hope that it may guide some
botanist to its rediscovery."?

It is interesting to note that two years later Dr. Gray himself
happened to become the rediscoverer of the plant as recounted in a
letter written to Dr. Torrey on September 30, 1843 from which the
following quotation is taken: “I doubt if I got anything of much
interest in Virginia except Buckley's (and Nuttall's) Andromeda,
Rhamnus parvifolius on the waters of Greenbrier, (where did Pursh
get it"), Heuchera pubescens in fruit and Heuchera hispida Pursh!!
out of flower and fruit, so that I detected it by the leaves only (and
got good roots), not far from where Pursh discovered it, but more
west, on the frontiers of a range of mountains where this very local
species doubtless abounds."?

That Dr. Gray for a number of years regarded HM. hispida Pursh
as a well marked species of very limited range is further evidenced by
his comments in 1846 in Silliman’s Journal where he wrote as follows:

1 Pursh, Frederick, Flora Americana Septentrionalis. 1: 188, 1814.

2 Am. Journ. of Sci. and Arts 42: 16. 1842.
? Letters of Asa Gray I: 307, 1893.

1933] Identity of Heuchera hispida Pursh 113

* In Giles County soon after crossing the river, live roots of the very
rare and distinct species Heuchera hispida Pursh were obtained
which have been preserved in cultivation.’”!

From this cultivation four specimens were prepared and preserved
in the Gray Herbarium, which, as will be developed later on, appear
to be responsible in large part for the rather startling change of heart
Dr. Gray experienced between the years 1846 and 1849 regarding
the concept and limited range of the species, for in the latter year we
find him making the following unqualified assertion concerning its
status: “Heuchera hispida Pursh, the rediscovery of which in the
mountains of Virginia (in Giles County) I have recorded in Silliman’s
Journal, second series 1, p. 81, and which I have retained in cultivation
in the Cambridge Botanic Garden, is also found in Hancock County,
Ill. by Dr. Mead, who has distributed it under the name of H. Richard-
sonii R. Br.; from which indeed, except that it is a larger and more
hairy plant, it does not appear to differ.’

In accordance with this broadened concept and in direct contrast
with the “scapo petiolis foliisque subtus glabris" of the original
diagnosis of Pursh, the species is described in the second edition of
the Manual (1856)? as being hispid or hirsute, with long spreading
hairs (occasionally almost glabrous). The distribution is given as
* Mountains of Virginia. Also Illinois (Dr. Mead) and Northwest-
ward.” and H. Richardsonii R. Br. is cited as synonym. In sub-
sequent editions of the Manual the range is given as Mountains of
Va. to N. C., west to Minn. and E. Kan. In the first edition of
Britton and Brown's Illustrated Flora (1897) it is recorded from
* Virginia to western Ontario, west to Kansas, Manitoba and the
Northwest Territory, south in the Rocky Mountains to Montana and
Idaho."

In the monographie treatment of the genus in the North American
Flora (1905), Dr. Rydberg rescued H. füchardsoni; R. Br. from
synonymy, and gave its distribution as “subarctic America south to
Manitoba, Black Hills of South Dakota and British Columbia." The
range of H. hispida Pursh was accordingly reduced, still it was ac-
corded a generous territory extending “from Ontario to Assiniboia
and Wyoming, south to Virginia and Kansas." Finally in the Flora

1 Silliman's Journal, Second Series 1: 81: 1846.
2 Plantae Fendlerianae 4: 55. 1849.

3 The name does not appear in the first edition as the plant is wholly outside the
geographical range of that work.

114 Rhodora [APRIL

of the Prairies and the Plains (1932) the distribution is given as “Ont.
—Va.—Kans.—Wyo.—Mont.” while that of H. Richardsonii has
become “ Man.—S. D.—B. C." f

Nothing is known to the authors concerning the present where-
abouts of Pursh’s “ very poor” specimen which Gray saw in Lambert’s
Herbarium. If it is still in existence it is undoubtedly the type of
the species since it was the plant in Pursh’s possession when he drew
up his description. However, through the kindness of Dr. Francis
W. Pennell we have been able to examine Pursh’s other specimen
cited by Torrey and Gray. This specimen, formerly in Barton’s
herbarium, is now at the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
This, we believe, can be considered as an authentic specimen of Pursh’s
species. At least Torrey and Gray, who had seen both specimens
did not question their identity. The following data are found on
the original ticket in Pursh’s handwriting: “ Heuchera scabra! P.
petalis rubris, floribus majoribus. High mountains between Fin-
castle & the Sweet Springs & some other similar places. P.” It is
to be noted that the name “hispida” does not occur, but “scabra,”
the second word in Pursh’s diagnosis, does, and Pursh does not use
this word in the description of any other species of Heuchera. What
caused Pursh to thus alter the epithet and whether he wrote “ hispida”
in place of “scabra” on the specimen in Lambert’s herbarium are
interesting speculations.

Torrey and Gray, enlarging on Pursh’s rather brief description,
aptly described H. hispida Pursh, and their description is quoted
here in full: “scape mostly 1-2 leaved, glabrous; radical leaves
roundish-cordate, rather obtusely 5-7 lobed, crenate with very broad
and short almost retuse mucronate teeth, hispidly ciliate; the upper
surface hispid; the lower with the petioles, glabrous, branches of the
panicle few-flowered; petals broadly obovate-spatulate, unguiculate,
veiny (violet-purple), somewhat longer than the nearly equal calyx
segments, a little shorter than the slightly exserted stamens; styles
filiform, at length exserted.—Pursh !"!

Further, these authors comment: “Resembles the preceding
species [H. pubescens]; but the flowers are rather smaller, calyx-
segments short obtuse. Limb of the petals undulate toward the apex,
very broadly spatulate or somewhat rhomboid." This description
is so excellent that our only comments are that we think Pursh's

! Fl. N. Am, 1: 579-580. 1840.

1933] Identity of Heuchera hispida Pursh 115

“staminbus exertis" states the case more accurately than Torrey
and Gray’s “stamens slightly exserted”’ (the exsertion amounts to
2-3.5 mm. and this in so small a flower is scarcely slight), that the
styles are rather prominently exserted when the flower is in anthesis,
and that the flower is about as regular as any in the genus. As thus
defined Heuchera hispida Pursh is a very local species of the central
Alleghenies. Its nearest relative appears to be H. Curtisit T. & G.
from which it may be distinguished by its broader, undulate-margined
petals, and by the hispid upper surface of its leaves. It is in all
respects very different from H. Richardsonii R. Br., and from the
various middle western forms which have been passing under its name,
plants with larger, strongly zygomorphic flowers, and for the most
part with much hispid hairiness on all their parts.

A very puzzling situation is presented by the four sheets prepared
from the plants grown in the Cambridge garden by Dr. Gray. The
tickets on two of them bear the following legend: * Heuchera hispida
Ph. (1) [or (2)]. The two forms from the same clump. Hort. Cantab.
Anno. 1846. e spec Mts. Virg." All the specimens on sheet No. 1
are true H. hispida Pursh, while those on sheet No. 2 are entirely
different and clearly belong with the so-called H. hispida character-
istic of the region from Indiana to Missouri and northward to Minne-
sota. The other two sheets from the Gray Herbarium are dated
1845. Both bear the statement "Hort. Cantab. ex Virginia." Both
of them contain a mixture of true Heuchera hispida and midwestern
forms.

How to account for the appearance of the western form in culti-
vation in the Cambridge garden in the years 1845 and ’46 is indeed
a puzzle and the most plausible explanation that occurs to the authors
is that either live plants or seeds of the Illinois plant must have been
sent to Dr. Gray by Dr. Mead. Dr. Mead's collection was made as
early as 1843, the same year that Gray rediscovered H. hispida in
Virginia, and his specimens contain many ripe seeds. If Dr. Gray
planted any of these seeds some may have been washed into the clumps
of Virginia plants and have germinated there and Heucheras bloom the
second year from seed. At any rate it is quite evident that it was
the curious mixture of forms in the garden, and the entire similarity
of some of them to Mead's plants which led Gray to expand his
conception of Heuchera hispida between 1846 and 1849.

All the midwestern plants, which since the publication of Plantae

116 Rhodora [APRIL

Fendlerianae have been passing as H. hispida, appear to belong to
H. Richardsonii R. Br. This is a rather polymorphic species of
wide range in the western prairies and adjacent regions reaching from
western Ontario to the Rocky Mountains, and southward to Kansas,
Missouri and Indiana. Southward it appears to hybridize pretty
freely into other species. Heuchera Richardsonii was described from
near the northern limit of its range, “on the rocky banks of rivers
from latitude 54° to 64? north." This northern form is characterized
by having relatively small leaves 2-6 cm. broad, sparingly hispid or
nearly glabrous above, usually more copiously hispid below, especially
along the veins. The petioles and stems are glandular puberulent
and moderately hispid with short (mostly under 114 mm.) gland-
tipped hairs which are usually nearly wanting toward the base of
the stem. This is the plant treated by Rydberg? as H. Richardsonit,
and the range which he gives seems to be essentially correct. It is
a plant of the Canadian plains occurring eastward into extreme
western Ontario, and westward into the Rocky Mountains, along
which it runs south as far as Wyoming. It occurs also in the Black
Hills, and in a few stations in the extreme northern parts of Minnesota
and North Dakota. It may be called appropriately Heuchera Richard-
soni var. typica.’

Southwards in the northern plains states a form of this species
occurs with larger leaves, 4-8 cm. broad, and much more copious
hispid pubescence, with hairs up to 2.5-3.5 mm. inlength. It appears
to intergrade completely with the typical form, and no consistent
floral differences have been discovered. This is the form which
throughout its area has been passing as H. hispida. It is a clearly
marked geographical variant of H. Richardsonii, and as such we are
giving it the name Heuchera Richardsonii var. hispidior^ This
variety ranges from eastern Montana through the Dakotas and
Nebraska to Minnesota, western Ontario, western Wisconsin and

! Frankl. Journey 766. 1823.

2 P. A. Rydberg. North American Flora 22: 107, 1905.

3 HEUCHERA RICHARDSONII Var. typica. Heuchera Richardsonii R. Br., Franklin's
Journey p. 766. sensu stricto.

We would add as a gen o H. ciliata Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Gard. 1: 196, 1900. The
floral differences which Rydberg notes as pine gatas Boon species are not significant
but occur sporadically in all the forms of the species. ydberg himself later reduced
H. ciliata to a synonym of “ H. hispida” (Flora of the Rocky Mountains and adjacent
Plains 382, 1917). he size of leaves, and character of pubescence of his original
specimen indicate however that it should be placed here.

4 HEvcuEsRA RICHARDSONII Var, hispidior, var. nov. differt a var. typica hujus species
foliis majoribus, 4—8 cm. latis, petiolis, caulibusque hispidioribus pilis copiosis albis
ad 2.5-3.5 mm, longis. H. hispida of authors in part, not H. hispida Pursh. TYPE

specimen in herb. Minnesota, collected by O. Lakela growing in dry soil, Ft. Snelling,
Minn., June 14, 1931,

1933] Identity of Heuchera hispida Pursh 117

northern Iowa and throughout most of this range it is the only rep-
resentative of the genus. A full list of the specimens studied will
appear in the forthcoming monograph of the genus.

Still farther south and east, in Illinois, Missouri and the adjacent
states another variant appears, marked this time by certain slight
peculiarities of the floral characters. The inflorescence is somewhat
more open, and the flowers a little smaller, while the stamens are more
obviously exserted (about 2-3 times the length of the anthers) and
the petals are not only glandular, as they are in all the varieties of
the species, but are also minutely papillose. In fruit the capsule is
somewhat exserted, which is not true of the other varieties. The
pubescence is about as in var. hispidior, or in some cases even more
dense.

This form is probably of somewhat remote hybrid origin. It
has much bad pollen, and it forms the first link in a chain of inter-
grading forms which connects M. Richardsonii var. hispidior with the
western form of H. americana. The disposition of most of these forms
is left for the monograph now in process of preparation. On account
of the wide geographical range of the form now under consideration,
and its relatively small divergence from H. Richardsonii var. hispidior
it seems best to treat it as another variety of H. Richardsonii. It
is the plant which Mead collected in Illinois in 1843, and the plant
whose appearance in Dr. Gray's garden in 1845 and 1846 led to the
confusion discussed in the first part of this paper. It therefore
seems appropriate to call it Heuchera Richardsonii var. Grayana.!
It ranges from Kansas to Indiana and northward to central Wiscon-
sin and southeastern Minnesota. In the northern part of its range
it intergrades with H. Richardsonii var. hispidior.

In conclusion, the middle western plants which have been passing
as Heuchera hispida Pursh are entirely distinct from that species.
They are all varieties of H. Richardsonit R. Br. These varieties are
briefly distinguished in the following key:

1. Capsules included, stamens barely exserted, petals glandular
but not papillose
a. Flowering scapes and petioles moderately hispid with
short (1.5 mm. and less) hairs. Leaves 2-6 cm.
broad... insu v NIA H. Richardsonii var. typica.

! HEUCHERA RicHarpsonu var. Grayana, var. nov. floribus 7-9 mm. longis, petalis
et glanduliferis et papillosis, staminibus 2-3 plo longitudine antherarum exsertis,
capsulis breve exsertis. Heuchera hispida, Gray, Plantae Fendlerianae 4: 55, 1849, as
to the western forms there discussed and in part of many later American authors, not
H. hispida Pursh., Type specimen in the herbarium of the Missouri Botanical
Garden, collected by S. B. Mead at Augusta, Ill. May 1843.

118 Rhodora [APRIL

b. Flowering scapes and petioles densely hispid with long
(2-3.5 mm.) hairs. Leaves 4-8 cm. broad.
H. Richardsonii var. hispidior.
2. Capsules more or less exserted, stamens obviously exserted, :
petals both glandular and papillose........ H. Richardsonii var. Grayana.

UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA.

HEUCHERA HISPIDA PURSH REDISCOVERED!
EpGar T. WHERRY

DunmiG the year 1805 Frederick Pursh collected plants in the
Appalachian mountain region of Virginia and West Virginia, a number
of which were described as new species in his Flora Americae Septen-
trionalis, which appeared 9 years later. Among these was a Heuchera
hispida, stated to have the leaves hispid above but glabrous beneath,
the peduncles glabrous, and the flowers medium-sized with purple
petals and exserted stamens.” Through misunderstanding, subse-
quent authors came to apply this name to a western plant having
the peduncles and lower leaf-surfaces more hispid than the upper
surfaces. This situation was recognized in the course of a revision
of the genus undertaken at the University of Minnesota by Miss
Olga Lakela and Professors Rosendahl and Butters,’ but on borrowing
material from various herbaria they were unable to find a specimen
corresponding to Pursh’s description in any subsequent collection,
except a few of material grown by Gray from roots collected in Giles
County, Virginia, in 1843. A Pursh specimen of H. hispida is for-
tunately preserved, however, in the herbarium of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and the label gives its place of
collection as “high mountains between Fincastle & the Sweet Springs."
On being advised of these facts in the Spring of 1932, the writer
decided to endeavor to rediscover the plant, and as soon as the term’s
class work was over started on a trip, in company with Professor S.
C. Palmer of Swarthmore College.

Leaving Swarthmore, Pennsylvania, on June 9th, we made several
stops to collect plants en route, and reached Fincastle, Botetourt
County, Virginia, in the afternoon of June 12th. Continuing north-

1 Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of the University of Pennsylvania.
This account of the incidents of the trip supersedes any which has appeared in news-
papers and popular magazines.

2 Flora Americae Septentrionalis 1: 188. 1814.

3 Cf. the preceding article.

1933] Wherry,—Heuchera hispida Pursh rediscovered 119

westward from this town, we took an unpaved but fairly good road
which led over higher mountain passes than the modern highway,
but found only Heuchera pubescens Pursh, a widespread species,
between there and Newcastle, Craig County. The main highway
running north from the latter place (State No. 22) proved to have
been recently reconstructed, and though not yet surfaced was wide
and well-graded, so even though night was approaching and clouds
could be seen to be gathering along the mountain ridges, we ventured
to continue on 11 miles to the summit of Potts Mountain, which was
reached about 8 P.M.

At the point where the highway crosses the divide, elevation about
2400 feet, we found an openly wooded rocky flat, and had soon
selected a parking place for the night. Then, before making any
preparations to retire, we got out our flashlights and started to look
around to see if any Heuchera might be growing there. The fog
was almost impenetrable, but in a few moments Palmer’s flashlight
beam struck a clump of one of them, and a leaf was soon brought
closer to the light. It proved to be hispid on top but not beneath,
just as Pursh had said, and the flowers, though just beginning to
open, agreed wholly with his description. We had rediscovered, at
or near the type locality, the real Heuchera hispida, not seen growing
there for 127 years, and last seen in the wild, in the county next
adjoining on the west, by Gray 89 years before.

The following morning we found two or three additional plants in
bloom, and several in bud, along with another member of the genus,
the well-known H. villosa Michaux, not yet showing its inflorescence.

On descending the north side of the mountain, the H. hispida
proved to be present down to about 400 feet below the summit.
Continuing on toward Sweet Springs, we saw a few additional plants
of this species high up on Peters Mountain, in both Craig County,
Virginia, and Monroe County, West Virginia. None could be found,
however, in any other part of the Appalachians visited, from western
Virginia to southern Pennsylvania, so it is evidently endemic in a
decidedly restricted area.

UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA.

120 Rhodora [APRIL

RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA
M. L. FERNALD
(Continued from page 107)

Contrasted with the amazingly temperate flora of the peaty table-
lands of western Newfoundland, where groups with pronounced
austral affinities prevail, there is the abundance at or close to sea-
level on the bleak outer coast of western Newfoundland of the arctic
and arctic-alpine species. On the exposed coast between latitudes
52° and 48°, from Cape Norman to Cape St. George (and in some
cases even southward to Cape Ray), the following members of the
flora of the American Arctic Archipelago or of Arctic Greenland
(well within the Arctic Circle) occur at or within 100 m. of sea-level.
Their latitudinal limits of range on the Atlantic slope of America, as
closely as can be determined from the data at hand, is approximately
given (omitting fractions of degrees):

Woodsia glabella R. Br. (83°-42°), Asplenium viride Huds. (82°-43°),
Festuca brachyphylla Schultes (82°-44°), F. vivipara (L.) Sm. (75°-
48°), F. rubra var. arenaria (Osbeck) Fries (70°-49°), Poa alpina L.
(76°-47°), Calamagrostis canadensis var. Langsdorfi (Link) Inman
(71°-44°), C. neglecta (Ehrh.) Gaertn., Meyer & Scherb. (76°-44°),
Alopecurus aequalis var. natans (Wahlenb.) Fern. (71°-51°), Hierochloe
alpina (Lilj.) R. & S. (88°-44°), Eriophorum Scheuchzert Hoppe
(839-519), Kobresia simpliciuscula (Wahlenb.) Mackenz. (817-487),
Carex capitata (76°-44°), C. incurva Light. (827—517), C. bipar-
tita All. (762-499), C. glareosa Wahlenb. (807—477), C. rupestris
All. (S1°-48°), C. scirpoidea Michx. (76°-43°), C. glacialis Mackenz.
(79°-48°), C. bicolor AM. (71°-50°), C. capillaris L. (80°-44°), C.
rariflora (Wahlenb.) Sm. (76°-46°), C. alpina Swartz (76°-49°),
C. concolor R. Br. (81°-44°), C. microglochin Wahlenb. (72°-50°),
Juncus trifidus L. (72°-43°), J. albescens (Lange) Fern. (81°—48°),
Luzula spicata (L.) DC. (76°-44°), L. campestris var. alpina Gaudin
(70°-49°), Tofieldia minima (Hill) Druce (76°-48°), Habenaria
straminea Fern. (69°-51°), Salix reticulata L. (73°-51°), S. arctophila
Cockerell (77°-48°), Oxyria digyna (L.) Hill (83°-44°), Polygonum
viviparum L. (83°-44°), Arenaria verna var. pubescens (C. & S.) Fern.
(83°-44°), A. cylindrocarpa Fern. (80°-49°), Cerastium alpinum L.
(83°-51°), Lychnis alpina L. (76°-48°), Silene acaulis var. cxscapa
(All.) DC. (83°-44°), Ranunculus hyperboreus Rottb. (83°-50°),
R. pedatifidus var. leiocarpus (Trautv.) Fern. (80°-51°), Thalictrum
alpinum L. (73°-48°), Cochlearia groenlandica (83°-51°), Cardamine
pratensis var. angustifolia Hook. (81°-50°), Draba nivalis Lilj. (83°-
49°), D. incana L. (70°-47°), D. hirta L. (81°-48°), D. rupestris R.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 121

Br. (76°-47°), Arabis alpina L. (76°-48°), Saxifraga cespitosa L.
(83°-48°), S. aizoides L. (78°-44°), S. Aizoon Jacq. (76°-44°), S.
oppositifolia L. (85°-44°), Potentilla nivea L. (837—487), P. alpestris
Hall. f. (74°-48°), Dryas integrifolia Vahl (83°-48°), Astragalus alpinus
L. (73°-49°), Epilobium latifolium L. (83°-48°), E. lactiflorum Haussk.
(71°-44°), E. alpinum L. (73°-46°), E. Hornemanni Reichenb. (70°-
44°), Rhododendron lapponicum (L.) Wahlenb. (81°-44°), Loiseleuria
procumbens (L.) Desv. (74°-44°), Arctostaphylos alpina (L.) Spreng.
(76°-44°), Vaccinium uliginosum var. alpinum Bigel. (81°-44°),
Diapensia lapponica L. (82°-44°), Statice labradorica var. submutica
Blake (78°-49°), Euphrasia arctica Lange (76°-48°), Bartsia alpina
L. (76°-51°), Pedicularis flammea L. (81°-49°), Gnaphalium nor-
vegicum Gunn. (72°-49°), Artemisia borealis Pall. (76°-48°), Taraxacum
phymatocarpum (83°-51°) and Crepis nana Hook. (70°-51°).

That is a highly impressive list for sea-level between latitudes 52°
and 48°, and, were I to include species like Lycopodium Selago, Scirpus
cespitosus var. callosus Bigel., Stellaria humifusa, Sedum roseum,
Empetrum nigrum and others which reach the New England coast, it
would be greatly extended (to 4915 percent of the entire flora of the
Archipelago, as enumerated by Simmons). Nor does this arctic
flora extend continuously from arctic Greenland or Ellesmereland to
western Newfoundland via the coast of Labrador. A large proportion
of the species are quite unknown on “the Labrador” from Nain
(approximately lat. 56°) southward and one or two are not even
known from the mountain walls and crests of northernmost Labrador
(the Kiglapaits and the Torngats): for example Taraxacum phy-
matocarpum (MAP 12). In describing a dramatic day in 1925 on
Burnt Cape (Pistolet Bay), where we first found the Greenland
Habenaria straminea (unknown between Greenland and northern
Newfoundland), I wrote: * When the scattered members of the party
assembled at the crest [alt. 223 ft. or 65 m.] . . . I was picking from
the crevices a Taraxacum which, in its small blackish involucres, was
unlike anything we had seen before. I made it out to be the
hyparetie T. phymatocarpum, known, as stated by Simmons, only in
“Northern Greenland, Ellesmereland," but subsequently found
southward to lat. 67° in Greenland and lat. 64? on Baffin Island.

Distrusting my own identification, for the species is not known on
Labrador, and in northwestern Newfoundland it is within only 223
feet (65 m.) of the sea, I divided the scanty material and sent some
to my friend, Dr. Handel-Mazzetti, at Vienna, whose Monographie der

»1

! REopona, xxviii. 103 (1926).

122 Rhodora [APRIL

Gattung Taraxacum (1907) had put the genus in order. His reply
was wholly corroborative and when, later, I sent a series to the great
Stockholm specialist, Dr. Dahlstedt, I also received a similar reply,
Dahlstedt referring “ No. 20254 ad T. phymatocarpum Vahl, verum."!

The contrast, then, between the bleak and rocky coastal rim
and foreland of western Newfoundland and the peaty tablelands is
complete. At both levels the ubiquitous Hudsonian and Canadian
types form a generalized background: a forest or scrub of Picea

Map 12. American Range of TARAXACUM PHYMATOCARPUM.

mariana and P. glauca Voss, Abies balsamea, Larix laricina, Betula
papyrifera and smaller species, Pyrus § Sorbus and Populus tac-
camahacca, with Alnus crispa (or its var. mollis), Salix (many species),
Ribes glandulosum, Viburnum pauciflorum, Potentilla fruticosa,
Lonicera villosa, ete., with the usual Canadian filicoid and herbaceous

1 The western Newfoundland and Gaspé collections contain much Tararacum
lapponicum Kihlm. In view of the present interpretation of the antiquity of the
flora of these areas it was reassuring that Dr. Dahlstedt should write (in lit. November
14, 1927): “It has been very interesting to find that T. lapponicum (=T. croceum Dt.)
is distributed also in arctic North America, This collective species . . . is
widely distributed in northern and alpine parts of Fennoskandia and occurs also on
Iceland and Greenland. It seems to me to be a very old species which surely in-
habited the recently covered countries long before the last Skandinavian glaciation.”

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 123

undergrowth; and the usual Canadian bog plants, with the addition
of the almost ubiquitous Betula Michauaii, the superabundant
Sanguisorba canadensis and the usually common Eriophorum spissum
var. erubescens Fern. With this very generalized element almost
everywhere, the truly distinctive floras are likely at first to remain
masked to the uninitiated; but, once the common run of generally
distributed and aggressive species is dismissed from consideration,
the flora of the West Coast otherwise quickly segregates into the two
contrasted elements which I have sufficiently emphasized: the arctic-
alpine dominant at sea-level, the austral dominant on peaty summit-
tablelands. The absence or great rarity of many, and often of all,
of the Coastal Plain plants at low altitudes from Cape St. George
northward is due, presumably, to the extensive calcareous area
which makes up most of the lower levels and to the highly magnesian
rock of portions of the Lewis Hills and Blomidon and between the
North Arm (of Bay of Islands) and Bonne Bay, these furnishing soils
toxic, or at least uninviting, to most of the Coastal Plain species.
Farther inland and southward, where granitic, gneissic and other
silicious rocks prevail, the plants of the acid peats of the tablelands
have found welcoming conditions at lower levels, southward even at
sea-level.

In an earlier paper, commenting on the close proximity, in some
areas, of the arctic and the austral elements in the flora, I said:
“Tn western Newfoundland, similarly, it is quite possible to stand on
rock-barrens carpeted with the arctic xerophytes . . . and, by
stepping a few feet into the adjacent bogs, meadows, brooksides or
thickets, to find one’s self in the midst of . . . plants of temperate
or even austral range. . . . This intimate commingling of
southern species (even Carolinian in some instances) with plants which
characterize the Arctic seems, in Newfoundland at least, to be due
to the differences of habitat which the two series affect. The arctic
types prevail on the dry rocks or on windswept crests, 7. e. they are
primarily controlled in their southern distribution by aridity and
bleakness, the climatic features most obviously distinguishing the
unglaciated Arctic areas. In describing the climate of the Arctic
[American] Archipelago, which, as we have seen, is essentially un-
glaciated, Simmons says, ‘The most prominent and important factor
I take its extreme dryness to be,’ and this is certainly the most prom-
inent factor in the isolated southern habitats of the arctic plants.

124 Rhodora [APRIL

But in Newfoundland, bogs, wet thickets, brooksides and meadows are
characterized by southern types and it is in such favorable habitats
that all notable extensions [northward] of southern species occur.’”!
Still later, in corroboration of Simmons’s statement, that on the
American Arctic Archipelago, “The most prominent and important
factor I take its extreme dryness to be,"? I quoted from Stefansson's
The Friendly Arctic, Chap. II: * Most of what little snow falls in the
far North is soon swept by the wind into the gullies and into the lee
of the hills, so that from seventy-five to ninety per cent. of the surface
of arctic land is comparatively free from snow at all seasons
a pebble the size of a plum lying on the ground would have more
than an even chance of being partly visible above the snow”; and
I further wrote: “If a purely botanical demonstration of the rarity
rather than the abundance of lakes and swamps [on the unglaciated
Arctic Archipelago] were needed an alert phytogeographer would
quickly detect it in the absence of freshwater hydrophytes. Simmons
admits 204 species of vascular plants to the flora of the Arctic Archi-
pelago, mostly extreme xerophytes, with no true hydrophytes:
no species of Isoëtes, Sparganium, Potamogeton, Callitriche, Myrio-
phyllum or Utricularia. Similarly, all these groups of aquatics
were quite unmentioned either in the detailed lists of the floras of
arctic Siberia and the Asiatic side of Bering Straits published by
Kjellman or in Lynge’s very exhaustive study of the Flora of Nova
Zembla, an arctic land which was untouched by the different advances
of the continental ice-sheets of Europe. But in glaciated Greenland
they all occur, there extending northward on the abundantly watered
foreland to points varying for the different species from lat. 68° to
72°. Furthermore, the boreal members of the great genus E pilobium
(excluding § Chamaenerium) are typically plants of wet habitats;
and, if the Arctic in general were as wet as Campbell and his out-
grown sources of information make out, we should expect these
wind-dispersed Epilobiums to be everywhere in the Arctic. In
wet Greenland they do occur, extending north to lat. 73°, but the
Nordenskióld expedition got none of them on the arctic coast of
Siberia (lat. 66°-77°) and Simmons could muster only a single doubt-
ful record for the entire Arctic Archipelago.''?

! Fernald, Mem. Am. Acad. xv. 332 (1925).

? Herman G. Simmons, A Survey of the Phytogeography of the Arctic Archipelago,
Lunds Univ. Ársskr. n. f. Afd. 2, Bd. 9, Nr. 19: 30 (1913).

? Fernald, Campbell's Outline of Plant Geography (Review), Ecology, vii. 513 (1926)

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 125

With the exception of three positive hydrophytes (Alopecurus
acqualis var. natans, Eriophorum Scheuchzeri and Ranunculus hy-
perboreus) and a few plants of damp pockets, meadows or shores
(Calamagrostis, Carex glareosa, bicolor, rariflora and microglochin,
Juncus albescens, Habenaria straminea, Thalictrum alpinum, Carda-
mine, Epilobium lactiflorum, Bartsia alpina, etc.), mostly plants of
Greenland rather than of the Arctic Archipelago, the truly Arctic
species (and their endemic relatives) in Newfoundland are chiefly
xerophytes and they are all plants of open and exposed habitats.
No better illustrations of the arid condition of this outer coast can be
given than the limestone barrens about Old Port au Choix or on
Pointe Riche. The vast extent and depth of the long-weathered
and superficially arid debris is beautifully exhibited on near-by St.
John’s Island (PLATE 235).!

The coast of western Newfoundland, although fringed late into the
spring with ice, which in winter has extended into the Gulf of St.
Lawrence or across the Straits of Belle Isle, is not sufficiently cold
to be comparable with the true Arctic; and it is decidedly warmer than
the north side of the Straits and the outer coast of Labrador, where
the south-flowing Labrador current carries icebergs and drift-ice far
into the summer. It would seem, then, that the persistence of so
extensive an element of the Arctic flora along the outer coast of
western Newfoundland is due more to the aridity and the calcareous
nature of the exposed ledges and the deep mantle of weathered
debris than to low temperature; and that the flora of the rock barrens
of the coast of western Newfoundland is largely composed of Arctic
species because on these barrens are found arid conditions and cal-
'areous soils comparable with those of much of the Arctie Archipe-
lago where, as Simmons and others before him have pointed out,
aridity is "the most prominent and important factor." Since the
long-weathered superficial soils have, by continuous leaching, lost
much of their alkalinity and have developed carpets of ancient acid
peats, oxylophytes, such as Hierochloe alpina, Carex concolor, Juncus
trifidus, Salix Uva-ursi, Potentilla tridentata, Empetrum nigrum,
Loiseleuria procumbens and Diapensia lapponica, are not excluded.
They, also, are xerophytes and unless the weathered and leached
limestones were arid we should scarcely look for them there.

1 Other illustrations of this arid mantle at sea-level are in Ruopora, xxviii. t. 153,
fig. 2 and t. 154, fig. 3 (1926).

126 Rhodora [APRIL

The excessive dwarfing and crowding of internodes, as well as
reduction of leaves and increase of blanket-coats of trichomes or
other xerophytic modifications of high-arctie and high-alpine plants
are familiar to every one. In eastern America it is quite unneces-
sary, however, to go either to the Arctic or to the alpine summits
to get the most beautiful illustrations of such nanism. . At sea-
level in western Newfoundland (in the latitudes of London, Paris,
Berlin, Vienna, Winnipeg, Duluth and Vancouver) the arid limestone
gravels supply endless fascinating illustrations (PLATES 239 and 240).
Solidago macrophylla, the woodland species of southern Canada and
the mountain woods of the northern states, where it attains a height
of a meter or more, wandering out to the dry barrens of Newfoundland,
will flower when only 3 em. high (PLATE 239, FIG. 1). Senecio pauper-
culus, in New England and Pennsylvania often 5 or 6 dm. high and
with 15-20 heads, is the tiniest of dwarfs (PLATE 239, FIG. 2) on far-
from-rich Pointe Riche. Saxifraga oppositifolia, which, on the damp
walls of the Green Mts., may trail as broad carpets, with internodes
up to 1 em. long and flower-stalks twice as long, on these arid barrens
has densely crowded leaves and sessile flowers (PLATE 239, FIG. 3).
On cool and damp walls in western Newfoundland and eastern Quebec
Saxifraga cespitosa L. often has its tufts (cespites) of leaves lax and
elongate (up to 1 dm. long), with the thin and fan-like leaves 2 em.
or more long, with scapes up to 2 dm. high. Not so on the extremest
of arid sea-shore barrens of Newfoundland (as at Plum Point) where
the mats (PLATE 239, FIG. 4) are positively absurd in their condensa-
tion. Willows and birches, which in damp and sheltered thickets
reach heights of 1—3 m., on these barrens are absolutely prostrate,
with stout and ancient matted trunks and marvellously reduced
foliage. Potentilla fruticosa, “Widdy,” which, on damp barrens of
Newfoundland, forms knee-high to waist-high dense thickets, abun-
dant and coarse enough to be used as emergency fire-wood,! wanders
out to dry barrens and becomes almost unrecognizable (PLATE 240,
FIG. 1). Potentilla nivea, on damp or turfy slopes of Newfoundland
or Gaspé often forming loose mats, with leaflets 2.5-3 cm. long,
is forced to struggle on the dry gravels, making wonderful little
columns (PLATE 240, FIG. 2) dating back a full half-century (as shown
by the marcescent bases of old rosettes) and with tap-roots de-

! When I asked a native of Bonavista Bay how they prepare ‘‘Widdy”’ for fire-
wood, he replied: ‘‘ We rips up de whole tree, roots and all.”

1933] Fernald,—Hecent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 127

scending straight down for 3 or 4 dm. So with Lesquerella (PLATE
240, FIG. 3), the plants reduced to ancient obconic crowns. The suc-
culent (and edible) Roseroot, Sedum roseum, on damp rocks growing
strong, with many stems 2-3 dm. high and leaves 2-3 em. long, can
stand hard conditions; but the most arid barrens reduce it to a
stature often of only 3 em. Draba incana L., given a good oppor-
tunity, grows 3 dm. high, with large scattered leaves; but, like the
Sedum, it can maintain itself on the driest of Newfoundland barrens
by condensation to a height of 2 cm. (PLATE 239, FIG. 5). Seaside
Plantain, Plantago juncoides Lam. (decipiens Barneoud), which in
favorable conditions may have leaves 2 dm. long and 1 em. or more
broad, with scapes 2 dm. high and spikes 1 dm. long, is almost too
minute (PLATE 240, FIG. 4) to be seen in the dry gravel. Poa alpina
has the leaves distichous, at least theoretically; but the character
is often not easily seen in the lush plants of mountain meadows and
wet rocks, plants up to 6.5 dm. high, with broad leaves half as long
and pyramidal panicles often 1 dm. in diameter. When, however, P.
alpina gets into the driest of barrens it cuts out all overgrowth and
the strongly marked distichous character of the foliage becomes em-
phasized (PLATE 240, ria. 5). Euphrasia, too, although annual, re-
sponds quickly to the arid habitat. On shores with plenty of mois-
ture E. purpurea var. Farlowii may be loosely branched and 1 dm.
high, with internodes 1 em. long. On the dry barrens, however, it is
content with a full height of 1 or 2 em.

Already nearly half the known species of the Arctic American
Archipelago are known from sea-level in western Newfoundland. In
view of the fact that in many cases these species are known only as
the rarest of localized relics and in view, furthermore, of the vast
extent of unexplored barrens on the West Coast, it should not surprise
us if, eventually, practically the complete Arctic American flora is
found to grow in this arid section of temperate North America.

Part III. Some Taxonomic RESULTS OF RECENT COLLECTIONS
IN NEWFOUNDLAND.

In the following notes range-extensions chiefly of considerable mag-
nitude are recorded; and, since it has been imperative to study anew
many groups, the revisions of such as are largely represented in New-
foundland are included. Some groups, however, still under revision
or awaiting fuller study, are necessarily omitted. Besides our own

128 Rhodora [APRIL

collections a few others of special note should be mentioned. Mrs.
Sinclair Kennedy (Rachel B. Kennedy) has already reported! on
some of her discoveries in southwestern Newfoundland; Mrs. George
W. Jeffers (Anne M. Jeffers) collected in 1929 about Raleigh, on
Pistolet Bay, and added materially to our knowledge of that fascina-
ting region; Mrs. Harold Ayre (Agnes M. Ayre) has been very active
on the Avalon Peninsula, where she has added some very striking
Atlantic European species to the known flora of Newfoundland; in
1930, Mr. K. P. Jansson spent considerable time in the region of
Millertown, near where one of my parties had done extensive bota-
nizing in 1911, and, afterward, in a brief trip to Bonne Bay, he added
two species to the Newfoundland flora. Some of the more significant
of these discoveries by others are added to our own.?

WoopsiA ALPINA (Bolton) S. F. Gray. To the very few Newfound-
land stations add the following. Bonne Bay: limestone rocks near
crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1115.

W. GLABELLA R. Br. The following are new stations. Bonne BAY:
crevices of limestone cliffs, very scarce, Tucker’s Head, and crevice of
limestone cliff opposite Lomond, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1117,
1118. LOWER HUMBER VALLEY: very rare, crevices of dry limestone,
Hannah’s Head, no. 1116.

THELYPTERIS NOVEBORACENSIS (L.) Nieuwl. The northern limit
in Newfoundland seems to be at Bonne Bay: boggy spruce thickets
near Winterhouse Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1125.

T. RosEnTIANA (Hoffm.) Slosson. Apparently more frequent on
limestones of the West Coast than previously supposed. The follow-
ing are the new stations. Sr. Jonn Bay: wooded talus of limestone
cliff, Crow's Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1129. Bonne Bay:
talus of limestone cliffs near Stanleyville, no. 1130; bushy talus of
limestone cliff, Lord-and-Lady Cove, no. 1131. Bay or IsLANps:
turf over limestone talus, Druid’s (or Raglan) Head, no. 1127; spruce
thicket at base of limestone cliff west of Big Barachois, no. 1128.
Lower HUMBER VALLEY: crevices of dry limestone, Hannah’s Head,
no. 1126. Plant gummy, aromatic; large plants more than 4 dm. high,
with fronds 2 dm. broad.

T. cristata (L.) Nieuwl. A new northeastern limit is the follow-
ing. Sr. Jonn Bay: bushy swale back of Eddy’s (or Old Man's) Cove,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1135. Plants fruiting but very small, up to
2.2 dm. high.

*ATHYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA (L.) Roth, var. strcHENSE Rupr. See
Butters, RHODORA, xix. 204 (1917). Collections of 1923, misidentified

1 Some Additions to the Newfoundland Flora, Ruopona, xxxii. 3—4 (1930); Further
Notes from Southwestern Newfoundland, Ruopona, xxxiii, 207—209, tt. 216, 217 (1931).

? [n the following notes species not previously recorded from Newfoundland are
indicated by an asterisk,

Rhodora Plate 240

NANISM AT SEALEVEL IN WESTERN NEWFOUNDLAND: FIG. 1, POTENTILLA FRUTICOSA}
FIG. 2, P. NIVEA; FIG. 2, LESQUERELLA ARCTICA, var. Pursuit; FIG. 4, PLANTAGO JUN-
COIDES, var. GLAUCA; FIG. 5, POA ALPINA.

Rhodora Plate 241

MUHLENBERGIA UNIFLORA, Var. TERRAE-NOVAE: FIG. 1, habit, X 1; ria. 2, spikelet,
x 10.

FESTUCA PROLIFERA, Var. LASIOLEPIS, TYPE collection: FIG. 3, habit, X 1; FIG. 4,
spikelet, X 4.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 129

and distributed as A. angustum, var. rubellum, prove to be this char-
acteristic plant of northwestern America. The Newfoundland sta-
tions follow. HricnuraNps or Sr. JoHN: thickets below limestone
escarpment, western face of Bard Harbor Hill, Fernald & Long, no.
27,240; steep springy quartzite banks of brook, Southwest Gulch,
Bard Harbor Hill, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no.
27,241.

The only other stations known in eastern North America are on the
Shickshock Mts. of Gaspé and Matane Cos., Quebec. Mar 13.

A. ALPESTRE (Hoppe) Rylands. The plant of Bard Harbor Hill
reported in RHopora, xxviii. 148 (1926) as var. americanum seems to
be nearer the typical European A. alpestre (See Fernald, RHODORA,
xxx. 47, 48, tt. 165, 166 (1928) ). The following is an addition to the

NN Oke N J COPS / ys /
\ n S NI G&F / /
Va" 9 g N / M
ZX PITT KL Ld
AAAS hs
/ Y Y, L / X / y
N / 5x "ex
Lr [i Nae

/
4 U
S P.
» Y
vA SX

As
* V
ah Li ir

Map 13. Range of ATHYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA, Var. SITCHENSE.

Newfoundland collections there cited. HIGHLANDS or Sr. JOHN: wet
quartzite rocks along Yellow Brook, Doctor Hill, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 1153.

ADIANTUM PEDATUM L., var. ALEUTICUM Rupr. Typical, especially
of magnesian rock, near the West Coast. The following are recent
new stations. Bonne Bay: wet rocks by waterfall, Shoal Brook,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1163; talus of limestone cliff opposite
Lomond, no. 1164. Bav or IsLANnps: wet depressions and borders of
rills, serpentine ridge, North Arm, and dry serpentine ridge, North
Arm, Long & Fogg, nos. 6 and 8; by rill, serpentine ledges, Red Rocks,
Lark Mountain, Fernald, no. 7.

Typical Adiantum pedatum is unknown in Newfoundland, although,
through confusion of the French Capillaire (Adiantum Capuillus-
Veneris) with the Newfoundland CaPrLLAIRE or MAIDENHAIR BERRY,

130 Rhodora [APRIL

Chiogenes hispidula of the Ericaceae, it has been reported. "hus, Sir
Richard Bonnycastle, writing of Newfoundland plants with assurance
but with “first-hand unfamiliarity ” with them, naively stated: “The
maiden hair (adiantum pedatum) is a little trailing plant, seeking
sheltered places, and is one of the most beautiful of the family of
filices, or ferns. It bears a little fruit, white, and like an ant’s egg,
which contains so much saccharine matter as to be lusciously sweet
when made into a jam or preserve. It is occasionally brought to
families here by the girls who follow the berry-picking trade; but it
is preserved and not used for capillaire, as in Canada [referring to
medicinal use of Adiantum]."

Borrycuium SIMPLEX E. Hitche. Apparently rare in Newfound-
land, but more probably overlooked. The following are recent col-
leetions. Bav or IstaNps: dry gravelly slope, Lark Harbor, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 18; turfy pasture-slope, Curling, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 1171; sterile turfy slope, Petrie's, Fernald & Long, no. 1172.

*B. ANGUSTISEGMENTUM (Pease & Moore) Fernald, RHODORA,
xvii. 87 (1915). Bay or Israxps: very scarce, on sterile turfy slope,
Petrie’s, Fernald & Long, no. 1174, growing with B. simplex and D.
matricariaefolium A. Br.; the station, indicated to us by Mr. Frank
Morris, the first east of central New Brunswick. See p. 95.

EQUISETUM PRATENSE Ehrh. Reported for the first time in New-
foundland in Ruopora, xxviii. 149 (1926), from St. John Bay. Ex-
tending south at least to Bay or IsLanps: thicket near Morley’s Pond,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1182.

LYCOPODIUM cLavatum L. The northern known limit on the West
Coast is on Sr. Jonn Bay: spruce thicket on dry heath-barren south-
west of Port au Choix, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1191.

L. osscurum L. The northern known limit on the West Coast is
on Bonne Bay: dry spruce woods, Island Cove, Main (or East) Arm,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1193.

L. SABINAEFOLIUM Willd., var. srrcHENSE (Rupr.) Fern. RHODORA,
xxv. 166 (1923). The northernmost station known on the West
Coast is on Bonne Bay: peaty and turfy upper quartzite slope (alt.
600-650 m., Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1195.

*L. COMPLANATUM L., var. CANADENSE Victorin, Contrib. Lab. Bot.
Univ. Montréal, no. iii. 70 (1925). Bay or IstANDs: peaty and grav-
elly thicket, French (or Tweed) Island, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 34.

L. rrisracuyuM Pursh. The northern known limit on the West
Coast is in the Lower HumBer VALLEY: dry limestone gravel, Han-
nah's Head, Fernald & Long, no. 1196.

Pinus Srrosus L. The northern limit on the West Coast seems to
be at Bonne Bay, where, we are told, it has been common on sheltered
areas. The extraordinary *f. prosrrata (Mast.) Fern. & Weath.,

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 131

Ruopora, xxxiv. 168 (1932), occurs on the bleak serpentine moun-
tains of Bay or IsLANDs: Blomidon, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,032;
North Arm, Long & Fogg, no. 37. See p. 11.

TYPHA LATIFOLIA L. Bonne Bay: bushy margin of open savannah
near mouth of Main River, plants all sterile, Fernald & Long, no. 1202.

Said by Mr. W. A. Preble to be abundant, and regularly harvested
for “flags” in barrel-making, at Baker Brook, 12 miles north of Bonne
Bay. See p. 90.

SPARGANIUM MULTIPEDUNCULATUM (Morong) Rydb. See Fernald,
Ruopora, xxvii. 190 (1925). To the two recorded stations in New-
foundland add the following. AvaLon PENINSULA: 20-Mile Pond
(Windsor Lake), A. M. Ayre. Bay or IstANps: marshy border of
pond at foot of serpentine ridge, North Arm, Long & Fogg, no. 42.

POTAMOGETON CONFERVOIDES Reichenb. The northernmost known
stations are at Bonne Bay: shallow pools in bog-barrens at 400—550
m. alt., tableland of Lookout Mountain, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.
1206; alpine ponds, July 28, 1930, K. P. Jansson. See p. 85.

P. cRAMINEUS L., var. SPATHULAEFORMIS Robbins. ‘To the very
few Newfoundland stations add Sr. Jonn Bay: shallow marl-pond in
limestone barren, Eastern Point, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1209.

P. rRAELONGUS Wulfen. To the small number of Newfoundland
stations add Bay or Istanps: Morley's Pond, Fernald, Long & Fogg,
no. 1211. See p. 14.

P. BUPLEUROIDES Fern. The northernmost known station is at the
head of Bonne Bay: brackish tidal mud-flats at mouth of Main
River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1212.

*RUPPIA MARITIMA L., var. OBLIQUA (Schur) Aschers. & Graebn.
See Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xvi. 123 (1914). Bonne Bay:
brackish tidal mud-flats at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 1214. See p. 91.

*R. MARITIMA, var. INTERMEDIA (Thedenius) Aschers. & Graebn.
See Fernald & Wiegand, |. c. 124 (1914). Bonne Bay: with the latter
in brackish tidal mud at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg,
no. 1215.

Heretofore known in eastern North America only from Rimouski
Co., Quebec (Trois Pistoles, Fernald & Pease, no. 24,826). See p. 91.

*R. MARITIMA, var. BREVIROSTRIS Agardh. See Fernald & Wiegand,
l. e. Bonne Bay: with the two preceding, brackish tidal mud-flats
at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1216.

Heretofore known in America only from pools on the Cóte Nord,
the Mingan Islands and the Magdalen Islands. See p. 91.

*R. MARITIMA, var. ROSTRATA Agardh. See Fernald & Wiegand, l. c.
125. Disrricr or BunGEO AND La Porte: pool in brackish sand
back of Sand Bank, west of Burgeo, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 47.
Bay or Isuanps: brook in salt marsh, Lark Harbor, no. 46.

132 Rhodora [APRIL

SCHEUCHZERIA PALUSTRIS L., var. AMERICANA Fernald, Ruopora,
xxv. 178 (1923). The northernmost known station in Newfoundland
is on BONNE Bay: open savannah near mouth of Main River, Fernald
& Long, no. 1221.

FESTUCA CAPILLATA Lam. As already noted, F. capillata is a part
of the indigenous flora of southern Newfoundland, already recorded
from southeastern and southwestern districts. An intermediate sta-
tion is in BuRGEO AND La Porte: dry peaty crests of gneiss hills near
Sand Bank, west of Burgeo, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 57.

FESTUCA RUBRA L. This complex species (often treated as several
species) is highly developed in Newfoundland. As an aid to identifica-
tion of these diverse plants the following key to those occurring in
eastern America is proposed. :

a. Foliage comparatively soft, not strongly whitened (except in f.

glaucescens) . . . . b.
b. Lemmas glabrous, scabrous or merely strigose-hirsute: pani-
cles up to 2.3 dm. long, often with elongate branches. . . .c.
c. Basal leaves setaceous or linear-involute, 0.5-1 mm. in di-

ameter....d.
d. Basal offshoots all or in great part divergent or decum-

bent, forming loose mats. .. .e.
e. Lemmas distinctly awned. . . .f.
f. Lemmas glabrous. . . .g.

=

g. Spikelets 7-10 mm. long, with 3-7 florets: 2d
glume 3-4.5 mm. long: body of Ist lemma 4-6

mm. long.
Foliage green... nonna aaa F. rubra (typical).
Foliage whitish...........000..0.0.0.... Forma glaucescens.

g. Spikelets 1-1.7 em. long, with 6-10 florets: 2d
glume 4-6 mm. long: body of Ist lemma 6-8

mm. 6) a en Forma megastachys.
J. Lemmas puberulent or strigose-hirsute...... Forma squarrosa.
e. Lemmas awnless or merely mucronate.............. Var. mutica.

d. Basal offshoots all erect, intravaginal, with leaves mostly
elongate (1.5-6 dm.) and erect: culms tall (2.5-9 dm.)
Var. commutata.
c. Basal and cauline leaves all flat, 1.5-3 mm. broad: spike-
lets 1-1.7 em. long, 6-10-flowered: body of Ist lemma
5.5-7 mm. long..........0 00.00.0000... s ee ee Var. multiflora.

glabrous....... eese eese. Var. juncea.

F. RUBRA (typical). Turfy, gravelly or rocky slopes and shores,
or in mossy bogs and thickets, common (except on the highest sum-
mits) throughout Newfoundland. Forma GLAUCESCENS (Hartm.)
Holmb., not yet noted. Forma squarrosa (Fries) Holmb. (Var. sub-
villosa Mert. & Koch). Bav or IstANps: Wild Cove, Waghorne, no.
39; cliffs near Frenchman's Cove, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,096.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 133

Forma MEGAsTACHYS (Gaud.) Holmb. Norre Dame Bay: Baccalieu
Island, July, 1902, Sornborger; shores of Pike’s Arm, Fernald, Wiegand
& Bartram, no. 4662.

*F. RUBRA, var. MUTICA Hartm. Extending from Greenland south
to Newfoundland, Anticosti and the Gaspé Peninsula. EXPLOITS
VALLEY: railroad gravel, Millertown Junction, Fernald, Wiegand &
Darlington, no. 4658. HiGHLANDs oF Sr. JOHN: springy cliffs and
talus above Overfall of Deer Pond Brook, Wiegand, Gilbert and Hotch-
kiss, no. 27,376.

*F. RUBRA, var. COMMUTATA Gaud. (Var. fallax (Thuill.) Hackel).
ExPLorrs VALLEY: portage route from Depot Camp on Mary Ann
Lake to Junction Brook, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 4661;
: gravelly bank near Rushy Pond, Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram &
Darlington, no. 4667. Bay or IsLANnDs: boggy meadows and wet
grassy slopes, Birchy Cove (Curling), Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge,
no. 2672.

*F. RUBRA, var. MULTIFLORA (Hoffm.) Aschers. & Graebn. AVALON
PENINSULA: gravelly railroad bank between Waterford Bridge and
St. John’s, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4666. Ha-Ha Bay: strand south
of Raleigh, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,375. Bay or ISLANDS:
woods and thickets on slaty brookside, Curling, Fernald, Long & Fogg,
no. 1230.

*F. RUBRA, var. ARENARIA (Osbeck) Fries. AvALON PENINSULA:
damp mossy or turfy hollows on hill south of St. John’s, Fernald &
Wiegand, no 4664. VALLEY OF GANDER RIVER: dry gravelly bank, Glen-
wood, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 4607. Bonne Bay: lime-
stone ledges and talus, Shag Cliff, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1233. Bay
oF ISLANDS: turfy spots on slaty calcareous talus, Cutwater Head,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1231; meadow on Governor Island, Eames &
Godfrey, no. 5872.

*F. RUBRA, var. JUNCEA (Hackel) Richter. AvALON PENINSULA:
rocky soil, base of cliff, Bell Island, Conception Bay, Howe & Lang,
no. 1283. Bonner Bay: serpentine tableland, Bonne Bay, Fernald,
Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 2669. Bay or IsLANDs: gravelly shore,
Blomidon Brook, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,095. Bay Sr. GEORGE:
Barachois Brook, R. B. Kennedy, no. 37.

Festuca prolifera (Piper), comb, nov. F. rubra prolifera Piper,
Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. x. 21 (1906). Map 14.

The alpine plant of the highest mountains of New Hampshire,
Maine, Quebec and Newfoundland (as well as lower stations on the
limestones of Gaspé, Anticosti and Newfoundland) has never seemed
to me like a mere viviparous state of the lowland Festuca rubra L., a
species which abounds at sea-level and primarily on silicious soils
throughout the coastal area from Labrador to New Jersey and even to
the Carolinas. Yet, when he published it as a subspecies Piper hesi-
tated to accord it rank higher than a “state” of F. rubra.

134 Rhodora [APRIL

The plant of the White Mountains which has been referred to F.
ovina vivipara L. is in reality a viviparous form or state of F. rubra,
differing only in its viviparous spikelets. It is said to be the only
form of the plant in the White Mountains, and while properly a
state rather than a subspecies, may be named as above. It seems
surprising that no similar form occurs in Europe.

Since Piper wrote the above paragraph I have had much experience
with the alpine plant. In its reddish and membranaceous basal
sheaths coarsely ribbed and quickly disintegrating into loose fibers
and its usually loose habit of growth, it is certainly nearer to the com-
plex Festuca rubra L. than to F. ovina L. and the other eastern North
American relatives of F. ovina, F.
brachyphylla Schultes, F. vivipara
(L.) Sm.! and F. capillata Lam., in
all of which the basal sheaths are
whitish and coriaceous, scarcely
costate and not readily disinte-
grating. In the latter group of
species (Sect. Ovinae, subsect. In-
travaginales Hackel) the anthers

are only one-third to one-half as
long as the palea; in F. ovina 2.5-3
mm. long, in F. brachyphylla 0.51
mm., in F. vivipara unknown, in
F. capillata 1.5-2 mm. F. rubra,
however, in its multiform varia-
Map 14- Range of Fistvoa tions has the anthers longer, one-

PROLIFERA. half to three-fourths the length
of the palea, in our eastern Ameri-

an varieties 2.5-4:5 mm. long.

Ordinarily the alpine Festuca prolifera of calcareous to cireumneu-
tral areas does not bear fertile spikelets, but in 1929, on the limestone
cliffs about Bonne Bay in Newfoundland, Messrs. Long, Fogg and I
were fortunate enough to secure it with the normal simple racemes of
viviparous spikelets mixed on some individuals with non-viviparous
spikelets bearing anthers. The well developed anthers are only 1.5-2
mm. long; and the well developed lemmas are awnless, either quite
muticous or merely attenuate to pointed, but not with awned tips.
Similar lemmas are found on all specimens in which they have not

1 For note on the specific distinctions of F. vivipara see Fernald, Ruovora, xxviii:
151 (1926).

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 135

changed to leafy tufts and in texture they are decidedly more mem-
branaceous than in F. rubra. The latter species, except in rare cases
(in which, however, the large anthers are regularly developed) has
distinetly awned lemmas. In F. rubra, likewise, the inflorescence in
all well developed plants is clearly a panicle, with at least the lower
branches forking, bearing 9-70 firm spikelets, or in some of the
arctic forms with the spikelets closely crowded. In F. prolifera, on
the other hand, the inflorescence is a simple flexuous raceme of 3 to
8 spikelets, the lowest branch rarely bearing a second sessile spikelet.

With many morphological characters and great constancy and with a
very definite restriction to cold or alpine habitats in calcareous or
other basic or neutral soils, Festuca prolifera seems to be a clear-cut
endemic species of eastern North America. In its basal sheaths and
loosely cespitose to subrepent habit it is related to F. rubra. In its
awnless and membranous lemmas and in its almost uniformly pro-
liferous habit it is close to F. vivipara, which reaches its southern
limit at the northern limit of F. prolifera (the Shichshock Mts. and
western Newfoundland). In its membranous and awnless lemmas
it is similar, also, to F. brachyphylla, which extends south to western
Newfoundland, the Shickshock Mts. and northern Vermont, but which
has the basal sheaths of F. ovina and the anthers only 0.5-1 mm.
long. In size of anther F. prolifera matches F. capillata but there the
resemblance ceases, F. capillata with the sheaths of F. ovina, densely
cespitose habit, and short coriaceous or chartaceous tightly inrolled
lemmas.

Festuca prolifera occurs in two extremes: the typical plant of the
White Mountains and the Gaspé Peninsula, as well as southwestern
Newfoundland, with glabrous spikelets; and the more northern plant
(of midwestern Newfoundland and Anticosti), with lemmas pilose.
The two extremes are represented by the following collections.

F. PROLIFERA (typical) Spikelets glabrous.—NEWFOUNDLAND:
shelves of limestone cliff, Druid's (or Raglan) Head, Bay of Islands,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1235; talus slope of the marble region
between Mt. Musgrave and Humbermouth, Fernald, Wiegand &
Kittredge, no. 2670, in part (mixed with F. brachyphylla); dry lime-
stone barrens, upper slopes and tablelands, alt. 200—300 m., Table
Mt., Port au Port Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 2668
(transition to var. lastolepis), Fernald & St. John, no. 10,788. Qur-
BEC: abrupt western calcareous slopes, alt. 1000-1100 m., Tabletop
Mts., Fernald & Collins, no. 364; wet rocks and chimneys, alt. 825-
1125 m., Northeast Branch of R. Ste. Anne des Monts, Tabletop Mts.,

136 Rhodora [APRIL

Fernald, Dodge & Smith, no. 25,433; gravelly and sandy beaches and
bars, R. Ste. Anne des Monts, Fernald & Collins, no. 415; damp rocks,
waterfall of Ouillet Brook, Mt. Fortin, Fernald & Pease, no. 24,904;
wet calcareous cliffs and ledges, northern base of Mt. Collins, Fernald,
Griscom, Mackenzie, Pease & Smith, no. 25,431; dry talus and ledges
of green schists, alt. 900-1125 m., Hanging Valley, Mt. Pembroke,
Griscom & Pease, no. 25,432; cold chimneys in the schists at about
900-1000 m. alt., Fernald Pass, Mt. Mattaouisse, Fernald & Smith,
no. 25,434. Marne: slide, West Wall of North Basin, Mt. Katahdin,
July 13, 1900, Fernald. New HawrsurnE: in alpinis Montium Al-
borum, Wm. Oakes; White Mountains, in alpibus cum Ozyria, Tucker-
man; alpine brooks, Mt. Washington, September 2, 1877, Pringle
(TYPE-COLLECTION) ; Gulf of Mexico, Mt. Washington, August 5, 1855,
Wm. Boott; Great Gulf, Mt. Washington, July 29, 1887, Faxon, July
7, 1895, Kennedy, Churchill, August 10, 1896, Faxon; head of Great
Gulf, alt. 5500 ft., Pease, no. 12,878; Alpine Garden above Raymond's
Cascade, Mt. Washington, August 5, 1897, E. F. Williams.

*Var. lasiolepis, var. nov. (ras. 241, FIGs. 3 and 4), lemmatibus
pilosis.—Calcareous region of western Newfoundland and Anticosti Is-
land. NEWFOUNDLAND: limestone cliffs near Stanleyville, Bonne Bay,
August 9, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1236 (ryPE in Gray Herb.,
some spikelets fertile); talus of limestone cliff opposite Lomond,
Bonne Bay, August 19, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1237; turfy
slopes below limestone crests (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, no. 1238; dry
humus over limestone ledges and shingle, Hannah's Head, lower
Humber valley, July 12, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1242. Quer-
BEC: Rivière Vaureal, Anticosti, 28 juillet 1925, Victorin, Rolland-
Germain & Louis-Marie, no. 20,578; humus humide sur le calcaire,
R. au Fusil, Anticosti, 19 août 1926, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,775;
dans l'humus humide calcaire, R. Jupiter, Anticosti, 12 aoüt 1926,
Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,776 (passing to typical F. prolifera);
cailloutis calcaires, R. Galiote, Anticosti, 14 août 1926, Victorin &
Rolland, no. 24,782; sur les platiéres récentes, avec Braya humilis,
ete., R. Chicotte, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,872; le long des
rivages calcaires, R. de la Chute, Anticosti, 21 juillet 1927, Victorin &
Rolland, no. 27,884; sur les platiéres en haut des gorges, R. au Fusil,
Anticosti, 20 juillet 1927, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,885.

Poa taxa Haenke. An additional station on the HIGHLANDS OF
Sr. JOHN: quartzite cliffs and ledges of Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill, Fer-
nald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1252, 1253. See p. 58.

P. TRIVIALIS L. As stated on p. 83, Poa trivialis has every appear-
ance of being indigenous (though sometimes also introduced) in New-
foundland. Near the West Coast it is typical of peaty openings,
glades or shores as well as on cliffs and talus or around springy spots.

P. sauruENsSIS Fern. & Wieg., var. MicROLEPIS Fern. & Wieg.
RHODORA, xx. 124 (1918). The northern limit seems to be on BONNE
Bav: woods and thickets near mouth of Middle Brook, Fernald, Long
& Fogg, no. 1275.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 137

DACTYLIS GLOMERATA L. In eastern North America the Eurasian
Orchard Grass is thoroughly naturalized. Three of the varieties
occur with us (two of them in Newfoundland, the third likely to be
found there). Typical D. GLOMERATA, common near settlements as
far north as Bonne Bay, has the glumes and lemmas with long-ciliate
keels but glabrous backs. Var. ciliata Peterm. (not yet known in
Newfoundland) is similar, but with glumes and lemmas pubescent on
the back.

*D. GLOMERATA, var. DETONSA Fries. Keels merely scabrous or
short-hispid, not long-ciliate. Bonne Bay: swale at old camp-site,
mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1276. Probably
introduced in hay or straw, and presumably more generally natural-
ized.

CYNOSURUS CRISTATUS L.

In his unpublished manuscript, Issa sur la Flore de Terre-Neuve et
des Iles St. Pierre et Miclon, based on his collections made from 1816-
1820, and preserved in the general library of the Muséum d'Histoire
Naturelle at Paris, where I had the privilege of consulting it in Sep-
tember, 1930, through the great kindness of the Chief Librarian, Dr.
Léon Bultingaire, and his very helpful assistant, Mme. de Mouricaud,
Bachelot de la Pylaie seemed to regard Cynosurus as indigenous in
Newfoundland and the French Islands: “ Cette espèce croît à l'ile St.
Pierre dans les terrains inférieurs, parmi les autre graminées qui
forment des espéces du prairieux naturelles: elle se trouve aussi à
Terre-neuve dans semblables localités, le long des ruisseaux et des
rivières, au bord des bois." The numerous collections from about the
Bay of Islands and from the Avalon Peninsula (Mrs. A yre) seem to be
introductions; and Brother Arsène considered it (RHODORA, xxix. 207)
an introduction on St. Pierre et Miquelon.

In the same manuscript La Pylaie recorded *MoriNIA CAERULEA
(L.) Moench as a native of boggy barrens near the West Coast, saying
(under Melica caerulea L.) : “ Cette plante croit dans les landes dures et
marécagueses qui se trouvent sur la côte occidentale de Terre-neuve,
à une certain distance du rivage: elle est rare. . . La plante ne
différe pas de celle qui eroit en Europe." As yet this rare species has
not been rediscovered in western Newfoundland but the habitat is
right for Molinia, which should confidently be sought.

CATABROSA AQUATICA (L.) Beauv., var. laurentiana, var. nov.
(TAB. 242, FIGS. 3 and 4), foliis caulinis subacutis vel obtusis nec apice
rotundatis; culmo valde grosseque sulcato; paniculis contractis lan-

ceolatis vel anguste ovoideis 2-16 em. longis 1-8 cm. diametro, in-
ternodiis imis 0.7-3 cm. longis, ramis horizontaliter patentibus ad

138 Rhodora [APRIL

basin versus floriferis; spiculis ochroleucis vel purpurascentibus 1-2-
floris; lemmatibus 2-3 mm. longis.—Springs, rills, pools and fresh
to brackish marshes, near the coast, southeastern Labrador, New-
foundland, southeastern Quebec, Magdalen Islands, Prince Edward
Island and northeastern New Brunswick. LABRADOR: Seal Islands,
1900, E. B. Delabarre. NEwrouNpLAND: swaley margin of pool in
limestone barrens, Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long &
Dunbar, no. 26,286; turfy and gravelly beaten paths (stunted indi-
vuals), Flower Cove, Fernald & Long, no. 27,434; borders of springs
at foot of limestone sea-cliffs, base of Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 1277; wet runs and boggy spots in limestone barrens, near
sea-level, Ingornachoix Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 2601;
boggy brooklet, Channel, Howe & Lang, no. 811; cold spring-ditch,
Port aux Basques, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,285. QUEBEC:
wet places, Blanc Sablon (“Labrador”), Fernald & Wiegand, no.
2600; springy marsh near the shore, Harrington, St. John, no. 90,142;
sur les rivages calcaires, Pointe-aux-Ammonites, Victorin & Rolland,
no. 18,225; rivages du lac Salé, Ile à la Chasse, Archipel de Mingan,
Victorin & Rolland, no. 25,881; le long de la petite rivière, Pointe de
l'Est, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,800; cold brook at edge
of salt marsh, Ste. Anne des Monts, Collins & Fernald, no. 28; border
of salt marsh, Capucins, July 28, 1922, Fernald & Pease, no. 24,867
(rvPE in Gray Herb.); abundant in a cold brook, mouth of Bona-
venture River, July 31, 1902, Williams & Fernald; August 2, 3 & 4,
1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; springy holes at edge of salt marsh,
Dic, Fernald & Collins, no. 872; brackish shore, Cacouna, Victorin, no.
595; shore of St. Lawrence, Temiscouata, August 7, 1879, Pringle;
vicinity of Cap à l' Aigle, J. Macoun, no. 68,967. MAGDALEN ISLANDS:
brook in springy marsh and wet sand, Grindstone Island, Fernald,
Bartram, Long & St. John, nos. 6882, 6883; sur les dunes humides,
Ile du Hávre-au-Ber, Victorin & Rolland, no. 9040. Prince EDWARD
IsLAND: cold springy shore, Southport, Fernald & St. John, no. 6881;
spring-fed marsh, Southport, Fernald & St. John, in Pl. Exsice. Gray.
no. 121. New Brunswick: fresh to brackish marshy ground, Dal-
housie, Fernald & Pease, no. 24,868.

I am unable to place the plant of cold springs, rills and pools in
eastern Canada, Newfoundland and Labrador with any of the de-
scribed variations of Catabrosa aquatica. The aggregate species has a
wide range across Eurasia, north to subarctic regions; in western
North America, from Alaska to the Saskatchewan, south, chiefly in
the mountains, to Arizona, Colorado and Nebraska; and borders of
the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the Straits of Belle Isle. In the latter
area, where the plant abounds in cold waters near the fisheries, it
might easily be taken to be a recent introduction from Europe, es-
pecially as it is as greedily eaten by the cattle as the European plant

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 139

and, apparently, spread by them to wet cowtrails and roads some
distance from the pools in which it truly luxuriates. So generally
have we come to associate the grass with the cattle-infested areas,
where it is difficult to secure good specimens, that frivolous and clas-
sical members of my parties have nicknamed it “Cattlebrows’er,”?
the name Catabrosa itself referring to the erose or nibbled margins of
the glumes and lemmas.

Var. laurentiana is nearer to Catabrosa aquatica, var. uniflora S. F.
Gray, than to other varieties of the species. Typical C. aquatica is
apparently the large European plant with the cauline leaves rounded
at tip; the panicles very long (mostly 1-2.5 dm. long), with delicate
capillary whorled branches up to 1 dm. in length, whence one of the
English names, WATER Harn-GRass. In the well developed panicles
(1.5-2.5 dm. long), shown in rra. 1, the lowest whorls are 3-6 cm.
apart, the longer branches (4-10 em. long) are spikelet-bearing chiefly
above the middle and until very mature are slightly ascending. The
spikelets are 2 (sometimes 3 or 4)-flowered. The culms (just above the

1[ realize that, in putting on record such pleasantries, which often relieve the
monotony of ‘‘changing driers” and of ‘‘salivating’’ specimens, there is danger of
being wholly misunderstood by those who lack the '' Yankee sense of humor.” At
least, when I recorded one of our bits of botanical humor in 1926 the effort fell flat.
Writing of Carex microglochin, ** one of the rarest and taxonomically most interesting
of species, having the primitive rachilla, which is obsolete in most modern Carices,
projecting from the tip of the perigynium,”’ so that it is ‘‘about as well placed in the
Antarctic genus Uncinia as in the great genus Carez,’’ I wrote, in would-be humorous
vein: ‘Consequently, when we first came upon this unpretentious but truly aristo-
cratic plant, scattered and rare as we felt it ought to be, we carefully dug the indi-
viduals and gently tucked their bristly tops into paper bags that we might lose none
of the precious fruits; at that stage we spoke of it by its full name, Carez microglochin,
and had a feeling that we ought to give it some title. A little later, finding it more
common than the few straws in herbaria could possibly suggest, we began to feel
familiar and called it ‘Mike’; then, as the weeks wore on and we saw it in every low
place in the lime-barrens, we referred to it as ‘Mike O’Glochlin;’ and before we had
left the Straits Coast, noticing that it followed many paths where its prickly little
fruits had obviously been spread by pedestrians with their high skin-boots, our at-
titude had completely changed and we spoke of it as 'Mike O'Glochlin, the Boot-
legger'."—Fernald, Ruoponma, xxviii. 61 (1926).

This was intended as an obvious joke; but the greatest humor in the series was
reached only when the matter was re-served by the most prominent of British local
botanists, my friend, the late Dr. Druce of Oxford, whose remarkable array of degrees
and honors (M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.) bespoke his botanical reputation:
' At Capstan Point they found a wonderful Arctic flora which included the ‘excessively
local relic-species' having the primitive rachilla, which is almost obsolete in modern
sedges, projecting from the top of the perigynium. They familiarly called it ‘Mitre
Oglochin,' noticing that it had been spread along many paths by the high skin boots
of pedestrians to which the prickly little fruits had become attached.’’—Druce. Bot.
Soc. Exch. Cl. Brit. Isl. Rept. viii. 339, 340 (1928). The fishermen of the Straits of
Belle Isle are not bishops, although my characterization of Carex microglochin as
“truly aristocratic” may have created the impression that it frequently associates
with ‘‘mytrede bisshopes.”’

140 Rhodora [APRIL

upper leaf) are closely and shallowly furrowed (ria. 2). Var. uniflora
(var. subtilis Hook.), as shown by Lange, Fl. Dan. xvii. fasc. li. 3, t.
inmmii. fig. 2 (1883), and by many European specimens (see Figs. 5 and
6), is very similar to the newly proposed var. laurentiana in having the
cauline leaves narrowed to tip, the culms coarsely furrowed, the panicle
comparatively small and the spikelets mostly 1-flowered; but the
panicle is lax and open as in typical European C. aquatica, with the
branches subascending until mature. The Rocky Mountain repre-
sentative of the species (FIGs. 7 and 8) seems to be var. uniflora.

(T'o be continued)

CHARLES ALBERT ROBBINS, 1874-1930
S. F. BLAKE

CHARLES ALBERT lonBBINS was a worthy member of the widely
scattered band of amateur botanists who, without the advantage of
early scientifie training, by a combination of enthusiasm and per-
severance have contrived to master their chosen fields and make
substantial contributions to botanical knowledge. Equipped with
only a common school education, and compelled to devote practically
the whole of his life to business, Mr. Robbins nevertheless succeeded
in bringing together what is doubtless the largest private collection of
Cladonia ever formed in this country and in obtaining recognition as
the best-informed student of that genus whom America has produced.
It is a matter for deep regret that his untimely death at the age of 55,
almost immediately after his retirement from business had afforded
the leisure for study he had so long desired, has deprived us of the
more matured works of wider scope which might confidently have
been expected from him.

Charles Albert [Sumner] Robbins was born in Stoughton, Massachu-
setts, on 9 February 1874, the son of Charles Orlando and Rosella
Robbins. Both his parents were natives of Maine, his father’s branch
of the Robbins family being descended from one of three brothers
from England who settled at an early date in Maine, Cape Cod, and
Rhode Island respectively. After a grade school education Mr.
Robbins entered the grocery business, at first working in Stoughton.
In the early ‘nineties he moved to Onset, a well-known summer resort
section of Wareham, Massachusetts, where he lived for the rest of

1933] Blake,—Charles Albert Robbins, 1874-1950 141

his life. For nearly thirty years he conducted a grocery and provision
business there in partnership with Arthur B. Hammond, retiring
from it after the death of Mr. Hammond, and only about a year
before his own death. In 1897 he married Nellie Barnard of Onset.
Mrs. Robbins entered fully into her husband’s interest in natural
history, and accompanied him on nearly all his field trips. On their
last excursion to New Hampshire, in October, 1929, Mr. Robbins had
trouble with an infected tooth, and on their return to Onset it was
found that his aorta was infected. After several months of sickness
he died on 22 January 1930, from a combination of angina pectoris
and infected aorta, and was buried in the “ Neighborhood Cemetery”’
in East Wareham. Besides his wife, he was survived by two sons,
Lloyd and Bruce, his father (since deceased), and a brother. His
mother had died only a month before him.

From his parents Mr. Robbins inherited a love of the out-of-doors,
although this acquired no definite direction until he was about 30
years of age. About that time his lifelong friend Ernest M. Fullerton
of Stoughton aroused in him an active interest in the field study of
birds which he kept until the close of his life. Through this interest
he came into contact with other students of birds in eastern Massachu-
setts—Outram Bangs, William Brewster, Walter Faxon, Dr. W. M.
Tyler, J. B. Norton, and others,—and with them he made many trips.
In the winter he was accustomed to distribute food for the birds in
the vicinity of Onset, usually accompanied on such trips by his
friend Frank Robbins (not a relative). He was in no haste to publish
his observations, and his printed notes on birds, aside from an article
on the breeding habits of the piping plover and another on the method
of feeding of the red crossbill as studied in a captive bird, are confined
to a single short note in the “Auk,” several Christmas censuses in
“Bird-Lore,” and some short articles in a local newspaper. His
longest paper, which remains in manuscript, was an annotated list of
the winter birds of Wareham containing the names of 103 species.

The interest in Cladonia which absorbed the last fifteen years or
more of Mr. Robbins’ life was awakened in him as a child by the
observation of the beautiful scarlet-fruited species, C. cristatella,
which is so common on decaying stumps and earth throughout New
England. When he began seriously to collect lichens about 1915,
however, he did not confine his attention to Cladonias, but studied
also the arboricolous forms so abundant in Wareham and its vicinity.

142 Rhodora [APRIL

At first, for lack of a satisfactory manual, he was compelled to rely on
others for the identification of his specimens, particularly Dr. L. W.
Riddle, of whose assistance he always retained a grateful memory.
As his herbarium of named specimens grew and as his explorations
showed him the wealth of Cladonias in his region and the incomplete
state of knowledge concerning them, his interests gradually centered
on that genus, and by about 1920 he was devoting himself almost
entirely to its study. Shortly before the death of Dr. Riddle Mr.
Robbins entered into a correspondence with G. K. Merrill, the well-
known lichenologist of Rockport, Maine, which continued for five
years. Mr. Merrill’s identifications and critical notes were of great
assistance to Mr. Robbins in the early years of his study, but as his
own familiarity with the genus increased differences of opinion arose,—
Mr. Robbins estimating the work of Wainio and Sandstede much more
highly than did Mr. Merrill,—and their correspondence was broken
off abruptly by Merrill in 1925.

Although Mr. Robbins sent a few specimens indirectly to Wainio,
the monographer of Cladonia, and obtained identifications of them,
his principal European correspondent was Heinrich Sandstede of
Bad Zwischenahn, Oldenburg, with whom the interchange of speci-
mens and opinions was as easy as it was difficult with Wainio. Their
correspondence, begun in 1922, continued practically to the end. To
him Mr. Robbins was accustomed to send especially difficult speci-
mens collected by himself or his correspondents, and from him he
purchased in 1923 the first eight fascicles (nos. 1-1086) of Sandstede's
" Cladoniae exsiccatae." He contributed a number of sets of 40 speci-
mens each to later distributions, receiving in return the fascicles as
issued as well as a set of Arnold's beautiful photographs of types and
historical specimens of Cladonia.

The vicinity of Wareham with its sand plains, pitch pine woods,
and cranberry bogs is rich in Cladonias, and Mr. Robbins found there
a fruitful field for his labors. He described three new species and
numerous forms from that region, and another species was described
from his collections by Wainio. Always pleased to place his knowledge
of the genus at the service of others, he rendered much assistance
to Dr. Alexander W. Evans in the latter's work on the Cladonias of
Connecticut and of North and South Carolina, and many of his new
forms have been or will be published by Dr. Evans in his papers on
the Cladonias of those regions. He named also the specimens of the

1933] Blake,—Charles Albert Robbins, 1874-1930 143

genus collected by A. F. Allen! in Quebec, describing from them a
new species. On my first visit to Mr. Robbins, in 1924, he persuaded
me to collect Cladonias, and for several years I continued to send him
material from the District of Columbia and its vicinity and from ex-
cursions farther afield. On several occasions I collected with him at
Onset, and I recall his pleasure at my chance discovery of a striking
new form of Cladonia cristatella with orange apothecia, his name for
which has not yet been published.

His Cladonia herbarium was, without doubt, the largest private
collection of the genus in this country. In addition to a set of Sand-
stede's Cladoniae Exsiccatae and one of Arnold’s Cladoniarum Icones
Herbariorum, it contained sets from Dr. Evans collected in New Eng-
land and the Carolinas; sets of the present writer from Europe, the
District of Columbia and vicinity, and the Pacific Coast; a small num-
ber of specimens from G. K. Merrill, important because containing
fragments of types; a set of A. F. Allen’s plants from Quebec; and occa-
sional specimens from others. His own collections, principally from
the vicinity of Wareham, Massachusetts, and from Jackson, New
Hampshire, where he was accustomed to pass his fall vacations, were
very extensive and contained long series of each species selected to
show variation. All specimens retained for his herbarium were mounted
with glue on small pieces of cardboard, with the data written on the
back of the mount and also typed on the front of the envelope. His
Cladonia herbarium has been given by his widow to the Farlow Her-
barium, with the exception of the sets of Sandstede’s Exsiccatae and
Arnold’s Icones, both of which, already represented there, were ac-
quired by Dr. A. W. Evans for the herbarium of Yale University.

Mr. Robbins’ long continued study of Cladonia in Wareham, during
which, as he used to remark, he had covered a great part of the area
on his hands and knees, made his locality the most carefully investi-
gated region in the United States in respect to its Cladonia flora. His
unpublished list of approximately 46 species from Wareham is larger
by one than the whole Cladonia flora of Connecticut as reported by
Evans. It was his ambition, born of his early struggles with its
extremely variable and perplexing species, to produce for the use of
other students an up-to-date treatment of the genus for the New
England region. Toward this end he prepared keys and descriptions,
revising them from time to time as his knowledge increased, but the

1 A. F. Allen, ‘‘Some Cladoniae from the valley of the Cap Chat River and vicinity,
Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec," Ruopona 32: 91-94. pl. 199. 1930.

144 Rhodora [APRIL

paper never approached final form. He was slow and deliberate in
his work, accustomed to go through his extensive series of specimens
again and again to test the constancy of supposed characters, and
always willing to change his opinion when the facts appeared to
require it.

Among the flowering plants, Mr. Robbins devoted particular
attention to the asters and goldenrods. His station for Aster concolor
L. in a field at East Wareham, discovered fifteen years or more ago
by Mrs. Robbins, is the only one for this species so far found on the
mainland of Massachusetts. Aster nemoralis var. major Peck (var.
Blakei Porter), for which he had a station in an open swamp in East
Wareham, is less rare but still noteworthy. Luzula campestris var.
acadiensis Fernald, which he collected at Stockton's Point, Wareham,
in 1920, has not been found elsewhere south of Maine. None of these
records, all represented by specimens in the herbarium of the New
England Botanical Club, has been published hitherto. About a year
before his death Mr. Robbins became a member of the New England
Botanical Club, but, owing to his distance from Boston, he never
attended any of its meetings.

In person, Mr. Robbins was of medium height and solidly built,
with clean-shaven, ruddy face, blue eyes, and brown hair, which turned
to gray in his later years. Sparing of speech, modest, and hospitable,
with a quiet sense of humor and a good supply of New England
common sense, he was a good companion and a faithful friend.

List or PUBLICATIONS BY C. A. ROBBINS
BOTANY

Some new Cladonias. RHODORA 26: 145-148. 1924.

Cladonia mateocyatha, a new species, and some variations in C. Beau-
montii. RHopora 27: 49-51. 1925.

Cladonia apodocarpa: a new species. RHopora 27: 210-211. 1925.

The "med of Cladonia Beaumontii. RHODORA 29: 133-138. pl. 157.
1927.

The identity of Cladonia lepidota Fries. Rnopona 31: 101-106. pl. 187.
1929.

Cladonias collected by S. F. Blake in the western United States. Ruo-
DORA 33: 135-139. pl. 209. 1931.

(With S. F. Blake.) Cladonia in the District of Columbia and vieinity.
Ruopora 33: 145-159. pl. 210-212. 1931.

ORNITHOLOGY

Winter birds at Wareham, Mass. Auk 32: 499—500. 1915.
A colony of Cape Cod piping plover. Auk 36: 351-355. 1919.

1933] Kidder,—Some Weeds in an old Garden 145

The advantage of crossed mandibles: a note on the American red crossbill.
Auk 49: 159-165. 1932.

Also, with Frank Robbins et al., several Christmas bird censuses from
Wareham, Mass. Bird-Lore 17: 25. 1915; 18: 21. 1916; 19: 15.
1917; 20: 28. 1918; 22: 17-18. 1920; 23:6. 1921.

Bureau or PLANT IupusrRy, WasniNGTON, D. C.

SoME WEEDS IN AN OLD GARDEN.— The writer's property in Milton,
Massachusetts, comprises about sixteen acres. The greater part of
this has been under cultivation for seventy-five years or more. The
original layout has been changed but little and many of the trees
have been retained where they grew spontaneously.

Since about 1880 I have planted experimentally many species of
trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants, and have grown a great many
different sorts of vegetables; also many kinds of mulches and fertilizers
have been tried. Thus we see why I have been able to note in Huo-
DORA from time to time some interesting weeds. I now wish to speak
of a few weeds which have appeared from 1928 to 1932, not forgetting
to thank Messrs. Robinson, Fernald, Weatherby, Johnston and Blake
for help in identification.

1. SOLANUM NIGRUM L., var. viLLosuM L.; with the type, amongst
vegetables, 28 September 1928.

2. ECHIUM PLANTAGINEUM L.; in a flower border, a single plant, 7
August 1929.

3. SISYMBRIUM Sopura L.; 29 May 1929 and 14 June 1931, each
time a single plant. (Also I have a specimen from C. E. Perkins'
collection, “ Boston 1882.’’)

4. ARTEMISIA ANNUA L.; lone weed, flower bed, 25 September 1929.

5. 'TAGETES MINUTA L.; vegetable garden, 5 October 1929. Dr. S.
F. Blake writes (with my specimens in hand) ‘*****with very little
doubt T. minuta L. ***** the heads are too young to make this
identification absolutely certain ***** already reported from North
Carolina."

6. SISYMBRIUM ORIENTALE L., amongst vegetables, 7 July 1931.

7. VERBESINA ENCELIOIDES (Cav.) B. & H., var. EXAURICULATA
Robinson & Greenman. A single plant in a mixed border, 19 July
1932.

8. Ecuipra ALBA (L.) Hassk., lone weed in my strawberry bed,
2 October 1932.

I have put specimens of all in the Gray or The New England
Botanical Club Herbaria excepting only Sisymbrium Sophia L. of
which material was very limited.—NArHawNrEL T. Kipper, Milton,
Massachusetts.

146 Rhodora [APRIL

Moss FLona.'—Part 3, Vol. III, of Grout’s Moss Flora was issued in
November. It describes 143 species and varieties, approximately half of
which are fully illustrated by excellent line figures reproduced from such
standard authorities as Bruch and Schimper, Husnot, Sullivant, Jennings,
Dixon, ete., while many are from original drawings by Mrs. Cleaves.
Illustrations of those not figured in this part will almost invariably be
found in Grout’s “ Mosses with a Hand-lens and Microscope,” to which, in
each case, there is a definite reference. Additional authentic illustrations
are also cited. The contrasting characters in the keys are, so far as
checked, clear and definite; c. g., "large" and “small” are supplemented
by definite minimum and maximum measurements. The text and plates
are of the same high grade as in earlier parts, and only a very few minor
typographical errors have been noted. The genera described are indi-
cated below. The figure following each name indicates the number of
species and varieties described under that genus. Rhytidium (1), Rhyti-
diopsis (1), Rhytidiadelphus (4), Hylocomium (5), Hypnum (31), Brother-
ella (4), Heterophyllum (2), Sematophyllum (6), Homomallium (3), Am-
blystegiella (4), Pylaisia (7), Platygyrium (4), Taxithelium (1), Mitieno-
thamnium (1), Tripterocladium (1), Vesicularia (4), Ectropothecium (1),
Stereophyllum (2), Plagiothecium (31), Entodon (11), Holmgrenia (5),
Thuidium (14).—J. F. C.

Hawaiian WEEDS.’ —A bulletin on the Weeds of the Hawaiian Islands,
the senior author of which was, for many years, an active member of the
New England Botanical Club, will interest some readers of RHODORA.
Besides a page of descriptive text each species has a full-page illustration
in line-drawing. Naturally, most of the plants are unfamiliar in New
England, but Chenopodium carinitum, native of Australia, reached Cape
Cod before it did Hawaii. And several of our familiar New England weeds
are there: Setaria verticillata, Digitaria sanguinalis, Amaranthus hybridus,
Malva rotundifolia, ete.—M. L. F.

! Moss Flora of North America, North of Mexico, by A. J. Grour, Ph.D. pp. 115-178,
pls. 30-44, Published by the Author, Newfane, Vt. Nov. 1932.

? Weeds of the Pineapple Fields of the Hawaiian Islands, by Haroup Sr. Joun and
Epwarp YaATrARO Hosaka Univ. Hawaii. Research Pub. no. 6, 196 pp. (ineluding
illustrations.), Paper-bound, $.75; cloth, $1.75. PUBLICATIONS OFFICE, University
of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii,

Volume 35, no. 411, including pages 69-110, 1 portrait and 1 plate, was issued
4 March, 1933.

Rhodora Plate 242

Pd

h ^
$ NS l
he | ke

CATABROSA AQUATICA: FIG. 1, panicle, X 1; FIG. 2, summit of culm, X 6.

C. AQUATICA, Var. LAURENTIANA: FIG. 3, panicle, X 1; FIG. 4, summit of culm, X 6.

C. AQUATICA, var. UNIFLORA: FIGs. 5 (European) and 7 (American), panicles, X 1;
rias. 6 (European) and 8 (American), summits of culms, X 6.

Dodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY > Associate Editors
LUDLOW GRISCOM

Vol. 35. May, 1933. No. 413.
CONTENTS:

Notes from the Woods Hole Laboratory,—1932.

T F. Lowi Bad W. R. Taror. i.. eese ERR 147
Distribution of Iris versicolor in Relation to the post-glacial Great

Lakes Edgar Anderson ......... e ida eae a ev ARRA 154
Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora (continued).

MEL LI MMC UNE LA UT o COSME 161
Callitriche anceps in New England. M. L. Fernald............. 185
Epidemic among Zostera Colonies. W. R. Taylor............. 186

The New England Botanical Club, Ine.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United
States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or
some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which
will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating
directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits.
Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more
than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con-
tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished
at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in
several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the
flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in-
cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, var-
ieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria,
leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical
activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards.

GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray
HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten
copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton,
"ro Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932.
3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora Plate 274

SPHACELARIA PLUMIGERA: FIG. 4, habit, X 7.1; rra. 1, tip of axis, X 18.5.
TILOPTERIS MERTENSII: FIG. 3, habit, X 3.2; ric. 2, ultimate ramuli with monospor-
angia, X 16.5.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 35. May, 1933. No. 413.

NOTES FROM THE WOODS HOLE LABORATORY,—1932!
I. F. Lewis AND W. R. TAYLOR
(Plate 274.)

THe Davin STARR JORDAN ALGAE FROM PENIKESE ISLAND.—A
small package of specimens of marine algae was found at Stanford
University, annotated as being from Penikese Id. and collected by
Dr. Jordan, presumably during the time he spent there at the Agassiz
laboratory (Alexander School of Natural History). Through the
kindness of Prof. G. M. Smith they were sent to the writers at the
Marine Biological Laboratory for study and deposit. When seen by
Prof. B. M. Davis, he recognized the specimens as some which he had
found among Jordan’s materials after the Penikese visit, and had
annotated as to collector and station. In view of the prominence
attained by the collector, and the fact that they probably represent
the evidence underlying part of his earliest scientific work, they
acquire a special significance. Like almost all algal collections of the
period (ca. 1873) the specimens are very small, but in nearly every
case remain in determinable condition. While the writers’ verdict
as to species represented does not always coincide with the name
inscribed on the mount, few alterations in the published list are sug-
gested thereby.” y!

The specimens number over 40 groups, though a considerably lower
number of species. It would be idle to record here changes in specific

1 Printed with aid of a grant to RHopora from the National Academy of Sciences.
Plate 274 is numbered out of sequence in the volume owing to the long series of con-
secutive plates in the continued paper upon Newfoundland.

2 Jordan, D. S. The flora of Penikese. American Nat 8: 193-197. Apr. 1874.

148 Rhodora [May

assignment or in synonymy which do not affect the published lists.!
Apart from such, some items seem to call for special mention. The
following were found present in the collection, although unreported or
erroneously named, by Jordan. On sheets originally labeled Gelidium
corneum though corrected in pencil, appeared Lomentaria uncinata
Menegh. "There is a record of G. corneum in the 1874 list, but it is
not authentically reported from the district. Originally labeled
Griffithsia corallina and in pencil G. Bornetiana was material properly
designated G. globulifera Harv. The specimens originally labeled
Polysiphonia nigrescens were sorted into that species, P. urceolata
(Dillw.) Grev. and P. atrorubescens Grev. Of the original collection
P. affinis and sundry other mislabeled specimens seem to be P.
violacea Grev., which name has but recently been brought into ques-
tion.? This does not appear to be an appropriate place to assume the
nomenclatorial changes involved, so the familiar practice is retained.
A mixture, primarily Antithamnion cruciatum (C. Ag.) Naeg., with
Callithamnion roseum (Roth) Harv. and C. corymbosum C. Ag., was
originally labeled Antithamnion americanum. The specimens of
Chondriopsis tenuissima were the slender plant often called Chondria
Baileyana (Mont.) Harv. The specimen of Phyllophora Brodaei is
more correctly P. membranifolia (G. & W.) J. Ag. The specimens of
Ceramium diaphanum were all C. fastigiatum (Harv.) Ag., although
the former is certainly to be expected on the island; C. arachnoideum
proves to be simply a small C. rubrum (Huds.) C. Ag. Only Lomen-
taria uncinata, Polysiphonia atrorubescens and Callithamnion roseum
are additions to the recorded flora, as they appear neither in the 1874
or 1924 lists.

It is not possible absolutely to exclude names from the list on the
basis of changes in assignment of the specimens received, because
this collection is far from complete, and a considerable number of
Jordan’s names, including some doubtful ones, are unrepresented by
specimens. However, the presumption against the presence of
Gelidium corneum and Griffithsia corallina is strengthened; the other
names confirmed as incorrectly used are of plants already known to be
found at Penikese, or which may reasonably be expected. There
remains a residue of species reported by Jordan which are to be

! Lewis, I. F. (Edit.). The flora of Penikese, fifty years after. Rhodora 26: 181—
195, 211-219, 221-229. Oct., Nov., Dec., 1924. !

2 Tandy, G. Notes on phycological nomenclature, I. Jour. of Bot. 69: 225-227.
1931.

1933] Lewis and Taylor, —Woods Hole Laboratory ,—1932 149
expected, but were not found among his specimens nor in the 1924
collections. Of eight mentioned in the 1924 paper as the most notable
among these, three have recently (1931) been collected: Entero-
morpha clathrata (Roth) Grev. (L. M. Perry), Cladophora gracilis
(Griff.) Kg. (C. Moore) and Callithamnion Baileyi Harv. (B. Andrew).

If time could be given to thorough collecting on the island more
effective completion of the list might be expected, but as the visits
are always made in the interests of groups of as yet inexperienced
students, the "finds" are more by accident than design. Material
of Trailliella intricata Batters (H. T. Croasdale) and Asparagopsis
hamifera (Hariot) Okam. have also been secured, probably recently
introduced in the course of their spread in the Buzzards Bay district.
As early as 1925! there was secured on Penikese an alga, at first
indeterminate, later described as Acrothrix novac-angliae Taylor, which
during 1926-1927 became more abundant, and which has persisted as
an occasional element of the flora of the district. Since this note
attempts to assemble records supplementary to the 1874 and 1924
lists, four other species should be mentioned. In the herbarium of
one of the writers (W. R. T.) there appears a specimen of Scinaia
furcellata (Turn.) Bivona purporting to have been collected on Peni-
kese Id. 31 July 1890 by S. Burrage, received in a distribution from
W. A. Setchell. In the general catalog of the algae of the Woods
Hole area B. M. Davis? lists a few algae from Penikese stations, in-
cluding Dictyosiphon hippuroides (Lyngb.) Aresch., Agardhiella tenera
(J. Ag.) Schmitz, and Polyides rotundus (Gmel.) Grev., which seem
otherwise unrecorded. — Myriotrichia clavacformis Harvey (W. R.
Taylor) was found in abundance upon Scytosiphon at Penikese 8
July 1930.

PENIKESE LICHENS OF THE 1924 SURVEY.—A few lichens were col-
lected by the mycological squad during this survey, but no account
of them was available at the time report was made. Ultimately
a list of determinations made by the late Prof. Bruce Fink was
kindly transmitted by Dr. C. W. Dodge. The 20 collection numbers
cover 10 species, all still represented by one number in the Fink lichen
herbarium at the University of. Michigan, the complete series being
at the Farlow Herbarium, Harvard University.

! Taylor, W. R. A species of Acrothrix on the New England coast. American
Jour. Bot. 15: 577—583. 1928.

* Davis, B. M. General characteristics of the algal vegetation of Buzzard's Bay
and Vineyard Sound in the vicinity of Woods Hole. Bull. (U: S.) Bur. Fisheries 31
(1): 443—544, (2): 795—833. 1913.

150

CLADONIA CONIOCRAEA (Floerke)
Spreng. On soil.
CLADONIA FUSCATA (Huds.) Spreng.

On soil.
CLADONIA SYMPHYCARPA (Ach.)
E. Fries. On moss over soil.
LECANORA ALLOPHANA (Ach.) Nyl.

On bark.

Lecanora Hacen Ach. On gran-

Rhodora

[May

PARMELIA CAPERATA (L.) Ach. On
trees.

PARMELIA SULCATA
trees.

RAMALINA CALICARIS (L.) E. Fries.
On branches.

PHYSCIA srELLARIS (L.) Nyl. On
bark.

XANTHORIA PARIETINA (L.) T.

Tayl. On

ite. Fries. On trees.

CHANGES IN THE Woops Hote ALGAL VEGETATION.— The interval
since the preparation of the last series of Notes' has seen curious
shifts in the incidence of certain notable elements of the flora. The
behavior of Trailliella intricata is especially remarkable. First com-
ing to our attention in 1927, it increased in abundance and largely
replaced Spermothamnion Turneri (Mert.) Aresch. in its favored
habitats, and consequently as a dominant element in the algae drifted
ashore over large stretches of the coast at certain periods. "The
writer believes that he noted a marked reduction in the abundance
of Trailliella in 1931, extended in 1932, and the future of the genus
will be watched with great interest. If it parallels that of Acrothrix
novac-angliae it may continue to decrease until the plant is rare.
The later species, first detected 1925, became frequent at certain
station in 1928, but by 1931 was again a rarity, though still found as
occasional specimens and in 1932 became abundant cast upon the
Ganset Tract beach during a brief period. Trailliella, presumably
an introduction, reached a really prominent position in the flora,
while Acrothrix, described as native, did not do so. "The history of
Dumontia filiformis (Fl. Dan.) Grev. and Asparagopsis hamifera
(Hariot) Okamura is still one of increase, the former being a sub-
stantial floral element on certain shores in early summer, while the
latter is no longer an extreme rarity and the plants found are far
larger and better developed than those originally reported and figured,!
although extremely tangled types of growth are also found. It was
abundant at Penikese Id. in 1932. The curious large Myxophycean
introduction, Brachytrichia Quoyi (Ag.) Born. & Flah., continues to
be sporadic. Abundant at Scraggy Neck in 1920, after several years
of unsuccessful search it appeared again in abundance in the late
summer of 1930 (H. T. Croasdale) at one of its old stations (Hadley

! IT. F. Lewis and W. R. Taylor.
Rhodora 30: 193-198. 1928.

Notes from the Woods Hole Laboratory—1928,

1933] Lewis and Taylor,—Woods Hole Laboratory,—1932 151

Harbor, Naushon Id.), repeating in very small quantity in 1931. No
changes in the longer-known flora have been as marked as in these
just mentioned, although Lomentaria rosea (Harv.) Thuret, after
several years of great rarity, has become frequent (1930-1931-1932)
on wharves at Woods Hole and Menemsha Bight, as well as dredged
about the Devil's Bridge. Fucus platycarpus Thuret, from holding
an obscure place has become an abundant and constant feature upon
the rocks, usually nearer the high tide line than F. vesiculosus L.—

WER:

New Recorps or MARINE ALrcar.—Two very extraordinary
records were established during a dredging trip taken to the neighbor-
hood of Devil’s Bridge, off Gay Head, Marthas Vineyard, Massachu-
setts, on the 8th of July, 1931. The first of these concerns Tilopteris
Mertensii (Sm.) Kg. (Plate 274, fig. 2, 3). One larger piece 6 cm. in
length, and few smaller pieces were secured. The material was in good
condition, abundantly branched and with very numerous and character-
istic monosporangia. This appears to be a new record of this plant
and of the family (Tilopteridaceae) to which it belongs, since no
record of any representative of the family in America is known to the
writer. The plants grew in relatively shallow water, accompanied by
Hildenbrandia Prototypus Nardo, Sphacelaria plumigera Holmes,
Schizonema colonies of diatoms, and other algae. The stones were
dredged abundantly and discarded in the field, excepting a few pieces
kept for the Hildenbrandia or other obvious algae. The presence of
the two novelties was not noted until close examination took place

-in the laboratory, and probably much more material was thrown away.

The second novelty is determined as Sphacelaria plumigera Holmes,
(Plate 274, fig. 1, 4) with some caution in view of the sterile state of
the specimens. Associated with Tilopteris, several small pieces were
detatched from a few stones remaining from large hauls chiefly dis-
carded in the field. The branching and general features of the plant
lead one to expect to place it among S. plumigera, S. plumosa or small
Chaetopteris plumosa. The second is eliminated as a possible name,
since in that species the cortical cells are not transversely subdivided,
as was the case in our material. The choice between the other two
was hard to make, in the sterile state and considering the possibility
of its representing juvenile Chaetopteris. The decision rests mainly
on structural features developed in Sauvageau’s monograph. It

1 Sauvageau, C. Remarques sur les Sphacelariacées, Jour. de Bot. 14, 15, 16,
17, 18. 1900-1904. Continued as separate publication, completed 1914.

152 Rhodora [May

appears that in fertile condition separation is easy, since sporangia
occur on the primary ramuli in the Sphacelaria, and only on ramuli
from the rhizoidal outer cortex (somewhat as in Cladostephus) in
Chaetopteris. Lacking fruit, an effective vegetative character ap-
pears in the manner of origin of the rhizoids which form the cortex.
In S. plumigera (Sauvageau v. 15, p. 111-116, fig. 22d) all the rhizoids
are formed in the plane of the distichous ramuli, and while they later
envelope the axis, at first its upper and lower faces are naked. In
C. plumosa (Sauvageau v. 15, p. 144-149) they appear indiscrimi-
nately all about the axis from the beginning, and seem also to form a
heavier and firmer cortex. Again, in examining the margins of the
basal disk-like hapteral portions of these species one finds that S.
plumigera has cells from one-half as long as wide to equal in this
respect (Sauvageau v. 15, fig. 22a), while in Chaetopteris these mar-
ginal cells are longer than broad, to twice as long (Sauvageau v. 15,
fig. 24a). In both of these distinctive features, as in more intangible
matters of aspect, the Devil's Bridge plants clearly resemble S. plumi-
gera, and this is apparently a first record of the plant for America.

In addition to the description in Sauvageau's paper, the writer was
able to confirm his opinion by comparison with the specimen of S.
plumigera in his copy of Traill’s list of Firth of Forth algae! and
Kattegat material collected by Børgesen, with a few European
specimens of C. plumosa, and American material of a plant once
referred near S. plumosa (S. californica Sauv.). At a late stage in this
study the writer received from Prof. H. P. Bell material brought to
him from Prince Edward Island by Miss Constance MacFarlane, and
correctly determined as C. plumosa. The piece seen by the writer was
very small, but in rhizoid character conformed to Chaetopteris, and
the cortex bore some old sporangia in the correct position for that
genus. Chaetopteris has been recorded? from the American northwest
coast, from Prince Edward Island and northward, and from Green-
land as well as northern Europe.—W. R. T.

DISAPPEARANCE OF ZOSTERA IN 1932.—]t was evident to many
biological observers along the coast of New England that in 1932
Zostera marina L. was strikingly reduced from its normal abundance.

1 Traill, Geo. W. A monograph of the algae of the Firth of Forth, illustrated with
herbarium specimens of some of the rarer species. Publ. for Author, pp. 16 + 1,
8 spec. Edinburgh, 1885.

* Farlow, W. G. The marine algae of New England. Rept. U. S. Comm, Fish &
Fisheries of 1879. Appendix A-1: 1-210. 1881.

1933] Lewis and Taylor,—Woods Hole Laboratory,—1932 153

Usually forming vast meadows in many areas, and present in some
quantity nearly everywhere that suitable conditions of bottom offered,
one was tempted to consider it quite absent from many of its most
productive habitats. A report from Nova Scotia indicates that a
similar situation has prevailed through the Maritime Provinces, the
plant usually almost eliminated, with occasional areas showing a
sparse growth and small areas without obvious loss. On the Maine
coast about Lamoine known meadows were bare. Chatham Bay on
Cape Cod, the whole Falmouth and Woods Hole district, well known
meadows about West Falmouth and Sconticut Neck in Buzzards Bay;
also the Elizabeth Islands to Cuttyhunk and Penikese Islands, areas
on Marthas Vineyard, in many cases verified by personal observation
of the writer, were nearly or quite depopulated. Practically no living
Zostera was brought ashore by the wash; even heavy surf from an
early September gale, which would have loosened much in Buzzards
Bay, had there been any significant growth, cast up only occasional
fragments. From the Cold Spring Harbor area information comes
that at several stations, and on both sides of Long Island (N. Y.)
similar conditions prevailed. While a report suggests that about
Wildwood, N. J., little change in the Zostera growth was to be noted
there, observations in Chesapeake Bay and on the nearby coast are
emphatic that the Zostera, which is normally very abundant, was very
seriously reduced, being (from June and onward) represented by
scattered blades in areas usually densely covered, and with no marked
reappearance during the season. Finally, as the southernmost source
of information, a report from Beaufort, N. C. indicates distinct
scarcity there, which in some spots was partially overcome late in the
summer.

These are necessarily fragmentary observations (at least as sum-
marized here)! of so great a coast line, but they point to a phenomenal .
disturbance in the whole marine sublittoral biological situation, be-
cause in the absence of this plant a notable list of animals are unable
to find their preferred, or even their only suitable, attachment place,
spawning ground, or food. Reports from zoólogists are quite striking
in this respect. The industrial use of Zostera for insulation and pack-
ing materials, and as a dressing for fields in agriculture, is also inter-
mitted. No reasoned suggestions as to the cause of the disturbance

1 Information from A. G. Huntsman, H. P. Bell, D. B. Young, W. S. Schmitt, H. T.
Croasdale, S. I. Kornbauser, H. G. Richards, R. V. Truitt, H. F. Prytherch, and
others, is gratefully acknowledged.

154 Rhodora [May

are offered here. It appears that the plant reappeared (very scantily,
indeed) in some of the denuded areas during the summer, and that
the rhizomes were sometimes still present under the mud in the old
meadows, intact, and perhaps viable. It is certain that in no con-
siderable area did the plant, remaining dormant during early summer,
reappear to full luxuriance by September.—W. R. T.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 274

Fig. 1. SPHACELARIA PLUMIGERA, tip of axis showing distichous ramuli,
X 18.5; fig. 2. TILOPTERIS MERTENSII, portion of small branch showing
ultimate ramuli with monosporangia, X 16.5; fig. 3. TILOPTERIS MERTENSII,
portion of main axis showing habit, X 3.2; fig. 4. SPHACELARIA PLUMIGERA,
portion of plant showing habit, X 7.1.

THE DISTRIBUTION OF IRIS VERSICOLOR IN RELATION
TO THE POST-GLACIAL GREAT LAKES'.

EpGAR ANDERSON

In connection with a study of geographical differentiation in two
species of Iris (Anderson 1928), an attempt has been made to work
out their distribution in as great detail as possible. While the survey
is not yet completed, it gives promise of contributing useful evidence
as to vegetational changes in glacial and post-glacial times.

Iris versicolor is a northern species, its distribution being roughly
that of the northern coniferous forest. ris virginica is a southern
species which spreads up from the Gulf and the southern coastal
plain to Virginia, Ohio, southern Michigan, and central Minnesota.
At the western limits of their ranges, where the transition between
northern coniferous forest and deciduous forest is a sharp one, the
range of Iris versicolor coincides exactly with that of the white pine
(Pinus Strobus). Figure 1. is compiled from my own collections and
from records very kindly sent me by Prof. F. K. Butters of the Uni-
versity of Minnesota and by Prof. N. C. Fassett of the University
of Wisconsin. It shows the western distribution of Iris versicolor in
relation to that of the northern forest. Eastward, in Michigan,
Ontario and Ohio, where the boundaries of the northern forest become
less clearly defined, the ranges of Iris versicolor and Pinus Strobus
show greater deviation though they are still essentially the same.

! Contribution from the Univ. of Mich. Biological Station. Published with aid of a
grant to Ruopora from the National Academy of Sciences.

1933] Anderson,— Distribution of Iris versicolor 155

A very similar situation has been reported by Butters (1927) in
his careful study of the varieties of Maianthemum. canadense. He
finds that in Minnesota the two varieties of Maianthemum are so
sharply separated that they might be considered as good species
were it not for the fact that they have become hopelessly inter-
mingled along the Atlantic seaboard.

f--------.--.-..--

Fig. 1. Distribution of IRIS VERSICOLOR (open dots) and Iris VIRGINICA
(solid black) in Minnesota and Wisconsin. The irregular black line marks
the approximate southern limit of the coniferous forest.

Although Tris versicolor and Iris virginica occupy very different
ranges, they are found, one in the north and the other in the south,
in almost exactly the same situations. They occur along the border-
lines of swamps in the transition zone where it is too dry for Typha
and too wet for grasses. So characteristically are they found in
such situations that Gates in his studies of plant associations in
Northern Michigan (1926) has named this transition zone the “ Iris
association."

In the rare cases where their ranges overlap, both species are found

156 Rhodora [May

growing side by side in the same wet pasture or along the same
interdunal swamp. Iris versicolor, to be sure, shows its northern
heritage in that it flowers earlier and ripens its fruits more quickly
.than does I. virginica. In those parts of Michigan where the two
species grow together their blooming periods barely overlap. If
there is any apparent difference between the requirements of the
- two species it is that J. versicolor is more tolerant of occasional drying
out and can continue to flower and fruit in situations where T. vir-
ginica will only persist vegetatively.

In Michigan the habitats of the two species are particularly similar.
Both in the northern and southern parts of the state there are numer-
ous “tamarack swamps” filling poorly drained hollows left by the
last glaciation. They seem to be fundamentally the same plant-
association in all parts of the state, yet in the northeastern third of
the peninsula, Iris versicolor is found about the swamp margins while
in the south and west T. virginica, and never I. versicolor, is found in
the same relative position.

Why should we find Iris virginica all the way from the gulf north-
wards, in cypress swamps, willow thickets, floodplain lakes, wet
prairies, and sphagnum bogs, only to have it completely replaced by
another and very similar species in the northern coniferous forest?
Must it not be that the main reasons for the present distributions of
the two species are historical rather than edaphic; that we find one in
the northern Michigan swamps and the other in southern Michigan
swamps, not because there is any great difference between the two
situations but because one species has come in from the north in
company with a whole northern flora and that the other has spread in
from the south? It furthermore seems quite possible that neither
species has moved about a great deal locally since it first entered
the region. The one natural mode of travel of each species is by
water. Their seeds and rootstocks float readily and are often found
establishing themselves on marshy spots along lake and river beaches.
There seems little possibility of spread by other means. The seeds
are too large and heavy to be blown about. The rootstocks are acrid
and poisonous and would seldom be carried by animals.

For the above reasons it was thought that the present distribution
of the two species might quite accurately reflect ancient vegetational
changes. A careful study of their exact distribution in northern
Michigan was made in July 1931. Previous work had shown (Ander-

1933] Anderson,—Distribution of Iris versicolor 157

son 1928) that Iris virginica is found south of a curved line running
from Tawas City, Michigan to Traverse City, Michigan, and that
Iris versicolor occurs from there northwards. The 1931 field work
confirmed this distribution with one surprising exception. As is
shown in FIGURE 2 there is a large irregular area at the very tip of
the peninsula where Iris virginica is found almost exclusively.

This anomalous distribution of [ris virginica is related in no appar-
ent way to soil conditions or climatic factors. Douglas Lake and
Munro Lake, for instance, are only one mile apart. Yet swampy
land along the former is colonized by Iris virginica while in exactly
the same relative locations on the edges of Lake Munro, Iris versicolor
is common and prolonged search failed to reveal a single plant of the
other species. Most of the situations in which Iris virginica is found
in this area are ancient beaches of the glacial and post-glacial Great
Lakes. Since both [ris versicolor and T. virginica are found coming
up today along marshy beaches of the modern Great Lakes, it seemed
possible that there might be some correlation between the distribution
of the two species and the shore lines of these ancient lakes.

FIGURE 2 shows how very logical their distribution becomes on
that assumption. Lake Algonquin, the last of the glacial lakes,
persisted some time in the region and cut strongly marked beaches
by which its extent can be accurately determined (Leverett and
Taylor). These beaches show that in Algonquin time, northern
Michigan was an archipelago of islands as is shown in FIGURE 2.
Today those parts of the region which were then above the waters of
Lake Algonquin are populated with J. versicolor. Throughout this
whole area only one small plant of Iris virginica has been found above
the Algonquin beaches and it was growing in a roadside ditch. Iris
versicolor, on the other hand, occurs in profusion around Lake Munro
and Lark Lake and in smaller quantitites at several other points.

Below the Algonquin Beach line the situation is reversed. [ris
virginica is found by the hundreds of thousands of plants and Iris
versicolor is found only immediately below the Algonquin beaches, in
situations where it might easily have been washed down from above,
or as an occasional plant here and there along the roadside. The
water level fell from the Algonquin to the Nippissing stage by a
series of intermediate steps, leaving many abandoned interdunal
swamps. In these swamps [ris virginica is found in enormous num-
bers. Around French Lake it occurs by the acre; in all the swamps

158 Rhodora [May

around Douglas Lake it is common and in some of them is accociated
with other southern plants such as Silver Maple (Acer saccharinum).
Near the edge of the Jack Pine Plains, a few miles south of the town
of Indian River (on Burt Lake) is a wet meadow so similar to such
formations in the south that one can find no better term to use in
describing it than savannah. This interesting locality was discovered

LAKE MICHIGAN `

C Yi
wt RAK

VSLLL A LLY

Fig. 2. Distribution of IRIS VERSICOLOR (open dots) and IRIs VIRGINICA
(solid black) in the Douglas Lake region. The heavy black line represents
the Algonquin beaches and the cross-hatched areas were above the waters of
Lake Algonquin. The chain of dots represents the beaches of Lake Nip-
pissing.

by Dr. J. H. Ehlers who has reported (1921) on the surprising oc-
currence there of the distinctively coastal plain species, Panicum
virgatum L. var. cubense Griesb. Along the small stream which drains
the area Iris virginica grows rampantly, its flowers borne nearly
shoulder high. As one stands in the midst of the little savannah,
surrounded by Iris virginica and Panicum virgatum var. cubense,
and with the Jack Pine too far in the background to reveal their
specific identity . . . it is hard not to believe that one is in the

1933] Anderson,—Distribution of Iris versicolor 159

Carolinas instead of at the edge of the Jack Pine Barrens of northern
Michigan.

——— 2 @ 00

Fig. 3. Distribution of [RIS VERSICOLOR and Iris VIRGINICA in the southern
peninsula of Michigan. The wavy black line represents the approximate
southern extent of the northern types of forest.

From the Nippissing level the Great Lakes fell to approximately
their present level. Along the interdunal swamps of the intermediate
levels both species are found, though Iris versicolor is apparently the
more common.

160 Rhodora [May

Since I. versicolor is prevailingly a northern and Z. virginica a
characteristically southern species one might suppose that during
warm eras Iris virginica would be brought to the lake beaches while
during colder periods [ris versicolor would predominate. On these
assumptions the present distribution of the two species would indicate;
I. That in Algonquin time the mainland and the archipelago were
clothed with a northern vegetation. II. That the waters fell from
the Algonquin level during a time when the climate was much warmer,
perhaps even warmer than it is at present, as evidenced by the almost
complete absence of the northern species of Iris from the beach
swamps of that period.

If these conclusions are confirmed by the pollen analysis studies of
Michigan bogs already under way (Sears, 1930), the distribution of
Tris virginica and Iris versicolor may prove useful in studies of glacial
and post-glacial vegetation. The southern limit of Iris versicolor
in Michigan (FIGURE 3) seems, for instance, to be correlated with
the interlobate morraine of the last glaciation. Does this perhaps
mean that J. versicolor persisted in the tundra vegetation of the inter-
lobate region during the end of glacial times and that in the warm
period following the retreat of the ice the regions previously covered
by the Saginaw and Lake Michigan lobes were colonized by southern
species?

In addition to the regions mentioned above, the two species meet in
southern Ontario, north-eastern Ohio, to a certain extent at least
along the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence system in New York, and on the
Atlantic Coast. I shall be glad to assist anyone who may be inter-
ested in following up the minutae of their distribution in these regions.

ANDERSON, Epaar 1928. The problem of species in the northern Blue
Flags, Iris versicolor L. and Iris virginica L., Annals Mo. Bot. Gard. 15:
241-332.

BurrERs, F. K. 1927. Taxonomic studies in the genus Maianthemum.
Minn. Studies in Plant Science 6: 429—444.

EnunEnms, J. H. 1921. Rnopona 23: 200.

Gates, FRANK C. 1926. Plant successions about Douglas Lake Michigan.
Bot. Gaz. 82: 170—182.

LEVERETT, FRANK and Taytor, FRANK B. 1915. The Pleistocene of
Indiana and Michigan and the history of the Great Lakes. U.S. Geolog.
Survey. Monograph No. 53.

ScHANTZ, H. L. and Zon, RAPHAEL. 1924. Natural vegetation. Atlas
of Am. Agric. Part 1 Sec. E.

Sears, PauL B. 1932. Post-glacial climate in eastern North America.
Ecology 13: 1-6.

Doni D. H. 1922. Some varieties of Panicum virgatum. RHODORA
4: 11-16.

ARNOLD ARBORETUM.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 161

RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA
M. L. FERNALD
(Continued from page 140)

AGROPYRON § GOULARDA IN EASTERN NORTH AMERICA.—With four
recent monographic studies of North American Agropyron one would
suppose it possible to place our few plants of this group with relative
satisfaction. In 1897 there appeared Scribner & Smith’s extensive
Native and Introduced Species of the Genera Hordeum and Agropyron;!
in 1905 Piper’s brief but critical Agropyron tenerum and its Allies;
in 1910 Pease & Moore’s Agropyron caninum and its North American
Allies? and in 1932 Malte’s The so-called Agropyron Caninum (L.)
Beauv. of North America.* All four papers are the result of close
study and careful consideration but if we accept the conclusions of
one of the revisions we find ourselves at odds with the others. The
genus is notoriously difficult and individual judgments as to specific
and varietal lines are bound to differ; consequently, no one treatment
can now be worked out which will be wholly satisfactory to all stu-
dents. In the area best known to me, the region from southern Labra-
dor and Newfoundland to New England and the Great Lakes, the
genus has its great development in eastern North America; and
assiduous collecting (nearly 300 numbers) of it and close study of its
complexities, both in the field and in the herbarium, during a period
of forty-five years have given me a bowing acquaintance with the
group which makes it difficult to follow, without some divergence,
any of the four revisions above noted.

The greatest discrepancies are found in the treatments of § Goularda,
the nonstoloniferous group of which Agropyron caninum (L.) Beauv.
is typical. As Malte clearly shows® (pp. 28-30), true A. caninum of
Eurasia is quite a different species from the long-awned plant of
North America which has erroneously passed for it. Abundant
herbarium material supports this decision, so that the primary
premises of Pease & Moore’s revision, that our plant is A. caninum
and that such very different plants as A. latiglume (Scribn. & Sm.)

1 Scribner & Smith, U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 4: 23-30 (1897).

? Piper, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxii. 543—547 (1905).

3 Pease & Moore, Ruopora, xii. 61—77 (1910).

* Malte, Nat. Mus. Can. Ann. Rep. for 1930, 27—48, plates 1—5 (1932).

^ Earlier students, Beal and others, had doubted the occurrence of A. caninum in
America; and in 1900 Scribner (in Brainerd, Jones & Eggleston, Fl. Vt. 9) implied
that we do not have it.

162 Rhodora [May

Rydb. and Al. tenerum Vasey are merely variations of it, lose much of
their force. The North American counterpart of the Eurasian A.
caninum, the plant (PLATE 244, FIGS. 1-4, and MAP 18) with long awns,
occurring generally from Newfoundland and eastern Canada to New
England and Pennsylvania, thence across the continent, is Triticum
subsecundum Link (1833), the type of which is illustrated by Malte
(his plate v), while its very large extreme (our PLATE 244, FIGS. 5-7
and MAP 19), with glumes, lemmas and often the awns longer, is A.
Richardsoni Schrad. (1838) or A. unilaterale Cassidy (1890), not A.
unilaterale Beauv. (1812). Scribner & Smith, Hitchcock (in Gray's
Manual) and Rydberg all maintain the two latter (A. “caninum”
and A. Richardsoni) as distinct species; Pease & Moore as different
varieties; and Malte treats them as strictly identical!

Agropyron Richardsoni and the so-called A. caninum of North Amer-
ica sometimes overlap in their characters, but the former has a distine-
tive disruption of geographic range which suggests that it is not merely
a selected series of overgrown individuals. Whereas 4. "caninum"
(MAP 18) is a common or frequent plant of either calcareous or non-
calcareous ledgy and gravelly shores and dry woods and thickets from
eastern Newfoundland to Pennsylvania, thence westward to the
Pacific, the coarse A. Richardsoni (MAP 19) is decidedly localized east
of the Great Lakes: confined to the St. Lawrence system eastward to
Gaspé and Anticosti, chiefly in calcareous soils. Therefore, A. Rich-
ardsoni, with a distinctive geographic range and in its typical develop-
ment with clearly recognizable morphological characters, is, it seems
to me, at least a good geographic variety.

Malte, agreeing in principle with Pease & Moore, treats Agropyron
tenerum Vasey (PLATE 243, FIGs. 1-3), including both A. pseudorepens
Seribn. & Sm. (PLATE 243, FIGs. 4-6) and A. novae-angliae Scribn.
(PLATE 243, FIGS. 7-9), and North American A. “caninum” (PLATE
244, rias. 1-4) including A. Richardsoni (PLATE 244, FIGS. 5-7) as one
polymorphic species; but, having demonstrated that the North
American plant is not the Eurasian A. caninum, he correctly takes up
for the aggregate-species of North America the next available name,
A. trachycaulum (Link) Malte (1932), based on T'riticum trachycaulum
Link, apparently overlooking the fact, however, that the same com-
bination under Agropyron was made by Steudel in 1854 and was re-
peated by Candargy in 1901.

The type of Agropyron trachycaulum, illustrated by Malte, is exactly
A. tenerum Vasey (1885), but, again agreeing with Pease & Moore,

1933] Fernald,—Hecent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora — 16:

Malte merges with it two plants, A. pseudorepens Scribn. & Sm. and
A. novae-angliae Seribn., which in eastern America are much more
widely dispersed than typical A. trachycaulum. True A. trachycaulum
or A. tenerum (PLATE 243, FIGs. 1-3 and MAP 15) (also Triticum pauci-
florum. Schwein. (1824) ) has very slender and elongate spikes, with
the tightly appressed spikelets scarcely imbricated, the tips of most
of them failing to reach the spikelet next above (on the same side);
many of the internodes of the rachis strongly quadrate, with all four
sides deeply concaved, the middle internodes mostly 0.8-2 cm. long;
glumes coriaceous or subcoriaceous, with hyaline border 0.4-0.6 mm.
broad and the closely embraced rachillas (PLATE 243, FIG. 3) usually only
scabrous or appressed-pubescent. This plant, true A. trachycaulum or
A. tenerum, is widely dispersed in western North America, from
southern Alaska to California, thence eastward to the more western
of the Great Lakes; east of Minnesota and adjacent Ontario and Wis-
consin it is represented in the extensive eastern collections in the Gray
Herbarium only from limestone cliffs, slopes and gravels near the
Gulf of St. Lawrence in eastern Quebec: Anticosti and the Mingan
Islands, the Gaspé Peninsula and Bic.

The other plants merged, without any indication of doubt by Pease
& Moore (except that they separated the shorter-spiked specimens of
A. pseudorepens as A. caninum, var. Hornemanni) and, again, by
Malte, with true A. trachycaulum (A. tenerum) usually have dense
spikes of well-imbricated and less closely appressed spikelets; the
internodes of the rachis usually not strongly quadrate but with con-
vex or corrugated backs and commonly 2 (instead of 4) ciliate edges;
the middle internodes short; the glumes inclined to be more herbaceous
and narrowly margined (hyaline margins only 0.1-0.4 mm. broad);
the free rachillas commonly villous (with loosely spreading pubes-
cence). These plants with denser spikes appear in two well marked
geographic trends. The first of these (PLATE 243, FIGS. 4-6 and
MAP 16) is prevailingly calcicolous, occurring very generally from
southern Labrador and the lower St. Lawrence to southern Maine on
limy soils or on the margins of the sea or in brackish or saline marshes.
Inland it is more inclined to take to the upland, occurring (as .1.
caninum, var. Hornemanni Pease & Moore) in the subalpine and al-
pine (not always calcareous) regions of Maine and New Hampshire.
It next appears on the north shore of Lake Superior and extends
thence across the calcareous plains westward, where it is known as

164 Rhodora [May

A. pseudorepens. This plant has comparatively dense spikes, in
maturity (in fruit) averaging 7 mm. in diameter, in anthesis much
thicker, and with glumes averaging 12.5 mm. long. As stated, the
shorter-spiked members of this series were called by Pease & Moore A.
caninum, var. Hornemanni and many botanists have identified them
with A. violaceum (Hornem.) Lange, based upon Triticum violaceum
Hornem. Malte clearly shows, however, that the name Triticum
violaceum was a nomen confusum which should be rejected, while 7.
biflorum, B. Hornemanni Koch, involved in the typification of A.
caninum, var. Hornemanni, was, by description, A. latiglume (Scribn.
& Sm.) Rydb., an arctic species with unkeeled and broad-margined
broadly oblong to narrowly obovate glumes and pubescent lemmas,
which is unknown in eastern North America south of northern Labra-
dor.

The other dense-spiked plant with villous rachillas, merged by
Pease & Moore and now by Malte with typical Agropyron trachy-
caulum (A. tenerum), is A. novac-angliae (PLATE 243, FIGs. 7-9 and
MAP 17), characterized by its slender spike (in maturity averaging
only 5 (3-6) mm. in diameter), with the glumes averaging 8 (5-10)
mm. long and the lemmas proportionally small. A. novae-angliae
passes into A. pseudorepens, which in turn merges into A. trachycaulum,
but in its typical form A. novae-angliae in the East is a plant of low
altitudes and usually on neutral to acid soils (either rock, gravel or
wet peat) from northern Labrador to the granitic hills of southern
New England, thence westward. In general, then, while typical A.
trachycaulum in eastern America is confined to the limestones border-
ing the Gulf of St. Lawrence in Quebec, A. pseudorepens, also chiefly
calcicolous, has a wider eastern range, from southern Labrador to
southern Maine and northern New Hampshire; and A. novac-angliae,
chiefly of neutral or acid soils, extends into the cooler parts of southern
New England.

Although very different in their extremes, all these plants seem to
pass, as Pease & Moore and, later, Malte have independently main-
tained, into one another.' In their best developments, however, they
all have rather distinet geographic ranges, at least in eastern America;
and I find myself looking upon them as reasonably defined geographic

1 The late Charles Walter Swan, an unassuming but wonderfully close student of
New England grasses, left many suggestive notes on specimens he studied. On one
of A. trachycaulum, var. glaucum (A. caninum"), collected at Willoughby in 1898,
he wrote: '' Cut off the awns and compare. Why, ‘violaceum’ [i. e. novcae-angliae].'"

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 165

varieties. It does not seem satisfactory to submerge as identical
with A. trachycaulum (A. tenerum) such pronounced variations as A.
pscudorepens and A. novac-angliac; nor does it seem any more satis-
factory to treat as strictly identical A. Richardsoni (A. unilaterale)
and the smaller “ A. caninum."

All or nearly all of our varieties of Agropyron trachycaulum may
have green or more or less glaucous or glabrous or more or less pubes-
cent phases. These usually occur without appreciable geographic
segregation (often in closely adjacent colonies), and long experience
in the field has abundantly demonstrated that such variations may be
expected throughout the ranges of any of the major or primary
varieties. Pease & Moore, following what seems the more logical
method in such cases, treated them as formac, this being the procedure
which for several years the more progressive systematists have been
adopting. Thus, the late Otto Holmberg, whose regrettable death
has left unfinished the most scholarly of Scandinavian floras, treated
such minor tendencies as forms, reserving the varietal category for
stronger variations, with notable differences in size of parts or with
morphological differences and somewhat definite ranges: Festuca ovina,
f. hispidula and f. laeviflora, but var. vivipara and var. duriuscula;
F. rubra, f. glaucescens and f. planifolia, but var. commutata and var.
oclandica; Agropyron repens, f. pubescens, but var. maritimum; ete.
In general, I have for some years been trying to follow this procedure
and so have Blake, Eames, Weatherby and others in America. Malte,
discussing such variations, concludes that “all variations of the same
nature ought to be considered as equals, i. e. ought to be conceded
equal taxonomic rank and value." As pure logic, wholly dissociated
from the actual vagaries of Nature, this may be conceded; but, surely,
when applied in classification, the logic often fails; characters which
in one group are of great taxonomic importance in another may prove
wholly unimportant and to be a series of nonconcomitant and unre-
solvable variables.

In the present case I find myself unable to follow my friend, Malte,
in treating selected plants with * at least" a trace of pubescence on the
old shrivelled basal sheaths, persisting from last year's new vegetative
shoot, as true varieties on a par with variations so strong that they
are often considered good species: such phases of the long-awned
plants as his Agropyron trachycaulum, vars. ciliatum and glaucum or of
the awnless plants as his vars. trichocoleum and Fernaldii. Nor can I

166 Rhodora [May

treat as coordinate with the true geographic varieties (which Scribner
& Smith, Piper, Hitchcock and Rydberg have treated as full species)
the more or less glaucous individuals (Malte’s A. trachycaulum, vars.
glaucescens, Fernaldii, caerulescens and glaucum), minor tendencies
which differ from the green individuals only in having more wax on
the surface. By drying these over heat or by immersing them in hot
water A. trachycaulum, var. glaucescens becomes the green plant (A.
violaceum, var. majus Vasey); var. Fernaldii becomes the green var.
trichocoleum and vars. caerulescens and glaucum promptly become
their greener counterparts.

As a matter of fact, furthermore, authentic specimens of two of
these so-called “varieties” from the same locality are so nearly in-
distinguishable that only by the closest examination can one detect
that they may possibly have been collected from different clumps.
Agropyron trachycaulum, var. Fernaldii (Pease & Moore) Malte, based
on A. caninum, var. tenerum, f. Fernaldii Pease & Moore, is a slightly
glaucous phase with “ At least the lowest sheaths pubescent.” Its
designated type was collected by John Macoun, no. 68,978, at Cap a
L'Aigle on “ August S," 1905 (in Gray Herb.) and as identical with it
Pease & Moore cited another collection in the Gray Herbarium from
Cap à l'Aigle, “J. Macoun. . . no. 68979,” with the date (on the
label) also “ Aug. Sth, 1905.” Unfortunately, Pease & Moore made a
slight but confusing error, for Macoun's no. 68,978 (their type) has
the date on the label (in Macoun's hand) “ Aug. 24th,"
" August 8,” as cited by them. The two sheets look like young mate-
rial (no. 68,979, labelled “ Aug. 8th”) and over-ripe material from the
same colony (no. 68,978, labelled "Aug. 24th ") and the transposition
of the date would be of little consequence had not Malte included no.

instead of

68,979 as one of the three known collections of his new A. trachy-
caulum, var. glaucescens which is distinguished from his var. Fernaldii
only by having *Sheaths glabrous." The type of var. Fernaldii (no.
68,978) has all the cauline leaves and sheaths quite glabrous but, when
diligently searched for, two or three of the marcescent old sheaths at
the base of the plant, but by no means all, show some pilosity. The
younger material (no. 68,979) from the same locality, which Malte
puts into a second of his varieties because it has " Sheaths glabrous,”
shows, likewise, in the material sent by Macoun to the Gray Herba-
rium, very definite pubescence upon some of the new basal offshoots.
'The treatment of such trivial individual divergencies (in these cases

Rhodora Plate 243

AGROPYRON TRACHYCAULUM: FIG. 1, inflorescence, X 1, from TypE collection of A. tenerum;
ria. 2, inflorescence, X 1, from Quebec; ria. 3, internode of rachilla, closely embraced by lemma

< 10.

Var. Magus: FIG. 4, mature (closed) inflorescence, X 1, from TOroTYPE of A. pseudorepens;
ria. 5, young inflorescence, X 1, from Newfoundland; ria. 6, internodes of rachilla, X 10.

Var. NOVAE-ANGLIAE: FIG. 7, young inflorescence, X 1, from type-region, Willoughby, Ver-
mont; ric. 8, ripe inflorescence, X 1, from Massachusetts; ric. 9, internodes of rachilla, X 10.

Rhodora Plate 244

AGROPYRON TRACHYCAULUM, Var. GLAUCUM: FIG. 1, inflorescence, X 1, from the TYPE; FIG. 2,
inflorescence, X 1, from Type of var. caerulescens; ria. 3, inflorescence, X 1, from TYPE of var.
pilosiglume; ric. 4, internode of rachilla and base of lemma, X 10.

Var. UNILATERALE: FIG. 5, inflorescence, X 1, from Anticosti; ria. 6, inflorescence, X 1, from
Montana; Fia. 7, internode of rachilla and base of lemma, X 10.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 167

with lack of apparent divergence) as true varieties does not seem wise,
and their recognition as anything but visible but taxonomically un-
important departures from a theoretical type does not seem worth
while. At any rate, such slight ecological or physiological responses
are not comparable with the varieties which show strong departures
in characters of the spikelets, in habitats and in, ranges, departures so
pronounced that several agrostologists have considered them true
species.

In § Holopyron, represented in eastern America by species with elon-
gate rootstocks, there is less difference of opinion. All recent authors
are agreed as to the distinctness of Agropyron dasystachyum (Hook.)
Vasey, A. Smithii Rydberg, A. repens (L.) Beauv. and the American
representative of A. pungens (Pers.) R. & S (PLATE 245, Fic. 5). In
recent years A. pungens has been called by some European botanists
some kind of hybrid: by Ascherson & Graebner Triticum junceum X
repens; by Rouy A. junceum X littoreum; by Holmberg A. litorale X
repens. Now, a species (PLATE 245, FIG. 5), thoroughly consistent in
all its characters and clearly matching European A. pungens, is
indigenous at the sea-margin, on shingly beaches, sand dunes and
borders of salt marshes, from Cape Breton to Cape Cod, the plant
described from the Maine coast as A. tetrastachys Scribn. & Sm. It is
a thoroughly typical element in the flora of this district, along with
Puccinellia maritima (Huds.) Parl., Festuca rubra, var. juncea (Hackel)
Richter, Carex maritima O. F. Mueller, Polygonum Ra Bab., Suaeda
maritima (L.) Dumort., Lathyrus japonicus Willd., vars., and other
maritime species which share the European and the American shores
of the North Atlantic. Yet neither Agropyron junceum, A. littoreum
nor A. litorale is known on the coast of northeastern America. Under
the circumstances, with A. pungens a constant member of our mari-
time flora, it seems inevitable that it should be maintained as a true
species.

Without overloading the present paper with needlessly detailed
descriptions, the leading diagnostic characters of the eastern American
species of Agropyron of both sections, as I now interpret them, may
be briefly summarized in the synoptic key which follows. Since there
has been much confusion in the group (especially in $ Goularda),
sufficient specimens in that section (preferably of numbered exsiccatae
which will be mostly represented in numerous herbaria) are cited to
render my interpretation perhaps intelligible to others. The spikes of

168 Rhodora [May

characteristic specimens of the different species and varieties in §
Goularda are shown, life-size, in PLATES 243 and 244.

For the loan of several types of Vasey and of Scribner & Smith I am
indebted to the great kindness of Professor A. S. Hitchcock; for the
loan of the type of Triticum pauciflorum Schwein. to Dr. Francis W.
Pennell; and for material possibly representative of Cassidy's views
to Professor Ernest C. Smith.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF AGROPYRON IN EASTERN NORTH AMERICA

a. Spikelets not strongly flattened, at maturity readily disinte-
grating, the individual florets promptly disarticulating, leav-
ing the persistent glumes: inner face of fruit flattish or broadly
concaved: culms solitary or loosely to densely cespitose,
without elongate rootstocks. § GouLARDA (Husnot) Holmb.
Skand. Fl. pt. 2: 269 (1926)... .6.

b. Anthers 1-2.5 mm. long, at most 14 as long as the lemmas:
lemmas awnless or with essentially straight and ascending
awns....c.

c. Glumes flat or slightly convex, scarcely keeled, herbaceous
or submembranaceous, oblong to narrowly obovate, with
hyaline margin 0.5-1 mm. broad: lemmas pubescent:
spike 3-13 em. long: plant arctic or subarctic with us

1. A. latiglume.

c. Glumes keeled, subcoriaceous to herbaceous, linear-lanceo-
late to elliptic, with hyaline margin 0.1-0.6 mm. broad:
lemmas glabrous (rarely scabrous): spikes 0.4-2.5 dm.

long: plants of temperate regions.............. 2. A. trachycaulum.
. Anthers 3 mm. long: lemmas with strongly arched-divergent
long àWh8......ssssssse IRR n 3. A. spicatum.

a. Spikelets strongly flattened or 4-sided, at maturity dropping
intact from the rachis, the individual florets not readily de-
tached: anthers at least ! as long as the lemmas, 3-6 mm.
long: inner face of fruit déenly channeled: culms solitary or
tufted: rootstocks very elongate and extensively creeping.
§ HorLorvnoN Holmb. l. c. 273 (1926). . . .d.
d. Lemmas and rachillas densely villous to lanate. .4. A. dasystachyum.
d. Lemmas and rachillas glabrous to scabrous. . . .e.
e. Glumes linear-attenuate, tapering with straight mar-
gins from below the middle: spikelets 7—-13-flowered:
cartilaginous band of upper nodes of eulm shorter
than thick... a...an naaa aaaea eee 5. A. Smithii.
e. Glumes lanceolate to oblong, gradually curving to tip
from above the middle: spikelets 3-7 (in the mari-
time no. 6, —11)-flowered: cartilaginous band of
upper nodes of culm as long as thick.
Spike nearly square in section: internodes of rachis
thick, usually 4-angled: spikelets 7-11 (very rarely
only 3-5)-flowered: glumes coriaceous, with broad-
ly rounded keel and ribs: leaves hard, very glau-
cous, mostly involute, with remote coarse ribs:
top of eulm solid (closely filled with pith)...... 6. A. pungens.
Spike usually not conspicuously quadrate: inter-
nodes of rachis thin, rounded on the back, 2-edged:
spikelets 2—7-flowered: glumes herbaceous, with
slender keel and ribs: leaves soft, flat, with
crowded fine nerves: top of culm hollow........ 7. A. repens.

1933] Fernald,—Hecent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 169

1. A. LATIGLUME (Scribn. & Sm.) Rydberg, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl.
xxxvi. 539 (1909). A. violaceum latiglume | Scribn. & Sm. U.S. Dept.
Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 4: 30 (1897). A. biflorum latiglume
(Seribn. & Sm.) Piper, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxii. 547 (1905). A.
caninum, var. latiglume (Scribn. & Sm.) Pease & Moore, RHODORA, xii.
73 (1910).—An arctic species, extending south in eastern America only
to LABRADOR: Rama, August 20—24, 1897, Sornborger, no. 263, as A.
violaceum.

Agropyron latiglume belongs to an arctic and subarctic series, in-
cluding the American A. alaskanum Scribn. & Merr. and A. yukonis
Seribn. & Merr. and the Old World A. mutabile Drobov. The material
from continental boreal America is as yet too scanty to make out the
true status of all these reputed species.

2. A. TRACHYCAULUM (Link) Steud.—A highly variable North
American species, represented in eastern America by the following
five geographic varieties.

a. Awns wanting or very short, at most ' as long as body of
lemma... .b.
b. Glumes coriaceous or subcoriaceous, with hyaline margins 0.4—
0.6 mm. broad: spikelets in ours scarcely imbricated, the
tips rarely reaching the bases of those above (on the same
side): internodes of rachis often strongly quadrate, with
all 4 sides concave and winged, mostly 0.8-2 cm. long; the
2nd internode 0.8-1.5 mm. broad, 0.5-1.3 mm. thick: ra-
chilla usually scabrous or strigose, tightly embraced... . Var. typicum.
b. Glumes herbaceous to subcoriaceous, the hyaline margin
only 0.1-0.4 mm. broad: all or all but the lowest spikelets
well imbricated: internodes of rachis shorter, mostly con-
vex or merely corrugated on the back and with 2 narrow
edges; the 2nd internode 0.3-0.8 mm. thick: rachilla usu-
ally villous, with spreading pubescence, free.
Glumes (excluding awns, when present) averaging 12.5 (10—
16) mm. long: contracted fruiting spike averaging 7 (5-12)
mmeucke s dq METRC Iu M EI ES Var. majus.
Glumes (excluding awns, when present) averaging 8 (7-10)
mm. long: contracted fruiting spike averaging 5 (3-6) mm.
thick qp Een ee. cm M DEL E Var. novae-angliae.
a. Awns nearly equaling to much longer than body of lemma.
Glumes averaging 9 (6-12) mm. long: awns of lemmas 7-20
mm. long: contracted fruiting spike (excluding awns)
averaging 5 (3-10) mm. thick... o a Var. glaucum.
Glumes averaging 13.5 (12-18) mm. long: awns of lemmas
10—40 mm. long: contracted fruiting spike (excluding awns)
averaging 9 (6-13) mm. thick.................... Var. unilaterale.

Var. typicum. Triticum trachycaulum Link, Hort. Bot. Berol. ii.
189 (1833). T. pauciflorum Schwein. in Keating's Narr. Long's 2d
Exped. ii. 383 (1824), not A. pauciflorum Schur (1859). A. trachy-
caulum (Link) Steud. Syn. Pl. Gram. i. 344 (1854);! Candargy, Etude
Mon. Tribu Hord. 43 (1901), combination erroneously ascribed to

1 For date of issue see Rendle, Journ. Bot. xxxvii. 33, 34 (1899).

170 Rhodora [May

“Host” (doubtless a misprint for “ Hort”); Malte, Ann. Rep. 1930,
Nat. Mus. Can. 42 (1932). Crithopyrum trachycaulum (Link) Steud.
l. c. (1854). A. tenerum Vasey, Bot. Gaz. x. 258 (1885). A. repens,
var. tenerum (Vasey) Beal, Grasses N. Am. ii. 637 (1896). A. tenerum
longifolium Scribn. & Sm. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. no.
4:30 (1897). A. pseudorepens magnum Scribn. & Sm. |. c. 34 (1897),
extremely large spikelets. A. tenerum magnum (Scribn. & Sm.)
Piper, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxii. 546 (1905). A. caninum, var.
tenerum (Vasey) Pease & Moore, Ruopora, xii. 71 (1910). Zeia
tenera (Vasey) Lunell, Am. Midl. Nat. iv. 227 (1915). A. trachy-
caulum, var. tenerum. (Vasey) Malte, |. c. 44 (1932). PLATE 243,
FIGS. 1-3, and Map 15.— Western North America, from southern Alaska
to California, eastward to western Ontario, Wisconsin (perhaps in-
troduced), Iowa and Missouri (introduced); limestone soils about the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, Quebec. The following selected specimens

p;

— uu

i

Map 15. Eastern Range of AGROPYRON TRACHYCAULUM, Var. TYPICUM.

(chiefly eastern) are typical. QUEBEC: sur les rivages calcaires,
Grande Ile, Archipel de Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 20,555; sur
les platières calcaires, Riv. au Saumon, Anticosti, Victorin, Rolland
& Louis-Marie, no. 20,556; sur les alluvions près de l'embouchure de
la rivière, Baie du Nord, Anticosti, Victorin, Rolland & Louis-Marie,
no. 20,588; sur les éboulis dans les gorges, R. Vaureal, Anticosti,
Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,889; sur les bords de la petite rivière,
Pointe de l'Est, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,893; rivages
calcaires, R. du Renard, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,894;
limestone-conglomerate talus, Mt. Ste. Anne, Percé, Collins & Fernald,
no. 36; calcareous sea-cliffs between Mont Louis and R. à Pierre,
Fernald & Smith, no. 25,465; Mt. St. Pierre, Victorin, Rolland &
Jacques, no. 33,199; dry calcareous slaty talus of Mt. St. Pierre,
Fernald, Weatherby & Stebbins, no. 2423; cobbly beach of Gulf of St.
Lawrence, Cap au Renard, Fernald & Pease, no. 24,909; shore of
St. Lawrence, Matane, August 3, 1909, F. F. Forbes; gravelly beach
at Paspébiae Lighthouse, July 26, 1902, Williams & Fernald; gravelly
beach, Tracadigash Point, Carleton, July 22, 1904, Collins & Fernald;

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 171

limestone-conglomerate cliffs and ledges, Cap au Massacre, Bic,
July 16, 1904, Collins & Fernald. ONTARIO: sands at Pie R., July
30, 1869, J. Macoun, no. 175. Wisconsin: Murphy’s Railroad track,
Green Bay, July 15, 1897, Schuette. MANITOBA: Emerson, July 17,
1887, J. Fowler. MiNNESOTA: Garden Island, Lake of the Woods,
MacMillan & Sheldon, no. 1353; Fort Snelling, Mearns, no. 780;
Bridgeman, July, 1892, Sheldon; prairies, common, Montevideo,
June 19, 1896, Moyer; Elmore, Pammel, no. 895; “ Prairies of the St.
Peter” [Minnesota R.], Say, 1823 (type of Triticum pauciflorum
Schwein., in herb. Phil. Acad.). Iowa: Wheatland, Ball, no. 271;
Ames, June 27, 1893, F. C. Stewart; Little Rock, Ball, no. 556. Mis-
SOURI: rare, introduced along railroads, Sheffield, July 17, 1898,
Mackenzie, no. 246, July 10, 1899, Bush, no. 142. Coronapo: Fort
Garland, 1884, Vasey (type no. of A. tenerum Vasey, as designated
by Piper, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxii. 543 (1905))—form with very
slender spike; near Empire, Rydberg, no. 2401 (type of A. pseudorepens
magnum Scribn. & Sm., consequently of A. tenerum magnum (Seribn.
& Sm.) Piper; in U. S. Nat. Herb.)—form with unusually stout spike.
OnEGON: along spring-runs in open places, near Grant’s Pass, Howell,
no. 256 (type of A. tenerum. longifolium Seribn. & Sm., in U. S. Nat.
Herb.).

Var. majus (Vasey), comb. nov. ? 4. violaceum, B. virescens Lange,
Consp. Fl. Groenl. 155 (1880). A. violaceum, var. majus Vasey,
Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. i. 280 (1893). A. pseudorepens Scribn. &
Sm. U.S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 4:34 (1897). A. tenerum
majus Vasey ex Piper, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxii. 543 (1905). A.
caninum, var. Hornemanni Pease & Moore, Rnopona, xii. 73 (1910)
in large part, but not as to name-bringing synonym, Triticum biflorum
B. Hornemanni Koch, acc. to Malte, l. e. 38 (1932). 4. tenerum, var.
pseudorepens (Scribn. & Sm.) M. E. Jones, Contr. West. Bot. xiv.
19 (1912). Zeia pseudorepens (Scribn. & Sm.) Lunell, Am. Midl.
Nat. iv. 226 (1915). PLATE 243, FIGs. 4—6, and MAP 16.—Chiefly in
caleareous or subalkaline soils, southern Labrador (and ?Greenland)
to southern British Columbia, south to coast of Maine, northern New
Hampshire, Lake Superior (Ontario) Nebraska, Colorado, Nevada
and Oregon. "The following, selected from a large representation, are
typical. LABRADOR: rocks, Forteau, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2690.
NEWFOUNDLAND: edge of salt marsh, Killigrew’s, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 4691; dry cliffs and talus, Tilt Cove, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4690;
ledges, talus and gravel by Exploits R., Bishop Falls, Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 4687; ledges, ete., Exploits R., Grand Falls, Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 4686; gravelly and turfy strand near Isthmus Cove,
Pistolet Bay, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,435; turfy lime-
stone barrens, Cape Norman, Wiegand & Long, no. 27,438; wet spruce,
thicket, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,323; lime-
stone ledges and gravel, St. Barbe, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no.
26,324; turfy limestone shore, Plum Point, Brig Bay, Fernald, Long

172 Rhodora [May

& Dunbar, no. 26,325 (approaching var. unilaterale); peaty limestone
barrens, St. John Isl., Fernald et al., no. 27,436; turfy and gravelly
shore, Back (or Bustard) Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1282;
turfy terraces and slopes, Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.
1281; wet runs and boggy spots, Ingornachoix Bay, Fernald & Wie-
gand, no. 2680; damp shores, Port Saunders, Fernald & Wiegand, no.
2687; serpentine tablelands, alt. 380 m., Bonne Bay, Fernald & Wie-
gand, no, 2684; inside the strand, Southeast Arm, Bonne Bay, Fernald
& Wiegand, no. 2693; shelves and talus of diorite, Western Head,
Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1283; dry sandy soil near sea-
level, Bay of Islands, Eames & Godfrey, no. 5878; sea beach, Little
River, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 11,178. QuknEc: limestone ter-
races, Blane Sablon (* Labrador"), Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2689;
grassy hillside, R. à la Truite, Brest, St. John, no. 90,169; sandy isle

Map 16. Eastern Range of AGROPYRON TRACHYCAULUM, Var. MAJUS.

in R. St. Augustin, St. John, no. 90,168; grassy shore, Pointe au
Maurier, Charnay, St. John. no. 90,170; gréve de cailloutis calcaire,
Lac Salé, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,772; cailloutis calcaire,
R. la Loutre, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,773 (transition to
var. unilaterale); sur les platiéres, R. Chicotte, Anticosti, Victorin &
Rolland, nos. 27,890, 27,892; platiéres calcaires, R. MacDonald, Anti-
costi, Victorin, Rolland & Louis-Marie, nos. 20,553, 20,557, 20,559; fal-
aises de la Montagne Saint-Alban, Cap Rosier, Victorin etal., no. 17,834;
calcareous walls of Grande Coupe, Percé, Fernald & Collins, no. 917,
Victorin et al., no. 17,833; calcareous alpine meadow, alt. 1000-1125
m., Table-topped Mt., Fernald & Collins, nos. 368, 372; subalpine
meadows (alt. 1200 m.), Mt. Au Clair, Tabletop Mts., Fernald &
Smith, no. 25,467; boggy spots at 1000 m., tableland of Mt. Albert,
Fernald & Collins, no. 35; crevices and talus of serpentine, Lac au
Diable, Mt. Albert, Fernald & Collins, no. 411; dans le massif de

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 173

serpentine, Ruisseau des Neiges, Victorin et al., no. 17,829; dry
schistose crests and talus, alt. 850-1000 m., Mt. Logan, Pease &
Smith, no. 25,466; alluvial islands at mouth of Bonaventure R.,
August 4, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; gravelly shore of St. Law-
rence, Cacouna, August 8, 1902, Fernald; vicinity of Cap à l'Aigle,
J. Macoun, nos. 68,978 (type of A. caninum, var. tenerum, f. Fernaldii
Pease & Moore; consequently, of A. trachycaulum, var. Fernaldii
(Pease & Moore) Malte), 68,979 (cited by Malte as var. glaucescens
Malte); 68,981 (green state). MaaDALEN IsLanps: sandstone bluffs,
Grosse Isle, Fernald, Long & St. John, nos. 6937 (glaucous), 6938
(green). Prince Epwarp Istanp: dry clearing, Indian River,
Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6943. Nova Scoria: barrens, St.
Paul L, Perry & Roscoe, no. 77; thicket bordering salt marsh, Village-
dale, Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 20,104; rocky and gravelly beach
(brackish), Eel Lake, Fernald, Bean & White, no. 20,101; brackish
marsh, Abram R., Fernald, Bean & White, no. 20,103; thin open humus
(on basalt), North Mt., Belle Isle, Fernald, Bartram, Long & Fassett,
no. 23,342. New Brunswick: brackish marsh, Bathurst, S. F.
Blake, no. 5459; shelves of sea-cliffs (basalt), north of Whale Cove,
Grand Manan, Weatherby & Weatherby, no. 5490. Maine: Mt.
Katahdin, August, 1892, F. P. Briggs; slide, West Wall, North Basin,
Katahdin, July 13, 1900, Williams, Fernald; North Wall, North
Basin, Katahdin, S. J. Ewer, no. 147; opening by Chimney Pond,
Katahdin, Ewer, no 241; Mt. Kineo, August 26, 1867, C. E. Smith;
damp basaltic shingle, Lubec, Fernald, no. 1365; calcareous ledges,
Kelly Point, Pembroke, Fernald, no. 1369; edge of salt marsh, Roque
Bluffs, August 6, 1919, Knowlton; dry sandy shore, Machiasport,
July 25, 1914, Knowlton; rocky shore, Matinicus, August 6, 1919,
C. A. E. Long; rocks along shore, Ocean Point, Boothbay, Fassett, no.
234; salt marsh, Wells Beach, July 23, 1898, Fernald. New HaMr-
SHIRE: railroad track, Northumberland, Fernald & Pease, no. 16,715;
“in alpinis Montium Alborum,” Tuckerman; Oakes Gulf, Mt. Wash-
ington, Faxon, Churchill, Kennedy et al.; Alpine Garden, Mt. Wash-
ington, Faxon, Pease, no. 10,600; Fan of Huntington's Ravine, Pease,
no. 13,898; outlet of Lake of the Clouds, Mt. Washington, Robinson,
no. 979; Ethan’s Pond, Mt. Willey, August, 1877, Faxon; summit of
Mt. Willard, July 19, 1894, Williams; border of rich deciduous woods,
North Woodstock, Fernald, no. 11,566. VERMONT: gravelly bank,
Canaan, Pease, no. 10,088. Ontario: Pic R., Lake Superior, Loring;
mouth of Dog R., Lake Superior, J. Macoun, no. 176. Norra
Dakota: Devil's Lake, July 16, 1902, Lunell. Sourn DAKOTA:
Brookings, June 29, 1897, Thornber. NEBRASKA: Kearney, June 20,
1895, Rydberg, no. 2018 (type of A. pseudorepens Scribn. & Sm.),
Shear, no. 272 (topotype of A. pseudorepens); Merriman, July 11,
1899, J. M. Bates; Broken Bow, alt. 2478 ft., Pammel, no. 54; Ra-
venna, Pammel, no. 59; wet valley near Whitman, Rydberg, no. 1619.
WyvowiNa: Wood's Landing, Albany Co., Nelson, no. 3965; Pelican

174 Rhodora [May

Creek, Yellowstone Park, Tweedy, no. 624. CoLorapo: Walsenburg,
Huerfano Co., alt. 6000 ft., Clements, no. 81; South Park, FK. L.
Hughes, no. 11. Nevapa: Lone Mt., alt. 8000 ft., Elko Co., P. B.
Kennedy, no. 4357; Truckee meadows, near Sparks, Kennedy, no.
3059. OmkcGoN: 1884, Cusick, no. 1134 (TYPE of A. violaceum, var.
majus Vasey; consequently of A. tenerum majus Vasey; rachilla as in
typical 4. trachycaulum, but plant otherwise like the common eastern
form). WasuiNGTON: Pullman, Piper, no. 1910, in part (mixed with
var. novac-angliae). Brirrish Cotumsta: Cascade, J. M. Macoun,
no. 63,388.

The sheaths, blades or spikes are more or less glaucous in the minor
form or state:

A. caninum, var. tenerum, f. Fernaldii Pease & Moore, |. c., 73
(1910). A. trachycaulum, var. glaucescens Malte in H. F. Lewis,
Can. Field-Nat. xlv. 201 (1931), name only, and Ann. Rep. 1930,
Nat. Mus. Can. 45 (1932). A. trachycaulum, var, Fernaldii (Pease
& Moore) Malte, l. c. 46 (1932).

The varietal name Agropyron violaceum, B. virescens Lange (1880)
can hardly be taken up, although it is not impossible that Lange may
have had our plant. Malte shows, however (pp. 38, 39), that there
was great confusion as to its exact identity and that it is now “im-
possible to say what particular form it was." Although the type of
A. violaceum, var. majus, for the loan of which I am indebted to Pro-
fessor Hitchcock, has the rachillas scabrous rather than villous, it is
otherwise quite like the common eastern plant and, in view of the
inconstancy of this character in western material, it does not seem
justifiable to reject this earliest available varietal name. The type of
A. pseudorepens (Rydberg, no. 2018) is exactly the common plant of the
shores of western Newfoundland and eastern Canada. The topotype
(Shear, no. 272), collected on the same day, may well have come from
the colony with the type. A. caninum, var. Hornemanni Pease &
Moore was based on Triticum biflorum, B. Hornemanni Koch, which,
according to Malte (p. 38), is A. latiglume. The plant of Pease &
Moore is largely a short-spiked alpine extreme of A. trachycaulum,
var. majus. As to the more or less glaucous phases of the variety
which have been separated by Pease & Moore and by Malte, see the
discussion on p. 166.

Var. novae-angliae (Scribn.), comb. nov. A. novae-angliae Scribn.
in Brainerd, Jones & Eggleston, Fl. Vt. 9 (name), 103 (1900). 4.
tenerum, var. novae-angliae (Scribn.) Farwell, Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci.
xxl. 355 (1920). A. repens, var. novae-angliae Scribn. & Sm. acc. to
Farwell 1. c. (1920) in synonymy. PLATE 243, FIGS. 7-9, and Map 17.—

1933] l'ernald,—Hecent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 175

Acid to calcareous rock and gravel, bogs and open woods, northern
Labrador to Alberta, south to Connecticut, southern New York,
Michigan, Wisconsin, Nebraska, Colorado and Nevada. The fol-
lowing, selected from a large representation, are characteristic.
LABRADOR: on granitic rock, river-delta at head of Nachvak Bay,
Woodworth, no. 37. NEWFOUNDLAND: gravelly and rocky seashore,
Snook’s Arm, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4689; bogs, Bishop Falls,
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4688; sandy beach, Sandy Lake, Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 2685; partially shaded limestone escarpments, Burnt
Cape, Fernald & Long, no.
27,437; gravelly strand, riep UN ULT
Southeast Arm, Bonne L3 7d n
Bay, Fernald & Wiegand, Sy N
no. 2692; serpentine grav- S rr
el, The Tableland, Bonne S
Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg,
no. 1285; serpentine bar- |—
rens, Blomidon, Fernald &
Wiegand, nos. 2686, 2688;
sandy flats, mouth of |w~”
Blomidon Brook, French- | =e%
man’s Cove, Mackenzie & -
Griscom, no. 10,103; peaty
and gravelly slopes, French
(or Tweed) I., Fernald, :
Long & Fogg, no. 65; wet |^

runs and boggy spots in ASNN
limestone barrens, Table S
Mt., Port au Port Bay, = » pro
Fernald & Wiegand, no. €^

2682; meadow in limestone

barrens, Green Gardens, Map 17. Eastern Range of AGROPYRON
Cape St. George, Macken- TRACHYCAULUM, Var. NOVAE-ANGLIAE.
zie & Griscom, no. 11,011;

cobbly barrier-beach, Great Barachois (or Barasway Bay), Burgeo
and La Poile, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 66; turfy sand-plain, Sand
Beach, west of Burgeo, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 64. QUEBEC:
boggy thicket, Ile Ste Généviéve, Mingan Ids., St. John, no. 90,
171; rich wooded banks, R. Ste. Anne des Monts, Fernald & Collins,
no. 171; on hornblende schist, Mt. Albert, Fernald & Collins, no.
405; crevices and talus of serpentine, Ruisseau a la Neige, Mt.
Albert, Fernald & Collins, no. 416; Coulée d’Approche, Mt. Albert,
Victorin ct al., no. 17,828; turfy and mossy slopes, Mt. Fortin, Fer-
nald & Pease, no. 24,910; gravelly beaches and flats of Bonaven-
ture R., August 5-8, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; gravel beaches
and bars, Little Cascapedia R., July 29 and 30, 1904, Collins, Fer-
nald & Pease; platiéres, R. Petite Cascapedia, Victorin, Rolland &

176 Rhodora [May

Jacques, no. 33,282; trap cliff, Tracadigash Mt., Carleton, July 24,
1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; shore, Tadousac, August 6, 1892,
Kennedy; Cache R., Lac Tremblant, August 2, 1922, Churchill;
Perkins, Papineau Co., Malte, no. 119,241; Mt. King, prés de Hull,
Victorin, no. 15,261; Blue Sea Lake, Hull Co., Malte, no. 119,246;
Wakefield, Malte, no. 119,239; dry serpentine ledges and gravel,
Black Lake, Fernald & Jackson, no. 12,027; ledges, Mt. Elephantis,
Brome, July 30, 1902, Churchill, Pease. MAGDALEN ISLANDS: sandy
sea-strand, Alright I., Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6936. PRINCE
EpwarpD ISLAND: moist rich woods and springy larch swamp, Bloom-
field, Fernald, Long & St. John, nos. 6940, 6941; larch swamp, Dundee,
Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6942. Nova Scoria: rocky flood-plain
of Barrasois R., Nichols, no. 339; crest of boulder and gravel barrier-
beach, Great Bras d’Or, Grand Narrows, Fernald & Long, no. 20,106;
talus of gypsum cliffs near Fivemile R., Pease & Long, no. 20,102;
sea-shore thicket, Port Mouton, Bissell & Graves, no. 20,105. New
Brunswick: Dalhousie, Malte, no. 119,247. Maine: cedar swamp,
Blaine, September 7, 1896, Fernald; Caribou bog, Crystal, August 16,
1900, Fernald; rock-shelves, Mt. Kineo, Cushman, no. 1909; dry bank,
Dead River, Fernald, no. 576 (type of A. caninum, var. Hornemanni,
f. pilosifolium Pease & Moore); dry rocky woods, Lubec, Fernald,
no. 1366; granite ledges, Jordan Bluffs, Mt. Desert I., Stebbins, no.
625; ledgy shore, Dark Harbor, Islesboro, Woodward, Bissell & Fer-
nald, no. 8817; Elwell Point, South Thomaston, Bissell, Fernald &
Chamberlain, no. 8818; beach, Monhegan Island, August 8, 1921,
Churchill; rocky woods, York, Fernald & Long, no. 12,732. New
HAMPSHIRE: dry open ledges, Diamond Peaks, Dartmouth College
Grant, Pease, no. 10,501; dry shaded cliffs, Devil’s Slide, Stark,
Pease, no. 17,448; dry roadside, West Milan, Pease, no. 13,791; dry
gravelly soil, Gorham, Pease, no. 12,208; copse, Randolph, Pease, no.
1730; roadside, Whitefield, Pease, no. 14,426; talus, Mt. Webster,
Pease, no. 11,722; roadside, Carroll, Pease, no. 16,590; among rocks,
Jackson, July 10, 1880, J. A. Allen; dry woods, Three Mile I., Mere-
dith, Pease, no. 2515; in sphagnum, Alstead, Fernald, no. 240. VER-
MONT: Willoughby Mt., Eggleston, no. 2177 (from TYPE station, acc.
to label); Willoughby cliffs, August 10 and 12, 1883, July 24, 1886,
Faxon; North Slide, Willoughby Mt., August 15, 1896, Faxon; base
of Willoughby Mt., July 3, 1894, Grout & Eggleston, August 1, 1894,
Williams; 4th of July Slide, Willoughby, July 1, 1896, Kennedy,
August 15, 1896, Faxon; Smuggler's Notch, Mt. Mansfield, August
9, 1877, Faxon, July 10, 1894, Eggleston; dry ledge, South Burlington,
June 27, 1912, Knowlton. MassaAcnusETTS: Pettingill’s swamp,
Newbury, August 12, 1897, A. A. Eaton; rocky woods, Shelburne
Falls, July 6, 1921, Churchill; limestone hill near Harmon Pond,
Sheffield, Hoffmann. Connecticut: dry rocky woods (granitic),
Sharon, Weatherby, no. 4799; dry rocky open woods (granitic), Canaan,
Weatherby, no. 4145. New York: Wallface Mt., alt. 3000 ft., House,

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 177

no. 9533; Dutchess Co., Hoysradt; Watertown (as A. repens, var.
glaucum) A. Gray, N. Am. Gram. Cyp. no. 128; Brownsville, June
30, 1859, Wm. Boott; dry open woods, Danby, Kames & MacDaniels,
no. 3564. Ontario: Britannia, Malte, no. 119,242; Kingston, July
27, 1897, Fowler; Peninsula, Lake Superior, Malte, no. 107,866.
MicniGAN: Isle Royale, Cooper, no. 176; Alpena, July 22, 1876, H.
Gillman; Cheboygan, August, 1890, Kofoid. Wisconsin: Solon
Springs, August 14, 1915, Allen & Davis. MaANrroBA: Lake Winni-
peg Valley, 1857, Bourgeau. MINNESOTA: sand, aspen grove, North
Boundary, Hubbard Co., M. L. Grant, no. 2915; Duluth, August 1,
1888, Vasey (type of A. tenerum ciliatum Seribn. & Sm., consequently
of A. tenerum trichocoleum Piper, A. caninum, var. tenerum, f. ciliatum
(Scribn. & Sm.) Pease & Moore and A. trachycaulum, var. tricho-
coleum (Piper) Malte; type in U. S. Nat. Herb.). SASKATCHEWAN:
Whitehorse Lake, Herriot, no. 72,890; Carleton House, Richardson.
SourH DakoTma: Belle Fourche, Griffiths, no. 389a. NEBRASKA:
Loup City, J. M. Bates, no. 5219. ALBERTA: Cataract Creek, S.
Brown, no. 1482; Edmonton, Malte, no. 151,819; near Banff, July 14,
1891, J. Macoun. Wyomina: Pine Bluffs, Nelson, no. 3628, in part;
steep slopes, Bridger Peak, Goodding, no. 1939; Bull Camp, Big Horn
Mts., T. A. Williams, no. 2771. Coronapo: Arboles, Baker, no.
145; vicinity of Mt. Carbon, Tidestrom, nos. 3918, 4041. NEVADA:
Ruby Valley, alt. 6000 ft., Watson, no. 1330; grassy flats, alt. 6300
ft., Gold Creek, Nelson & Macbride, no. 2096.

The individuals with trichomes present on some sheaths or blades
have been called:

A. tenerum ciliatum Scribn. & Sm. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost.
Bull. no. 4: 30 (1897). A. tenerum trichocoleum Piper, Bull. Torr.
Bot. Cl. xxxi. 546 (1905). A. caninum, var. tenerum, f. ciliatum
(Scribn. & Sm.) Pease & Moore, Ruopora, xii. 72 (1910). A. caninum,
var. Hornemanni, f. pilosifolium Pease & Moore, l. c. 75 (1910).
A. trachycaulum, var. trichocoleum (Piper) Malte, Ann. Rep. 1930,
Nat. Mus. Can. 45 (1932).

The frequent glaucous state has apparently received no special
designation.

Var. GLAUCUM (Pease & Moore) Malte, Ann. Rep. 1930, Nat. Mus.
Can. 47 (1932). A. caninum, f. glaucum Pease & Moore, RHODORA,
xii. 71 (1910). A. trachycaulum, var. caerulescens Malte, |. c. (1932).
PrATE 244, Fics. 1—4, and mar 18.—Rocky or gravelly shores, thickets,
open woods and bogs, in basic to acid soils, Newfoundland to south-
ern British Columbia, south to southern New England, Pennsylvania,
Michigan, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Nebraska, Colorado, Nevada and
California. From a large representation the following are cited as
characteristic. NEWFOUNDLAND: ledges, talus and gravel by Ex-
ploits R., Bishop Falls, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4684; shelves and
talus of diorite cliffs, Western Head, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long &

178 Rhodora [May

Fogg, no. 1284; boggy woods, Stephenville, Fernald & Wiegand, no.
2691. QuesBec: St. John (or Douglastown) R., August 23, 1904,
Collins, Fernald & Pease; sur les graviers, R. Dartmouth, Victorin
et al., no. 17,832; gravelly beach of R. Ste. Anne des Monts, Fernald
& Collins, nos. 170, 170a; gravelly beaches and flats, Bonaventure R.,
August 5-8, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; sur les graviers de la
rivière, Matapedia, Victorin, no. 26,464; slaty ledges by Matapedia
R., Assemetquagan, Fernald & Pease, no. 24,911; rocky bank, St.
Alphonse, Chicoutimi Co., August 6, 1902, Walliams & Fernald;
margin of Bic R., Bic, Fernald & Collins, no. 915; Riviére du Loup,
1860, Chas. Pickering, July 21, 1861, Wm. Boott; Anse a Persil,
Riviére du Loup, Victorin, no. 98; shore of Boundary Lake, Ka-
mouraska, July 31,
1878, Pringle, Horsford;
Buckingham, Malte, no.
119,244; Ile Lemieux,
R. Ottawa, Victorin, no.
15,262; piniére de la
Trappe, Oka, Victorin
& Rolland, no. 33,140;
dry woods, Mt. Beloeil,
Pease, no. 12,953; Ele-
phantis Landing,
Brome, Pease, no. 147.
Nova Scoria: thicket
at upper border of grav-
el beach, Great Bras
d'Or, Kidstone I., Fer-
nald & Long, no. 20,100;
thickets and upper
border of shingly beach,
Map 18. Eastern Range of AGROPYRON Shubenacadie Grand
TRACHYCAULUM, Var. GLAUCUM. Lake, Fernald, Bartram

& Long, nos. 23,338,

23,339; wet thickets and swales, Lahave R., Bridgewater, Fernald
& Long, no. 23,341; crest of barrier beach, East Jordan, Fernald
& Long, no. 23,340. New Brunswick: Junction of Matapedia and
Restigouche Rivers, Malte, nos. 119,249, 119,251; Grand Falls,
August 13, 1873, Wm. Boott; Lily Lake, St. John, August 10, 1873,
Wm. Boott. Maine: shore of St. John R., Fort Kent, Pease, no.
2579; gravelly shores, Aroostook R., Fort Fairfield, Fernald, no.
196; cedar swamp, Mars Hill, Fernald, no. 575; recent clearings and
railroad embankments, Houlton, Fernald & Long, no. 12,728; open
woods, City Camp to Roebar’s, Wassataquoik R., July 17, 1900,
Fernald; argillaceous ledges by Penobscot R., Winn, Fernald & Long,
no. 12,727; bogs, Oldtown, July, 1890, F. P. Briggs; exposed argil-
laceous ledges along Penobscot R., Hampden, Fernald & Long, no.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 179

12,731; thicket above springy, limy gravel-beach of St. John R.,
Township ix, Range 17, Somerset Co., St. John, no. 2142; dry river-
thicket, Mercer, August 6, 1913, Knowlton; open woods, Farmington,
Fernald, no. 574; thin soil on ledges, Hartford, Parlin, no. 1427;
calcareous strand, Kelly Point, Pembroke, July 31, 1909, Fernald,
no. 1367 (TYPE of A. caninum, f. glaucum Pease & Moore, consequently
of A. trachycaulum, var. glaucum (Pease & Moore) Malte); crevices
of dry granite, Kelly Point, Pembroke, Fernald, no. 1368; rocks,
Winter Harbor, Stebbins, no. 3913; deciduous hillside-woods, Ded-
ham, Fernald & Long, no. 12,729; granite ledges, Frankfort, Fernald
& Long, no. 12,730; wet bank in woods, Rockland, C. 4. E. Long,
no. 662; crevices of cliff, Monhegan Island, August 10, 1921, Churchill;
wooded terrace of Kennebee R., Vassalboro, Fernald, no. 12,726;
North Berwick, Parlin, no. 571. New HaMPrsHIRE: railroad em-
bankment, Randolph, Pease, nos. 16,887, 17,195, 19,847; near Upper
Baker Pond, Piermont, August 1, 1908, Walliams. VERMONT:
Willoughby, July 21, 1898, Kennedy; Twin Mt., West Rutland,
Eggleston, no. 2473; serpentine outcrop, Roxbury, July 18, 1916,
E. J. Winslow; cliffs, North Pownal, August 1, 1898, Churchill.
MassaAcHUsETTS: Major Heywood path, Concord, July 1, 1859, H.
D. Thoreau; Conantum Cliff, Concord, E. S. Hoar; dry rocky (diorite)
hillside-woods, Horn Pond Hill, Woburn, Fernald & Long, no. 8815;
rock in woods, Stoneham, July 4, 1894, W. P. Rich; High Rock
woods, Needham, June 22, 1890, T. O. Fuller; damp thicket east of
Morse's Pond, Wellesley, July 20, 1912, Wiegand; Neponset meadows,
Canton, June 22, 1899, Kennedy; woods, Ashfield, July 19, 1909,
Williams; dry rocky upland woods, North Adams, Fernald & Long,
no. 8816; rocky summit, West Stockbridge Mt., July 18, 1911, Hoff-
mann; rocky ledge, slope of Monument Mt., Great Barrington, July
6, 1906, Hoffmann; limestone ledge, Sheffield, July 30, 1914, Hoff mann.
Connecticut: Wauregan, J. L. Sheldon, no. 657; dry thicket, Somers,
July 20, 1904, Bissell; roadside bank, Union, Weatherby, no. 4776;
moist meadow, Waterbury, Blewitt, no. 324; dry ledge, Waterbury,
Blewitt, no. 3637; low wet field, Brookfield, Blewitt, no. 1885; sphag-
nous swampy meadow, Bethel, Eames, no. 10,973. New York: thin
soil on rocks, Peaked Mt., West Fort Ann, July 16, 1918, Burnham;
Glen Lake, September 20, 1916, Burnham; Axton, July 14, 1899,
Rowlee, Wiegand & Hastings; Watertown, A. Gray, N. Am. Gram.
Cyp. no. 129; open woods, Thatcher’s Pinnacle, Danby, Metcalf, no.
5850; dry woods, Estey’s Glenn, Lansing, Metcalf, no. 5848; dry
scrubby hillside, Caroline, Wiegand, no. 9283; rocky banks, Enfield,
Metcalf, no. 5849; open woods, Ithaca, Metcalf, no. 5847; Sullivan
Hill (on some labels “ Crest of Mt. Zoar”), Chemung Co., T. F. Lucy,
no. 11,603; Penn Yan, Sartwell; marl openings, Bergen Swamp,
Wiegand, no. 9282; Buffalo, Clinton; Niagara Falls, July, 1836, Carey.
PENNSYLVANIA: Pocono Mts., August 2, 1860, Porter; (Porter, on his
label, also reports it from barrens of Huntingdon Co. and from Blair

180 Rhodora [May

Co.). Onrarto: dry rocky ground, Hastings Co., June 2, 1865,
J. Macoun; beach of Agawa R., Frater, Pease, no. 18,068. MICHIGAN:
Isle Royale, Cooper, no. 175; bluffs, Keweenaw Co., Farwell, no. 760;
Sulphur I., Thunder Bay, July 18, 1895, C. F. Wheeler; low sandy
woods, Bay Port, September 10, 1902, C. R. Ball; very dry and poor
ground in woods, Sand Point, Huron Co., C. K. Dodge, no. 22; Jackson,
July 11, 1838, Houghton. Wisconsin: beach of L. Michigan, Stur-
geon Bay, Schuette, no. 155; Scott, Brown Co., July 10, 1898, Schuette;
river-bank, Allouez, July 17, 1882, Schuette; Beloit, 1860, T. J. Hale;
Wild Rose, July 3, 1918, J. J. Davis. MaiNNESOTA: sand, aspen
clearing, Clearwater Co., M. L. Grant, no. 3119; rocks, Thomson,
Sandberg, no. 407; wooded slope, sandstone outcrop, Sheldon Valley,
Rosendahl, no. 3816. NEBRASKA: wet meadow, near Whitman,
Grant Co., Rydberg, no. 1617. ALBERTA: small meadow, Buffalo
Prairie, Jasper Park, J. M. Macoun, nos. 98,043, 98,044; N. E.
Branch of Saskatchewan, S. Brown, no. 1497; Banff, Malte, no.
108,310 (var. caerulescens Malte, cited by him). Monrana: East
Gallatin swamps, alt. 5000 ft., Rydberg, no. 3191. Wyoming: Cache
Creek, Tweedy, no. 625; Sundance, T. A. Williams, no. 2862; Fort
Bridger, August 5, 1873, Porter. CoroRapo: Twin Lakes, J. Wolf,
no. 1168; Canyon City, alt. 5300 ft., Fremont Co., Shear, no. 960;
dry soil among bushes, alt. 7000 ft., Mancos, Baker, Earle & Tracy,
no. 440. IpaHo:dry soil among rocks, St. Anthony, Merrill & Wilcox,
no. 130. Nervapa: King's Canon, alt. 1700-2000 m., Ormsby Co.,
Baker, no. 1286. CALIFORNIA: open woods, Idyllwild, San Jacinto
Mts., M. F. Spencer, no. 1231. WasHINGTON: dry slopes near Con-
conully, Okanogan Co., J. W. Thompson, no. 6941. Bmrrisu Co-
LUMBIA: Cameron Lake, Vancouver I., W. R. Carter, no. 950; Comox,
Vancouver I., Malte, no. 107,855 (type of var. caerulescens Malte).

The earliest varietal name applicable to the common American
Agropyron “caninum” is var. glaucum, a bit innappropriate, since
most of the material is not strikingly, if at all, glaucous. The common,
green and glabrous phases of the plant are:

A. caninum of most American authors, not A. caninum (L.) Beauv.
of Eurasia.

Triticum subsecundum Link, Hort. Bot. Berol. ii. 190 (1833).

Individuals of the green plant with more or less pubescence on some
of the sheaths or blades have been called A. caninum, f. pubescens
Pease & Moore, |. c. (1910). The plants examined by them have
glabrous culms and variable, though not excessive pubescence on the
foliage. They took their name from A. caninum pubescens Scribn. &
Sm. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 4: 29 (1897). The type
of Scribner & Smith's subspecies, most kindly loaned me by Professor
Hitchcock, is a very extreme variation, if not another species, quite

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 181

unlike anything else which I have seen: with blades and sheaths all
densely villous-tomentose, the tomentum also on the culms. No
other material of the aggregate A. trachycaulum has been seen with
positively pubescent culms. In view of the constancy of this char-
acter in species of Muhlenbergia, Bromus, and in some other genera of
the Gramineae the rare western plant deserves further attention.
Var. UNILATERALE (Cassidy) Malte, Ann. Rep. 1930, Nat. Mus.
Can. 46 (1932), in part (including name-bringing synonym). A.
Richardsoni Schrad. Linnaea, xii. 467 (1838). A. unilaterale Cassidy,
Colo. State Agric. Coll. Expt. Sta. Bull. no. 12: 63 (1890), not A. uni-
laterale Beauv. Agrost. 102 (1812). A. caninum, var. unilaterale
(Cassidy) Vasey, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. i. 279 (1893). A. caninum,

\

Al

of i i oan

Map 19. Eastern Range of AGROPYRON TRACHYCAULUM, Var. UNILATERALE.

f. violascens Ramaley, Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn.—Minn. Bot. St.
no. 9: 3, 107 (1894). A. violaceum, f. caninoides Ramaley, l. c. 9, 108
1894). A. violascens (Ramaley) Beal, Grasses N. Am. ii. 635 (1896).
A. caninoides (Ramaley) Beal, l. c. 640 (1896). A. caninum, var.
Richardsoni (Schrad.) M. E. Jones, Contrib. West. Bot. xvi. 18
(1912). A. trachycaulum, var. Richardsoni (Schrad.) Malte in H. F.
Lewis, Can. Field-Nat. xlv. 201 (1931). PLATE 244, rias. 5-7, and
MAP 19.—Meadows, thickets and limy rocks, borders of Gulf and
lower River St. Lawrence, Quebec; Ontario and western New York
to British Columbia, south to Wisconsin, Iowa, South Dakota, Colo-
rado, Nevada and Oregon. QuEBEc: sur les platiéres, Riv. au Saumon,
Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,886, as A. repens; sur les talus secs,
R. Natiskotek, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,895 (transition
to var. majus) ; alluvial islands at mouth of Bonaventure R., August 4,
1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; sur les ilóts cambriens dits “Les
Razades," Trois Pistoles, Victorin, Rolland & Jacques, no. 34,008;

182 Rhodora [May

vicinity of Cap à l'Aigle, J. Macoun, no. 68,982 (approaching var.
glaucum). Maine: in agris (doubtless introduced in western wool’),
North Berwick, June 24, 1898, Parlin. New York: Buffalo, Clinton.
Ontario: Kemptville, Malte, no. 119,243. Wisconsin: railroad track
to Murphy’s mill, Green Bay, July 8, 1897, Schuette; Scott, Brown Co.,
June, 1885, Schuette. Iowa: Little Rock, C. R. Ball, no. 554; Jewell
Junction, G. W. Carver, no. 255. Norra Dakora: prairies, Leeds,
July 8, 1901, Lunell. Sourn Dakota: Brookings, July 10, 1894,
Thornber. SASKATCHEWAN: without locality, 1858, Bourgeau. AL-
BERTA: Dunvegan, Peace R., J. M. Macoun, no. 59,546; Brazeau, S.
Brown, no. 1432; Devil's Head Lake, August 3, 1891, J. Macoun;
Banff, Butters & Holway, no. 313. Montana: dry hillsides, Hound
Creek Valley, alt. 4500 ft., Scribner, no. 422 (cotype of A. Richardson?
ciliatum Scribn. & Sm., consequently of A. caninum, var. unilaterale,
f. ciliatum (Seribn. & Sm.) Pease & Moore and of A. trachycaulum,
var. ciliatum (Scribn. & Sm.) Malte); Dry Fork of Belt Creek, Ryd-
berg, no. 3352 (one individual green, one glaucous). WYOMING:
Laramie, E. D. Merrill, no. 23. CoLorapo: wet ground in the higher
mountains, near Golden City, Greene, no. 446; Veta Pass, 1886, Vasey;
Dillon, Shear, no. 1067; alpine, moist bottoms, Hahn's Peak, Routt
Co., Goodding, no. 1705. Nevapa: Incline, Lake Tahoe, P. B. Ken-
nedy, no. 1439. OnEGON: Dale's, Blue Mts., Griffiths & Hunter, no.
111. WasnHINGTON: Loomis, Griffiths & Cotton, no. 340. BRITISH
CoLuMBiaA: Field, J. Macoun, no. 64,790; Comox, J. Macoun, no. 50.

Individuals with more or less pubescence on at least the lowest
sheaths have been called:

A. Richardsoni ciliatum Scribn. & Sm. U.S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost.
Bull. no. 4: 29 (1897). A. caninum, var. unilaterale, f. ciliatum
(Scribn. & Sm.) Pease & Moore, Rnopona, xii. 76 (1910). A. trachy-
caulum, var. ciliatum (Scribn. & Sm.) Malte, l. c. 47 (1932).

Although Cassidy seems to have left no type (acc. to personal
letter from Professor Ernest C. Smith) to stand for Agropyron uni-
laterale, his description can have been based on nothing else than the
long-awned (“2 inches") A. Richardsoni; therefore, the inappropriate
(or at least undistinctive) name unilaterale, as the first one used in the
varietal category, has to be maintained.

THE AMERICAN VARIATIONS OF AGROPYRON REPENS.— The ubiqui-
tous Agropyron repens (L.) Beauv. is excessively variable and it has
repeatedly been segregated into minor species and varieties. As it
occurs in North America, apparently indigenous along the coast from

! Along with Bromus marginatus Nees, Puccinellia Nuttalliana (Schultes) Hitchc.,
Bouteloua spp., Chloris spp., Sporobolus spp.; Monolepis chenopodioides Moq., Lappula
Redowskii (Hornem.) Greene, var. occidentalis (Wats.) Rydb., Aster frondosus (Nutt.)
T. & G., Hymenatherum aureum Gray and many other western plants thus locally in-
troduced.—See J. C. Parlin, RHODORA, vi. 81 (1904).

1933] Fernald,—Hecent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 183

Newfoundland and the lower St. Lawrence to New England and in-
troduced as an obnoxious weed in eastern Canada and the north-
eastern States and to a minor degree in the Northwest, it appears in
several striking forms. Although conspicuous in their extremes,
these all seem to intergrade; and essentially all of them may have
either green or glaucous or pilose- or glabrous-sheathed phases. Such
divergences are often very striking to the eye but as these tendencies
are found indiscriminately in the awnless or long-awned, broad-glumed
or narrow-glumed forms of the species I cannot look upon them as of
taxonomic importance comparable with the variations of the spikelets.

Two very marked trends occur in the glumes. In the majority of
weed-colonies in the East the glumes are oblong to narrowly elliptic
and broadly scarious-margined (PLATE 245, Fics. 1 and 2). In the
larger mass of material of the sea-beaches, though sometimes in the
weedy plants of the interior, the glumes are lanceolate and prolonged
from near the middle to the tapering tip and with narrower or inrolling
margins (FIGs. 3 and 4). In each of these series the rachis may be
glabrous or pilose and the lemmas awnless or long-awned. It is,
therefore, very difficult to interpret the many European descriptions
which, emphasizing one point (the pilose rachis or the presence of awns,
for instance), ignore the others. But, since it is desirable to have some
names by which to designate our forms, I am appending the following
wholly tentative arrangement of them, distinctly understanding that
the names may eventually have to be altered, when a series is closely
studied in connection with the European types. The two major
trends I am treating as true varieties; the parallel variations under
them seem better considered as forms.

a. Glumes oblong, rounded or rather abruptly narrowed at apex,

with broad scarious margin... .b.
b. Rachis glabrous except for ciliate edges. . . .c.
c. Glumes and lemmas blunt, acute or merely subulate-
tipped noie, io EIE ELE A. repens (typical).
c. Glumes or especially the lemmas definitely awned. . Forma aristatum.
b. Rachis pilose or hirsute... .d.
d. Glumes and lemmas blunt, acute or merely subulate-
tipped- e E ak ee Forma trichorrhachis.
d. Glumes and lemmas definitely awned............... Forma pilosum.

a. Glumes lanceolate, gradually tapering from near the middle to
the apex; margin narrow or inrolled....e.
e. Rachis glabrous except for ciliate edges. . . .f.
f. Glumes and lemmas blunt, acute or merely subulate-tipped
Var. subulatum.
f. Glumes and especially the lemmas definitely awned
Forma Vaillantianum.
e. Rachis pilose or hirsute... .g.

184 Rhodora [May

g. Glumes and lemmas blunt, acute or merely subulate-
05) Ole ordenes NE Forma heberhachis.
g. Glumes and lemmas definitely awned............. Forma setiferum.

A. REPENS (L.) Beauv. Agrost. 146 (1812). Triticum repens L.
Sp. Pl. i. 86 (1753).—Gravelly coast, Newfoundland and eastern
Quebec to Maine; a dominant and aggressive weed south to southern
New England and west to Minnesota and Iowa; Alaska to California.
(Eu.) PLATE 245, ric. 1.

Forma ARISTATUM (Schum.) Holmb. Skand. Fl. hft. 2: 274 (1926).
Triticum repens, var. aristatum Schum. Enum. Pl. Saell. ii. 38 (1803).—
Coast, Newfoundland and eastern Quebec to southern New England;
as a weed inland to Minnesota; Alaska to Oregon. PLATE 245, FIG. 2.

Forma TRICHORRHACHIS Rohlena, Bóhm. Ges. Wiss. Math. Nat.
Cl. no. xxiv. 5, 8 (1899). Triticum repens, var. B. pubescens Doll, Fl.
Baden. 129 (1857), not M. Bieb. A. repens, sub-var. pubescens (Doll)
Rouy, Fl. France, xiv. 317 (1913). A. repens, f. pubescens (DOM)
Holmb. Skand. Fl. hft. 2: 274 (1926).—Newfoundland and Saguenay
Co., Quebec to Connecticut and western New York; Oregon.

Forma pilosum (Scribn.) comb. nov. A. repens, var. pilosum Scribn.
in Rand & Redfield, Fl. Mt. Desert, 183 (1894).—Gaspé Peninsula,
Quebec to Connecticut and Michigan. |

The material from Southwest Harbor upon which Scribner based his
var. pilosum was partly awnless (f. frichorrhachis), partly awned.
The specimens on the sheet bearing his annotations have long awns
and I am designating this material as the type.

Var. suBULATUM (Schreb.) Reichenb. Ic. Fl. Germ. i. t. xx. fig.
1385 (1834). Triticum subulatum Schreb. in Schweig. & Korte, Fl.
Erl. i. 143 (1804).—Coast, Newfoundland and Saguenay Co., Quebec
to Connecticut; and as a weed south to New Jersey and westward to
Minnesota, Iowa and Missouri; Wyoming and Oregon. PLATE 245,
FIG. 3.

Forma Vaillantianum (Wulf. & Schreb.), comb. nov. Triticum
Vaillantianum Wulf. & Schreb. in Schweig. & Korte, Fl. Erl. i. 143
(1804). A. repens, var. Vaillantianum (Wulf. & Schreb.) Reichenb.
Ie. Fl. Germ. i. t. xx. fig. 1387 (1834).—Sea-shores, Newfoundland and
Magdalen Islands to Massachusetts; and as a weed to Pennsylvania
and Wisconsin and in Washington and Oregon. PLATE 245, FIG. 4.

Forma heberhachis, f. nov., var. subulato simile, rhachi piloso.—
Newfoundland to Rhode Island. ‘Type: roadsides, waste places and
ballast land, Yarmouth, Nova Scotia, July 24, 1920, Long & Linder,
no. 20,091 (in Gray Herb.).

Forma setiferum, f. nov., forma V aillantiano simile, rhachi piloso.
— On the coast, Newfoundland to Long Island, inland to saline soils
of western New York. Type: Chelsea Beach, Massacuusertts, July
15, 1868, Wm. Boott (Gray Herb.).

1933] Fernald,—Callitriche anceps in New England 185

The Newfoundland specimens of these varieties and forms of
Agropyron repens before me are the following.

A. REPENS (L.) Beauv. (typical). Avaron PENINSULA: Murray’s
Pond, 1932, A. M. Ayre; INGoRNACHOIX Bay: damp shores, Port
Saunders, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 2679. Bay of ISLANDs:
door yard, Frenchman’s Cove, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,100.

* A. REPENS, f. ARISTATUM (Schum.) Holmb. Porr au Port Bay:
sand flats back of beach, 4 miles north of Port au Port, Mackenzie &
Griscom, no. 10,101. Bay Sr. GEonGE: dry sand, Stephenville Cross-
ing, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,104a.

*A. REPENS, f. TRICHORRHACHIS Rohlena. AVALON PENINSULA:
roadsides, St. John's, August 4, 1894, Robinson & Schrenk. PORT au
Port Bay: sandy ground back of beach, 4 miles north of Port au
Port, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,101a. Bay Sr. GEonGE: dry sand,
Stephenville Crossing, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,104.

*^A. REPENS, var. SUBULATUM (Schreb.) Reichenb. AVALON PEN-
INSULA: Colinet, 1932, A. M. Ayre. VALLEY OF THE GANDER: dry
gravelly railroad bank, Glenwood, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington,
no. 4682. Sv.-PrERRE ET MIQUELON: sables et galets maritimes,
Dunes du Grand Etang de Miquelon, Arséne, no. 84.

* A. REPENS, var. SUBULATUM, f. VAILLANTIANUM (Wulf. & Schreb.)
Fern. AvaLoN PEwiNsULA: Murray's Pond, 1932, A. M. Ayre.
Bonne Bay: thicket bordering marl-pond, Storehouse Cove, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 1279.

*A. REPENS, var. SUBULATUM, f. HEBERHACHIS Fern. Bay or Is-
LANDS: wet openings in woods at about 900 ft. alt., Blomidon, Eames
& Godfrey, no. 5877.

*A. REPENS, var. SUBULATUM, f. SETIFERUM Fern. VALLEY OF THE
ExPLorrs: ledges and talus, Grand Falls, Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram
& Darlington, no. 4683.

(To be continued)

CALLITRICHE ANCEPS IN NEW ENGLAND.—In 1908 I described from
mountain-ponds of the Gaspé Peninsula a tiny Callitriche, as C. anceps,
Ruopona, X. 51 (1908). Subsequently C. anceps has proved to be a
generally distributed species in boreal eastern America: Greenland,
the Labrador Peninsula, Newfoundland and the Gaspé Peninsula. A
heretofore unidentified collection by the late Charles E. Faxon from
Lake of the Clouds, Mt. Mansfield, Vermont, August 6, 1877, now
brings the range of C. anceps into New England and the United
States. It is desirable to search for it in the subalpine ponds of Mt.
Katahdin, the White Mountains and the Adirondacks. In the original

186 Rhodora [May

discussion the following possibly helpful phrase occurs: “ distinguished
from C. heterophylla by its small size, uniform foliage, ancipital stem,
and promptly deciduous styles.” Subsequently plants with dilated
foliage have been found but the ancipital stems and caducous styles
are distinctive.—M. L. FERNALD.

EPIDEMIC AMONG ZOSTERA COLONIES—In a previous note! the
writer drew attention to a widespread destruction of Zostera marina
var. stenophylla Aschers. and Graeber? with which he was familiar on
the New England coast. It appears that the New Jersey area suffers
quite as much as the more northern parts of the coast from this
destruction, and the matter has received some notice from the public
press? as of critical importance in connection with the usefulness of the
great coastal feeding areas for ducks and similar birds. In Canada
this has attracted much attention.* The condition is described as a
disease of unknown origin, and subsequent repopulation of denuded
areas is reported. A point of great interest is the fact that this
condition has appeared in Europe on the form of Zostera native there,
with much the same destructive effect. Here it appeared in 1931
in the region of St. Malo and involves colonies all along the Atlantic
French and Netherlands coasts. A bacterial organism has been
isolated from the diseased plants which may be the cause of the
necrotic phenomena. It is to be hoped that coastal New England
botanists will make a careful survey, in 1933, of the areas familiar to
them with reference to any spread or contraction of the denuded
areas.—WM. RaANDporPnu Tavron, University of Michigan.

1 Lewis, I. F. and W. R. Taylor. Notes from the Woods Hole Laboratory—1932.
RuHoponRa 35: 153. 1933.

2 Fernald, M. L. Recent discoveries in the Newfoundland flora. RHopora 35:
92. 1933.

3 Cape May (N. J.) “Star and Wave," 5 Jan. 1933, and the Trenton (N. J.) “Times”
30 Jan. 1933, for which references acknowledgement is made to H. G. Richards.

4Huntsman, A, G, Disease in Eel Grass. Progress Reports, Atlantic Biol. Sta.
and Fisheries Exp. Sta. No. 5: 11-14. Oct. 1932.

5 Fischer-Piette, E., R. Heim and R. Lami. Note préliminaire sur une maladie
bactérienne des Zostéres. Comptes Rendus Acad, Sci. Paris 195: 1420-1422. 1932.

Volume 35, no. 412, including pages 111—146 and 4 plates, was issued 5
March, 1933.

(

Rhodora Plate 245

Inflorescences, X 1. Fig. 1, AGROPYRON REPENS; FIG. 2, A. REPENS, forma ARISTATUM;
FIG. 3, A. REPENS, Var. SUBULATUM; FIG. 4, Var. SUBULATUM, forma VAILLANTIANUM;
FIG, 5, A. PUNGENS.

JUN 27 1933

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY Associate Editors
LUDLOW GRISCOM

Vol. 35. June, 1933. No. 414.
CONTENTS:

Types of some American Species of Elymus. M. L. Fernald..... 187

Notes from the Herbarium of the University of Wisconsin.—IX.

N OTRA E n ES CI IRIURE UE dq 199
Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora (continued).

MOL Fernald oo... obec en eR i ee 203
Habitat of Astrophytum asterias in Texas. E. U. Clover........ 223
Note on Glyceria neogaea. Leon Kelso........... lees 225
Wolffiella lingulata in Louisiana. S. F. Blake............. s. 226

The New England Botanical Club, Inc.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United
States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or
some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which
will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating
directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits.
Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more
than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con-
tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished
at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in
several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the
flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in-
cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, var-
ieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria,
leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical
activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray
HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten
copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separatelv.

No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton,
Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932.
$3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora Plate 246

SSS — : m
— € UN Er... ii

E —
So |
T — €

"n

p T

AGROSTIS SCABRA, Var. SEPTENTRIONALIS: FIG. 1, portion of panicle, X 1, from Bonne
Bay, Newfoundland; ria. 2, mature spikelets, X 6.
A. HYEMALIS: FIG. 3, young panicle, X 1, from Pennsylvania; ri

X 1, from New York; ric. 5, mature spikelets, X 6, from Illinois.

i. 4, mature panicle,

QTRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 35. June, 1933. No. 414.

TYPES OF SOME AMERICAN SPECIES OF ELYMUS!
M. L. FERNALD

In 1918 Professor K. M. Wiegand? greatly clarified our understand-
ing of Elymus by pointing out more substantial specific characters
than had been generally recognized; and every student of grasses is
indebted to him for his elucidation of the differential characters. In
some cases, however, the exact identities of species were left by him
in an unsatisfactory state or were unfortunately assumed, without
knowledge of the types involved. This is notably so in regard to F.
canadensis L. Wiegand identifies as E. canadensis L. Sp. Pl. i. 83
(1753) a plant of alluvial soil, from “Gaspé County, Quebec, to the
interior of Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, western Massachusetts,
northern Connecticut, and northern and central New York,” very
distinct in its thin and broad (1.3-2.4 cm.) leaves, villous or pilose
on the upper surfaces; in its extremely lax inflorescence, with remote
joints; in its glumes mostly only 1.5-2 em. long; and in its spikelets
with 4-7 florets. Contrasted with the E. canadensis of Wiegand in the
Atlantic states and adjacent Canada is E. robustus Scribn. & Sm.,
with the firmer and narrower leaves glabrous or at most scabrous
above and thickened or inclined to inroll at the margins, with mostly
crowded spikelets with usually 2-5 florets, and with glumes usually
2-9.5 em. long. Typical E. robustus, as treated by Wiegand, has the
backs of the lemmas glabrous or strigose-scabrous, while E. robustus,
var. vestitus Wiegand, l. c. 90, has them villous-hirsute.

1 Printed with aid of a grant to Ruopora from the National Academy of Sciences.
2 Wiegand, RHODORA, xx. 81—90 (1918).

188 Rhodora [JUNE

In ascribing to the more northeastern plant with broad and thin
leaves pilose above the name Elymus canadensis, Wiegand referred
to the identification of Linnean types made by Hitchcock! ten years
before the distinctive characters had been clarified by Wiegand.
Wiegand says: Hitchcock has “shown that the types of E. canadensis
and of E. philadelphicus [L. Amoen. Acad. iv. 266 (1759)] were essen-
tially the same, and were a plant with very broad leaves and loose
nodding spikes. In his description Linnaeus states that the leaves
were very broad, and the spikelets six-flowered. Considering these
statements and the fact that the plant came from Canada (Kalm)
there is little doubt whether this or the next species [E. robustus] is
the real E. canadensis.’”

It is difficult to follow all of Wiegand's statements above quoted.
So far as I am able to determine, Linnaeus, in the original description
of E. canadensis (the only description cited by Wiegand), said nothing
about the leaves being “broad” or the “spikelets six-flowered"'; in
fact, he did not even mention the leaves, but merely contrasted the
spikes and spikelets of E. canadensis with those of E. sibiricus. His
description follows:

3. ELYMUS spica flaccido-pendula, spiculis inferioribus
ternatis; superioribus binatis. Gen. nov. 1094. canadensis

Gramen secalinum majus altissimum virginianum. Moris.
hist. 3. p. 180. s. 8. t. 10. f. 2. Raj. suppl. 599.

Habitat in Canada. Kalm. |.

Convenit in plurimis cum E. Sibirico, a quo tamen differt. 1. Spiculis
villosis, nec mudis. 2. Involucris in aristam exeuntibus longioribus
ipsaspicula, demtis aristis; at in sibirica involucrum minus subulatum,
sed fere lanceolatum in aristam desinens, quae longe brevior sua spicula.
3. Spicae inferne ternae, quum Sibirica semper duas obtineat. 4. Spi-
culae, dum florent, dehiscunt ascapo patulo, in sibirica vero spiculae
approximatae sunt scapo. Variat haec spicis incurvis & pendulis.
Aristae corollinae cum maturescit fructus patenti-reflerae sunt contra ac
in Sibirica.

In his discussion of E. philadelphicus L. Amoen. Acad. iv. 266
(1759), Linnaeus made it clear that he conceived E. canadensis as
having only 4-flowered spikelets. In his diagnosis of E. philadelphicus
he explicitly characterized his new species “spiculis sexfloris"; he
then described it more fully by comparing it with the already pub-
lished E. canadensis, in the comparison referring to the new species
as "this" (hac), the older E. canadensis as "that" (illa): * Descr.
Habitus & tota structura simillima E. canadensi, sed . . . Spicu-

! Hitchcock, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xii. 123 (1908).
2 Wiegand, 1. c. 89 (1918).

1933] Fernald,— Types of some American Species of Elymus 189

lae in hac sexflorae [already given as the diagnostic character of E.
philadelphicus], in illa quadriflorae."'

Although conceiving Elymus canadensis L. to be a plant with
broad and thin-margined pilose leaves, Wiegand included in its
synonymy E. philadelphicus L. and E. glaucifolius Muhlenberg,
which the latter author described “Foliis . . . supra scabris,

margine osseis."

From the above contradictions it became evident that the types
needed further study in the light of Wiegand's redefinition of specific
lines. Accordingly, in the summer of 1930 I took to England a full
representation of the group and with the critical coóperation of Mr.
Bayard Long compared the selected specimens carefully with the
types in the Linnean herbarium of Elymus canadensis and of E. phila-
delphicus. To our minds the two Linnean species are essentially
identical and in their comparatively firm leaves (pressed out very flat
but with involute tips), with glabrous or merely scabrous upper
surfaces, and in their * Spiculis villosis, nec nudis"! they are exactly
E. robustus, var. vestitus Wiegand, Ruopora, xx. 90 (1918).

Wiegand gives the latter plant a range “New Brunswick (intro-
duced) and Maine (introduced) to Delaware, westward to Oregon,"
etc.; and he seems to have inferred that, since he had seen no indig-
enous material from Quebec (the Canada of Kalm), E. canadensis
must be the northeastern plant (known to Wiegand from parts of
Quebec) with thinner, broader and pilose leaves. Kalm's Canadian
travels were through Lake Champlain, thence to Montreal and then
down the St. Lawrence to Quebec and Bay St. Paul, then back to
Montreal? It is, therefore, reassuring to find among the specimens
identified by Wiegand as his E. robustus, var. vestitus (i. e. true E.
canadensis) one from slaty cliffs of Lake Champlain only a few miles
from the Canadian border; and that the representation of this group in
the Gray Herbarium (augmented since Wiegand saw the material)
from the vicinity of Montreal includes three numbers? of a plant like
that collected by Kalm, true E. canadensis (E. robustus, var. vestitus)
but none of the plant with thin and pilose leaves which Wiegand
assumed that Kalm had collected. In fact, true glabrous- or scabrous-

1 From original description of E. canadensis. The description of E. philadelphicus
reads: ‘‘Spiculae sunt patulae villosae.”’

? See Kalm, Beschreibung der Reise, iii. 269—626 (1764).

3 Tle de Montréal, Adrien, no. 1562; Tle Bigras, Environs de Montréal, Victorin, no.
28,598; Beauharnois, Victorin, no. 24,348. In the autumn of 1931 I noted this plant
in abundance on the sands at Sorel.

190 Rhodora | JUNE

leaved E. canadensis extends northeastward nearly to the limit of
Kalm's travels, occurring in Comté de Portneuf (Adrien, no. 1897),
only a few miles from Quebec. Whether Wiegand's KE. canadensis
(not E. canadensis L.) occurs on the shores of Lake Champlain, a
region visited by Kalm en route to Montreal, I do not know. In the
herbaria before me all specimens from Vermont are from the Connec-
ticut drainage or from streams in central and southern Vermont,
while all material of the group from the shores of Lake Champlain
(North Hero, Colchester, Burlington, etc.) is of true E. canadensis L.,
not Wiegand; furthermore, all Quebec, Vermont and New York
specimens cited by Wiegand of the plant he took to be E. canadensis
are from outside the Champlain Valley. It is, then, quite clear that
E. canadensis L. is the plant so identified by Hitchcock but called by
Wiegand E. robustus, var. vestitus. Not only was Kalm's material
this plant, but the species is well known in the area of Canada trav-
ersed by Kalm, while the species mistaken by Wiegand for E. cana-
densis is rare or unknown in most of the Canadian area visited by
Kalm.

Elymus philadelphicus L. is not specifically nor varietally separable
from FK. canadensis L., the type specimens of the two being representa-
tives of slightly differing status of one species.

Elymus glaucifolius Muhl. in Willd. Enum. Hort. Bot. Berol. 131
(1809) was very briefly described, the only points given by Willdenow

to separate it from E. philadelphicus and E. canadensis being “ spiculis
A geminatis" (instead of *spiculis . . . inferioribus terna-
tis") and "folis . . . subtus glaucis," the latter point emphasi-

sized in the name and by Willdenow’s added comment, “ Folia latis-
sima subtus saturate glauca"; all three species said by Willdenow to
have the spikelets 6-flowered. Muhlenberg himself, in his Descriptio
Uberior Graminum, 177 (1817), gave a fuller account of the plant he
called E. glaucifolius (said by him to have spikelets 2- or 3-flowered)
and from his account, “Foliis . . . suprascabris, . . . mar-
gine osseis" and from the “Habitat in siccis Pennsylvaniae" it is
reasonably clear that E. glaucifolius, as he conceived it, was merely
the glaucous extreme (such as occurs in most species) of E. canadensis.
In fact, Muhlenberg himself said of his own Æ. glaucifolius, “Vix ab
E. Canadensi diversus nisi colore glauco"; and Mr. Long, who has
made a search in the Muhlenberg herbarium at the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, concludes that E. glaucifolius,

1933] Fernald,— Types of some American Species of Elymus 191

at least as retained by Muhlenberg, is only the glaucous phase of
E. canadensis (E. robustus), the form with scabrous or strigose rather
than more loosely pubescent lemmas.

From the description by Willdenow it is not clear whether the
original E. glaucifolius (published in Willd. Enum. Hort. Bot. Berol.) is
the extreme with glabrous or merely scabrous lemmas, such as Muhl-
enberg retained, or whether it has the more villous lemmas of the
typical E. canadensis. The question was referred to Professor L.
Diels of Berlin and through his friendly interest I have from Dr. R.
Pilger a detailed account of all the old American material of Elymus
preserved at Berlin, with very clear photographs and in all cases frag-
ments which fix the identities.

Dr. Pilger writes that there is no material of Elymus glaucifolius
in the Willdenow Herbarium, but in the general herbarium are three
sheets, of which I now have before me clear photographs and charac-
teristic spikelets:

1. (no. 6 of Pilger’s letter). From Herb. Nees. Quite like the type of
E. canadensis L., except that the spikelets are not villous. Leaves
stiffish, narrow, scabrous above and with obviously involute tips; spike
erect, slightly flexuous; lemmas minutely strigose.

2. (no. 7 of Pilger’s letter). Hort. Berol. 1806-12. Ex Herb. Kunth.
Leaves firm, rather narrow, strongly infolded, the tips involute, upper
surface scabrous; spike denser than in no. 1, arching; spikelets strongly
strigose. This specimen being definitely from material in the Berlin
Garden, 1806-12, is the most authentic known for E. glaucifolius, pub-
lished in Enum. Hort. Bot. Berol. (1809). It is apparently quite in-
separable from the material retained by Muhlenberg and should stand as
the TYPE.

3. (no. 8 of Pilger's letter). Herb. Kurt Sprengel. “Amer. sept.
Mühlenberg in Hb. C. Spr." Leaves broad and thin, pilose above; spike
arching, lax; lemmas villous. This sheet, of which Dr. Pilger sends a
portion of leaf as well as spikelets, is exactly what Wiegand took for E.
canadensis. Although sent to Sprengel by Muhlenberg, it is so clearly
not the plant which was in the Berlin Garden, as received from Muhlen-

berg, that it cannot be taken as in any way fixing the identity of Æ.
glaucifolius Muhl. in Willd.

Briefly summarized the essential nomenclature is as follows:

ELYMUS CANADENSIS L. Sp. Pl. i. 83 (1753), TYPE in Linnean Herb.,
examined August, 1930. E. philadelphicus L. Amoen. Acad. iv. 266
(1759), TYPE in Linnean Herb., examined August, 1930. Æ. robustus,
var. vestitus Wiegand, RHODORA, xx. 90 (1918). E. canadensis, var.
philadelphicus (L.) Farwell, Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. xxi. 357 (1920).
Terrellia canadensis (L.) Lunell, Am. Midl. Nat. iv. 228 (1915).

Forma glaucifolius (Muhl.), comb. nov. E. glaucifolius Muhl. in
Willd. Enum. Hort. Bot. Berol. 131 (1809), TYPE at Bot. Gard.

192 Rhodora [JUNE

Berlin-Dahlem, authentic fragments in Gray Herb.; Muhl. Gram.
177 (1817). E. canadensis, var. glaucifolius (Muhl.) Torr. Fl. N.
Mid. U. S. i. 137 (1824). E. robustus Scribn. & Sm. Bull. Div.
Agrost. 4: 37 (1897), duplicate TYPE in Gray Herb. E. canadensis,
var. robustus (Scribn. & Sm.) Mackenz. & Bush in Mackenz. Man. FI.
Jackson Co. Mo. 38 (1902). E. glaucifolius, var. robustus (Scribn.
& Sm.) Bush, Am. Midl. Nat. x. 86 (1926). E. philadelphicus, var.
robustus (Scribn. & Sm.) Farwell, Am. Midl. Nat. x. 314 (1927).
Terrellia canadensis glaucifolia (Muhl.) Lunell, Am. Midl. Nat. iv.
298 (1915).

The northeastern plant differentiated by Wiegand but erroneously
identified by him as FE. canadensis is a well marked species. In view
of his being the first to characterize the plant it is a pleasure to call
the species

E. Wiegandii, sp. nov., 1-2 m. altus, plus minusve glaucus; foliis
caulinis 10-18, laminis tenuibus plerumque 2-3.5 dm. longis 1.3-2.4
em. latis (40-) 60-100-nerviis, supra plerumque villosis; spicis laxis
flexuosis plerumque nutantibus 1-3.5 dm. longis rachi vix obtecto,
segmentis racheos mediis 5-9 mm. longis; spiculis laxe adscendentibus
1.5-2.5 em. longis 3-7-floris; glumis lineari-aristiformibus 1.5-3 cm.
longis; lemmatibus villoso-hirsutis 3.5-4.5 em. longis, aristis deinde
curvatis; palea 9-15 mm. longa.—F. canadensis Wiegand, RHODORA,
xx. 87 (1918), as to plant, not as to synonymy; not L. Sp. Pl. i. 83
(1753). E. philadelphicus var. hirsutus Farwell, Am. Midl. Nat. x.
214 (1927), not E. hirsutus Schreb. (1817) nor Presl (1825).—Alluvial
soil, Gaspé County, Quebec to Lake St. John, west to central New
York, south in the valleys of the larger rivers to southern New Bruns-
wick, New England and eastern Pennsylvania. The following may
stand as TYPE: low gravelly thicket by St. John River, St. Francis,
Maine, August 5, 1893, Fernald, no. 197, in Gray Herb. (distributed
as E. canadensis, var. glaucifolius).

E. WiEGANDII, forma calvescens, a forma typica recedit lemmati-
bus glabris vel scabro-hirtellis nec villoso-hirsutis.—Occasional
through the range of the species. Type: river-intervale, Dead River,
Maine, August 13, 1896, Fernald & Strong (Herb. N. E. Bot. Club).

Elymus Wiegandit is at once distinguished from FE. canadensis by
its very lax inflorescence, with shorter glumes, and its usually longer
palea. Its foliage is quite different, thin, broad and flat, commonly
with definite villosity or pilosity along the nerves on the upper surface.
In E. canadensis the stiffer and narrower leaves are glabrous or only
scabrous above, firm at the margin and strongly involute in drying.
In FE. Wiegandii the fertile culms have 10-18 leaves, these (when well
developed) with 60-100 nerves (only in very small individuals with as

1933] Fernald,—Types of some American Species of Elymus 193

few as 40); but the stiff cauline leaves of E. canadensis are usually only
6-9 (even down to 4) in number, mostly 20-40 (in very large specimens
rarely —70)-nerved. The spikelets of E. Wiegandii of river-alluvium
are mostly ripe and dropped in western and southern New England
at dates varying with different seasons from August 10 to September
5. In E. canadensis of dry upland soil in the same area the crowded
inflorescence is usually quite intact through September.

As treated in recent American works, Elymus striatus Willd. Sp.
Pl. i. 470 (1797) is defined as “ More or less pubescent . . . leaves
pubescent on the upper surface; . . . glumes awl-shaped, hispid
or hirsute, 2 or 3 times the length of the hirsute floret”;! or, again, with
“leaves . . . villous on the upper surface; sheaths . . . vil-
lous: . . . glumes . . . terete . . . villous: lemmas
villous."? The original description by Willdenow did not note any
pubescence of leaf-blade and sheath, characters so conspicuous in the
plant now passing as E. striatus as to be much emphasized. Willde-
now placed his Æ. striatus between E. virginicus L. and E. europaeus
L., the latter a species resembling E. virginicus but with narrower and
less strongly ribbed glumes. Willdenow apparently was not person-
ally familiar with the original E. virginicus, merely quoting or citing
earlier accounts by others; and he named his new species E. striatus
because it had the glumes narrower and more prominently striate
than in his conception of E. virginicus (involucris angustioribus
elevato-striatis). In his second account? of E. striatus, in 1809, Willde-
now gave a fuller description: “spiculis bifloris hispidis . . . caly-
cibus linearibus nervosis . . . foliis planis, vaginisque glabris."
This account, with spikelets merely hispid, glumes linear, and leaf-
blades and sheaths glabrous, is so contrary to the current American
conception of E. striatus that it has seemed important to learn ex-
actly what Willdenow had before him.

Again, just as in the case of Elymus glaucifolius, the notes, photo-
graphs and fragments sent by Dr. Pilger from the sheets preserved
at Berlin lead to the solution of the dilemma. "The only specimen
definitely marked by Willdenow as E. striatus bears in Willdenow's
hand a small label “308. Elymus striatus (W.) (Miihlenberg mis
[it}).”’ This, as Schlechtendal had already noted, is a characteristic

1 Hitche. in Gray Man. ed. 7: 169 (1908).
2 Wieg. RHODORA, xx. 86, 87 (1918).
3 Willd. Enum. Hort. Bot. Berol. 131 (1809).

194 Rhodora [JuNE

small piece of E. virginicus: “ Dieses Examplar ist von Schlechtendal
aus dem Umschlag mit E. striatus im Herb. Willdenow entfernt
worden und zu E. virginicus gelegt worden” (Pilger in lit.). The
spikelets of this plant are essentially glabrous except for the -hispid
awns; and in view of the facts that in all other points it matches
Willdenow's accounts and that it is the plant which he had himself
labeled and retained as FE. striatus it must stand as the TYPE of that
species.

Two other sheets preserved at Berlin in the cover of E. striatus (not
in that of E. virginicus, where the type of E. striatus was placed by
Schlechtendal and, consequently, overlooked by later visitors to Ber-
lin) are significant. One is a characteristic sheet of E. arkansanus
Seribn. & Ball, in the Willdenow Herbarium, without data; the other
is a sheet of specimens from Kunth of a plant cultivated as F. striatus
in the Berlin Garden from 1806-12. This is also thoroughly character-
istic E. arkansanus, with spikelets essentially glabrous, glumes
acicular, and the leaves positively pilose on the upper surface. Having
been cultivated at Berlin from 1806-12 and having glabrous spike-
lets and pilose leaf-blades, this sheet from Kunth has no connection
with the species described by Willdenow in 1797 (and again in 1809)
as having hispid spikelets, linear glumes and glabrous leaves. It has,
however, doubtless been erroneously taken for the type (since the
real type of E. striatus had been rightly placed with E. virginicus);
but it lacks the dense pilosity so characteristic of the plant usually
passing as Æ. striatus.

Since, by resting our interpretation of the species upon the type,
the plant we have been calling Elymus striatus can no longer retain
that name, it is fortunate that another of the names based upon
Muhlenberg material can be taken up for it. E. villosus Muhl. in
Willd. Enum. Hort. Bot. Berol. 131 (1809), *spiculis . . . vil-
losis, calycibus aristatis spiculas superantibus," is exactly the plant
with villous spikelets and strongly pilose or villous leaf-blades and
-sheaths. The photograph of the original sheet in the Willdenow
Herbarium, for which I am, further, greatly indebted to Professor
Diels and Dr. Pilger, shows it labeled in Willdenow's hand: *33.
Elymus villosus (W.) (Mühlenberg mis [i])." The photograph is
unmistakable and the villous linear-acicular glumes and villous
lemmas are perfectly characteristic. A second sheet of this plant
contains specimens from the Berlin Garden; one group from Herb.

1933] Fernald,—Types of some American Species of Elymus 195

Kunth, the other (a single specimen) from Link. The leaf-blades
and sheaths of these, as shown by the fragments supplied by Dr.
Pilger, are strongly pilose, the acicular glumes and the lemmas
copiously villous. Æ. striatus of recent American authors is, then,
E. vittosus Muhl., of which E. arkansanus Scribn. & Ball is only a
form with the lemmas glabrous or merely minutely strigose.

Although the latter (E. arkansanus) has been assigned a more
southern range, it actually reaches the northeastern limit of the species,
while typical E. villosus grows as far west and south; there is no clear
geographie segregation of the two and they are better treated as
minor forms, quite parallel with those found in other species of the
genus.

In the first six editions of the Manual, Asa Gray (or his successors),
interpreting Elymus striatus from the material under that name in the
cover of E. striatus at Berlin (the type having been transferred to the
cover of E. virginicus), treated E. villosus as a variety of it with more
hairy spikelets: “ Var. vitLosus (E. villosus, MuAl./) has a somewhat
stouter spike and very hairy glumes."! Recent authors, however,
have erroneously reversed the interpretation, treating E. villosus as
true KE. striatus and keeping the extreme of it with merely hirtellous
to glabrous spikelets apart, either as a species, E. arkansanus Scribn.
& Ball, Bull. Div. Agrost. 24: 45 (1901), or as a variety of the more
hairy plant, Æ. striatus, var. arkansanus (Scribn. & Ball) Hitche.
Rnopona, viii. 212 (1906). But, as the preceding discussion indicates,
the type of E. striatus is a small E. virginicus. The more slender
plant with linear-acicular glumes should, therefore, be called Æ.
villosus Muhl. Its essential bibliography follows.

ErvMus viLLosus Muhl. in Willd. Enum. Hort. Bot. Berol. 131
(1809); Link, Hort. Bot. Berol. i. 16 (1827), n. 178 (1833). ŒE.
striatus, var. villosus (Muhl.) Gray, Man. 603 (1848). E. striatus
Hitchc. in Gray, Man. ed. 7: 169 (1908); Wiegand, RHODORA, xx.
86 (1918); not Willd. (1797).

Forma arkansanus (Scribn. & Ball), comb. nov. ŒE. arkansanus
Seribn. & Ball, U.S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 24: 45 (1901).
E. striatus, var. arkansanus (Scribn. & Ball.) Hitche. RHODORA, viii.
212 (1906); Wiegand, Ruopona, xx. 87 (1918).

Although Scribner & Ball cited this extreme only from Arkansas,
Missouri and Iowa, Hitchcock gave its northeastern limit as Maryland,
and Wiegand cited nothing from northeast of Virginia, forma arkan-

1 Gray, Man. 603 (1848).

196 Rhodora [JUNE

sanus actually reaches the extreme northeastern limit of the species
(Grape Swamp, Plum Island, Essex Co., Massachusetts, August 29,
1896, A. A. Eaton; river-banks, Brattleboro, Vermont, August 2,
1898, B. L. Robinson, no. 85). Typical E. villosus is before me from
Iowa, Missouri and Oklahoma. The two extremes are best treated as
forms rather than as varieties or as separate species.

Elymus virginicus L. and plants clearly merging into it have
recently been variously treated: as a series of species, E. virginicus L.,
E. intermedius Scribn. & Sm., E. hirsutiglumis Scribn., E. halophilus
Bickn., E. australis Scribn. & Ball E. jejunus (Ramaley) Rydb., E.
curvatus Piper and E. glabriflorus (Vasey) Scribner & Ball; or as two
species, E. virginicus and E. australis, each with so-called varieties,
with glabrous and with pubescent spikelets.

When they published E. glabriflorus, based on E. canadensis, var.
glabriflorus Vasey, Scribner & Ball recognized its close similarity to £.
australis, saying, “This species is more closely allied to E. australis,
of which it is a glabrous-flowered counterpart, than to E. canadensis,
from which it is distinguished," etc., etc.! No one has subsequently
placed E. glabriflorus with E. canadensis; but had the authors of the
former clearly pointed out morphological characters to separate it
from E. australis we should all be grateful. After several days of
intensive study of the group I am quite unable to find any difference
between the two except the single unimportant one originally pointed
out, E. glabriflorus being merely the “ glabrous-flowered counterpart”
of E. australis. The two have the same range and they are quite
parallel with the cases discussed in previous paragraphs: E. canadensis
and forma glaucifolius, E. Wiegandii and forma calvescens, E. villosus
and forma arkansanus, in which each species exhibits more or less
throughout its range a tendency to have either glabrous or merely
hirtellous spikelets and, likewise, a tendency with more pilose or
villous spikelets. Such tendencies, without geographic segregation,
are much more rationally treated as forms than as varieties.

E. hirsutiglumis Scribn. was reduced by Hitchcock, RHODORA, x. 65
(1908), to varietal status, as E. virginicus, var. hirsutiglumis, differing
only in having hirsute spikelets, its range included within that of
typical E. virginicus. Others have been unable to point out any
morphological differences between the two and I find myself unable to
maintain them as more than formally different—unless one examines

1 Scribn. & Ball, U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 24: 50 (1901).

1933] Fernald,— Types of some American Species of Elymus 197

the indument of the spikelets with a lens no differences are observable
in the plants.

E. glabriflorus was published as “a glabrous-flowered counterpart"
of E. australis. It is, therefore, significant to note in the original
discussion, that E. australis “may be separated from E. hirsutiglumis
Scribn., its nearest ally, by its more robust spikes and longer glumes
and awns"; but when an attempt is made to state this difference of
size we get the key-characters worked out by Wiegand:

c. Glumes 1-2.7 em. long: lemmas 1-3 em. long.............. E. virginicus.
c. Glumes 2.7-4 em. long: lemmas (2.8-) 3.5-4.5 em. long: spikes
(4 tog TOC Ge ne TOO ATO CSIREA d 1 caper ae E. australis.!

In other words, the measurements overlap, and the ranges certainly
do, while certain exceptional collections northward of FE. virginicus
“have unusually large and coarse spikes." The strong tendency of
typical E. virginicus, it is true, is to have the spikes hardly at all to
barely exserted and for the essentially southern E. australis and var.
glabriflorus (Vasey) Wiegand to have the spike clearly exserted; but
enough interchanges of this tendency occur to destroy its significance
as specific: E. virginicus, var. jejunus (Ramaley) Bush has the spikes
exserted and E. virginicus var. halophilus (Bicknell) Wiegand has
“more uniformly exserted . . . spikes.” In the latter the
spikelets are commonly glabrous, but in one colony from Yarmouth
County, Nova Scotia, they are so hirsute that the involute-leaved
and grayish plant of the sea-beach was at first placed (for want of a
better place to put it) with the much coarser, flat-leaved and green
var. hirsutiglumis.

As I find myself viewing the matter, it seems to me that, without
any morphological characters but with differences only in size, texture
and indument, the group including E. virginicus, E. hirsutiglumis, E.
glabriflorus, E. australis, etc. is much better treated as one polymor-
phous species, as follows:

a. Glumes 1-2.7 em. long: lemmas 1-3 cm. long. . . .b.
b. Glumes and lemmas awned... .c.
c. Base of spike (0.4-2 dm. long) included in or barely ex-
serted from the inflated upper sheath: glumes mostly
1.5-2 mm. wide: leaves flat, 5-13 mm. broad... .d.
d. Lemmas and glumes glabrous or merely scabrous-
ciliate...) fd. ss Lee ees oe eee sa oe Var. typicus.
d. Lemmas and glumes villous-hirsute........ Forma hirsutiglumis.
c. Spike 3-12 cm. long, well exserted (mostly 3-15 em.)
above the hardly inflated sheath: glumes mostly 0.8-
1.6 mm. wide: leaves flat or involute. . . .e.

Wiegand, RHODORA, xx. 82 (1918).

198 Rhodora [JUNE

€. Leaves of flowering culm 6-8, mostly flat, up to 13
mm. wide: spikes full-green: indurated bases of
glumes green or stramineous.................. Var. jejunus.
€. Leaves of flowering culm 4-6, firm, often involute,
3-8 mm. broad: spikes whitish-green: indurated
bases of glumes white or very pale.
Lemmas and glumes glabrous or merely ciliate-
scabrous. ......sssseseslee ee Var. halophilus.
Lemmas and glumes hirsute. . . Var. halophilus, forma lasiolepis.
b. Glumes and lemmas muticous or merely subulate-tipped . . Var. submuticus.
a. Glumes 2.7-4 cm. long: lemmas mostly 3.5-4.5 em. long:
spikes exserted, 0.4-2 dm. long.
Lemmas and glumes glabrous or merely scabrous-ciliate. Var. glabriflorus.
Lemmas and glumes hirsute....Var. glabriflorus, forma australis.

E. vircinicus L., var. typicus. E. virginicus L. Sp. Pl. 84 (1753);
Wiegand, Ruopona, xx. 83 (1918). Æ. striatus Willd. Sp. Pl. i. 470
(1797), not most recent authors.

Forma hirsutiglumis (Scribn.), comb, nov. E. intermedius
Scribn. & Sm. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 4: 38 (1891),
not Bieb. (1808). ŒE. hirsutiglumis Scribn. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div.
Agrost. Bull. no. 11: 58 (1898). E. virginicus, var. hirsutiglumis
(Scribn.) Hitche. Rnopona, x. 65 (1908).

Var. JEJUNUS (Ramaley) Bush, Am. Midl. Nat. x. 65 (1926). Æ.
virginicus, forma jejunus Ramaley, Bull. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn.
ix. 114 (1894). E. jejunus (Ramaley) Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxvi.
539 (1909).

Var. HALOPHILUS (Bickn.) Wiegand, Ruopora, xx. 83 (19018). E.
halophilus Bickn. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxv. 201 (1908).

Var. HALOPHILUS, f. lasiolepis, forma nov., lemmatibus pilosis.—
Nova Scoria: crest of cobbly barrier beach, Sand Beach, September
7, 1920, Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 20,113 (TYPE in Gray Herb.),
distributed as E. virginicus, var. hirsutiglumis.

Var. suBMUTICUS Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 255 (1840). E. curvatus
Piper, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxx. 233 (1903).

Var. GLABRIFLORUS (Vasey) Bush, Am. Midl. Nat. x. 62 (1926).
E. canadensis, var. glabriflorus Vasey, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. ii.
550 (1894). E. glabriflorus (Vasey) Scribn. & Ball, U. S. Dept. Agric.
Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 24: 49 (1901). FE. australis, var. glabriflorus
(Vasey) Wiegand, Rnopona, xx. 84 (1918).

Var. GLABRIFLORUS, f. australis (Scribn. & Ball), comb. nov.
E. australis Scribn. & Ball, U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. no.
24: 46 (1901).

1933] Fassett,—Notes from University of Wisconsin 199

NOTES FROM THE HERBARIUM OF THE UNIVERSITY OF
WISCONSIN—IX!

Norman C. FassETT

ONE of the most valuable recent works on the flora of the Middle
West is, without any doubt, the Annotated Flora of the Chicago Area,
by Dr. H. S. Pepoon. It is not in a spirit of petty fault-finding, for
it is easy to pick flaws once the work is done, but rather in recognition
of its excellence and in an effort to render it more useful to botanists
in general that the following facts are recorded.

One of the names most frequently appearing in this work is that of
Professor Levi M. Umbach; and well it may be, for the late Professor
Umbach collected, between the years 1895 and 1914, more than
14,000 numbers, most of them in the Chicago area. His herbarium is
now incorporated with that of the University of Wisconsin.

Of the 1908 species and varieties recorded by Pepoon many seem to
have been included entirely on the authority of Umbach, and in the
majority of these cases specimens can be found which obviously form
the bases of these reports. For example, Ozxybaphus hirsutus is re-
corded as follows: *C. B. & Q. Ry. near Lisle, occasional specimens.
(Umbach)." In the herbarium are found two specimens with the
following data, respectively: “On ballast, Lisle, Ill., July 14, 1900,
L. M. Umbach,” and “ Along R. R., Lisle, Ills., Aug. 12, 1907, L. M.
Umbach.” Again, Vernonia noveboracensis is listed with the following
comment: * Low ground near streams, not common. Romeo. Clarke.
(Umbach). It is decidedly doubtful about the occurrence of this
plant in our area, yet Prof. Umbach was a very careful and skilled
botanist." "There is no material so named from Romeo and Clarke;
still, since there are specimens labelled V. noveboracensis from Palos
Park and Naperville, Illinois, from Millers, Indiana, and from
Magician Lake, Michigan, none of which are V. noveboracensis, we
may conclude that the report is erroneous? On the other hand, there
are many of these reports for which no substantiating specimen can
be found among Umbach's collections.

Of the 82 species and varieties included entirely on the authority
of Umbach, the following must be reconsidered in the light of incor-
rectly determined specimens.?

1 Printed with aid of a grant to Ruopona from the National Academy of Sciences.

? Cf. Gleason, Torreya xxviii. 9 (1928).

3 Since the Flora is based primarily upon ed. 7 of Gray's Manual, such changes as
would result from altered concepts resulting from systematic or nomenclatorial
research since 1908 are not considered here.

200 Rhodora [JUNE

ASPIDIUM SIMULATUM Davenp. “Tolleston, in boggy woods, 1909.
(Umbach).” A specimen labelled, “ Aspidium simulatum Davenp.
Swamp, Tolleston, Ind., no. 5013, Sept. 18, 1909” is A. Thelypteris
of Gray’s Manual, ed. 7 (Thelypteris palustris (Salisb.) Schott, var.
pubescens (Lawson) Fernald) as is evidenced by the forked veins of
the segments of the sterile fronds, and by the long-ciliate and somewhat
glandular indusia.!

ARISTIDA INTERMEDIA Scribn. & Ball. “Miller and Dune Park.
(Umbach) Not common." A specimen from Miller, Oct. 1, 1898, is
correctly determined as A. intermedia; one from Dune Park, no. 1503,
labelled A. intermedia, is A. purpurascens Poir., and was so marked
by C. C. Deam in 1928.

Bromus HoRDEACEUS L. “Railroads at Clarke and Miller, Ind.
(Umbach)." Specimens, so labelled, from moist sands, Clarke, Ind.,
June 17, 1899, and from swales, Miller, June 24, 1898, have both been
marked B. commutatus Schrad., by C. C. Deam.

AGRIMONIA ROSTELLATA Wallr. “Alluvial soil, Naperville, 1912.
(Umbach)." Umbach’s no. 6281, ravine, Naperville, Ill, Sept 6,
1912, so identified, is A. mollis (T. & G.) Britton. The stem and
leaves are soft-pubescent, and the hypanthium is deeply furrowed,
with hooks equalling the calyx-lobes in length.

OXALIS FILIPES Small. “Calumet Heights, '06. Porter, '12.
Wheatland,'16. (Umbach)." A sheet labelled, “ Oxalis fili pes Small,
along R. R., Calumet Heights, Ind., no. 957, May 30, 1906” is O.
stricta L. There is no specimen called O. filipes from Porter. One
labelled, “Oxalis filipes Small, roadside, Wheatland, Ill., no. 6148,
Aug. 26, 1912” is O. europaca Jord., or according to Gray's Manual,
ed. 7, O. corniculata.

CALLITRICHE DEFLEXA AUSTINI (Engelm.) Heg. “Wet soil of
Skokie Marsh. (Umbach)." A specimen named Callitriche Austini
Engelm., from Skokie, Highland Park, Ill., June 9, 1900, is C. hetero-
phylla Pursh. The upper leaves are obovate and have minute scales,
while the lower, apparently submerged, leaves are very narrow; the
wingless fruit is clearly that of C. heterophylla.

NYsSA SYLVATICA BIFLORA (Walt.) Sarg. “Moist margins of
swamps. Dune Park, 1912. Rare. (Umbach)." Two sheets of
apparently typical N. sylvatica collected in Dune Park in 1900 and
1912 are determined correctly. A sheet from Port Chester named N.
sylvatica var. biflora, and one from Miller labelled N. aquatica are,
as far as the present writer can see, ordinary N. sylvatica.

TEUCRIUM CANADENSE LITTORALE (Bick.) Fernald. “Naperville,
1912. (Umbach)." Umbach's no. 5664, from Naperville, IIL, July
15, 1912, identified as this, is T. occidentale Gray, as is evidenced by
the villous pubescense and long-stipitate glands on the calyx.

STACHYS CORDATA Riddell. “Romeo, 1907, in moist soil, rare.
(Umbach).” A specimen labelled, “ Stachys cordata Riddell, banks,

1 See RHODORA xxxi. 29 (1929),

1933] Fassett,—Notes from University of Wisconsin 201

Romeo, Ills., no. 1897, Aug. 7, 1907” is not that species, for the sides
of the stem are perfectly glabrous; it is rather S. tenuifolia Willd., var.
aspera (Michx.) Fernald.

PHYSALIS BARBADENSIS Jacq. “Along the Alton Ry. at Brighton
Park, '96 and '98. (Umbach)." "Two specimens, one from dumping
ground, Brighton Park, Chicago, Ill., Aug. 17, 1897, and the other
from waste ground, Chicago, Ill., Aug. 3, 1897, have each been marked
P. angulata, then P. barbadensis. Both have short deltoid calyx-
lobes quite unlike those of the latter species. The peduncles are 3-5
cm. long in fruit; the plants may be P. pendula Rydb.

PHYSALIS ALKA-KENGI L. “Persisting in gardens in Naperville;
also in a few fields. (Umbach)." There are two collections; one is
from gardens, Naperville, Aug. 20, 1898, and the other is cultivated,
Naperville, Sept. 4, 1895. Only the former shows underground parts;
there is a slender tap-root with no rootstocks whatever. The plants
are perhaps P. pruinosa L., for the leaves are thick, heavy-pubescent,
and coarsely dentate to the cordate base.

VERNONIA NOVEBORACENSIS Willd. “Romeo. Clarke. (Umbach)."
Three sheets bearing this name are from Palos Park, Ill., Miller, Ind.,
and Magician Lake, Mich., while one from Naperville is named V.
noveboracensis var. latifolia. None have filiform tips on the involucral
bracts; they are V. missurica Raf.!

VERNONIA GLAUCA (L.) Willd. “Low ground, Palos Park and
Naperville. (Umbach)." There is no material so labelled from
Naperville; two sheets from Palos Park which bear this name are V.
missurica.

The genus Vernonia as represented in this region by the Umbach
collections consists of V. missurica, V. fasciculata, and V. Baldwini;
the last-named, not listed by Pepoon, is represented by a single col-
lection at Beach, Ill., Sept. 2, 1908.

HIERACIUM MARIANUM Willd. “Open dry places near Gary and at
Port Chester. (Umbach)." There are eight collections by Umbach
identified as this species. A number from Gary, Dune Park, Clarke,
and Miller, Ind., and three sheets from Magician Lake, Mich., have
the elongated inflorescence and stellate pubescence of H. Gronovii L.
One sheet from Port Chester, Ind., called H. marianum, is H. scabrum

Michx.

There are 181 records based in part upon specimens of Umbach,
and in part upon some other authority. Some of these may be open
to question, being, as far as the Umbach records go, based upon
misdeterminations.

PANICUM BOREALE Nash. “Moist open swales, southeast of Miller,
along the B. & O. Ry. Abundant locally. (Pepoon, Umbach)."
Also on the authority of Hill. The plant so labelled, from swales,

1 Including V. illinoensis Gleason; see N. Am, Flora xxxiii. pt. 1: 91 (1922).

202 Rhodora [JUNE

Miller, Ind., June 24, 1898, has been determined as P. spretum Schult.,
by Hitchcock and Chase. However, P. boreale is in the region (see
Deam, Grasses of Indiana, p. 266).

RYNCHOSPORA CORNICULATA (Lam.) Gray. “Marsh borders north-
east of Dune Park, and eastward. (Umbach, Pepoon).” Three
sheets, collected Sept. 2, 1898, July 24, 1906, and Sept. 4, 1906, at
Dune Park, and named R. corniculata, have bristles exceeding the
achene, and are R. macrostachya Torr.

SCLERIA PAUCIFLORA Muhl. “Miller. (Umbach). Also on the
authority of Hill. Two collections so identified from Miller, and three
from Dune Park, have the pubescence which places them with S.
pauciflora var. caroliniana (Willd.) Wood.

TALINUM TERETIFOLIUM Pursh. "Sandy hills, Miller and vicinity,
rare. (Umbach, Pepoon)." The material is 7. rugospermum Hol-
zinger, which species is also reported on the authority of Umbach.
T. teretifolium does not occur in the region.!

AGRIMONIA GRYPOSEPALA Wallr. “Thickets, Wheatland, 1909.
(Umbach) Clarke, Ind. More common southeast." Umbach’s no.
4030, from Wheatland, Ill., determined as this, is A. mollis (T. & G.)
Britton. True A. gryposepala is represented, however, by collections
from Beach, Downers Grove, Warrenville, Sag, Orland and Palos
Park, Ill., and from Clarke, Ind.

VITIS CINEREA Engelm. “In a tamarack marsh two miles east
of Miller, Ind. Only a few vines. (Umbach, Pepoon)." A speci-
men from Miller, given this name, is V. labrusca L.

GERARDIA PEDICULARIA L. This is listed as a common plant,
while the variety ambigens Fernald is recorded only from Clarke, on
the authority of Umbach. Actually, all the Umbach collections from
the area, mostly determined as typical G. pedicularia, are the variety.
Peattie, in the Flora of the Indiana Dunes, lists only the variety.

GERARDIA LAEVIGATA Raf. “Dune Park. (Umbach) 1906. South
Chicago. (Babcock)." The plant labelled, * Dasystoma laevigata
Raf., woods, Dune Park, Ind., no. 1437, Sept. 4, 1906" is the plant
called G. virginica (L.) BSP. in Gray's Manual, ed. 7.

VERNONIA ALTISSIMA Nutt. “Moist thickets and slough borders,
Dune Park. (Hill) Porter, Ind., 1912 (Umbach)." A sheet so deter-
mined, from fence rows, Porter, Ind., no. 6130, Aug. 20, 1912, is V.
missurica Raf., as are others from Mt. Tom and Syracuse, Ind., also
called V. altissima. A sheet so identified, from Lisle, Ill., is V. fasci-
culata Michx. V. altissima is reported from the area by Peattie,
Flora of the Indiana Dunes, on the authority of Judge J. R. Churchill.

SOLIDAGO ARGUTA Ait. “Pine and Miller, Ind., very rare. Dune
Park and Clarke. (Umbach) This is a questionable station for
the species." Specimens so named from Dune Park and Clarke
have the leaves very scabrous above, and are S. patula Muhl.

ASTER PATENS Ait. “Big woods at Evanston. (Raddin). War-

1 See RHODORA xxx. 205-206 (1928).

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 203

renville. (Umbach)." A specimen so named, from Warrenville, is
A. laevis L.

LACTUCA FLORIDANA (L.) Gaertn. “Low rich thickets, occasional.
Common southeast. Beach near Waukegan. (Umbach)." There
is no sheet so named and labelled Waukegan; one from Beach, Ill. (a
station near Waukegan, apparently the location in question) is L.
ludoviciana (Walt.) Riddell. Specimens labelled L. floridana, from
Naperville, Sag, and Riverside, Ill., are all L. villosa Jacq.

Mapison, WISCONSIN.

RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA
M. L. FERNALD
(Continued from page 185)

Narpus sTRICTA L. The Newfoundland record has rested upon
Robinson & Schrenk, no. 209, from rocky banks of Rennie’s River,
St. John’s. Mrs. Ayre now sends material from the Newtown Marsh
near St. John’s, as also from Quidi Vidi and banks of Waterford River
—all in the same general area; also from the marshes of Beaver Pond,
Salmonier.

*AvENA FATUA L. Apparently becoming a rather general weed in
Newfoundland, as elsewhere in eastern America. Mrs. Ayre gets
it in old fields and waste places on the Avalon Peninsula. Our col-
lection from the West Coast is from Bonne Bay: bushy margin of
cultivated clearing, Middle Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg. no. 1287.

SPHENOPHOLIS PALLENS (Spreng.) Scribn. The northernmost sta-
tion yet known in on Bonne Bay: limestone cliffs and talus, Tucker’s
Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1295.

DESCHAMPSIA ATROPURPUREA (Wahlenb.) Scheele. Additional sta-
tion on the HiGHLANDS oF Sr. JOHN: peat on quartzite slopes, head of
Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1297.

*Acrostis RossaE Vasey. Bonne Bay: rocky soil, August 1,
1930, K. P. Jansson.

This is the first station in eastern America for a characteristic little
species (with very short-tufted leaves and dense linear-cylindric pani-
cles, with spikelets about 2 mm. long) of the cordilleran region from
Wyoming and Colorado to British Columbia and California. Its
discovery at Bonne Bay is a clear indication of the need of further
work there. Our party of 1929 did not see it; neither did Mr. Jansson
find many of the localized species seen by us. He made his center at
Lomond and in his brief stay reached areas we did not visit

THE VARIATIONS OF AGROSTIS BOREALIS.—The species generally
known as Agrostis borealis Hartm. presents in eastern North America

204 Rhodora [JUNE

three strikingly different variations, which by some botanists have
been considered distinct species, by others as of not even formal value.
In Newfoundland all three occur and in their best development they
are so distinct that they have been heretofore regarded by me as three
species; but with the accumulation of much material it becomes
apparent that their characters are intergradient and that they have
no fundamental morphological distinctions. As geographic varieties,
however, they are tolerably definite; and their distinguishing charac-
ters are enumerated below.

a. Lemma awned: branches of mature panicle spreading-ascending.
Spikelets (glumes) 2-3 (av. 2.6) mm. long: culms 0.4—4.5 dm.
high: leaf-blades 0.2-2 mm. broad, flat or more commonly
involute: panicle 1.5-14 em. long...................... Var. typica.
Spikelets (glumes) 2.8-4 (av. 3.3) mm. long: culms 1.5-7.5
dm. high: leaf-blades 1-4 mm. broad, flat: panicle 3-17 em.
10) 0 RR mea Var. americana.
a. Lemma awnless: branches of mature panicle strongly ascending:
spikelets 2.8-4.6 (av. 3.6) mm. long: culms 0.2-3.5 dm. high:
leaf-blades 0.2-2 mm. broad, flat or involute: panicle 1-10
cm. MOM oeeeoeeeereohnuehhrhehhhhhrhhrnhhgnhh EET Var. paludosa.

A. BOREALIS Hartm., var. typica. A. borealis Hartm. Skand. Fl.
ed. 3: 17 (1838); Hitchcock, N. Am. Sp. Agrostis—U. S. Dept. Agric.
Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. no. 68: 52 (1905), in large part (1905). A. Mer-
tensii Trin. Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. sér. 6, vi? 331 (1841). A. canina,
var. alpina Oakes, Cat. Pl. Vermont, 32 (1842). A. canina, var. ?
tenella Torr. Fl. N. Y. 1. 443 (1843). A. concinna Tuckerm. Hovey's
Mag. Hort. ix. 143 (1843) and Am. Journ. Sci. xlv. 42 (1843). 4.
Pickeringüi, B. rupicola Tuckerman, Am. Journ. Sci. 1. c. (1843). Tri-
chodium concinnum (Tuckerm.) Wood, Cl.-Bk. ed. 2: 600 (1847).—
Northern Eurasia; northern. North America from Greenland and
Labrador to the higher mountains of Maine, New Hampshire, northern
Vermont and northern New York; Alaska and British Columbia.
The following, selected from a large representation, are typical. LAB-
RADOR: Nachvak, Sornborger, no. 244; Hopedale, Sornborger, no. 225;
Anatolak, Sewall, nos. 425, 440, 442, 444; Nain, Sewall, no. 92, Bishop,
no. 59. NEWFOUNDLAND: Little Quirpon, Fernald & Long, no.
27,474; summit, Bard Harbor Hill, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert
& Hotchkiss, no. 27,473; Deer Pond Brook, Highlands of St. John,
Fernald & Long, no. 27,475; dry meadow on tableland of Doctor Hill,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1309; serpentine tableland, Bonne Bay,
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2526, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1312; lime-
stone cliffs near Stanleyville, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1311; Lark
Mountain, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 86; Blow-me-down Mts., Eames
& Godfrey, nos. 5829, 5831; Harry’s River, Fernald & Wiegand, no.
2524. QuknkEc: Blane Sablon (“Labrador”), Fernald & Wiegand, no.
2522; Tabletop Mts., Fernald & Collins, no. 389; Mt. Dunraven,

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 205

Tabletop Mts., Fernald, Dodge & Smith, no. 25,483; Coulée des
Fourches, Mt. Albert, Victorin, Rolland, Brunel & Rousseau, no.
17,814; Little Cascapedia River, Collins, Fernald & Pease, no. 4931;
Le Bicquet, Co. Rimouski, Rousseau, no. 30,039. Maine: Mt.
Katahdin, A. Young et al.; Mt. Bigelow, Fernald & Strong, no. 487.
New Hampsuire: White Mts., “In alpibus," as A. concinna, Tucker-
man (TYPE or duplicate type of A. concinna); alpine region, White
Mts., Oakes, as A. canina, var. alpina Oakes; and many subsequent
collections from the mountains of Coés and Grafton Cos., including
the following somewhat widely distributed numbered ones: Mt.
Washington, Robinson, no. 981; Hitchcock, Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no.
443; Mt. Lafayette, Fernald in Pl. Exsicc. Gray. no. 117. VERMONT:
Mt. Mansfield, Pringle, Faxon et al. New York: Whiteface Mt.,
Hitchcock, Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 442; Mt. McIntyre, House, no.
9493. ALasKA: Nome, Hitchcock in Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 348
(no. 347 of the same series, as represented in the Gray Herbarium
is not A. borealis). British COLUMBIA: small peak above timber
line, Selkirk Mts., Shaw, no. 1019, as A. varians.

Forma macrantha (Eames), n. comb. Var. macrantha Eames,
Ruopora, xi. 88 (1909).—Spikelets proliferating or “viviparous.”
Perhaps pathogenic. NEWFOUNDLAND: Blow-me-down Mts., Eames
& Godfrey, no. 5833 (TYPE collection); Lark Mountain, Fernald, Long
& Fogg, no. 87. QuEeBEc: Rivière Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no.
24,754. New Hampsuire: Alpine Garden, Mt. Washington, Pease,
no. 1742.

*Var. americana (Scribn.), n. comb. A. Pickeringii Tuckerm.
Hovey’s Mag. Hort. ix. 143 (April, 1843), Am. Journ. Sci. xlv. 42
(April-June, 1843), excl. 8. rupicola. A. rupestris Chapm. Fl. So.
U. S. 551 (1860), not All. A. novae-angliae Vasey, Contr. U. S. Nat.
Herb. iii. 76 (1892), in part (excl. synonym), not Tuckerm. A.
rubra, var. americana Scribn. Grasses of Tenn. pt. ii. 77, t. xxv. fig.
100 (1894).—Western Newfoundland and eastern Quebec to moun-
tains of Maine and New Hampshire; Roan Mt., North Carolina
and Tennessee. The following are characteristic. NEWFOUNDLAND:
Overfall of Deer Pond Brook, Highlands of St. John, Wiegand, Gilbert
& Hotchkiss, no. 27,476, no. 27,477 (with habit of var. paludosa);
Southwest Gulch, Bard Harbor Hill, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert
& Hotchkiss, no. 27,478; Yellow Brook, Doctor Hill, Fernald, Long
& Fogg, no. 1313. QueBEc: Blane Sablon (“Labrador”), Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 2523; Lac du Vieillard, Gaspé Co., Fernald, Dodge &
Smith, no. 25,484; River Ste. Anne des Monts, Fernald & Collins, no.
414; Cap Chat River, Fernald & Pease, no. 24,856; Mt. Fortin, Fernald
& Pease, no. 24,857; Grand Cascapedia River, July 12-15, 1905,
Williams, Collins & Fernald. Matne: on Saddle Slide, in Great
Basin and by Chimney Pond, Mt. Katahdin, July 10-13, 1900,
Fernald. New Hamesurre: White Mts., E. Tuckerman (TYPE or
duplicate type of A. Pickeringii Tuckerm.; “in monte Great Hay-

206 Rhodora [JUNE

stack," Tuckerman; margins of alpine brooks, White Mts., September
1, 1877, Pringle (TYPE collection of A. novae-angliae Vasey, ace. to
Hitchcock, U. S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. no. 68: 53); Lake of
Clouds, Mt. Washington, Faxon, Fuller, Williams et al.; Oakes Gulf,
Mt. Washington, Faxon; Tuckerman’s Ravine, Mt. Washington,
Faxon et al.; Cape Horn, Mt. Washington, Faxon, Churchill; Great
Gulf, Mt. Washington, Faxon; Boott’s Spur, Mt. Washington,
Williams; Mt, Monroe, September 8, 1862, Wm. Boott; Mt. Lafayette,
July 29, 1863, Wm. Boott; Eagle Cliff, Franconia, Fernald & Smiley,
no. 11,533. Norra Carona: “In monte Roan dicto," July, 1841,
Gray & Carey, labeled and reported (Am. Journ. Sci. xlii. 42 (1842))
without description as A. rupestris; Roan Mt. July, 1889, Scribner
(TYPE collection of A. rubra, var. americana).

Agrostis canina, var. ? tenella was described by Torrey from “ Moun-
tains in the northern part of the State [of New York]," with “leaves
linear, flat . . . alittle more than a line wide." It might have been
var. americana, but the description is quite as satisfactory for a well
grown var. typica. The latter is the only form seen from the Adiron-
dacks and Dr. E. D. Merrill informs me that Torrey apparently pre-
served no specimen to stand for his A. canina, var. ? tenella. I am,
therefore, leaving it with typical A. borealis.

Agrostis rubra, var. americana was clearly published by Scribner in
his Grasses of Tennessee (1894), with a good description, clear illus-
tration and the citation of A. rupestris Chapm.,not All., as a synonym.
It was known to Scribner only from “Near the summit of Roane
mountain.” Var. americana had had an earlier but invalid publica-
tion in synonymy. In his Catalogue of Canadian Plants, ii. 391
(1890) Macoun published the following note:

(2763.) A. canina, Linn.; Macoun, Cat. IV., 198.

Prof. Scribner says of this species: “This is A. rubra, Linn. May be
called A. rubra, Linn., var. Americana. It is the same as A. rupestris,
Chapm. (non All), found on Roan Mountain, North Carolina. The
same plant grows on the White Mountains of New Hampshire (A. canina,
var. alpina, Oakes) together with the true A. rupestris All.” (Scribner.)
Our specimens from Mount Albert, Gaspé, Q., belong to A. rubra, var.
Americana. (Macoun.)

Macoun's publication may be viewed in different ways. It may be
said that he published A. rubra, var. americana in synonymy (under
A. canina), in which case he gave it no nomenclatural status; conse-
quently Scribner's later account was the first valid publication of the
name. If it be maintained that Macoun's publication was valid, then
the only characterization of the new variety is Chapman's descrip-
tion of the Roan Mt. plant as A. rupestris. In either case the result

Rhodora Plate 247

Fig. 1, CAREX INCURVA, var. SETINA from Newfoundland; ric. 2, C. LANGEANA from
Newfoundland; both X 1.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 207

is the same; the Roan Mt. plant has the large spikelets of A. Picker-
ingit Tuckerm. and A. novac-angliae Vasey, not Tuckerm., though it
is a low and narrow-leaved form.

Var. paludosa (Scribn.), n. comb. A. paludosa Seribn. U.S. Dept.
Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 11: 49 (1898); Hitchc. U. S. Dept. Agric.
Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. 68: 53, 54, fig. 2 (1905); Fernald, RHODORA, xxviii.
118, 161 (1926). A. melaleuca Fernald, |. c. 63, 109, 161 (1926), not
Hitche —Labrador, northwestern Newfoundland and eastern Sague-
nay Co., Quebec. LABRADOR: rocky beach, Tikkoatokok Bay, lat.
57°, Bishop, no. 58. NEWFOUNDLAND: springy swale south of the
Hospital, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,280 as A.
melaleuca; boggy swale near the Rock Marsh, Flower Cove, Fernald,
Pease & Long, no. 27,481, Fernald, no. 27,483, both as A. melaleuca;
dripping quartzite cliffs and ledges, upper Deer Pond Brook, Highlands
of St. John, Fernald & Long, no. 27,482, as A. melaleuca; dry gravelly
limestone barrens, St. John Island, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert &
Hotchkiss, no. 27,479 (starved specimen); dry gravelly limestone
barrens, Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1308 (starved speci-
men). QUEBEC: in barren spots on the gneiss plain, Blanc Sablon
(“Labrador”), Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2528 (the type was collected
by Waghorne at Blane Sablon); sand-dunes, Blane Sablon River
(* Labrador") Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 27,480; * Labrador,"
Martin; rocky crest, Ile Ouapitagone, St. John, no. 90,123.

Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,253 from Flower Cove, Newfound-
land, and Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,477 from Deer Pond
Brook, Newfoundland, have the panicle-branches strongly ascending
as in var. paludosa but many of their lemmas are awned as in var.
americana.

*AGROSTIS SCABRA Willd., forma Tuckermani, f. nov., lemmatibus
aristigeris.—Rarely through the range of the typical awnless form,
Newfoundland to New England. Type: sandy flats of Monatiquoit
River, above Union Street, Braintree, Massachusetts, July 1, 1911,
J. R. Churchill (in Gray Herb.). 'The Newfoundland collections are
from CoNcEPTION Bay: talus of sandstone cliffs, Western Bay, G. S.
Torrey, no. 111. Fortune Bay: silicious gravelly slope, Harbour
Breton, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,250.

Agrostis scabra Willd. Sp. Pl. i. 370 (1798) is the plant which long
correctly passed under that name. In 1905 it was merged by Hitch-
cock, N. Am. Sp. Agrostis (U. S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. no.
68), 42, with A. hyemalis (Walt.) BSP. Prelim. Cat. N. Y. 68 (1888),
which, in turn, was based on Cornucopiae hyemalis Walt. Fl. Carol. 73
(1788). Walter lived at Santee, South Carolina; consequently it is
natural to identify his C. hyemalis as a plant of eastern South Carolina.

208 Rhodora [JUNE

According to Hitchcock there is no specimen preserved in the Walter
herbarium but Walter’s brief diagnosis well describes the common
plant of South Carolina:

hyemalis. 1. culmo erecto, panicula diffusa verticillata, foliis

angustis subteretibus [misquoted by Hitchcock “sub-
erectibus”’].

This, so far as it goes, sufficiently describes the species (PLATE 246;
FIGS. 1, 2 and a) of eastern Virginia, North and South Carolina,
Georgia and Florida, which begins flowering in early spring (March
and early April; northward, in New Jersey, southern New York and
southern New England in May), the beautifully distinct species
clearly characterized, 120 years after Walter, as Agrostis antecedens
Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxv. 473 (1908). This southern early-
flowering species (PLATE 246, FIGs. 1 and 2), with mostly involute-
filiform leaves and very lax panicles mostly 0.5-2 (rarely —3) dm. long,
has the filiform branches simple or forked only near the tip; the tiny
spikelets (1.2-2 mm. long) subsessile or only short-pedicelled and
crowded in close spiciform terminal glomerules 2-10 mm. long; the
tips of the glumes distant in fruit (FIG. a), thus exposing the grain; the
lemma 0.5-1 mm. long; the tiny (about 0.2 mm. long) anthers round-
ish. It is common from Florida to Texas, extending north on and
near the Coastal Plain to Rhode Island and Massachusetts, and in
the interior to Kansas, Iowa, Illinois and Indiana; it abounds in
Walter's region.

Agrostis scabra is coarser throughout, with cauline leaves usually
broader and flat; the panicle, when well developed much larger, with
the branches forking lower down and in maturity gibbous at base;
the spikelets mostly longer-pedicelled, 2-4.3 (in typical A. scabra 2-3)
mm. long; the glumes connivent in fruit, covering the grain; the lem-
mas 1.3-2.5 (in typical A. scabra 1.3-2) mm. long; the anthers larger
and elongate. A. scabra in its various forms abounds from Labrador
and Newfoundland to Alaska, south to Pennsylvania, the Great
Lakes states, Iowa, Nebraska, New Mexico, Arizona and California.
In the region where its range meets that of A. hyemalis (A. antecedens),
A. scabra begins flowering when the former is wholly mature, from
late June to August. This mid-summer species does not reach Walter’s
country and the name hyemalis would be meaningless if applied to it;
for a plant which begins flowering in March and which, in the South,
is mature in April it is at least less inappropriate. Willdenow’s

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 209

characterization of 44. scabra was clearly based on the coarser and more
northern plant: . . . “Folia linearia . . . Panicula ramosa divari-
cata ampla, fere pedalis," etc.

Agrostis scabra, f. Tuckermani is unquestionably the plant from
“Notch of the White Mountains” described as A. laxiflora, 8 montana
Tuckerm. Am. Journ. Sci. xlv. 43 (1843) “palea arista tortili exserta
e medio dorsi proveniente praedita." "Tuckerman's plant is in the
Gray Herbarium but, unfortunately, he involved the typification by
citing as its nomenclatural basis “ Trichodium montanum, Torr.
(fide ips.) Torr. Fl. i. 84.” The original description of T. montanum
Torr. Compend. 50 (1826) mentions no awn; and, although Hitch-
cock (N. Am. Sp. Agrost. 43) says In the mountains of New England
is a form which has awned spikelets. . . This form has been named
— Trichodium montanum Torr., Comp. 50. 1826," he states very
definitely that “ Torrey's specimen is in the Torrey herbarium
the flowering glume is awnless’’ and the type of the “ New England"
plant was “collected on ‘summit of the New Beacon, Fishkill [New
York} ". With the typification of A. laxiflora, B. montana thus in-
volved, it is wiser to redesignate the form of A. scabra with awned
lemmas and to assign it an unequivocal type.

The name Agrostis laxiflora Richardson (1823) goes back to Tri-
chodium laxiflorum Michaux, Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 42, t. 8 (1803). Mi-
chaux's plate shows very characteristic A. hyemalis (A. antecedens)
and he cited as an unquestioned synonym Cornucopiae hyemalis Walt.
A. aphanes Trin. Agrost. ii. 100 (1841) from Newfoundland is pre-
sumably a green state of A. scabra. Its flat leaves, more or less
spreading panicle “ lucidissimae," its hispid rays up to 314 inches long,
its awnless lemma and its short-pilose callus are all characters of A.
scabra.

* A. SCABRA, var. septentrionalis var. nov. (TAB. 246, FIGS. 3 and b),
spiculis 3.2-4.3 mm. longis; glumis lanceolato-attenuatis apice sub-
aristatis; lemmatibus 2-2.5 mm. longis.—Labrador to Nova Scotia.
LABRADOR: sandy shore of island near mouth of Naskaupi Hiver,
Lake Melville, August 4, 1921, Wetmore, no. 103,103. NEWFOUND-
LAND: dry sterile meadow at head of Mauve Bay, August 12, 1925,
Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,468; glades in
spruce swamp, Brig Bay, Aug. 7, 1924, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no.
26,252; open savannah near mouth of Main River, Bonne Bay,
August 27, 1929, Fernald & Long, no. 1306; dry serpentine slopes near
Winterhouse Brook, Bonne Bay, August 8, 1929, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 1310 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); St. George's, July 29, 1922,

210 Rhodora [JUNE

Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 11,144; wet thicket on gneiss hills, Burgeo,
September 15, 1926, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 81 (many spikelets
modified by nematodes) ; knolls in wet bog-barrens, Trepassey, August
16, 1924, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,252. QuEBEC: prés des
chutes, Natashquan, 31 juillet, 1928, Victorin & Rolland, no. 28,097;
various stations, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, nos. 27,818-27,822.
MaGDALEN IsLanpDs: wet bogs among the sand ridges back of the
Narrows, Alright Island, August 21, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John,
no. 6850; Grand-Etang sur la Dune du Nord, Ile de la Grande-Entrée,
9 août, 1919, Victorin & Rolland, no. 9017; sprawling in dry clearing,
Brion Island, August 8, 1914, St. John, no. 1766. Nova Scorta:
swampy edge of fresh water pond and dune hollows, Sable Island,
August 27 and 30, 1913, St. John, nos. 1165, 1166; springy sphagnous
bog in spruce woods near mouth of Broad River, August 16, 1920,
Fernald & Bissell, no. 19,913; dryish sphagnous swales and bogs by
Harris’s Lake, Tiddville, August 22, 1920, Fernald & Long, no. 19,914;
swampy spruce woods and thickets by Minnigobake Lake, Belleville,
July 29, 1920, Long & Linder, no. 19,900; wet peaty sloughs in barrens,
Lower Argyle, August 11, 1920, Fernald, Bissell, Graves, Long &
Linder, no. 19,911, in part; sphagnous swales bordering Salmon
(Greenville) Lake, August 13, 1920, Fernald, Bissell, Graves, Long &
Linder, no. 19,912; wet savannah bordering Goven Lake, July 23,
1921, Fernald, Bartram & Long, no. 23,267.

*Var. SEPTENTRIONALIS, forma setigera, f. nov., lemmatibus seti-
geris.—Range of the awnless form, often more abundant. New-
FOUNDLAND: swampy woods, Bell Island, Conception Bay, August,
1901, Howe & Lang, no. 1302; Grand Lake, 1908, Owen Bryant;
serpentine tableland, alt. 380 m., Bonne Bay, August 27, 1910,
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2514; open peat bogs, Birchy Cove (Curling),
August 10, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2513; sphagnous marsh,
Lark Harbor, August 31, 1926, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 78; dry
meadows, Bay St. George, August 5-7, 1901, Howe & Lang, no. 1013;
wet moss and peat on the gneiss hills near Sand Bank, west of Burgeo,
September 9, 1926, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 79 (rype in Gray Herb.);
crests and crevices of gneiss ledges, Burgeo, September 10 and 15,
1926, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 80, 84, 85. QuEBEC: gneiss ledges,
Mutton Bay, September 7, 1925, Fernald & Long, no. 27,467; sur
les rochers granitiques prés de l'embouchure, Rivière Romaine, 20
juillet, 1925, Victorin, Rolland & Louis-Marie, no. 20,635. Mac-
DALEN ISLANDS: sphagnous boggy margin of pond, southeast of Etang
du Nord, and dry open woods and clearings, Étang du Nord, Grind-
stone Island, July 24, 1912, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John,
nos. 6847, 6848; wet bogs and mossy pond-margins, between East
Cape and East Point, Coffin Island, August 17, 1912, Fernald, Long
& St. John, no. 6851; dunes de la Pointe de l'Est, 29 juillet, 1919,
Victorin & Rolland, no. 9018. Nova Scoria: peat bog at head of
White Spring, St. Paul Island, August 6, 1929, Perry & Roscoe, no.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 211

51; Canso, July 18, 1901, Fowler; spruce swamp, Markland (Cape
Forchu), August 22, 1921, Fernald & Long, no. 23,272.

When not called Agrostis scabra or A. hyemalis, A. scabra, var-
septentrionalis (including f. setigera) has been distributed either as A.
borealis Hartm., A. geminata Trin., A. elata (Pursh) Trin., A. hyemalis
var. geminata (Trin.) Hitchc. or A. hyemalis, var. elata (Pursh) Fern.
From A. borealis it is at once separated by its long and flexuous
strongly hirtellous branches which place it with A. scabra. From A.
geminata it is distinguished by the very diffuse and flexuous pro-
longed branches, the panicle 14-24 the full height of the plant, the
mature and strongly divergent or reflexed branches strongly gibbous
at base, and the ligules 4-7 mm. long; A. geminata having the mature
panicle smaller and more regularly ovoid, only 1/,- very rarely !/5 the
full height of the plant, its stiffer or merely arching shorter branches
scarcely gibbous at base and the ligule of the usually shorter cauline
leaves 1.5- rarely 4 mm. long. A. scabra var. septentrionalis has often
been confused with the southern Coastal Plain A. elata (Pursh) Trin.
and when I made the combination A. hyemalis var. elata (Pursh)
Fern. Ruopora, xxiii. 229 (1922) I was influenced by the fact that
the plant of Nova Scotia, the Magdalen Islands and Newfoundland
is clearly an extreme of 4. scabra (at that time confused with 4.
hyemalis). In A. elata, however, the cauline leaves are numerous
(5-10), in A. scabra, var. septentrionalis only 2-4; the panicle is lance-
olate to narrowly ovoid, not diffuse; and the lemma is conspicuously
dark-nerved, nearly as long as the glumes, the lemma of A. scabra not
evidently nerved and much shorter.

AGROSTIS GEMINATA Trin., forma exaristata, f. nov., lemmatibus
muticis exaristatis.— Throughout the range of the typical form with
awned lemmas, often more abundant. Type: muddy border of small
lake at about 530 m. alt., back of North Fork Camp, North Fork of
Madeleine River, Gaspé Co., Quebec, August 12, 1923, Fernald,
Dodge & Smith, no. 25,485 (in Gray Herb.).

Although Agrostis geminata is treated by Hitcbcock as a variety
of A. hyemalis (i. e. A. scabra), and where the two grow together
they seem to merge, the same may be said of 4. geminata and 4.
borealis Hartm. A. geminata is one of the strong links in a chain of
somewhat confluent species (A. scabra, A. perennans 'Tuckerm., A.
elata (Pursh.) 'Trin., A. geminata, A. borealis and A. canina L.; and
= doubtless others.) Only confusion would result from merging them all
as one species. It seems better to treat them as reasonably distinct

212 Rhodora [JUNE

species which at their meeting-places are occasionally interfertile.
Such conditions are familiar in many northern groups.
The Newfoundland collections of

*A. GEMINATA, f. EXARISTATA are the following. AVALON PEN-
INSULA: dry peaty or gravelly silicious barrens, Trepassey, Fernald,
Long & Dunbar, no. 26,263. Srrairs or BELLE IsLE: wet boggy
tundra, Quirpon Island, Fernald & Long, no. 27,471. Ha-Ha Bay:
trap ledges, Piton Point, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,469.
INGORNACHOIX Bay: limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, Fernald,
Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 2527. Carr Sr. GEonGE: dry limestone
barrens, Green Gardens, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 11,080.

CALAMAGROSTIS PICKERING Gray. and var. DEBILIS (Kearney)
Fernald & Wiegand. Map 20. Both of general range over southern,
central and eastern New-
foundland and in the
East extending to the
eastern shores of the
Straits of Belle Isle.
Near the West Coast our
northernmost stations
are the tablelands of
Bonne Bay.

As an apparently old
type, of pre-Wisconsin
dispersal, Calamagrostis
Pickeringii is notable.
Dominant on peaty bar-
rens at all levels in New-
foundland and Nova
Scotia, it is absent from New Brunswick and most of Maine, but
reappears in the alpine areas of Mt. Katahdin, the White Mts., the
northern Green Mts. and the Adirondacks, whence it occasionally
descends to the valleys. It has an isolated area in northeastern Massa-
chusetts and adjacent southeastern New Hampshire (where the
long-weathered till gives evidence of very early, rather than recent,
glaciation); and there is an outlying area for a related plant (perhaps
specifically separable) in northern Michigan. The range of the species
is, emphatically, a disrupted one. The nearest allies of C. Pickeringii
(sharing with it the prolonged and geniculate or twisted awn) are C.
Porteri Gray and C. perplexa Scribn. C. Porteri is one of the rarest of
relic-species, with four isolated stations: one each, on rocky wooded
slopes, in Chemung Co., New York; Huntingdon Co., Pennsylvania;

Map 20. Range of CALAMAGROSTIS PICKERINGII.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 213

and Page and Giles Cos., western Virginia. C. perplexa is even rarer:
with the original station a bluff in Tompkins Co., New York, the
other (for a similar but not quite identical plant) a quartzite cliff in
Piscataquis Co., Maine.

Also having a geniculate and exserted awn is the arctic Calama-
grostis purpurascens R. Br., likewise with a remarkably disrupted
range: the unglaciated margin of Greenland; arctic northwestern
Canada, thence along the Cordillera to South Dakota, Colorado,
Nevada and California; with the only known station in the East
(south of Greenland) a single colony on one of the highest cliffs of Bic,
Quebec.

The senility of this group of relic-species is in striking contrast to
the aggressive and hopelessly variable complex which we call Calama-
grostis canadensis (Michx.) Nutt., dominant and continuously spread
across the cool-temperate, only recently available (since the Wisconsin)
regions of Canada and the Northern States.

C. INEXPANSA Gray, var. ROBUSTA (Vasey) Stebbins, RHODORA,
xxxii. 48 (1930). C. hyperborea, in part, of Newfoundland records,
not Lange. One of the commonest grasses of western Newfoundland,
chiefly in calcareous or magnesian soils, both wet and dry and at all
altitudes. Our northern-most station is on the STRAITS OF BELLE
Iste: Rock Marsh, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 16,272;
the most southern on Porr au Porr Bav: Table Mt., Fernald, Wie-
gand & Kittredge, no. 2558. From central Newfoundland we know it
from Grand Lake, Waghorne, no. 43; and Bishop Falls, Fernald,
Wiegand & Darlington, no. 4582.

Except for its occurrence in Newfoundland and the closely allied
region of Quebec (Cóte Nord, Mingan Islands, Anticosti and Gaspé)
var. robusta is cordilleran.

1 Typical Calamagrostis purpurascens occurs in easternmost Asia, south, locally, to
the highest mountains of Japan. It is C. purpurascens, var. parvigluma (Takada)
Miyabe & Kudo, Journ, Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Imp. Univ. Sapporo, xxvi. pt. 2: 145
(July 15, 1931), based on C. urelytra, p. parvigluma Takeda, Tokyo Bot. Mag. xxiv.
37 (1910). Miyabe & Kudo treat C. urelytra, a. macrantha Takeda with ''Glumis
sterilibus 8-10-12 mm longis” as typical C. purpurascens R. Br. and they transfer
his C. urelytra, 8. parvigluma with '' Glumis sterilibus 6-7 mm longis” to varietal rank
under C. purpurascens. "Three plants of Richardson's original material upon which C.
purpurascens R. Br. was based, preserved in the Gray Herbarium, and spikelets from
the type sent by Hooker to Asa Gray show the glumes to be consistently 5.5—6.5 mm.
long. Consequently, C. purpurascens, var. parvigluma (C. urelytra, var. parvigluma)
is scarcely separable from it. The plant of northern Japan and the Kurile Islands with
extraordinarily large spikelets (‘‘Glumis sterilibus 8-10-12 mm longis’’) is, then, the
extreme departure from typical C. purpurascens. It becomes

CALAMAGROSTIS PURPURASCENS R. Br., var. macrantha (Takeda), comb. nov.
C. urelytra Hack., a. macrantha 'Takeda, fag Bot. Mag. xxiv. 36 (1910). C. pur-
purascens Mayabe & Kudo, Journ. Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Imp. Univ. Sapporo, xxiv. 146
(1931), not R. Br.

214 Rhodora [JUNE

C. INEXPANSA, var. BREVIOR (Vasey) Stebbins, 1. c. 50. C. hyper-
borea elongata and hyperborea americana Kearney. Judged by the
number of collections, much less common than var. robusta. The
Newfoundland collections identified by Stebbins are the following.
VALLEY OF THE ExPLorrs: ledges, talus and gravel (calcareous),
Grand Falls, Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram & Darlington, nos. 4583,
4584; rocky shore, Buchan Junction, July 19, 1930, K. P. Jansson.
HicHuands or Sr. Jonn: dry white limestone bluff opposite western
escarpment of Bard Harbor Hill, Fernald & Long, no. 27,498. Sr.
Jonn Bay: swale back of beach, Bard Harbor, Wiegand, Gilbert &
Hotchkiss, no. 27,497. Bonne Bay: thicket bordering marl-pond,
Storehouse Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1322; limestone cliffs
and talus, Tucker’s Head, no. 1323; open savannah and springy swale
near mouth of Main River, Fernald & Long, nos. 1324, 1325. VALLEY
OF THE HumBer: dry limestone gravel, Hannah’s Head, Fernald &
Long, no. 1318. CAPE Sr. GEORGE: headlands of the Cape, Mac-
kenzie & Griscom, no. 11,117.

All other material distributed by me as Calamagrostis hyperborea
belongs to C. inexpansa, var. robusta.

C. NEGLECTA (Ehrh.) Gaertn., Meyer & Scherb. See Stebbins,
l. c. 53. In Newfoundland C. neglecta is far less common than the
varieties of C. inezpansa. The following are identified by Stebbins as
typical. Sacrep Bay: bog barren (“mesh”) south of Ship Cove,
Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 27,492. PrsrorEr Bay: gravelly and
turfy strand near Isthmus Cove, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no.
27,491. Sr. Jonn Bay: turf overlying limestone, Savage's Island,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1315. Ponr av Port Bay: wet runs and
boggy spots in limestone barrens, Table Mt., Fernald, Wiegand &
Kittredge, no. 2548.

The first two numbers were erroneously distributed as Var. borealis.

C. NEGLECTA, var. BOREALIS (Laestad.) Kearney. Rare. PISTOLET
Bay: tundra on southern half of Burnt Cape, Fernald & Long, no.
27,490. Srrarrs or BELLE IsLE: swales and wet peaty limestone
barrens, Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no.
26,270. VALLEY OF THE HumBeEr: sandy lake-side, Grand Lake,
Waghorne, no. 41.

MUHLENBERGIA UNIFLORA (Muhl.) Fern., var. TERRAE-NOVAE Fern.
Ruopona, xxix. 11 (1927). PLATE 241, FIGs. 1 and 2. Reaching its
northern limit, apparently, on the tableland of Lookout Mt., Bonne
Bay.

As pointed out in the original discussion of var. terrae-novae, it often
has the spikelets with 2 or 3 florets, thus making a strong departure
from typical species of MuAlenbergia and from the theoretical 1-
flowered Agrostideae toward Eragrostis of the more primitive Festu-

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 215

ceae. Judged by this greater development of 2-flowered spikelets in
var. terrac-novae, it would seem to be more primitive than the con-
tinental typical M. uniflora, with the spikelets mostly 1-flowered.

PHLEUM ALPINUM L. In Newfoundland known only from wet,
or at least damp, situations. Its southernmost known station there
is on Bonne Bay: turfy slopes below limestone crest (alt. 630 m.),
Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1327.

In view of the preference of Phleum alpinum for wet slopes or
meadows, it is interesting, as a corollary of the principle discussed at
the close of Part II (that the Arctic flora is essentially xerophytic and
that it is the xerophytie Arctic species which abound on the arid
rock-barrens of the West Coast) to note that P. alpimum was not
listed by Simmons as occurring on the Arctic Archipelago and that
in Greenland its northern limit is at lat. 70? (fide Ostenfeld).

ORYZOPSIS ASPERIFOLIA Michx. In Newfoundland this species,
of dry deciduous forest in the northeastern United States, seems to
occur chiefly in the “thin thickets” bordering open barrens. In
central Newfoundland it is sometimes in well developed woods, but
along the West Coast it follows the limestone and serpentine barrens,
as characteristic of the tablelands as of lower levels. The northern-
most stations are on Sr. Jonn Bay: knoll in spruce thicket (on lime-
stone), St. John’s Island, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotch-
kiss, no. 27,510; peaty thicket bordering limestone barrens, Old Port
au Choix, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1331. Compare statements
regarding Habenaria orbiculata (pp. 8, 87) and H. Hookeri (p. 57).

O. CANADENSIS (Poir.) Torr. (Oryzopsis pungens (Torr.) Hitche.;
Stipa canadensis Poir.). Probably of general occurrence in central
and southern Newfoundland. The specimens at hand are few.
VALLEY OF THE ExPLorrs: granitic ledges and gravel along a brook,
Quarry, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 4529; moist woods, Buchan
Junction, July 12, 1930, K. P. Jansson. Bay or IsrANDS: diorite
tableland, alt. about 550 m., Blomidon, Fernald & Wiegand, no.
2490, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,063; peaty and turfy subalpine
meadow, Lark Mt., Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 104. DISTRICT OF
Burgeo AND La Potter: in Cladonza-heath on dry gneiss slopes along
Grandy Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 105.

SPARTINA PECTINATA Link. Extended north to Bonne Bay: gravel
along Deer Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1333.

ErLEocHARIS PARVULA (R. & S.) Link (Scirpus nanus Spreng.).
Extended north to Bonne Bay: brackish gravel-flat at mouth of
McKenzie River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1337.

E. uxiGLUMIS (Link) Schultes, var. HALOPHILA Fern. & Brackett,
RHODORA, xxxi. 72, t. 183 (1929). Extended north from Bay St.

216 Rhodora [JUNE

George, to Bonne Bay: brackish tidal mud-flats at mouth of Main
River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1341.

*E. acrcuLaris (L.) R. & S., var. susMERSA (Hj. Nilss.) Svenson,
HHopona, xxxi. 188 (1929). The first station known south of the
Labrador Peninsula is on BONNE Bay: brackish mud-flats at mouth of
Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1344. See p. 90.

SCIRPUS CESPITOSUS, var. DELICATULUS Fern., RHopora, xxiii. 25
(1921). "To the original Newfoundland station on the Gander River
may be added one on Bonne Bay: gravel along Deer Brook, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 1349.

S. AMERICANUS Pers. Extended north to Bonne Bay: tidal mud
and gravel at mouth of Main River, Fernald & Long, no. 1354; plants
all sterile.

S. acutus Muhl. The northernmost known station is on BAv oF
IsLANDS: marshy border of pond at foot of serpentine ridge, North
Arm, Long & Fogg, no. 113.

ERIOPHORUM OPACUM (Bjornstr.) Fern. See Ruopona, xxvii. 208
(1925). Extended south to St. Jonn Bay and INGoRNACHOIX Bay:
damp open depressions in limestone barrens, Old Port au Choix and
Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1359, 1360.

*RYNCHOSPORA CAPILLACEA Torr., var. LEVISETA E. J. Hill. Bonne
Bay: bogs, July 26, 1930, K. P. Jansson; the first station east of
the Kennebec River, Maine, although typical H. capillacea occurs on
the Gaspé Peninsula.

CAREX INCURVA Lightf. Extended south to Sr. Joun Bay: turf
overlying limestone, Grassy Island and Savage's Island, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, nos. 1371, 1372; very luxuriant colonies, up to 2.1 dm.
high. See p. 60.

*C. rncurva Lightf., var. sETINA Christ in Scheutz, Pl. Vase.
Jeniseens. 174 (1888)—Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxii. No.
10: 174 (1888). Damp clay and gravel of limestone barrens, Gar-
gamelle Cove, Ingornachoix Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1373.
PLATE 247, map 4, p. 56.

The type of var. setina came from lat. 70? 10’, near the mouth of the
Jenisei. I have seen none of the original material but our plant is
quite like the collection from Advent Bay, Spitzbergen, August 8,
1868, Th. M. Fries, which is cited by Kükenthal in Engler, Pflanzenr.
iv. 114 (1909) as var. setina. Kükenthal cites other specimens from
Samojeden, Nova Zembla, Tschutchesland and western Greenland;
and in the Gray Herbarium there are specimens from Jugor Straits,
Arctic Russia; Jan Mayen; western Greenland and Ellesmereland ; all
close to or to the north of the Arctic Circle. The occurrence at sea-
level at lat. 50° 43' in western Newfoundland of this characteristically
Arctic extreme of the species adds another to the many records of

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 217

Arctic types from that region. Kükenthal's description, “ Culmus
humilis subabsconditus. Spiculae pauciores pauciflorae" covers the
essential points of the variety but the following more detailed con-
trast with typical C. incurva may be of value.

C. INCURVA (typical). Culms up to 25 cm. long: leaves up to 15 em. long:
fruiting head 8-14 em. in diameter: perigynia 3.5-5 mm. long.

Var. SETINA. Culms 1 mm.-2 cm. long: leaves 1-3.5 em. long: fruiting head
4-7 mm. in diameter: perigynia 3-3.5 mm. long.

Kükenthal refers to Carex incurva, var. setina the Greenland plant
described and illustrated by Lange as C. duriuscula Lange, Fl. Dan.
xvi. fasc. xlviii. 10, t. mmdecexliii (1871). Lange supposed his plant
to be C. duriuscula C. A. Meyer. That it is quite distinct from both
C. duriuscula C. A. Meyer and from C. incurva, var. setina will appear
in the discussion of the next species.

*CanEx Langeana, nom. nov. C. duriuscula Lange, Fl. Dan. xvi.
fasc. xlviii. 10, t. mmdccexliii (1871), as to Greenland plant, not C. A.
Meyer, Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. i. 214, t. VIII (1831). PLATE 247.

A plant of western Newfoundland, forming close turf on dry peaty
limestone barrens bordering Gargamelle Cove, Ingornachoix Bay,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1374, seems to be quite identical with the
plant described and beautifully illustrated by Lange as C. duriuscula.
Lange supposed the Greenland plant to be C. duriuscula C. A. Meyer
and in his Conspectus Florae Groenlandicae, 134 (1880) and pt. 2: 288
(1887) he so maintained it, in each case holding it as specifically dis-
tinct from the well-known C. incurva Lightf., next which species
Lange placed his C. duriuscula. C. duriuscula C. A. Meyer, as in-
dicated in his description and plate, has the bractsovate and acuminate,
the scales of the spike ovate and acute to merely obtuse, the anthers
conspicuously apiculate and the perigynia 7-nerved and toward the
summit serrulate. It belongs, then, close to C. stenophylla Wahlenb.
which shares these characters and by Trautvetter, Kükenthal and
others has been referred, at least as a variety, to that species. In
the Greenland plant of Lange and in the plant of western Newfound-
land identified with it, the bracts are broader and rounded at summit,
the anthers are blunt and the nerveless perigynia are barely roughened
on the margin toward the tip; it is certainly not the same as C. duri-
uscula C. A. Meyer.

Kükenthal and other European students refer Carex duriuscula
Lange, not C. A. Meyer, without question to C. incurva Lightf. or to
its dwarf var. setina Christ; and in his treatment in Das Pflanzen-

218 Rhodora [JUNE

reich! Kükenthal emphasizes his reduction of it by a mark of affirma-
tion. Nevertheless, C. incurva, var. setina, which occurs in western
Newfoundland on the same barren with C. Langeana, has there, as in
the material from Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen and arctic
Siberia, the globose or subglobose inflorescences characteristic of all
C. incurva, and very thin and scarious or hyaline whitish or broadly
white-bordered divergent scales; C. Langeana has ellipsoid or thick-
cylindric spikes with firmer and deep-ferruginous appressed-ascending
scales with only a narrow pale border. The anthers of C. incurva are
1.7-2.5 mm. long, of C. Langeana only 1 mm. long; the perigynium of
C. incurva is plump or subinflated, that of C. Langeana, as shown by
Lange's immature material and by the Newfoundland collection, flat.
The leaves of C. incurva are smooth or only slightly scabrous toward
the tip; those of C. Langeana definitely spinulose-scabrous. It is not,
therefore, satisfactory to refer C. duriuscula Lange (C. Langeana) to
C. incurva. Lange himself, who certainly knew C. incurva, held them
to be distinct, and the characters of the two justify his decision.

It is possible that C. Langeana had its origin by the crossing of C.
gynocrates Wormsk. with C. incurva or C. incurva, var. setina. In
the region of Newfoundland where it occurs C. gynocrates and C.
incurva are common and the station for C. Langeana is very near our
station for C. incurva var. setina. The latter as well as the larger
extremes of C. incurva and C. gynocrates often fruit abundantly;
while the achenes of C. Langeana are not well developed. Superficially
C. Langeana strongly suggests the Arctic-European C. Deinbolleana
Gay, which is generally accepted as a hybrid of C. dioica L. and C.
incurva. The Newfoundland and Greenland representative of C.
dioica is C. gynocrates and, crossed with C. incurva, it would undoubted-
ly produce a plant strongly simulating C. Deinbolleana. On the other
hand, sterility is only negative evidence of hybrid origin. C. gyno-
crates and other unique species are often quite sterile and Simmons
specially comments? on the frequent sterility of C. incurva. Lange,
in his Conspectus Florae Groenlandicae, 134 and pt. 2: 288, cites C.
Langeana (as C. duriuscula) from three definite stations; he cites C.
gynocrates from five stations and C. incurva from nine, but in no case
is any station for C. Langeana identical with any for either C. gyno-
crates or C. incurva. Whether the later collections of C. Langeana

1 Kükenthal in Engler, Pflanzenr. IV?», 114 (1909).
? Simmons, Phytogeogr. Arct. Am. Archipel. 60 (1913).

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 219

from Greenland have good fruit I do not know, but Lange certainly
gave no intimation that the plant he took to be C. duriuscula was
not a definite species. Until the question can be further checked in
the field both in Greenland and in Newfoundland, the possible hybrid
origin of C. Langeana must remain an open question.

C. WikEGANDII Mackenz. N. Am. Fl. xviii. 108 (1931). Extended
north to Bonne Bay: boggy spruce thickets near Winterhouse Brook,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1381.

C. CEPHALANTHA (Bailey) Bickn. Range extended north to BONNE
Bay: swales on alluvial islands and shores at mouth of Main River,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1384.

This material, like some other collections from western Newfound-
land, has the perigynia as slender as in C. angustior Mackenz. The
plant deserves special watching in the field.

C. DEwEYANA Schwein. To the very few Newfoundland stations
add the following, St. Jonn Bay: bushy swale back of Eddy’s (Old
Man’s) Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1385. Bonne Bay: turfy
slopes below limestone crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, no. 1386.

C. scoPARIA Schkuhr. Range extended north to Bonne Bay:
swales on alluvial islands and shores at mouth of Main River, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 1388.

C. HORMATHODES Fern. Frequent on the South Coast, its northern
outposts are on Bonne Bay and Notre Dame Bay. Bonne Bay:
alluvial islands and shores at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long
& Fogg, no. 1390; brackish swale near mouth of McKenzie River,
no. 1391. Norre Dame Bay: brackish shore of Dildo Run, Fernald,
Wiegand & Bartram, no. 4810.

* X C. trichina, nom. nov. C. tenuiflora X trisperma Fern. Ruo-
DORA, iv. 226 (1902). VALLEY or THE ExpLorrs: muddy shore,
Buchan Junction, July 15, 1930, K. P. Jansson.

This hybrid is so wide-spread in occurrence and in the two stations
personally known to me, so very abundant (at the type-station so
abundant as easily to furnish 100 very full sheets) that it seems more
convenient to have a binomial with which to refer to it. The original
collection was from an extensive colony at Fort Fairfield, Maine. It
is also rather abundant on a boggy shore at Blanc Sablon, Quebec
Labrador, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2797; and it was collected at Lan-
sing, Michigan, July 28, 1890, by G. H. Hicks.

C. NOVAE-ANGLIAE Schwein. Occasional in the southern districts,
the northern known limit on Bay or IsLanps: brookside-thicket,
French (or Tweed) Island, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 132.

C. DEFLEXA Hornem. Frequent or common in the southern and
central districts, the northern known limit in Newfoundland, whence

220 Rhodora [JUNE

it “jumps” to Greenland, is on the HigHLAnps or Sr. JoHN: mossy
shelves of quartzite cliff at head of Yellow Brook, Doctor Hill, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 1407.

C. concinna R. Br. To the two remote Newfoundland stations
previously recorded add PoinTE Riche: turfy talus of limestone sea-
cliffs, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1410.

*C. GRACILLIMA Schwein. var. HUMILIS Bailey. Bonne Bay:
margins of wet thickets along Winterhouse Brook, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 1426; thickets, gravelly shores and alluvial islands near
mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1427.

*C. LIMOSA X RARIFLORA Norman. PornTeE Rice: wet rocky run
on shelf of limestone, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1435.

Recorded by Kiikenthal from a single station each, in Norway and
Sweden.

*C. Buxpaumut Wahlenb., forma pituTIor Kiikenth. BONNE
Bay: swales and margins of wet thickets along Winterhouse Brook,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1488.

In its whitish-brown scales very strikingly contrasted with the
usual dark-scaled C. Buarbaumii.

CAREX ALPINA IN NORTH AMERICA.—In boreal America one of the
Carices of the Atratae long and correctly passed as C. alpina Swartz.
Recently, however, it has been the fashion to call the species C.
Halleri Gunnerus, because the name of Gunnerus clearly antedates
that of Swartz. If the change rested solely on priority of publication
there would be no objection to it; but, unfortunately, Gunnerus did
not understand what he was publishing and his name, C. Halleri, is a
nomen confusum.

Carex alpina (C. Halleri of many recent authors) has the culms
harsh at summit (“superne scaber"—KAükenthal), the leaves with
scabrous-serrulate margins and midrib, the scales of the spikes purple
or purplish black, without pale midnerve but with a pale hyaline
margin (“Squamae 9 parvulae . . . nigricantes clarius carinatae
marginibus anguste albo-hyalinae "—K'ükenthal). Its granular-
roughened perigynia have an exceedingly short beak (“in rostrum
breve . . . contracti "—Kükenthal). With these points in mind it is
well to see just what formed the basis of C. Halleri. Gunnerus
obviously had no material himself; his species was based on references
from literature:

DCCCXLIX. CAREX (Halleri) spica androgyna: terminali tri-
partita. Hall. 1356. Oed. fl. dan. VII. 8. t. 403. Scheuchz. hist. t. 11. f. 8.
citante Oedero.

Habitat in alpibus. Oeder.!

Gunn, Fl. Norv, ii. 106 (1772).

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 221

The plate in Flora Danica, although crude, is recognizable as Carex
alpina; and recent Scandinavian authors and those who have followed
them have taken C. Halleri in that sense. It should be noted, however,
that the name used by Gunnerus clearly indicates that the plant of
Haller is primarily intended. Consequently, in interpreting C.
Halleri chief weight should be given to Haller's very full description.
The diagnostic phrases used by Gunnerus were taken directly from
Haller's description of his no. 1356. Haller's account of the plant of
Switzerland which must be taken as the type of C. Halleri Gunn. is
so important that it should be quoted:

1356. CAREX spica terminali tripartita.T
Esset Carex Micngu:r p. 61. f. 5. t. 33. f. 6. nisi collum bifidum
diceretur.
An Cyperoides alpinum tenuifolium, spica brevi; ferruginea ScHEU-
CHZER. p. 493. t. 11. f. 8.?

In alpibus reperi ut in mont. Fouly, valle Trient; misit etiam Cl.
BELLARDUS.

Folia radicalia culmo breviora, latiuscula, ad lineam & ultra. Culmus
superne nudus, triquetrus, semipedalis; non asper, ut neque
folia. Spica ex tribus composita congestis. Duae laterales bre-
viores, media longior, androgynae omnes. Glumae ovatae;
mucronatae, spadiceae, linea flava divisae. Capsulae breves,
ventricosae, mucrone longiusculo, simplici.

Planta SCHEUCHZERI in H. S. manifesto eadem cum 1355. Nostra
magis diversa, etiam spicarum numero.!

It will at once be noted that Haller did not accept Scheuchzer's
Cyperoides alpinum tenuifolium as identical with his plant; therefore
that can be ruled out. Haller's Swiss plant was, however, a species
with culms and leaves not scabrous (non asper, ut neque folia), the
scales of the spike with pale midrib (linea flava divisae) and the
perigynia long-beaked (mucrone longiusculo). It obviously had
nothing to do with C. alpina Swartz.

Although Haller specially pointed out that his no. 1356 was not the
plant illustrated in Scheuchzer's t. 11, fig. 8, Oeder erroneously
identified it with his Scandinavian specimen and Gunnerus followed
Oeder. Scheuchzer's drawing was very crude, but his description
extremely detailed: a loosely stoloniferous plant, the scales with a
slender and pale midrib; obviously not C. alpina Swartz. Without
attempting to identify either the plant of Haller or of Scheuchzer,
problems which can best be dealt with in Europe, it is sufficient for
the present study to reinstate for the circumpolar plant which has
erroneously passed as C. Halleri the proper name, C. alpina Swartz.

! Haller, Hist. Stirp. Indig. Helv. ii. 184 (1768).

222 Rhodora [JUNE

In North America Carex alpina is represented by three strongly
marked geographic varieties. See PLATE 248, FIGs. 1-10 and map 21.
Since the map was made Dr. Malte has kindly sent me the material
in the Canadian National Herbarium. Dr. Malte’s personal collec-
tions show C. alpina, var. typica from several additional stations on
Hudson Strait and the northern coast of Hudson Bay.

Ww

uU
d

im

Nie Cetera T

Map 21. American Range of CAREX ALPINA: var. TYPICA, solid dots; var.
INFERALPINA, circles; var. STEVENII, crosses.

C. ALPINA, var. typica. C.alpina Swartz in Liljeblad, Svensk. Fl.
ed. 2: 26 (1798). C. Vahlii Schkuhr, Riedgr. i. 87, t. Gg, fig. 94
(1801).—Cespitose; the stiff culms 0.5-3 dm. high: perigynia tri-
gonous-obovoid, abruptly short-beaked, 2-2.5 mm. long, becoming
reddish or purplish in maturity, strongly granular-papillose, the
tips not recurving.—Greenland and Baffin Island south to Straits of
Belle Isle, Newfoundland; alpine regions of the Shickshock Mts.,
Quebec; and Hudson Bay, Manitoba. "The following, not including
many Greenland specimens, belong here. BAFFIN ISLAND: Frobisher
Bay, C. S. Sewall, no. 238 (in part). LABRADOR: on granitic rock,
Ryan's Bay, Woodworth, nos. 102, 103; Okak, Samuel Weitz; Anatolak,
Sewall, nos. 401, 403, 409; fresh marsh, upland terrace, Indian Harbor,
Bishop, no. 151. NEwrouNDLAN»: turfy slopes of slaty hills, Little
Quirpon, Fernald & Long, no. 27,697; turfy hillsides and barrens,
western side of Quirpon Island, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no.
27,698; dry sterile meadow, head of Mauve Bay, Fernald, Wiegand,
Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,701; turfy shore, Cape Onion,
Fernald, no. 27,700; dry crests of trap cliffs, Anse aux Sauvages,

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora — 223

Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 27,6099. QUEBEC: cold chimneys in
the schists at about 900-1000 m. alt., south of Fernald Pass, Mt.
Mattaouisse, Matane Co., Fernald & Smith, no. 25,550. KEEWATIN:
Fullerton, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,025. Manrrosa: Churchill, J. M.
Macoun, no. 79,049. Fras. 1, 2, 6 and 7.

Some of the American material has the perigynia tighter than in
much of the European and on account of this character I designated
in the herbarium at Kew a collection from Okak (Weitz) as an unde-
scribed species. The character breaks down in a large series and I am
unable to separate the material from bleak or alpine habitats in
northeastern America from European C. alpina. The plant of low
altitudes across southern Canada, extending northwest to Mackenzie,
Yukon and Alaska and south to Lake Superior, is var. inferalpina
Wahlenb. Although recent European authors have largely ignored
var. inferalpina and Kükenthal treats it only as a minor form, it is in
North America a plant of moist wooded or bushy habitats in the
Canadian forest region, with a range and with local habitats quite
distinct from those of the arctic-alpine C. alpina. If treated as a
species var. inferalpina would be C. angarae Steud. Syn. Cyp. 190
(1855), fide annotation by Kreczetowicz. This synonym should be
noted as unintentionally omitted from the following paragraph.

Var. INFERALPINA Wahlenb. Fl. Lapp. 241 (1812). Forma in-
feralpina (Wahlenb.) Kükenth. in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv”. 386 (1909).—
Usually slender and soft, less cespitose, 1.5-5 dm. high; perigynia
ellipsoid or ellipsoid-obovoid, more prolonged, 2.5-3.5 mm. long and
tapering to the beak, in age with widely spreading to recurving tips,
whitish, stramineous or pale-brown, less conspicuously granulose.—
Southeastern Labrador Peninsula to Yukon and Alaska, south,
chiefly in calcareous regions, in mossy woods and thickets or on shores,
to northern New Brunswick, the Lake Superior region of Michigan
and Minnesota, southern Manitoba, southern Alberta, Idaho and
southern British Columbia. Fuias. 3, 4, 8 and 9.

Var. Steventt Holm, Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 4, xvi. 21, 27 (1903).—
Intermediate in appearance between the other two varieties; spikes
more slender and elongate; perigynia as in var. inferalpina but less
prolonged and not recurving at tip.—Mountains of Colorado and
Utah. FiGs. 5 and 10.

(To be continued)

224 Rhodora

[JUNE

THE HABITAT OF ASTROPHYTUM ASTERIAS IN TEXAS
ErzapA U. CLOVER

A SHORT article published in this journal! reported Astrophytum
asterias (Zucc.) Lemaire as occurring in the United States. Since that
time the author has visited the locality in which it was found and
studied the surroundings.

Very little is known concerning the habitat of this species in Mexico.
In Texas the plant seems to be restricted to a limited area eight miles
north of Rio Grande City, Starr County, and is undoubtedly indige-
nous since the region is uninhabited.

The geological formation here is known as the Reynosa, which is
probably of Pliocene age. It consists of an intricate mixture of coarse
and fine gravel cemented by a calcareous matrix and ranges in color
from deep red and pink to gray or white. The plants usually occur on
summits and sides of low red gravel hills and an occasional one may
be found in the loose soil in shallow ravines. They are usually par-
tially shaded by shrubs. The flat tops of the plants are on a level with
the soil. This renders them extremely difficult to find, especially
since a reddish dust often covers the surface. This cactus blossoms all
summer and the pale yellow flowers with vivid red centers reveal the
otherwise effectively hidden plants.

Astrophytum asterias resembles Lophophora Williamsii in its habit
of growing in small groups. Sometimes solitary specimens are found,
but more often they are grouped in numbers ranging from three to
ten plants. Contrary to the Mexican report concerning plants
associated with Astrophytum asterias, in Texas it is closely associated
with several other species of cacti. A list of shrubs and cacti found in
a typical area one hundred yards square is given below:

CACTI

ASTROPHYTUM ASTERIAS (Zucc.) Coryrnantua Runyonu Britton

Lemaire

LoPpHOPHORA WILLIAMSII
aire) Coulter

ECHINOCEREUS ENNEACANTHUS
Engelm.

EcHINOCEREUS PERBELLUS Britton
& Rose

ECHINOCEREUS PENTALOPHUS DC.

1 RHODORA 34: 227-228. 1932.

(Lem-

& Rose
HAMATOCACTUS SETISPINUS Engelm.
EscoBARIA Runyon Britton &
Rose
NEOMAMMALARIA MULTICEPS (Salm-
Dyck) Britton & Rose
NEOMAMMALARIA HEMISPHAERICA
(Engelm.) Britton & Rose

1933] Kelso,—A Note on Glyceria Neogaea Steudel 225

WincoxiA PosELGERI (Lemaire) THELOCACTUS BICOLOR (Galeotti)

Britton & Rose B. & R.
ANCISTROCACTUS SCHEERII Salm- OPUNTIA LEPTOCAULIS DC.
Dyck OPUNTIA LINDHEIMERI Engelm.
SHRUBS
LEUCOPHYLLUM TEXANUM Benth. KOEBERLINIA SPINOSA Zucc.
Mimosa PALLIDA (Torr.) Planch. KARWINSKIA HUMBOLDTIANA Zucc.
PROSOPIS JULIFLORA Swartz YUCCA SP.

Until very recently this species of Astrophytum was unknown to the
natives. The Mexicans now refer to it as “the other peyote.” The
cactus fanciers who do not learn the scientific names call it “sea
urchin” or “star cactus,” and some confuse it with Lophophora
Williamsit (peyote), and think that it is the sacred cactus of the
Indians.

This cactus is accustomed to adverse conditions since the average
rainfall is 12 to 14 inches. However, it thrives in cultivation and
responds well if placed in somewhat shaded surroundings and given
more moisture than its native habitat affords. Some specimens in
gardens of the Lower Rio Grande Valley have attained a diameter of
seven inches.

The reader may think it strange that a species of cactus within
eight miles of a large town was not found sooner. The territory
north of Rio Grande City is a rather desolate hilly region covered with
brush, and until recently was seldom visited by anyone except cow
boys or deer hunters. Since oil has been discovered and several wells
drilled, hundreds of spectators have flocked to the oil field, and among
them people interested in collecting native cacti either for themselves
or for commercial purposes. This inconspicuous plant has now
become locally well known, and today rock-garden enthusiasts and
dealers in cacti are roaming the red gravel hills, seemingly bent on
exterminating this rare and unassuming species as effectively as our
forefathers did the passenger pigeon and the American bison. The
fact that Astrophytum asterias 1s so difficult to locate may be the
means of prolonging its existence until the collecting craze is over.

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY,

University of Michigan.

A NOTE on GLYCERIA NEOGAEA STEUDEL.— While studying grasses
at George Washington University the writer had occasion to read the
following description of Steudel (Syn. Pl. Glum. 1: 285. 1854):

226 Rhodora [JUNE

G. NEOGAEA. Steud. Radice fibrosa subrepente; culmo erecto
tenero (pedali et ultra) foliato glabro; foliis planis vel subconvolutis
angustissimis (3-5" longis, L5-34"" latis) cum vaginis laevibus glabris;
panieula angusta demum patente laxa; radiis binis vel solitariis alternis
capillaribus simplicibus vel divisis; spiculis brevi-pedicellatis glabris 3-5-
floris; glumis parvis inaequalibus apice margine scariosis pellucidis,
valvula inferiore ovata obtusa margine scariosa, demum bifida dorso
exarate 5-7-nervia. Terra nova.

This description agrees very well with specimens of G. Fernaldii,
which has been collected in Newfoundland. Steudel's name has long
priority over Glyceria pallida var. Fernaldii Hitche., Ruopora 8: 211.
1906 (Glyceria Fernaldii (Hitche.) St. John, Ruopora 19: 76. 1917)
and apparently is the proper appellation for that segregate. Dr. A. S.
Hitchcock has kindly examined the material and concurs in this
opinion.—Lron Kerso, U. S. Biological Survey, Washington, D. C.

WOLFFIELLA LINGULATA IN LouIsIANA.—Dr. H. C. Oberholser, the
well known ornithologist, has recently sent me for identification
specimens of a small water plant which he collected on 28 December
1932 at Avery Island, Louisiana, where it was floating in abundance
on the water of a marsh. It turns out to be Wolffiellalingulata Hegelm.,
described from Mexico and hitherto known in the United States only
from California, whence it was first recorded, in C. H. Thompson's
excellent monograph of the Lemnaceae of the United States, from
irrigation canals of Kern County. In Abrams' Flora? it is recorded
from San Mateo, Monterey, Kern, San Bernardino, and Orange
Counties, California. The plant is a flattish, very thin, tongue-
shaped frond, usually about 6 mm. long and 2 mm. wide, with an
equilaterally triangular reproductive pouch at the base and a small
stipe scar evident on the lower margin of the pouch to one side of the
midline.—5. F. BrAKE, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C.

1 Thompson, Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 9: 39. pl. 4, f. C. 1897,
? Abrams, Ill. Fl. Pacific States 1: 349. f. 853. 1923. The illustration fails to show
the stipe scar, the position of which is characteristic of the species.

Volume 35, no. 413, including pages 147—186 and 4 plates, was issued 5
May, 1933.

Rhodora Plate 248

M y

L4

i
:

d

6 ri |
8 9 | 10
CAREX ALPINA: FIG. 1, inflorescence, X 3, from Switzerland; ria. 6, perigynium, X 6;
FIG. 2, inflorescence, X 3, from Newfoundland; Fic. 7, perigynium, X 6.
C. ALPINA, Var. INFERALPINA: FIG. 3, inflorescence, X 3, from Austria; FIG. 8, peri-
gynium, X 6; Fra. 4, inflorescence, X 3, from Quebec; ria. 9, perigynium, X 6.
C. ALPINA, var. STEVENII: FIG. 5, inflorescence, X 3, from Colorado; riG. 10, peri-
H H , , I
gynium, X 6.

C. VESICARIA, var, LAURENTIANA: FIG. 11, inflorescence, X 1, from Saguenay Co.,
Quebec; ri. 12, inflorescence, X 1, from tyre, Doctor Hill, Newfoundland.

Hovdora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY , Associate Editors
LUDLOW GRISCOM

Vol. 35. July, 1933. No. 415.
CONTENTS:

New Ludvigia from New England. JE. H. Hames................ 227

Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora (continued).

EVER RUG REL OT PLCC S es OU CLR TED ea rae ee IER 230
Flora around Missisquoi Bay, Quebec. C. H. Knowlton......... 247
Notes from southeastern Wisconsin—II. S. C. Wadmond....... 252
Myriotrichia densa in New England. R. E. Schuh.............. 256
Undescribed Mutisia from Ecuador. S. K. Harris.............. 257
Slender-spiked Spartina pectinata. M. L. Fernald.............. 258
Suppressed Plate in Eaton’s Ferns. R. D. Sanderson.......... 260
Notes on Flora of Haverhill, Mass. S. K. Harris............. 261
Rorippa amphibia in Androscoggin Co., Me. A. H. Norton..... 262

The New England Botanical Club, Inc.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United
States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or
some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which
will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating
directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits.
Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more
than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con-
tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished
at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in
several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the
flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in-
cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, var-
ieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria,
leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical
activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards.

GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray
HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten
copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton,
Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932.
3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora Plate 249

Juncus TRIGLUMIS: FIG. 1, habit, X 1, from the Tyrol; Fic. 2, fruiting glomerule,
X 3, from western Siberia; FIG. 3, seeds, X 12, from Switzerland.

J. ALBESCENS: FIG. 4, habit, X 1, from Newfoundland; ric. 5, fruiting glomerule,
X 3; FIG. 6, seeds, X 12.

Rhodora Plate 250

CYPRIPEDIUM PARVIFLORUM, var. PLANIPETALUM, X l: FIG. 1, large plant from
Old Port au Choix; Fic. 2, small plant from type collection, Savage Cove, New-
foundland.

QTRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 35. July, 1933. No. 415.

A NEW LUDVIGIA FROM NEW ENGLAND!
Epwin H. Eames

Our common Ludvigia palustris (L.) Ell. is apparently so familiar
and variable as to merit little consideration in the field. A plant of
similar habit but with small oblanceolate leaves and hypanthia
tapering to base on very short peduncles, was collected by me on the
shore of West Pond, Guilford, Connecticut in 1928 and again in 1930;
also a submerged form of peculiar characteristics.

In 1932 a good series was collected in several localities near the
coast, extending its range eastward about 60 miles—almost to
Narragansett Bay—which indicates probable reward for a search in
southeastern Massachusetts.

With plenty of this material Mr. C. A. Weatherby, at the Gray
Herbarium, readily placed these plants in the section of which the
rare or local Ludwigiantha brevipes Long has been considered the
northern representative, separated by floral characters from L. arcuata
(Walt.) Small which has a range along the coast from “Va. to Fla."

The name brevipes, however, appropriate originally, for peduncles
5-12 mm. long, loses force now compared with the more northern
stabilized endemic of the Coastal Plain, or adjacent foot-hills region,
of southern New England, with peduncles 1-2 mm. long and other
characters correlated or definite.

Associates at West Pond include Ludvigia sphaerocarpa Ell., once
and long known as the only station in Connecticut, Xyris Smalliana

1 Published with aid of a grant to RHopora from the National Academy of Sciences.

228 Rhodora [JULY

Nash, Juncus militaris Bigel. and others of coastal plain affinities in
this region.
Long’s species seems to me more appropriate as

Lupviata brevipes (Long), n. comb. (Ludwigiantha brevipes Long
in Britt. and Br. Ill. Fl. ed. 2, ii: 586 (1913)):—Creeping, glabrous or
rarely minutely recurved-puberulent on some upper parts and ad-
joining ovaries, branched, 1-3 dm. long; leaves many, opposite,
oblong-oblanceolate, acutish (actually rounded at very apex), tapering
basally to a narrow-margined short indeterminate petiole or sessile,
1-2.5 em. long; flowers solitary in the axils, 12-13 mm. broad, on more
or less slender erect to spreading peduncles 5-12 mm. long; in anthesis
the hypanthium turbinate, 4-angled, 4-6 mm. long, about equalling
the sepals, distinctly bibracteolate at base; sepals 4-6 mm. long,
ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, acute, spreading, persistent; petals
yellow, fugacious, broad-elliptic, 4-6 mm. long, equalling sepals;
stamens 1.5-2.5 mm. long (anthers .75 mm. long), falling early
intact; style stouter, 1-2 mm. long, not persistent, surrounded by a
4-lobed stylopodium: capsule clavate, 8-10 mm. long, distinctly
exceeding the spreading calyx, upcurved in its tapering lower third.—
“Moist sand, Long Beach Island, Ocean County, N. J.," about 150
miles from the Connecticut coast.

Lupviat1a lacustris, sp. nov., L. brevipedi similis, a qua differt
floribus 5.5-6.5 mm. latis, pedunculis 1-2 (-2.5) mm. longis, hypanthio
2-3 mm. longo, sepalis ovatis deinde ovato-lanceolatis acutis ovarium
aequantibus vel eo brevioribus 2.5-3 mm. longis 1.8-2.2 mm. latis,
petalis elliptico-oblongis 1.3-2 (-3) mm. longis quam sepala breviori-
bus; staminibus 1.4-1.8 mm. longis (antheris .60 mm. longis), stylis
1.1-1.5 mm. longis, capsulis immaturis clavatis rectis vel vix curvatis.

Similar, differing in the flowers 5.5-6.5 mm. broad; peduncles 1-2
(-2.5) mm. long; hypanthium 2-3 mm. long; sepals ovate, soon
ovate-lanceolate, acute, shorter than or equalling ovary, 2.5-3.0 x
1.8-2.2 mm.; petals elliptic-oblong, 1.3-2 (-3) mm. long, much shorter
than sepals; stamens 1.4-1.8 mm. long (anthers .60 mm. long);
styles 1.1-1.5 mm. long; capsules clavate, straight or nearly so (but
not seen at full maturity).—Wet or moist open shores and in shallow
water. Connecticut; New Haven County; Guilford, several col-
lections at West Pond; New London County; Old Lyme, mill-pond
at Laysville, shores of stream below dam at Rogers Lake, south end
of Rogers Lake in sand and in crevices of retaining wall; Lyme,
north end of Rogers Lake in 1-2.5 dm. water, more robust, green,
much branched basally, stems ascending with tips emersed 1-1.5 dm.
and flowering freely. RuopE ISLAND: Washington County; Charles-
town, in moist pure sand on long-emersed beach at Watchaug Pond,
12 Sept. 1932, Eames no. 11,498 (TYPE in Herb. Gray).

The type, like most other individuals of similar habitat, has purplish
leaves but is unusual in their profusion, even imbricate with recurved

1933] Eames,—New Ludvigia from New England 229

petioles, the main branches all basal and frequently curved laterally,
the internodes very short, 2-6 mm. next to the flowers. The most
robust plants, from Lyme, were particularly favored by warm water
and a heavy stratum of decaying vegetation over sand. In these the
internodes were up to 10 or finally even 18 mm. long, the flowers
wide open in and mostly facing bright sunshine. After flowering the
sepals and ovary grow a little longer and, unless fertilized (which is
rarely, or late), become yellow, contract and drop off with sepals
expanded. The very short peduncles sometimes upcurve 90° to bring
the flowers of prostrate plants square to the zenith.

A form of deep water was a surprise from the first, is markedly
different in habit, texture and appearance and is here named

LUDVIGIA LACUSTRIS forma aquatilis f. nov., submersa, erecta,
simplex vel valde ramosa, 4-10 dm. alta; foliis multis membranaceis
lineari-lanceolatis sessilibus subacutis 15-35 (—45) mm. longis, 2.5-6
mm. latis.

Submersed, erect, simple to much branched, 4-10 dm. tall; inter-
nodes short; leaves many, membranous, linear-lanceolate, sessile,
acutish, 15-35 (-45) x 2.5-6 mm. Connecticut: New Haven
County; N. Branford, in Little West Pond; Guilford, West Pond,
Eames no. 11,475 (type in Herb. Gray): New London County; Old
Lyme, in a millpond at Laysville and in Rogers Lake. RHODE ISLAND:
Washington County, cast up on shore of Worden’s Pond, South
Kingston. Usually in deep water—sometimes 2.5 m.—sterile, some-
times in profusion as if from widely creeping rootstocks, or solitary
and simple or nearly so. Easily broken in rough water and sometimes
washed ashore in quantities.

Allied in habit to the preceding form is a plant long known to me in
my home range, now named

Lupviaia PALUSTRIS (L.) Ell., f. submersa (Glück), n. comb.
Isnardia palustris, f. submersa Glück, Syst. & Morph. Untersuchun-
gen über Wasser und Sumpfgewüchse, iii. 155 (1911). Submersed,
erect or ascending, simple to much branching, 3-8 dm. tall; leaves mem-
branous, broad-ovate, distinctly petioled, obtuse. Widely distributed
in range of type. A plant from a mill-pond in Old Lyme, where locally
plentiful, no. 11,507, Eames, may be cited as representative.

Usually in deep water, sterile. The coarse branched form with its
larger leaves 4—5 cm. long, including petiole and to 2 em. broad, the
tapered base often more abrupt than apex. "The simple or little-
branched very slender form appears to be singularly solitary as a
rule, in ponds with a weedy bottom and shooting far above most

230 Í Rnodora [JuLY

other submersed plants, has much smaller pale green leaves is rather

rare but occurs at all altitudes in eastern New York, Connecticut and

in Winchester (Wincheck) Pond, Hopkinton, Rhode Island.
BRIDGEPORT, CONNECTICUT.

RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA
M. L. FERNALD
(Continued from page 223)

C. srvLosA C. A. Meyer. Additional stations from HIGHLANDS OF
Sr. JoHN: peat on quartzite slopes, head of Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1441. Bonne Bay: peaty or turfy upper
quartzite slopes (alt. 600—650 m.), Killdevil, no. 1442.

*C. SALINA Wahlenb., var. PSEUDOFILIPENDULA Kükenth. BONNE
Bav: alluvial islands and shores at mouth of Main River, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 1449.

In Rnopona, xxviii. 166 (1926), I recorded this variety from New-
foundland on the strength of a collection which closely matches
Scandinavian material of Kükenthal's hybrid of it with C. aquatilis.
The Main River material seems to be the pure variety.

C. CRINITA Lam. Typical C. crinita is not common in Newfound-
land. The northernmost station on the West Coast is on Bay or
ISLANDS: mossy spruce woods and thickets, Lark Harbor, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 144.

C. LASIOCARPA Ehrh. The northernmost known Newfoundland
station is on St. JoHN Bay: wet bog back of Eddy’s (or Old Man’s)
Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1452.

C. Hostiana DC., var. LAURENTIANA Fern. & Wieg., RHODORA,
xxvi. 122 (1924). The most extensive development of the variety
yet known is on Bonne Bay: dominant on gravelly shore and alluvial
islands near mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1454.
Accompanied by an abundant hybrid:

* X C. xanthina, hybr. nov. (C. flava X C. Hostiana var. laurentiana).
X C. xanthocarpae Degl. (C. flava X Hostiana) similis, omnibus parti-
bus majoribus; culmis 7-8 dm. altis supra scabris; foliis 3-4 mm. latis;
spicis femineis 1.2-2 cm. longis 7-10 mm. crasiis, imis 3-11 cm.
distantibus; periginiis ovatis inflatis 4-5 mm. longis longe rostratis,
valde costatis—NEWFOUNDLAND: several large clumps with the
abundant parents on gravelly shores and alluvial islands near mouth
of Main River, Bonne Bay, August 27, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg,
no. 1455 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

X C. xanthina clearly combines the characters of its parents and
is quite sterile. It strongly simulates X C. xanthocarpa (X C. fulva

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 231

Hoppe, not Good.) of Europe, a frequent hybrid there between C.
flava and typical C. Hostiana. Another hybrid of C. Hostiana, var.
laurentiana, abundant at the type-locality is

* X C. pseudo-fulva, hybr. nov. (C. Hostiana, var. laurentiana X
lepidocarpa). X C. xanthinae similis; culmis apice leviusculis; spicis
femineis imis 1-6 cm. distantibus.—NEwroUNDLAND: abundant with
the parents, wet runs and boggy spots in limestone barrens, upper
slopes and tablelands, alt. 200-300 m., Table Mt., Port au Port Bay,
August 16, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 4258 (TYPE in
Gray Herb.)

Very similar to X C. Leutzii Kneucker (C. Hostiana X lepidocarpa),
a frequent European hybrid, but larger in all parts.

* X C. PrePERIANA P. Junge. (C. flava X lepidocarpa). With the
parents at peaty margin of spring-rill in spruce swamp, Brig Bay,
Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,454.

* x. C. subviridula (Kükenth.), comb. nov. C. flava X Oederi, forma
subviridula Kükenth. in Engler, Pflanzenr. IV”. 678 (1909). C. flava
X Oederi, var. pumila (Oederi, var. viridula). One of the commoner
hybrids of Newfoundland. VALLEY or THE Exports: ledges and
talus, Grand Falls, Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram & Darlington, no.
4987; sandy shore, Buchan Junction, July 9, 1930, K. P. Jansson.
Sr. Joun Bay: pools back of beach, Bard Harbor, Wiegand, Gilbert &
Hotchkiss, no. 27,744. Bonne Bay: swales on alluvial islands and
shores at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1464.

C. CRYPTOLEPIS Mackenz. Common in southern and central New-
foundland, its northern limits seem to be on Bay or ISLANDS: peaty
and gravelly thickets, French (or Tweed) Island, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 149; and on Norre Dame Bay: gravelly pond-shores,
Lewisport, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 4982.

C. Oxrperr Retz., var. PUMILA (Coss. & Germ.) Fern., RHODORA,
viii. 201 (1906). C. viridula Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 170 (1803). C.
flava, var. pumila Coss. & Germ. Fl. Par. 602 (1845). C. flava, var.
viridula (Michx.) Bailey, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. i. 31 (1889). C.
Oederi, var. viridula (Michx.) Kükenth. in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv. 20
(1909).

Kükenthal does not cite, even in synonymy, either C. flava var.
pumila Coss. & Germ or C. Oederi, var. pumila; and he treats C.
Oederi, var. viridula as strictly North American and eastern Asiatic.
Nevertheless, I still find myself as unable as I was in 1906 to see
wherein the small states of C. viridula Michx. differ from authentic
material of Cosson & Germain's C. flava, var. pumila. The account
by Cosson & Germain was clear:

var. y. pumila. (C. OEderi. Ehrh. calam. n. 79.—Host, Gram. I. t.
65.)—Tiges de 5-15 centimétr. Epis femelles, sessiles, rapprochés-

232 Rhodora [JuLY

agglomérés. Utricules trés petits, terminés par un bee court droit.—
A. C. Marais desséchés, bords des mares et des étangs, surtout des ter-
rains sablonneux.—Bords de la Seine! St-Léger! Senart! Fontainebleau !,
ete.

Although Cosson & Germain cited as a synonym C. Oederi of
Ehrhart and of Host, their variety rests primarily upon the plant
described from the “Environs de Paris." An authentic specimen in
the Gray Herbarium collected by Cosson near Paris, “In paludosis
pr. St. Hubert (Seine et Oise)," seems to me quite inseparable from
the American C. viridula Michx.

C. MrcROGLOCHIN Wahlenb. A slight extension southward to
INconNACHOIX Bay: peaty and marly borders of shallow ponds in
limestone barrens, Old Port au Choix and Pointe Riche, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, nos. 1465, 1466.

C. vESICARIA L., var. JEJUNA Fern. A considerable northern
extension to HIGHLANDS oF Sr. JoHN: dry meadow on tableland of
Doctor Hill, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1473.

CAREX VESICARIA L., var. laurentiana, n. var. (TAB. 248, FIGS. 11
and 12), var. monilem simulans; spicis foemineis cylindricis 1-3.5 em.
longis 7-12 mm. crassis; squamis ovato-lanceolatis attenuatis plus
minusve purpureo-castaneis 5-7 mm. longis perigyniis subaequantibus;
spicis masculis 1 vel 2.—Western Newfoundland, Saguenay County and
Magdalen Islands, Quebec and southern New Brunswick. New-
FOUNDLAND: dry meadow on tableland of Doctor Hill, Highlands of
St. John, July 31, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1474 (TYPE in
Gray Herb.). QuEBEC: swale, St. Paul, Chevalier, Saguenay Co.,
July 26, 1915, St. John, no. 90,279; grassy shore, Romaine, Lagor-
gendiére, Saguenay Co., August 31, 1915, St. John, no. 90,225;
platiéres de sable, Riviére Mingan, Saguenay Co., 26 juillet, 1926,
Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,511. MaGDALEN IsraNps: lieux humides,
Ile du Bassin, 15 juillet, 1919, Victorin & Rolland, no. 9230. New
Brunswick: Grand Manan Island, 1861, J. T. Rothrock.

In the type-collection of C. vesicaria, var. laurentiana the culms are
only 2-3.5 dm. high, but in specimens from lower altitudes they may
reach a height of 8 dm. In its very long and broad usually dark-
purple scales var. laurentiana is conspicuously different from typical
C. vesicaria and its described varieties, in which the scales, although
sometimes dark, are conspicuously shorter than the perigynia. The
varlety is apparently local, or perhaps of more northern range than
we yet know. Its occurrence on the high tableland of Doctor Hill in
Newfoundland and its range westward on the southern margin of the
Labrador Peninsula, as well as its stations on the Magdalen Islands
and upon bleak Grand Manan (in the mouth of the Bay of Fundy)

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 233

suggest that at these stations it is possibly reaching southern limits
from a broader northern range.

The occurrence on Grand Manan or on the headlands about the
Bay of Fundy or on the outer coast of Maine of plants characteristic
of the bleaker regions of the Gulf of St. Lawrence but elsewhere rare
or wanting in the Maritime Provinces is well known: Draba stylaris
J. Gay, Saxifraga Aizoon Jacq., Potentilla pectinata Raf., Loiseleuria
procumbens (L.) Desv., Primula laurentiana Fernald, Senecio Pseudo-
Arnica Less. and at least 20 other species. It is, therefore, of special
interest that Carex vesicaria, var. laurentiana should have been found
on Grand Manan.

Juncus GERARDI Loisel. Extended north to Bonne Bay: brackish
tidal mud-flats at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.
1480.

J. Dupreyrı Wiegand. In Newfoundland known only near the
West Coast. Bonne Bay: alluvial islands and shores at mouth of
Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1482. Bay or ISLANDS:
marsh near mouth of Hugh’s Brook, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2988;
wet clay slopes above the beach, Governor Island, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 164.

J. EFFUSUS L., var. compactus Lej. & Court. Extended north to
Bonne Bay: open upland marsh, Bonne Bay, Harlow Bishop, no. 184;
serpentine mud and gravel by Winterhouse Brook, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 1483.

J. EFFUSUS, var. CONGLOMERATUS (L.) Engelm. J. conglomeratus L.
See Fernald & Wiegand, RHopora, xii. 85 (1910). Heretofore known
in Newfoundland only from the eastern and southeastern districts,
but now found on Bay or IsLANDs: dominant on sphagnous marsh,
Lark Harbor, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 167.

JUNCUS CANADENSIS J. Gay, var. SPARSIFLORUS Fernald, RHODORA,
xxii. 241 (1921). All the Newfoundland material of Juncus cana-
densis belongs to var. sparsiflorus, the Nova Scotian variety with
large flowers. In Newfoundland, the mature perianth ranges from
3.8-4.6 mm. long, rather longer than in Nova Scotia. The variety
is common in wet peat in southern Newfoundland. Its most northern
stations, as shown by our collections, are in the valley of the Exploits
and about Bonne Bay.

J. Noposus L. Extended north to Bonne Bay: wet limy peat
bordering pond, Storehouse Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1489;
gravel along Deer Brook, no. 1490.

J. ALPINUS Vill. and var. RARIFLORUS Hartm.

As noted on p. 84, I find myself unable to follow the extreme segre-
gations of Juncus alpinus recently proposed in Europe. My friend,
Mr. H. W. Pugsley, describes as a new species J. Marshallii Pugsley,

234 Rhodora [JuLy

Journ. Bot. 282, with fig. (1931), from Ross-shire in Scotland and
from Flower Cove, Newfoundland (Fernald, no. 27,780). To me
27,780 is merely an undeveloped state of the common Newfoundland
plant, J. alpinus, var. rariflorus Hartm. (var. insignis Fries). In this,
the original identification, Dr. Lindquist coincides, saying in his
important study, Taxonomical remarks on Juncus alpinus Villars and
some related species,! where he reduces the Ross-shire plant to varietal
rank, J. alpinus, var. Marshallii (Pugsley) Lindquist, “It may be
remarked that I cannot accept the specimen no. 27780 collected in
Newfoundland by FERNALD and referred to by PvGsrEy as belonging
to this type.'?

The Newfoundland material of Juncus alpinus falls into two well-
defined, though confluent, extremes: true J. alpinus with the flowers
all sessile or nearly sessile in dense heads, and var. rariflorus (= var.
insignis) with some of them elevated above the others on elongate
pedicels. The latter has often been treated as a species, J. nodulosus
Wahlenb., but so many transitions occur that I have been unable to
view the two as specifically separable. It is, therefore, gratifying to
find Lindquist, likewise, treating it as a variety. Both J. alpinus
(typical) and J. alpinus, var. rariflorus vary greatly in size and num-
ber of heads, and very dwarf colonies or selected individuals (with
only 1 or 2 heads) may be artificially separated off. They are, how-
ever, at best minor forms. Var. rariflorus may be either dark- or
light-colored. The important bibliography is given by Lindquist,
though he seems to err in citing var. rariflorus as of “ (E. Fries) C. J.
Hartman." The name rariflorus started as J. rariflorus Hartm. (1820),
becoming J. nodulosus B. rariflorus (Hartm.) Fries in 1828 and J. al-
pinus B. rariflorus Hartman—or (Hartm.) Hartm. if wished—in 1849.

Dr. T. A. Sprague, Journ. Bot. Ixvi. 210 (1928), urges the taking up
of Juncus alpino-articulatus Chaix, a name published in the general
introductory matter in the Ist volume (1786) of Villars’ Histoire des
Plantes de Dauphiné, but rejected by Villars himself in the main body
of his flora, Hist. ii. 233 (1787), where J. alpinus was published.
Lindquist, however, believes, since J. alpino-articulatus rested only
on a pre-Linnean diagnosis by Haller, which might just as well have
been based on a quite different species from J. alpinus Vill., that it is
wholly unwise to discard the definite J. alpinus for the wholly indefin-

! Lindquist, Botaniska Notiser (1932), 313-372 (1932).
2 Lindquist, 1. c. 342 (1932).

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 235

ite J. alpino-articulatus. Stability of nomenclature and avoidance of
error are best maintained by holding to J. alpinus.

The other argument against taking up the name J. alpino-articulatus
is the very practical one, certainly intended by the provision of the
International Rules, that a name should be excluded when it is “a
permanent source of confusion or error." Sprague argues that the
ill-begotten J. alpino-articulatus would not be such a source of trouble:

It has been suggested to the writer that the name Juncus alpino-
articulatus Chaix should be rejected under Art. 51, 4°, on the ground that
it might be mistaken for a hybrid between Juncus alpinus and J. articu-
latus by those who were unfamiliar with the details of its publication.
This suggestion appears to be unfounded: as soon as J. alpinus is treated
as a synonym of J. alpino-articulatus in the principal Floras, such confu-
sion—if it ever arose—would disappear. Hence the name Juncus alpino-
articulatus cannot be a permanent cause of confusion or error, and should
be adopted under International Rules.

Surely, if it be urged that Juncus alpino-articulatus should be main-
tained, in spite of J. articulatus L. (1753), then, similarly, Asplenium
Trichomanes-ramosum L. (1753) must be maintained (see foot-note
on p. 47) over the perfectly clear and universally used A. viride Hudson
(1762). Botanical nomenclature at best is difficult: let us keep it
clear where we can. Clarity demands the use of Juncus alpinus and
of Asplenium viride.

* J. alpiniformis, hybr. nov. J. alpinus X articulatus (J. lampo-
carpus Ehrh.). J. alpino similis; petalis attenuatis; seminibus
abortivis.—NEWFOUNDLAND: abundant, with typical and fertile J.
alpinus Vill. and J. articulatus L. in wet limy peat, bordering pond,
Storehouse Cove, Bonne Bay, August 9, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg,
no. 1501 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Strongly resembling typical J. alpinus, but with the narrow and
attenuate petals of J. articulatus. Abundant but all sterile. As stated,
in discussions under abundant hybrids of Carez, it is far more con-
venient to have a properly published binomial for hybrids of some
abundance than to have to designate, at each reference to them, the
long hybrid formula. In the present instance, the existence of the
confusing name J. alpino-articulatus Chaix (discussed above) makes
it doubly desirable that the hybrid J. alpinus X articulatus should
have a distinctive name; otherwise we should have confusion worse
confounded!

* x J. nodosiformis, nom. nov. J. alpinus X nodosus Buchenau in
Engler, Pflanzenr. iv 3. 216 (1906). Bonne Bay: very abundant and
sterile, with the two fertile parents, wet limy peat bordering Store-

236 Rhodora | JuLy

house Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1491. Bay or IsLANDS: wet
place, Birchy Cove (Curling), Waghorne, no. 56.

Quite like the type of Buchenau’s hybrid, from Gaspé Co., Quebec;
strongly simulating typical J. alpinus but more slender and with the
very slender and freely creeping rhizome of J. nodosus; the sterile
heads smaller and more numerous than in J. nodosus of the region.
X J. nodosiformis is superficially very similar to the European J.
anceps Laharpe, but it can hardly be referred to that species.

*J. ARTICULATUS L., var. oBTUSATUS Engelm. Bonne Bay:
alluvial islands and shores at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, nos. 1499, 1500.

* X J. fulvescens, nom. nov. J. articulatus X brevicaudatus Fern. &
Wieg., Ruopora, xii. 137 (1910). In southern Newfoundland, Nova
Scotia and southeastern Maine very abundant, often forming ex-
tensive areas of thousands of sterile plants combining the characters
of the two fertile parents. In some of these areas the infertile hybrid
is far more abundant than the fertile parents, indicating that a classi-
fication which places J. articulatus and J. brevicaudatus in different
sections (20 sections apart in Buchenau’s treatment) is at least arti-
ficial. The following are the collections at hand of X J. fulvescens.
NEWFOUNDLAND: springy swales among spruce thickets, Bay Bulls,
Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,491; Murray’s Pond, near St. John’s,
1928, A. M. Ayre; springy ditch, Grand Falls, Fernald, Wiegand &
Darlington, no. 5127; wet thickets along river, Grand Falls, no. 5128;
boggy pond-margins back of Birchy Cove (Curling), Fernald, Wiegand
& Kittredge, no. 3012; springy spots, Birchy Cove (Curling), no. 3014;
ditch in gravelly thickets along Harry’s River, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 3013. Prince Epwarp IsraNp: shallow pools and small ponds,
Tignish, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 7182. Nova Scoria: Louis-
burg, J. Macoun, no. 20,720; brackish gravelly shore of Lahave River,
Bridgewater, Fernald & Long, no. 23,619; wet savannahs along Little
River, east of Tiddville, Fernald & Long, no. 20,690; wet peaty swale,
Yarmouth, Fernald & Graves, no. 20,688; boggy swale, Yarmouth,
Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 20,692. Marne: wet mossy spot on
Charlotte Road, Pembroke, Fernald (& Wiegand), no. 1588 (TYPE in
Gray Herb.).

J. ALBESCENS (Lange) Fern. Ruopora, xxvi. 202 (1925). Ap-
parently general on the West Coast, wherever the limestone barrens
or limy talus prevail.

Since Juncus albescens has only recently been segregated from the
Eurasian J. triglumis L. and since it has not been wholly accepted by
European botanists! who have not been familiar with it, it is desirable
to illustrate the two species side-by-side (PLATE 249).

! For instance, my friend, the late Dr. Ostenfeld, who enumerates for Greenland
only J. triglumis.—'The Flora of Greenl. and its Origin, Kgl. Danske Videnskab.
Selskab. Biol. Meddel. vi. no. 3: 68 (1926)

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 237

LUZULA CAMPESTRIS (L.) DC., var. AcADrENSIS Fern., RHODORA,
xix. 38 (1917). Already reported by Mrs. Kennedy (RHODORA,
xxxiii. 207). Besides her stations the following may be recorded.
AVALON PENINSULA: woods near Murray’s Pond, 1931, A. M. Ayre.
VALLEY OF THE ExPLorrs: damp thickets and open woods, Grand
Falls, Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram & Darlington, nos. 5155, 5157. Sr.-
PIERRE ET MiQUELON: lieux humides ou secs, bois, plaines, Cap à
l'Aigle, St.-Pierre, Arséne, no. 159.

*L. CAMPESTRIS, var. ALPINA Gaud. L. sudetica (Willd. DC. BONNE
Bay: shelves and talus of diorite cliffs, Western Head, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 1512.

An arctic and subarctic variety (or species) otherwise known south
of northern Labrador only on subalpine meadows of the Shickshock
Mts., Gaspé.

STREPTOPUS OREOPOLUS Fern. Add to the records from H1GH-
LANDS OF ST. JOHN: peaty quartzite slopes, Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1525.

TRILLIUM CERNUUM L. Range extended north to Bonne Bay:
alluvial woods and thickets near mouth of Main River, Fernald &
Long, no. 1527.

CYPRIPEDIUM PARVIFLORUM Salisb., var. PLANIPETALUM Fern.
Ruopona, xxviii. 168 (1926).

Since the very characteristic western Newfoundland extreme has
not been illustrated it is desirable to show characteristic specimens
(PLATE 250). Iam unable to treat the plant as a species, C. planipeta-
lum (Fern.) F. Morris in Morris & Eames, Our Wild Orchids, 8, 11
(1929), a treatment only inadvertently (apparently) subscribed to by
Mr. Morris, who, in discussing the plant, calls it a variety.

C. ACAULE Ait. The northern limit in Newfoundland is apparently

on Bonne Bay: turfy and bushy patches on qu slope of Kill-
devil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1536.

HABENARIA STRAMINEA Fern. RHopora, xxviii. 175 (1926). Ex-
tended south to Sr. Jonn Bay and INconNAcHorx Bay: peaty turf on
limestone barrens northeast of Old Port au Choix, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 1541; turfy limestone barrens back of Crow's Head, no.
1542; turfy and peaty knolls bordering limestone barrens, Eastern
Point, no. 1544; heathy carpets of Cladonia, Empetrum, etc., at
upper borders of depressions in limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, no.
1543.

Mr. Frank Morris doubts the specific distinctness of Habenaria
straminea, treating it as H. albida, var. straminea (Fern.) F. Morris in

238 Rhodora [JULY

Morris & Eames, Our Wild Orchids, 69, plates 23 and 24 (1929).! This
is, of course, a matter of judgment; but if H. dilatata (Pursh) Hook. is
kept apart from H. hyperborea (L.) R. Br., H. straminea, with as
strong morphological characters and with a very distinct range, is
surely a good species. If H. straminea, occurring wholly outside the
range of H. albida (European), is only a variety, what possible basis
is there for maintaining as species H. macrophylla Goldie, H. blephari-
glottis (Willd.) Hook. and H. fimbriata (Ait.) R. Br., species without
strong morphological characters and all occurring, in a broad sense,
in essentially the same ranges as their paired but earlier-published
species, H. orbiculata (Pursh) Torr., H. ciliaris (L.) R. Br. and H.
psycodes (L.) Spreng., respectively? The most conservative students,
however, such as Ames (Orchidaceae, fasc. iv. and Enum. Orchids
U. S. and Can.), maintain H. dilatata, macrophylla, blephariglottis
and fimbriata as species.

The differences originally pointed out are maintained in the new
material of H. straminea as well as in a series just received from
Greenland: the generally greater size and thicker spike; usually
longer bracts; narrower and thinner stramineous sepals, with more
evident nerves; longer, thinner and definitely nerved petals; longer
and thinner, clearly nerved lip; and usually longer spur. Mr. Morris’s
photographs well bring out the habitat: pl. 23 with Salix vestita Pursh
and Empetrum nigrum L. dominant, pl. 24 with Myrica Gale L.
dominant and Rubus acaulis Michx. and Sanguisorba canadensis
apparent; but details of the flowers have not heretofore been shown.
Dr. Raup and I have, therefore, photographed dried flowers (just as
removed from the herbarium-specimens) of both H. straminea and
the European H. albida (PLATE 251).

Habenaria straminea is certainly the Greenland and Newfoundland
representative of the European H. albida. Whether it is a species or
a strongly marked geographic variety is of minor importance as com-
pared with the greater significance of the geographic relationship. As
already stated, if it be treated merely as a variety, that status should
also be given H. dilatata; while H. macrophylla and H. fimbriata

1 The authorship of the combination is here ascribed to Morris since, in the preface
to the book, specific reference is made to the fact that ‘‘the Eames plan of a camera
record was wedded to the Morris practice of an author's pen," from which it has been
inferred (in the Gray Herb. Card Index and elsewhere) that Morris was responsible
for the text. This interpretation is supported by a letter from Mr. Morris, under
date of January 7, 1930, with the statement: '''The responsibility for the whole letter-
press, as between Mr. Eames and me, is mine and undivided.”

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 239

should be treated as forms (differing in size only) and H. blephari-
glottis as hardly more than a color-form. Personally I am not now
prepared to follow such a course, any more than I am to merge Haben-
aria with Orchis or to split it into monotypic or ditypic genera!

HABENARIA Hooxert Torr., var. abbreviata, n. var. (TAB. 252),
omnibus partibus quam apud formam typicam brevior; foliis oblongo-
obovatis vel suborbicularibus 2.5-7 cm. longis; scapis 7-18 cm. altis;
spicis 2.5-9 cm. longis; sepalo dorsali late ovato obtuso apice vix
prolongato 5-7 mm. longo, sepalis lateralibus divergentibus 6-8.5 mm.
longis; petalis erectis 5-7 mm. longis; labello 6-10 mm. longo deltoideo-
lanceolato apice plerumque rotundato vix prolongato; calcare 9-13
mm. longo; capsulis 9-14 cm. longis.—Northwestern NEWFOUND-
LAND, on limestone barrens bordering St. John Bay and Ingornachoix
Bay: with Empetrum nigrum, Vaccinium uliginosum var. alpinum,
etc. in peaty turf on limestone barrens, Old Port au Choix, July 21,
1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1549; with Empetrum nigrum and
Juniperus communis var. montana on peaty knolls in limestone
barrens, Old Port au Choix, July 22, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.
1550; with Empetrum nigrum, Juniperus communis var. montana, etc. on
dry peaty knolls in limestone barrens back of Crow's Head, St. John
Bay, July 23, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1551; peaty knolls on
limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, July 24, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg,
no. 1552; turfy and peaty knolls bordering limestone barrens, Eastern
Point, St. John Bay, July 25, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1553
(TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Habenaria Hookeri var. abbreviata (PLATE 252, habit and upper
insert) differs from typical continental American H. Hookeri (lower
insert) in its shorter dimensions in every part, in the yellower color of
its flowers, in the blunter upper sepal which shows only a slight tend-
ency to the prolonged tip so often seen in the continental plant, and
in the more gradually narrowed lip. Its habitat, with arctic-alpine
xerophytes on limestone gravel, is so unlike the conventional habitat,
in acid woodland humus on the continent, that one would at first feel
impelled to consider it a distinct species. It exhibits, however, no
definite morphological characters by which it can be specifically
separated, although it is as clearly segregated from H. Hookeri as
is H. macrophylla from H. orbiculata, so-called species without marked
geographic segregation.

As stated, the plant of the limestone barrens of northwestern New-
foundland differs from typical Habenaria Hookeri by its smaller size
in all parts. These contrasts are brought out in the photographs
made by Dr. Raup; and measurements taken from the 64 individuals

240 Rhodora [JULY

of var. abbreviata collected and from the 157 individuals of typical H.
Hookeri, as represented in the Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of
the New England Botanical Club (ranging from southeastern New
Brunswick to central Maine and Montreal and west to southern
Ontario, Michigan and Pennsylvania), give the following contrasts.

H. Hooxenrt (typical): leaves 5-16 em. long; scape (including spike) 1.7-4.5
dm. high; spike 5-25 cm. long; upper sepal 7-11 mm. long; lateral sepals 8.5-
11.5 mm. long; petals 6-9 mm. long; lip 9-13 mm. long; spur 1.4-2.6 cm. long;
capsules 1.5-2.2 cm. long.

Var. ABBREVIATA: leaves 2.5-9 cm. long; scape 0.7-1.8 dm. high; spike
2.5-9 em. long; upper sepal 5-7 mm. long; lateral sepals 6-8.5 mm. long;
petals 5-7 mm. long; lip 6-10 mm. long; spur 0.9-1.3 cm. long; capsules 0.9—
1.4 em. long.

Although the Newfoundland plant is rather sharply differentiated
from typical Habenaria Hookeri in the size of all its parts, there is a
transitional series at the extreme northeastern limit of the species on
the continent. All the material I have seen from Aroostook County,
Maine and from the region just to the north in Temiscouata, Rimouski,
Charlevoix and extreme western Saguenay Counties, Quebec has the
short spur and lip of var. abbreviata, but in size of sepals and leaves
and in stature it is as large as in typical H. Hookeri, the spurs being
9-14 mm. long, the upper sepal 7-9 mm. long, the lip 7.5-10 mm. long,
but the leaves 6-12 cm. long, the spikes 0.6-2.2 dm. long; and occa-
sional specimens from northern Vermont and northern New York
indicate a similar transition. The only material at hand from the
Magdalen Islands is overripe and with a very short fruiting spike;
but it has lost the distinctive parts of the flowers.

H. orsicutata (Pursh) Torr. Frequent on the West Coast,
occasional southward across the Island, as often in open as in
wooded habitats (see pp. 8, 87 and MAP 9). The northernmost station
is on Bonne Bay: in turf of Scirpus cespitosus var. callosus and in
sphagnum, wet peaty bog-barrens at 400-550 m. alt., Lookout Mt.,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1554.

The western Newfoundland plants, like those from the Shickshock
Mts. in Gaspé are very small, as compared with the large woodland
plants of New England and the upland to North Carolina—leaves
4-9 em. broad, scapes 1.5-2.5 dm. high, with racemes only 5-12 cm.
long. I am unable to find any tangible character to separate this
extreme series from the larger Alleghenian plant and particularly from
the plants of western North America. In Newfoundland we, as yet,
know H. macrophylla Goldie only from the extreme southeast, the
Avalon Peninsula.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 241

H. LACERA (Michx.) R. Br., var. TERRAE-NOVAE Fern. RHODORA,
xxviii. 21 (1926). Range extended north to Bonne Bay: tableland
of Lookout Mt.

H. psycopes (L.) Spreng. The northern limit seems to be on
Bonne Bay: extremely abundant, dominant, occurring in many
thousands of individuals on meadows and peats both at sea-level and
on the tablelands.

The combination Habenaria psycodes was first made in Spreng.
Syst. iii. 693 (1826) and, nomenclaturally, the combination rests
upon Orchis psycodes L. (1753); therefore, the combination should be
referred to (L.) Spreng., even though Sprengel was confused as to the
exact application of the name.

PoGoNIA oPHIOGLOSSOIDES (L.) Ker. The northern limit in west-
ern Newfoundland seems to be on Bonne Bay: wet peaty barrens at
about 395 m., Lookout Mt., Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1556.

CALOPOGON PULCHELLUS (Sw.) R. Br. 'The northern limit in
western Newfoundland is apparently on Bonne Bay: very rare on wet
peaty barrens at about 365 m., Lookout Mt., Fernald, Long & Fogg,
no. 1557.

Calopogon pulchellus is certainly not as common in western New-
foundland as Pogonia ophioglossoides and Arethusa bulbosa. It is,
judging from collections made by others, apparently commoner in the
eastern half of the Island, especially about Notre Dame Bay. Of the
five collections in the Gray Herbarium from western Newfoundland,
four were particularly noted by their collectors as rare: Lookout Mt.,
Bonne Bay, “ very rare"; Lark Harbor, Bay of Islands (Fernald, Long
& Fogg, no. 201), * very rare"; Blomidon (Mackenzie & Griscom, no.
10,226), *scarce"; Port aux Basques (Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no.
26,542), “very scarce."

LISTERA BOREALIS Morong. Sr. JoHN Bay: pastured spruce woods
and thickets, Eddy’s (Old Man’s) Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.
1560.

A characteristic individual of this species, well known from Anti-
costi and the Mingan Islands, was found by Long in an area close to
shore (the habitat on Anticosti and the Mingans), where, most unfor-
tunately, the cattle had wrought almost complete destruction. Search
in the region, extending along the coast for several miles, failed to
bring to light another specimen. See pp. 60, 61.

MALAXIS BRACHYPODA (Gray) Fern. Ruopora, xxviii. 176 (1926).
Apparently more abundant in western Newfoundland than in most
areas on the continent, often in colonies of hundreds (sometimes
thousands) of plants.

242 Rhodora [JULY

This species is so sharply distinguished from the Eurasian Malazis
monophyllos (L.) Sw. that, now that its characters have been pointed
out, it is surprising to see it united again with the Eurasian (and
Alaskan) plant, as M. monophyllos, var. brachypoda (Gray) F. Morris
in Morris & Eames, Our Wild Orchids, 358, plates 110 and 111 (1929).
The more important diagnostic points, as already summarized, are:

M. MONoPHYLLOS. Flower-bud just before expanding ovate-lanceolate,
2-3 mm. long: pedicel and ovary during anthesis 2.5-4 mm. long: expanded
perianth 4-6.5 mm. broad: flower resupinate, the lip and lateral sepals sub-
connivent and projected forward: capsules 5-7 mm. long, on twisted pedicels
3-5 mm. long, erowned by the subconnivent ascending perianth-segments.

M. BRACHYPODA. Flower-bud just before expanding ovate, 1.5-2 mm.
long: pedicel and ovary during anthesis 1.5-3 mm. long: expanded perianth
3-5 mm. broad: perianth-segments (including lip) strongly divergent, per-
pendicular to the axis of the ovary, finally reflexed and appressed to the ovary,
the lip drooping: capsules 3-5 mm. long, on straight pedicels 1-2 mm. long,
crowned by the reflexed and appressed perianth-segments.

Since the clear differences have not been wholly appreciated (the
plants being insignificant), it seems desirable to make them clear by
photography. In PLATE 253 enlarged details of the two are displayed
side-by-side.

These differences, with complete geographic isolation, certainly are
specific. I am not familiar with the Old World Malaxis monophyllos
growing nor sufficiently conversant with folk-lore as to know whether
the English name used by Morris, * White Adder's Mouth," applies
to the European plant. As a pseudonym for our plant with greenish-
yellow flowers it is not descriptive.

SALIX LUCIDA Muhl., var. iNTONSA Fern. Extending north to
Bonne Bay: gravelly shores and alluvial islands near mouth of Main
River, Fernald & Long, no. 1577.

*S. Uva-unsi Pursh, forma phyllolepis, f. nov., bracteis (squamis)
amentorum foliaceis; ovariis abortivis. Port Av Porr Bay: dry
limestone barrens, upper slopes and tablelands, alt. 200-300 m.,
Table Mt., August 16, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3171
(TYPE in Gray Herb.).

S. HERBACEA L. Additional stations from the HiGHLANDS OF Sr.
JOHN: mossy shelves of quartzite cliffs at head of Yellow Brook,
Doctor Hill, and shelves of cliffs at head of Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1588, 1589.

S. CORDIFOLIA Pursh, var. CALLICARPAEA (Trautv.) Fern. Rno-
DORA, xxvii. 184 (1926). Extended south to Bonne Bay: large
shrubs, up to 2 dm. high, damp thicket under limestone crest (alt.
650 m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1597.

S. coRDATA Muhl. Extended north to Bonne Bay: gravelly
shores and alluvial islands near mouth of Main River, Fernald &
Long, no. 1594.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 243

S. PEDUNCULATA Fern. Rnoponma, xxviii. 188 (1926). Extended
south from the Straits of Belle Isle to PornrE Ricuke: damp open
depressions in limestone barrens, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1595,
heavily fruiting shrubs with decumbent branches, and aments up to
1 dm. long; no. 1596, same habitat, shrubs sterile (presumably stam-
inate), more ascending, up to 1 m. high.

S. GLAUCOPHYLLOIDES Fern. The northern limit is apparently on
Bonne Bay: gravelly shores and alluvial islands near mouth of Main
River, R. H. Kimball, no. 15; Fernald & Long, nos. 1598, 1599.

SALIX (8 CHRYSANTHEAE) Wiegandii, n. sp. (TAB. 254), frutex
depressus vel adscendens 1-3 dm. altus S. lanatam. simulans; ramis
ramulisque decumbentibus vel adscendentibus crassis castaneis deinde
cinereis juvenilibus cano-tomentosis; gemmis bene evolutis ovoideis
apice rotundatis 5-6 mm. longis cano-tomentosis; foliis ovalibus vel
oblongis deinde 1.5—4.5 cm. longis 0.4-2.8 cm. latis rigido-coreaceis
utrinque sparse floccoso-lanatis integris margine revolutis venis sub-
tus prominentibus scrobiculato-reticulatis, petiolis crassis lanatis
3-8 mm. longis; stipulis oblique cordato-ovatis coriaceis plerumque
glanduloso-serratis subtus reticulatis 0.2-1.2 cm. longis; amentis
femineis breviter pedunculatis pedunculo foliis 3-4 munito 2.7-6 cm.
longis 1-1.5 cm. crassis densifloris, pedunculo rhachique villosis vel
villoso-tomentosis; bracteis (squamis) obovatis obtusis atris 2-2.5
mm. longis pilis cinereis vel sordidis crispato-villosis; capsulis lanceo-
lato-conicis 6-7 mm. longis sparse villoso-tomentosis vel glabratis
subsessilibus, stylo elongato tenui 2 mm. longo, stigmatibus integris
0.5-0.7 mm. longis; glandula bractea breviora; amentis masculis
1-1.5 em. longis; filamentis glabris.—Western NEWFOUNDLAND, in
the region bordering St. John Bay and Ingornachoix Bay: damp rocky
limestone barrens, near sea-level, Ingornachoix Bay, August 4, 1910,
Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3185 (mature foliage and buds);
trailing on turfy talus of limestone headland, Gargamelle Cove, In-
gornachoix Bay, July 20, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1602—
flowering pistillate shrubs (ryPE in Gray Herb.); turfy and peaty
margins of dry gravelly limestone barrens, Old Port au Choix, St.
John Bay, July 22, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1603 (fruiting)
and 1604 (with shriveled staminate ament showing glabrous filaments);
damp open depressions in limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, July 24,
1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1605 (fruiting).

Although the original sterile material of Salix Wiegandw was la-
belled as collected by Fernald, Wiegand and Kittredge, it was actually
found by Prof. Wiegand and Mr. Kittredge, since I was at that date
on the Labrador coast (our specimens of 1910 and 1911 being “ pooled,”
we followed the practice, now found to be unfortunately misleading,
of using a joint label for all collections whether jointly or individually
made). S. Wiegandii, now secured in both flower and fruit, proves to

244 Rhodora [JuLy

be a most distinct species with which it is a keen pleasure to associate
the name of its discoverer.

Salix Wiegandii is a most interesting new member of § Chrysantheae
Koch (§ Lanatae Koehne) not closely related to any known member
of that boreal group. It occurs in the same region as S. calcicola Fern.
& Wieg. and like that species has very short staminate aments (the
staminate aments of S. calcicola, heretofore undescribed but now
known through 7 collections, being 1.5-2.5 cm. long) and pistillate
aments of about the same size as in S. calcicola; but in most characters
the two are thoroughly distinct. The young branchlets of S. calcicola
are villous, of S. Wiegandii lanate; the leaves of S. calcicola glabrous
or quickly glabrate, in expanding sometimes loosely villous, and of a
broad-ovate to suborbicular outline, the leaves of S. W "iegandii per-
manently lanate upon both surfaces and of an oval to oblong or
slightly obovate outline; the large stipules of the vigorous shoots in
S. calcicola taper subequally to base, those of S. Wiegandii are con-
spicuously inequalateral at the cordate base; the sessile aments of
S. calcicola are from terminal or subterminal blackish and villous buds
of the preceding year, the short peduncled and leafy-bracted aments
of S. Wiegandii from axillary pale-brown and lanate buds; the cap-
sules of S. calcicola are glabrous from the first, of S. W "iegandii mostly
pubescent (at least at base) to maturity.

From the other American members of $ Chrysantheae, Salix Wie-
ganditi is at once distinguished. The only other member of the sec-
tion known in eastern America is S. laurentiana Fernald, a small tree
or tall shrub with the large leaves (up to 2 dm. long) crenate and on
petioles mostly 1-2 cm. long, with aments up to 9 em. long,! bracts
(scales) oblong and brown and styles only 0.5-1 mm. long. S. Rich-
ardsoni Hook. of the Mackenzie and Alaskan area has villous-hirsute
branchlets, staminate aments 3-4.5 cm. long, glabrous foliage, lance-
attenuate and long-persistent stipules up to 2.5 em. long and glabrous

! Dr. Camillo Schneider (Journ. Arn. Arb. i, 222), discussing S. laurentiana, suggests
correction of the original description of the species, saying: 'Fernald . . . says
that the fruiting aments measure up to 9 cm. in length, while I have not seen any
longer than 7 cm.” "The original collection of Fernald & Collins no. 202 (type number
of S. laurentiana) consisted of 30 sheets, from which the description was drawn.
The sheet retained in the Gray Herbarium did not have aments of the greatest length,
but the sheet which went to the late Dr. G. G. Kennedy and which is now preserved
at the Gray Herbarium shows an ament 8.5 cm. long; while among the 11 more
recently collected numbers of S. laurentiana which Dr. Schneider has not examined
there are several with aments fully 9 cm. long. The mature aments may reach a
thickness of more than 2 cm., with capsules 1 cm. long.

Rhodora

Plate 251

HABENARIA STRAMINEA: FIG. 1, habit, X 1, from Newfoundland; rra. 2, flowers, X 6.
H. ALBIDA: FIG. 3, flowers, X 6, from Scotland.

Rhodora Plate 252

HABENARIA HOOKERI, var. ABBREVIATA: habit, X 1, from TYPE collection; FLOWER
(upper insert) X 2.
H. HOOKERI: FLOWER (lower insert) X 2.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 245

capsules; S. Wiegandii can hardly be confused with it. S. Barrattiana
Hook. of the Canadian Rocky Mountains is somewhat approached by
S. Wiegandii, but its leaves have more sericeous-tomentose surfaces
without the strong reticulation so conspicuous in S. Wiegandii, the
stipules are semi-ovate and glabrous, the staminate aments 5 cm.
long, and the pistillate up to 1 dm. long. S. Tweedyi (Bebb) Ball,
originally from Big Horn Mountains, has glabrous and glandular-
serrate leaves, glabrous capsules and usually forked stigmas. S.
Hookeriana Barratt of the Pacific Coast is, like S. laurentiana of
the eastern coast, a tree or large shrub, with the branchlets densely
villous-tomentose, the leaves green and glabrate above and densely
white-pubescent but scarcely reticulate beneath, stipules wanting or
inconspicuous and styles short, as in S. laurentiana. S. Piperi Bebb
of Washington and Oregon is, likewise, a large shrub, with short
styles as in S. laurentiana and S. Hookeriana; it has glabrous branches,
glabrous and serrulate leaves and long aments and is not closely ap-
proached by S. Wegandit. S. amplifolia Coville of Alaska is also a
tree, with densely villous branchlets, villous and glabrate obovate
leaves, no conspicuous stipules, very long aments, glabrous capsules
and very long styles (2-4 mm.); it is certainly not strongly approached
by S. Wiegandit. S. alaxensis (Anderss.) Coville is also a tree or
erect shrub, having the branches glabrous or villous or villous-lanate
even when old, the leaves densely white-pannose beneath, the stipules
linear to filiform and subentire and the aments very long (up to 1.4
dm.); it is not at all approached by S. Wiegandii.

S. Wiegandii seems to be as close to the arctic-alpine S. lanata L.
of Eurasia as to any American member of the section; but S. lanata
is a larger and usually less depressed shrub, with villous (instead of
tomentose) branchlets, larger and more rounded to
obovate leaves, much larger and persistent (as in S.
Richardsoni) stipules, sessile mostly terminal and
subterminal aments, the staminate much larger than
in S. Wiegandii, bracts or scales with the long villous
beard golden-yellow or cinereous, glabrous capsules
and longer and often forking stigmas.

SaALIX ancorifera, n. sp. (FIG. 1), frutex S. dis-
colorem simulans; ramulis novellis glabris fuscis niti-
dulis; foliis immaturis membranaceis anguste oboval- it
Š 5 ARI EIE cic Fia. 1. Pistillate
ibus 1.5-2.7 cm. longis, 0.5-1.5 cm. latis, Juvinilibus gower of Saurx an-
minute rufescenti-pilosis glabratis costis utrinque coriera, X 4.

246 Rhodora [JuLy

strigoso-pilosis marginibusque remote glanduloso-dentatis piloso-cilio-
latis exceptis; amentis femeneis coetaneis breviter pedunculatis in an-
thesi 3.5-4.5 em. longis 1.2-1.5 em. crassis densifloris; pedunculis
5-8 mm. longis foliis 2-4 bracteiformibus munitis, pedunculo rhachique
sericeo-pilosis; bracteis oblongis 3.5-4.5 mm. longis fulvis longe
cinereo-villosis; ovariis subulato-attenuatis 5-6 mm. longis breviter
cinereo-pilosis pilis nitidis; stylo 1 mm. longo, stigmatibus subulatis
basi crassis valde recurvatis 1.5-2 mm. longis; pedicellis vix 1 mm.
longis glandulam crassam paulo superantibus.—Western NEWFOUND-
LAND: woods, Mclver’s Cove, Bay of Islands, May 31, 1898, A. C.
Waghorne, no. 38, distributed as S. phylicifolia L. (TYPE in Gray Herb.).
Salix ancorifera for more than thirty years has been a perplexing
plant. Originally labeled S. pAylicifolia, it was later identified by
me! as the problematic S. Barclayi *S. latiuscula Anderss. Mon. Sal.,
Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. vi. no. 1: 165 (1867) or S. Barclayi,
B. latiuscula Anderss. in DC. Prodr. xvi.? 255 (1868)? while Mr. C. R.
Ball has marked the specimen 5. discolor. As Schneider has pointed
out in Journ. Arn. Arb. i. 152 (1920), the Waghorne specimen can
hardly be what Andersson described as S. latiuscula. The latter, a sin-
gle specimen in the DeCandolle herbarium, collected in Newfound-
land by De la Pylaie, was described with very slender nectary (* nec-
tarium valde tenue"), but the nectary of the Waghorne specimen is
very broad and stout. Schneider emphasizes that “ As to the stigmas
there is no mention in either of Andersson’s rather long descriptions”
but since Andersson stated in 1868 that S. Barclayi is similar, but
differs in having the capsules glabrous, it is to be inferred that S.
latiuscula has the short stigmas of S. Barclayi. As a matter of fact
Andersson did describe the stigmas of S. latiuscula, in the fourth
line of each of his two descriptions: “stylo brevi stigmatibus bifidis."
Since the Waghorne specimen has simple and remarkably elongate
and recurved stigmas (FIG. 1) and since its nectary as well as the
toothing of the leaves and the long pubescence of the midrib so far
depart from the characters of S. latiuscula, as described by Andersson,
it seems advisable to give the shrub of McIver's Cove a definite name.’
For the sketch (rra. 1) I am indebted to Dr. Lyman B. Smith.

! Fernald, Ruopora, xvi. 175 (1914).

? Andersson seems to have been quite uncertain about the status of this plant. He
originally published it with a binomial, as above, but appended without number to
his numbered account of S. Barclayi; but the next year he treated it unequivocally
as a variety of S. Barclayi. S.latiuscula was taken up as a definitely published species
in Index Kewensis and I so considered it in 1914.

3 It is not yet clear just what De la Pylaie collected as the basis of S. latiuscula or
S. Barclayi, 8 latiuscula. According to Schneider, ‘‘ Unfortunately the type is wanting
in Herb. DeCandolle at Geneva from which Andersson had received it."— Journ.
Arn. Arb. iii. 73 (1921). Like S. ancorifera and several other endemic willows of
Newfoundland it is probably highly localized and perhaps now exterminated.

1933] Knowlton,—Flora around Missisquoi Bay, Quebec 247

From S. discolor Muhl. which S. ancorifera simulates, it is dis-
tinguished not only by the very long and characteristically recurved
stigmas, but by the glandular toothing of its leaves and by the pe-
culiar long pubescence of the midrib; the erect or merely divergent
stigmas of S. discolor being only half as long as in 5. ancorifera and
the leaves never displaying the long pubescence on the midribs.

Whether Salix ancorifera is still growing at McIver's Cove is doubt-
ful. When Waghorne was there in 1898, there were only a few settlers;
now there is a considerable village and much of the better land in the
region has been put under cultivation. In early July, 1929, Messrs.
Long, Fogg and I went to Mclver's Cove for fruiting material. The
older inhabitants well remembered Waghorne and his visit there; but
no one in the village had ever seen or heard of a wild willow. They
had plenty of S. viminalis planted, but a search of several hours, in
which we had the enthusiastic coóperation of the helpful population,
indicated that the statement given us upon first landing, that no
native willow now grows there, is apparently correct. This excessive
localization of relic-endemic willows in Newfoundland is quite in
keeping with the extreme localization there and in Gaspé of many
other relic-endemics. Thus Salix leiolepis Fernald, “a very peculiar
species" (Schneider, Bot. Gaz. lxvii. 46), is known only from the
type-collection from Table Mountain, Port au Port Bay; S. chloro-
lepis Fernald is known from only a single brook-valley on Mt. Albert
in Gaspé; S. amoena Fernald, only from a single cove on Ha-Ha Bay,
Straits of Belle Isle; S. pedunculata Fernald, from but two stations in
northwestern Newfoundland; S. obtusata Fernald, a “remarkable
species . . . of which much more copious material is needed to
decide the question of its true relationship" (Schneider, Journ. Arn.
Arb. i. 171), only from a single very limited stretch of river-gravel in
Gaspé; S. Wiegandii (above described), only from the barrens near
Old Port au Choix; and S. latiuscula Anderss., as yet not rediscovered
and with the type-specimen lost, is apparently quite as rare. See p. 48.

(T'o be continued)

THE FLORA AROUND MISSISQUOI BAY, QUEBEC
CLARENCE HINCKLEY KNOWLTON

NUMEROUS contacts with the flora of western Vermont, especially
with the limestone areas near Lake Champlain, led me to wonder
what plants grew at the northern, Canadian end of the lake. I was

248 Rhodora [JULY

especially interested because of the very choice group of calciphile
plants which I have found in Swanton, Vermont, growing above or on
the red magnesian limestone which abounds there. I have, therefore,
made four separate visits to Missisquoi Bay and the hamlet of Philips-
burg, Quebec, and have listed about 280 species; not an exhaustive
survey of the region, but perhaps sufficiently extensive to warrant
a report at this time.

On the lake shore at Philipsburg is a good exposure of the great
fault, geologically speaking, by which large masses of lower Cambrian
limestone and marble were pushed over a much younger Ordovician
deposit. This Ordovician shale on the lake shore splits easily into
shingle, much of the rock being veined with calcite. Inland are great
masses of the older rocks, and one of the largest marble quarries in the
Dominion of Canada is located here.

All unshaded limestone areas, in settled country, and particularly
around old quarries, have a large number of very vigorous weeds,
which crowd out many if not all of the native plants. There are at
least forty of these weeds in this locality. Those which show marked
calciphile affinities include the following:

ALYSSUM ALYSSOIDES CYNOGLOSSUM OFFICINALE
ARENARIA SERPYLLIFOLIA ECHIUM VULGARE
ERYSIMUM CHEIRANTHOIDES LAPPULA VIRGINIANA
MELILOTUS ALBA LITHOSPERMUM OFFICINALE
VICIA CRACCA NEPETA CATARIA

EUPHORBIA HELIOSCOPIA

Of these, Lappula virginiana may be a native in this region. The
rarest of the weeds noted is Alyssum alyssoides, which flourishes on the
dry limestone. Blooming in May, its seeds are ripe in July. The
plant is probably a winter annual. I have found this on the New
York side of Lake Champlain, at Plattsburg, also in similar situations
at Niagara Falls, Ontario. Once also, many years ago, I found it in
sandy soil at Monument Beach, Bourne, Massachusetts.

In regard to Cynoglossum officinale it is interesting to note that
Michaux, on his journey up the west side of Lake Champlain into
Canada in 1792, found this plant already well established in the lime-
stone country. The great abundance of Nepeta Cataria may be ac-
counted for by the tradition that this herb was long ago introduced
in the pastures as a source of nectar for bees.

At the west of International Highway No. 7, as you enter
Canada, are flat ledges of limestone, some with light soil, others with

1933] Knowlton,—Flora around Missisquoi Bay, Quebec 249

none. Occasional trees on this limestone are Quercus macrocarpa,
Juglans cinerea, Carya cordiformis and C. ovata, Ulmus fulva and U.
americana, and Ostrya virginica. In some places Celastrus scandens
grows with Rhus typhina, forming thickets and fruiting heavily. The
low form of Rhus Toxicodendron is frequent, and Ribes Cynosbati is
occasional, but flourishes better in partial shade. The weed tree,
Crataegus punctata, and numerous herbaceous weeds, also flourish
here.

Beyond this dry strip with shallow sun-baked soil is a most won-
derful glade-like woodland, which extends to the crest of the shore
cliffs. In part of this the orchard-like forest is a solid formation of
Ostrya virginica; in other places there are denser woods with sugar
maples as well as hornbeams; on the lower levels toward the lake,
especially on the shale, is a great abundance of Thuja occidentalis,
without other trees. In the open woods under the hornbeam trees is
a marvellous green carpet, in which the dominant species are Cystop-
teris bulbifera and Mitella diphylla.

In some such woodland not far away, “ad fines meridionales
Canadae" by “Lac Champlain" Michaux found the unusual plant
which he named Mitella prostrata (see Fernald, Ruopona viii, 90-92,
1906). Thinking it may have been here, one of my visits to this
beautiful woodland was made on the King's Birthday, May 24, 1925.
There were many thousand plants of Mitella diphylla in bloom, but
after diligent search I was able to find no variations from the familiar
type.

There are such charming spring and summer flowers in this region
that I am tempted to comment on each species individually, but they
are so numerous that a list must suffice.

ADIANTUM PEDATUM 'TRILLIUM GRANDIFLORUM
ASPLENIUM PLATYNEURON LAPORTEA CANADENSIS
CAMPTOSORUS RHIZOPHYLLUS PARIETARIA PENNSYLVANICA
AGROSTIS PERENNANS PILEA PUMILA

MELICA STRIATA ASARUM CANADENSE
FESTUCA NUTANS ACTAEA ALBA

ORYZOPSIS RACEMOSA ACTAEA RUBRA

CAREX ALBICANS HEPATICA ACUTILOBA
CAREX ALBURSINA THALICTRUM DIOICUM
CAREX DEWEYANA DicENTRA CUCULLARIA
CAREX EBURNEA DICENTRA CANADENSIS
CAREX PEDUNCULATA SANGUINARIA CANADENSIS
CAREX PLATYPHYLLA DENTARIA DIPHYLLA

CAREX ROSEA FRAGARIA VESCA var. AMERICANA

CAREX SPARGANIOIDES RUBUS ODORATUS

250 Rhodora [JULY

RUBUS OCCIDENTALIS CIRCAEA LATIFOLIA
GERANIUM ROBERTIANUM OSMORRHIZA CLAYTONI
VIOLA CANADENSIS OSMORRHIZA LONGISTYLIS
VIOLA CONSPERSA HYvDROPHYLLUM VIRGINIANUM
VIOLA ERIOCARPA PHRYMA LEPTOSTACHYA
VIOLA ROSTRATA GALIUM CIRCAEZANS

VIOLA SORORIA SOLIDAGO CAESIA

CIRCAEA ALPINA SOLIDAGO LATIFOLIA

Sanguinaria canadensis deserves mention, because here it grows on
the limestone, the rhizomes following along crevices in the ledge
where there is little food or moisture, until the plant becomes very
stunted. In three stations in eastern Massachusetts, at Weymouth,
Hingham and Cohasset, the plant also grows in this way on diabase
ledges and among diabase boulders, rather consistently avoiding
granite. This is an interesting habitat for a plant which habitually
reaches its maximum development in the alluvium along our rivers.

The cliffs of Utica or Canajoharie shale reach the lake shore, but
do not extend above the village of Philipsburg, where everything near
the bay is nearly level. I have explored about half a mile along these
cliffs. The shingle is so loose that there is little opportunity for
vegetation to catch in. The cliffs are crowned with Thuja trees,
with a few straggling shrubs of Cornus circinata. In some of the
crevices are specimens of Athyrium angustum var. laurentianum.
Two grasses are frequent on the headlands, Trisetum spicatum and
Sphenopholis pallens. Vitis vulpina is frequent, and in some places
gets a foothold in the shingle on the beach. Potentilla Anserina has
succeeded in rooting in the scanty soil between the loose chips of
shale, and sends out its strawberry-like runners in all directions.
Another headland plant of special interest is Thalictrum confine, well
known along the rocky shores of Lake Champlain in Vermont. There
are some other shrubs and plants which grow in favored spots on the
Vermont shore which I have not yet found on these headlands.
Further search may reveal them.

Missisquoi Bay is sheltered by the Swanton peninsula, and gets no
large waves from the open lake. There is not very much beach,
therefore, but a sandy slope with even grade running down to the
water, with some wetter sloughs back from the lake margin. It is
like the shores of the St. Lawrence in many ways, with a broad band
of vegetation, mostly herbaceous, backed up with a fringe of trees.
There are five of these trees which are characteristic— Populus
deltoides, Salix nigra, Acer rubrum and A. saccharinum, the latter the

1933] Knowlton,—Flora around Missisquoi Bay, Quebec 251

more abundant of the two, and Fraxinus pennsylvanica, all of which
are common along the lake in Vermont. Other willows which I have
noted are the shrubs, Salix cordata, S. discolor, S. lucida and 5.
rostrata. Cephalanthus occidentalis is abundant, and there are many
cornel bushes—Cornus stolonifera, C. alternifolia and C. Amomum.
In the swamps near Clarenceville is abundance of Spiraea alba DuRoi
(S. salicifolia of Gray's Manual, 7th ed.), and it is to be expected
elsewhere along the bay, as it is abundant in Swanton and Alburg,
Vermont.

Potentilla Anserina and Gratiola aurea are the two common beach
plants, in great variety and profusion. The common grasses of the
swales are Spartina Michauxiana, Calamagrostis canadensis, Leersia
oryzoides and L. virginica. Zizania aquatica, var. angustifolia is fre-
quent in pools, and in a ditch near Venice, at the head of the bay, I
found in 1931 the broad-leaved typical Z. aquatica in considerable
quantity. Common sedges are Carex flava, C. granularis, C. hysteri-
cina, C. Tuckermani, C. vesicaria and C. vulpinoidea.

There were but two real surprises for me in this littoral belt,
Habenaria flava and Gerardia paupercula. The Habenaria was not
widely distributed, but grew in a large clump, with many specimens.
The Gerardia grew in a sort of meadow, well back from the bay. It
has several Vermont stations scattered along the northern end of
Lake Champlain, as far north as Swanton.

Other species which are worth mentioning are:

RANUNCULUS REPTANS
PENTHORUM SEDOIDES
POTENTILLA PALUSTRIS
APIOS TUBEROSA
HYPERICUM BOREALE

HYPERICUM ELLIPTICUM
HYPERICUM VIRGINICUM

EQUISETUM FLUVIATILE

ALISMA PLANTAGO-AQUATICA
subsp. BREVIPES

ELYMUS VIRGINICUS

CYPERUS STRIGOSUS

ELEOCHARIS PALUSTRIS Var. MAJOR

SCIRPUS AMERICANUS

SCIRPUS ATROVIRENS

SCIRPUS CYPERINUS VAr. PELIUS
SCIRPUS PEDICELLATUS
JUNCUS FILIFORMIS

JUNCUS PELOCARPUS

JUNCUS TENUIS

Myrica GALE

ALNUS INCANA

RuMEX PATIENTIA

RUMEX VERTICILLATUS
ANEMONE CANADENSIS
RANUNCULUS PENNSYLVANICUS

EPILOBIUM GLANDULOSUM var.
ADENOCAULON

EPILOBIUM MOLLE

CICUTA BULBIFERA

CICUTA MACULATA

SIUM SUAVE

STEIRONEMA CILIATUM

STEIRONEMA LANCEOLATUM

MENYANTHES TRIFOLIATA

APOCYNUM CANNABINUM

ASCLEPIAS INCARNATA

CuscuTA GRONOVII

252 Rhodora [JULY

SCUTELLARIA EPILOBIIFOLIA GALIUM PALUSTRE
SCUTELLARIA LATERIFLORA CAMPANULA ULIGINOSA
STACHYS ASPERA var, TENUIFOLIA LOBELIA CARDINALIS
GALIUM CLAYTONI EUPATORIUM MACULATUM

My 1932 visit took me to a swamp near the marble mill, a swamp
which had evidently received the fine-grained tailings from the marble.
There were numerous species here which I did not find close to the
lake. Here was a wonderful quantity of Scirpus atrovirens, specimens
in all sizes, but even the most diminutive seemed true to type, and
not likely to be confused with var. georgianus. Along with the willows
common by the lake were Salix nigra var. falcata and S. petiolaris.
Typha angustifolia and T. latifolia were abundant. There was much
of Agrostis stolonifera var. compacta, the common species of the salt
marshes. The rushes were Juncus bufonius, J. Dudleyi, J. nodosus
and J. balticus var. littoralis. In the drier land there were many
coarse weeds, among them Solidago altissima and a green-flowered
Asclepias syriaca.

As a general conclusion I may state that the calciphile flora of the
uplands around Philipsburg is practically the same as that of western
Vermont. Further, the flora of the lake shore is rather closely re-
lated to that along the shores of the St. Lawrence between Montreal
and Trois-Riviéres, as at Lac St. Pierre.

About three miles east of Philipsburg, in St. Armand township, are
wonderful big limestone cliffs and rich woods that may yield further
discoveries of interest to the botanist.

HINGHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.

NOTES FROM SOUTHEASTERN WISCONSIN-II!
S. C. WADMOND

POLYSTICHUM ACROSTICHOIDES (Michx.) Schott. Apparently the
only Wisconsin station of record is one north of Racine, Racine
County (Wadmond, Trans. Wis. Acad., 16-2: 803, 1909), where a few
individuals were taken on a rocky hillside. A single plant, only, was
located in Richmond Township, Walworth County in the summer of
1931. It was taken in deep woodland, and quite likely a native
station. This gives us but two stations in the State for the Christmas
Fern!

EcniNocuLoA WALTERI (Pursh) Nash. To the Wisconsin stations

! Published with aid of a grant vo Ruopora from the National Academy of Sciences.

1933] Wadmond,—Notes from southeastern Wisconsin 253

listed by Fassett (RHopoRA 32: March 1930) may be added shores of
Delavan Lake, Walworth County, where it is not uncommon.

RYNCHOSPORA CAPILLACEA Torr. Gray’s Man. 7th ed. ranges it
“e. Que. to w. Ont., s. very locally to N. J., Pa., O., Mich., and
Mo.” Represented in U. W. Herbarium by two collections, one
from Waukesha County in 1859, I. A. Lapham, and the other from
Bailey’s Harbor, Door County, in 1929, Dr. J. J. Davis. The latter
collection contains some var. LEVISETA. Taken by the writer in
marly pools at Big Bend, Waukesha County, summer of 1932.

Carex Ricuarpsoni R. Br. To the list of middle-western
stations recorded for this “ evasive” sedge by Prof. Fernald (RHODORA
Nov. 1932), Dr. Fassett of the U. W. writes may be added that of
Indiana Harbor, Inc., in sandy soil, May 28, 1904, Robert Bebb no.
1992. .

Represented in U. W. Herbarium by collections from Brown County
(Green Bay May 25, 1879, J. H. Schuette), and Dodge County (Hori-
con May 19, 1859, I. A. Lapham). Taken by the writer in Township
of Mount Pleasant, Racine County (l. c. p. 816). The station was a
low mucky prairie (locally known as Barnes Prairie), which at the
time had never been ploughed, but which has long since been drained
and devoted to celery, cabbages and truck gardening. It was not a
dry situation by any means, thus differing from the habitat commonly
ascribed to it.

Juncus GREENEI Oakes & Tuckerm. Cheney (Pharmaceutical Ar-
chives, Apl. 1899) has reported this rush from the Dells of the Wis-
consin River, Adams County, the only station known for the State.
Represented at the U. W. Herbarium from additional stations in La
Crosse, Jackson, Iowa, Marquette and Green Lake Counties. The
Museum Herbarium shows collections from the counties of Dunn,
Manitowoc, Eau Claire, Waushara and Shawano. To these may now
be added Walworth County, where it was found in the Township of
East Troy in small numbers on a little sandy ridge separating the
two arms of a Larix swamp.

Juncus BaLTrICUS Willd., var. LrrroRALIS Engelm. Fassett
(RHopora 29: Nov. 1927) reported this rush frequent along the
shores of Lakes Michigan and Superior but known inland in Wis. only
from Dane and Racine Counties. It had, however, been collected
by Milwaukee Museum expeditions as far back as 1915 from inland
stations in the northwesterly counties of Douglas, Washburn and
Price, and in 1913 and 1915 in the counties of Wood, Portage and
Waupaca, in almost the exact center of the State. In 1928 it was
reported in extreme northwestern Wis. from the margins of a number
of lakes which in early post-glacial times were undoubtedly connected.
(Aldrich & Fassett Science 70: July 12, 1929, pp. 45-46.)

Collected by the writer in moist sand on margin of pond in a
depression bordering the Kettle Moraine, Township of La Grange,
Walworth County, and in gravel pits along railroad at Beloit, Rock

254 Rhodora [JULY

County; the former is undoubtedly a native station, the latter prob-
ably an introduction.

JUNCUS BALTICUS var. LITTORALIS f. DISSITIFLORUS Engelm. In
addition to the Wisconsin stations listed by Fassett (I. c.), may be
recorded collections in the Milwaukee Museum from Apostle Islands,
Ashland County, and in the writer’s herbarium from the beach of
Lake Michigan at Racine, Racine County.

JUNCUS ALPINUS Vill. vars. INSIGNIS Fries and FUSCESCENS Fernald.
Reported in Swezey’s State List (1883) from Manitowoc County
only, on authority of Th. A. Bruhin.

Dr. Fassett reports both of these varieties common along the shores
of Lakes Michigan and Superior. Known inland from the northwesterl y
county of Burnett, the site of the early post-glacial Barrens Lake, and
from Adams and Waushara Counties, within the boundaries of another
early post-glacial lake, Lake Oshkosh. "The writer finds it in Wal-
worth County along an old railroad cut on a springy clay slope con-
taining a generous admixture of gravel.

PuyToLacca AMERICANA L. Cheney (Pharmaceutical Archives
Apl. 1899) recorded this species as of rare occurrence in the State, it
appearing in the U. W. Herbarium from Jefferson County only.
Material has since accumulated there from one station each in Rock,
Dane and Grant Counties. The writer located it in the summer of
1931 at several points in the extreme southeast corner of Rock County.
It apparently has come up from the south along the larger waterways.

CYCLOLOMA ATRIPLICIFOLIUM (Spreng.) Coult. Cheney (l. c.)
reported a single individual at Madison, Dane county, collected by
Dr. True. He added that he had observed it in great abundance
along the Wisconsin (doubtless Mississippi is intended) river bank a
few miles above La Crosse, La Crosse County. Reported by the
writer (l. c. p. 832) from the Lake Michigan beach in Racine and
Kenosha Counties, where observation this last summer showed it
very widely established. This emigrant from the western plains
appears now to have advanced up the Wisconsin, Black and Chippewa
Rivers as well as the Mississippi, besides being recorded from a half
dozen counties in the northern one-third of the State, and from the
east-central county of Brown.

SILENE DICHOTOMA Ehrh. The earliest record for the State is a
sheet at the Milwaukee Public Museum taken in Town of Greenfield,
Milwaukee County, in 1915. Other sheets in the Museum Herbarium
are from Douglas and Washburn Counties, in the extreme north-
westerly corner of the State. The only record at the U. W. Herbarium
is a collection by Fassett in the jack-pine barrens of Douglas County.
Taken in the summer of 1932 by the writer along right-of-way of the
C. M. St. P. & Pac. R. R. at the station of Walworth, Walworth
County, pretty well into the southeasterly corner of the State. Gray's
Man., 7th ed. reports it as ranging “N. E. to Tex., and on the Pacific
Slope."

1933] Wadmond,—Notes from southeastern Wisconsin 255

PoLYGALA SENEGA L., var. LATIFOLIA T. & G. Apparently con-
fined to the extreme southeasterly portion of the State. "There is a
collection from Kenosha County by the writer (l. c., p. 848), and in
the Museum Herbarium a fine specimen taken at Wauwatosa, Mil-
waukee County, with leaves up to 4 cm. wide and 8 em. long.

Hypericum CISTIFOLIUM Lam. ‘This species does not appear in
the latest revision of Wisconsin Hypericaceae (McLaughlin, Trans.
Wis. Acad., 26: 281-288, 1931). Taken by the writer at several
stations near by and on the banks of the Sugar River, 2 mi. w. of
Brodhead, Green County, apparently the first record for the State.

GENTIANA SAPONARIA L. Appears to be limited in U. W. collec-
tions to the northwesterly Counties of Pierce, Burnett, Sawyer, Price
and Ashland, plus a single collection in Dane County. To this list
may now be added Racine County, along right-of-way of C. M. St.
P. & Pac. R. R., between stations of Union Grove and Sylvania.

PENSTEMON GRANDIFLORUS Nutt. Represented in U. W. Her-
barium from Polk, St. Croix and Pierce Counties (where probably
native), and Juneau County along the railroad (probably an intro-
duction). The Museum has sheets from Pierce (probably native),
Monroe and Sauk Counties (probably introduced).

Taken by the writer in sand pits along railroad at Beloit, Rock
County, a probable introduction.

PrnANTAGO Purs R. & S. Recorded from most of the counties
in the western third of the State, and from the southeasterly counties
of Rock, Waukesha and Milwaukee. "Taken this summer in sandy
meadows in the extreme southeasterly corner of Jefferson County,
just across the Walworth County line.

PLANTAGO ARISTATA Michx. Cheney (l. c.) reported a single plant
collected at a suburb of Madison, Dane County and Beaver Dam,
Dodge County, probably introduced in both instances with grass
seed. It has since been recorded at U. W. Herbarium from Waushara,
Iowa and Green Counties, and at the Milwaukee Museum from Grant,
Waushara, Wood and Marathon Counties. 'The writer found it in
great abundance during the summer of 1931 in grain fields and
pasture land all along the Little Sugar River north of Albany, Green
County.

POLYMNIA CANADENSIS L. Cheney (l. c.) reported collecting this in
La Fayette and Dane Counties only. "This rather local plant is now
represented in the Herbaria of the Univ. of Wisconsin, Milwaukee
Public Museum, and the writer, by collections from the majority of
counties in the southern two-thirds of the State, plus a record from
the northwesterly county of Burnett.

ARTEMISIA FRIGIDA Willd. The earliest record from the State
appears to be a collection in 1886 from Jefferson County, Milwaukee
Public Museum. Also represented there from Washburn and
Columbia Counties, in all cases found on railroad ballast.

This western wormwood sage was collected by Fassett in 1927 in

256 : Rhodora [JuLy

large tufts on bare dry rock on summit of bluff at Bay City, Pierce
County, believed by him to be native and probably the only native
station in the State. Collected by Dr. J. J. Davis at Maiden Rock,
Pierce County, and by the writer at Beloit, Rock County, in both
cases along the railroad and doubtless introduced through that medium.
Mr. Weatherby writes that the Gray Herbarium has specimens from
Dearborn, Mich., also collected along railroad.

The writer is greatly indebted to Dr. N. C. Fassett of the University
of Wisconsin for information as to Wisconsin localities, to Mr. A. M.
Fuller, Associate Curator of Botany, for the loan of material from
the Milwaukee Public Museum, and to Mr. C. A. Weatherby of the
Gray Herbarium for verifications. Material of all of the above
numbers has been deposited either at the Gray Herbarium or that of
the Univ. of Wisconsin.

DELAVAN, WISCONSIN.

MYRIOTRICHIA DENSA IN New ENGLAND.—As is frequently stated
in the books and is well known among practical algologists, six species
of Myriotrichia are listed from the coasts of North America and
Europe. But despite the repeated attempts of authorities to de-
limit these species, no one seems as yet to have met with success in
his efforts. In the Phycologia Britannica (1851) Harvey figured
and described two species—M. claveformis and M. filiformis. In
the Nereis Boreali-Americana he listed but the last-named species,
and this only from Penobscot Bay. When Farlow published his
Marine Alga of New England, in 1881, he described the two species
of Harvey, but properly reduced M. filiformis to a variety. He
quoted Naegeli’s work on the development of the thallus, as his
authority for this act; for Naegeli had shown plainly that M. filiformis
was only the young stage of M. claveformis. In 1881 three species
were listed in the genus. By the work of Hauck and others this
number has been increased to six, the latest addition being M. densa
Batters in 1895. The renowned Dr. Kuckuck, in his revision of the
genus in 1899, attempted to retain all these species and to differen-
tiate between them. To this writer it would seem with but indifferent
success; for, in this country, we seem to have but one polymorphic
species which assumes very different aspects as its development
proceeds. But if we are to recognize M. densa as a valid species,
I beg leave to record that we find what seems this form growing

1933] Harris,—Undescribed Mutisia from Ecuador 257

occasionally in Blue Hill Bay of this state. The English specimens
occur on Zostera, but here we have noted it only on Asperococcus
and Scytosiphon.—R. E. Scnvn, Brooklin, Maine.

AN UNDESCRIBED MUTISIA FROM ECUADOR
Sruart K. Harris

MvrisiA Rimbachii Sod. in herb., n. sp. Frutex scandens, caule
lignescenti, angulato; ramis ochroleuco-tomentosis; folia alterna
brevissime petiolata vel subsessilia, pinnata, apice in cirrhum utrinque
tripartitum protensa, cirrho excepto 1 dm. longa; segmenta distantia
utrinque 6-10, brevissime petiolulata, lanceolata vel elliptica, obtusa
vel late acuta, submucronata, basi repanda subcordata, margine
revoluta, supra glabra vel paulo tomentosa, subtus ochroleuco-lanata,
coriacea, inferiora 2.5-4 em. longa, 1-1.5 cm. lata, superiora minora;
capitulum in pedunculo 3-4 em. longo, campanulatum, circa 8 cm.
longum, 3-4 cm. latum, multiflorum, heterogamum; tegulae circa
3-seriatae, imbricatae, integerrimae, dense viridi-tomentosae, in-
teriores ovato-oblongae vel lineari-oblongae, 4 cm. longae, exteriores
minores, ovatae; flores marginales circa 12, flores disci breviores;
achenia ignota.

Climbing shrub, stem woody, angular; the branches covered with
an ochroleucous tomentum: leaves alternate, shortly petiolate or
subsessile, pinnate, the tip extended as a three-parted tendril, 1 dm.
long except for the tendril; leaflets in 6-10 pairs, shortly petiolulate,
lanceolate or elliptic, obtuse or broadly acute, submucronate, the
bases slightly subcordate, the margins inrolled, glabrous or sparingly
tomentose above, ochroleuco-lanate beneath, coriaceous, the lower
2.5-4 em. long, 1-1.5 cm. wide, the upper smaller: heads on peduncles
3-4 cm. long, campanulate, about 8 em. long, 3-4 cm. wide, many
flowered, heterogamous; tegules in about 3 series, imbricate, entire,
densely green-tomentose, the inner ovate-oblong or linear-oblong, 4
cm. long, the outer smaller, ovate; marginal ray flowers about 12,
flowers of the disk smaller; achenes unknown.

Spruce, no. 5450, in Andibus Ecuadorensibus, 1857-9; Rimbach
no. 198, Ecuador, Carihuairazo 3500 m., June, as Mutisia Rimbachü
Sod. (TYPE, from photograph of sheet in Berlin Herbarium).

The vegetative parts of this species seem almost identical with those
of Mutisia pinchinchense Krst. The involucre of M. Rimbachiv is
campanulate in herbarium material, however, while that of M.
pinchinchense is cylindric. The bracts of the involucre of M. Rim-
bachii are covered with a long, very dense, green tomentum while
those of M. pinchinchense have an ochroleucous tomentum mostly

258 Rhodora [Jury

confined to the margins. Spruce gave to this species a manuscript
name which he seems never to have published and which has since been
used for a simple-leaved species by Philippi in Anal. Univ. Chile,
Ixxxv. 820 (1894). The description of M. Rimbachii also seems never
to have been published by Sodiro, and I propose, therefore, to validate
that name for this very distinctive species.

The Rimbach specimen was collected sometime prior to 1921 on
Mt. Carihuairazo in Tungurahua Province, Ecuador. The Spruce
specimen is labelled only In Andibus Ecuadorensibus, 1857-9. A
perusal of Spruce's Journal shows that during the years 1857-9
Spruce made his headquarters at Ambato, in Tungurahua Province
and that between the 23rd and 31st of June, 1851, he made a collecting
trip to Mt. Carihuairazo. Is it not possible, therefore, that this
Mutisia was found by Spruce in the locality where it was later found
by Himbach and that this is another of those endemic species so
characteristic of the Andes of Ecuador?

Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge.

THE SLENDER-SPIKED SPARTINA PECTINATA!
M. L. FERNALD

In his North American Species of Spartina,? Merrill more satisfac-
torily differentiated than had his predecessors the essentially southern
coarse halophyte, Spartina polystachya (Michx.) Willd., and the more
slender, northern transcontinental plant, with long-awned glumes,
which, following erroneous usage, he called S. cynosuroides (L.) Willd.,
the latter based on Dactylis cynosuroides L. (1753). At that time
Merrill cited for the transcontinental plant the synonym S. pectinata
“ Bose.” (1820).

Subsequently, Piper,’ pointing out that the type of Dactylis cyno-
suroides L. is the coarse southern species long known as Spartina
polystachya, correctly took up S. pectinata Link (1820) for the more
slender transcontinental plant. But Hitchcock, reasoning that “S.
pectinata was collected by Bose probably in South Carolina, where S.
michauxiana does not grow," renamed the slender transcontinental
species S. Michauxiana Hitchc. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xii. 153 (1908).

1 Published with aid of a grant to RHopora from the National Academy of Sciences.
? Merrill, U. S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. no. 9 (1902).
? Piper, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xi. 145 (1906).

,

1933] Fernald,—Slender-spiked spartina pectinata 259

Piper’s correct identification of Spartina pectinata was followed by
Rydberg,! although he ascribed the species to Bosc, who sent the
specimen to Berlin, rather than to Link, who described it. And very
recently Hitchcock has accepted the reduction of S. M ichauxiana, but,

“

likewise, ascribed S. pectinata to Bosc instead of Link. “S. pectinata
Bose (S. michauxiana).”? The reduction of S. Michauxiana to S.
pectinata seems wholly justified. In the Gray Herbarium there is a
spike of Bose’s plant (TYPE of S. pectinata Link), given many years
ago to Asa Gray. This is wholly characteristic in all points of the
broader- and shorter-spiked plant so common across North America
from Newfoundland to Washington, and south to Maryland, West
Virginia and Texas.

Since the plant reaches Maryland and West Virginia, it is not im-
possible that its eastern range may extend farther south and that
Bose actually collected the specimen; it is equally possible that the
specimen which he sent to Willdenow was derived from a northern
source. Link’s description, which is apparently not generally avail-
able, is here quoted. It isoneof very many new descriptions in a paper
by Link upon new plants in the Botanic Garden at Berlin and in the
Willdenow Herbarium.

Spartina pectinata von Bosc. aus Nord-amerika im Herbar.
Foliis convolutis, spiculis alternis solitariis secundis, rachi scabra, valvulis

dorso seaberrimis. Hat viel kürzere Ahren als Sp. polystachya, auch
kürzer gestielte. Die Ahren stehen immer einzeln, kommen nie doppelt.
The species, although ascribed by Merrill, Rydberg and Hitchcock
to Bose, was, apparently, not described by Bosc. The specimen in
the Willdenow Herbarium was received from him, just as specimens of
other species described by Link in the same paper were received from
von Humboldt, Klein, Bory de St. Vincent, Petit Thouars, Desfon-
taines and others. The error of ascribing Spartina pectinata to Bose
started, apparently, in Index Kewensis. There Link’s extensive paper
in Sprengel, Schrader & Link’s Jahrbücher der Gewüchskunde, 1°.
13-93 (1820) seems to have been indexed with singular lack of con-
sistency. In this paper Link varied the formula slightly when stating
the source of the specimen in the Willdenow Herbarium; but the von
consistently used by him was obviously intended for FROM, COLLECTED
BY, or SENT BY, not for or. A few illustrations should make this
clear. I am, therefore, quoting Link’s phrase and then giving the
interpretation of the authorship of the species by Index Kewensis.

1 Rydb. Fl. Rocky Mts. and adj. Plains, 64 (1917 or 1918).
2 Hitchc. Bartonia, no. 14: 29 (1932).

260 Rhodora [JULY

Link’s Statement Authorship ace. to Index Kewensis

Cyperus inaequalis von Humboldt aus

Siid-Amerika. C. inaequalis Link.
Cyperus festivus aus Indien von Klein

gesandt. C. festivus Link.
Mariscus mexicanus von Humboldt

im Herbar. M. mexicanus Willd. ex Link.
Kyllingia polyphylla von Petit Thouars K. polyphylla Thou. ex Link, and K.

aus Isle de France und K. granu- granularis Desf. ex Link.

laris von Desfontaines aus Cayenne

sind noch nicht beschrieben.
Hypaelytrum umbellatum aus Cayenne

von Desfontaines im Herbarium. H. umbellatum Willd. ex Link.
Hypaelytrum iridifolium. Eine sehr

ausgezeichnete Pflanze, von Hum-

boldt an den Ufern des Orinoko

gesammelt, im Herbar. H. iridifolium Link.
Spartina pectinata von Bose. aus
Nord-amerika im Herbar. Spartina pectinata Bose, ex Link.

From the above very brief tabulation it is clear that the entries in
the Index Kewensis of species described by Link in the paper above
cited need scrupulous checking and consistent treatment. It is also
reasonably clear that the description of Spartina pectinata originated
with Link, not with Bose.

Spartina pectinata occurs in two strikingly different extremes.
The widest-ranging and generally more common plant has the com-
paratively short and broad spikes (2-11 em. long, 5-8 mm. wide, in-
cluding the salient awns) sessile, subsessile, or the lowest short-
peduncled. The extreme plant, described as S. M ichauxiana, var.
Suttiet Farwell, Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. xxi. 352 (1920), from Michigan,
has a broad range, from Prince Edward Island to Minnesota, south
to Nova Scotia, southern New England, New Jersey, Pennsylvania,
Kentucky, Missouri and Oklahoma. It is distinguished by its slender
spikes (mostly 0.7-1.5 dm. long, 3-5 mm. wide), with appressed awns.
The spikes are more inclined to be peduncled and more divergently
ascending, in extreme specimens even almost nodding. Asa variety
it is strongly marked; under S. pectinata it becomes

SPARTINA PECTINATA Link, var. Suttiei (Farw.), comb. nov. S.

Michauxiana, var. Suttiei Farw. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. xxi. 352
(1920). CorvPk in Gray Herb.

A SUPPRESSED PLATE IN Eaton’s FERNS or NORTH AMERICA.—In
the library of botanical books collected by the late Walter Deane
and bequeathed by him to the Gray Herbarium was found, in the
original paper covers, a copy of Part I of D. C. Eaton’s Ferns of North

1933] Harris,—Notes on the Flora of Haverhill, Mass. 261

America. This consists of three plates with twenty pages of descrip-
tions. Plates I and III are the same as in the two copies of the com-
plete work in the Gray Herbarium library and in that among the
Deane books, but plate II is quite different. The usual one is made
up of two figures, Cheilanthes Cooperae and C. vestita, both represented
by whole plants, while the other, without names on the plate, contains
three drawings of ferns, the first two of detached fronds only, num-
bered one, two and three, which, according to the text, are respectively
C. Cooperae, C. lanuginosa, and C. californica.

Apparently this particular Part I was sent out as a prospectus and
in the final publication a new plate II was substituted. The original
plate II was eventually redrawn, with the omission of C. Cooperae,
and issued as plate VI.—Rurn D. SANpEnsoN, Gray Herbarium.

NOTES oN THE FLoRnA or HAVERHILL, MassACHUSETTS.— T wo
years of collecting in Haverhill, Essex County, Massachusetts, has
disclosed several interesting introductions and extensions of ranges.
During the spring of 1932 I made several trips to Gray and Cole's
Nursery and collected introduced plants growing as weeds among the
beds. The entire nursery was covered by a rather peculiar looking
Poa which Prof. Fernald identified as Poa Chapmaniana Scrib. This
plant is a native of the South, growing as far north as Delaware.
'The only previously known records to the north of Virginia are one
from Arlington, District of Columbia! and one from "Townsend,
Delaware? A single plant of another uncommon grass was also col-
lected. This was Apera spica-venti (L.) Beauv., which is known in
Massachusetts only from collections made in South Boston in 1878
and 1879. The beds were also full of Draba verna L. and a strange
member of the Caryophyllaceae in which the flowers were borne in
umbels. This was found to be Holosteum umbellatum L., new to
Massachusetts. This plant was found growing in company with
Draba verna in the Hiti Nursery at Pomfret, Connecticut by Mr. F.
W. Hunnewell in 1924? the first record in New England. It was later
found by Mr. C. A. Weatherby and Mr. W. A. Anderson along the
Cliff Walk at Newport, Rhode Island. Mr. Cole told me that they
have received plants from the Hiti Nursery and the Holosteum was
probably introduced in this manner.

1 Hitchcock, A. S. and Standley, P. C., Cont. U. 8. Nat. Herb. xxi. 88 (1919).
2 Long, Bayard, Bartonia, no. 10: 35 (1927—1928).
3 Hunnewell, F. W., RHODORA, xxvi. 199 (1924).

262 Rhodora [JULY

In September a visit to the town dump on Primrose Street was
rewarded by the discovery of two more interesting introductions.
The first of these was Axyris amarantoides L., hitherto known in New
England by a single collection made in North Bridgton, Maine in 1921
by Mrs. E. M. Mead.! This plant is a native of Siberia which has
become naturalized in the Middle West and appears to be spreading
eastward, The other was Plantago arenaria W. & K., a pretty Euro-
pean weed which is establishing itself in North America.

At the mouth of Cottle’s Creek I found Scirpus pedicellatus Fernald,
which was previously known in Massachusetts only from Berkshire
County. Another interesting extension of range was that of Bidens
cernua L., var. minima (Huds.) DC., which had been taken in the
state only at Amherst and in Berkshire County. This plant was found
along the shores of both Kenoza Lake and Crystal Lake. It seems
probable that this will be found to be growing in all parts of the state
as more extensive botanizing is done. Specimens of all the plants
mentioned have been deposited in the herbarium of the New England
Botanical Club.—Sruarr K. Harris, Gray Herbarium, Cambridge.

RORIPPA AMPHIBIA IN ANDROSCOGGIN COUNTY, Matne.—A recent
note? on the occurrence of this plant in Connecticut and near Montreal
in Canada, calls to mind that the writer made collection of the same
species in Maine, on June 18 and August 12, 1928. Specimens from
the August collection have been identified by Mr. C. A. Weatherby.

The station is at the southeastern extremity of Lake Auburn,
Auburn, Androscoggin County, Maine. This section of the lake is
between the Auburn-Turner roads (Highway No. 4) and the trolley
road (now discontinued) which connected the townships named.
Large amounts of filling have been used in building the causeways for
the roads referred to, though no dumping ground exists there.

On the visit in June, the plants, which were numerous, were in full
flower. The visit in August showed all of the capsules withered.
Upon a careful search we were unable to find any capsules which
had discharged seed. The submerged stems and branches were pro-
ducing many young plants by budding.—Arruur H. Norron, Mu-
seum of Natural History, Portland, Maine.

Volume 35, no. 414, including pages 187-226 and 3 plates, was issued 9
June, 1938.

1 Fernald, M. L., RHODORA, xxix. 224 (1927).
2 1931, Bradley, RHODORA 33: 192.

Rhodora Plate 253

MALAXIS BRACHYPODA: fig. 1, habit, X 1, from Newfoundland; FIG. 2, flowers,
showing drooping lip, X 4, from Herkimer Co., New York; FIG. 3, fruit, showing
reflexed perianth, X 4, from Maine; Fic. 4, expanding buds, X 4, from Quebec.

M. MONOPHYLLOS: FIG. 5, flowers, showing erect lip, X 4, from Switzerland;
FIG. 6, fruit, showing projecting shriveled perianth, X 4, from Russia; FIG. 7, buds,
X 4, from Bavaria.

Rhodora Plate 254

SALIX WIEGANDII, X 1: FIG. 1, mature branchlet; FIGs. 2 and 3, flowering (pistillate)
branchlets.

AUG 5 1933

Hovdora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ? Associate Editors
LUDLOW GRISCOM

Vol. 35. August, 1933. No. 416.

CONTENTS:
Teratological Specimen of Cypripedium acaule. A. H. Gustafson. 263
Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora (continued).

ME PON C i bb eros «as eee ee 265
Notes on Missouri Plants. J. A. Steyermark...........0.0005. 283
Notes on Triglochin palustris and Montia lamprosperma in Maine.

ARE EN OLONE D ini oos ac fe A asc a 291
Second Station for Isthmoplea in North America R. E. Schuh... 293
New York Record of Fraxinus profunda. M. L. Fernald........ 293
Another Massachusetts Station for Calluna vulgaris. R.J. Eaton 294
Glyceria arkansana in Western New York. M. L. Fernald.... 294

The New England Botanical Club, Jne.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United
States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or
some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which
will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating
directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits.
Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more
than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con-
tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished
at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remitiances payable to RHODORA) to
Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in
several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the
flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in-
cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, var-
ieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria,
leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical
activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards.

GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray
HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten
copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton,
SO Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932.
3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora Plate 255

ARENARIA MARCESCENS: FIG. 1, fragments, in flower, X 1, from Mt. Albert, Quebec;
FIG. 2, fruit, X 1, from the TYPE, Blomidon, Newfoundland; FIG. 3, seeds, X 10, from
the TYPE.

Rhodora Plate 256

ARENARIA NORVEGICA: FIG. l, plant, X 1, from Torne Lappmark; FIG. 2, seeds, X 10,
from Norway.

A. CYLINDROCARPA: FIG. 3, fragments, in young fruit, X 1, from Newfoundland; rra.
4, flower, X 6, from Quebec; Fic. 5, mature fruit, x 6, from Newfoundland; Fic. 6
seeds, X 10, from Newfoundland.

QTRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 35. August, 1933. No. 416.

| TERATOLOGICAL SPECIMEN OF CYPRIPEDIUM ACAULE
A. H. GUSTAFSON

Tue swamps of Pownal, Vermont have long been a favorite hunting
ground for orchid lovers, especially since the appearance of Grace
Greylock Niles’ “ Bog-Trotting for Orchids” a quarter of a century
ago. While exploring the swamps for some of the rarer species, my
companion, Mr. Reginald French of the Williams College faculty,
called my attention to an unusual specimen of Cyprepedium acaule
Ait. which had caught his eye. A casual examination showed several
abnormal morphological features. The specimen was taken to the
laboratory for more careful observation.

At first glance the most striking feature was that the. plant bore two
flowers instead of the usual single blossom. Miss Niles mentions two-
flowered specimens. Possibly they are not rare but in my own field
experience this is the first example found among several thousands of
specimens examined over a period of several years. Most field ob-
servers are familiar with the wide range of color variation in the
species and even albinos are apparently not rare. The specimen
described below was white with just a suggestion of yellow.

The flower of the normal species is subtended by a bract. The
inferior ovary lies between the bract and the rest of the floral parts.
The single upper sepal and the two fused sepals together with the
two strap-shaped petals and the large labellum appear to be borne
from the top of the ovary. The column bearing the two fertile anthers,
the curved stigma, and the large herbaceous staminode is borne above
the ovary.

264 Rhodora [AvausT

The accompanying figure (rra. 1) illustrates the abnormal specimen.
The bract at the left subtends a flower borne directly in the leaf axil.
A second flower is borne at the apex of the main axis. The ovary of
the axillary flower is from two to three times the length of a normal
ovary. Above it are borne only two perianth structures—apparently
sepals. The reproductive structures are also highly modified. The
large conspicuous column is distinctly trilobed at the apex. Two
fertile stamens are borne on very evident projections from the
column. The staminode is not present. Microscopic examination

Fia. 1. Teratological CvPRIPEDIUM ACAULE.

of the ovules showed them to be of the same structure as ovules from
à normal specimen.

The second flower is subtended by a bract. The perianth consists
of two labellum-like structures. The lower of these is about one half
the size of the upper which is slightly smaller than the labellum of a
normal specimen. The upper structure encloses what appears to be
a malformed ovary. At least, the small white objects borne on the
outside of this tissue proved on microscopic examination to be rudi-
mentary ovules.

The vegetative portions of the plant were normal in gross structure.

DEPARTMENT OF Broroay,

WILLIAMS COLLEGE.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 265

RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA

M. L. FERNALD
(Continued from page 247)

ConvLUs coRNUTA Marsh. Range extended north to Bonne Bay:
margins of thickets and woods, alluvial islands and shores at mouth
of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1627.

ARCEUTHOBIUM PUSILLUM Peck. Extended north to BoNNE Bay:
on Picea mariana, Deer Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1656;
Main River, Fernald & Long, no. 1657.

Oxyria picyNa (L.) Hill. Extended southward to southern en-
trance to Bonne Bay: shelves and talus of diorite cliffs (essentially at
sea-level), Western Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1658. See p. 93
and MAP 11.

*PoLYGONUM ALLOCARPUM Blake, Ruopora, xix. 234 (1917).
District oF Burgeo AND La Porre: cobbly barrier-beach, Great
Barachois (or Barasway Bay), Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 228.

An extension north from Nova Scotia.

SALSOLA Kaui L., var. CAROLINIANA (Walt.) Mett. DISTRICT OF
BungcGEO AND La Porte: with the pubescent form, upper border of
sandy beach, Sand Bank, west of Burgeo, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.
242.

Previously known from the Bay of Islands.

ARENARIA MARCESCENS Fern. To the stations already recorded
add Bay or IsrANDS: crests of dry serpentine ridge, North Arm,
Long & Fogg, no. 250.

The species is on all the serpentine areas of western Newfoundland.
PLATE 255 shows flowering and fruiting branches, life-size, and seeds

X 10.

A. CYLINDROCARPA Fern. PraATE 256. Apparently on all the more
exposed limestone or serpentine areas of the West Coast.

The plate shows small fragments of the extensively creeping 4.
cylindrocarpa and a small plant of A. norvegica Gunn. with which it
has been confused; also characteristic mature fruits X 6, and seeds
X 10. See p. 11.

STELLARIA CRASSIFOLIA Ehrh. The Newfoundland range ex-
tended south to Sr. Jonn Bay: springy and mossy glades in spruce
and larch swamp, Eastern Point, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1680.

CERASTIUM FISCHERIANUM Seringe. Extended south from the
Straits to Sr. Jonn BAY AND INGORNACHOIX Bay: wooded talus of lime-
stone cliff, Crow’s Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1684; dry peaty
and turfy limestone barrens, Gargamelle Cove, no. 1683.

C. TERRAE-NOVAE Fern. & Wieg. Seep. 11, PLATE 257. Apparently
on all the serpentine areas of the West Coast.

266 Rhodora [AUGUST

The plate shows a small plant, life-size, and seeds X 10.

C. viscosum L. Disrricr or BurGEO AND La PorLe: roadsides,
pastures and grassy banks, Burgeo, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no.
26,675, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 260.

Although recorded by Waghorne and others from Newfoundland,
the constant mixture in literature of C. viscosum and C. vulgatum L.
makes it desirable to put a verified station on record.

Lvcnuwis ALPINA L. To the stations already recorded add Bay or
IsLANDs: southerly slopes of dry serpentine ridge, North Arm, Long
& Fogg, no. 263.

*SILENE ACAULIS L., var. EXSCAPA (All.) DC., forma CAULESCENS
(Vaccari) Fiori. Bonne Bay: shelves and talus of diorite cliffs,
Western Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1693.

Var. exscapa, the common form in eastern America, has the flowers
and fruiting capsules scarcely exserted from the leafy tips. Forma
caulescens has calyx and capsule of var. exscapa, but the flowers well
elevated on peduncles rising 1 cm. or more above the leafy mat.
See p. 94.

THALICTRUM ALPINUM L.

In its simple, mostly scapose stems and slender racemes and its
tiny dark and lustrous upper leaf-surfaces Thalictrum alpinum is
unique, yet by a singularly innaccurate statement in American keys
it would ordinarily be difficult to make a determination of the plant.
In the Synoptical Flora (i. fasc. 1: 14) T. alpinum is said to have
“ Flowers hermaphrodite”; and in Britton & Brown’s Illustrated Flora
(ii. 86) T. alpinum and T. clavatum are separated in the key from other
species by having “Flowers perfect," while in Trelease’s detailed
paper on the genus (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxiii. 297), upon which
later treatments have been largely based, these species are said to have
“Flowers all perfect." Nevertheless, T. clavatum is, as originally
described by De Candolle, ordinarily monoecious and, in spite of the
key-character and the description, it is so illustrated in the Illustrated
Flora. Some herbarium-specimens indicate that it may rarely be
dioecious, but perfect flowers are highly exceptional. Similarly, T.
al pinum is so generally dioecious that monoecious colonies or plants
are unusual and hermaphrodite or perfect flowers very exceptional.
The dioecious character of 7. alpinum is well brought out in the
figure in the Illustrated Flora, although the text calls for "flowers
perfect."

ANEMONE MULTIFIDA Poir. (var. HUDSONIANA DC., hardly separable
from the typical form). The Newfoundland stations are so few that

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 267

the following additional ones are worthy of note. Bonne Bay:
limestone cliffs and talus, Tucker's Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.
1709; turfy limestone crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, no. 1710. LowER
HvMBER VALLEY: dominant in dry humus over limestone ledges and
shingle, Hannah’s Head, no. 1708, well-developed plants with 16 or
more heads. See p. 47.

*COCHLEARIA GROENLANDICA L. PrsrorET Bay: wet rocky beaches,
Raleigh, Anne M. Jeffers, no. 91.

Characteristic of the outer coast of Labrador, but not previously
found in Newfoundland where the common species are C. tridactylites
Banks and C. cyclocarpa Blake.

CARDAMINE PRATENSIS L., var. PALUSTRIS Wimm. & Grab. Al-
ready known from southeastern Newfoundland but not clearly
vouched for heretofore from the West Coast. Bay of IsLANDS:
along spring-rill in thicket at base of Mt. Moriah, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 1720. See p. 15.

*C. pLExuosa With. Lower HUMBER VALLEY: wet springy banks
and thickets, Humbermouth, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1721; springy
and bushy slopes between Marble Mountain and Humbermouth, no.
1722. See p. 16.

A typical Eurasian species, new to North America; clearly indige-
nous, with characteristic endemic American plants of wet or springy
banks. Quickly distinguished from the variable American C. pensyl-
vanica Muhl. by its definitely petiolulate leaflets. Although appearing
in every way indigenous on the lower Humber, C. flexuosa has been
collected by Mrs. Ayre in a park at St. John’s where it was possibly
introduced.

LEsQUERELLA Purshii (Wats.), n. comb. L. arctica, var. Purshii
Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xxiii. 254 (1888) and in Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am.
i! 120 (1895); Fernald, Ruopora, xiii. 223 (1911); Payson, Ann. Mo.
Bot. Gard. viii. 157 (1921). PLATE 258.

When Watson distinguished the plant of Anticosti as var. Purshi
he recognized only two points of departure from the Greenland and
arctic American L. arctica (Wormsk.) Wats.: “Pod somewhat pubes-
cent; septum complete," as contrasted with the glabrous pod and
fenestrate septum of the arctic plant. Later, Payson, in his Monograph
of the Genus Lesquerella, stated in regard to the perforate septum, that
“This character is apparently of no value, since specimens of typical
arctica are at hand that show no perforations."! Payson, however,
stated that var. Purshii (then known from western Newfoundland
as well as Anticosti) is a “more slender plant . . . with narrower

1 Payson, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. viii. 157 (1921).

268 Rhodora [AUGUST

leaves . . . the variety seems to have but 5-6 ovules in each cell,
while the species has 6-8."

Since Watson's day, and even since Payson's, the material in the
Gray Herbarium has vastly increased; when Payson studied the group
we had 13 numbers of the two plants, now we have 45. With the
large increase of material it becomes possible better to evaluate the
differences and the similarities. As Payson says, the plant of Anti-
costi and Newfoundland tends to be more slender and to have narrower
leaves: the rosette-leaves are narrowly oblanceolate and very slenderly
petioled, those of the arctic plant broadly oblanceolate to spatulate.
In L. arctica the raceme is short and corymbiform or subcorymbiform,
with little tendency to elongate, the fruiting pedicels loosely ascending
or spreading and commonly arcuate, the longest 1.4-2.6 (av. 1.6) em.
long; in the plant of the Gulf of St. Lawrence the raceme may be sub-
corymbiform but, when well developed, it becomes an elongate and
stiff slender raceme, with ascending to stiffly spreading short and
straight pedicels, the longest only 2-16 (av. 8) mm. long. The sepals
of L. arctica taper gradually to the subacute tip; in L. Purshii they
are gradually rounded at tip. The petals of L. arctica are rather
marcescent, enveloping the capsule until it is nearly grown; in L.
Purshw they quickly shrivel and have usually dropped before the
young fruit is much distended. The capsules of L. arctica are glabrous,
6-9 mm. long and contain 6-8 seeds in each cell; those of L. Purshii
oftenest lepidote (though sometimes glabrate) and averaging much
smaller, 3.5-7 mm. long, with 4, 5 or 6 seeds in each cell. Although,
as Payson says, the usually fenestrate septum of L. arctica may be
complete, the fenestration is common and the opening large, while in
L. Purshii the perforation only rarely occurs and it is then smaller
than in L. arctica.

Differing, at least recognizably, in so many characters and isolated
by more than 7 degrees of latitude, the two plants seem to be fairly
segregated species. Their differences are summarized below.

L. arctica. Rosette-leaves broadly oblanceolate to spathulate,
broad-petioled: raceme corymbiform or subcorymbiform; the fruiting
pedicels loosely ascending to spreading, often arcuate, the longest
1.4-2.6 (av. 1.6) em. long: sepals gradually narrowed to subacute tip:
petals subpersistent, often enveloping the nearly grown fruit: capsules
glabrous, 6-9 mm. long, with 6-8 seeds in each cell: septum usually
fenestrate, the perforation roundish or oval—Greenland and Arctic

America, south to Rama (lat. 58° 43’), Labrador.
L. Punsun. Rosette-leaves narrowly oblanceolate, slenderly pet-

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 269

ioled: raceme corymbiform to elongate, slender and stiff, with ascend-
ing to spreading straight pedicels, the longest 2-16 (av. 8) mm. long:
sepals rounded at tip: petals soon shriveling, deciduous before the
distension of the fruit: capsules lepidote, sometimes glabrate, rarely
glabrous, 3.5-7 mm. long, with 4-6 seeds in each cell: septum usually
complete, the perforation, when it occurs (not to be confused with
rupturing), narrow and elongate.—Western Newfoundland and
Anticosti Island, Quebec. NEWFOUNDLAND: dry gravelly limestone
barrens, Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long,
Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,336; dry gravel of limestone
barrens, Cook Point, Pistolet Bay, Fernald & Gilbert, no. 28,337; dry
mixed gravel on crest southwest of Boat Harbor, Straits of Belle Isle,
Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,338; gravelly limestone barrens
back of Big Brook, Straits of Belle Isle, Pease & Griscom, no. 28,334;
limestone barrens west of Big Brook, Long & Gilbert, no. 28,335; dry
gravelly limestone barrens, St. John Island, Fernald, Wiegand, Long,
Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,339; dry gravelly or shingly limestone
barrens, Old Port au Choix, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1724; dry
gravelly limestone barrens, Gargamelle Cove, Ingornachoix Bay,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1725; limestone barrens, Pointe Riche,
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3464; limestone cliffs and talus, Tucker’s
Head, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1726; dry limestone
barrens, upper slopes and tablelands, alt. 200-300 m., Table Mountain,
Port au Port Bay, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3465, Fernald & St. John,
nos. 10,835, 10,836 and in Pl. Exsice. Gray. no. 216, Mackenzie &
Griscom, no. 10,290; dry limestone barrens, Green Gardens, Cape
St. George, Mackenzie & Griscom. Anticosti Island, QUEBEC:
Pursh; platiéres de l'embouchure, Riviére Jupiter, Victorin & Rolland,
no. 24,851; sur les platiéres récontes, Riv. Chicotte, Victorin & Rolland,
no. 27,146; sur les platiéres, Riv. McKane, Victorin & Rolland, no.
27,262.

The close relationship of the arctic species in numerous genera and
of their endemic representatives about the Gulf of St. Lawrence with
an isolated species of southern South America has repeatedly been
pointed out. It is therefore noteworthy that the nearest relative of
Lesquerella arctica and L. Purshit should be South American. As
early as 1829, Hooker identified the Andean plant as Vesicaria arctica:
“nor can I distinguish from V. arctica, specimens I have in my Her-
barium, gathered in the plains of Mendoza and hills above Cordova,
South America, by Dr. Gillies and Mr. Cruikshanks."! There has
been much confusion of the one to three species of Lesquerclla in
South America and their identity is still rather vague. The Gillies
plant, represented in the Gray Herbarium by a full sheet collected in
1825 from "Half-way between Fort San Rafael & El Puerto del

1 Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 48 (1829).

270 Rhodora [AvausT

Monte” in the Andes is a good match for the original plate of Vesi-
caria montevidensis Eichl. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xiii'. 302, t. 67, fig. 2
(1865), said to come from Montevideo. Some authors reduce Les-
querella montevidensis (Eichl.) Wats. to L. mendocina (Phil.) Kurtz,
but the material at hand indicates that Payson is right in keeping them
apart. L. montevidensis is placed by Payson next to L. arctica and
L. Purshii (L. arctica, var. Purshii). It has the elongating raceme,
ascending pedicels and slightly elongate pods like those of L. Purshii;
but its leaves incline to be sinuate, its flowers are much larger, the
pubescence of the pods is a fine stellate tomentum, and its styles are
slightly longer than in L. Purshit.

DRABA MEGASPERMA Fern. & Knowlt. Range in western New-
foundland extended south to St. Jonn Bay: turf overlying limestone,
Grassy Island, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1731; dry gravelly limestone
barrens, Eastern Point and Eddy’s (Old Man’s) Cove, nos. 1737,
174814. In eastern Newfoundland known as far south as NOTRE
Dame Bay: rocky shore, Pike's Arm, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram,
no. 5458.

D. ARABISANS Michx., var. oRTHOCARPA Fern. & Knowlt. Ex-
tended north from Bay of Islands to Bonne Bay: limestone cliffs
and talus, Tucker’s Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1749.

D. nuPEsTRIS R. Br. The southern known limits in Newfoundland
are on BONNE Bay: limestone cliffs near Stanleyville, Fernald, Long
& Fogg, no. 1727; shelves and talus of diorite cliffs, Western Head, no.
1728. Norre Dame Bay: turfy and rocky crests, Twillingate,
Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 5459; exposed ledges, Castle Rocks,
Tilt Cove, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 5460.

ARABIS ALPINA L. General in calcareous soils, either wet or moder-
ately dry, south to INconNaAcHorx Bay. The typical plant has
conspicuous milk-white petals with delicate and obscure veins. On
Doctor Hill and about St. John Bay the petals are often firm, greenish-
white and coarsely veined. This is

A. ALPINA, forma phyllopetala, f. nov., petalis firmis viridiscentibus
valde venosis.—NEWFOUNDLAND: shaded shelves of limestone cliff,
Crow’s Head, St. John Bay, July 28, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.
1753 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); thickets on quartzite gravel along brook,
Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill, August 7, 1929, no. 1754.

A, DnuMMOoNDI Gray. Additional station on Bonne Bay: turfy
slopes below limestone crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 1756.

In view of the occurrence of Arabis Drummondi in New England at
low altitudes it is a striking fact that in western Newfoundland it is
known only on the high limestone escarpments and crests of the High-
lands of St. John and of Killdevil.

*DROSERA OBOVATA Mert. & Koch. Bonne Bay: with D. anglica,

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 271

intermedia and rotundifolia in peaty borders of ponds in the barrens
at about 365 m., Lookout Mt., Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1759; with
the same associates, often forming pure colonies of considerable ex-
tent, wet peaty bog-barrens at 400—550 m. alt., tableland of Lookout
Mt., no. 1760.

The first record, apparently, for North America. D. obovata is
usually considered a hybrid of D. anglica and D. rotundifolia. The
Lookout Mt. plant is abundant in spots, sometimes more so than its
associates. See p. 87.

D. LINEARIS Goldie. To the single known Newfoundland station
(on Blomidon, Bay of Islands) should be added the following extensive
one. Pointe RICHE: quagmire-margin of pool in limestone barrens,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1761, the plant making essentially continu-
ous turf about a single pool, hundreds of other neighboring and
apparently similar pools quite lacking it.

*SARRACENIA PURPUREA L., forma HETEROPHYLLA (Eaton) Fern.
Ruopona, xxvi. 174 (1922). Bonne Bay: open upland marsh,
Harlow Bishop, no. 336; open savannah near mouth of Main River,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1762, all the pale form, no purple flowers
seen.

?*SAXIFRAGA ADSCENDENS L.

In the Roemer herbarium at the British Museum, received through
Shuttleworth, there is a specimen of characteristic Saxifraga adscen-
dens (the identification confirmed for me by Mr. A. J. Wilmott)
originally labeled: “ Saxifraga tricuspidata,” with the pencilled data:
* Grónlandia, Terra nova," and the pencilled name of the author (of
S. tricuspidata) “ Rottb.” Shuttleworth has added: “vix Rottb. an
petraea vel adscendens Vahl" and “Herb. Roem.” Saxifraga tricus-
pidata is, of course, a characteristic plant of Greenland and northern
Labrador (not yet definitely known from Newfoundland) and the
specimen of S. adscendens from “Grénlandia, Terra nova" may have
accidentally replaced one of S. tricuspidata. On the other hand, S.
adscendens is a western European plant which might well be in New-
foundland; S. adscendens is, likewise, found in cordilleran North
America, consequently, since hundreds of other cordilleran species are
isolated in Newfoundland, it is to be expected in the latter region.

*PARNASSIA CAROLINIANA Michx. Sr. Jonn Bay: wet bog back of
Eddy's (Old Man's) Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1778; wet boggy
margin of pond, Back (or Bustard) Cove, no. 1779. Bonne Bay:
alluvial islands and shores at mouth of Main River, no. 1780.

An attractive but long expected addition to the flora of western

1 See Fernald, Ruopona, xxviii. 50 (1926) and Proc. Intern. Congr. Pl. Sci. ii.
1501—1506 (1929).

272 Rhodora [AuGusT

Newfoundland, since it was known eastward to the tip of the Gaspé
Peninsula and to Anticosti and the Mingan Islands.

RIBES HIRTELLUM Michx., var. saxosuM (Hook.) Fern. RHODORA,
xiii. 76 (1911). A rather striking extreme, with leaves of the fertile
branches rounded to cordate at base. Probably somewhat general
on the West Coast. The following collections are at hand. POINTE
Ricue: bushy talus of limestone sea-cliffs at base of the Point, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 1782. Bay or IsrANps: wet woods, Crabb’s, June
12, 1896, Waghorne.

AMELANCHIER FERNALDIT Wiegand, Ruopora, xxii. 149 (1920).
Range extended north to Sr. Jonn Bay: peaty thicket bordering
limestone barrens, Old Port au Choix, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1792;
shrubs 0.5-1 m. high. See p. 56.

A. LAEVIS Wiegand, Ruopora, xiv. 154, t. 96, fig. 7 (1912). Range
on the West Coast extended north to Bonne Bay: talus of limestone
cliff opposite Lomond, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1791.

CRATAEGUS LAURENTIANA Sarg. Very rare and local; the following
are the known stations. VALLEY OF THE ExPLorrs: sandstone ridges
and banks, Rushy Pond, and ledges and gravel by the river, Bishop
Falls, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, nos. 5642, 6606. Bav or
ISLANDS: brought from wild thicket at Hugh’s Brook to garden of
James Pennell, Esq. at Curling, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1794. See
p. 49.

*PorENTILLA STERILIS (L.) Garcke (P. Fragariastrum | Ehrh.).
AVALON PENINSULA: exact locality not definitely known, 1928, 4. M.
Ayre.

Potentilla sterilis is a noteworthy addition to the flora of North
America. Unfortunately, Mrs. Ayre, in collecting it, was not fully
aware of the significance of the discovery and there is some question
as to the exact source of the specimens. In the winter of 1930-31,
while going over with Mrs. Ayre a large collection of the very variable
Fragaria virginiana marked “Strawberries near Murray’s Pond, all
wild," I found in the series two individuals (now in the Gray Her-
barium) of most characteristic Potentilla sterilis. Mrs. Ayre had
drawn a similar plant, probably from cliffs at Brigus. Subsequent
search has, thus far, failed to rediscover the exact spots whence the
collections came. P. sterilis is a typical plant of central, western and
southern Europe; and its discovery in Newfoundland adds another
to the long series of western Eurasian types which are apparently also
indigenous there.

P. rEcTINATA Raf. To the very few Newfoundland stations add
Bay or IsLANDS: crests of sandstone sea-cliffs, Woody Island, Fernald,

Long & Fogg, no. 299. See p. 9.
P. Norvegica L., var. LaBRADORICA (Lehm.) Fern. RHODORA,

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 273

xxviii. 213 (1926). Range extended from the Straits of Belle Isle
south to Bonne Bay: shaded limestone rocks near crest (alt. 650 m.),
Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1801. See p. 89.

*P. ERECTA (L. Hampe (P. Tormentilla Neck.). AVALON
PENINSULA: a large patch in moss, Quidi Vidi, August 26, 1930, July,
1931, A. M. Ayre.

Potentilla erecta, more familiarly known in Europe as P. Tormen-
tilla, is as significant an addition to the indigenous flora of south-
eastern Newfoundland as P. sterilis (see above) or as were some other
typical western Eurasian species now long known from the Avalon
Peninsula: Potamogeton polygonifolius Pourret, Festuca capillata Lam.,
Glyceria fluitans (L.) R. Br., Nardus stricta L., Juncus bulbosus L.,
Montia rivularis C. C. Gmel., Ranunculus hederaceus L., R. Flammula
L., Potentilla procumbens Sibth., Pedicularis sylvatica L., etc.

*P. ANSERINA L., forma sericea (Hayne), comb. nov. P. An-
serina, var. sericea Hayne, Arzneigew. iv. 31 (1816). P. Anserina,
B. concolor Wallr. Sched. Crit. i. 226 (1822). P. Anserina, B. holosericea
Gaud. Fl. Helv. iii. 405 (1828). P. Anserina, æ. argentea. Neilr. Fl.
Nied. Österr. 909 (1859). P. Anserina x. unicolor Schur, Enum. Pl.
Transs. 189 (1866). P. sericea (Hayne) Zimmeter, Eur. Art. Gatt.
Pot. 6 (1884), not L. P. concolor (Wallr.) Zimmeter, Bot. Kal. 1887:
66 (1887). Argentina Anserina concolor (Wallr.) Rydb. Mon. N. Am.
Pot. 160 (1898). A. argentea Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxiii. 143
(1906). A. Anserina sericea (Hayne) Piper, in Piper & Beattie, Fl. Se.
Wash. 142 (1914). P. Anserina, var. argentea (Rydb.) Jepson, Man.
Fl. Pl. Calif. 485 (1925), not Neilr. (1859) as to type.—Bay or ISLANDS:
upper border of gravelly sea-beach, Governor Island, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 300.

In Newfoundland, eastern. Canada and northern New England
Potentilla Anserina (var. vulgaris Hayne), with the upper leaf-surfaces
deep-green, passes as it gets into drier habitats (like the upper borders
of beaches) by a perfect transition into the very striking extreme with
the upper surfaces silvery-sericeous. The latter extreme is at best a
mere form, certainly not a true variety. It is quite parallel with P.
palustris, f. subsericea (Becker) Wolf. Although Rydberg set up his
Argentina argentea as an American species quite apart from the Old
World P. Anserina var. argentea Neilr., I am quite incapable of finding
the differences. Several Eurasian collections seem to me inseparable
from the American plants.

DRYAS INTEGRIFOLIA Vahl, forma canescens (Simmons), comb.
nov. D. integrifolia, var. canescens Simmons, Vasc. Pl. Fl. Ellesmere-
land, 46 (1906).—The Newfoundland stations are PorvrE RICHE:
scarce (and sterile), on peaty and turfy limestone barrens, with the
abundant and typical form with green upper surfaces of the leaves,

274 Rhodora [AvausT

Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1812. Porr au Port Bay: dry exposed
ledges and shingle on the limestone tableland, alt. 200-300 m., Table
Mt., Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3598, Fernald & St. John, no.
10,846, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,317. Cape Sr. GEORGE: dry
limestone barrens, local, Green Gardens, Mackenzie & Griscom, no.
11,078.

Dryas integrifolia, f. canescens is quite parallel with Potentilla
Anserina, f. sericea, P. palustris, f. subsericea, and numerous other
cases. It is likely to be found in the most arid situations throughout
the range of D. integrifolia. Abundant collections from Greenland
indicate that such is the case there, just as it is in western Newfound-
land.

ALCHEMILLA VULGARIS L., var. vEsTITA (Buser) Fern. & Wiegand,
Ruopora, xiv. 233 (1912). A. minor Huds. Extended south on the
West Coast to Bonne Bay: damp thickets under limestone crest (alt.
650 m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1821.

On the mountains of western Newfoundland Alchemilla vulgaris,
var. vestita and var. filicaulis (Buser) Fern. & Wieg. are both conserva-
tive and rather localized plants of remote subalpine habitats. Never-
theless, at some places on the island they are both inclined to become
aggressive weeds. Mrs. Ayre sends var. vestita from St. John’s, where
it is a “terrible weed" in lawns, etc., just as typical A. vulgaris has
become an almost indestructible pest in western Nova Scotia.

Prunus vinGINIANA L. The Choke Cherry extends north on the
West Coast to Bonne Bay: swales and margins of wet thickets along
Winterhouse Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1825.

ASTRAGALUS EUCOSMUS Robinson. Our first station on the West
Coast south of Pistolet Bay is on Bav or IsraANps: turfy spots on
slaty calcareous talus, Cutwater Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.
1827. See p. 50.

OXYTROPIS FOLIOLOSA Hook. The first station on the West Coast
south of Pistolet Bay is on Bay or IsLanps: turfy spots on slaty cal-
careous talus, Cutwater Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1828. See
p. 50 and Map 3.

It will be noted that neither Oxytropis foliolosa nor Astragalus
eucosmus have been found on the West Coast of Newfoundland
between Pistolet Bay and the Middle Arm of Bay of Islands. In
describing our very hurried and wholly superficial botanizing on Cut-
water Head (p. 50), I noted the occurrence there of a new Taraxacum
with extraordinarily large heads, a plant collected also in evening light
of the same day on the cliff at neighboring Cod Cove. This Taraxa-
cum (to be described and illustrated in Part III), like the Astragalus
and the Oxytropis, is likewise known in western Newfoundland only

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 275

on Pistolet Bay and the Middle Arm of Bay of Islands. Whatever
the peculiar factors, as yet not wholly apparent (probably similarity
of rock), which concentrate at points 200 miles apart these highly
localized species, it is probable that, if our incidental five-minute
landing on Cutwater Head had been extended to half-a-day, many
other specialties of Pistolet Bay might have been found: such plants
as Carez capitata L., Cerastium Regelii Ostenf., Ranunculus pedatifidus
J. E. Sm., var. leiocarpus (Trautv.) Fern., Draba nivalis Lilj., Par-
nassia Kotzebuei C. & S., Potentilla usticapensis Fern., Astragalus
stragulus Fern., Arctostaphylos rubra (Rehder & Wilson) Fern.,
Bartsia alpina L., Antennaria eucosma Fern. & Wieg., A. vexillifera
Fern., Arnica plantaginea Pursh and Crepis nana Richardson. Here
is a real challenge and an opportunity for a worth-while vacation for a
pair of intelligent cliff-climbers.

OXYTROPIS JOHANNENSIS Fern. Ruopora, xxx. 145, t. 173 (1928).

To the few Newfoundland stations already recorded add Bonne Bay:
limestone rocks near crest (alt. 650
m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 1831.

O. TERRAE-NOVAE Fern. l. c. 147,
t. 174 (1928).

Apparently somewhat general on

dry calcareous shingle and exposed
limy ledges from the eastern en-
trance of Hudson Strait to south-
western Newfoundland (Map 22).
This type of distribution is shown
by Arnica terrae-novac and A.
plantaginea (to be considered later)
and several other species.

HEDYSARUM ALPINUM L. Our
only stations (as yet) between Cow
Head and the limestone barrens of
Port au Port Bay are on Bonne Bay
and Bay of Islands. Bonne Bay: Mar 22. Range of OXYTROPIS
limestone rocks near crest (alt. 650 TERRAE-NOVAE.
m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 1835; basaltic talus near mouth of Wallace’s Brook south of
Bonne Bay, no. 1834. Seep. 94. Bay or IsrANDs: turfy spot on slaty
calcareous talus, Cutwater Head, no. 1832. See p. 50.

*H. ALPINUM L., var. AMERICANUM Michx., forma albiflorum
(Standley), comb. nov. H. americanum (Michx.) Britton, f. albiflorum
Standley, Field Mus. Pub. Bot. viii. 15 (1930).—The only Newfound-

276 Rhodora [AuGusT

land collection of the albino is from VALLEY or THE ExProrrs:
ledges and talus, north bank of the river below the falls, Grand Falls,
Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram & Darlington, no. 5801.

*Vicera Cracca L., var. SERICEA Peterm. This very striking
silvery-sericeous extreme was found on Bonne Bay: gravelly beach
near old lumber camp (obviously introduced), Beachy Cove, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 1837.

LATHYRUS JAPONICUS Willd., var. ALEUTICUS (Greene) Fern. Ruo-
DORA, xxxiv. 179 (1932). Extending locally south to Notre Dame Bay
and to Port au Port Bay. Frequently producing cleistogamous
flowers and reniform fruits, resembling those of Amphicarpa bracteata.!

1 AMPHICARPA bracteata (L.), comb. nov. Glycine bracteata L, Sp. Pl. ii. 754 (1753).
G. monoica L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, ii. 1023 (1763). A. monoica (L.) Ell. Journ. Acad. Phil. i.
373 (1818). Falcata comosa Britt. in Britt. & Br. Ill. Fl. ii. 334, fig. 2225 (1897), not
Glycine comosa L. Sp. Pl. ii. 754 (1753).

In eastern North America we have two well marked species of Amphicarpa: (1) the
very common plant with filiform stems, slight or short pubescence and few whitish to
pale-lilac petaliferous flowers, the plant called for many years A. monoica (L.) Ell.
(1818) and described and illustrated in Britton & Brown as Falcata comosa (L.)
Kuntze (1891); and (2) the much coarser villous plant with longer pubescence and the
deeper purple flowers more numerous. This plant, no. 2, is A. Pitcheri T. & G. (1838).

Although by Britton & Brown Falcata comosa (L.) Kuntze, based on Glycine comosa
L. (1753), is made to include as a synonym Amphicarpa monoica (L.) Ell., based on
Glycine monoica L. (1763), while Falcata Pitcheri (T. & G.) Kuntze is maintained as a
separate species, it is to be noted that in 1753 Linnaeus clearly recognized the two
American species, basing them both on characteristic specimens of Clayton's and on
clear diagnoses by Gronovius. Both the Linnean species were on the same page (754)
of Species Plantarum (1753): (1) Glycine comosa, with the original Linnean diagnosis
“GLYCINE foliis ternatis hirsutis, racemis lateralibus” and (2) G. bracteata with the
original Linnean diagnosis "GLYCINE foliis ternatis nudiusculis, caule piloso,
racemis pendulis, bracteis ovatis." Both go back directly to the fuller accounts of
Gronovius and, therefore, the Clayton specimens (no. 182 as type of G. comosa, no.
592 as type of G. bracteata) which formed the bases of the Gronovian and, following
him, the Linnean descriptions; and both came from ‘‘ Virginiae madidis umbrosis,”
the habitats given by Clayton and Gronovius. In case of G. comosa Linnaeus,
following Gronovius, cited also the Phaseolus marianus scandens of Petiver, which is
now unidentiflable but presumably correctly placed with Clayton, no. 182.

Since the Gronovian descriptions upon which Linnaeus based his two species,
Glycine comosa and G. bracteata, so well differentiate our two species and since Linnaeus
would presumably not have divided into two species the more slender plant, as bas
been generally assumed, it seemed desirable to study the types in connection with a
series of typical American plants. In the summer of 1930 Mr. Bayard Long and I
made such a study at the British Museum. The type of Glycine comosa is beautifully
characteristic Amphicarpa Pitcheri, so well defined by Gronovius: ''late scandens,
floribus coeruleis in racemos parvos ad genicula congestis, foliis hirsutis." Conse-
quently, A. PrrcuEnr T. & G. should be called A. comosa (L.) G. Don in Loud. Hort.
Brit. 314 (1830).

Glycine bracteata L. (1753) was renamed by Linnaeus in 1763 G. monoica, because
he thought this new name more descriptive of a plant notable for its two types of
flowers and fruits; and by the old Kew Rule the correct name (the first combination
of generic and specific names) was Amphicarpa monoica (L.) Ell. The type of G.
bracteata, therefore of G. monoica, is clearly the slender plant long called Amphicarpa
monoica and well defined by Linnaeus (following Gronovius) with “foliis . . .
nudiusculis . . . Alae & Carina albae, Vezillo pallide violaceo." Consequently,
as indicated in the opening paragraph, AMPHICARPA MONOICA (L.) Ell. must be called
A. BRACTEATA (L.), comb. nov.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 277

L. saponicus Willd., var. GLABER (Ser.) Fern. l. c. 181 (1932). Ex-
tending northward on the West Coast to Cow Head.

*L. saponicus Willd., var. GLABER, f. AcuTIFOLIUS (Bab.) Fern.
l. e. 182 (1932). The only American collection seen is from BONNE
Bav: upper border of beach, White Point, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.
1840.

L. 3aPoNicus Willd., var. PELLrTUS Fern. l. c. 183 (1932). Extend-
ing north to Notre Dame Bay and to St. John Bay.

*L. PRATENSIS L. Lower HUMBER VALLEY: springy glades in
spruce woods between Marble Mountain and Humbermouth, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 1844.

As stated on p. 15, Lathyrus pratensis in the mossy glades in typical
spruce forest of the Lower Humber has every appearance of a native
plant. It has as associates or near neighbors in the natural glades and
woodlands other European species (Cardamine flexuosa With., Linum
catharticum L., Scrophularia nodosa L. and Cirsium palustre (L.)
Scop.) which, likewise, have every aspect of indigenous species. With
them are the usual circumpolar or amphigean species of the Canadian
forest-flora (Thelypteris Dryopteris (L.) Slosson and T. Phegopteris (L.)
Slosson, Botrychium virginianum var. curopacum Angstr., Cinna lati-
folia (Trev.) Griseb., Carex capillaris L. and lepidocarpa "Tausch,
Streptopus amplexifolius (L.) DC., Caltha palustris L., Pyrola minor
L., etc.), as well as the usual endemic American species of wet cal-
‘areous woods (Cystopteris bulbifera (L.) Bernh., Taxus canadensis
Marsh., Carex stipata Muhl., Habenaria dilatata (Pursh) Gray,
Listera convallarioides (Sw.) Nutt., ete., ete.). These are not weeds
and our conviction was, that Lathyrus pratensis and its other European
associates are as definitely indigenous in western Newfoundland as are
the endemic American species with which they are found.

In this connection it is worth while to record some other stations for
Lathyrus pratensis. On Prince Epwarp IsraNp: springy meadow,
Rocky Point, Queens Co., Fernald & St. John, no. 7709. In Nova
Scotia: border of boggy swale, Springhill Junction, Pease & Long, no.
21,732. Although an occasional introduction along railroads and
roadsides on the continent of North America, L. pratensis may prove
to be quite as indigenous in Prince Edward Island and Nova Scotia as
in Newfoundland.

Linum carHARTHICUM L. Known in Newfoundland from the
Lower HUMBER VALLEY: wet slaty border of ditch, near Humber-
mouth, July 4, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3654; railway
gravel near Humbermouth, July 18, 1910, no. 3655; wet springy banks
and thickets, Humbermouth, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1845; dry
humus over limestone ledges and shingle, Hannah’s Head, no. 1846;

278 Rhodora [August

damp limestone gravel between Marble Mt. and Humbermouth,
Fernald & Long, no. 1847.

See discussion on p. 15 and under Lathyrus pratensis (preceding).
Although Wiegand and I, in 1910, took Linum catharthicum to be a
railroad introduction, it has not spread in 20 years as a railroad weed.
It is quite possible that the railroad merely invaded its natural area.

*EMPETRUM NIGRUM L. f. PURPUREUM (Raf.) Fern. RHODORA, xxv.
83 (1923). Bonne Bay: abundant with the common black-fruited
form, peaty and turfy upper quartzite slopes (alt. 600-650 m.), Kill-
devil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1851. See p. 89.

The combination Empetrum nigrum, f. purpureum was independent-
ly made by R. Good, Trans. Linn. Soc. xlvii. 519 (1927), Good obviously
overlooking its publication in 1923.

ELATINE MINIMA (Nutt.) Fisch. & Meyer. See Fernald, RHODORA,
xix. 13 (1917). To the two recorded stations in Newfoundland add
from District or BugGEO AND La Pore: sandy and gravelly margin
of pond, Burgeo, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 326. See p. 13.

VIOLA PALUSTRIS L. To the stations on the Straits of Belle Isle add
from HIGHLANDS or Sr. JOHN: springy meadow on quartzite slope
near head of Yellow Brook, and slopes, ledges and gravel near head of
Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1862-1864.
See p. 58.

*EPILOBIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM L., var. MACROPHYLLUM (Hausskn.)
Fern. Rnopona, xx. 4 (1918). HriGHLANDS OF ST. Jonn: wet quartz-
ite ledges and gravel along brook, Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 1872.

The only other known stations in eastern North America are on the
Magdalen Islands. See p. 58.

E. PyrArEANUM Fern. Ruopoma, xxvii. 33 (1925). To the four
stations originally recorded add the following. Disrnicr or BunGEO
AND La PorLE: wet moss and peat on gneiss hills, Sand Bank and
Burgeo, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 331, 332. See p. 12.

In view of the difficulty of the genus Epilobium and the seeming
restriction of E. Pylaiaecanum to southernmost Newfoundland, it
seems desirable to illustrate it. PLATE 259 shows well-developed
plants, life-size, and characteristic calyx, X 6, and seed, X 10.

E. wvoMINGENSE Nelson. To the few recorded Newfoundland
stations add from Bay Sr. Joun: wet bog back of Eddy's (Old Man's)
Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1873.

E. pavuricuM Fisch. To the few recorded stations add the follow-
ing: Sr. Jonn Bav anD IxconNacnorx Bay: damp open depressions
in limestone barrens, Eastern Point and bare wet peaty depressions,
Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1877, 1878.

E. BoREALE Hausskn. Newfoundland range extended south to

Rhodora Plate 257

CERASTIUM TERRAE-NOVAE: FIG. 1, small plants, X 1, from Bonne Bay, Newfound-
land; FIG. 2, seeds, one showing ruptured testa, X 10, from the TypE, Blomidon, New-
foundland.

Rhodora Plate 258

LESQUERELLA ARCTICA: FIG. 1, small plant, X 1, from Greenland; ric. 2, fruit, X 1,
from Greenland; FIG. 3, shriveled flower, showing lance-acuminate sepals, X 4, from
Greenland.

L. Pursuu: Fic. 4, small plant, X 1, from Newfoundland; ria. 5, fruit, X 1, from
Newfoundland; ric. 6, flower, showing oblong, obtuse sepals, X 4, from Newfoundland.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 279

Bonne Bay: damp thicket under limestone crest (alt. 650 m.), Kill-
devil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1881.

E. LACTIFLORUM Hausskn. ‘To the stations already recorded add
the following. HiGHrANDs oF Sr. JOHN: wet quartzite ledges and
gravel along brook, Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill, Fernald, Long & Fogg,
no. 1882. Bonne Bay: damp thicket under limestone crests (alt. 650
m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1884.

OENOTHERA PERENNIS L. The northern limit in western Newfound-
land seems to be on BONNE Bay: scarce, along trail in spruce woods
and thickets, slope of Lookout Mt., Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1887.

CONIOSELINUM PUMILUM Rose. In Newfoundland apparently con-
fined to the serpentines of the West Coast and to the north side of
Notre Dame Bay. Norre Dame Bay: boggy places on hill southwest
of Tilt Cove and border of Castle Pond, Tilt Cove, Fernald, Wiegand
& Darlington, nos. 5961, 5962. Bonner Bay: serpentine tablelands,
alt. about 380 m., Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3788; damp
humus on serpentine gravel, slopes (above 300 m.) and summit (alt.
710 m.), The Tableland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1895. Bay or
ISLANDS: wet depressions and borders of rills, slopes and crests of ser-
pentine ridge, North Arm, Long & Fogg, no. 347; serpentine tableland,
alt. 550 m. and slopes, Blomidon, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 3785-3787.
See pp. 10, 83.

ANGELICA LAURENTIANA Fern. RnHopoma, xxviii. 222 (1926).
Abundant at low altitudes about Sr. Joun Bay: very abundant
(dominant) on Grassy Island, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1899, and on
Savage’s Island, and frequent in clearings about Old Port au Choix.
See p. 60.

PHYLLODOCE CAERULEA (L.) Bab. To the very few known New-
foundland stations add the following. HiGHLANDS oF Sr. JOHN:
peat on quartzite slopes, head of Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 1917. Bonne Bay: peaty and turfy upper quartzite
slopes (alt. 600-650 m.) Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1918.

VACCINIUM NUBIGENUM Fernald, Ruopona, x. 53 (1908). PLATE
260. To the recorded stations add the following from HIGHLANDS OF
Sr. JOHN: peaty quartzite slopes, Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, nos. 1936, 1937. See p. 58.

In view of the very local occurrence (MAP 23) of Vaccinium nubige-

Map 23. Range of VACCINIUM NUBIGENUM.

280 Rhodora [AuGusT

num it is desirable to show its habit. Anthers of the two related
species (V. cespitosum Michx. and V. ovalifolium Sm.) are shown for
comparison. As stated on p. 58, V. ovalifolium in eastern America is
always past anthesis when V. nubigenum (likewise V. cespitosum) is
coming into bloom.

PRIMULA EGALIKSENSIS Wormsk. Extended slightly southward to
INGORNACHOIX Bay: turfy borders of limestone beach and dry grav-
elly limestone barrens, Gargamelle Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos.
1952, 1953 (the latter exceptional in growing in dry gravel, conse-
quently with scarcely developed scapes).

*ANDROSACE SEPTENTRIONALIS L. BONNE Bay: limestone talus,
Tucker’s Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1954. See pp. 81, 96 and
MAP 5.

Only two plants were found, one in fruit, the other a sterile rosette.
These, presumably, were chance survivors of a colony which had be-
come much depleted through failure to fruit during a series of ad-
versely cold summers (see pp. 4, 95-97). The map has a single sta-
tion in northwestern Greenland. So far as I can find, Androsace sep-
tentrionalis has never been recorded from Greenland. It and some
other plants, not yet listed from Greenland, were collected on the
Crockerland Expedition by Dr. Ekblaw. The sheet in the Gray
Herbarium bears the data: dry warm gravel slope, Etah, July 15,
1915, W. Elmer Ekblaw. Dr. Ekblaw collected abundant material,
but his Etah station and several from adjacent northeastern Ellesmere-
land are the only ones yet known in eastern Arctic America.

LYSIMACHIA TERRESTRIS (L.) BSP. Range in western Newfound-
land extended north to Bonne Bay: gravel along Deer Brook, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 1955.

At this northern outpost of the species the plants, in late August,
were all sterile and only 1-2 dm. high.

FRAXINUS NIGRA Marsh. Range on the West Coast extended
north to Bonne Bay: talus of limestone cliff opposite Lomond, Fer-
nald, Long & Fogg, no. 1958.

BaARTONIA PANICULATA (Michx.) Muhl., var. 1opanpra_ (Rob.)
Fern. Ruopora, xxiii. 228 (1922). Range on the West Coast extended
north to BONNE Bay: wet peaty barrens at about 365 m., Lookout Mt.,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1962.

The migration of Bartonia paniculata (extending southward along
the Coastal Plain to Louisiana) between New Jersey and Newfound-
land, or vice versa, is well brought out by the map of its range northeast
of New Jersey (MAP 24). The Newfoundland plant is all var. iodandra.

Myosotis LAXA Lehm. Range in western Newfoundland extended

'(sereuwA BSuUIPNOU!) VLVIOOINVd VINOLUVG JO o3uvjp UWlosvoyWION “FZ “AVI

281

in the Newfoundland Flora

iscoveries

1933] Fernald,—Recent D

282 Rhodora [AuausT

north to Bonne Bay: swales on alluvial islands and shores at mouth
of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1965.

PRUNELLA VULGARIS L., var. LANCEOLATA (Bart.) Fern. RHODORA,
xv. 183 (1913). Range extended north to Bonne Bay: spruce woods
and thickets, slope of Lookout Mt., Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1968
(pilose form); talus of limestone cliff opposite Lomond, no. 1969
(glabrescent form).

Lycopus vuNrFLORUS Michx. The northern known limits in New-
foundland are on Notre Dame Bay, East Branch of the Humber and
Bonne Bay. Notre Dame Bay: Barred Islands, August 28, 1903,
Sornborger. BONNE Bay: springy meadow, Woody Point, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 1973.

SCROPHULARIA NODOSA L. Rather general on calcareous slopes and
in thickets and borders of woods on the Lowken HUMBER and HUMBER
ARM of Bay or IsLanps: wet place, Meadows, July 4, 1895, Waghorne;
rocky bank, in open place just above tidewater, Bay of Islands
(Humbermouth), 1908, Eames & Godfrey. no. 8051; rich woods, Wild
Cove, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3940; abundant in gravelly thicket,
river-bank between Mt. Musgrave and Humbermouth, 1910, Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 3939; crevices of dry limestone ledges, Hannah’s Head,
1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1977, 1978. Also AVALON PENIN-
SULA: rocky places, Beachy Cove and Murray’s Pond, A. M. Ayre.

Scrophularia nodosa (see p. 16), apparently inseparable from the
European plant, is certainly indigenous along the lower Humber and
about Humber Arm. It is a characteristic species of thickets, borders
of woods and rocky slopes, just as are its endemic North American
counterparts on the continent. Mrs. Ayre’s discovery of the plant in
rocky places on the Avalon Peninsula suggests that it may be looked
for in many parts of the Island.

MiMuLUs MoscHATUS Dougl. Range in western Newfoundland
extended north to BONNE Bay: springy ditch, Shoal Brook, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 1980.

*VERONICA OFFICINALIS L., var. TOURNEFORTIL (Vill.) Reichenb.

This very definite small extreme of Veronica officinalis is character-
ized by leaves only 1-3 em. long and 4-17 mm. wide; by filiform
peduncles much longer than their subtending leaves; by linear-
cylindric, very lax and flexuous racemes; by blue-violet corollas with
oblong or narrowly elliptic lobes and by capsules as broad as or
broader than long. It abounds in coniferous woods and thickets, on
peaty knolls and in sphagnous bogs in southeastern Newfoundland,
is less common in western Newfoundland, and is frequent on Prince
Edward Island and Cape Breton, often to the exclusion of the coarser
plant which, following Reichenbach, I am treating as typical V.
officinalis: the plant with coarser leaves, stouter and mostly shorter

1933] Steyermark,—Notes on Missouri Plants 283

peduncles, denser racemes, lilac-blue or lavender corollas with broader
lobes, and capsules about as broad as long.

The American specimens of var. ToURNEFORTII examined by me
are the following. NEWFOUNDLAND: roadside, St. John’s, July 31,
1894 (“exposed form"), Robinson & Schrenk; woods, St. John's,
August 4, 1894 (“shaded form"), Robinson & Sehrenk; covering
knolls in dry spruce woods, St. John’s, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6147;
damp mossy or turfy hollows on hill south of St. John’s, Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 6148; dry banks, St. John’s, Fernald & Wiegand, no.
6149; boggy places along Waterford R., between Waterford Bridge
and St. John’s, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6150; border of damp spruce
thicket on South Hill, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,015; rocky
slopes of Joan Plain’s Hill, Bay Bulls, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no.
27,016; Salmonier, August, 1885, Roland Thaxter, 1928, A. M. Ayre;
rocky places, Murray’s Pond, 1928, A. M. Ayre; moist woods near
Topsail, Howe & Lang, no. 1224; gravelly thicket, Killigrew's, Fernald
& Wiegand, no. 6151; damp gravelly slopes near Goose Pond, Whit-
bourne, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,017; woods and thickets on
slaty brookside, Curling, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1984. PRINCE
Epwarp Isuanp: grassy border of woods, Charlottetown, Fernald &
St. John, no. 8008; dry woods, Rocky Point, Fernald, Long & St. John,
no. 8009; dry woods and recent clearings, St. Dunstan’s, Fernald &
St. John, no. 11,178. Nova Scota: Louisburg, J. Macoun, no.
19,979.

(To be continued)

NOTES ON MISSOURI PLANTS!
JULIAN A. STEYERMARK

DvuniNG the collecting seasons of 1931-32 the writer visited a
number of regions in Missouri which hitherto have never been bo-
tanically explored or else little investigated. These places have
turned up such a number of interesting finds,—new or rare in the
state, or extensions of ranges,—that the writer desires to place them
on record. Although other species constituting interesting range ex-
tension were collected in addition to those here mentioned, only the
most significant discoveries are recorded.

PASPALUM FLORIDANUM Michx. This, a species of the Coastal
Plain from Virginia and Florida to Texas, and extending inland to
Oklahoma and Missouri, has in Missouri been known only from the
southwestern part of the state in Jasper and Barton counties. The
writer collected it in 1932 on a sandy prairie in Mississippi county in
southeastern Missouri.

1 Printed with aid of a grant to RHopora from the National Academy of Sciences.

284 Rhodora [AuausT

Panicum LinpHEIMERI Nash, var. SEPTENTRIONALE Fernald.
Collected by the writer in 1932 on dry rocky (porphyritic trachyte)
slopes of a canyon along the Little St. Francois river in Madison Co.
This variety has hitherto been known from Taney and Shannon
counties in the southern Ozark region.

PANICUM SPHAEROCARPON Ell. Of Ozarkian distribution in Mis-
souri. The writer has recently collected it in a region of St. Peter
sandstone, north of the Missouri river in Lincoln Co. where a number
of typical Ozark species occur, reaching their northeastern limit in
the state.

PANICUM OLIGOSANTHES Schultes. Also collected in Lincoln Co.
at its northeastern limit in the state.

LEERSIA LENTICULARIS Michx. Collected in low ground in a
cypress swamp in Mississippi Co.; known previously from Jasper, New
Madrid, Butler and Dunklin counties.

ARISTIDA DICHOTOMA Michx. Collected on dry sandstone glades of
St. Peter sandstone in Lincoln Co. in the region of Ozarkian extensions
northeastward.

ARISTIDA ADSCENSIONIS L. (A. fasciculata Torr. in Gray’s Man.,
7th ed.). Collected on dry rocky (porphyritic trachyte) slopes of a
canyon along the Little St. Francois river in Madison Co.; known
previously from Jasper and Jackson counties.

ARISTIDA PURPURASCENS Poir. An Ozarkian species in Missouri;
collected in Lincoln Co. at its northeastern limit in the state. Found
on dry open St. Peter sandstone slopes.

MuHLENBERGIA CUSPIDATA (Torr. Rydb. Collected on exposed
Roubidoux sandstone ledges above limestone bluffs along Big Piney
river, Pulaski Co. in western south-central Missouri; known previously
only from western Missouri in Atchison, Holt, Jackson and McDonald
counties. Native of the high plains and prairies, this species enters
the western limits of the state on prairies and loess mounds; its
occurrence in the Ozark region as far east as Pulaski Co. is a note-
worthy one.

SPOROBOLUS CANOVIRENS Nash. An Ozarkian species in Missouri,
it has been collected during 1932 by the writer in Lincoln Co. at its
northeastern limit in the state.

AcRosTrIS ELLIOTTIANA Schultes. A rare species in Missouri
occurring on acid sandy soils and acid glades, and known previously
from Christian, Jasper and McDonald counties in the southwestern
portion of the state and from Jefferson Co. in the east-central section.
The writer obtained it in collections made during the last two years in
low sandy ground in Dunklin Co., southeastern Missouri and on high
granite glades in Madison Co., also in southeastern Missouri.

Tricuspis stricta (Nutt.) Gray (Tridens strictus (Nutt.) Nash;
Gray's Man., 7th ed.). Like the preceding, a southern Coastal Plain
species, entering the southern limits of the state in Butler, Dunklin,
Jasper and Newton counties on open ground and prairies. The
writer collected it in 1932 on a sandy prairie in Mississippi Co. in
southeastern Missouri.

1933] Steyermark,—Notes on Missouri Plants 285

CYPERUS FLAVESCENS L. Penetrating the Ozark region in Missouri,
the writer obtained this in Washington Co. in 1932.

SCIRPUS CARINATUS Gray. A Gulf Coastal Plain species known
previously from sandy prairies in southwestern Missouri in Jasper,
Newton and McDonald counties. "The writer obtained it in the spring
of 1931 on sandy open ground in Dunklin Co. in southeastern Missouri,
its first record from the eastern portion of the state.

Carex HrrceucockiaNA Dewey. A rare species in the state,
known previously only from St. Louis, Jefferson and Jackson counties.
The writer obtained it during the summer of 1932 in Washington Co.
on shaded ravine slopes near the top of high limestone bluffs.

JUNCUS DIFFUSISSIMUS Buckley. A rather rare species in the state,
known from the southern counties, Shannon, Ripley, Howell, Jasper,
Barton, Vernon and McDonald. The writer obtained it during 1932
in Crawford Co., extending its range farther north in Missouri.

ZYGADENUS CHLORANTHUS Richards. A northern species pre-
viously isolated in Missouri at one locality in the southwestern
portion of Shannon Co. The writer collected it during the summer of
1932 on limestone bluffs along Sinking Creek in the northern part of
the same county. Its occurrence should be looked for in the future
in adjoining counties.

VrRATRUM Woop Robbins. A rather uncommon species in the
state. The writer collected it during the summer of 1932 in Lincoln
and Washington counties.

SPIRANTHES OVALIS Lindl. A species of rare occurrence in the
state, known previously from Jackson and St. Louis counties. The
writer and J. H. Kellogg collected it flowering during October, 1932,
in low dry ground of a desiccated cypress swamp in Mississippi county.

TALINUM CALYCINUM Engelm. Known previously in eastern
Missouri south of the Missouri river in which region it occurs on
exposed acid or leached limestone rocks. The writer collected it
during the summer of 1932 north of the Missouri river in Lincoln Co.
on exposed St. Peter sandstone glades, extending its known north-
eastern limits in the state.

SILENE GALLICA L. Known previously only from Jackson Co.
'The writer and J. H. Kellogg obtained it in 1932 in an old fallow field
in Cape Girardeau Co. in southeastern Missouri.

CLEMATIS VERSICOLOR Small. A species hitherto collected in
Missouri in the more southwestern counties, Barry, McDonald,
Ozark, Greene, and Taney. The writer obtained it on wooded lime-
stone ledges in Oregon Co. in southeastern Missouri.

CAULOPHYLLUM THALICTROIDES (L.) Michx. A rare species in the
state. The writer collected it during the summer of 1932 from two
counties from which it had hitherto been unknown, namely, Shannon
and Camden.

THLASPI PERFOLIATUM L. An adventive from Europe, this species
has rarely been collected in the United States, and in the last editions
of Gray's Manual and Britton and Brown is, of course, not shown as

286 Rhodora [AvavsT

occurring in Missouri. It has been found in Jefferson Co. in east-
central Missouri by Mr. Arthur Christ, and re-collected by the writer
and J. H. Kellogg.

ARABIS LYRATA L. One of the rarest of species in Missouri. It
has been known hitherto in the state from two isolated localities, one
on limestone ledges in St. Louis Co. and the other on bluffs of St.
Peter sandstone in Jefferson Co. The writer during 1931-32 has
collected it from two additional counties, on limestone bluffs in
Washington and Shannon counties. Its present known range in the
state, therefore, is confined to four counties in eastern Missouri.

SULLIVANTIA RENIFOLIA Rosendahl. The writer! reported on the
first occurrence of this species in Missouri in 1931. Later that season
the writer again discovered a colony of it persisting on shaded St.
Peter sandstone bluffs in Warren Co. in east-central Missouri.

SAXIFRAGA PENSYLVANICA L. var. Forpestt (Vasey) Engl. &
Irmsch. In Missouri this variety of the eastern and northern S.
pensylvanica, is of very limited occurrence and has only been found
in regions of St. Peter sandstone in east-central Missouri. Until the
writer made in 1931 collections of it from St. Charles, Lincoln, Warren,
and Montgomery counties it had been known only from Jefferson Co.

HEUCHERA PUBERULA Mack. & Bush and HEUCHERA PARVIFLORA
Bartl. Both species are of rare occurrence in the southeastern
Missouri Ozarks and occur typically on limestone rocks. Both have
the lower surface of the leaves colored, usually lilac or pink-purple.
The writer has observed that the flowering periods of the two species
differ. Heuchera puberula begins to flower in June and continues
until early September by which time it is usually finished. Heuchera
parviflora, however, is a much later plant to blossom, its period of
anthesis being from August to October. Whether this difference in
time of blooming is a real difference and will hold remains for future
observation to decide.

HEUCHERA ARKANSANA Rydb. Collected by J. H. Kellogg during
the summer of 1932 in McDonald Co. in southwestern Missouri.
This is its first report for the state.

HAMAMELIS VERNALIS Sarg. In Missouri this occurs mostly in the
Iron Mountain Region and in the region of the White River and its
tributaries. During the summer of 1932 the writer obtained it
somewhat north of its previously known range in the state along
gravel-bars of Roubidoux Creek in Pulaski Co. in south-central
Missouri.

Rosa sETIGERA Michx. var. TOMENTOSA T. & G. f. INERMIS Best.
'The spineless form is rather uncommon in the state and has been
found in southern Missouri, chiefly, however, in the White River
region. In 1931-32 the writer obtained it from two additional
counties in the Iron Mountain region, namely, Iron and Reynolds
counties.

SESBANIA MACROCARPA Muhl. Known hitherto from two remote

! Bull. Mo. Bot. Gard. 19: 56-57, 1931.

1933] Steyermark,—Notes on Missouri Plants 287

stations in southern Missouri, i. e. in Barry and Dunklin counties.
The writer obtained it in 1932 in Mississippi Co.

OXYTROPIS PLATTENSIS Nutt. Known hitherto from the loess
mounds of Atchison Co. The writer obtained it from Holt Co. in
1932, again on the loess hills of northwestern Missouri.

STROPHOSTYLES HELVOLA (L.) Britton var. MISSOURIENSIS (Wats.)
Britton. Scattered in southern and central Missouri. Found during
the summer of 1932 in alluvial bottoms in St. Charles Co.

Croton ENGELMANNI Ferg. A southern species originally found
in Butler Co. in southeastern Missouri. The writer found it in 1932 in
Scott, Stoddard and Mississippi counties. It forms rather dense
colonies wherever found, and is spreading in the southeastern counties
occurring on sandy open prairies and open fields and cultivated ground,

TRAGIA URTICAEFOLIA Michx. (T. nepetaefolia in Gray’s Man., 7th
ed.). Collected by the writer on exposed Roubidoux sandstone
glades along Roubidoux Creek, Pulaski Co. during the summer of
1932. Its discovery here is the first in this section of Missouri, since
most of the Missouri stations are in the more western portion of the
state.

EUPHORBIA GLYPTOSPERMA Engelm. Collected during the summer
of 1932 on the loess mounds of Holt Co. in northwestern Missouri;
known previously from scattered localities in Atchison, Clay, Jackson,
Jefferson and St. Louis counties.

ILEX VERTICILLATA (L.) Gray. One of the rarest of shrubs in
Missouri this species and its associated variety (var. padifolia) have
hitherto been known only from Madison and Iron counties in the
Iron Mountain region. During the summer of 1932 along the East
Fork of Black River in Reynolds Co., also in the similarly granitic
Iron Mountain region, the writer found it in local abundance.

PARTHENOCISSUS QUINQUEFOLIA (L.) Planch. var. Satnt-PAULII
(Koehne & Graebn.) Rehder (Psedera quinq. var. Saint-Paul (Koehne
& Graebner) Rehder in Gray's Man., 7th ed.). Known previously
from southwestern Missouri in Jasper, Newton, McDonald and Stone
counties. The writer discovered this variety in abundance in a tract
of virgin lowland timber in Mississippi Co., its first report from
southeastern Missouri.

CALLIRHOE PAPAVER (Cass.) Gray. Collected by the writer in low
ground in Pulaski Co. and known previously from Pettis, Jackson and
Barry counties.

HYPERICUM MUTILUM L. Its distribution in the Ozark region of
southern and central Missouri has been extended somewhat north-
'astward by its discovery by the writer during the summer of 1932 in
a ravine of St. Peter sandstone in Lincoln Co. north of the Missouri
river.

HYPERICUM GENTIANOIDES (L.) BSP. Another Ozarkian species
in Missouri which the writer obtained at its present known north-
eastern limit in the state in the St. Peter sandstone region in Lincoln

Co.

288 Rhodora [AuGUsT

Hypericum Drummonpu (Grev. & Hook.) T. & G. Found during
1931-32 by the writer at its northeastern limit in Missouri in the St.
Peter sandstone region in Lincoln Co.

HyvrEnicUM PETIOLATUM Walt. Collected in 1932 by the writer in
company with J. H. Kellogg on a fallen log in a swamp in Mississippi
Co.; known previously from Butler, Dunklin, New Madrid and Ste.
Genevieve counties in southeastern Missouri.

TAMARIX GALLICA L. Mr. Bush collected this species during the
summer of 1932 apparently naturalized and thriving on the sandbars
of the Missouri River in Jackson Co.

Lecea VILLOSA Ell Occurring in Missouri on acid soils in the
Ozark region. The writer obtained this species during the summer of
1932 at its present known northeastern limit on sandstone glades in
Lincoln Co.

VIOLA PALLENS (Banks) Brainerd. The writer collected this species
in 1931 on moist shaded La Motte sandstone bluffs in Ste. Genevieve
Co. This is the first record of the occurrence of this northern species
in the state.

VIOLA LANCEOLATA L. This is another species of violet hitherto
unrecorded for the state. The writer collected it in the autumn of
1932 in Mississippi Co., occurring in abundance along a small rivulet
in a sandy prairie near Charleston. The leaves at this time of the
year were elongated to a maximum of three decimeters, and exceeded
by three or four times the fruiting peduncles.

DincA PALUSTRIS L. Scattered in southern and central Missouri
and an uncommon shrub in the state. The writer collected it in
1931-32 from three additional counties, namely, Washington, Rey-
nolds and Warren counties. It occurs both along protected or shaded
portions of high bluffs and in low ground along stream courses.

LigusTICUM CANADENSE (L.) Britton. An Alleghanian species
which is of rare occurrence in the southern Ozark region. The
writer obtained it during the summer of 1932 in Oregon Co.; it has
been known previously from Douglas, Iron, Shannon, Wright and
McDonald counties.

ANGELICA VILLOSA (Walt.) BSP. A species known in Missouri in
the southern Ozark region. The writer obtained it somewhat north
of its previously recorded range in the state in Pulaski Co.

Cornus FEMINA Mill. (C. stricta in Gray's Man., 7th ed.). A
southern species occurring in the southeastern Missouri counties, it
is found penetrating somewhat locally into the Iron Mountain-Ozark
region. The writer found it during the summer of 1932 along the
East Fork of Black River in Reynolds Co. in the southeastern Iron
Mountain region, a county in which it had not previously been
collected.

VACCINIUM ARBOREUM Marsh. var. GLAUCESCENS (Greene) Sarg.
A southern Appalachian type occurring in the Ozark region of southern
Missouri. The writer collected it in the northeastern extension of
the Ozark region in Lincoln Co. at its northeasternmost limit in the

1933] Steyermark.—Notes on Missouri Plants 289

state. At this locality it is very abundant on the St. Peter sandstone
glades. The writer also collected it on Roubidoux sandstone glades
along Roubidoux Creek in Pulaski Co.

LvsrMACHIA NuMwMULARIA L. Collected in 1932 in low shaded
ground along the Big St. Francois River in Madison Co.

FRAXINUS QUADRANGULATA Michx. The usual habitat in Missouri
for this species is rocky bluffs, glades or uplands. Along the Jack's
Fork of the Current River in Shannon Co. the writer found this species
occurring commonly in low ground in the valley along the stream.

PoLyPREMUM PROCUMBENS L. Known previously from Clark and
Dunklin counties in eastern Missouri. The writer has obtained it
during the autumn of 1932 on a sandy prairie in Mississippi Co.

GENTIANA QUINQUEFOLIA L. The writer collected this species,
which is rare in the state, in Shannon Co. from which county it had
not been previously reported.

ACERATES VIRIDIFLORA Ell. var. LINEARIS Gray. Collected during
the summer of 1932 on the loess mounds of Holt Co. where it had
hitherto been unreported. This variety is of rare occurrence in the
state and has been collected from only three other counties.

IPOMOEA coccINEA L. Collected by the writer during the summer of
1932 in Reynolds Co., this species is only sporadically adventive in the
state.

SCUTELLARIA VERSICOLOR Nutt. var. MINOR Chapm. Collected
by the writer during the summer of 1932 on exposed Roubidoux
sandstone ledges along Big Piney River in Pulaski Co. This variety
has been collected in only a few places in the state.

SCUTELLARIA NERVOSA Pursh. A rare species of east-central and
southeastern Missouri the writer collected it during the summer of
1932 in Cape Girardeau Co. on alluvial soil.

MECARDONIA ACUMINATA (Walt.) Small (Bacopa acuminata (Walt.)
Robinson; Gray’s Man., 7th ed.). During the autumn of 1932 the
writer collected this species along a small rivulet on a sandy prairie
in Mississippi Co. It has been known previously from Dunklin,
Jasper and Newton counties.

AUREOLARIA FLAVA var. MACRANTHA Pennell. The writer collected
this species on rocky slopes and upland glades during the summer of
1932 in Oregon and Iron counties. It has previously been collected
in Scott, Madison, Wayne, Reynolds and Phelps counties.

UrRICULARIA BIFLORA Lam. A rare species in Missouri which the
writer obtained in 1932 in a slough in St. Charles Co. It was flowering
abundantly.

VALERIANELLA LONGIFLORA (T. & G.) Walp. Collected by the
writer in the spring of 1931 on granite glades in Madison Co., south-
eastern Missouri. "This is its first record from any portion of eastern
Missouri, since it had previously been collected only in the south-
western portion of the state in Taney, Stone, Barry and McDonald
counties.

CAYAPONIA GRANDIFOLIA (T. & G.) Small. A very rare southern

290 Rhodora [AvGusT

species of the lower Mississippi valley, collected for the first time in
Missouri by the writer in low swampy woods in Mississippi Co.,
southeastern Missouri.

VERNONIA BALDWINI X cCRINITA. During the summer of 1932
the writer collected this in Washington, Jefferson, Oregon and Rey-
nolds counties where it occurred rather commonly. In early summer
in Missouri V. Baldwini and V. crinita are the chief and usually only
species of Vernonia in flower, and at this time the hybrid is rather
commonly encountered.

EuPATORIUM SESSILIFOLIUM L. An Ozarkian species collected
during the summer of 1932 in Pulaski, Camden, Crawford and Rey-
nolds counties, from which counties this species had not previously
been recorded.

EuPATORIUM URTICAEFOLIUM Reichard var. VILLICAULE Fernald.
Of rather uncommon occurrence in Missouri where it favors the
protection of shaded bluffs. The writer collected this variety during
the summer of 1932 in Oregon Co.

MIKANIA SCANDENS (L.) Willd. Collected in low cypress woods in
Mississippi Co. in southeastern Missouri during the autumn of 1932.

BRICKELLIA GRANDIFLORA (Hook.) Nutt. Collected during the
summer of 1932 by the writer on dry rocky limestone slopes in Pulaski
Co. along the Big Piney River. This is a new county record for this
species in Missouri which hitherto has been known in the state from
Shannon, Reynolds, Ozark, Taney, Barry, Miller and St. Louis
counties.

LIATRIS SQUARROSA Willd. Reaching its present known north-
eastern limit in the state in Lincoln Co. where the writer found it on
exposed St. Peter sandstone ledges during the summer of 1932. In
Missouri this species is typically Ozarkian.

GRINDELIA LANCEOLATA Nutt. Found by the writer in St. Louis
Co. where introduced along railroad tracks. In this place the few
plants existing are perennial, due to cutting-over of the vegetation
during the summer.

Curysopsis BERLANDIERI Greene. Collected by J. H. Kellogg in
1931 in an old cemetery on a loess mound in Holt Co. "This is the
first collection of this species in Missouri where it has been probably
introduced from the prairie region to the west.

SOLIDAGO CAESIA L. Collected by the writer in 1932 on St. Peter
sandstone ledges in Cape Girardeau Co., southeastern Missouri.

SOLIDAGO RUGOSA Mill. var. ASPERA (Ait.) Fernald. Found by the
writer in company with J. H. Kellogg during the summer of 1932 in
the St. Peter sandstone region in Lincoln Co. at the northeastern
limit of its range in Missouri. It has previously been collected from
Shannon, Wayne, Iron, Dunklin and Butler counties in southeastern
Missouri.

SOLIDAGO GATTINGERI Chapm. A rare species wherever found,
and confined to limestone glades. The writer obtained this from
Camden Co. during the summer of 1932 on limestone glades. It had
hitherto been found in seven other counties.

1933] Norton,—Notes on Triglochin palustris in Maine 291

ASTER SALICIFOLIUS Ait. var. SUBASPER (Lindl. Gray. Known
previously (from record) from Boone Co. only. The writer collected
it on a sandy prairie in Mississippi Co. in southeastern Mo. during
1932.

AsTER PTARMICOIDES T. &. G. Known previously from seven
counties. The writer during 1932 collected it from additional counties,
namely, Pulaski, Crawford, Washington, and Iron counties on open
glades usually above limestone blufts.

GNAPHALIUM OBTUSIFOLIUM L. var. MICRADENIUM Weatherby. In
1930 the writer collected this glandular-puberulent variety in upland
Pinus echinata woods on La Motte sandstone soil in Ste. Genevieve
Co. Again in 1932 he collected it from upland chert woods in Shannon
Co., both localities being in southeastern Missouri. "This is the first
record of the occurrence of this variety in this state.

SILPHIUM AsTERISCUS L. A rare species in Missouri, occurring in
the southern portion. The writer obtained it during the summer of
1932 in Oregon Co.

BERLANDIERA TEXANA DC. Collected by the writer during 1932
in Oregon Co. in southeastern Missouri. 'This species is much
commoner in the western than in the eastern Ozark region.

HELIANTHUS DIVARICATUS L. Occurring in the eastern portion of
the state where the writer obtained it in Bollinger Co. from which it
had not hitherto been reported.

HELIANTHUS ANGUSTIFOLIUS L. Known previously from one
locality in Butler Co., southeastern Missouri. The writer in company
with J. H. Kellogg found it abundant during the autumn of 1932 on
sandy prairies of Scott and Mississippi counties.

BIDENS DIsCOIDEA (T. & G.) Britton. Found by the writer during
the autumn of 1932 along a drainage canal in Cape Girardeau Co.
This rare species had been known in Missouri hitherto only from St.
Louis and Butler counties.

Lacruca sALIGNA L. Collected by J. H. Kellogg during the sum-
mer of 1932 along roadsides in Greene Co. This is the first record of
the occurrence of this species in Missouri. Of European origin, this
species does not seem to have been collected very often in this country.
It was not designated as occurring in Missouri either in the last
edition of Gray's Manual or that of Britton and Brown.

PRENANTHES ALTISSIMA L. var. CINNAMONEA Fernald. Uncommon
in Missouri and rarely collected. "The writer found it on St. Peter
sandstone bluffs in Jefferson Co. during the autumn of 1932 from
which county it had not hitherto been reported.

Missouni BOTANICAL GARDEN.

NOTES ON TRIGLOCHIN PALUSTRIS AND MONTIA LAMPROSPERMA IN
MarNE.—In June, 1931, I had occasion to land on Green Island,
about a mile SSE. from Petit Manan Point (Steuben township) in
Washington County, Maine. This little island consists of a granitic

292 Rhodora [AuGusT

ledge, with an ox-bow-like sea-wall of coarse blocks of granite and
cobbles thrown up around its eastern, northern and western sides,
with an opening to the southward, thus forming a shallow cove, open
southerly and protected from the more violent storms by the near
Island of Petit Manan. In the basin formed by the sea-wall’s grit
and jetsam driven in by southerly winds, and aided by the growth of
beach plants, a salt marsh in an advanced stage of development has
been built up. Spartina patens, Juncus Gerardi and other common
associates have formed a tough turf in places. In this marsh I found
many plants of the local and uncommon Triglochin palustris.

June 25, 1931, I spent several hours on Machias Seal Island, Maine,
twelve miles at sea, southerly from Cutler or Little River Harbor.
This island, noted for its colonies of sea birds, is quite close to the
international boundary between the United States and the Dominion
of Canada. Some misunderstanding has appeared concerning the
political status of this small island. By provisions of the Ashburton
treaty, the island was ceded to the United States (Maine), but, the
Dominion having at the time lights and fog signals there, a clause
provided that said Dominion should have use of the island for those
purposes so long as the towers stand. Needless to say the towers and
other buildings are kept in an excellent state of repair.

The island is said to have an area of about thirty-five acres; it is
low, and seated upon a broad shallow submarine base, so that all
towering seas break before reaching the shore: though the sea walls
are heavily pounded during gales, the surges never wash over the
upland, as they do at the equally exposed Matinicus Rock, which has
steep and deeply submerging shores.

Easterly from the light houses there is an ample marsh, sufficiently
wet to provide water for the cow, except at times of extreme drought.
In this marsh Montia lamprosperma was found in much abundance,
growing in dense little mats over a considerable area. "There was also
a station for the same plant in a rill, in crevices of the ledges, westerly
from the light houses. ‘These dense cushion-like mats were decidedly
attractive in appearance.

Two days later we made a landing on Flat Island, southeasterly
from Jonesport. Here was another marsh very similar in character to
that at Seal Island, and here also was another quantity of Montia
lamprosperma, growing in the soggy marsh at a considerable distance
from the shore.-—Artnur H. Norron, Museum of Natural History,
Portland, Maine.

1933] Fernald,—New York Record of Fraxinus profunda 293

A SECOND STATION FOR IsTHMOPLEA IN NORTH AMERIcA.—In
Ruopora, Vol. I., p. 126, July, 1899, Frank S. Collins lists Zsthmoplea
sphaerophora (Harv.) Kjellm., which is occasional in the Arctic
Ocean and along the European coast as far southward as the western
Mediterranean, as very rare in the waters of North America. The
only known station was a spot of barely five square meters, at Nahant,
discovered by Collins about 1880. "This has been the one record for
over fifty years. But I wish to record that I collected several speci-
mens at North Brooklin, Maine on May 29th, 1933. They were
attached to dead Sertularia, borne on Ascophyllum which was floating
in Blue Hill Bay.—R. E. Scaun, Brooklin, Maine.

THe New York RECORD or FRAXINUS PROFUNDA.—In the 7th
edition of Gray’s Manual the southern Fraxinus profunda Bush, of
swamps and low woods from northwestern Florida to Louisiana,
northward to southern Indiana, southern Illinois, southeastern
Missouri and eastern Arkansas, was entered from “w. N. Y." This
entry arose through a specimen in the Gray Herbarium, “ W. N. York,
Sartwell, ex J. Carey" which the late Professor Sargent had shifted
from the cover of F. pennsylvanica into that of F. profunda; and in
his Manual of the Trees of North America, ed. 2: 845 (1922) Sargent
cited the Sartwell specimen under F. profunda from “western New
York (H. F. [P.] Sartwell)." House and other later students of the
flora of New York have found no further evidence of the tree in the
state; and recently, my attention being called to the matter, I have
examined the Sartwell specimen. It has 7 leaflets rusty-pubescent
beneath, the longer leaflets very prolonged (to 14 cm.) and mature
fruits mostly 4.5 em. long, in these characters suggesting F. profunda,
which has the longer mature leaflets 1-1.9 dm. long, the mature
fruits 4.5-6 em. long. F. profunda, however, has a very distinct
calyx, forming an irregular cup 3-5 mm. deep; the Sartwell sheet
having the much smaller calyx, with lobes about 1 mm. long, of F.
pennsylvanica. Although near the upper limit of length of leaflets
and fruit for the latter species, the Sartwell material so definitely lacks
the very distinctive calyx of F. profunda (“This magnificent tree
: surpasses the other American species . . . in the size
of the calyx of the pistillate flower.” —Sargent, Sylva, xiv. 36) and is
so readily matched by the largest specimens of F. pennsylvanica, that
the record of F. profunda from western New York should be treated
as due to a misidentification.—M. L. FERNALD.

294 Rhodora [Auaust

ANOTHER MASSACHUSETTS STATION FOR CALLUNA VULGARIS.—As
a matter of record I report the discovery on July 13, 1932, of a well
established patch of Calluna vulgaris (L.) Hull on the links of the
Essex County Club, Manchester, Massachusetts. It occurs as a
dense mat in low mowed ground on the edge of one of the fairways.
Numerous small clumps are scattered in the grass on the periphery of
a mat of several square meters in extent. Many of the prostrate
Ricnarp J. Karon, Cambridge.

branches were in full flower.

GLYCERIA ARKANSANA IN WESTERN New Yonk.—In 1929 I de-
scribed, from swamps in Arkansas and Louisiana, a very coarse
plant, Glyceria arkansana, RHODORA, xxxi. 49, with flaccid leaves
1-2 em. broad and with large panicles of very delicate spikelets,
differing from those of G. septentrionalis Hitche. in having thin glumes,
the upper only 2.5-3.5 (in G. septentrionalis 4.5-5.7) mm. long, and
thin or membranaceous, very sharply keeled lemmas only 2.5-3 mm.
long (the coriaceous and obscurely nerved lemmas of G. septentrio-
nalis 3.6-5.5 mm. long). Professor A. S. Hitchcock has recently sent
me for examination a sheet of G. arkansana reputed to come from
western New York. Since this extension of range needs confirmation
my letter to Professor Hitchcock is here repeated, as directing atten-
tion to the desirability of searching for G. arkansana in Sartwell's
region (Penn Yan):

Dear Professor Hitchcock:

The grass you send, and which I am returning today, is certainly
Glyceria arkansana, but I cannot help wondering if Charles Mohr (through
whom it came) did not make some confusion of specimen and label.

The printed label, no. 48, at the left-hand corner is the label of Asa
Gray’s North American Gramineae and Cyperaceae (1834). We have two
sets of the latter, one in the original book-form, the other on sheets in
the herbarium, and in both cases no. 48 is perfectly characteristic G.
septentrionalis. The interpretation by Mohr on the label on the right,
that the collector was Knieskern, 1880, does not well fit the fact that the
little printed label, no. 48, belonged in a set distributed in 1834. In-
cidentally, Knieskern died in 1871.

We have in the Gray Herbarium, I find, a second sheet, which had re-
mained unidentified, of good G. arkansana from western New York.
This is pressed in much the same way as the specimen on the sheet from
Mohr's Herbarium and was marked by Asa Gray “Gl. fluitans, w. N. Y.
Sartwell.” It is not impossible that Gray, having scant material of his
own collection of G. septentrionalis, filled out some sets by putting in
specimens of the other plant, G. arkansana, collected by Sartwell. The
next thing, of course, is for some one to find G. arkansana actually growing
in Sartwell's region.—M. L. FERNALD.

Volume 35, no. 415, including pages 227—262 and 6 plates, was issued 3 July,
1933.

Rhodora Plate 259

EPILOBIUM PyLAIEANUM: Fics. 1, 2 and 3, fruiting and flowering plants, X 1, from
Burgeo, Newfoundland; ria. 4, flower, showing oblong, obtuse calyx-lobes, X 6, from

Purgeo; Fic. 5, seed, showing slender beak, X 10, from the Tyre, Port aux Basques,
Newfoundland.

Rhodora Plate 260

VACCINIUM NUBIGENUM: FIG. 1, flowering branch, X 1, from Newfoundland; ria. 2,
margin of leaf, X 4; ria. 3, flower, X 4; FIG. 4, anthers, X 8.

V. CESPITOSUM: FIG. 5, anthers, X 8, from Newfoundland.

V. OVALIFOLIUM: FIG. 6, anthers, X 8, from Oregon.

Hovdora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ọ Associate Editors
LUDLOW GRISCOM

Vol. 35. September, 1933. No. 417.
CONTENTS:

Quercus macrocarpa var. depressa (Nutt.) Engelm. B. Shimek. .. 295

Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora (continued).

MLE PE V uer. das Dan a ce eee ee RUPES cO RR 298
Dumontia in Maine. R. E. Schuh... . 0.0 ccc cee 315
Some Forms of Grasses. M. L. Fernald...... 0.0.06 -000e eee 316
New Species of Glyceria from the Great Smoky Mountains.

|) See. ets eae 7) are eR eG MEE oot ca Sahoo ok 320
Third Station for Waldsteinia fragarioides in Maine.

ACH. Noton U.C ae oe ete eee ni eae en E 322

The New England Botanical Club, Ine.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United
States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or
some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which
will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating
directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits.
Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more
than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con-
tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished
at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in
several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the
flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in-
cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, var-
ieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria,
leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical
activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards.

GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray
HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten
copies $1.50,

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton,
ug Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932.
3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora Plate :

Type of ASTER TRADESCANTI, X 24

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 35. September, 1933. No. 417

QUERCUS MACROCARPA VAR. DEPRESSA (NUTT.)
ENGELM!
B. SHIMEK

In western Iowa and the adjacent parts of Minnesota, South Dakota
and Nebraska a shrubby oak is frequently found at the borders of
prairie groves and on upland prairie. This form was evidently for-
merly abundant even in eastern Iowa, for the notes of the original
U. S. land surveys of Johnson County (made chiefly in 1837, before
the settlement of the region) contain frequent references to "grub
oaks,” “scrub oaks,” “grub bur oaks” and “bur oak scrubs.”

This was the shrub which occupied the borders of the prairie
groves in Iowa, excepting in the north-central and northeastern parts
of the state, where Quercus ellipsoidalis often replaced it.

It was first described by Nuttall (Genera of North American Plants,
vol. II, p. 215; 1818) as Q. obtusiloba B. *depressa. Later, DeCandolle
(Prodromus, vol. XVI, pt. 2, p. 22; 1868) published the variety under
the name Q. stellata y. depressa, obtusiloba being a synonym of stellata.

Nuttall’s description is very brief, merely citing that it is found
“fruiting at the height of 12 to 18 inches from the ground, scarcely
ever exceeding 3 feet," but the locality and habitat, “on the hills of
the Missouri to the confluence of the river Platte," make the designa-
tion of this form definite, for there is no other similar oak in that
region.

3) 66

This form was first given its proper place under Q. macrocarpa by
Engelmann (The Oaks of the United States, Trans. of the Acad. of
Sci. of St. Louis, vol. III, no. 3, p. 382; repr. p. 11; 1876) in the
statement that "throughout the north-west, north of the Missouri

1 Published with aid of a grant to RHopora from the National Academy of Sciences.

296 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

river, a low scrubby form is found, which might be designated as var.
depressa, as it is undoubtedly the obtusiloba B. depressa, Nutt. gen. 2,
215, which has smaller leaves and much smaller acorns than the
species, but is clearly a form of macrocarpa.”

Later (1892) MacMillan (The Metaspermae of the Minnesota
Valley, p. 192) merely gave Nuttall's name as a synonym of Q. macro-
carpa, without recognizing the variety.

Neither Gray's nor Britton's Manual, nor Britton and Brown's
Illustrated Flora, nor Sargent's Sylva of North America, mention the
variety.

In some of the writer's earlier papers this form was reported as Q.
macrocarpa var. olivacformis, but was first recognized under its cor-
rect designation in 1915 (The Plant Geography of the Lake Okoboji
Region, Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist., State University of Iowa, vol. VII, no.
2, p. 31).

Trelease (The American Oaks, Memoirs of the National Acad. of
Sciences, vol. XX, p. 108, 1924) also recognizes this as a form of
macrocar pa.

In Dr. Rydberg's posthumous * Flora of the Plains and Prairies"
(1932) this form is described as a new species, Q. mandanensis.: Spe-
cific reference is made to this as the same as Q. obtusiloba B. depressa
Nutt, "not Q. depressa,"—the latter evidently Q. depressa Humb. &
Bonp., described in 1809. He does not connect it in any way with Q.
macrocarpa, excepting to say that “it probably hybridizes” with
that species.

There can be no question that this is a mere form or variety of Q.
macrocarpa. On the loess and drift hills of western Iowa, where it is
still frequent, it usually occupies the tops of the hills in its most
extreme form, fruiting specimens often being less than one foot in
height, and on the sheltered sides of the hills grades down into forms
which at the foot of the hill are true Q. macrocarpa, often exceeding 50
feet in height. The plants gradually increase in size downward
and there is no line of demarkation between the variety on the upper
part of the slope and the typical form at the base.

It should also be noted that Q. stellata, to which this was originally
referred, does not occur in the region under consideration, being
found in Iowa only near the southern border of the state, especially
eastward.

Rydberg's effort to distinguish Q. mandanensis from Q. macrocarpa

1933] Shimek,—Quercus macrocarpa var. depressa (Nutt.) Engelm 297

in his key to the genus (p. 263) is not successful. He defines the two
“species” therein as follows:

Cup 20 mm. wide, conspicuously fringed; acorns subglobular
or round-ellipsoidal, 15-20 mm. in diam.; tall tree 10-50 m.
mu ee deii soc NU, Q. macrocarpa

Cup 10 mm. wide, slightly fringed, only the innermost scales
caudate-attenuate; acorns ovoid, about 10 mm. in diam.;

shrub 1-6 m. [in the description this is given as 1-5 m.] high,

often with corky branches............-.--.0 esse eeues Q. mandanensts

The above-named differences are by no means constant. The cup
and acorn of var. depressa are smaller than those of the larger easterly
forms of Q. macrocarpa, but they grade insensibly into the forms of
the latter which are found in the drier portions of the region. The
writer has collected acorns from rather large trees of Q. macrocarpa
in dry situations which measure as low as 8-10 mm. in diam., while
those of var. depressa often exceed 12 mm.

Both forms have the cups varying from distinctly fringed to slightly,
or even scarcely fringed. Indeed, some of the cups of var. depressa
which the writer collected in Shelby County have the cup relatively
more conspicuously fringed than in any of our forms of macrocarpa.

The shape of the acorns is also so variable in both that it forms no
distinctive character.

As previously noted, the size of the plant is also of little use as the
two forms intergrade perfectly in this respect.

The corky branches also offer no distinction, for they are usually
also found on Q. macrocarpa in drier situations.

In the descriptions of the two forms (pp. 264-5) it is further stated
that the fruit of Q. macrocarpa is short-peduncled, while that of Q.
mandanensis is subsessile or sessile. This character is also variable
in both, and constitutes no specific criterion.

It is therefore evident that Q. mandanensis is not worthy of specific
rank. It is even doubtful that it should be accorded varietal rank,
since the transition is so complete. As in so many of our modern
* species," the few extreme, or "typical" specimens in the herbaria
may appear to be quite distinct, but the distinction fails in the field
when large series are examined.

There is one reason, however, for preserving the varietal name.
It is very convenient in ecological discussions, for the variety is in-
variably found in dry, exposed situations and it is convenient to
designate the form by a name. The name of this variety should be
then, Q. macrocarpa var. depressa (Nutt.) Engelm,

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, STATE UNIVERSITY OF Iowa.

298 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA
M. L. FERNALD

(Continued from page 283)

EvPnnasra. Since the revision of The Genus Euphrasia in North
America, Ruopora, xvii. 181-201 (1915)—Contrib. Gray Herb. no.
xliv.—by Fernald & Wiegand, much material has been collected in
Newfoundland and eastern Canada and a few collections have been
made in Labrador. In so far as the recent collections amplify our
understanding of the species and their ranges they are here recorded,
following the sequence of the paper above referred to.

*Eupurasia Oakestt Wettst. In addition to the alpine stations
already recorded the following should be listed. NEWFOUNDLAND:
turfy barrens and slopes, Sacred Island, Straits of Belle Isle, Wiegand,
Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,981. QuEBEc: in a single dryish turfy
pocket, at 915-1100 m., southwestern slope of Mt. Fortin, Matane Co.,
Fernald & Pease, no. 25,269; mossy spots on calcareous sea-cliffs and
rock-slides by Gulf of St. Lawrence, slightly west of Marten River,
Gaspé Co., Fernald & Pease, no. 25,275.

The Quebec material is too young for positive identification but
its foliage and pubescence are quite like those of typical Euphrasia
Oakesii. The Mt. Fortin material comes from a turfy alpine habitat;
the material from near Marten River, although from near sea-level,
was associated with Luzula spicata (L.) DC., Draba nivalis Lilj., Saxi-
fraga cernua L., Potentilla nivea L., Androsace septentrionalis L. and
other arctic-alpine species. Most of the material from the Shickshock
Mts., of Matane County, originally distributed as E. Oakesii, proves
upon restudy to belong with E. Williamsii.

*E. Wirtramsir Robinson. Straits of Belle Isle, NEWFOUNDLAND:
turfy hillsides and barrens, western side of Quirpon Island, Wiegand,
Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,973; in carpet of Salix Uva-ursi Pursh, open
peaty and gravelly spots on crests of trap cliffs, Cape Onion, Fernald
& Long, no. 28,974; dry gravelly and turfy limestone barrens, Savage
Point, Fernald & Long, no. 28,976. Matane Co., QuEBEc (all dis-
tributed as E. Oakesii): wet calcareous cliffs and ledges, Nettle Gully,
alt. about 400 m., northern base of Mt. Collins, Fernald, Griscom,
Mackenzie, Pease & Smith, no. 26,001; talus of mica schist, chimney
east of Razorback Ridge (alt. 850-1000 m.), Mt. Logan, Pease &
Smith, no. 26,002; dry talus and ledges of green schists, at about
900-1125 m. alt., Hanging Valley, Mt. Pembroke, Griscom & Pease,
no. 26,003; gravelly and turfy slides and chimneys at about 850-1000
m. alt., in the steep schistose southern face of Mt. Fortin, Fernald &

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 299

Smith, no. 26,004; shelves of cliffs and upper talus of green schists,
alt. about 1100-1150 m., head of Hanging Valley, Mt. Pembroke,
Fernald & Smith, no. 26,005.

E. WILLIAMSI, var. VESTITA Fern. & Wieg. Including E. Oakesii,
forma lilacina Fern. & Wieg. Northern and western Newfoundland
and adjacent Quebec Labrador; additional records follow. New-
FOUNDLAND: crests of dry trap cliffs and turfy headlands, Sacred
Island, Straits of Belle Isle, Wiegand, Gilbert & H otchkiss, nos. 28,975,
28,987; dry limestone gravel, Dog Peninsula, St. Margaret Bay,
Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,989; turfy lime-
stone crest, alt. 650 m., Killdevil, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg,
no. 1999; dry upper diorite slopes and rock-crests at about 675-750 m.
alt., Lookout Mt., Bonne Bay (type region), Fernald, Long & Fogg,
nos. 1996, 1997; trap ledges and gravel, subalpine southern slope of
Lark Mt., Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 400. QUEBEC:
calcareous sandstone cliffs of the upper terrace, Blanc Sablon (type
region of E. Oakesii, forma lilacina), Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no.
2896. See pp. 6, 88.

Additional experience -indicates that Euphrasia Williamsw var.
vestita and E. Oakesii, forma lilacina are inseparable. The plant
stands midway between typical E. Williamsii (with chocolate-brown
to maroon corollas and glabrous leaves) and typical E. Oakesii (with
the corolla white, with violet veins, and the leaves pilose-hirtellous).
In var. vestita the color of the corolla varies (“ purple, not chocolate"
in no. 28,987; “crimson ” in the type; * chocolate-brown to maroon ”
in no. 28,989; “chocolate-purple” in no. 400; “lilac” in type of E.
Oakesii var. vestita). It may eventually seem wiser to treat the group
as one species, E. Oakesii, with localized varieties differing in color of
corolla and in pubescence, parallel with the variations of E. purpurea.

E. PURPUREA Reeks. Additional localities in NEWFOUNDLAND: turfy
sandstone ledges, White Point, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg,
no. 1990; brackish spot and gravelly beach, East Arm, Bonne Bay,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 2,000, 2,001; knolls in sphagnous marsh,
Lark Harbor, Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 402; turfy
and gravelly talus of sandstone sea-cliffs, Woody Island, Bay of
Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 403, 404 (very succulent); wet
mossy barrens back of Port aux Basques, Fernald, Long & Dunbar,
no. 27,043; sandy loam back of barrier-beach, Great Barachois (or
Barasway Bay), Burgeo and La Poile, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 406.

*E. PURPUREA, forma CANDIDA Fern. & Wieg. Described from
Magdalen Islands and from Saguenay Co., Quebec; clearly a white-
flowered form of the glabrous E. purpurea. Now known from the
Straits of Belle Isle, NewFOUNDLAND: turfy upper border of limestone
strand, Cape Norman, Wiegand & Long, no. 29,001; open peaty and

300 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

gravelly spots on crests of trap cliffs, Cape Onion, Fernald & Long, no.
28,977 (minutest of plants, fully mature and branching flowering
specimens with leafy summit often only 3 mm. in diameter).

*E. PURPUREA, var. Ranbir (Robinson) Fern. & Wieg. Typical
var. Randii, with corollas purple and the faces of the green leaves
sparsely crisp-pubescent, proves to be frequent on the coast of New-
foundland and to extend farther north on the Labrador than we knew
in 1915. The new northern records follow. LABRADOR: fresh marsh,
upland terrace, Indian Harbor, lat. 54° 25’, Harlow Bishop, no. 530.
NEWFOUNDLAND: turfy and shingly limestone shore, Capstan Point,
Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,063, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 29,013; turfy knolls near the hospital, Flower Cove, Fernald, no.
29,015; basaltic talus near mouth of Wallace’s Brook (so. of Bonne
Bay), Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1993; shelves and talus of diorite
cliffs, Western Head, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1994;
turfy crests of trap headlands, Lark Harbor, Fernald, Long & Fogg,
no. 401; bare spots on peaty and gravelly slopes and peaty and grav-
elly thickets, French (or Tweed) Island, Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long
& Fogg, nos. 407 (dense form in open habitat), 408 (lax shaded form);
dry peaty barrens among the gneiss hills back of Port aux Basques,
Fernald, Long & Dunbar, nos. 27,048, 27,049; in turf on granite ledge,
Gaultois, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,045; granitic ledges, Ramea,
Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,046; turfy sand plain back of the
beach, Sand Bank, west of Burgeo, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 405;
granite ledges and boulders by the sea, Burgeo, Fernald, Long & Dun-
bar, no. 27,047; damp depressions in sand and gravel back of barrier
beach, Argentea, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,044.

E. PURPUREA, var. RANDII, f. ALBIFLORA Fern. & Wieg. Reported
from Newfoundland in 1915 only from the East Coast. Now known
to be more general around the coast: dry gravel of limestone barrens,
southern half of Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald & Long, no. 28,996;
turfy or peaty pockets in limestone ledges, Sandy (or Poverty)
Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,036 (dis-
tributed as Æ. Oakesii); turfy and gravelly limestone strand, Yankee
Point, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,982;
peaty or turfy pockets in limestone barrens, Brig Bay, Fernald,
Long & Dunbar, no. 27,040 (distributed as E. Oakesii); turfy limestone
shore and damp peaty hollows in limestone barrens, Sandy Cove,
Ingornachoix Bay, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, nos. 27,041, 27,042 (dis-
tributed as Æ. Oakesii) ; crests, crevices and talus of trap sea-cliffs, French
(or Tweed) Island, Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 399; wet
bog-barrens, Trepassey, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,052.

On account of its extreme dwarfing much of the material was
originally mistaken for E. Oakesii, but even the small plants (unless
crowded) have a strong tendency to divergent basal branching,
while the smaller-flowered E. Oakesii is almost uniformly simple, the

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 301

rare branching plants having few ascending branches chiefly from the
median axils.

E. PURPUREA, var. FARLowr (Robinson) Fern. & Wieg. Frequent
near the coast; the following NEWFOUNDLAND records may be noted:
turfy barren slopes, Sacred Island, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no.
28,980; open peaty and gravelly spots on crests of trap cliffs, Cape
Onion, Fernald & Long, no. 28,979; turfy and peaty spots (various
stations, as E. Oakesii), Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, nos.
27,034, 27,035, 27,037, 27,038; turfy limestone shore, St. Barbe,
Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,039, as E. Oakesii; dry limestone
gravel, Dog Peninsula, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss,
no. 28,983; headlands, Green Gardens, Cape St. George, Mackenzie &
Griscom, no. 11,124; dry peaty barrens among the gneiss hills back
of Port aux Basques, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,054; turfy
pastures, Argentea, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,053; wet bog-
barrens, Trepassey, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,052; peaty pockets
in silicious rocks near crest of South Hill, St. John's, Fernald, Long &
Dunbar, no. 27,051.

*E. PURPUREA, var. FanLowr, f. ropANTHA Fern. & Wiegand.
Originally from Matinicus Island, Maine, now known from several
regions in NEWFOUNDLAND: turfy and gravelly limestone strand,
Yankee Point, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no.
28,985; turfy limestone barren, Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Fernald,
no. 28,984; turfy limestone barrens, Dog Peninsula, St. Margaret Bay,
Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,988; dry limestone
barrens, upper slopes and tablelands, alt. 200-300 m., Table Mt.,
Port au Port, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 3998 (individuals with glandu-
lar bracts), 4002 (bracts glandless); dry peaty crests of gneiss hills
near Sand Bank, west of Burgeo, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 409.

E. pissuncta Fern. & Wieg. The commonest species of Newfound-
land with medium-sized whitish corolla, general in the northern,
central and western regions, south to Notre Dame Bay, the Exploits
Valley and the Cod Roy area.

E. arctica Lange. Recorded from Newfoundland only from Table
Mt., Port au Port Bay; common in northern Newfoundland: St.
Anthony, September 10, 1923, A. G. Huntsman; Quirpon Harbor,
September 8, 1923, Huntsman; slaty cliffs and talus, Cape Raven,
Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,000; upper border
of limestone gravel-beach and turfy limestone barrens, Burnt Cape,
Pistolet Bay, Fernald & Long, nos. 28,995, 28,997; turfy limestones
barrens, Cape Norman, Wiegand & Long, no. 29,002; turfy limestone
barrens, Yankee Point, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long,
nos. 29,005-29,009; turfy limestone barren, Capstan Point, Flower
Cove, Fernald, no. 29,004, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 29,012; springy
cliffs and talus above the Overfall of Deer Pond Brook, Highlands of
St. John, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,017; dryish limestone

302 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

talus, western face of Doctor Hill, Fernald & Long, no. 29,020; turfy
limestone strand, Bard Harbor, St. John Bay, Wiegand & Gilbert, no.
29,018 (gigantic, some plants nearly 6 dm. high, with bracts 2 cm.
broad); turfy limestone barrens, St. John Island, Fernald, Wiegand,
Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, nos. 28,992, 28,994, 29,026; turfy terraces
and slopes on limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg,
no. 1989.

As Euphrasia arctica I am treating the plant so common about the
coast of the lower St. Lawrence in Quebec and in northwestern New-
foundland, thence north around the coast of Labrador to Hudson Bay;
also on the coast of Greenland, on Iceland and the Faeróe Islands and
somewhat general around the subarctic regions. Our plant is well
matched by much Greenland material as well as specimens from Ice-
land and arctic Scandinavia, and it seems to be quite inseparable from
the Greenland, Iceland and Faeróes plant so beautifully illustrated, as
E. officinalis, var. latifolia, by Lange in Fl. Dan. xvii. fasc. xlix. 9, t.
mmdeccex. (1877); the smaller and less pubescent plants from Labra-
dor and Newfoundland so closely matching Lange's plate that the
latter must have been made from very similar material. FE. arctica
was published in a list of plants of the Faeróes by Rostrup as

* E. arctica Lge (in litt.). Denne forhen ubeskrevne, ret ejendommelige
art eller underart er temmelig almindelig, den er ogsá funden i Grgnland
og Island ifglge meddelelse af prof. Lange. Char.: Folia viscoso-puberula,
reniformi- vel cordato-orbicularia, obtusissime crenata, margine revoluta;
bracteae majusculae, sensim acutius crenatae v. serratae; flores sub-
capitato-congesti.!

Unfortunately, however, to work back to the beginning of a com-
plicated question, Hooker, not at all understanding the genus Eu-
phrasia, had enumerated from “Prairies of the Rocky Mountains,"
Drummond, a E. officinalis, * 8. var. rotundifolia, laxiflora.—E. lati-
folia. Ph. l. e. (non L.)’ The Drummond plant, from the Rocky
Mts. (E. officinalis, 8. of Hook.), as shown by a good sheet of it in the
Gray Herbarium, is E. disjuncta Fern. & Wieg. Whether or not it
was like anything Pursh may have seen from Labrador, it is now im-
possible to say. Pursh gave no new diagnosis and he certainly had no
thought of publishing a new species. His publication was very
simple and clearly shows that he was merely identifying some plant
of Labrador with E. latifolia of Willdenow's Species Plantarum.

latifolia, 2. E. foliis ovatis dentato-palmatis, floribus spicatis, corollis
tubulosis, laciniis labii inferioris obtusis. Willd. sp. pl.
3, p. 192.

1 Rostr. Bot. Tidsskr. iv. 47 (1870).

? Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 106 (1838).

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 303

Icon. Sabb. hort. 3. t. 7. Moris. hist. 3. s. 11. t. 24. f. 8.
In Labrador. Colmaster. ©. July. v. s. in Herb. Dickson.
Flowers smaller, pale purple.!

Pursh, as stated, was obviously simply identifying a plant in
Dickson’s herbarium with the already published Euphrasia latifolia
L. (and subsequently Willd.), giving word-for-word Willdenow's
diagnosis of a plant of southern Europe and northern Africa (which
does not belong even to the genus HLuphrasia as now accepted, but to
Parentucellia) and citing two plates of the latter.

Only by one comparative phrase, “Flowers smaller, pale purple,"
thrown in as a comment, did Pursh depart from the literal copying of
Willdenow's description of Euphrasia latifolia L., i. e. Parentucellia
latifolia (L.) Caruel. The latter plant has red flowers 1-1.5 cm. long,
much larger than in any North American species of true Euphrasia.
Pursh’s comparative comment, if meant to indicate that the Labrador
specimen which he saw in Dickson’s herbarium had “ Flowers smaller"
than in LE. latifolia L. of the Mediterranean region, would, conse-
quently, be quite useless in making out which of the 11 Euphrasias
known from the Labrador Peninsula he might have seen. Pursh’s
comparative comment should be interpreted, however, like parallel
cases in his Flora: he was comparing the plant which he misidentified
with the Mediterranean E. latifolia with the species preceding it in
his Flora, his E. “officinalis . . . In Canada. Michauz.

v. s. Flowers white, with purple veins." Since the Michaux plant,
as shown by his material at Paris which I have examined, is the only
Euphrasia known in the region of Canada traversed by either Michaux
or Pursh, £. canadensis Towns., which, as defined by Wiegand and
me from full field-knowledge of it, has “ corolla 5-6.5 mm. long, white
with lavender or bluish veins,” it should be clear that Pursh’s critical
note, that the Labrador plant has “Flowers smaller, pale purple,”
may have some real significance. Of the 11 Euphrasias known from
Labrador 6 (E. Oakesiti, E. Williamsii var. vestita, E. purpurea and
vars. Randii and Farlowii, and E. disjuncta) have flowers measurably
smaller than in E. canadensis (the Canadian “ E. officinalis" of Pursh’s
Flora), and of these E. W'illiamsii var. vestita, E. purpurea and E.
purpurea var. Randii have the flowers purple, though there may be a
lilac tinge on the upper lip of the others. Unfortunately, the plant
which Pursh saw in Dickson's herbarium is not now known; though,
in view of the facts, that Pursh was merely misidentifying it with a
1 Pursh, Fl. Am, Sept. ii. 430 (1814).

304 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

species of another genus and that the name FE. latifolia, misapplied by
him, had already been preémpted by Linnaeus, the search for the
plant in Dickson's herbarium might seem a needless one. But, still
more unfortunately, several European botanists have magnified
Pursh's misidentification of a Labrador plant with small, purple
flowers with a Mediterranean plant of another genus into an assump-
tion that Pursh intended to describe a new species! Consequently,
the name Euphrasia latifolia, wrongly ascribed to Pursh, has got very
extensively into the literature of Euphrasia and far-reaching conclu-
sions have been drawn therefrom.

Hooker, having material of the remotely flowered Euphrasia dis-
juncta, with smallish white corollas, from the Canadian Rocky Mts.,
called it, as already noted, E. officinalis, “B. var. rotundifolia, laxi-
flora.—E. latifolia. Ph. l. c. (non L.)." Lange, after properly publish-
ing E. arctica in 1870, discovered Hooker's identification here quoted
and, apparently not taking the trouble to learn the character of
Pursh’s original publication, abandoned his own well published Æ.
arctica, with white corollas 5-8 mm. long, and in the text accompany-
ing his beautiful plate in Flora Danica (t. mmdcececx.) reduced it to
varietal rank as E. officinalis var. latifolia (Pursh). Lange's synonymy
there given (in 1877) was as follows: “ E. latifolia Pursh Fl. Am. sept.
2, p. 430; E. officinalis var. rotundifolia Hook. Fl. Amer. bor. 2, p.
106; E. arctica Lge. (Bot. Tidskr. I. 4, p. 47)," in explanation of
which Lange made the “Obs. Ex definitione Hookerii |. c. nostra planta
respondere E. latifolia Pursh.”

As pointed out in a preceding paragraph, Pursh was merely mis-
identifying some plant of Labrador with small purple flowers with the
Mediterranean E. latifolia L. If it be maintained that by his phrase
* Flowers smaller, pale purple" Pursh was defining a new species, it
must at least be admitted that the only plants known with small and
purple flowers which he could have seen from Labrador are the three
already enumerated, E. Williamsii var. vestita with purple (usually
chocolate-purple) corollas only 2.5-4 mm. long, and E. purpurea and
its var. Randii, with deep-purple to pale-roseate corollas also only
2.5-4 mm. long. Pursh certainly was not describing the plant with
white corollas 5-8 mm. long, so beautifully illustrated by Lange and
supposed by him to be “ E. latifolia Pursh." The plant which Hooker
had from the Rocky Mountains is the slender species with small and
remote white flowers (corollas 4-5.5 mm. long), E. disjuncta, and not

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 305

conspecific with the plant of Greenland, Iceland and the Faeróes illus-
trated by Lange. Incidentally the name, FE. officinalis, var. rotundi-
folia started with Lange; Hooker had given it no name, merely *' 8.
var. rotundifolia, laxiflora," this descriptive phrase not constituting
a true name. Eliminating from Lange's publication in Flora Danica
the citations which do not belong to the species he described and
illustrated, we have left the characteristic subarctic species which he
had already properly published as E. arctica.

Wettstein, misled by the earlier literature, took up E. latifolia as of
Pursh, with EF. arctica Lange as a synonym, in his great Monographie
der Gattung Euphrasia (1896) and, quite naturally, he has been
followed by others who have not realized the errors involved. Wett-
stein, however, himself realized the doubt surrounding the name Æ.
latifolia as used by Pursh, but since E. latifolia L. (the description of
which Pursh had directly copied from Willdenow) is now removed to
Parentucellia, Wettstein felt that something Labradorean should be
attached to the name in Pursh's sense. Unfortunately, however, such
slight characterization as can be deduced from Pursh's “Flowers
smaller [than in E. canadensis, with white corollas smaller than in Æ.
arctica], pale purple" leads in the direction of E. purpurea, rather than
to the large- and white-flowered E. arctica. However that may be, the
homonym-rule now effectively disposes of E. latifolia Pursh in Wettst.
Mon. Euphr. 136 (1896), for E. latifolia L. (1753) abundantly ante-
dates it.

Mr. H. W. Pugsley! feels, I do not understand why, that there is
doubt as to what Lange meant by E. arctica. Lange's description,
published by Rostrup, was clear; in Flora Danica where, following
the wholly uncomprehending suggestion of Hooker, Lange revived
the indefinite * E. latifolia Pursh,” he placed his own Æ. arctica un-
equivocally with it and illustrated in an unexcelled plate the common
plant of Greenland, Iceland and the Faeróes, with white corollas 5-8
mm. long. Wettstein, likewise, did not hesitate to treat E. arctica as
the boreal plant described and illustrated by Lange, though he per-
petuated the error of calling it * E. latifolia Pursh.”

In view of this seeming clarity (clarity most unusual in taxonomic
work prior to the very recent insistence upon designating a “ type")
as to what Lange actually meant by Euphrasia arctica, it is quite per-
plexing to find Pugsley doubting the identity and substituting for

1 Pugsley, A Revision of the British Euphrasiae, Linn. Soc. Journ., Bot. xlviii. 490,
492 (1930).

306 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

“ Euphrasia latifolia Pursh ex Wettstein” the new name £E. frigida.
Pugsley's substitution was made in a foot-note quoted below:

The recent Congress at Cambridge having decided to reject homonyms,
the name Æ. latifolia cannot be used. It is therefore proposed, as some
doubt attaches to the identity of E. arctica Lange, to substitute a fresh
name ÉUPHRASIA FRIGIDA.

Surely, if there is any doubt whatever (which I am unable to dis-
cover) regarding the real identity of Euphrasia arctica Lange, there is
hopeless doubt regarding the exact identity of E. frigida Pugsley.
Tossed off as an afterthought in a foot-note, as a substitute, without
any type designated, for “ E. latifolia Pursh ex Wettstein,” it goes
directly back for its typification, first to Wettstein, then to Pursh.
As already emphasized, Pursh did not definitely publish a new species;
he merely misidentified a plant of Labrador with a Mediterranean
plant now put into a different genus. The only comment which can
possibly be cited as constituting a new diagnosis by Pursh indicates,
if it indicates anything, one of the very small-flowered Labradorean
species, perhaps either E. purpurea Reeks or E. Williamsii Robinson,
with purple (not white) corollas rarely 4 mm. long. Wettstein also
includes E. officinalis “ var. rotundifolia Hook.," which was based solely
on a collection of the white-flowered E. disjuncta Fern. & Wieg. His
other citations may or may not be conspecific with FE. arctica; they
cannot be at the same time conspecific with that, with E. disjuncta
and with E. purpurea or E. Williamsii (one or the other of these two
presumably the plant which Pursh had). Although there seems no
justification for the new name Æ. frigida, its publication would have
added less to the confused ideas already prevailing if its author had
taken pains to give it a definite typification; and by refraining from
publishing an ill defined name he could have prevented hours of
futile plodding through the obscure paths of nomenclature.

E. stricta Host. Already well known from southeastern New-
foundland, now recorded from the West Coast: sandy and gravelly
strand west of Bard Harbor, St. John Bay, Fernald & Long, no.
29,027; wet open hillside, Neddy Harbor, Bonne Bay, Harlow Bishop,
no. 532.

E. AMERICANA Wettst. The commonest species of southern and
central Newfoundland, in dry open soil, extending north to Notre
Dame Bay, the Exploits Valley and St. John Bay.

Pugsley, in his Revision of the British Euphrasiae, Linn. Soc. Journ.,
Bot. xlviii. 521 (1930), seems to refer E. americana to the European

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 307

E. brevipila Burnat & Gremli. At least, at the end of his discussion
of E. brevipila he says:

A form apparently inseparable from this species is found in Newfound-
land and Canada— possibly an introduction from Europe. This is repre-

sented in the exsicecata[e], Macoun, No. 1696 (Cape Breton), Fernald,
No. 3989 (Newfoundland) and Fernald, No. 8026 (Magdalen Is., Quebec).

The numbers of my own (and other's) collecting, i. e. Fernald,
Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3989 and Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8026,
are before me and they are very characteristic Euphrasia americana,
as usual with the leaves and bracts glabrous; while, as Pugsley cor-
rectly states, in the European F. brevipila they are “all clothed
with + shortly stalked glands and short bristles.” In E. americana the
flowers are borne only on the upper half of the stem and branches, the
first flowers of the central axis appearing (in well developed plants)
at the Sth-11th node; and in mature fruiting plants the base of the
central inflorescence is about midway on the axis. In the glandular
European EL. brevipila, however, as shown by Wettstein’s plate (his t.
vii. fig. 8) and by various European specimens (Braun-Blanquet, Fl.
Raet. Exsice. no. 676; Pampanini, Fl. Ital. Exsicc. no. 339; Palmér,
Fl. Suec. no. 1079; Fernald, Pease & Long, no. 2377, identified by
Pugsley; and unnumbered specimens from Fries, Fróman, Asplund
and others) the central inflorescence (on the main axis) occupies, when
fully developed, three-fourths to five-sixths of the entire central axis;
the first flowers of the central axis appearing at the 5th-8th node.
In E. americana the lower lip is white (only rarely bluish), but with
bluish or purple veins; in Æ. brevipila the corolla is usually purplish
or bluish (“ Corolla pallide violacea vel coerulea’ — Wettstein; “ Corolla

lilac"—Pugsley). In E. americana the mature capsules are
distinctly exceeded by the calyx, in E. brevipila not exceeded by it
("Capsula . . . calycem aequans vel superans”— Wettstein;
"Capsule . . . equaling or exceeding the calyx-teeth"— Pugsley).
Other characters, in the corolla and the calyx, could be pointed out
which at once differentiate E. americana from E. brevipila, but those
already indicated are sufficient. I have before me at this writing 141
numbers of E. americana, with the collecting of more than 50 of which
I have been personally concerned. Like all the annual species it
varies in stature (up to 4.4 dm. high), degree of branching and size of
foliage and bracts; but in its essential characters it is abundantly
distinct from the glandular-pubescent, low-flowering European FE.
brevipila with bluish to lilac corollas and short fruiting calyx.

308 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

OROBANCHE TERRAE-NOVAE Fern. RHopoRA, xxviii. 235 (1927).

Since Orobanche terrae-novae was proposed as a species excellent
additional characters have been detected in the capsules and seeds.
Fruiting material from several stations in Newfoundland, as well as
from Anticosti, shows that the capsules are lance-conie, more easily
pushing off the marcescent corollas than in the continental O. uniflora
L., which has the ovoid capsules usually closely invested by the mar-
cescent corollas. In O. terrae-novae the seeds (FIG. 2) are more elongate,

Fia. 2. Seeds, X 45, of OROBANCHE Fie. 3. Seeds, X 45, of OROBANCHE
TERRAE-NOVAE. UNIFLORA.

with more delicate reticulation than in the continental O. uniflora
(FIG. 3) or in the western O. Sedi (Suksd.) Fern. In the latter species
they are rounded-ellipsoid and shorter than in O. uniflora and even
more reticulate. See pp. 48, 95.!

*PLANTAGO MAJOR L., var. ASIATICA (L.) Dene. Bonne Bay:
alluvial islands and shores at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 2018; brackish swale near mouth of McKenzie River, no.

1 Since the paragraph on Orobanche went into type, A revision of the section Gymno-
caulis of the genus Orobanche, by Daisy M. Acbey, has appeared—Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl.
lx. 441-451 (June, 1933). Miss Achey reduces O. terrae-novae to varietal rank as
O. uniflora L., var. terrae-novae (Fern.) Achey, l. c. 444 (1933). She seems not to
have specially studied the capsules and seeds (rias. 2 and 3), usually very conserva-
tive structures, and sbe finds support in my statement, in the original discussion,
that ''Orobanche terrae-novae is perhaps merely a geographic variety," quoting the
suggestion without the qualifying '' perhaps." Fic. 2 shows seeds, X 45, of O. terrae-
novae from Bard Harbor Hill, Fernald & Long, no. 29,053; ria. 3, seeds, X 45, of O.
uniflora from Johnston, Rhode Island, May 30, 1890, J. F. Collins.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 309

2019. See p. 92. Collected by Mrs: Ayre in September, 1932 “ miles
from anywhere”’ in the region of Salmonier.

In the present wholly unsatisfactory state of our knowledge of the
Plantago major group I am leaving the indigenous cireumpolar plant
as a variety of P. major. A thorough study of the group in America
is much needed.

*P. LANCEOLATA L., var. SPHAEROSTACHYA Mert. & Koch, f. vER-
NALIS Béguinot Bay or Israwps: turfy pasture-slope, Curling,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2020.

Forma vernalis, characterized by short elliptic-ovate, instead of
elongate leaves, and by very short, subglobose spikes, seems not to have
been recorded in America.

GALIUM KAMTSCHATICUM Steller. To the recorded Newfoundland
stations add the following. Bonne Bay: damp thicket under lime-
stone crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2023.
VALLEY or Harry’s Brook: near Force-le-Plain, R. B. Kennedy, no.
332.

Galium kamtschaticum is a very notable case of bicentric distribu-
tion: northeastern Asia and adjacent Aleutian Islands, and north-
eastern America (MAP 25). JI have tried in vain to separate our eastern

jx d SA THEN
T d EASIEST

tu ^ EX BOY EM ^
Pu Le US
COCOS VIN SC CE

Map 25. Bicentric Range of GALIUM KAMTSCHATICUM.

American plant (G. Littellii Oakes; G. circaezans, var. montanum T. &
G.) from the Asiatic but in every important point the two seem the
same. G. kamtschaticum has been recorded from Washington and
Oregon, but the plant of that area has several very evident characters
(stiffer texture; 5-9, instead of 2-4, primary whorls of leaves; blades

310 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

narrower and with strikingly different venation; flowers more numer-
ous; corolla of thicker texture, with obtuse, instead of acute, lobes;
styles elongate, instead of sub-suppressed; etc.). The plant of Wash-
ington and Oregon is the thoroughly distinct G. oreganum Britton.
Since the map was engraved I have learned of the occurrence of G.
kamtschaticum in Corea.

SAMBUCUS PUBENS Michx. The northernmost station known on the
West Coast is on Bonne Bay: base and lower slopes of Gros Morne,
R. H. Kimball, no. 88.

The broader and more open as well as much larger inflorescences,
the usually more oblong-elliptic leaflets well grown at flowering time
and the more coarsely rugose seeds seem sufficiently to separate the
American Sambucus pubens from the European S. racemosa L. Typ-
ical S. pubens has at least the young leaves somewhat pubescent
beneath. However, the foliage may be wholly glabrous from the
first.!

CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA L., var. ALASKANA Gray.

The more extreme plants with oblanceolate or lanceolate to oblong
or narrowly obovate cauline leaves is very marked, but in some
colonies there is clear intergradation with the commoner forms with
cauline leaves linear.

The following eastern American material is referred to var. ALAS-
KANA. NEWFOUNDLAND: sandy and turfy seashore, Bard Harbor, St.
John Bay, Fernald & Long, no. 29,093; peat and turf bordering
gravelly limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.
2039; grassy strand, Ingornachoix Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge,
no. 4068; peaty and gravelly open slopes, French (or Tweed) Island,
Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 434. QuEBEC: bonaventure
conglomerate (calcareous) sea-cliffs, Bonaventure Island, Fernald &
Collins, no. 1179. Nova Scoria: old cellar, Trinity Cove, and rocky
slope, Atlantic Cove, St. Paul Island, Perry & Roscoe, nos. 376, 377.
See p. 56.

! SAMBUCUS PUBENS Michx., f. calva, f. nov., foliis ramulisque glabris.—Occasional
through the raaa of the species, eastern Quebec to southern ritish Columbia, south
to Connecticut, New Jersey, Ohio and Washington. Type: thickets in Fernald Pass,

alt. about 850 m., between Mts. Mattaouisse, Fortin and Logan, July 13, 1923, Fernald
Griscom & Mackenzie, no. 26,030 (in Gray Herb.).

Other forms of S. pubens are

S. PUBENS, f. leucocarpa (T. & G.), comb. nov. S. pubens, B. leucocarpa T. & G. Fl.
ii. 13 (1841). S. racemosa, f. leucocarpa (T. & G.) House, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 243-
244: 69 (1923).

S. PUBENS, f. xanthocarpa (Cock.), comb. nov. S. racemosa, f. xanthocarpa Cock.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xviii. 170 (1891). S. pubens, var. xanthocarpa Nieuwl. Am. Mid.
Nat. iii. 310 (1914). S. racemosa, f. chrysocarpa Eames & Godfrey, RHopora, xviii.
239 (1916). S. racemosa, f. ranthocarpa House, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 243-244: 41
(1923).

8. PUBENS, f. dissecta (Britt.), comb. nov. S. pubens dissecta Britt. Mem. Torr. Bot.
Cl. v.304 (1894).

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 311

LoBELIA DortmManna L. The northern known limits in Newfound-
land are on Notre Dame Bay and Bonne Bay. Notre Dame Bay:
Tilt Cove, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 6274. BONNE Bay:
shallow pools in bog-barrens at 400—550 m. alt., tableland of Lookout
Mt., R. H. Kimball, no. 61, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2041. See p.
85 and Mar 8.

*SoLIDAGO HISPIDA Muhl., var. LANATA (Hook.) Fern. RHODORA,
x. 87 (1908). The only Newfoundland station known is from Port
au Port Bay: dry exposed ledges and shingle on the limestone
tableland, Table Mt., Fernald & St. John, no. 10,867.

S. HISPIDA, var. DISJUNCTA Fern. Rnopona, xvii. 2 (1915). To the
type station (on the Humber) add Bonne Bay: turfy slopes below
limestone crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.
2049.

S. HISPIDA, var. ARNOGLOSSA Fern. I. c. (1915). To the two stations
originally published add the following. Bonne Bay: basaltic talus
near mouth of Wallace's Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2046.
Bay or IsraNps: peaty and gravelly thickets, French (or Tweed)
Island, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 441. See p. 7.

S. catcicota Fern. Already well known from the valleys of the
Exploits and Harry's River (or Brook), now extended north to BoNNE
Bay: quartzite gravel and talus, slopes of Killdevil, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 2044. See p. 88.

.*S$. LEPIDA DC., var. ELONGATA (Nutt.) Fern. Rnopona, xvii. 9
(1915). Bonne Bay: gravelly shores and alluvial islands near mouth
of Main River, Fernald & Long, no. 2060. See p. 91.

Already well known in the East from the Gaspé Peninsula, Anticosti,
the Cóte Nord and Lake St. John.

S. CANADENSIS L. Rare in Newfoundland. The following material
is before me. VALLEY OF THE ExPLorrs: dry rocky clearings, Grand
Falls, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 6304. Lower HUMBER
VALLEY: dry limestone gravel, Hannah’s Head, Fernald & Long, no.
2061. Bay or IsLanps: woods, Goose Arm, August 21, 1896, Wag-
horne. See p. 94.

BELLIS PERENNIS L. Although a frequent casual, persisting on
garden refuse, the English Daisy is completely naturalized near the
head of Humber Arm of Bay or ISLANDs: pasture-turf, Crow’s Gulch
and turfy slope, Curling, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 2073, 2074.
Bonne Bay: turfy roadside, Woody Point, no. 2075. See p. 15.

'* ASTER RADULA Ait. The typical southern plant extends north to
Bonne Bay: open marsh land, Bonne Bay, Harlow Bishop, no. 589;
gravelly shores and alluvial islands near mouth of Main River, Fer-
nald, Long & Fogg, no. 2062.

*A. ACUMINATUS Michx. Very local. Bay or ISLANDS: spruce
woods on southern slope of Lark Mt., Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 460.
REaroN oF Care Ray: spruce thickets among the gneiss hills back of
Port aux Basques, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,139. See p. 4.

312 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

*A. NEMORALIS Ait., var. MAJOR Peck. Var. Blakei Porter. Known
in Newfoundland only from Recron or Care Ray: spruce thickets
among the gneiss hills back of Port aux Basques, Fernald, Long &
Dunbar, no. 27,141.

THE InENTITY oF ASTER TRADEsCANTI.—After the very extensive
studies by Wiegand,' it might seem the part of discretion to let well
enough alone and to refrain from raising anew the question of the
identity of the long-baffling Aster Tradescanti L. The type of the
latter (PLATE 261), however, is so definite and its similarity in every
obvious point to one of the characteristic species occurring in New-
foundland, Quebec, Nova Scotia, New England and northern New
York is so complete, that I feel that the long and vacillating career of
A. Tradescanti as an unrecognizable species is now at an end.

After prolonged study of the bases of Aster Tradescanti, Asa Gray
selected to stand as its type a specimen at the British Museum of a
plant in the Hortus Cliffortianus herbarium, which had been raised
from seed received from Morison of his A. Virginianus ramosissimus
serotinus parvis floribus albis Tradescanti, Morison, Hist. iii. 121
(1715), “whence the name." In the Clifford herbarium Gray desig-
nated as " vera" the plant he had, rightly, selected as type; and in
1903, while photographing types at the British Museum, I made a
silhouette-like and unfortunately vague portrait of it (PLATE 261),
X 24. Of this type Wiegand concludes:

This photograph does not seem to match any American form [of A.
paniculatus Lam.| unless it be a shade condition of some normally wild
form. The specimen may have come from shaded or crowded colonies in
the garden. The heads are rather small, but are not fully developed, and
possibly would have been larger if they had matured. The rameal leaves
are more elliptie, more lax, and less rigid than in all forms of the species,
but resemble somewhat those of A. saxatilis. Indeed, the photograph
suggests A. saxatilis very much in the panicle and rameal leaves, but the
cauline leaves are more divaricate. "There is, however, no reason to be-
lieve that the low and slender A. saxatilis was in cultivation in Europe at
that early period. In the opinion of the writer, this Morison plant [i. e.
the Clifford plant, raised from Morison's seed] may very likely have been
simply an undeveloped shaded individual of [A. paniculatus] var. simplex,
but we have no way of proving this. It may, however, have been a hybrid
form of A. paniculatus with A. lateriflorus or A. vimineus. . . . Be-
cause of this extremely vague and indefinite status of the name [A. Trades-
canti] the writer believes that the best interests of taxonomy are served
by abandoning it altogether.?

Wiegand's discussion of the type of Aster Tradescanti, above quoted,

1 Wiegand, RHODORA, xxxv. 29-31 (1933).
? Wiegand, 1. c.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 313

contains the highly important statement that “the photograph sug-
gests A. saxatilis very much in the panicle and rameal leaves"; but he
dismisses without further consideration this very happy observation
because, for some reason not clear to me, he felt that there is “no
reason to believe that the low and slender A. saxatilis was in cultiva-
tion in Europe at that early date."

In my younger days, absorbing everything which pertained to the
discovery and early exploration of my native state, I extracted from
the *Voyages" of Champlain, Weymouth and others the amazing
store of “first records” of plants of the region. Consequently, I am
puzzled by Wiegand's dismissal of the periods of Morison and of
Linnaeus (Hortus Cliffortianus) as too early for the eastern American
Aster saxatilis to have been carried back to the gardens of Europe.
Morison’s account of A. Tradescanti was published in 1715: “ Aster
Virginianus ramosissimus serotinus parvis floribus albis Tradescantt,
Nobis. . . . florum alborum, stellatorum, minimorum, ornati";
Linnaeus's account in Hort. Cliff. (408) in 1737. For several decades
prior to Morison's date hundreds of eastern American species had been
in European gardens, many of them appearing in the herbals of the
16th century; and the classic Canadensium plantarum Historia of
Cornut, who dealt with American plants introduced into European
gardens, was published in 1635.

Aster saxatilis (Fernald) Blanchard is a very neat plant of the river-
and lake-shores of Newfoundland; of Nova Scotia; of Quebec, from
Lake St. John to the neighborhood of the city of Quebec; of the
Penobscot, Kennebec, Androscoggin, Merrimac, Connecticut and
numerous smaller rivers of New England, including shores at Machias,
Damariscotta and other early-explored coastal points; also shores of
Lake Champlain and of smaller lakes in the Adirondack region.
More than a century before Morison's account of A. Tradescanti,
Champlain, with his highly botanical associate, Lescarbot, explored,
and started colonies on, the coasts of Nova Scotia, Maine and else-
where in eastern America. They even ascended the Penobscot to the
very ledges along the Stillwater Branch of that river, which are the
type-locality of A. saxatilis; and they recorded the necessity of there
ceasing their up-river explorations because of the impossibility of
taking their ships past the ledge-crowded water-falls. They also
spent some time in the region of Machias and of Damariscotta. At
approximately the same time (1605), Captain George Weymouth,

314 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

exploring the same coasts, specially recorded the plants seen and took
back to England seeds and roots (among them the Weymouth Pine,
(Pinus Strobus). Surely, Aster saxatilis had plenty of opportunity,
prior to 1715, to reach European gardens from Nova Scotia or Maine,
to say nothing of Newfoundland, Quebec and the Lake Champlain
region.

It is, consequently, worth while to reproduce the photograph, poor
as it is, of the plant in the Clifford herbarium, properly selected by
Gray as the type of Aster Tradescanti (PLATE 261) and, likewise, to
show, but on smaller scale (X 14), the top of a characteristic plant
(PLATE 262) from Digby Neck (opposite Weymouth) in Nova Scotia,
a specimen labeled and cited by Wiegand as typical A. saxatilis. This
wild specimen, Fernald & Long, no. 22,762, of “the low and slender A.
saxatilis,” to use Wiegand’s words, is 2 feet, 214 inches high, the
slender stems (“cauliculos graciles") of the plant cultivated by
Morison were “binos aut tres pedes altos." No. 22,762 is a common
and attractive plant of the region where, in 1605, the French sailed
through Digby Gut to found Port Royal (now Annapolis Royal); and
a specimen sent by Mrs. Agnes M. Ayre from the Avalon Peninsula
in Newfoundland comes from a region where European colonists had
settled as early as 1580.

The opportunities for seeds or roots of Aster saxatilis to have been
carried to Europe before 1715 were, as sufficiently emphasized, ap-
parently more numerous than Wiegand realized; and the similarity
of a loosely grown indigenous specimen of it to the type of A. Trades-
canti is so striking (even to the “folia palmum longa, aion, angusta,

in ambitu sparsis denticulationibus serrata” of Morison’s
ait that I find myself fully subscribing to Wiegand’s statement,
that “Indeed, the photograph suggests A. saxatilis very much.” It
seems to me so satisfactory a match that, as one of the godfathers of
the latter, I find myself abandoning the name A. sazatilis (Fern.)
Blanchard (1904) in favor of A. Trapescanti L. (1753). That Asa
Gray was baffled by the type of A. Tradescanti was quite natural, for,
like Wiegand, he was trying to fit it to some native specimen of 4.
paniculatus. In Gray's time there was no material of A. saxatilis
in American herbaria.

ERIGERON HYSSOPIFOLIUS Michx., var. VILLICAULIS Fern. RHODORA,
xvii, 17 (1915). Originally described from Table Mt., Port au Port
Bay. Occasional on the West Coast northward to the Straits; also on
Anticosti. The following additional Newfoundland stations may be

1933] Schuh,—Dumontia in Maine 315

recorded. Ha-Ha Bay: turfy or gravelly shelves, crests or talus of
diorite, Ha-Ha Mt., Pease & Griscom, no. 29,137. STRAITS OF BELLE
IsrE: dry soil, Poverty Cove, M. E. Priest, no. P1; turfy or peaty
pockets in limestone ledges, Sandy (or Poverty) Cove, Fernald, Long
& Dunbar, no. 27,143; dry horizontal limestones, Rock Marsh,
Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,142. Sr. BARBE Bay:
limestone barrens near Ice Point, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no.
29,136; Sr. Joun Bay: peaty margins of dry limestone barrens, Old
Port au Choix, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2071. INGoRNACHOIX Bay:
dry peaty and turfy limestone barrens, Gargamelle Cove, no. 2072;
calcareous rocks and talus, entrance to Port Saunders Harbor, Fernald,
Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 4136.

Var. villicaulis is not always villous. Its chief characters are its
low and depressed habit, crowded lower leaves (mostly obtuse), and
its scapiform peduncles.

(To be continued)

DumontiaA IN Marne.—In Ruopora of March, 1923, pp. 33-37,
Setchell reported Dumontia filiformis (Fl. Dan.) Grev. from Newport,
R. I., and suggested that this alga probably occurred further north in
New England. Lewis and Taylor confirmed this by a further col-
lection in Buzzard's Bay, Massachusetts. See RHopona, October,
1928, p. 195. It had probably been overlooked because of its simi-
larity in appearance to the abundant Halosaccion. Setchell's predic-
tion in another case has been verified, for on May 23, 1933, I found it
growing abundantly in a tidal pool at Hale's Beach, North Brooklin,
Maine.

Perhaps a hint to the amateur collector may not be amiss. As is
well known, photosynthesis takes place under the influence of the
rays at the red end of the spectrum. Since these rays are soonest
absorbed by sea water, leaving only the violet, the deeper growing
Rhodophycee produce a fluid which restores the red color so necessary
to their life processes. When Dumontia grows in shallow water or
at half tide, it often fails to form this phycoerythrin and appears yellow
or brownish and may easily be mistaken for one of the brown algae.
Often the red color is completely absent, or may appear for only a
few millimeters at the base, where that part of the plant is shaded.
Two years ago Halosaccion, which is believed to be a near relative of
Dumontia, was growing in this same pool and showed this same
characteristic.

316 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Specimens will be placed in the Farlow Herbarium and the National
Herbarium.—R. E. Scaun, Brooklin, Maine.

SOME FORMS OF GRASSES!

M. L. FERNALD

Bromus raTIGLUMIS (Scribn.) Hitchc., forma ineanus (Shear),
comb. nov. B. purgans incanus Shear, U. S. Dept. Agric. Div.
Agrost. Bull. xxiii. 41 (1900). B. incanus (Shear) Hitche. RHODORA,
vii. 212 (1906). B. altissimus, forma incanus (Shear) Wiegand,
Ruopora, xxiv. 91 (1922). B. ciliatus, var. incanus (Shear) Farwell,
Am. Midl. Nat. x. 204 (1927).

This is certainly only a pilose-sheathed form of the ordinarily
glabrous-sheathed plant. The strongly costate, prolonged and closed
sheaths with chartaceous and auricled flanges are characteristic of the
species and at once separate it from B. purgans L. and B. ciliatus PM
both of which have V-shaped orifices to the flangeless sheaths. As
Shear correctly stated in the original publication, it “is very near B.
purgans latiglumis, differing from it in having the sheaths densely
soft pilose-pubescent." Glabrous-sheathed and pilose-sheathed forms
occur in nearly all our species of Bromus; but unless they have other
characters and distinctive ranges they should not be treated as species.

The name B. latiglumis (Scribn.) Hitchc. (1906) is here taken up
in place of B. altissimus Pursh (1814), not Gilib. (1792).

Bromus INERMIS Leyss., forma villosus (Mert. & Koch), comb.
nov. Festuca inermis, B. villosa Mert. & Koch, Deutschl. Fl. i. 675

1823).
i B. ae forma aristatus (Schur), comb. nov. B. inermis, var.
aristatus Schur, Enum. Pl. Trans. 805 (1885).

Bromus morus L., forma leiostachys (Hartm.) comb. nov. B.
mollis, 8. leiostachys Hartm. Handb. Skand. Fl. ed. 2: 33 (1832).

This is the form of Bromus mollis with smooth spikelets, which has
passed in America as B. hordeaceus L., var. leptostachys (Pers.) Beck
or B. hordeaceus, f. leptostachys (Pers.) Wiegand, Ruopona, xxiv. 90
(1922). It has also been called B. mollis, f. leptostachys (Pers.) Neu-
man, Sv. Fl. 740 (1901).

Two errors are involved in the names cited in the preceding para-
graph. In the first place, Holmberg, Bot. Notis. (1924) 325, shows
with some conclusiveness that we have been wrong in uniting B.

! Published with aid of a grant to Ruopora from the National Academy of Sciences.

1933] Fernald,—Some Forms of Grasses , 317

mollis L. and B. hordeaceus L.; the latter is a very different matted or
prostrate plant of the coasts from southern Scandinavia to England
and France; B. mollis being the widespread weed. In the second place,
B. mollis B. leptostachys Pers. (1805) does not belong with B. mollis,
but is referred without question by Rouy and by Holmberg to the
synonymy of B. commutatus Schrad. Although the plant intended by
Beck von Mannagetta by his B. hordeaceus, var. leptostachys may be
the smooth form of B. mollis, the name rests eventually for its typifi-
cation upon the plant of Persoon, which is identified as B. commutatus.
Incidentally, B. commutatus Schrad. (1806) is antedated by B. pra-
tensis Ehrh. in Hoffm. Deutschl. Fl. ed. 2, ii. 52 (1800). Ehrhart's
name, originally published by him in 1791 as a nomen nudum, was
validated by its proper description by Hoffmann.

B. mollis, f. leiostachys is well displayed in Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no.
891, collected by Professor Hitchcock and distributed as B. race-
mosus L.

AGROSTIS STOLONIFERA L., forma aristigera, f. nov., lemmatibus
aristigeris.—Rarely in the range of the common awnless form. TYPE:
along brook in meadow, Granville, Massachusetts, June 27, 1914,
F. C. Seymour (in Gray Herb.).

Agrostis stolonifera is now generally accepted as the proper name
for the Redtop, which has long passed as 4. alba L. Unfortunately,
the latter was based by Linnaeus upon the 1-flowered form of Poa
nemoralis L. A. stolonifera as originally published in L. Sp. PI. i. 62
(1753) was a mixed species, consisting in part of 4. verticillata Vill.,
in part of Redtop; but most recent botanists are now agreed in re-
stricting the name to the latter species, the element in the complex
occurring in the region familiar to Linnaeus.

AGROSTIS PERENNANS (Walt.) Tuckerm., forma chaetophora, f.
nov. Lemmatibus aristigeris.— TYPE: Huntingdon Co., Pennsylvania,
August, 1865 J. R. Lowrie (in Gray Herb.).

AGROSTIS PERENNANS, Var. AESTIVALIS Vasey, forma atherophora,
f. nov. Lemmatibus aristigeris.— Tyre: island in Lac Tremblant, Co.
Terrebonne, Quebec, August 1, 1922, J. R. Churchill (in Gray Herb.).

The types of both the above forms of Agrostis perennans were
distributed as A. canina L. This misindentification arose, unques-
tionably, through the very unsatisfactory keys in American manuals,
which rely upon the presence or absence of an awn as a fundamental
specific character. In view of the fact that in northeastern America
the commonly awnless A. stolonifera L., A. tenuis L., A. scabra L.,

318 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

A. scabra var. septentrionalis Fern. and A. elata (Pursh) Trin. all have
awned forms and that the commonly awned A. geminata Trin., A.
canina L. and A. borealis Hartm. may sometimes be awnless, the
inadequacy of such keys is apparent. It is now to be expected that
the vernal A. hyemalis (Walt.) BSP. (A. antecedens Bickn.) will be
found to have awned colonies.

Agrostis perennans 1s here treated as the plant with the mostly
short-pedicelled spikelets (many pedicels shorter than the spikelets)
appressed-ascending. Var. aestivalis is the woodland plant (A.
Schweinitzii Trin.) with more open panicle, the mostly divergent
spikelets chiefly on longer pedicels (1-3 times as long as spikelets).

ARISTIDA LONGESPICA Poir., var. geniculata (Raf.), comb. nov.
A. geniculata Raf. Am. Mo. Mag. ii. 119 (December, 1817).

In his North American Species of Aristida,! Hitchcock rightly took
up for A. gracilis Ell. Bot. S. C. and Ga. i. 142, t. 8, fig. 3 (1816) the
earlier name, A. longespica Poir. in Lam. Encyl. Suppl. i. 452 (1810).
Hitchcock then stated that the type of A. longespica “could not be
found . . . but the description . . . can apply only to
what has commonly been called 4. gracilis Ell." Later, however,
Henrard, in his very exhaustive studies of Aristida, illustrated the
fruiting spikelet “ From type specimen": “I had at my disposal a few
spikelets of the type. "They were found, accurately packed up in an
envelope, in Balansa's Herbarium.’ Henrard's figure from the
type of A. longespica shows the lemma (up to the forking of the awns)
5 mm. long, the divergent middle awn 8.6 mm. long, and the lateral
awns 3 mm. long. This figure from the type well accords with Poiret's
original diagnosis and his fuller description: “aristis valde inaequali-
bus" and “la valve de la corolle fort étroite, subulée, terminée par
trois arétes; celle du milieu divergente, une fois plus longe que la
corolle; les deux autres beaucoup plus petites.”

Elliott’s figure of his A. gracilis (as Gracilis) was very carelessly
drawn, the sketch of the inflorescence showing most of the awns as in
the Poiret type of A. longespica, but the three lowest spikelets with
lateral awns subequal, the enlarged detail showing them subequal and
the central one (even when enlarged) shorter than in the life-size
habit-drawing! Elliott's diagnosis, however, shows that he was
describing the same species as Poiret's: “aristis lateralibus brevibus,
erectis, intermedia longiore, patente."

1 Hitchc. Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. 538 (1924).
2? Henrard, Crit. Revis. Gen. Aristida, i. 304, 305 (1926).

1933] Fernald,—Some Forms of Grasses 319

Asa Gray, familiar with the common northern plant (“coast of
Mass. and from Illinois southward”) with “lateral awns varying from
one third to fully half the length of the horizontally bent middle one
—Middle awn 6”-9” [1.6-1.9 em.] long’’ and considering that to be
true A. gracilis, described the shorter-awned plant of Elliott (and of
Poiret before him) as 4. gracilis var. depauperata, with the lateral :
awns “one fifth to one third its [middle awn's] length . . . on
micaceous hills near Philadelphia.” —Gray, Man. ed. 5: 618 (1867).

In the Gray Herbarium and in the large series in the Herbarium of
the New England Botanical Club I find no characteristic short-awned
Aristida longespica (A. gracilis Ell., A. gracilis, var. depauperata Gray)
from north of southeastern Pennsylvania. In the interior it extends
north to Ohio and southern Michigan. In this extreme, typical
southern 4. longespica, the central awn varies from 5 to 13 mm. long,
the lateral being 1/5-1/3 as long (1-4 mm.).

In the plant of New England, southern New York and New Jersey,
as shown in these collections (this extreme extending somewhat
generally in the interior from the Gulf of Mexico north to northern
Ohio and northern Indiana), the plant is that which Asa Gray con-
sidered to be characteristic A. gracilis: with the central awn 1-2.1
em. long, the lateral 2/5-4/5 as long (4-15 mm.). This longer-awned
extreme being the general one in New England and southern New
York, while the typical short-awned plant is rare or unknown north
of southeastern Pennsylvania, it is clear that the segregation made in
1867 by Gray was well founded, although he had the typification
confused.

That the longer-awned extreme is the plant well described by
Rafinesque there can be hardly any question. His characterization
was clear and the localities indicate clearly the long-awned northern
plant:

14. Aristida geniculata. Chaff slender, upright, round, base genicu-
lated, leaves filiform, convolute striated rough backwards, ligules ciliated;
panicle racemose, contracted elongated, glumes equal, keel and bristle
rough, pedicel of the glumelles hairy, glumelles smooth convolute, bristle
longer twisted rough, divisions very long, nearly equal.—Obs. Very
common on the Hempstead plains, and on the sea-shore near Oyster Bay,
Gravesend, &c. on Long-Island. Annual: next to A. Stricta of Micha[u]x,
many stems often grow together, they rise about one foot. It blossoms in
August and September.

320 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

A NEW SPECIES OF GLYCERIA FROM THE GREAT
SMOKY MOUNTAINS!

W. A. ANDERSON

On July 21, 1929, the writer was one of a party which made a trip
to Clingman’s Dome, one of the highest elevations of the Great
Smoky Mountain ridge which divides North Carolina from Tennessee.
Another member of the party was Professor H. M. Jennison of the
Department of Botany, University of Tennessee, others were members
of the Smoky Mountains Hiking Club. On this occasion the hikers
took to horseback, an opportunity not often afforded in the Great
Smokies, where most of the trails are too steep for horses.

We took off early in the morning from an inn near Gatlinburg,
Tennessee, where we had spent the preceding night. We followed
the old Indian Gap trail up to the Stateline ridge, a trail which is
reputed to have been travelled since long before the Civil War,
perhaps since the days when the Cherokees owned all of that country.
It is not much travelled now, but is clearly marked, and offered no
difficulty to our horses. For the most part the path follows a stream,
one of the numerous tributaries of the Little Pigeon River, and
passes through forests of enormous sugar maples, buckeyes, and
yellow poplars, with the everpresent underbrush of rhododendrons.
Occasionally there are openings in the forest, and on that day they
were full of Monarda didyma and Rudbeckia laciniata, in full bloom.
Indian Gap is a low place in the divide, a true wind-gap, with a
mountain meadow of several acres in it. In this case the meadow
was made up of an almost pure stand of timothy, which gives sub-
stance to the story that Indian Gap Trail is an old one.

It was near Indian Gap that we collected Senecio Rugelia Gray,
one of the rare endemic plants of the region, and one so unlike most
Senecios of the eastern United States that we were puzzled for some
time as to its identity.

From Indian Gap we proceded southwestward along the State-
line ridge, passing through groves of conifers and innumerable open-
ings, almost constantly going up, until we reached Clingman's Dome
itself, a broad, rounded top, covered with the characteristic evergreen
forest of the region, with Abies Fraseri dominant, and a dense growth
of ferns, mostly Thelypteris spinulosa, var. americana, in the thick

1 Published with aid to RHopora from the National Academy of Sciences.

1933] Anderson,—New Species of Glyceria 321

cushion of mosses on the forest floor. Oxalis montana Raf. is also
abundant and conspicuous. The trees were so dense that there was
no view from the Dome, and we were glad to climb the tower recently
erected by the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, from which we not
only saw the view, but also managed to reach a few cones of the
Fraser’s fir.

On these crests the dense growth of mosses and the leaf-mould
of ages hold water like a sponge. Our horses were constantly miring,
and though the grades along the ridge are comparatively gentle,
this was really the most trying part of the journey. The soggy
ground is not confined to the forest, but extends into many of the
openings along the ridge, making what in New England would be
called swales, although there is a two- or three-mile slope on either
side. It was in one of these miry openings that we collected a large
grass, which we later identified as Glyceria grandis, according to
Gray’s Manual a range extension of three or four hundred miles.
We were of course quite well pleased with this find.

Subsequent study has shown that this grass differs from G. grandis
in several respects, though the two are clearly related. It is not
referable to any other species of Glyceria, so is proposed as a new species.

GLYCERIA nubigena, sp. nov. G. grandi similis; culmis 15 dm.
altis laevibus; nodis contractis; vaginis laevibus, nervis transversis
prominentibus; ligulis membranaceis 2 mm. longis; laminis 3-5 dm.
longis 5-10 mm. latis, supra minute scabris; paniculis amplis; spiculis

Fie. A. GLYCERIA GRANDIS: spikelet and lemma, X 5.
Fic. B. G. NUBIGENA: spikelet and lemma, X 5.
4-5 mm. longis; floribus 3-5, supremo abortivo truncato; glumis
lanceolatis acutis purpureis, prima 1.5 mm. longa, secunda 2 mm.
longa; lemmatibus 2.6-3 mm. longis acutis prominente septem-
nervosis purpureis; paleis coriaceis lemmata aequantibus.
G. grandis Wats. has ligules which are 4-5 mm. long, translucent
glumes, larger spikelets but smaller lemmas which are blunt or erose

322 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

at the tip, instead of acute as in the species here described; the upper-
most floret reduced to a mere scale.

It is a familiar story that many plants of the Canadian forest
are found southward along the Alleghanies and reach their southern
limits in the mountains of Tennessee, the Carolinas and Georgia.
Picea rubra, Clintonia borealis, Streptopus roseus, Thelypteris spinulosa,
var. americana, Oxalis montana, Pyrus americana are familiar ex-
amples. A few genera have a species widely distributed in the north,
and a closely related endemic species in the southern Alleghanies.
To such belong Abies balsamea and A. Fraseri. Glyceria grandis
and the species here described constitute another such pair, with the
former growing from "Quebec to Alaska, s. to Pa. and westw.,”
and the latter endemic in the Great Smoky Mountains.

Duplicates of the type collection, Anderson and Jennison, no. 1418,
have been placed in the herbarium of the University of Tennessee
and in the Gray Herbarium.

THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF Iowa,

Iowa City, Iowa.

A THIRD STATION FOR WALDSTEINIA FRAGARIOIDES IN MAINE.—
On May 14, 1933 the writer and Mr. H. M. W. Haven, of Portland,
discovered a station for this local plant, in Monmouth, Maine. The
plants, which were just coming into flower, occupy an area along both
sides of the road from Sabattus to Monmouth, at a place about two
miles south of the depot at Monmouth. They extend from the edge
of the ditch to some distance into the hardwood growth which covers
this level section, and are abundant over a stretch of upwards of
two hundred feet in length.

The Benton station, reported by Mr. John C. Parlin! in 1922 also
appears to be sizable.

The station in the vicinity of Bethel? reported by Dr. N. T. True
over seventy years ago seems to have been lost to view, though it is
to be hoped that it may be rediscovered or reported in the near future
by some local or visiting collector.—ARTHUR H. Norton, Museum of
Natural History, Portland, Maine.

Volume 35, no. 416, including pages 263-294 and 6 plates, was issued 1 Au-
gust, 1933.

1 1922, Parlin, Rhodora 24: 124.
? 1862, Goodale, Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist. 1: 46.

thodora | Plate 262

aN

ASTER TRADESCANTI: portion of plant, X 1%, of A. saxatilis, from Nova Scotia.

i 0 1933

Hovora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY , Associate Editors
LUDLOW GRISCOM

CONTENTS:

A Study of the Rocky Mountain Species of the Multiflori Section
OL Aster. R A. Nelson o T ETE TUE E EEUU

Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora (continued).
aM PCHeeROIDO- vu xus cuu m cc

On the Distribution of Sorocarpus. R. E. Schuh...............
Notes on Rocky Mountain Plants. E. H. Kelso................

Heterochromism in Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, var. coactilis.
MOL-heenald 7 2 2098 08 005800 m x

Vol. 35. October, 1933. No. 418.

The New England Botanical Club, Inc

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United
States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or
some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which
will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating
directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits.
Forras will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more
than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con-
tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished
at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in
several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the
flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in-
cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, var-
ieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria,
leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical
activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards.

GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray
HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten
copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton,
Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932.
$3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora Plate 263

ANTENNARIA COLUMNARIS, X 1; insert X 2.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 35. October, 1933. No. 418.

A STUDY OF THE ROCKY MOUNTAIN SPECIES
OF THE MULTIFLORI SECTION OF ASTER!

Ruru AsHTON NELSON

No doubt it will be considered a very bold venture for an inex-
perienced student to make her début in botanical literature with a
paper on a group of the genus Aster which has been the despair of
many more experienced and wiser botanists than she. "The results
here published are due to the stimuli of repeated exasperations when
attempting to place correctly members of this group which come fre-
quently to hand for determination. No doubt the appearance of
more discussion in this much discussed and too much named group,
will stimulate exasperation among some workers but after several
weeks of study the author feels that her results will bear publishing
and sincerely hopes that they may be of some value to any who may
be bewildered among the multiflori-commutati section of Aster, as she
has been.

This group falls naturally into two divisions.

First, those plants that for years have been called Aster multiflorus
Ait., but for which we must now accept the name Aster ericoides
L., as has been pointed out by Mr. K. K. Mackenzie? and Dr. S. F.
Blake? This plant is characterized by an excurrent stem from which
branches ascend and recurve bearing numerous heads in more or less
secund fashion. The heads are rather uniformly small in typical
material from eastern states but in our western plants tend to be
larger and to show much variation in size. The involucres of these
heads are well imbricated with bracts in 3—5 series. In general this

| Published with aid to RHopoRA from the National Academy of Sciences.
2 RHODORA 28: 65. 1926.
! RHODORA 32: 136. 1930.

324 Rhodora [OCTOBER

is a tall plant ranging in height from 1 to 6 or 7 feet and often widely
branched and bushy. Here the caespitose rootstocks often result in
the formation of clumps each made up of several stems. Although A.
ericoides becomes much more variable in its western range, as do
many other species, nevertheless it always shows in some degree the
characters noted above. Several specimens are at hand of Rocky
Mountain plants which can not be distinguished from those of Iowa
and Illinois. After long consideration it is impossible to recognize
the various segregates which have been made and it seems wisest to
call them all forms of a variable species.

Second, is the group separated by Dr. Gray under the name 4.
commutatus, and its allies, which has two characters which amply
distinguish it from A. ericoides. In the first place its usually solitary
heads are borne at the ends of leafy branches which are not recurved.
Here the excurrent habit of the main stem is not so conspicuous and
is never combined with the ascending, recurved, secund branches of
the latter. In the second place, instead of forming clumps these
plants form “loose but somewhat extensive masses through a system
of branching rhizomes," as is very well explained by Dr. Greene in
his original description of A. adsurgens. This character has been
repeatedly observed by the author as exhibited by A. commutatus
in the vicinity of Estes Park, Colorado. Within the commutati
group the character of the bracts has been considered the fundamental
distinguishing point, and that of the pubescence of stems and bracts
of second importance.

Variation is prevalent, and numerous intermediates occur exhibiting
the parent characters in all possible combinations, but here it is
possible to separate at least three species satisfactorily if one will
spend some time in study of those characters which are of specific
importance in this group, and gain a mental concept of each specific
unit. Perhaps this can only be gained by the study and comparison
of a large number of specimens, but in an attempt to make these
characters more readily observable to the average botanist a short
key has been prepared.

One factor which contributes to the confusion surrounding this
entire section is the wide range of nearly all of the forms involved.
It is impossible to delimit the species geographically as the ranges
of all overlap extensively.

This paper is based on the careful study of over a hundred sheets of

1933] Nelson,—Study of Rocky Mountain Species of Aster 325

specimens in the Rocky Mountain Herbarium, comprising material
from all the states west of the Mississippi except California and
Nevada. Most emphasis has been put on the essentially Rocky
Mountain species because the bulk of the material at hand represents
plants of New Mexico, Colorado, and Wyoming.

Stem excurrent, with ascending, recurved branches; heads
numerous, more or less secund; rootstocks caespitose.......... A. ericoides
Stem branched or sometimes excurrent but branches not re-
curved-secund, terminated by solitary, or rarely few, heads;
rootstock creeping.
Bracts well imbricated in 3-5 distinct series; pubescence
hispid, qpreadiig.-.......eeeee eren en sas couse A. adsurgens.
Bracts nearly equal in length or the outer at least half
equaling the height of the involucre.
Bracts slightly imbricated, thick, strigose, squarrose. . A. commutatus.
Bracts about equal in length, thin, glabrate, not
SAURO: a a MALOS esie net hen tm rise ae A. falcatus.

AsTER ERICOIDES L. Sp. Pl. 2: 875. 1753. A. multiflorus Ait.
Hort. Kew. 3: 203. 1789. A. hebecladus DC. Prodr. 5: 242. 1836.
A. scoparius DC. 1. c. not A. scoparius Nees. A. multiflorus var.
stricticaulis, T. & G. Fl. N. A. 2:125. 1842. A. polycephalus Rydb.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 33: 153. 1906. A. stricticaulis (T. & G.)
Rydb. Flora of the Rocky Mountains 885. 1917.

Representative Specimens. New Mexico: Las Cruces, Wooton
465; Mangas Springs, Metcalfe 781; Jemez Mts., Castetter 669; Berna-
lillo, Castetter 900. CoronApo: Mesa Verde, Haas 80 and Bader 5;
Arvada, Clokey 3908; Colorado Springs, Warren 1927; Boulder,
Ramaley 2600 and 9757; New Windsor, Osterhout 3183; Fort Collins,
Cowan 2697; Meeker, Robbins 7182. Wyomine: Hanna Creek,
Willits 396; Lusk, A. Nelson 9604; Thermopolis, A. Nelson 9263.
Montana: Bozeman, Blankinship Aug. 30, 1899. Ipamo: Region
of the Coeur d’Alene Mountains, Leiberg 1588. WASHINGTON:
Hunters, E. Nelson 1002; Yakima, E. Nelson 1168. Norta DAKOTA:
Jamestown, C. C. Schmidt, Sept. 8, 1897; Stump Lake, Tufte 286.
SovrH Dakora: Vicinity of Brookings, Williams Aug. 30, 1894;
Custer, McIntosh 633.

The range of this species is from New England to the Pacific coast
across the northern and central states and south into New Mexico,
and in varying forms it has a still wider distribution.

ASTER ADSURGENS Greene, Pitt. 4: 216. 1900. A. crassulus
Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 28: 504. 1901. A. exiguus Rydb.
l.c. 505. Probably not A. multiflorus var. exiguus Fernald.

Representative Specimens. CoromRADo: Piedra, Schmoll 1476;
Bedrock, Montrose Co., Walker 396; La Veta, Vreeland 190a'; Pagosa

1 The type number of A. crassulus Rydb. in the citation, Bull. Torr. Club 28: 505.
1901, is given as 690a with the same date which our sheet 190a carries; undoubtedly

there has been an error in copying the number but we are unable to determine which
is correct.

326 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Springs, Baker 637; Naturita, Payson 611; near Gunnison, Warfel
Aug. 1926; Alathie, Cowan 2698 and 2992; Rye, Pueblo Co., Clokey
4343 and 4344; near Boulder, Ramaley a202 and a213. WYOMING:
Buffalo, Tweedy 3106; Sundance, A. Nelson 9701; Sweetwater, A.
Nelson 2891; above Sheridan, Sharp 233. Sovru Daxora: Harding
Co., Visher 694; Deerfield, McIntosh 840. EasterRN OnEGON: Grand
Ronde Valley, Cusick 3398. Easrern WasnuiNGTON: Near Spokane,
Turresson 69. Arizona: Flagstaff, Hanson 8.

It is with reluctance that I substitute a name which has been known
only in synonomy for one which has become well established, but
there is no other course open to me. Dr. Rydberg reduced A. ad-
surgens Greene under A. commutatus but a careful comparison of
his original description and that of Greene reveals the interesting
fact that Greene described, not A. commutatus, but the same species
which Rydberg a year later described as A. crassulus. Their only
point of difference is in the amount of pubescence on the leaves, which
we know is a character subject to much variation within any species
of this group. Leaf-size as given by Greene is not comparable with
that given by Rydberg, for the former is speaking only of leaves on
sterile shoots. The involucre of A. adsurgens as described by Greene
definitely separates this plant from A. commutatus, under which for
years it has been reduced to synonomy.

ASTER COMMUTATUS (Torrey & Gray) Gray, Syn. Fl. 1: 185. 1884.
A. ramulosus Q. Lindl. in DC. Prodr. 5:243. 1836. A. multiflorus var.
commutatus T. & G. Fl. N. A. 2: 125. 1842. A. incanopilosus Sheld.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 20: 286. 1893. A. multiflorus of western
authors, in part.

Representative Specimens. CorLonmapo: Estes Park, Ashton 234;
Piedra, Schmoll 1442; Norwood Hill, San Miguel Co., Walker 428.
SoutH Dakota: Perkins Co., Visher 645. Wyomrine: Centennial,
Goodding 2111; Laramie, A. Nelson, 153 & 10644; 15 miles southwest
of Laramie, Merrill & Wilcox 1170. Minnesota: Battle Lake, Shel-
don, Aug. 1892. Kansas: Rockport, Bartholomew 23.

The Colorado and South Dakota specimens are typical, in my
estimation. Those from Wyoming show some variation of the
involucres. That of Merrill and Wilcox, and Dr. Nelson’s 10644
has rather short outer bracts and the bracts of Dr. Nelson’s 153 and
of the Goodding specimens show very little tendency to be squarrose.
The center of distribution seems to be Colorado, from which it
extends eastward and northward, often in slightly varying forms.

ASTER FALCATUS Lindl. in DC. Prodr. 5:241. 1806. A. ramulosus
Lindl. |. e. 248. A. Cordineri A. Nelson Bot. Gaz. 40: 64. 1905.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 327

Representative specimens. CoLorapo: Estes Park, Cooper 151
(type of A. Cordineri), Osterhout 5470, Ashton 345; The Gunnison
watershed, Baker 626; Trail Glen, F. E. and E. S. Clements 67. WY-
oMING: A. Nelson, Meyersville, 2847 (cotype of A. Cordineri);
Centennial, 8792; Laramie, 1170; C. Y. Ranch, Big Muddy, 598;
Sheridan, 8484. NomruH Dakora: Pingree, Stutsman Co., Lunell,
Aug. 12, 1902.

The author has not seen true Aster falcatus Lindl. from Arctic
America but it seems unlikely that our Rocky Mountain plant could
belong to that species in spite of the extensive ranges characteristic
of species in this section. There are no specimens at hand from the
Northwest, which is well represented in the Rocky Mountain Her-
barium by other species. Our plant does not agree entirely with
Lindley's description in the Prodromus. The leaves of our plants
are not noticeably falcate and the branches must be considered
leafy rather than * paucifoliis," neither are they 3-nerved, a character
given for A. falcatus by Macoun.! However, without seeing authentic
A. falcatus Lindl. I hesitate to depose the name which Dr. Rydberg
has accepted and made familiar, but if it is later shown that our
plants are not the same as those from the far north the name Aster
Cordineri A. Nelson becomes the correct name of this species. It is
well represented by material from the mountainous regions of the
central and northern part of Colorado and of Wyoming, and extends
into North Dakota.

Rocky Mountain HERBARIUM,

Laramie, Wyoming.

RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA
M. L. FERNALD
(Continued from page 315)

THE GENUS ANTENNARIA IN NEWFOUNDLAND.—In 1924 I published
a brief synopsis of The Dwarf Antennarias of Northeastern America,
Ruopora, xxvi. 95-102 (1924). At that time 6 species and 2 varieties
of the genus were known in Newfoundland. Now, after four addi-
tional seasons in the field, we know 16 species and 2 varieties of
Antennaria on the Island. In view of the great technical difficulty of
the group, a new key to the Newfoundland representatives of the
genus is offered and the new species are illustrated.

1 Canadian Plants 1: 223. 1883.

328 Rhodora

a. Basal leaves erect, oblanceolate to elliptic-acuminate, 2-18
cm. long, similar to the cauline ones: staminate and pistil-
late plants intermixed, becoming 1-2.5 dm. high; the in-
florescences of the former soon shriveling: involucres deep-
brown to blackish: plants sparingly or not at all stolonifer-

[OcroBER

OUBLIE vuv. eh ee als bees je MEE. EE 1. A. eucosma.

a. Basal leaves spreading, forming depressed rosettes, strongly
contrasting in outline with the ascending cauline leaves:
only the pistillate plants known; these humifuse or freely
stoloniferous....b.

b. Larger basal leaves 1-5 mm. wide, blunt or only obscurely
or minutely mucronulate, whitened above: flowering
stems only 0.5-18 em. high: involucres deep-brown to
blackish or, if pale, at most 7 mm. high... .c.

c. Cauline leaves 15-28, very erowded (except in old and
** drawn" plants); the upper 7-20 with twisted scarious
linear-lanceolate to linear-acicular tips 2-3 mm. long:
taller flowering stems up to 4 (very rarely to 6) em.
high: involucre conspicuously imbricated, with 3-4

very unequal series of bracts.................... 2. A. columnaris.

c. Cauline leaves 4-16; the upper 1-7 with scarious tips;
taller flowering stems mostly 4-18 em. high (only ex-
ceptionally and when very young less than 4 em.):
involucre with the bracts subequal or in 2 or 3 unequal
series, with 4—6 series in no. 10, which has but 8-10 re-
mote cauline leaves (only the upper 3-5 appendaged)
No s

d. Involucres deep-brown to blackish; the bracts sub-
equal or in 2-3 unequal series. . . .e.

e. Involucres with the lower half prolonged, green and

viscid, with the bracts closely and firmly appressed

or agelutinated to form an ellipsoid-campanulate

falsely gamophyllous cup, 7-9 mm. high: corollas

5-5. 5 IE. Jong. ow ice ode n RA E 3. A. Foggit.

€. Involucres with loose and distinet bracts: corollas
3-5 mm. long... .f.
f. Braets conspicuously unequal, in 3 series; the
outer about half as long as the inner: corollas
4-5 mm. long....
g. Cauline leaves 6-9. the 2-3 upper with a some-
what unguieulate lance-subulate tip 0.6-1.5
mm. long: involucre 6-7 mm. high, with 20-25
bracts; the outer and median series with
scarious tips 1.2-2 mm. broad: corollas 4—4.8
mm. long: style included or barely exserted,
entire or subentire: achenes 1.1—1.4 mm. long,

DUD PERRVEEREORERTTEIEEREEOU EO 4 4. A. Bayardi.

g. Cauline leaves 8-14; the 4—5 upper with a nar-
rowly oblong or lanceolate scarious tip 2-3.5
mm. long: involucre 7.5-9 mm. high, with
25-35 bracts; the outer and median with

tips 2-2.5 mm. broad: corollas 4.8-5 mm. long:

style exserted, bifid: achenes 1.8 mm. long,
BED Lon ln vue rn ole oo eae 5. A.
f. Bracts subequal, in 2-3 series; the outer nearly as
long as the inner... .h.
h. Flowering stems at most 1.2 dm. high, with 5-8
leaves; the 3-6 upper leaves with flag-like
oblong-lanceolate flat tips....i.

brunnescens.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 329

i. Involucres 7-10 mm. high, with squarrose
pale-brown bract-tips 1.3-2 mm. broad:
the upper 3-4 cauline leaves with scarious
tips: corollas 4—4.5 mm. long: achenes 1.2-
l.4mm-dlong:cc vo MT 6. A. cana.
i. Involueres 6-7 mm. high, with ascending
fulvous bract-tips rarely more than 1 mm.
broad: the upper 4-6 cauline leaves with
scarious tips: corolas 3-4 mm. long:
achenes 1.6-1.8 mm. long.............. 7. A. vexillifera.
h. Flowering stems slender, up to 18 cm. high,
with the 8-15 leaves mostly subulate-tipped;
only the uppermost with lance- or linear-
involute scarious tips: involucres 5-6 mm.
high; the outer and median bracts with ob-
long-linear ascending tips 1-1.7 mm. broad:
corollas 3-3.8 mm.long.................... 8. A. confusa.
d. Involucres milk-white or ochroleucous to pale-brown
n
j. Cauline leaves 9-15: involucres milk-white or ochro-
leucous, 4.5-6 mm. high, with 2-3 series of sub-
equal bracts: corollas 3-3.3 mm. long.......... 9. A. albicans.
j. Cauline leaves 8-10: involucres stramineous or pale-
brown, 5.5-7 mm. high, with 4-6 series of con-
spicuously unequal bracts: corollas 3.7-4.2 mm.
IMMENSE SPON ee Loren SN 10. A. straminea.
b. Larger basal leaves 2-17 mm. broad, distinctly mucronate
or apieulate, green and glabrous to white-tomentose
above: flowering stems 0.4—4 dm. high: involucres whit-
ish, greenish A pale-brown, or rarely fulvous, (6-) 7-10

terminal mucro only 0.2-0.5 mm. long... .l.
l. Basal leaves bright-green and glabrous or promptly
glabrate above, spatulate to cuneate-oblanceolate or
narrowly cuneate-obovate, rounded at tip; cauline
leaves normally 4-9: denuded old receptacles very
low, much broader than high... .m.
m. Stolons and basal offshoots crowded, not elongate:
basal leaves 6-15 mm. long, 2-4 mm. broad:
flowering stem up to 1.5 dm. high: involucres 6-8
mm. high, brown: corollas 4.5 mm. long: achenes
122mm jong, glabrous... ..... acne 11. A. Wiegandit.
m. Stolons elongate and slender, somewhat cord-like
below the terminal rosettes: basal leaves 8-25
mm. long, 3-10 mm. broad: flowering stems up to
2.5 dm. high: involucres 7-10 mm. high; the
braets with white or whitish petaloid tips: corollas
5.5-6 mm. long: achenes 1.4-1.8 mm. long, pa-
pillate Ce EET Sierra csi iar, soso se 12. A. spathulata.
l. Basal leaves white-tomentose above, 2-5 mm. broad,
oblanceolate or narrowly obovate, acute or subacute;
the eauline 8-14: denuded old receptacles elongate,
as high as or higher than broad: involucres white or
whitish, 7-9 mm. high: achenes papillate........ 13. A. gaspensis.
k. The upper cauline leaves with subulate-aristate tips
(only the very uppermost, about the corymb, with tips

330

Rhodora

flattened): rosette-leaves broadly oblanceolate to
broadly obovate; the larger 1-5 cm. long, 2-17 mm.
broad: corolla and style together 4.8-7 mm. long

or on rays up to 1 (very rarely to 2.5) em. long:
involuere greenish or light-brown only at base,
otherwise lemon-white to milk-white or whitish-
brown; its firm chartaceous blunt outer bracts
mostly 1.4-2 mm. broad: denuded ripe receptacle
shallowly and finely pitted; the pits narrower

[OCTOBER

than the intermediate blunt ridges............ 14. A. rupicola.

o. Rosette-leaves narrowly to broadly obovate, mostly

rounded at summit and abruptly tapering to a
petiole, gray-tomentose to green and glabrous
above: flowering stems slender, often becoming
somewhat flexuous upon elongation: cauline
leaves 6-10(-14); the upper, by prolongation of
the mature flowering stem, usually becoming very
remote (often 3-14 em. apart): corymbs commonly
loose, up to 3-6 em. broad, with many elongate
rays (mostly 1-3 or 4, frequently to 6-10, cm.
long): involueres greenish-, purplish-, or brown-
tinged, with paler bract-tips: the thin and usually
searious bracts mostly 0.7-1.4 mm. broad: denuded
ripe receptacle deeply and coarsely honeycomb-
pitted; the pits broader than the thin intermediate

WEB 4 Lo ok « ua wos ent ect fia va'e ob aun 15. A. neodioica.

n. Stolons procumbent or repent (lying flat) and elonga-
d or somewhat cord-like below the leafy tips:
rosette-leaves oblanceolate, acute; the principal
ones 3-6.5 em. long, 7-17 mm. broad: corolla and
style together 6.3-7 mm. long. .16. A. petaloidea var. subcorymbosa.

1. A. EucosMa Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xiii. 23 (1911).—
Turfy limestone barrens and slopes from Pistolet Bay westward to
Four-Mile Cove, Straits of Belle Isle; region of Port au Port Bay and
Bay St. George. The following specimens are at hand: Burnt Cape,
Pistolet Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert &
Hotchkiss, no. 29,144; Schooner (or Brandy) Island, Pistolet Bay,
Pease & Long, no. 29,147; Cook Point, Pistolet Bay, Fernald & Gilbert,
no. 29,145; Fernald, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,144; Cape Norman,
Wiegand, Griscom & Hotchkiss, no. 29,146, Wiegand & Long, no.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 331

29,152; Boat Harbor, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long,
no. 29,148; Big Brook, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald & Long, no.
29,140, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, nos. 29,141, 29,142, Pease &
Griscom, no. 29,143; Half-way Brooks, Straits of Belle Isle, Pease,
Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,149; Four-Mile Cove, Straits of
Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 29,150; Table Mountain,
Port au Port Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 4144 (TYPE),
Fernald & St. John, no. 10,868, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,466; Green
Gardens, Cape St. George, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 11,051. Species
endemic in Newfoundland.

Whether the broad gap in the known range of A. eucosma (between
the eastern Straits of Belle Isle at the northeast and Port au Port Bay
at the southwest) represents the actual absence of the species from
that extensive area seems highly improbable. Many species, origi-
nally described from Table Mountain, Port au Port, or from Cape St.
George, and subsequently seen on the Straits of Belle Isle, were found
by us on the intermediate limestones centering on Pointe Riche
(such plants as Erigeron hyssopifolius var. villicaulis Fernald, Anten-
naria albicans Fernald and Arnica terrae-novae Fern.).

The plant of Anticosti, mentioned at the time A. eucosma was pub-
lished as “ apparently referable to this species, but the material
inadequate for final determination,” has been subsequently collected
at numerous stations by Bro. Victorin and his associates. It proves
to be A. pulcherrima (Hook.) Greene.

2. ANTENNARIA columnaris, sp. nov. (TAB. 263), humifusa,
caulibus repentibus stragula densa 2-10 cm. diametro formantibus;
stolonibus foliosis confertis ad 2 cm. longis; foliis basilaribus oblanceo-
latis vel anguste obovatis vix petiolatis 5-9 mm. longis 1.5-4 mm. latis
vix vel brevissime mucronulatis albido-tomentosis, tomento coactili;
caule florifero 0.5—4 (deinde rarissime —6) em. alto; foliis caulinis 15-28
confertis vel superioribus deinde subdistantibus linearibus erectis,
imis obtusis, mediis attenuatis mucronatis 0.7-2 cm. longis 1-2 mm.
latis dorso strigosis, superioribus 7-20 apice scarioso lineari-lanceolato
vel lineari-aciculari torto 2-3 mm. longo munitis; capitulis femineis
1-6 corymbosis subcylindricis (in statu exsiccato turbinato-campanu-
lato); involucro 5.5-8.5 mm. alto basi lanato; bracteis 30-50 3-4-
seriatis valde imbricatis, exterioribus lineari-oblongis obtusis vel sub-
acutis fulvescentibus, interioribus angustioribus acuminatis plerumque
fuscis erosis; corolla 4 mm. longo apice purpurascente; stylo purpuras-
cente exserto bifido; achaeniis laevibus 1.2 mm. longis.—NEWFOUND-
LAND: dry peaty and turfy limestone barrens, Gargamelle Cove,
July 20, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2076 (TYPE in Gray Herb.);
peaty and turfy limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, July 24, 1929,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2077. See p. 54.

332 Rhodora [OCTOBER

A. columnaris, in the great abundance of cauline leaves, which
during anthesis give the flowering stems the appearance of broad
columns or (in the lower stems) small barrels, is unique. In many
characters it suggests dwarfed A. confusa (described below; see
PLATE 268) but it has usually many more leaves and very many more
of the upper leaves with scarious appendages, and, when well de-
veloped, its heads are decidedly larger and with more imbricated
bracts. A. columnaris also strongly resembles A. angustata Greene
of Baffin Island and northern Labrador, but that species has the
narrower basal leaves prominently mucronate, the cauline leaves
few and the upper ones with broad and flat appendages.

3. ANTENNARIA Foggii, sp. nov. (TAB. 264), humifusa, caulibus
ramosissimis repentibus stragula 0.3-1.8 dm. diametro formantibus;
stolonibus foliosis plus minusve confertis 1-3 cm. longis; foliis basilari-
bus cuneato-oblanceolatis vel anguste obovatis vix petiolatis 4-16
mm. longis 2-4 (-5) mm. latis apice rotundatis vel subacutis obsolete
vel brevissime mucronulatis utrinque albido-tomentosis tomento
coactili; caule florifero 4-13 em. alto floccoso-tomentoso; foliis caulinis
8-16 subdistantibus floccoso-tomentosis, imis linearibus obtusis,
mediis linearibus acutis 8-16 mm. longis 1-2.5 mm. latis apice subu-
latis, superioribus 4-7 (2-3 involucriformibus inclusis) apice scarioso
lanceolato 1.5-4 mm. longo munitis; capitulis femineis 1-3 (-5) corym-
bosis ellipsoideo-campanulatis (in statu exsiccato late campanulatis);
involucro 7-9 mm. alto basi viscido-lanato sub medio prolongato
viridescente bracteis 30-40 viscidis obscuris valde adpressis vel ag-
glutinatis involucri apice coroniformibus, bractiarum superiorum
apicibus 3-seriatis rosulatis oblongis brunnescentibus vel fuscescentibus
1.5-2 mm. latis, interioribus erosis vel eroso-fimbriatis; corolla 5-5.5
mm. longa apice purpurascente; stylo purpurascente exserto bifido;
achaeniis laevibus 1.7 mm. longis; planta mascula ignota.—NEw-
FOUNDLAND, limestone barrens bordering St. John Bay and Ingorna-
choix Bay: peaty turf on limestone barrens northeast of Old Port au
Choix, St. John Bay, July 21, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2100
(TYPE in Gray Herb.); dry gravelly limestone barrens back of Crow’s
Head, St. John Bay, July 23, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2101;
dry gravelly limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, between St. John Bay
and Ingornachoix Bay, July 24, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2102;
dry gravelly limestone barrens, Eastern Point, St. John Bay, July 26,
1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2103; dry peaty and turfy limestone
barrens, Gargamelle Cove, Ingornachoix Bay, July 20, 1929, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 2099 (less characteristic, with larger leaves and
usually more heads with slightly looser outer bracts than the other
nos.). See p. 54.

Antennaria Foggii, with which it is a great pleasure to associate the

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 333

name of one of my former students and Mr. Long’s and my stimulat-
ing, untiring and always companionable associate on two Newfound-
land trips, John Milton Fogg, Jr., is unique among the species of
eastern America in having the bracts of the viscid or glutinous green
lower half of the involucre so closely coherent as to give the involucre
(at least when fresh) an almost gamophyllous aspect. In its very
large involucre, with broad, oblong bract-tips, A. Foggii is suggestive
of A. cana Fernald, another Newfoundland endemic, and A. pygmaea
Fernald, of northern Labrador and Baffin Island. In both those
species, however, the outer bracts are looser. In A. cana the flowering
stems are lower, with fewer leaves, the involucral bracts narrower and
the corolla shorter; in A. pygmaea the mats are at most 5 cm. broad,
the basal leaves narrowly oblanceolate, glabrous and mucronate;
the upper cauline with a broad-lanceolate to deltoid tip, the 1 or 2
heads with regularly imbricated involucre and corollas only 4 mm.
long.

4. ANTENNARIA Bayardi sp. nov. (TaB. 265), humifusa, caulibus
repentibus stragula 0.3-1.3 dm. diametro formantibus; stolonibus
foliosis ad 3.5 em. longis; foliis basilaribus cuneato-obovatis subrhom-
boideis apice subacutis vix mucronatis 5-10 mm. longis 2-5 mm. latis
albido-tomentosis, tomento minuto pannoso deinde sublucido; caule
florifero gracile 0.3-1.5 dm. alto floccoso-tomentoso; foliis caulinis
6-9 remotis lineari-oblongis laxe tomentosis, imis obtusis, mediis 0.9-
1.4 em. longis 1.5-3 mm. latis subacutis breviter mucronatis, superi-
oribus 2-3 apice lanceolato-subulato scarioso plus minusve unguiculato
0.6-1.5 mm. longo munitis; capitulis femineis (1-) 3-6 corymbosis
subcylindrico-urceolatis (in statu exsiccato subturbinatis), pedunculis
plus minusve inaequalibus; involuero 6-7 mm. alto basi lanato;
bracteis 20-25 3-seriatis valde inaequalibus, anguste oblongis, ex-
teriorum basi viridiscentibus vel obscure brunneis apicibus sordidis
vel fulvis vel pallide fuscis 1.2-2 mm. latis, interioribus angustioribus
acuminatis; corolla 4—4.8 mm. longa apice purpurascente vel pallida;
stylo incluso vel vix exserto integro vel subintegro; achaeniis 1.1-1.4
mm. longis hirtellis; planta mascula ignota.—NEWFOUNDLAND: dry
humus over limestone ledges and shingle, Hannah's Head, Lower
Humber Valley, July 12, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2095;
shelves of limestone cliff, Druid's (or Raglan) Head, Middle Arm,
Bay of Islands, July 16, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2096; lime-
stone cliffs and talus, Tucker's Head, Main Arm, Bonne Bay, August
12, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2097 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). See
pp. 48, 83.

A. Bayardi, one of the most distinctive species of eastern North
America, is named in appreciation of the loyal companionship and

334 Rhodora [OcroBER

keen instinct for the finer details of accurate botanical exploration of
my companion on many Newfoundland cliffs and barrens, Bayard
Long.

A. Bayardi is not closely related to any other small-leaved species
of Newfoundland. In its hirtellous achenes it is almost unique, in
this character agreeing with A. isolepis Greene of the northern half of
the Labrador Peninsula and A. subviscosa Fernald of Rimouski and
Gaspé Counties, Quebec. From both these it is quickly distinguished
by its short and broad rosette-leaves; from A. ?solepis by the blunt
tips of the rosette-leaves, the short-mucronate tips of the median
cauline and the delicate subulus of the upper cauline leaves (the
rosette-leaves of 4. isolepis being distinctly mucronate, and all but
the lowermost cauline bearing broad flat appendages); from A. sub-
viscosa by the closer tomentum of the rosette-leaves, shorter, broader
and blunter cauline leaves, essential lack of glandularity and dark
involucres (A. subviscosa having the basal leaves loosely tomentose,
the median and upper cauline linear-attenuate and glandular-hirsute,
and the glandular-viscid involucres cream-colored or buff to rose-
tinged). A. Bayardi is also closely related to A. intermedia (Rosenv.)
Porsild, of western Greenland, and A. umbrinella Rydb., of the Rocky
Mountains. Both these species, however, have the pubescence of the
basal leaves looser, the corymbs more symmetrical, the scarious tips
of the involucral bracts broader and more rounded, and the achenes
quite glabrous; furthermore the basal leaves of A. intermedia are
much narrower and sharper-pointed.

All of these localized endemics (A. intermedia of nunataks of western
Greenland, A. isolepis of the unglaciated area of northern Labrador,
A. Bayardi of the unglaciated mountains of western Newfoundland,
A. subviscosa of vertical nunatak-cliffs of Rimouski and Gaspé Coun-
ties, Quebec, and A. umbrinella of the Rocky Mts.) are obviously
closely related; and they all have the simple to but slightly cleft style
included or barely exserted, the other dwarf species of Newfoundland
having the style definitely exserted and finally deeply cleft.

In publishing A. wmbrinella, Rydberg said: “I describe this species
as new, with some hesitation, not that I have any doubt concerning
its distinctness from A. alpina and our North American species, but
it is so closely similar to A. Magellanica Sch. Bip. that if it were not
for the great distance between their ranges and for the slightly longer
leaves and more slender caudex of the latter, I would regard the two

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 335

as one species,”! A. magellanica Sch. Bip. Flora, xxxviii. 117 (1855),
with “achaeniis . . . sparse hirtis,’’ was based upon Lechler’s no.
1049a from “Sandy Point" (Punta Arenas) on the Straits of Magellan
and an excellent sheet in the Gray Herbarium of this type-collection
is well matched by a later collection from the Straits of Magellan by
Cunningham. In publishing A. magellanica, Schultz Bipontinus sug-
gested that it was very close to A. chilensis Remy. A. chilensis Remy
in C. Gay, Fl. Chil. iv. 235 (1849) was from an undesignated province,
presumably from the Straits. A beautiful sheet in the Gray Herbarium
of this original collection of A. chilensis, showing 4 plants with 6
flowering stems in full anthesis, indicates that A. magellanica (1855)
should be united with A. chilensis (1849). Although very similar to
several North American plants, A. chilensis is not well matched by
any of them. It has narrowly spatulate basal leaves 1-2 em. long,
2.5-4 mm. wide, rounded at apex or obtuse and densely lanate above;
the 7-9 linear or linear-oblanceolate cauline leaves 1.5-2 mm. broad,
. quite lanate and mucronate; the corymbs glomeruliform; the involu-
cres only 5 mm. high, with very unequal creamy to slightly brownish,
obtuse, oblong bracts in 3 series. A. chilensis is perhaps more nearly
simulated by A. straminea Fernald, of Newfoundland, than by any
other North American species. A. straminea, however, has shorter
and broader basal leaves, with more pannose tomentum; narrower
cauline leaves, the upper with dilated appendages; and even more
imbricated involucres (of about 5 series).

'The close relationship of the single endemic Patagonian species,
A. chilensis, with the very extensive series of localized species of cor-
dilleran North America, Greenland, northern Labrador, western New-
foundland and the Gaspé region is of peculiar significance in view of
the relationships between these (or some of these) areas repeatedly
pointed out in other groups: Carex macloviana D'Urv. of Chile, north-
western North America, Gaspé, Labrador, Greenland and arctic
Europe, with very numerous endemic allies in cordilleran North
America; Empetrum rubrum Vahl of subantarctic islands and the
Andes of Chile, with its nearest allies two species centering on the
Gulf of St. Lawrence; Primula decipiens Duby (P. “ magellanica”) of
the Falkland Islands and Patagonia, the only representative in the
southern hemisphere of the complex boreal Primula $ Farinosae;?

1 Rydberg, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxiv. 302 (1897).

2 See Fernald & Wiegand, RHODORA, xv. 213-217 (1913); Fernald, ibid, xxvi. 93
(1924); Fernald, Mem. Am. Acad. xv. 261, 262 (1925).

3 See Fernald, RHODORA, xxx. 74—77 (1928).

336 Rhodora [OcroBER

Polystichum mohrioides (Bory) Presl of the subantarctic islands and
Fuegia, with more or less separable geographic varieties in the Andes,
in the cordilleran region of North America and on the Gaspé Penin-
sula; and many other species, some with numerous localized boreal
endemic allies, others, like Carex capitata L., C. incurva Lightf., C.
microglochin Wahlenb., Draba magellanica Lam., Plantago juncoides
Lam., etc., etc., with little if any recognized differentiation in the
remote areas.

5. ANTENNARIA brunnescens, sp. nov. (TAB. 266), humifusa,
caulibus ramosissimis repentibus stragula 0.3-1.8 dm. diametro for-
mantibus; stolonibus foliosis ad 2 cm. longis; foliis basilaribus spathu-
latis vel anguste cuneato-obovatis apice brevissime mucronatis 5-14
mm. longis 2—4 mm. latis supra albidis, tomento denso minuto; caule
florifero 5-14 cm. alto floccoso-tomentoso; foliis caulinis 8-14, sub-
distantibus linearibus strictis glabratis, imis obtusis, mediis 1-1.5 cm.
longis 1-1.7 mm. latis acutis apice subulatis, superioribus 4-5 apice
scarioso lanceolato vel anguste oblongo plano 2-3.5 mm. longo
munitis; capitulis femineis 1—4 cylindrico-campanulatis (in statu ex-
siccato turbinatis) corymbosis; involucro 7.5-9 mm. alto basi lanato;
bracteis 25-35 3-seriatis valde inaequalibus tenuibus oblongo-lanceo-
latis subacutis, exterioribus badiis 2-2.5 mm. latis) interioribus brun-
nescentibus lacerato-erosis; corolla 4.8-5 mm. longa apice purpuras-
cente; stylo exserto bifido purpurascente; achaeniis 1.8 mm. longis
glabris; planta mascula ignota.—NEWFOUNDLAND: turfy limestone
crest (alt. 650 m.) Killdevil, Main Arm of Bonne Bay, August 23,
1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2105. See p. 89.

In its very large heads with strongly unequal series of bracts 4.
brunnescens resembles A. borealis Greene of Alaska and A. fusca Elias
Nelson of the mountains of Wyoming. From them both it is at once
distinguished by its acutish and brown rather than obtuse and lead-
colored bracts and by its narrower cauline leaves with more slender
appendages. In 4. fusca, furthermore, the rosette-leaves are much
broader, the cauline leaves much longer, and the corollas pale- instead
of purple-tipped. In eastern North America the only small-leaved
and dark-headed species which approaches A. brunnescens in size of
involucre (7.5-9 mm. high), length of corolla (4.8-5 mm.) and length
of achene (1.8 mm.) is A. Foggii described above; but the involucre of
that species, with the bases of the subequal bracts green and agglu-
tinated to simulate a gamophyllous cup, is wholly different from that
of A. brunnescens, in which the short outer series is castaneous at
base and quite free.

1 See Fernald, RHopona, xxvi. 89—93 (1924).

Rhodora Plate 264

ANTENNARIA Foaall, X 1; insert X 2.

Rhodora Plate 265

ANTENNARIA Bavanpi, X 1; insert X 2.

Rhodora Plate 266

ANTENNARIA BRUNNESCENS, X 1; insert X 2.

Rhodora Plate 267

ANTENNARIA CANA, X l; inserts X 2.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 337

6. A. cana (Fernald & Wieg.) Fernald, Ruopora, xviii. 236 (1916),
as to type-specimen (Pointe Riche, Newfoundland, Fernald & Wiegand
no. 4139), not as to other specimens cited, and as to description only
in part; Fernald, RHopora, xxvi. 98, only in part and not including t.
142, fig. 3 (1924). A. alpina, var. cana Fernald & Wiegand, RHODORA,
xiii. 24 (1911) as to type-specimen cited. PLATE 267.

Antennaria alpina, var. cana Fernald & Wiegand (1911) was a
hopeless medley, published before the northern Antennarias of eastern
America had begun to be properly studied. Its cited specimens
belong to several species now clearly differentiated; but the TYPE from
Pointe Riche (Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4139), having been definitely
designated, must settle the final application of the name. When I
elevated the variety to specific rank, restricting it to plants of western
Newfoundland, I retained in it the two original Newfoundland ele-
ments: the TYPE, from Pointe Riche and the plant of Table Mountain,
Port au Port Bay (Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4141), supplemented by
later collections from the latter locality. Subsequent collections
brought in much material like that from Table Mountain and gradu-
ally I came to think of and to recognize this plant as A. cana and under
this name I have distributed much material. A much more local
plant than the one I have generally been calling A. cana was collected
along the Straits of Belle Isle in 1925 and, since it was so wholly dis-
tinct from that and all other recognized species of the genus, it was
published as A. Longii Fernald, Rropona, xxviii. 237 (1926). During
the past summer both these plants were found in abundance on Pointe
Riche and in its vicinity and I am chagrined to find that the Pointe
Riche TYPE of A. cana is-exactly A. Longii and not the much com-
moner plant (originally cited only from Table Mountain) which has
been passing as A. cana.! A. cana, as now restricted, was accurately
described as A. Longii Fernald, 1. c. (1926). It is much more localized
than the plant which has been confused with it. PLATE 267 shows
characteristic material from the type locality of A. cana (at left) and
also some of the type material of A. Longii (at right).

The material now at hand shows true A. CANA (A. Longii) from the
following stations, all in northwestern Newfoundland: dry limestone
gravel on barrens, Schooner (or Brandy) Island, Pistolet Bay, Pease

1'This lamentable psycbological error arose through the shortsighted practise fol-
lowed in our first two seasons' work jn Newfoundland, of labeling all material as
collected by Fernald & Wiegand, regardless of whether both of us had been the actual
collectors. I was at Blanc Sablon while Wiegand was at Pointe Riche, but we col-
lected together on Table Mountain. 'Thus the Table Mountain plant long stood in
my mind as A. cana, although the Pointe Riche plant had been designated as the type.

338 Rhodora [OCTOBER

& Long, no. 29,177 (TYPE of A. Longii); Cape Norman, Wiegand &
Long, nos. 29,180, 29,181; Boat Harbor, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald,
Wiegand & Long, no. 29,178; Four-Mile Cove, Straits of Belle Isle,
Fernald, Wiegand & Long, .no. 29,179; back of Crow's Head, St. John
Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2086; Eastern Point, St. John Bay,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2089; Pointe Riche, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 4139 (TYPE), Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2087; dry upper diorite
rock-crests at about 750 m. alt., Lookout Mountain, Bonne Bay,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2104 (material over-ripe, only doubtfully
referred here). Species endemic in Newfoundland. !

The commoner plant which has erroneously passed as A. cana and
which was illustrated as that species in Fernald, RHODORA, xxvi. t.
142, fig. 3, is described below as no. 8.

7. A. VEXILLIFERA Fernald, Rronona, xxvi. 99, t. 142, fig. 4 (1924).
—Local on dry gravelly limestone barrens, Pistolet Bay to St. John
Bay: Cook Point, Pistolet Bay, Fernald & Gilbert, no. 29,171; Boat
Harbor, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 29,172;
Eastern Point, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2085. Other-
wise known only from the Shickshock Mts. of the Gaspé Peninsula.

8. ANTENNARIA confusa, sp. nov. (TAB. 268, plant at left), humi-
fusa, caulibus ramosissimis repentibus stragula 0.2-10 em. diametro
formantibus; stolonibus foliosis confertis perbrevibus (ad 2 em. longis) ;
foliis basilaribus oblanceolatis vel anguste cuneato-obovatis apice
obtusis vel subacutis vix mucronatis 3-11 mm. longis 1-5 mm. latis
supra albidis, tomento denso minuto; caule florifero 0.3-1.8 dm. alto
floccoso-tomentoso; foliis caulinis 8-15 subapproximatis deinde sub-
distantibus linearibus, imis obtusis, mediis 8-15 mm. longis 1-2 mm.
latis strictis acutis apice subulatis, superioribus 3-4 apice scarioso
lanceolato- vel lineari-involuto 2-3 mm. longo munitis; capitulis
femineis (1-)2-6 campanulatis corymbosis; involucro 5-6 mm. alto
basi subviscido-lanato; bracteis 20-30, 2-3-seriatis subaequalibus
tenuissimis, exterioribus anguste oblongis vel oblongo-linearibus obtu-
sis 1-1.7 mm. latis fulvescentibus vel fuscescentibus, interioribus
angustioribus acuminatis vel apiculatis erosis; corolla 3-3.8 mm. longa
apice purpurascente; stylo purpurascente exserto bifido; achaeniis
laevibus 1.5 mm. longis; planta mascula ignota.—N EWFOUNDLAND,

1 Since the above went into type I have examined a specimen of Antennaria cana,
collected at 5500 feet alt., Mt. Redfern Valley, northern British Columbia, August 2,
1932, by Mrs. J. Norman Henry (no. 309, Herb. Phil. Acad.). Mrs. Henry's material
can be separated on no character evident in the single specimen from the smaller-
headed individuals of A. cana of northwestern Newfoundland. This abundantly
demonstrated relationship of the floras of western Newfoundland, tbe Mingan
Islands, Anticosti and Gaspé and of the northern Rocky Mts. is further displayed by
Mrs. Henry's discovery in northern British Columbia of Lesquerella Purshii (Wats.)
Fern., a species heretofore known only from western Newfoundland and Anticosti
(see p. 267 and t. 258); and by the finding by Dr. H. M. Raup on an adjacent moun-
tain of northern British Columbia of Agoseris gaspensis Fern., previously known only
from the Shickshock Mts.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 339

in dry gravel or dry humus on limestone ledges and barrens, from
Pistolet Bay to Port au Port Bay: Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald,
Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,157;
Schooner (or Brandy) Island, Pistolet Bay, Pease & Long, no. 29,159;
Cook Point, Pistolet Bay, Fernald & Gilbert, no. 29,160; Cape Nor-
man, Wiegand, Griscom & Hotchkiss, no. 29,158; Boat Harbor, Straits
of Belle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 29,162, Big Brook, Straits of
Belle Isle, Pease & Griscom, no. 29,156; one mile back of Savage
Cove, Fernald & Long, no. 29,155; Savage Point, Straits of Belle Isle,
Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,154 (young,
involucres blackish); Sandy (or Poverty) Cove, Straits of Belle Isle,
Fernald, Long & Gilbert, no. 29,173; Rock Marsh, Flower Cove,
Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,144; Brig Bay, F ernald, Long & Dunbar
no. 27,145; limestone bluff opposite western escarpment of Bard
Harbor Hill, Fernald & Long, no. 29,163; St. John Island, Fernald,
Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,169; back of Crow’s Head,
St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2079; Old Port au Choix,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 2078 (TYPE in Gray Herb.), 2082; Eastern
Point, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2081; Pointe Riche,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2080; Hannah’s Head, lower Humber
Valley, July 12, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2090; tableland, alt.
200-300 m., Table Mountain, Port au Port Bay, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 4141 (included in original publication of A. alpina, var. cant),
Fernald & St. John in Pl. Exsicc. Gray. no. 290, Mackenzie & Griscom,
no. 10,467; all but the latest collections erroneously labeled A. cana
(Fernald & Wiegand) Fernald.

As already pointed out, A. confusa is the comparatively common
dark-headed dwarf Antennaria of the limestone barrens of western
Newfoundland, until now passing erroneously as A. cana. This con-
fusion arose through the fact that, before it was realized that there
are many species of the group in western Newfoundland, the two were
united; but since the TYPE of 4. cana is, unfortunately, inseparable
from the plant later called A. Longii, the name A. cana must be re-
stricted to the latter species (t. 207). A somewhat diagramatic draw-
ing of a small specimen of A. confusa was shown in Fernald, RHODORA,
xxvi. t. 142, fig. 3, as A. cana. A. confusa is very quickly distinguished
from true A. cana (A. Longii) by having the basal leaves mostly nar-
rower and not rounded at summit; the flowering stems more slender,
taller and more leafy (the stoutish stems of A. cana usually 2-5,
rarely -9, cm. high and with only 4-8 leaves); the appendages of the
upper leaves very slender-tipped (those of A. cana broader and blunt);
the involucre only 5-6 mm. high (in A. cana 7-10 mm. high); and the
corollas less than 4 mm. long (in A. cana 4-5 mm.).

340 Rhodora [OCTOBER

In its slender habit, small heads and short corolla A. confusa is
nearest A. vexillifera Fernald, Ruovora, xxvi. 99, t. 142, fig. 2 (1924),
but that species has only 5-8 cauline leaves, nearly all of them with
broad and flat oblong-lanceolate appendages, and larger heads with
narrower bracts. ;

9. A. ALBICANS Fernald, Ruopora, xvi. 197 (1914) and xxvi. 100,
t. 145, fig. 6 (1924).—Dry shingly, gravelly or turfy limestone barrens
from Pistolet Bay to Port au Port Bay: Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay,
Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no.
29,164; Schooner (or Brandy) Island, Pistolet Bay, Pease & Long, no.
29,166; Cook Point, Pistolet Bay, Fernald & Gilbert, no. 29,165; Ice
Point, St. Barbe Bay, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,161;
Eastern Point, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2083; Garga-
melle Cove, Ingornachoix Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2084;
Table Mountain, Port au Port Bay, Fernald, & St. John, no. 10,869
(ryPE). Endemic in Newfoundland.

10. A. STRAMINEA Fernald, Ruopora, xvi. 130 (1914) and xxvi. 100,
t. 145, fig. 8 (1924).—Dry shingly, gravelly or peaty limestone barrens,
Pistolet Bay to Bay St. George; turfy and rocky crests, Notre Dame
Bay: Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long,
Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,168; Shoal Cove, Straits of Belle
Isle, Pease & Griscom, no. 29,176; Savage Point, Straits of Belle Isle,
Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,175; Ice
Point, St. Barbe Bay, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,167; Brig
Bay, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,187; St. John Island, Fernald,
Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,170; Old Port au Choix,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2091; Pointe Riche, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 4140, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 2092, 2093; limestone crest (alt.
650 m.), Killdevil, Main Arm, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.
2094; Green Gardens, Cape St. George, Mackenzie & Griscom, no.
11,098; Twillingate, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 6340 (TYPE);
without definite locality, “Terre-neuve,” 1828 (herb. Shuttleworth,
Brit. Mus.). Endemic in Newfoundland.

11. A. WiEgaNDpm Fernald, Ruopora, xxviii. 238 (1926).—Very
local, St. John Bay and Bay of Islands: turfy limestone barrens, St. John
Island, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,153
(TYPE); turfy and peaty knolls bordering limestone barrens, Eastern
Point, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2098; trap ledges and
gravel, subalpine southern slope of Lark Mountain, Bay of Islands,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 463 (distributed as A. spathulata “ dwarfed
subalpine form”). Endemic in Newfoundland. See p. 54.

12. A. SPATHULATA Fernald, Ruopora, xvi. 196 (1914) including
var. continentis Fernald & St. John in St. John, Bot. Expl. No. Shore
Gulf St. Lawr. 55 (1922). A. canadensis, var. spathulata Fernald,
RHODORA, xvi. 132 (1914).—The most widely dispersed species of
Newfoundland, occurring chiefly in turf or humus over calcareous or

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 341

noncaleareous ledges, shingle or gravel from Pistolet Bay to the
Avalon Peninsula and to Bay St. George. The following specimens
are before me: South Arm River, Holyrood, August 23, 1894, Robinson
& Schrenk; Rushy Pond, Exploits Valley, Fernald, Wiegand & Dar-
lington, no. 6362 (type); Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald, Wiegand,
Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, nos. 29,182, 29,184; St.
John Island, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,183;
Pointe Riche, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4143, Fernald, Long & Fogg,
nos. 2109, 2110; Table Mountain, Port au Port Bay, Fernald & St.
John, no. 10,870, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,468; Cape St. George,
Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 11,119. Known also from the mouth of the
Natashquan, Sagnenay Co., Quebec, and from Anticosti Island. See
. 54.

j 13. ANTENNARIA gaspensis (Fernald), comb. nov. Tas. 268, plant
at right. A. neodioica, var. gaspensis Fernald, Ottawa Nat. xix. 156
(1905).

When I published A. neodioica, var. gaspensis our understanding
of the genus in eastern America was still very rudimentary, and
certain characters now found to be very constant and of diagnostic
value had not then been noted. My own field-experience with the
plant was on the limestones of Percé in 1904 and 1905 and, although
Victorin, Rolland, Brunel, Rousseau and others had repeatedly been
collecting it at the tip of the Gaspé Peninsula and on Anticosti Island,
I had not seen the plant growing since 1905 until 1929, when Messrs.
Long, Fogg and I found it on the limestone headlands near the “ bot-
tom" (or head, as we should say) of the Middle Arm of Bay of Islands
and on similar headlands on Bonne Bay. So very characteristic was
the plant with its slenderly subcylindric whitish heads (in the dried
condition turbinate) that it did not occur to any of us to associate it
with A. neodioica Greene, in which the more or less green- or purple-
tinged heads are more campanulate or subhemispherical (in the dried
condition broadly rounded at base). The Newfoundland material
proves to be quite like the type-collection of A. neodioica, var. gaspen-
sis, and study in the herbarium reinforces our field-impression in
Newfoundland that the plant is quite distinct from A. meodioica.
Briefly the diagnostic characters are as follows:

A. GASPENSIS. Rosette-leaves oblanceolate or narrowly obovate, 2-5
mm. broad, strongly whitened above: the terminal mucro or subulus only
0.2-0.5 mm. long: subulus of the median cauline leaves prolonged and
commonly unguiculate; tips of the 3-5 upper leaves with pale scarious
linear-oblong appendages: fresh involucres slenderly cylindric, becoming

turbinate in drying, of 25-35 linear-oblong whitish or light-brown bracts:
denuded receptacle ovoid, as high as or higher than broad.

342 Rhodora [OCTOBER

A. NEODIOICA. Rosette-leaves broadly oblanceolate to broadly obovate,
2-17 mm. broad, with the green surface obvious through the grayish
tomentum (or rarely glabrous); the terminal mucro or subulus 0.5-1 mm.
long: subulus of the median cauline leaves usually straight; the upper
leaves (except rarely at base of corymb) with slender and prolonged, often
eurved, subulate tips: fresh involucres campanulate to hemispherical, the
dried broadly rounded at base, of 35-50 or more greenish- or purplish-
tinged bracts: denuded receptacle a low rounded dome, distinctly broader
than high.

On account of its very narrow leaves much material of the narrow-
est-leaved extreme of A. neodioica, var. attenuata has been identified
and often reported as A. neodioica, var. gaspensis. True A. gaspensis,
as shown by the large series now collected, is confined to the limestones
at the eastern end of the Gaspé Peninsula and to Anticosti Island and
the limestone mountains of western Newfoundland.

The following collections are referred to A. GASPENSIS. NEWFOUND-
LAND: turf over limestone talus, Druid's (or Raglan) Head, Middle
Arm, Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2106; turfy limestone
ledges and talus, eastern dome of Penguin Head, Middle Arm, Bay of
Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2107; limestone cliffs and talus,
Tucker's Head, Main Arm, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long, & Fogg, no.
2108. QueEBeEc: talus calcaires, Rivière Vaureal, Anticosti, Victorin,
Rolland & Louis, no. 21,327; sur les talus calcaires, Riv. à la Patate,
Anticosti, Victorin, Rolland & Louis, no. 21,332; sur les talus secs aux
bords de l'entrée, Riv. des Caps, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no.
27,015; Jupiter River, Anticosti, J. Macoun, no. 70,448; platiéres de
l'embouchure, Riv. Jupiter, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, nos.
25,377, 25,383; calcareous cliffs near Cape Rosier, A. S. Pease, no.
20,202; sur le rebord de la falaise, “La Vieille," Cap Gaspé, Victorin,
Germain, Brunel & Rousseau, no. 17,548; turfy crest of sea cliffs,
Cape Gaspé, Pease, no. 20,204; alluvions caillouteux cóté sud du
Forillon, au-delà de Grande-Gréve, prés de l'Anse-à-l' Andien, Victorin,
Rolland, Brunel & Rousseau, no. 17,549; limestone shingle, Le Coulé,
Percé, August 17, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; gravelly slopes, Les
Murailles, Percé, August 17, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; dry cal-
careous gravel, Mt. Ste. Anne, Percé, August 18, 1904, Collins, Fernald
& Pease, also Collins, Fernald & Pease, no. 142 (rype in Gray Herb.),
Fernald in Pl. Exsice. Gray. no. 291, Victorin, Rolland, Brunel &
Rousseau, no. 17,550. See pp. 51, 83.

14. A. RUPICOLA Fernald, Ruopona, i. 74 (1899). A. meodioica,
var. rupicola Fernald, Ruopora, xvi. 132 (1914).—In Newfoundland
known only in the southeastern half of the island, from the Avalon
Peninsula to Notre Dame Bay and the Exploits Valley: dry crests and
rocky slopes of sandstone and arenaceous slate hills back of Carbonear,
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6349; dry cliffs and talus, Tilt Cove, Fernald,
Wiegand & Darlington, no. 6347; sandstone ledges and talus, Grand

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 343

Falls, Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram & Darlington, nos. 6341-6348; no.
6345 aberrant in having stolons and supernumerary branches de-
veloped from the upper axils.

Antennaria rupicola, originally described from Aroostook Co.,
Maine, was reduced by me to varietal rank in 1914 on the basis of the
variable series from along the Exploits at Grand Falls; but material
of the plant gradually accumulated from a broad and natural range
across southern Canada (MAP 26) is thoroughly consistent, and a re-

Map 26. Range of ANTENNARIA RUPICOLA.

study of it, with the finding of the additional character of the recep-
tacle used in the key, convinces me that it is a well defined northern
species.

A. rupicola (MAP 26) ranges from Newfoundland and Anticosti
Island to northern Maine, and Thunder Bay District, Ontario. Be-
sides the Newfoundland material (cited above), I have seen the fol-
lowing. QuEBEc: talus calcaires des bords de la Rivière Macdonald,
Anticosti, Victorin, Rolland & Louis, no. 21,328; sur les cailloutis secs
à l'entrée, Riv. Macdonald, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,616; detritus
calcaires des talus secs, Riv. du. Rénard, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland,
no. 27,6014; wooded slope, St. Jean l'Evangéliste, Nouvelle, July 19 &
20, 1904, Collins & Fernald; ledgy banks of Restigouche River, Mata-
pedia, July 19, 1904, Collins & Fernald (aberrant specimen bearing
rosettes and supernumerary branches from the upper axils). Mac-
DALEN IsLANDs: dry clearing, Grindstone, Grindstone Island, Fernald,
Bartram, Long & St. John, no. 8175 (distributed as A. neodioica).
New Brunswick: open field, Campbellton, July 8, 1878, Chalmers
(herb. Brit. Mus.). Marne: ledgy shores and rocky banks (calcareous-
slate ledges), Island Falls, Fernald, no. 2361 (type), Fernald in PI.
Exsicc. Gray, no. 37, Pease, no. 2251. ONTARIO: yellow clay soil along
Onaman River, Thunder Bay Distr., 1912, H. E. Pulling; rocks, Port
Arthur, C. S. Williamson (herb. Phil. Acad.). Micniaaw: Isle Royale,
Cooper, no. 50.

344 Rhodora [OCTOBER

S See

Dar
i

Map 27. Range of ANTENNARIA PETALOIDEA, var. SUBCORYMBOSA.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 345

15. A. NEODIOICA Greene, Pittonia, iii. 184 (1897).—In Newfound-
land three varieties may be recognized :!

a. Rosette-leaves gray-tomentose above... .b.
b. Outer and middle bracts of pistillate heads obtuse.......... Var. typica.
b. Outer and middle bracts attenuate................... Var. attenuata.
a. Rosette-leaves bright-green and glabrous above........ Var. chlorophylla.

Var. typica. A. neodioida Greene, |. c.; Fernald, Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist, xxviii. 244 (1898); Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man, ed.
7: 822, fig. 982 (1908).—In Newfoundland known only from the
southeastern half of the Island: 10 miles south of St. John’s, July,
1902, L. L. Dame; rocky soil, along Rennie’s River, near St. John’s,
July 12, 1902, Dame; rocky clearing, St. John’s, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 6357; Murray's Pond, 1928, A. M. Ayre; dry ledgy slope, Killi-
grew’s, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6358; rocky hills and gravel, ledges
and talus along Exploits River, Grand Falls, Fernald, Wiegand,
Bartram & Darlington, nos. 6359-6361; dry soil, Millertown, July 11,
1930, Jansson; rocky river-shore and dry woods, Buchan Junction,
July, 1930, Jansson. A widely distributed species, from southern
Newfoundland to Ontario, south to Virginia, Indiana and Wisconsin.

Var. ATTENUATA Fernald, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxviii. 248
(1898).—More general in range: Murrays Pond and Placentia, 1928,
A. M. Ayre; sandy terraces of Exploits River, Bishop Falls, Fernald,
Wiegand & Darlington, no. 6356; sandstone ledges and talus, Grand
Falls, Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram & Darlington, nos. 6350-6355;
turfy limestone crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, Main Arm, Bonne Bay,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2111; bare spots on peaty and gravelly
slopes, French (or Tweed) Island, Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 465; dry gravelly slope, Lark Harbor, Bay of Islands, Fer-
nald, Long & Fogg, no. 464 (the last two erroneously distributed as var.

1 Two other well marked varieties are as yet not known from Newfoundland:

Var. GRANDIS Fernald, Ruopora, i. 73 (1899). A. grandis House, Bull. N. Y.
State Mus. no. 188: 60, 63 (1916), witbout statement of the specific characters. The
largest extreme, with rosette-leaves 7-17 mm. broad; cauline leaves 7—14, mostly
broader and longer than in the other vars.; bracts of the involucres (except in forms
from deep shade) reddish below, white-petaloid above: corolla and style 5.5—6.2 mm,
long.—Nova Scotia and southern New Brunswick to southern Quebec and Michigan,
south to Massachusetts and New York.

Var. interjecta, var. nov., caulibus humifusis repentibus rigidis subligneis; foliis
basilaribus rosulatis oblanceolatis vel anguste obovatis acutis vel subacutis basi
subcuneatis supra griseis 3-7 mm. latis; caule florifero erecto vix flexuoso 0.5-2.5 dm.
alto; foliis caulinis 8-14 subapproximatis vel vix distantibus; corymbis subglomeru-
latis globosis vel hemisphericis 1.5-3 cm. diametro; involucri bracteis scariosis line-
aribus vel lineari-lanceolatis attenuatis stramineis vel albido-virescentibus.—Gaspé
and Rimouski Counties, QuEeBEC: dry gravelly woods, banks of Grand River, Gaspé
Co., June 30-July 3, 1904, Fernald; dry fir woods at base of limestone-conglomerate
cliffs, west of Baptiste Michaud's, Bic, Rimouski Co., July 16, 1904, Collins & Fernald
(rype in Gray Herb.); sandy field, Anse aux Bouleaux, Bic, Fernald & Collins. no.
777; newly seeded field, 1 14 miles west of village, Bic, June 22, 1905, F. F. Forbes; dry
hillside north of Bic, June 23, 1905, Forbes; dry bank by Anse Orignal, Bic, June 27,
1905, Forbes; sur les schistes dénudés, Pointe du Vieux Bic, Rousseau, nos. 26,454,
26,639: sur les schistes, Cap à l'Orignal, Bic, Rousseau, no. 26,706; sur les schistes
dénudés. Ile du Bic, Rousseau, no. 26,848.

Var. interjecta has the habit of A. rupicola, and the narrow and scarcely petioled,
acute rosette-leaves, the numerous and scarcely distant cauline leaves, and the dense
subglomerulate corymb of that species; but its scarious involucral bracts are like
those of A. neodioica, var. attenuata and its receptacles have the large and deep pits
of A. neodioica.

346 Rhodora [OCTOBER

gaspensis); dry exposed calcareous cliffs, Steady Brook Falls, lower
Humber River, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4142. The variety has a
broad range similar to that of var. typica. See p. 89.

Var. CHLOROPHYLLA Fernald, Ruopora, xxiii. 296 (1922).—Local:
rocky river-shore, Buchan Junction, Jansson; dry gravelly slope,
Lark Harbor, Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 462 (errone-
ously distributed as A. spathulata); St. George's, Mackenzie & Gris-
com, no. 11,142.

Var. chlorophylla ranges from western Newfoundland and Antocosti
Island to Nova Scotia, New England and New York.

16. A. PETALOIDEA Fernald, var. SuUBCORYMBOSA Fernald, RHODORA,
xvi. 133 (1914). A. neglecta, var. subcorymbosa Fernald, Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist. xxviii. 246 (1898).—Very rare in Newfoundland:
sandy terraces of Exploits River, Bishop Falls, Fernald, Wiegand &
Darlington, no. 6363. A coastwise variety (MAP 27) of the more widely
ranging A. petaloidea, occurring from east-central Newfoundland, the
lower Natashquan (Saguenay Co., Quebec), Prince Edward Island
and Nova Scotia to Nantucket Island and Cape Cod, Massachusetts.

*HELIANTHUS GIGANTEUS L., var. SUBTUBEROSUS (Bourgeau)
Britton. A few plants with obvious weeds on a pastured slope, Lark
Harbor, Bay or Istanps, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 470.

This plant of the north central United States and adjacent Canada
is becoming a frequent weed in the East.

ARTEMISIA BOREALIS Pall.

As pointed out in Ruopora, xxix. 93 (1927) we have three varieties
of Artemesia borealis in Newfoundland. They are, apparently, con-
fined to the West Coast.

A. BOREALIS (typical). Bonne Bay: talus of limestone cliffs near
Stanleyville, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2121. Porr au Port Bay:
dry limestone barrens, Table Mt., Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no.
4164.

A. BOREALIS, var. Punsumn Besser. Sr. Jon Bay: dry gravelly lime-
stone barrens, St. John Island, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert &
Hotchkiss, no. 29,203. Porr au Ponr Bay: dry exposed ledges and
shingle on the limestone tableland, Table Mt., Fernald & St. John,
no. 10,871, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,476. CAPE Sr. GEORGE:
limestone barrens, Green Gardens, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 11,079.

A. BOREALIS, var. LATISECTA Fern. l. c. (1927). Bonne Bay:
shelves and talus of diorite cliffs, Western Head, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 2122. Bay or IsraNps: talus of sea-cliffs, French (or Tweed)
Island, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 476 (TYPE); turfy spots on slaty
calcareous talus, Cutwater Head, no. 2120. See p. 7.

(To be continued.)

1933] Kelso,—Notes on Rocky Mountain Plants 347

On THE DISTRIBUTION OF SorocarPus.—In Ruopora, Vol. I.,
p. 127, July, 1899 Frank S. Collins reported that Miss Colt had
collected Sorocarpus uvacformis (Lyngb.) Pringsh. along the coast of
Marthas Vineyard. Probably referring to this collection, he also
recorded its occurrence in Southern Massachusetts in his list of New
England Marine Algae which appears in Ruopora, Vol. IL, pp.
41-52, February, 1900. More than thirty years ago I collected it
sparingly in Vineyard Sound and in Narragansett Bay. It occurs
also in the North Sea at Helgoland and at several stations in the
Baltic. According to De Toni, Sylloge, Vol. III., p. 569, Hariot
found it along the Miquelon Islands off Newfoundland. But despite
this wide distribution it is exceedingly scarce everywhere, and only
a few filaments will be found intermingled with Ectocarpus confer-
voides or E. siliculosus. It is therefore with decided pleasure that I
record its collection along an exposed shore at North Brooklin,
Maine, on May 16, 1933. It should be sought in late winter or early
spring, as it is an annual and seems to disappear when its fruiting
season has passed.

It is said to vary much in size. The specimens I saw from Southern
New England were rather small and slender; and, if memory serves me
correctly, seemed to trend toward the variety balticus of Reinke.
The specimen from Maine is darker and more robust, reaching the
height of about three inches.

Slides will be deposited in the Farlow Herbarium and the National
Herbarium.—R. E. Scaun, Brooklin, Maine.

Nores on Rocky Mountain PLANTS.

ATRAGENE COLUMBIANA Nutt., f. albescens f. nov. formae typicae
similis sed sepalis albis——CoLorapo: Rocky Mountain National
Park, Fall River, near Cascade Lodge, alt. 8,300 ft., June 16, 1933.
E. H. & L. Kelso 40 (TYPE, in my collection).

Sepals pure white, otherwise similar to the species.

Clematis occidentalis var. albiflora Cockerell, Bot. Gaz. 29: 281.
1900, is a form of Atragene pseudoalpina (Kuntze) Rydb.

ERIOGONUM ANNUUM Nutt., f. roseum f. nov. Sepala laete
rosea.—COLORADO: Aurora, plains 2 miles north, September 18, 1929,
L. Kelso 1316 (TYPE, in my collection).

With the species; sepals bright pink.

Many specimens of this form were seen and collected. The bright
roseate color does not fade to the brownish tint often seen on her-
barium specimens.

348 Rhodora [OCTOBER

LEUCOCRINUM MONTANUM Nutt., var. fibrosum, var. nov. Formae
typicae similis sed radix cum fibris crispis conspicuis.—NEVADA:
"form" near Oreana, Humboldt Valley, alt. 4,500 ft. June, 1868. S.
Watson 1177; Winnemucca, May 17, 1917, Wooton; Paradise Valley,
Humboldt Co., Apr. 30, 1905, P. B. Kennedy 1047 (rvrE, in U. S.
National Herbarium).

Leaves more firm, strongly persistent on the rootstock as a mass of
curled fibers; otherwise similar to the species.

Many young and old plants growing around Denver, Colorado, as
well as material from other states show few or no fibers remaining
from dead leaves. If present they are not strongly attached.—E. H.
KErso, Washington, D. C.

HETEROCHROMISM IN ARCTOSTAPHYLOS UVA-URSI,
VAR. COACTILIS!

M. L. FERNALD

On October 9th, 1932, I had a group of students on the annual
field-trip of “Botany 7" to Cape Cod. Visiting the eastern “ fore-
arm” of the Cape to show them the great boulderless downs carpeted
with Corema Conradii Torr. and a fine assemblage of Hudsonia (H.
ericoides L., H. tomentosa Nutt. and the somewhat intermediate but
more northern H. tomentosa, var. intermedia Peck) interspersed with
the characteristic broad carpets of Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, var.
coactilis Fern. & Macbr. Ruopora, xvi. 212 (1914), I decided to
extend the trip into the northeastern corner of Wellfleet, in order to
exhibit the well-known station? there of Opuntia humifusa Raf. (O.
vulgaris of Gray's Man. not Mill.).

Walking through the dry pitch pine woods, one of the students,
Mr. George B. Rossbach, picked a flowering sprig from the Bear-
berry, with vivid carmine to purple slender flowers. I had grown
hardened to the discovery of unusual plants on the Cape, but when
further search showed that many of the carpets of Arctostaphylos.
in this part of Wellfleet were bearing abundant October inflorescences
of these bright red slenderly barrel-shaped or subcylindric flowers,
the amazement of the entire party can be imagined. On October
13, I returned with Mr. Charles Bullard and my son, Henry G. Fer-
nald, to Wellfleet and collected for the Plantae Exsiccatae Grayanae
110 sheets of flowering material, and still later, at the end of the month,
visiting Wellfleet with a class of Radcliffe students, we found the

! Published with aid to Ruopora from the National Academy of Sciences.
2 See F. S. Collins, RHODORA, xvi. 102 (1914).

1933] Fernald,—Heterochromism in Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi 349

carmine or “Pomegranate purple” or “Bordeaux” (of Ridgeway)
flowers still abundant in the woods and in half-shade. On the open
sands the red autumnal flowers were shriveled but in the woods
and their openings they were apparently going to linger until winter.

On the trip with Mr. Bullard and my son we found a few (but very
few) whitish or pale-pink urceolate and comparatively short flowers
such as abound in April and May. These were on plants which bore
in abundance the slender and longer red or purple flowers and some-
times the two colors and forms were found in a single inflorescence.
This anomalous situation clearly disposed of any temptation to
treat the novel autumn-flowering plants as a new species; it was
evident that we were dealing with heterochromism in individual
plants. On October 13th, Mr. Bullard, my son and I traced the red-
flowered colonies southward at least to Eastham. South and west of
there (on the central Cape and in Plymouth) we found no such flowers,
nor were they seen in the many colonies of Arctostaphylos in north-
eastern Massachusetts.

On May 9, 1933, returning to the marked colony at Wellfleet,
where in mid-October we had secured more than 100 sheets of red-
flowering specimens, my son and I found the same carpets heavily
loaded with the ordinary vernal broadly urceolate white to pale-pink
flowers. So abundant were these as to whiten the patches, but
interspersed with the abundant white to pale-pink inflorescences
there were few and scattered vivid red ones quite like those of the
late autumn but smaller, the slenderly subcylindric corollas strongly
contrasting in size and shape, as well as color, with the abundant
pale vernal flowers.

We hoped that the two colors were on separate plants and for a
time this seemed to be the case, but soon we found the two strongly
contrasted colors on identical branches and in some cases mixed in
single inflorescences, while very rarely the red flowers approached
in size and shape the urceolate whitish ones. On this trip we stopped
midway in the township of Yarmouth (about 1 mile south of Bass
River station) and the first patch of Arctostaphylos we looked at had
one red inflorescence among the abundant whitish ones, but search
revealed very few others.

Stopping on our return to Cambridge, at the Arnold Arboretum,
we showed the spring collection to Mr. Alfred Rehder. His first
response, on seeing only the slender red corollas, was the inevitable
one, “surely a new species”; but upon seeing the plants with both

350 Rhodora [OCTOBER

types of flowers his astonishment was as great as my own had been.
Living branches were left with Mr. Rehder for cultivation at the
Arnold Arboretum; others have been given to Miss Louisa Hunnewell;
another has been placed in a bed of sand from the original station
where I can personally watch it and we should know in another season
whether these plants from Wellfleet regularly produce two types of
inflorescences.

Dissection of flowers from the two types shows no structural dif-
ferences: the anthers, stigmas and ovaries seem identical; but as yet
we have no indication whether the two are equally fertile. As
already stated, the red flowers, when fresh, commonly match the
carmine or the “Pomegranate purple” of Ridgeway, but many of
them are deeper or darker in color, approximately the “ Bordeaux”
of Ridgeway. Mrs. C. A. Weatherby most kindly made a water-
color sketch of fresh carmine flowers now preserved at the Gray
Herbarium; and my son has made color-plates by photography to
preserve the original colors of the more purple tones. In drying the
red or purple flowers tend to darken.

From our present knowledge the form of Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi,
var. coactilis with abundant autumnal red or deep-purple flowers is
apparently common on outer or “Lower” Cape Cod, especially in
Wellfleet, becoming scarce westward, at least to Yarmouth; but on
the “Upper Cape” it is unknown and it has not been found on the
mainland of Massachusetts. Whether it is actually restricted to
Cape Cod or whether it is of wider occurrence can be determined only
by autumnal observation of colonies elsewhere in the range of var.
coactilis. As a highly notable form this plant may be called

ARCTOSTAPHYLOS Uva-urst (L.) Spreng., var. coAcTILIS Fern. &
Macbr., forma heterochroma, f. nov., formae typicae simillima
differt corollis florum autumnalium saepe carmino-rubris vel pur-
pureis subeylindricis gracilibus et corollis florum vernalium plerisque
albis vel pallide roseis urceolatis rariter rubro-purpureis elongatisque.
—MAssacHUSETTS: abundant in open sandy woods, Wellfleet,
October 9, 1932, G. B. Rossbach, M. L. Fernald ct al. (ryPE in Gray
Herb.), Oct. 13, 1932, M. L. Fernald, Chas. Bullard & H. G. Fernald
in Pl. Exsiec. Gray., May 9, 1933, M. L. & H. G. Fernald; dry sandy
pine woods, North Eastham, October 13, 1932, Fernald, Bullard &
Fernald; dry sandy pine woods, Yarmouth, May 9, 1933, Fernald

& Fernald.
Gray HERBARIUM.

Volume 35, no. 417, including pages 295—322 and 2 plates, was issued 26
August, 1933.

Rhodora Plate 268

ANTENNARIA CONFUSA (left), X 1; A. GASPENSIS (right), X 1; inserts X 2.

DUPLICATE BOOKS FOR SALE

Darby, J. Botany of the Southern States. New York. 1855.
Half roan, shelf-worn

Emerson, G. B. Report on the Trees and Shrubs growing natu-
rally in the Forests of Massachusetts. Ed. 3, 2 vols. With
plain plates. Boston. 1878. Cloth binding

Rafinesque, C. S. Medical Flora; or, Manual of the medical
botany of the United States of North America. Philadel-
phia. 1828-30. Cloth binding; one volume broken. Now

Sullivant, W. S. Icones Muscorum, 8 vo., illustrated by
numerous copper plates of high excellence (unbound and in
sheets). Here offered at a greatly reduced price
Supplement to the preceding available only in a few de-
fective copies. Prices on request.

Address Librarian,
GRAY HERBARIUM of HARVARD UNIVERSITY,
Cambridge, Mass.

Early Volumes of Rhodora

A limited number of the earlier volumes can still be supplied. Lib-
raries and other subscribers needing to complete their sets should
communicate with LupLow Griscom, Museum of Comparative Zo-
ology, Cambridge, Mass.

FIELD AND HERBARIUM EQUIPMENT

HAND LENSES COLLECTING CASES PLANT PRESSES
FERN TROWELS MOUNTING PAPERS GENUS COVERS
FIELD PICKS HERBARIUM CASES FELT DRIERS

Write for free Catalog R-91

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY CO.,
Waverly, Mass.

6 1933

Dodota

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY , Associate Editors
LUDLOW GRISCOM

Vol. 35. November, 1933. No. 419.
CONTENTS:

Reports on the Flora of Massachusetts,—II................... 351

Notes on the Flora of Columbia, Missouri. Francis Drouet..... 359

Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora (continued).
M, L: Farta. nies Bs SRP TN Os bw ea ln rnm ata 364

Aristida longespica in Connecticut. C. A. Weatherby........... 386

The New England Botanical Club, Inc.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United
States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or
some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which
will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating
directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits.
Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more
than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con-
tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished
at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in
several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the
flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in-
cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, var-
ieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria,
leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical
activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards.

GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray
HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten
copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton,
ep Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932.
3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora Plate 269

ARNICA CHIONOPAPPA: FIG. 1, small plant, showing 3-nerved basal leaves, X 1, from
Newfoundland; ria. 2, achene and disk-corolla, X 6, from Newfoundland.

A. TOMENTOSA: FIGS. 3 and 4, small plants, X 1, from Newfoundland; Fic. 5, achene
and disk-corolla, X 6, from Newfoundland.

Rhodora Plate 270

ARNICA LOUISEANA: FIG. 1, small plant, X 1, from Newfoundland; ric. 2, achene and
disk-corolla, X 6, from Newfoundland.

A. TERRAE-NOVAE: FIG. 3, small plants, X 1, from Newfoundland; ric. 4, achene and
disk-corolla, X 6, from Newfoundland.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 35. November, 1933. No. 419.

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF MASSACHUSETTS,—II.

In making this report it seems desirable to explain certain geographic
terms which frequently appear. By the Southeast is meant all that
territory south of the southern boundary of Norfolk County. To
make it a straight line the townships of Hingham and Hull are
excluded from the definition of the Southeast, while the remainder
of Plymouth County and all of Bristol, Barnstable, Dukes, and
Nantucket Counties are included. Thus the line follows the old
boundary between the Massachusetts Bay and the Plymouth Colonies,
and by a strange coincidence marks the strongest line of cleavage in
both the flora and the past history of the state. The Boston District
refers to the same territory covered in the reports of the Committee on
that area. Roughly it includes that portion of the East which
remains after that part designated the Southeast has been deducted.

The members of this Committee are much indebted to Prof.
Fernald and Mr. Weatherby for advice on difficult technical questions
involved in the present report.

Since the previous report the Committee has lost a valued member
in the death of Judge Joseph Richmond Churchill.

POLYPODIACEAE (Fern Famity), addenda to Report I.
ASPLENIUM L. SPLEENWORT.

A. montanum Willd. MOUNTAIN SPLEENWORT. Great Barring-
ton, S. Waldo Bailey; cf. Am. Fern. Jour. xiv. 92 (1924).

1 RHODORA, ix. 81 (1907).

352 Rhodora [NovEMBER

SCHIZAEACEAE (Curry Grass FAMILY)
LYGODIUM Sw. CLIMBING FERN.

L. palmatum (Bernh.) Sw. Moist thickets; found locally across
the state, except in the Southeast where it is known from two stations
in Bristol County. Stations now much reduced.

OSMUNDACEAE (FrowkniNa FERN FAMILY)
OSMUNDA [Tourn.| L.

O. regalis L., var. spectabilis (Willd.) Gray. ROYAL FERN.
Swamps and wet woods; occasional in Dukes and Nantucket Counties,
frequent elsewhere.

Forma anomala (Farwell) S. K. Harris.! Range similar to that
of typical form.

O. Claytoniana L. IvrERRUPTED FERN. Low grounds; common,
except in the Southeast, where it is frequent on the mainland, rare on
Nantucket (Bicknell, Bull. Torrey Botanical Club, xlv. 365 (1918))
and not reported from Dukes County.

O. cinnamomea L. CiNNAMON FERN. Swampy ground; com-
mon throughout.

Forma incisa (Huntington) Gilbert, N. A. Pterid. 13, 28 (1901).
(0. cinnamomea var. incisa J. W. Huntington). Occasional in the
Northeast; Stockbridge and Sandisfield in Berkshire County.

Forma bipinnatifida Clute, Fern Bull. xiv. 45 (1906). Medford,
G. E. Davenport, Brockton, A. A. Eaton, Sandisfield, (R. Hoffmann,
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxxvi. 199 (1922)).

Forma latipinnula Blake, Ruopora, xv. 155 (1913). Walpole,
J. R. Churchill, Canton, S. F. Blake.

Forma frondosa (T. & G.) Britton, Cat. Pl. N. J. 312 (1890).
(0. cinnamomea var. frondosa T. & G.). Frequent in the Northeast;
Scituate in Plymouth County and Sheffield in Berkshire County.

OPHIOGLOSSACEAE (AppEn's Tongue FAMILY)
OPHIOGLOSSUM [Tourn.] L. ADDER’S TONGUE.

O. vulgatum L. (Including forma pseudopodum Blake). Meadows
and pastures; frequent in the western part of the state, becoming
occasional eastward.

1 ỌSMUNDA REGALIS L., var. SPECTABILIS (Willd.) Gray, forma anomala (Farwell)
S. K. Harris. comb. nov. O. regalis L., var. spectabilis (Willd.) Gray, subvar. anomala
Farwell, Am. Midland Nat. xii. 307 (1931).

1933] Reports on the Flora of Massachusetts,—II 353

BOTRYCHIUM Sw. Moonwort.

(The first four species appear sporadically).

B. simplex E. Hitchcock. Moist woods and fields; local through-
out the state except the Southeast.

B. tenebrosum A. A. Eaton. Moist woods and fields; occasional
in the Northeast, rare in the Southeast and West. Exact status
doubtful, but not quite satisfactorily referable to any of the other
species, according to Mr. Weatherby.

B. angustisegmentum (Pease & Moore) Fernald. (B. lanceo-
latum var. angustisegmentum Pease & Moore; cf. RHODORA, xvii.
87 (1915)). In rich deciduous woods; frequent in Berkshire County
becoming occasional eastward and known only from Sandwich in
the Southeast.

B. matricariaefolium A. Br. (B. ramosum of Manual). Rich
usually deciduous woods; frequent in Berkshire County, becoming
occasional eastward and known only from Provincetown, Halifax,
and Sandwich in the Southeast.

B. dissectum Spreng. (B. obliquum Muhl. var. dissectum (Spreng.)
Clute; cf. Clute, Fern Bull. x. 76 (1902)). Pastures and open woods;
frequent throughout the state.

Forma obliquum (Muhl.) Fernald. (B. obliquum Muhl; cf.
Fernald, Ruopora, xxiii. 151 (1921)). Occurring over the same range
as the typical form and often associated with it.

Forma oneidense (Gilbert) Clute. (B. obliquum var. oneidense
(Gilbert) Waters, B. ternatum var. oneidense Gilbert; cf. Clute, Fern
Bull. x. 76 (1902)). Occasional in Essex, Norfolk and Worcester
Counties.

Forma elongatum (Gilbert & Haberer) Weatherby. (B. ob-
liquum var. elongatum Gilbert & Haberer; cf. Weatherby, RHODORA,
xxiii. 209 (1922)). Rare.

B. multifidum (Gmel.) Rupr., var. intermedium (D. C. Eaton)
Farwell. (B. ternatum var. intermedium of Manual; cf. Farwell,
Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. xviii. 87 (1916)). Pastures and open woods;
occasional throughout the state except in the Southeast where known
only from Eastham and West Tisbury.

B. virginianum (L.) Sw. (Including var. intermedium Butters).
Rich woods; frequent in the western part of the state, becoming
occasional eastward; known only from Sandwich in Barnstable
County and not reported from Dukes County.

354 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

MARSILEACEAE
MARSILEA L.

M. QUADRIFOLIA L. Aquatic; introduced in several rivers and
lakes in the northeastern part of the state, also in Egremont and
Falmouth.

SALVINIACEAE
AZOLLA Lam.

A. CAROLINIANA Willd. Aquatic; naturalized for some years in
Springfield, now probably extinct (cf. RHopora, xxiii. 212 (1922)).
Also reported recently from Falmouth (J. M. Foaa Jr.).

EQUISETACEAE (HonsETAIL FAMILY)
EQUISETUM [Tourn.] L. HORSETAIL.

E. arvense L. Common HomnsETArL. Sandy banks and road-
sides; common and rather variable.

E. pratense Ehrh. Alluvial soil in calcareous regions; valley of
the Connecticut River, and New Marlboro, local.

E. sylvaticum L., var. pauciramosum Milde. (E. sylvaticum
L. of Manual; cf. Rnmopon4, xx. 131 (1918). Including forma
multiramosum Fernald). Wet fields and woods; frequent except in
the Southeast where it is known only from a few stations in Bristol
County.

E. palustre L. (E. littorale of Manual; cf. Schaffner, Am. Fern
Jour. xxii. 126 (1933)). Shores of Merrimac River at Amesbury
and Newburyport.

E. limosum L. (E. fluviatile of Manual; cf. RHopoma, xxiii.
43 (1921)). Shallow water and mud-banks; frequent except in the
Southeast where known only from rare stations in Plymouth and
Bristol Counties, and from Nantucket (Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, xxxv. 54 (1908)).

Forma minus A. Br. (Cf. Ruopora, xxiii. 45 (1921)). Amesbury,
A. A. Eaton.

Forma verticillatum Doell. (Cf. Rmopora, xxiii. 45 (1921)).
Same general range as the species, but in the Southeast known only
from Lakeville and Dighton.

E. hyemale L., var. affine (Engelm.) A. A. Eaton. Loose sandy

1933] Reports on the Flora of Massachusetts,—1I 355

streambanks; frequent except in the Southeast where known only
from Swansea.

E. variegatum Schleich. Sandy or gravelly streambanks; Salis-
bury in Essex County, Conway and Charlemont in Franklin, and
Williamstown, North Adams, Sheffield and Stockbridge in Berkshire.

E. scirpoides Michx. Moist evergreen woods and low fields;
rare from the Connecticut Valley westward, unknown eastward
except from Amesbury.

LYCOPODIACEAE (Crus Moss Famity)

LYCOPODIUM [Rupp.] L. Crus Moss.

L. Selago L. Subalpine rock crevices; Mt. Greylock in Williams-
town and Mt. Holyoke in South Hadley.

L. lucidulum Michx. Cold damp woods; common in Berkshire
County and the Connecticut Valley drainage, frequent eastward,
rare in the Southeast and not reported from Dukes or Nantucket .
Counties.

L. inundatum L. Sandy shores and in sphagnum; frequent in
the Southeast, occasional elsewhere.

Var. Bigelovii Tuckerm. Sandy shores; common in the South-
east, frequent elsewhere in the East, not known west of Middlesex
and Norfolk Counties.

Var. robustum R. J. Eaton, Rnopona, xxxiii. 201 (1931). Con-
cord, Barnstable, Sheffield.

Var. alopecuroides (L.) Tuckerm. (L. alopecuroides L.; cf.
Fernald, Rmopona, xxiii. 100 (1921)). Sandy swamps; Nantucket,
Bicknell (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxxv. 55 (1908)), Dame, Churchill
(Cf. R. J. Eaton, Ruopora, xxxiii. 203 (1931)).

L. annotinum L. Open woods; occasional except in the South-
east whence not reported.

Var. acrifolium Fernald, Ruopoma, xvii. 124 (1915). Same
range as the species but somewhat more frequent.

L. clavatum L. Dry woods; frequent except in the Southeast
where known only from New Bedford, Taunton, Norton and Sand-
wich.

Var. megastachyon Fernald & Bissell, RHopora, xii. 53 (1910).
(Var. monostachyon of modern authors, not Grev. & Hook.). Dry
open ground, especially upland pastures; occasional except in the
Southeast whence not reported.

356 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

L. obscurum L. Rich woods; occasional in the Southeast,
common elsewhere.

Var. dendroideum (Michx.) D. C. Eaton. Same range as the
species but not reported from Dukes County.

L. complanatum L., var. flabelliforme Fernald. Grounp PINE.
Dry woods; originally common.

L. tristachyum Pursh. Dry sandy soil; locally abundant.

SELAGINELLACEAE

SELAGINELLA Beauv.

S. rupestris (L.) Spring. Dry exposed rocks; locally frequent
except in the Southeast where known only from Easton, Seekonk,
and New Bedford.

S. apoda (L.) Fernald. (S. apus Spring.; cf. RHopona, xvii.
68 (1915)). Low shady places; frequent except in the Southeast
where known only from occasional stations in Bristol and Plymouth
Counties.

ISOËTACEAE (QurLLworr FAMiLY)
ISOETES L. QUILLWORT.

I. Braunii Dur. (I. echinospora var. Braunii and var. muricata
of Manual; cf. Pfeiffer, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. ix. 156 (1922)). Muddy
or sandy river and pond margins; several stations in Bristol County
in the Southeast, frequent about Boston and northward, only scattered
stations in Worcester County and westward but this seeming rarity
is due presumably to lack of collecting.

Forma robusta (Engelm.) Pfeiffer. (I. Gravesii A. A. Eaton; cf.
Pfeiffer, ibid. 173). Cited from Massachusetts under the name of J.
Gravesii; cf. Manual, 61.; Enfield, Goodale, Potsubay & St. John.

I. Eatoni Dodge. Borders of ponds and streams; Amesbury, in
Parker River, Byfield, and North Easton (Cf. Pfeiffer, ibid. 178).

I. riparia Engelm. (Including J. saccharata Engelm., var.
Amesii A. A. Eaton). Muddy banks or gravelly bottom, amphibious;
occasional around the Boston District, in the Southeast known only
from Taunton and Easton, and in the West only from Amherst
(Cf. Pfeiffer, ibid, 182), Holyoke, and Enfield.

Var. canadensis Engelm. (Including I. Dodgei and its var.
Robbinsii). Peabody, Taunton, Uxbridge. (Cf. Pfeiffer, ibid. 185).

1933] Reports on the Flora of Massachusetts,—II 357

I. macrospora Dur. (Including var. heterospora and I. Tucker-
mani var. Harveyi).. Gravelly or rocky shores, submersed; Cambridge,
Uxbridge. (Cf. Pfeiffer, ibid. 194).

I. Tuckermani A. Br. Muddy shores; frequent in Essex and
Middlesex Counties, occasional in Bristol, Barnstable and Dukes,
and the Connecticut Valley.

I. foveolata A. A. Eaton, var. plenospora A. A. Eaton. Gravelly
shores; North Easton.

I. Engelmanni A. Br. (Including var. gracilis Engelm.). Muddy
shores, amphibious; occasional in the Boston District, in the Southeast
known only from Dartmouth, New Bedford and Gosnold.

TAXACEAE (Yew FauiLY)
TAXUS [Tourn.] L. Yew.

T. canadensis Marsh. AMERICAN YEW, GROUND HEMLOCK.
Rich evergreen or mixed woods; rare in the eastern part of the state,
becoming frequent in northwestern Middlesex County and in Wor-
cester County and westward, unknown in the Southeast except from
Norwell.

PINACEAE (Print FAMILY)

PINUS [Tourn.] L. Pine.

P. Strobus L. WurrE Prive. Light sandy or rather basic soil,
or sometimes swamps; common except on the outer part of Cape
Cod and on Nantucket where only a single tree is recorded (Bicknell,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xliv. 371 (1917)).

P. rigida Mill. Prrcu Prine. Sandy or barren soil; common in
the Southeast, frequent elsewhere in the East, becoming only oc-
casional westward.

P. BaNksiaNA Lamb. Gray PINE, NORTHERN SCRUB PINE.
Barren sandy or rocky soil; planted as a soil binder along the state
roads, introduced on Nantucket (Bicknell, Rmopoma, xviii. 241
(1916)). Doubtful if really established anywhere within the state.

P. SYLVESTRIS L. ScorcH Ping, ScorcH Fir. Planted throughout
the state and becoming established locally on light sandy soil, especially
in the Southeast.

P. resinosa Ait. Rep Prive. Light sandy loam and dry rocky
ridges; rare, not known from the Southeast except an introduced
stand in Falmouth.

358 Rhodora [NovEMBER

LARIX [Tourn.] Adans. LancH.

L. laricina (Du Roi) K. Koch. American LancH, BLACK LARCH,
TaAMARACK, Hacxmatack. Cold swamps and wet hillsides at higher
altitudes westward; common from Berkshire to northern Worcester
County, occasional eastward, and not known in the Southeast
except from introduction.

L. pecipua Mill. Widely cultivated and occasionally becoming
established.

PICEA Link. Spruce.

P. atLAUCA (Moench.) Voss. (P. canadensis of Manual; cf. Ruo-
DORA, xvii. 62 (1915)). WHITE Spruce, Car Spruce. Introduced
and locally established.

P. rubens Sarg. (P. rubra of Manual; cf. RHODORA, xxxiv.
211 (1932). Rep Spruce. Rocky upland woods; occasional
except in the Southeast where known only from Pembroke.

Forma virgata (Rehder) Fernald & Weatherby, RHODORA, xxxiv.
211 (1932). Williamstown, Walker.

P. mariana (Mill) BSP. Brack Sprucr, Boa Spruce. Cold
bogs; occasional, but not known from the Southeast.

P. Apres (L.) Karst. Norway Spruce. Widely cultivated and
becoming established locally.

ABIES [Tourn.] Hill. Fir.

A. balsamea (L.) Mill Batsam Fir, Barw-or-GiLEAD Fir.
Swamps and moist slopes; occasional in Berkshire County and the
extreme northern part of the state eastward; introduced and locally
established elsewhere.

TSUGA (Endl.) Carr. HEMLOCK.

T. canadensis (L.) Carr. Moist hilly or rocky woods; frequent
in the Boston District, becoming common westward; in the Southeast
occasional in Bristol County, rare in Plymouth and unknown else-
where.

CHAMAECYPARIS Spach. Warre CEDAR, Cypress.

C. thyoides (L.) BSP. Swamps; occasional about Boston and
from southern Worcester County west to the Connecticut Valley,
frequent in the Southeast on the mainland but not known from
Nantucket, and from Gosnold only, in Dukes County.

1933] Drouet,—Notes on the Flora of Columbia, Missouri 359

THUJA L.

T. OCCIDENTALIS L. Arpor VrrAE, Warre Cepar. Widely
cultivated, and in a few rare instances producing seedlings.

JUNIPERUS [Tourn.] L. JUNIPER.

J. communis L. Common JUNIPER. Dry soil; occasional from
Worcester County westward.

Var. depressa Pursh. Poor rocky soil, pastures; frequent from
Essex to northern Plymouth and Bristol Counties and westward,
known only from Gosnold in Dukes County, and not reported from
Barnstable or Nantucket Counties.

J. virginiana L. Rep Cepar, Savin. Dry soil; common.

J. R. CHURCHILL
A. S. GOODALE .

R. H. GOODWIN

F. W. GRIGG

S. K. HARRIS Committee on the

Davıp POTTER Flora of Massachusetts.

G. B. ROSSBACH
S. N. F. SANFORD
L. B. Surrg, Chairman

NOTES ON THE FLORA OF COLUMBIA, MISSOURI!
Francis DROUET

DvuniNG the period following the appearance of Rickett's Flora
(Univ. Mo. Stud. 6 (1). 1931), more than a thousand specimens of
vascular plants of the vicinity of Columbia have been added to the
Herbarium of the University of Missouri; and many of the older
specimens have been critically examined by H. W. Rickett, B. F.
Bush, and myself. The annotated list of species given below sum-
marizes the results of this work to the present date. New species
have been added; a few changes have been made in the nomenclature
of the Flora; some “lost” species have been restored; and new localities
have been reported for rare species. The common species of Crataegus,
Rubus, Vernonia, Aster, Helianthus, and other large genera may

! Published with aid of a grant to RHopoRA from the National Academy of Sciences.

360 Rhodora [NovEMBER

require, for critical determination, several years of intensive field and
laboratory work. 'The knowledge of our local flora is far from
complete.

In May 1932, G. W. Bohn and I discovered Iris foliosa Mack. &
Bush growing in a springy depression in the valley of Hinkson Creek
opposite Devil's Elbow. The only previous report of this iris is by
Daniels (Univ. Mo. Stud., Sci. Ser., 1 (2). 1907) from a swamp
south of Hinkson Creek. Later in the season, Thalictrum dasycarpum.
Fisch. & Lall., Lobelia cardinalis L., Polygonum sagittatum L., and
Rudbeckia subtomentosa Pursh, species reported by Daniels from the
“swamp south " and since considered “lost,” were found in abundance
in the samé locality. Daniels stated (Ibid., p. 27) that at the time
he was collecting the swamp was being drained. Of this swamp we
find left today only an acre or so of marsh meadow and a ditch for
drainage, all of which becomes a jungle of tall weeds in the late sum-
mer. A striking feature of the place is a large colony of Onoclea
sensibilis L., a fern of rare occurrence in our vegetation. In late
summer, the marsh proper and the upper portion of the drain are
covered with Bidens involucrata Nutt. and beneath this dense
growth one finds other species growing vigorously: Lobelia siphilitica
L., Penthorum sedoides L., Helenium altissimum Link, Agalinis
tenuifolia var. macrophylla (Benth.) Blake, etc.

Dr. H. W. Rickett investigated the sandstone bluffs of Hinkson
Creek eight miles north of Columbia, also in May 1932. It is an
unusual feature in our region to find outcrops of sandstone; in Boone
County almost every exposed mass of rocks is of limestone. Here
are shady banks inhabited by large colonies of Aplectrum hyemale
(Muhl.) Torr., Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb., and Orchis spectabilis
L., elsewhere in the region quite rare. Ferns are also abundant,
notably Asplenium angustifolium Michx., Athyrium angustum (Willd.)
Presl, Onoclea sensibilis L., Phegopteris hexagonoptera (Michx.) Fée,
and Botrychium virginianum (L.) Sw. This region is an interesting
addition to the varied habitats characteristic of the vicinity of
Columbia.!

In the list below, the nomenclature and arrangement of species are
the same as those of Rickett's Flora. Names of plants not bearing
a specific citation of literature will be found in Rydberg’s Flora of the
Prairies and Plains (1932). An asterisk (*) before a name denotes

1 See Rickett, H. W. Notes on the vegetation of Columbia, Mo. Amer. Midl.
Nat. 12 (10): 411—419. 1931.

1933] Drouet,—Notes on the Flora of Columbia, Missouri 361

that the species is new to the flora. Collectors’ names appear in
italics, as do the numbers of their collections.

B. F. Bush has examined most of the specimens quoted below; and
through his kindness many of them have been sent to E. J. Palmer,
L. H. Bailey, and others. A. S. Hitchcock examined various sheets
of grasses. Specimens have been collected and studied by H. W.
Rickett, W. E. Maneval, Lisle Jeffrey, E. E. Naylor, G. Weston Bohn,
C. M. Tucker, Albert Saeger, C. G. Schmitt, C. A. Benson, and Sarah
Mock. Miss Mock has kindly allowed us to transfer a number of
specimens by Max Van Horn, 1925, from Trenton Junior College to
our permanent collection. J. A. Steyermark has given many helpful
suggestions.

List oF SPECIES?

*ATHYRIUM ANGUSTUM (Willd.) Presl. Asplenium Filix-femina Am.
Auth. Sandstone bluffs of Hinkson Creek, Bohn, May 9, 1933;
Drouet 396, May 18, 1933.

NOTHOLAENA DEALBATA (Pursh) Kunze. Cliffs in Howard Co., just
west of Rocheport, Drouet & Jeffrey, Apr. 24, 1933.

PHEGOPTERIS HEXAGONOPTERA (Michx.) Fée. Thelypteris hexagon-
optera (Michx.) Weatherby. Sandstone bluffs of Hinkson Creek,
Rickett 353, May 14, 1932; Drouet 404, May 18, 1933. Reported
by Tracy (Rep. Mo. State Hort. Soc. 1885 (appendix)) from Boone
Co.

*BoTRYCHIUM oBLIQUUM Muhl. Twelve miles north, Jeffrey, May
11, 1933.

SAGITTARIA HETEROPHYLLA Pursh. Pond in the County Road
Prairie, Jeffrey & Drouet, June 24, 1933.

ALOPECURUS GENICULATUS var. RAMOSUS (Poir.) Blake. A. ramosus
Poir. All specimens hitherto referred to A. geniculatus L. See
Ruopona 19: 165-166. 1916.

ANDROPOGON ViRGINICUS L. By far the most common Andropogon
in Boone Co. Saeger, 1919; Drouet 205, Sept. 17, 1932; Drouet 288,
Nov. 14, 1932.

Bromus JAPONICUS Thunb. Including B. arvensis of the Flora.

Bromus sECALINUS L. B. racemosus of the Flora.

*CHLORIS VERTICILLATA Nutt. University Campus, Drouet 619,
July 3, 1933. Reported previously (Maneval), but not collected.

2 W. E. Maneval reports the following from the vicinity of Columbia: Conringia
orientalis (L.) Dumort. (McBaine, 1918), Psoralea digitata Nutt. (Centralia, 1920),
Polygala verticillata var. ambigua (Nutt.) Wood (Centralia, 1920), Gentiana puberula
Michx. (Centralia, 1917), Ambrosia psilostachya DC. (McBaine and Centralia,
1917. See the Flora, p. 72), Liatris elegans (Walt.) Willd. (Centralia, 1924. See
Daniels' Flora, p. 253), Liatris spicata (L.) Willd. (Centralia, 1917), and Prenanthes

aspera Michx. (Centralia, 1917). These collections are not represented in our
herbarium.

362 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

ELyMvs noBUSTUS Scribn. & J. G. Sm. Embankments of M. K. &
T. Railroad, Daniels, July 1903. Since observed at other stations.

PANICUM XALAPENSE HBK. By Providence Road south of Hinkson
Creek, Drouet 453, June 1, 1933.

*SPOROBOLUS ASPER (Michx.) Kunth. University Farm, Maneval,
Sept. 29, 1931.

*ALLIUM MUTABILE Michx. Collected at several stations, 1933
(Drouet, Jeffrey).

*ALLIUM VINEALE L. University Farm, Schroeder, Jeffrey & Drouet,
June 1933.

LILIUM MICHIGANENSE Farwell. L. superbum of the Flora. Honey-
suckle Spring, Howell, June 20, 1933; County Road Prairie, Drouet,
June 24, 1933. See Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 42: 353. 1915.

TRILLIUM RECURVATUM Beck. Bell's Lake, Fulkerson, May 1, 1926;
Anonymous, 1926; Rocheport, Schmitt, Apr. 21, 1933, and Drouet
359, Apr. 24, 1933.

Iris rFoLr084 Mack. & Bush. Rediscovered in “swamp south,"
Bohn & Drouet, June 2, 1932, Drouet 497, June 7, 1933.

Iris vrRGINICA L. Marsh north of Rocheport in Howard Co.,
Naylor, May 22, 1932, Drouet 431, May 30, 1933; bottoms of
Missouri River just west of Rocheport, Drouet 424, May 30, 1933.

APLECTRUM HYEMALE (Muhl.) Torr. Sandstone bluffs of Hinkson
Creek, Rickett 360, May 16, 1932, Drouet 402, May 18, 1933;
woods at Dulle Mill in Callaway Co., Drouet 307, April 9, 1933.

*CORALLORRHIZA WISTERIANA Conrad. Hill near Bear Spring,
Rickett 237, May 16, 1932; University Farm, Bohn, May 1933.
Reported but not collected near Rock Bridge (Rickett) and at
McBaine (Maneval).

HABENARIA LACERA (Michx.) R. Br. County Road Prairie, Jeffrey
& Drouet, June 3, 1933. See the Flora, p. 25.

POLYGONUM BUXIFORME Small. Daniels’ j3 littorale. Favor, 1901;
Daniels, July 1903; Rickett, July 30, 1927.

PoLyGonum saGrrTTATUM L. Rediscovered in “swamp south,”
Drouet 110, Aug. 4, 1932, Drouet 188, Sept. 2, 1932.

CHENOPODIUM MURALE L. “Yards, etc." Daniels, 1897. Labeled
C. urbicum L.

AMARANTHUS BLITOIDES S. Wats. All specimens hitherto referred
to A. graecizans L.

AMARANTHUS GRAECIZANS L. Ridge four miles north, Drouet 589,
June 27, 1933; horticultural grounds, University of Missouri,
Drouet 602, July 1, 1933.

*DIANTHUS ARMERIA L. Maneval, 1931.

*LYcHNIS ALBA Mill. University orchard, Schmitt, June 5, 1933.

CLAYTONIA ROBUSTA (Somes) Rydb. “ Boone Co.,” Favor, 1901.

Myosurvus minimus L. At several new stations (Drouet).

THALICTRUM DASYCARPUM Fisch. & Lall. Recently found at several
stations (Drouet).

1933] Drouet,—Notes on the Flora of Columbia, Missouri 363

ARABIS HIRSUTA (L.) Scop. Honeysuckle Spring, Drouet 552, June
24, 1933. Reported by Tracy (loc. cit.) from Boone Co.

*DRABA BRACHYCARPA Nutt. Banks of Hinkson Creek south,
Tucker, Apr. 1932, Tucker & Drouet, Apr. 12, 1933.

*THLASPI ARVENSE L. Flats of Hinkson Creek east, Jeffrey, May
28, 1933. Reported but not collected from the railroad at Roche-
port in 1917 (Maneval).

HEUCHERA RICHARDSONII var. GRAYANA Rosend., Butt. & Lak.
Specimens heretofore referred to H. hispida Pursh. See RHODORA
35: 118-119. 1933.

Rusus aBACTUS Bailey. Old Quarry, Rickett,{1927. See Gentes
Herb. 2 (7): 452.

*Rupus osTRYIFOLIUS Rydb. Limerick, Drouet, May 27, 1932.
See Gentes Herb. 2 (6): 392.

DESMODIUM ILLINOENSE Gray. County Road Prairie, Drouet 557,
June 24, 1933, Drouet 601, July 1, 1933. Reported from Centralia
(Maneval, 1924), but not collected. Listed by Daniels.

DEsMODIUM ROTUNDIFOLIUM (Torr. T. & G. Dulle Mill, Rickett
249, May 14, 1932.

LATHYRUS PALUSTRIS L. “Boone Co.,” Tracy, July 2, 1885. Re-
ported by Tracy (loc. cit.).

Victa viLLOSA Roth. V. Cracca of the Flora. Daniels, June 1905;
Drouet, May 19, 1932; Drouet 570, June 27, 1933.

*LinuM MEDIUM (Planch.) Britton. County Road Prairie, Jeffrey &
Drouet, June 24, 1933.

*ERODIUM CICUTARIUM L. Campus, Rickett, Mar. 29, 1933.

*TRIBULUS TERRESTRIS L. Railroad at McBaine, Naylor, June 30,
1932.

RHUS CANADENSIS var. TRILOBATA (Nutt.) Gray. Bluffs of Hinkson
Creek south, Rickett, Apr. 24, 1927, Drouet 409, May 21, 1933.
RHAMNUS CATHARTICA Nutt. Specimen labeled Ligustrum vulgare L.,

Daniels, 1904. See the Flora, p. 51.

VIOLA MISSOURIENSIS Greene. Bottoms at Rocheport, Schmitt,
Apr. 21, 1933, Drouet 355, Apr. 24, 1933; Brushwood Lake, Drouet
623, July 4, 1933.

VIOLA SAGITTATA Ait. County Road Prairie, Drouet 471, June 3,
1933.

CORNUS RACEMOSA Lam. C. paniculata L'Hér. Rare along Gans
Creek, Rickett 382, Nov. 5, 1932.

VACCINIUM VACILLANS var. CRINITUM Fernald. The V. vacillans of
the Flora. Ruopora 13: 236. 1911. Recently discovered on
bluffs of Grindstone Creek (Jeffrey & Drouet).

ACERATES VIRIDIFLORA var. LANCEOLATA (Ives) Gray. ‘Railroad at
Centralia, Maneval, July 19, 1931.

Cuscuta PotyconoruMm Engelm. C. obtusiflora of the Flora. See
Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 18 (2): 130. 1930.

*MONARDA PUNCTATA L. Van Horn, 1925.

364 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

NEPETA HEDERACEA (L.) Trevisan. Abundant at Honeysuckle
Spring, Drouet, Apr. 8, 1932.

*GRATIOLA VIRGINIANA L. G. sphaerocarpa Ell. Pond at Persinger,
Jeffrey & Drouet, June 27, 1933; pond in County Road Prairie,
Drouet 596, July 1, 1933. See Ruopora 20: 65. 1918.

PENTSTEMON TUBIFLORUS Nutt. Daniels, June 1903.

*LONICERA JAPONICA Thunb. Persisting on a high shaded bank at
Honeysuckle Spring, Rickett 12, May 3, 1931, Baker, June 11, 1931.
Also observed spreading along roadsides and in abandoned yards.

TRIOSTEUM PERFOLIATUM var. AURANTIACUM (Bicknell) Wieg. T.
aurantiacum Bickn. "Open woods," Daniels, Aug. 1902. See
Ruopona 25:199. 1923.

*VipunNUM Busun Ashe. Limerick, Drouet 382, May 5, 1933; near
Lover's Leap, Drouet 488, June 7, 1933; Bear Spring, Jeffrey, June
12, 1933; Persinger, Drouet 588, June 27, 1933. See Journ. Elisha
Mitchell Sci. Soc. 40: 48. 1924.

* DIPSACUS SYLVESTRIS Huds. Hillside by Grindstone Creek, Rickett
246, May 7, 1932.

Ecuinocystis LoBATA (Michx.) T. & G. A specimen consisting of
a portion of a dried fruit, Daniels, 1897, has recently been discovered.

SPECULARIA LEPTOCARPA (Nutt.) Gray. Hermit Hill, Drouet, June
8, 1932, Drouet 406, May 21, 1933; hills along Bonne Femme Creek,
Jeffrey & Drouet, June 24, 1933.

LOBELIA CARDINALIS L. Rediscovered in “swamp south,” Drouet 185,
Sept. 2, 1932, Mock & Drouet, Aug. 4, 1932. Reported from low
ground along Cedar Creek (Jeffrey).

HELENIUM ALTISSIMUM Link. The H. autumnale of the Flora. See
N. Am. FI. 34 (2): 126.

KUHNIA SUAVEOLENS Fresen. K. eupatorioides var. corymbulosa T. & G.
All specimens previously called K. eupatorioides.

RUDBECKIA FULGIDA L. “Edge of cliff n. w. of dam," Daniels, 1903.

RUDBECKIA SUBTOMENTOSA Pursh. Rediscovered in “swamp south”
and vicinity, Drouet 109 & 114, Aug. 4, 1932, Drouet 184, Sept. 2,1932.

SOLIDAGO SPECIOSA Nutt. Abundant in “thickets on bluffs” above
Hinkson Creek, as described by Daniels (ibid., p. 225). See
Rickett's comment in the Flora, p. 80.

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY,
University OF MISSOURI.

RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA
M. L. FERNALD
(Continued from page 346)

ARNICA TOMENTOSA J. M. Macoun, Pittonia, iv. 168 (1900). A.
pulchella Fern. Ruopora, xvii. 18 (1915), xxvi. 104, t. 143, fig. 2
(1924). Sr. Jonn Bay: peaty and turfy margins of dry limestone

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 365

barrens, Old Port au Choix, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 2127, 2128;
turfy margins of gravelly limestone barrens, Eastern Point, no. 2129.
PLATE 269, FIGS. 3-5.

The Newfoundland plants are mostly much larger than the Rocky
Mt. specimens (just as are those of A. Louiseana), but I am unable to
find any morphological detail to separate them. The species is well
named, the very white-tomentose stems, involucres and erect basal
leaves shining in the sunlight like white silver. The plants about St.
John Bay are excessively tomentose, but the series shows such transi-
tion to the plant of Table Mt., Port au Port Bay, described as A.
pulchella, that it is necessary to reduce A. pulchella to A. tomentosa.
The disruption of range of this species is strikingly like that of A.
chionapappa Fern. (MAP 29) and of A. Louiscana (mar 30). See p. 53.

*^4. PLANTAGINEA Pursh. PisroteT Bay and Ha-Ha Bay: turfy
limestone barrens, Cape Norman, Wiegand, Griscom & Hotchkiss, nos.
29,213; mossy talus of diorite cliffs, Ha-Ha Mt., Fernald & Long, no.
29,215.

Arnica plantaginea, heretofore recorded only from the northern
part of the Labrador Peninsula, was collected in northern Newfound-
land in 1925, the material then misidentified and reported as A. pul-
chella Fern.

A. TERRAE-NOVAE Fern. Ruopora, xxvii. 90 (1925). PLATE 270,
FIGS. 3 and 4.

Arnica terrae-novae proves to be more generally distributed on cal-
careous rocks and gravels of western Newfoundland than at first sup-
posed (see p. 53). Furthermore, the beautifully prepared material,
brought back from northern Labrador by Mr. Ernst C. Abbe of the
Grenfell-Forbes Northern Labrador Expedition of 1931, supplement-
ing that secured by Dr. R. H. Woodworth, shows that the Labrador
plant which has erroneously passed as A. alpina (L.) Olin is A. terrae-
novae (MAP 28); and Mr. Abbe and I find that A. terrae-novae extends
to the west of Hudson Bay. From true A. alpina of subarctic Europe
A. terrae-novae is at once distinguished by its much narrower basal
leaves, its usually less scapose habit, and less lacerate ligules. A.
terrae-novae is as nearly related to A. attenuata Greene, of northwestern
America, as to the Scandinavian A. alpina. A. attenuata is of more
delicate texture (drying paler-green), with usually more branching
stems, and its basal leaves are clearly 5-nerved, with 2 outer less con-
spicuous nerves, the basal leaves of A. terrae-novae being clearly 3-
nerved, sometimes with 2 faint laterals. In A. terrae-novae glandular

366 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

hairs abound at the summit of the peduncle and at the base of the
involucre; in A. attenuata they are absent or completely hidden in
the dense tomentum. No mature fruits of A. attenuata are available,
but the flowering material suggests longer achenes and longer pappus.

The following belong to A. TERRAE-NOVAE. LABRADOR: Ekorti-
arsuk, Cape Chudleigh, C. S. Schmitt, no. 312; on sandy old sea bot-
tom, Head of Ryan’s Bay, Woodworth, no. 428; on granitic rock, old
sea beaches, Northwest Bank at Head of Ryan’s Bay, Woodworth, no.
430; moist meadowy hillsides, Near Island, Seven Islands Bay,
Kangalaksiorvik, Abbe, no. 572; 20 miles north of Nachvak, August
28, 1908, H. S. Forbes; moist gully in cliff on north side of Razorback
Harbor, Abbe, no. 573; on granite cliffs at 150-600 m., Head of Nach-

E

Map 28. Range of ARNICA TERRAE-NOVAE.

vak Bay, Woodworth, no. 429; slaty talus slope, Rowsell Harbor,
Abbe, nos. 570, 571; prope Hebron (as A. angustifolia Vahl), Mentzel;
Hebron, August 4, 1908, H. S. Forbes. Uncaava: Mosquito Bay, A. P.
Low, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 23,019. NEWFOUNDLAND: turfy
limestone barrens, Burnt: Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald et al., nos.
29,209, 29,2101; turfy limestone barrens, Cook Point, Fernald &
Gilbert, no. 29,214; limestone barrens, one mile back of Savage Cove,
Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald & Long, no. 29,207, Fernald, Pease &
Long, no. 29,208; turfy and peaty margins of dry limestone barrens,
Old Port au Choix, Eastern Point, Port au Choix and Gargamelle
Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 2123-2126; limestone barrens, Green
Gardens, Cape St. George, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 11,039 (TYPE).
MANITOBA: Kettle Rapids, July 15, 1917, J. H. Emerton. KEEWATIN:
Maguse Lake, W. C. Gussow, no. 44 (seen since map 28 was engraved).

ARNICA CHIONOPAPPA Fern. Rnopona, vii. 148 (1905), xxvi. 105, t.
143, fig. 5 (1924). The commonest Arnica of western Newfoundland,

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 367

secured at many new stations on Bay of Islands, Bonne Bay, Ingorna-
choix Bay and St. John Bay. PrarE 269, Fics. 1 and 2.

Arnica chionopappa, originally described from Gaspé and adjacent
northern New Brunswick, is of rather general range about the northern
half of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. It is also frequent in Mackenzie and
Alberta; and recently Professor F. K. Butters has brought me thor-
oughly characteristic material from northeastern Minnesota. It is
probably of more general occurrence on calcareous areas across
Canada (Map 29). Rydberg, N. Am. Fl. xxxiv. 332 (1927) reduces
the Gaspé A. chionopappa to A. arnoglossa Greene, of the Black Hills;
and on the opposite page (333) describes the Newfoundland 4.
chionopappa as a new species, A. Fernaldit Rydb. I have before me
15 numbers of the Newfoundland plant, representing all stages from

Map 29. Range of ARNICA CHIONOPAPPA.

bud to ripe fruit, 19 numbers, similarly diverse in state of develop-
ment, of the Gaspé plant, 3 numbers from Anticosti and 1 from New
Brunswick. Iam quite unable to detect any constant difference in the
series. It is consistently different from the plant of the Black Hills,
however (A. arnoglossa), in having pilose involucres, all the Black
Hills material having them glandular-puberulent and scarcely pilose.
The disk-corollas of A. arnoglossa are slenderly funnel-form, with ex-
ceedingly short pilosity on the tube; those of A. chionopappa (including
A. Fernaldii) goblet-shaped, with the pubescence of the tube much
longer than in A. arnoglossa. So far as material in the Gray Herba-
rium shows, A. arnoglossa is restricted to the Black Hills. The
material from Alberta and Mackenzie, of which Dr. Raup has secured
many numbers, seems inseparable from A. chionopappa. See pp. 51,
53, 81.

368 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

A. LovisEANA Farr, Ott. Nat. xx. 109 (1906). A. Griscomi Fern.
Rnopona, xxvi. 105, t. 143, fig. 7 (1924). To the one station hereto-
fore known from Newfoundland add the following from Sr. Joun Bay
and INconNacHorx Bay: turfy margins of gravelly limestone barrens,
and turfy slopes below limestone barrens, Eastern Point, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, nos. 2139, 2140; dominant on turfy talus of limestone
sea-cliffs, Eastern Point, no. 2141; peaty and turfy knolls and banks
bordering dry limestone barrens southwest of Port au Choix, no. 2142;
turfy terraces and slopes on limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, no. 2143.
PLATE 270, FIGS. 1 and 2.

Arnica Louiseana was described by Miss Farr from mountains
about Lake Louise in the Canadian Rocky Mts. The original descrip-
tion emphasized the nodding flowering heads: “ Heads of flowers 1-3,
usually 3, fragrant, 4 cm. broad, borne on long, slender, nodding .
peduncles”; and again “ The pale yellow color of the flowers and their
drooping tendency distinguish it from other Arnicas of the region."
Furthermore, the colored illustration of the original collection made
by Miss Farr's associate, Mrs. Schiffer,! shows a very small plant with
definitely nodding small heads. Consequently, when the Gaspé plant
with large erect flowering heads was studied, the highly localized
species (A. Louiseana) of Lake Louise, more than 2200 miles away,
was passed as certainly not to be further considered. Subsequently,
three sheets of A. Louiseana, including an 1soTYPE of the species,
have come to the Gray Herbarium. They all agree with the smaller
individuals of A. Griscom? in every character; and in all of the 12
individuals under these numbers the flowering and fruiting heads are
quite erect! Itissurmised that, when Mrs. Schäffer made her drawing,
which later influenced Miss Farr's diagnosis, the specimens had
twisted or bent so that the peduncles had become curved at summit—
one of the commonest mishaps in collecting. This assumed post-
morten bending toward the light of the peduncles in the plant drawn
by Mrs. Schaffer hardly justifies the very fundamental separation of
A. Louiseana from A. Griscomi in the North American Flora, xxxiv.
part 4: 322-325 (1927). There Rydberg includes A. Louiseana in his
$ Obtusifoliae, “Heads nodding in anthesis”; while A. Griscom? is
placed in Two other sections, $$ Alpinae and Arnoglossae, with “ Heads
erect in anthesis.”

We saw much of Arnica Louiseana about Port au Choix, where it
makes extensive carpets (see p. 53). Its very young heads (in young
bud) are somewhat nodding but when they expand they are quite

! Brown & Schiffer, Alp. Fl. Can. Rky. Mts. plate opp. p. 304 (1907).

Rhodora Plate 271

TARAXACUM CERATOPHORUM: FIGS. l and 2, small plant and individual head, X 1,
from Newfoundland; ria. 3, achene, with beak and pappus, X 1; FIG. 4, achene, X 10.

T. AMBIGENS: FIG. 5, small leaf, X 1, from the Type, Port au Choix, Newfoundland;
FIG. 6, head, X 1, from the TYPE; FIG. 7, achene, with beak and pappus, X 1, from the
TYPE; FIG. 8, achene, X 10, from the TYPE.

T. AMBIGENS, var. FULTIOR: FIG. 9, head, X 1, from the TYPE, Gargamelle Cove, New-
foundland.

T. LAPPONICUM: FIG. 10, achene, X 10, from Newfoundland.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 369

erect. This species forms more extensive carpets than the others in
Newfoundland, owing to a definitely stoloniferous habit. It has
either variously leafy or bracted stems or is acaulescent (those who
divide the Senecioneae primarily on habit and foliage could recognize
a dozen artificial segregates from a single habitat). It varies in stature
from 0.5-2.5 dm., with basal leaves 1.5-12 cm. long, and 0.6-3 cm.
broad. The flowering branches may have 1-5 heads and these vary
from 2.5-5 cm. broad.

The striking disruption of range (MAP 30) shown by A. Louiscana is
a very frequent one, discussed at length in some other papers.

Map 30. Range of ARNICA LOUISEANA.

CrRSIUM MUTICUM Michx., forma lactiflorum, n. f., floribus lac-
teis.—NEWFOUNDLAND: talus of limestone cliff opposite Lomond,
August 10, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2151.

A considerable colony near the base of the cliff opposite Lomond
has milk-white instead of the usual purple flowers.

C. PALUSTRE (L.) Scop. Lower HumBeEr VaLLEY: “Railway
gravel" near Humbermouth, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no.
4192; springy glades in spruce woods between Marble Mt. and
Humbermouth, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2153, Fernald & Long, no.
2154.

In 1910 Wiegand and I took Cirsiwm palustre to be an introduction,
which we associated with the near-by railway. In 1929, however, the
plant appeared like a native element in the wet glades and thickets,
sharing them with strictly indigenous plants. See p. 15.

TARAXACUM IN EasrERN AMERICA.— The Dandelions of eastern
North America consist of the common weeds, dominant and aggres-
sive species difficult to eradicate and, like the majority of our weeds,
brought recently from Europe; and a series of indigenous species
which, for the most part, are local and non-aggressive, confined to
strictly natural habitats of Labrador, Newfoundland, the Mingan
Islands, Anticosti and Gaspé, only very rarely extending westward in

370 Rhodora [NovEMBER

Quebec or southward into the Maritime Provinces and New England.
The problem of working out the identities of the native species is
difficult. The treatment of the genus by Handel-Mazzetti, Mono-
graphie der Gattung Taraxacum (1907), conservative, and very detailed
for Europe and adjacent Asia, recognizes scores of local species there
but, exclusive of the very distinct T. mexicanum DC., admits abso-
lutely no endemic North American Taraxaca and, outside the two
introduced species, cites for all temperate and boreal North America
only 89 collections. As a sound basis for orientation Handel-Maz-
zetti's work is invaluable, but for detailed understanding of the genus
in North America it is, obviously, unsatisfactory.

The only special study of the genus in North America is Sherff’s
North American Species of Taraxacum.! This paper was based upon
study of much borrowed herbarium material; but, apparently, the
author had had little, if any, intimate field-experience with native
American Taraxaca. It is difficult for one who has watched, collected
and studied the native species of Gaspé, western Newfoundland and
Labrador through a period of thirty years to reach the conclusion of
Sherff, that T. lapponicum Kihlm., with involucral bracts unappen-
daged and with the achenes (PLATE 271, rra. 10) muricate only at the
summit, is identical with 7. ceratophorum (Ledeb.) DC. (PLATE 271,
FIGs. 1—4), which has corniculate-appendaged bracts and the achenes
muricate their whole length. Only by *lumping" very dissimilar
plants as an “ Herba valde polymorpha,” to use Sherff’s first descrip-
tive phrase, could such a conclusion be reached. If T. lapponicum,
T. lacerum Greene and T. ceratophorum are identical, the question
naturally arises, why are not they further merged with T. lyratum
(Ledeb.) DC.? The character relied upon in Sherff's key to distin-
guish T. lyratum (* Achaenia matura nigrescentia") is, to be sure,
one upon which Handel-Mazzetti had placed confidence, but it is
most difficult to find any emphatic color-difference in the achenes of
T. lyratum and of T. phymatocarpum Vahl (which Sherff, unjustifiably,
it seems to me, merges with it) and in those of many mature collec-
tions of T. lapponicum and other species which Sherff merges with T.
ceratophorum. In T. lyratum, however, the slender achene (PLATE 272,
FIG. 4) is very finely muriculate only at summit; in T. phymatocarpum
(PLATE 272, FIGs. 1-3) the stouter achene is coarsely muricate its
whole length. I am, therefore, after collecting (or being associated

! Sherff, Bot. Gaz. lxx. 329-359, plates 31-33 (1920).

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 371

with the collecting of) nearly 150 numbers of indigenous Taraxaca and
after watching their behavior in the field and observing the essential
constancy of their technical characters, quite as unable to follow
Sherff in his wholesale reduction of species as I am to subscribe to the
wholesale multiplication of micro-species, formae, biotypes or jordanons

* species," at present so much in vogue in northern Europe.

The most fundamental character in Taraxacum, it seems to me, is in
the mature achene, whether tuberculate its entire length or only at
summit, whether with a slender or thick pyramid, and, lastly, whether
rufescent or drab. The color is less satisfactory than the other
characters, since it often changes as the fruit matures. The length of
the filiform beak in mature fruit is, also, a very satisfactory character.
Consequently, for really satisfactory study, ripe fruit is essential.
Much immature or merely flowering material can be placed only ap-
proximately. The characters of the involucre are next in importance,
whether with many or with few or no bracts corniculate. "The leaf-
base furnishes important characters. In our introduced species the
leaf usually narrows below to a definite petiole; in most of the natives
it is broad at base or broadly margined.

On these characters, which seem to be very real, our Taraxaca in
northeastern America (exclusive of Greenland and the Arctic) seem
to fall into 11 species, as follows:

a. Mature achenes mostly tuberculate nearly or quite to the
base; the tubercles, at least of the upper half, closely
crowded; the surface of the achene without broad and plane
intermediate areas... .b.
b. Beak of achene only 2.5-5 mm. long: involucre blackish,
1-1.4 em. high, with 10-12 inner bracts: leaves 2-8 cm.
long, 3-8 mm. wide, oblanceolate, entire, dentate or sinu-
ate: scapes commonly only 2-9 em. long......... 1. T. phymatocarpum.
b. Beak 6-17 mm. long: involucre green, purplish or livid, 1.2—3
em. high, with 10—25 inner bracts: leaves mostly larger:
scapes mostly taller....c.
c. Many of the involucral bracts with a conspicuous cor-
niculate appendage or knob below the tip; the outer
bracts short and appressed or, if elongate and recurving,
definitely broader than the inner.
Inner bracts 1.2-2 em. long; their tips unappendaged or
with appendages rarely if ever much exceeding or
overtopping the bract-tips; outer calyculate bracts
tightly appressed to and much shorter than the
inner, firm, often with a conspicuous white scarious
border: beak of fruit 6-14 mm. long......... 2. T. ceratophorum.
Inner bracts 2-2.6 cm. long; their tips mostly with
coarse appendages much longer ES and often
overtopping the bract-tips; outer calyculate bracts
% as long as the inner, finally loosely spreading or
recurving, herbaceous, without broad TEM beak
of fruit 13-17 mm. long. . E .3. T. laurentianum.

372 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

c. Most or all of the involucral bracts with plane and unap-
pendaged tips; outer bracts thin and herbaceous, when
strongly recurving scarcely or but slightly broader than
the inner.
All or nearly all the leaves with broad bases; their mar-
gins shallowly dentate to sinuate-lobed, the teeth and
lobes mostly entire: inner involucre 1.3-2 em. high,
during anthesis with bracts separated to within 1 or 2
.mm. of the base; their herbaceous central portion 1-3
mm. wide, with scarious margin 0.2-1. mm. broad at
base: achenes pale-brown or reddish, narrowly ob-
lanceolate, 3.8-4.5 mm. long (excluding the pyra-
mid): beak 6-9 mm. long..................0005 4. T. ambigens.
All or nearly all the leaves tapering below to slender
petioles; their margins with mostly sharply toothed
deltoid lobes or teeth: inner involucres 1.5-2.7 cm.
high, during anthesis with the bracts united at base
for 3-6 mm.; their herbaceous central portion 1.6-4
mm. wide, with white scarious margin 1.3-1.5 mm.
broad at base: achenes olivaceous, gray or fuscous,
cuneate 2.8-3.8 mm. long (excluding the pyramid):
beak 9-12 mm. long................. ro eon 5. T. latilobum.
a. Mature achenes tuberculate only above the middle or, if oc-
casionally toward the base, the tubercles remote and with
broad plane intermediate areas or bands... .d
d. All or at least many of the involucral bracts corniculate-
appendaged. . . .e.
e. Achenes grayish, drab, pale-brown or olivaceous; pappus
bright white: upper faces of ligules orange-yellow:
leaves dentate, shallowly sinuate or deeply lobed.
Leaves linear-oblanceolate, subentire, dentate or sin-
uate, if sinuate or dissected with mostly entire nar-
rowly deltoid lobes: outer calyculate bracts of in-
voluere closely appressed or barely spreading: pyra-
mid of fruit stout, one-half to quite as broad as long;
beak of fruit 5.5-8.5 mm. long................... 6. T. lacerum.
Leaves narrowly obovate-lanceolate or broadly ob-
lanceolate, deeply sinuate, with the linear-caudate
lobes lacerate at the deltoid base and with shorter
intermediate narrow lobes: outer calyculate bracts
loosely spreading, recurving at maturity: pyramid
slender, 3-4 times as long as broad; beak 10-13 mm.
|, a MD CDD Wr qu 7. T. Longit.
e. Achenes red or reddish-purple: pappus creamy or sordid:
- upper faces of ligules sulphur-yellow: leaves mostly
dissected nearly or quite to the midrib............ 8. T. laevigatum.
d. All or nearly all the involucral bracts unappendaged. . . .f.
f. Achene subtruncate or strongly rounded below the short
pyramid: the upper third of each rib with 4 or more
sharp murications; pyramid 0.3-1 mm. long.
Leaves usually narrowed below to a slender scarcely
winged petiolar base; at least the lower and longer
marginal lobes toothed and with frequent inter-
mediate small teeth: achenes (excluding the slender
pyramid) 2-4 mm. long, drab or olivaceous.......9. T. palustre.
Leaves mostly broad at base or with broadly winged
petiole; marginal lobes entire or with few teeth; inter-
mediate teeth few or none: achenes (excluding pyra-
mid) 3.5-5 mm. long, olivaceous to fulvous. ..10. T. lapponicum.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 373

f. Achenes attenuate into the long pyramid, smooth
throughout or with 1-3 murications at the summit of
each angle; pyramid 1.5-2 mm. long............ 11. T. torngatense.

1. T. PHYMATOCARPUM Vahl in Hornem. Fl. Dan. xiii. fasc. xxxix.
6, t. mmeclxxxxviii. fig. 12 (1860); Handel-Mazzetti, Mon. Gat.
Tarax. 58, tt. II. fig. 8 and IV. fig. 12 (1907). T. lyratum Sherff, Bot.
Gaz. lxx. 332 (1920), in part, not DC. (including t. xxxi. fig. g).—
Arctic America and arctic eastern Asia; with us known only from
NEWFOUNDLAND: dry limestone crest of northern half of Burnt Cape,
Pistolet Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert &
Hotchkiss, no. 29,254. See p. 121. PLATE 272, FIGS. 1-3.

Taraxacum phymatocarpum, with the very closely allied, if not in-
separable, T. hyparcticum and T. pumilum Dahlst., is a typical high-
arctic plant, characterized by its vary small heads, with black involu-
cre of few bracts, its short and stout, very strongly muricate, fuscous
achene and its very short beak. The recent collections from Labrador,
made by my students and others under my direction who have made a
specialty of collecting Taraxacum, Arnica, Antennaria, Euphrasia and
other critical genera, contain none of it, though it is to be expected in
northernmost Labrador. As already stated, I am unable to follow
Sherff in reducing T. phymatocarpum to T. lyratum (Led.) DC. T.
lyratum came originally from the region of Behring Straits (“in
lapidosis summae alpis ad. fl. Tschuja contra ostium fl. Tschegan") and
its habit was beautifully shown in Ledebour's plate. Material in the
Gray Herbarium from Arakamtchetchene Island (C. Wright in Herb.
U. S. No. Pacif. Expl. Exped.) is from close by and is quite like Lede-
bour's original plate. This is the plant of arctic Northwestern America
which extends southward as an alpine species to Arizona. Its very
distinctive achene is shown in PLATE 272, FIG. 4.

In view of the concentration in the North of Taraxacum lyratum and
T. phymatocarpum and their allies, it is peculiarly notable that the
subantarctie species, the so-called $ Taraxaca antarctica of Handel-
Mazzetti (T. magellanicum Commerson and T. melanocarpum and T.
cygnorum Handel-Mazzetti) of Chile, South Australia, New Zealand
and Chatham Island, should be so close to T. phymatocarpum. For
comments on this bipolar relationship in Lesquerella, Antennaria and
in many other groups see pp. 269 and 335.

2. T. CERATOPHORUM (Led.) DC. Prodr. viit. 146 (1838); Handel-
Mazzetti, l. c. 62, in large part, t. II. fig. 11 (1907); Sherff, 1. c. 338,
in small part (1920). Leontodon ceratophorus Led. Icon. Pl. Fl. Ross.
i. 9, t. 34 (1829). T. vulgare, var. ceratophorum (Led.) Trautv. Pl.
Sib. 76 (1877), name only.—A wide-ranging boreal species, known in

374 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

our area only from Labrador, western Newfoundland and southeastern
Quebec. LABRADOR: rock-crevices, Rock Island, 15 miles nw. of Ford
Harbor, Harlow Bishop, no. 606a; base of cliff, Dead Islands, lat. 52°
48', J. A. Allen, no. 59. NEWFOUNDLAND: crevices of trap cliffs,
Sacred Island, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald & Long, no. 29,239;
mossy and turfy trap cliffs and talus, Anse aux Sauvages, Pistolet Bay,
Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 29,240; shelves, crests and talus of
diorite cliffs, Ha-Ha Point, Fernald & Long, no. 29,238; turfy or
gravelly shelves, crests or talus of diorite, Ha-Ha Mountain, Pease &
Griscom, nos. 29,241, 29,242; springy meadow at base of Ha-Ha Mt.,
Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,262; turfy lime-
stone barrens, Cook Point, Pistolet Bay, Fernald & Gilbert, no. 29,237
(broad-leaved form); sandy and turfy upper border of limestone beach,
Cook Point, Fernald & Gilbert, no. 29,243 (dwarf form, distributed as
T. groenlandicum); dripping limestone ledges, Cook Point, Fernald,
Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,264; turfy or peaty pockets in limestone
ledges, Sandy (or Poverty) Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,171;
turfy borders of limestone beach, Gargamelle Cove, Ingornachoix Bay,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2172. QueEsec: limestone shingle, crest
(625 ft.) of Les Murailles, Percé, August 17, 1904, Collins, Fernald &
Pease; gravelly banks of Grand River, Gaspé Co., June 30-July 3,
1904, Fernald; calcareous cliffs and talus, Gros Morne, Gaspé Co.,
Fernald & Weatherby, no. 2482; summit of talus and bases of calca-
reous cliffs west of Riviére aux Marsouins, Gaspé Co., Fernald &
Weatherby, no. 2477; limestone and limestone-conglomerate ridges
from Pointe aux Corbeaux to Cap Caribou, Bic, Fernald & Collins,
no. 1210; rock-crevices, Cap Orignal, Bic, Fernald & Collins, no. 792,
Rousseau, no. 26,708; Pointe sud-ouest du Cap Orignal, Bic, Rousseau,
nos. 31,004, 31,006. PLATE 271, rias. 1-4.

As American Taraxacum ceratophorum I have taken the plant
which seems nearest to match the highly conventionalized plate of
Ledebour. Much material quite unlike it has been thrust into T.
ceratophorum by Sherff; but, without a more extended study of species
proposed by Greene, Rydberg and others in western North America,
I am not prepared to state the exact range of T. ceratophorum in the
West. Good material from the Cascade Range in British Columbia
is shown by sheets from Mt. McLean, near Lillooet, J uly, 1916, J. M.
Macoun, nos. 98, 693 and 98,696; and Dr. Raup has brought back
many numbers from northern British Columbia. The most extreme
plant related to T. ceratophorum, in having copiously tuberculate
achenes and conspicuously appendaged involucral bracts, is a species
of shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence which has sometimes been dis-
tributed as T. ceratophorum, more often as T. dumetorum Greene; but,
since Greene explicitly states that his T. dumetorum has the * achenes

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 375

. spinulose at summit, otherwise smooth," it is not satisfactory
to place the plant of the Gulf of St. Lawrence with it. Some other
characters are evident on comparing the Rocky Mountain plant
which I take to be T. dumetorum. It has a smaller head (the inner
involucre 1.5-2 em., in the Laurentian plant 2-2.6 em. high; its outer
bracts are shorter and very scarious or broadly scarious-margined, the
long outer bracts of the Laurentian plant herbaceous. Its achenes
(PLATE 272, FIG. 10), as already stated, are smooth below, and its
mature beak 7-8 mm. long; the Laurentian plant having the larger
mature achenes rough throughout and with beaks 13-17 mm. long.
I am therefore proposing the latter as

3. T. laurentianum, sp. nov. (TAB. 272, Fics. 5-9), planta robusta;
foliis oblanceolatis tenuibus 1-3 dm. longis 2-5 em. latis, basi late
marginatis, marginibus duplo dentatis, dentibus longioribus argutis
lanceolatis vel anguste deltoideis 0.3-1.3 cm. longis; scapo crasso
1-3.5 dm. alto; capitulis magnis; bracteis exterioribus herbaceis
viridibus vel purpurascentibus late lanceolatis vel anguste ovatis 1.5-2
em. longis 4-8 mm. latis adscendentibus deinde patentibus vel re-
curvatis apice planis vel valde corniculatis, corniculis bracteae
apicem valde superantibus; bracteis interioribus 18-25 lineari-lanceo-
latis 2-2.6 cm. longis valde corniculatis, corniculis ovatis bracteae
apicem majoribus; ligulis croceis dorso fuscis; achaeniis griseo-
olivaceis cuneato-oblongis 3.2-4 mm. longis apice acute muricatis
basin versus obtuse muriculatis; pyramide subulata 1.2-2 mm. longa;
rostro 13-17 mm. longo; pappo 7-10 mm. longo gilvo-lacteo.— Western
Newfoundland and eastern Quebec. NEWFOUNDLAND: springy
meadow at base of Ha-Ha Mountain, Ha-Ha Bay, July 17, 1925,
Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,245, TYPE in Gray
Herb. (distributed as T. cergtophorum); turfy spots on slaty calcareous
talus, Cutwater Head, Bay of Islands, July 16, 1929, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 2174; turfy spots on slaty calcareous talus, Cod Cove, Bay
of Islands, July 16, 1929, no. 2175. QuEBECc: sur les calcaires, Ile St.-
Charles, Archipel de Mingan, 26 juillet 1924, Victorin & Rolland, no.
18,396 (as T. ceratophorum), 20 juillet 1926, no. 25,181; sur les cal-
caires du côté sud, Ile à la Chasse, Mingan, 26 juillet 1924, no. 18,397;
cailloutis calcaires, Grande Ile à Bouleau, Mingan, 29 juillet 1926,
no. 25,178; sur le sable de goulet, Rivière la Loutre (Est), Anticosti,
3 août 1927, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,559. See pp. 50, 51.

Taraxacum laurentianum is the eastern American counterpart of the
northern Skandinavian T. Hjeltii Dahlst. That, however, has the
inner involucre only 1.7-2 cm. long, the outer bracts with white
scarious margin, the pyramid at most 0.75 mm. long and the beak at
most 1 em. long. Its relationship to the western American T. dume-
torum has been noted. The large collections of the latter brought back

376 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

from Alberta and British Columbia by Dr. H. M. Raup greatly reih-
force my opinion that it is a very definite western American species.!

4. T. ambigens, sp. nov. (TAB. 271, FIGs. 5-8), planta subgracilis;
foliis oblanceolatis tenuibus 0.3-3 dm. longis 1-3 (-6) em. latis basi
late marginatis, marginibus dentatis vel sinuatis, lobis horizontaliter
divergentibus vel refractis triangularibus plerumque integris 0.3-1.5
cm. longis; scapo 0.4-6 dm. alto; capitulis mediocribus; bracteis ex-
terioribus herbaceis lineari-lanceolatis 0.8-1.3 cm. longis 1.5-3 mm.
latis, reflexis apice plerumque planis; bracteis interioribus 10-20
lineari-lanceolatis 1.1-1.9 cm. longis apice planis; ligulis croceis;
achaeniis pallide brunneis vel rufescentibus anguste oblanceolatis
3.8-4.5 mm. longis apice acute muricatis basin versus obtuse muricu-
latis; pyramide 0.5-1 mm. longa; rostro 6-9 mm. longo; pappo 5-8
mm. longo lacteo.—Southern Labrador, western Newfoundland and
eastern Quebec. LABRADOR: springy banks and damp hillsides,
Forteau, July 30,1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no.4210. NEWFOUNDLAND:
swales and wet peaty limestone barrens, Capstan Point, Flower Cove,
July 27, 1924, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,175 (as T. latilobum);
shaded base of limestone sea-cliff, Port au Choix, July 27, 1929,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2167 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); turfy limestone
shore, Sandy Cove, Ingornachoix Bay, August 9, 1924, Fernald, Long
& Dunbar, no. 27,177 (as T. latilobum); calcareous cliffs, Steady
Brook Falls, lower Humber Valley, July 16, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 4209 (as T. ceratophorum). QuEBEC: limestone and calcareous
sandstone terraces, Blanc Sablon (* Labrador"), July 30, 1910, Fer-
nald & Wiegand, no. 4211 (as T. ceratophorum) ; damp ledges and al-
luvium, R. Ste. Anne des Monts, August 3-17, 1905, Collins & Fernald
(as T. ceratophorum); wet calcareous ledges, Grand Cascapedia R.,
July 12-15, 1905, Williams, Collins & Fernald (as T. ceratophorum).

Var. fultior, var. nov. (TAB. 271, Fic. 9), bracteis exterioribus
ovatis vel ovato-lanceolatis 5-8 mm. longis 2.5-4 mm. latis erectis.—
NEWFOUNDLAND: turfy limestone slopes east of Big Brook, Straits of
Belle Isle, July 16, 1925, Fernald, Wiegand & Hotchkiss, no. 29,260
(as T. ceratophorum); turfy talus of limestone headland, Gargamelle
Cove, Ingornachoix Bay, July 20, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.
2163 (TYPE in Gray Herb.) QUEBEC: mossy meadows at 455 m.
(1500 ft.) to 915 m. (3000 ft.), Fernald Basin, between Mts. Matta-
ouisse and Fortin, July 22, 1922, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,342 (as T.
ceratophorum, altered to T. lapponicum), July 8, 1923, Fernald, Gris-
com, Mackenzie, Pease & Smith, no. 26,116 (as T. ceratophorum,
altered to 7. lapponicum).

! Just as this discussion of Tararacum is to be paged, beautiful material of T.
dumetorum from within the area here covered comes to hand: from shaded cliffs,
Northern Slate Island, Thunder Bay District, Ontario, July 6, 1933, A. S. Pease &
R. C. Bean, no. 23,576. Its characters are discussed in the treatment of T. cerato-
phorum.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 377

Taraxacum ambigens, as clearly indicated in the citations, has been
confused with T. ceratophorum, T. lapponicum and T. latilobum. In
foliage it is very like the first two and quite unlike T. latilobum, which
has the slender-petioled leaves copiously double-dentate. The involu-
cre is essentially that of T. lapponicum and without the corniculate
appendages and the firm and white-bordered outer bracts of T. cerato-
phorum; but the achenes in all mature heads are copiously tuberculate
or muriculate to the base, as in both T. latilobum (PLATE 273, FIG. 5)
and T. ceratophorum (PLATE 271, FIG. 4). This series has been a con-
stant source of perplexity, thrown first into one species because of the
involucre, then into another because of the leaves and, again, into a
third because of the achenes. With T. ambigens taken out, the en-
tanglement which has confused the identities of T. ceratophorum and
T. lapponicum in eastern America is removed. That Taraxacum
ambigens is not a hybrid of T. lapponicum and T. ceratophorum is
quite clear. Atonly 1 of the 16 stations for the latter has T. ambigens
been found, although these areas have all been closely scrutinized for
all Taraxaca. T. ambigens may eventually have to be reduced to one
of the Cordilleran species of Greene, Rydberg or Nelson. Its strongly
muricate achenes seem to keep it apart; but a number of their pro-
posed species were based on very young material of which ripe achenes
were unknown.

5. T. LATILOBUM DC. Prodr. viit. 146 (1848). Leontodon latilobum
(DC.) Britton in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, iii. 315, fig. 4063
(1913).—Newfoundland to New England. NEwrouwpLANb: without
definite locality, 1826, La Pylaie in herb. DC. (Type), tracing in Gray
Herb.; turfy limestone shore, St. Barbe, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no.
27,176; grassland, Old Port au Choix, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2159.
QUEBEC: calcareous cliffs and talus, Gros Morne, Gaspé Co., Fernald
& Weatherby, nos. 2479-2481; grés schisteux, Tourelle, Rousseau, no.
31,145. Marne: gravelly thicket, Orono, Fernald, no. 2397 (as T.
officinale); rocky slope, Dennysville, Fernald & Weatherby, no. 2483;
damp soil, Cutler, July 2, 1902, Kennedy, Williams, Collins & Fernald.
MASSACHUSETTS: low woodland dump, Beverly Farms, June 23, 1913,
F. T. Hubbard; Lanesboro, July 17, 1917, J. R. Churchill.

Taraxacum latilobum has the aspect of very broad-leaved T. palus-
tre, var. vulgare (T. vulgare (Lam.) Schrank, T. officinale Weber) but
its achenes (PLATE 273, FIG. 5) are very strongly muriculate quite to
. the base as in T. ceratophorum. The abundantly naturalized European
species, to which Handel-Mazzetti and others have referred T.
latilobum has, as they describe them, the achenes tuberculate at sum-

378 Rhodora [NovEMBER

mit, "parte superiore (14 usque 14 fere) tuberculis largis
brevioribus longioribusve o b s i t a"—Handel-Mazetti. T. latilobum
is apparently indigenous from Newfoundland and Gaspé to central
and eastern Maine, but at its Massachusetts stations it seems like
an introduction.

6. 'T. LACERUM Greene, Pittonia, iv. 230 (1901). 7. ceratophorum
Liebm. & Lange, Fl. Dan. xv. fasc. xlv. 7, t. mmdclix. (1861), not DC.
T. mutilum Greene, l. c. 232 (1901); T. groenlandicum Dahlst. Arkiv.
Bot. v. no. 9: 23, tt. 14 and 15 (1906). T. arctogenum Dahlst. l. c. 26,
t. 16 (1906).—Greenland and Arctic America, south to Labrador,
northwestern Newfoundland and the Mingan Islands, Quebec, and in
the West to the Rocky Mts. in the upper Peace River region. LABRA-
DOR: near mouth of stream emptying into south side of East Bay,
Ikordlearsuk, lat. 59° 57’, Abbe & Odell, nos. 593, 594; moist meadowy
hillside, Near Island, Seven Islands Bay, Kangalaksiorvik, lat. 59°
25’, Abbe, no. 595: top of ridge, north of harbor, Razorback Harbor,
lat. 59° 14’, Abbe, no. 596; moist gully in cliff on north side of Razor-
back Harbor, Abbe, no. 597; gravelly beach, Mouth of Frazer River,
lat. 57°, Harlow Bishop, no. 606; Nain, C. S. Sewall, no. 142; hill back
of Mission Park, Hopedale, lat. 55? 27’, Abbe & Hogg, no. 592. Un-
GAVA: Ungava River, Spreadborough, no. 14,395 (as T. ceratophorum).
NEWFOUNDLAND: dry limestone barrens, northern half of Burnt Cape,
Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no.
29,254a; dry gravelly limestone barrens, St. John Island, Fernald,
Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,266. QuEnEc: sur les
caleaires, Ile Quin, Archipel de Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, nos.
18,398, 18,399.

Taraxacum lacerum, originally described (in 1901) from the Upper
Liard in northern British Columbia, was collected in the same general
area (on Mt. Selwyn) in great diversity of numbers by Dr. Hugh M.
Raup and his companions in 1932. Dr. Raup’s very full material
shows every transition to Greene's T. mutilum (1901) from Alaska
and it is quite inseparable from the Greenland, Labrador and New-
foundland specimens which Dahlstedt has identified as his own T.
groenlandicum (1906). I am, furthermore, unable to find satisfactory
distinctions to separate T. arctogenum (1906), a co-type of which is in
the Gray Herbarium. Dahlstedt, in publishing T. groenlandicum,
cited material from Melville Peninsula. It is in the Herbarium of the
‘Carnegie Museum from Southampton Island; and in the Gray Herba-
rium from Dawson Trail, Yukon (Tyrrell, no. 23,101), Herschell
Island, Yukon (Frits Johansen, no. 98,717) and Point Barrow, Alaska
(Murdock). The species is, then, widely dispersed in Arctic America,

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 379

with extensions south to the Gulf of St. Lawrence and to the northern
Rocky Mts.

7. T. Longii, sp. nov. (TAB. 273, Fics. 1-4), planta subgracilis;
foliis anguste obovato-lanceolatis vel late oblanceolatis valde laciniato-
sinuatis 1-1.5 dm. longis 3-5 cm. latis, lobis lineari-caudatis ad basin
versus deltoideis laceratis; scapo 0.9-2 dm. longo; capitulis magnis;
bracteis exterioribus ovatis vel oblongis purpureo-tinctis 6-10 mm.
longis 3-5 mm. latis apice plus minusve corniculatis in calathio
erectis deinde laxe patentibus vel recurvantibus; bracteis interioribus
10-12 lanceolatis 1.6-2.4 cm. longis cornubus parvis plerumque
praeditis; ligulis croceis; achaeniis griseo-olivaceis vel pallide brunneis
oblanceolatis 3.5-4 mm. longis apice acute muricatis basin versus
planis; pyramide subulata 1.2-1.5 mm. longa; rostro 1-1.3 em. longo;
pappo 7-8 mm. longo albo.—Northwestern Newfoundland and south-
eastern Quebec. NEWFOUNDLAND: springy meadow at base of Ha-Ha
Mountain, Ha-Ha Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss,
no. 29,244, as T. lacerum (TYPE in Gray Herb.); turfy crests of lime-
stone ledges, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,170 (as T.
lacerum). QuEBEC: limestone gravel, banks of Grand River, Gaspé
Co., June 30-July 3, 1904, Fernald (as T. dumetorum).

Taraxacum Longit is one of the complex group of which T. ceratopho-
rum is the type. From that species, as here interpreted, it differs in its
doubly incised-dentate leaves, the recurving, broader and more her-
baceous outer bracts, the tiny appendages of the inner bracts and the
achenes smooth below the summit. From T. lacerum, to which it was
previously referred, by its broader and doubly incised leaves and the
more herbaceous and soon reflexing outer bracts. From T. dumetorum
it is at once distinguished by its very characteristic leaf, by the herba-
ceous (rather than scarious) and more appendaged, shorter outer
bracts, by the fewer inner bracts and by the longer pyramid of the
fruit. T. Longi is related to T. macroceras Dahlst. of Siberia, but
that has the outer bracts appressed and with much longer horns, the
inner narrower than in T. Longit, and the fulvous achenes with a very
short (0.5 mm. long) pyramid. 'The only other species to which 7.
Longii seems to approach is T. norvegicum Dahlst.; but that has a
shorter involucre, with much narrower bracts, the outer appressed,
the pyramid short and the beak at most 6 mm. long.

8. T. naEvIiGATUM (Willd.) DC. Cat. Hort. Monspel. 149 (1813);
Handel-Mazzetti, l. c. 109, t. III. fig. 11 (1907); Sherff, l. c. 356 (1920).
Leontodon laevigatus Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 1546 (1800). T. erythrospermum
Andrz. in Bess. Enum. 75 (1822); Fernald, Bot. Gaz. xx. 323 (1895).
L. erythrospermum (Andrz.) Eichw. Naturhist. Skizze Litth. Volhyn.
150 (1830); Britton in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, iii. 316, fig. 4064

380 Rhodora [NovEMBER

(1913).—Dryish open soil, southern Quebec to southern British Co-
lumbia, south to Virginia, Missouri and New Mexico (acc. to Sherf);
naturalized from Europe. First collected in America, apparently, in
1886; now widely dispersed.

9. T. PALUSTRE (Lyons) Lam. & DC. Outer bracts of involucre
ovate to oblong-lanceolate, erect, finally loosely spreading.—Fl. Franc.
iv. 45 (1805), in part, but including name-bringing synonym, not 7.
palustre (Ehrh.) Dahlst. Bot. Not. 1905: 145 (1905) and Arkiv. Bot.
vii. no. 6: 8 (1908). Leontodon palustre Lyons, Fasc. Pl. 48 (1763);
Sm. Engl. Bot. viii. 553 (1799) and Fl. Brit. ii. 823 (1800). L. Raji
Goüan, Ill. et Obs. Bot. 55 (1773). L. Taraxacum, 8. palustre (Lyons)
Huds. Fl. Angl. ed. 2, i. 339 (1778). T. officinale, B. palustre (Lyons)
St.-Amans, Fl. Agenaise, 324 (1821); Fernald, Ruopora, iv. 157
(1902). L. Taraxacum palustris (Lyons) Gaudin, Fl. Helv. v. 62
(1829). T. officinarum, 8. palustre (Lyons) Maly, Fl. Deutschl. 241
(1860).—Grasslands, especially damp or wet, or damp slopes, New-
foundland and Quebec to southern New England, rarely to Pennsylva-
nia; naturalized from Europe. The earliest American collections seen
were made in Vermont in 1896.

Var. vulgare (Lam.), comb. nov. Outer bracts linear or linear-
lanceolate, strongly reflexed even in bud.—Leontodon Taraxacum L.
Sp. PI. ii. 798 (1753), in part; and many later authors. L. vulgare Lam.
Fl. Franc. ii. 113 (1778). T. officinale Weber ex Wiggers, Prim. Pl.
Holst. 56 (1780). T. vulgare (Lam.) Schrank, Prim. Fl. Salisburg, 193
(1792); Handel-Mazzetti, l. c. 88, t. III. fig. 2 (1907); Sherff, 1. c. 350
(1920). L. officinalis (Weber) With. Arr. Brit. Pl. ed. 3, iii. 679 (1796),
excl. var. T. Dens-leonis Desf. Fl. Ant. ii. 228 (1800). L. Taraxacum,
8. vulgare (Lam.) Benth. Cat. Pl. Indig. Pyr. Bas Langued. 94 (1826).
T. Dens-leonis, var. officinale (Weber) Coss. & Germ. Fl. Env. Paris,
ii. 432 (1845), as to name-bringing synonym. T. Taraxacum (L.)
Karsten, Deutsch. Fl. 1138 (1880-83).—Grasslands and clearings, a
ubiquitous and aggressive weed, Newfoundland to southern Alaska,
south through much of the United States; naturalized during colonial
days from Europe.

The necessity to reverse the names of our two large olive- or drab-
fruited weedy Dandelions, one the ubiquitous weed with the outer
bracts narrow and strongly recurved from the first, the other a weed of
Newfoundland, eastern Canada and New England (rarely in Pennsyl-
vania) with shorter and broader appressed or merely spreading outer
bracts, is most disconcerting. It results, however, from the failure of
those who have monographed our Taraxaca to trace the names in-
volved to their ultimate sources. It is, to say the least, uncomfortable,
in following the rules of Nomenclature now in vogue, to find one’s
self unwillingly appearing as an iconoclast, in changing to a very
awkward combination the technical name of a cosmopolitan weed.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 381

It is certainly to be hoped that a less cumbersome and more appropri-
ate designation may eventually be found.

In the present case Handel-Mazzetti, in his Monographie der Gattung
Taraxacum (1907), merged, as T. paludosum (Scop.) Schlechter (1866),
the real T. paludosum, i. e. Hedypnois paludosa Scop. Fl. Carn. ii. 100,
t. 48 (1772) and the wholly different 7. palustre (Lyons) Lam. & DC.
(1805). Handel-Mazzetti cited definitely in the synonymy of T.
paludosum the T. palustre Lam. & DC. (1805), Leontodon Taraxacum
var. palustre With. (1787) and L. palustre Smith (1800) and, as a plant
intermediate between T. vulgare and T. paludosum, the L. Taraxacum,
3. palustre Hudson (1778)—the latter incorrectly cited by Handel-
Mazzetti as a binomial (“ L. palustre Hudson"), which Hudson did
not make. Had he checked the citations, he would have detected
that the original use of the name T. palustre was for a plant utterly
unlike T. paludosum. Smith (1800), Withering (1787) and Hudson
(1778), at the points cited by Handel-Mazzetti, all definitely carried
the reference back to “Lyons. Fasc. 48"; but the failure of recent
monographers to do so has caused the present upheaval in nomencla-
ture.

Furthermore, this failure of European students of Taraxacum to
follow T. palustre to its nomenclatural source has led to another con-
fusion. Thus, the combination 7. palustre was properly published
in Flore Française, iv.45 (1805), where Lamarck & DeCandolle made
thesame confusion as did Handel-Mazzetti later of * Leontodon palustre.
Smith, Fl. brit. 2. p. 823" and Hedypnois paludosa Scop. The cir-
cumstance, that Lamarck & DeCandolle had mixed elements, in no
wise changes the fact that NOMENCLATURALLY their T. palustre (1805)
rested upon its name-bringing synonym, L. palustre Sm. (1800),
therefore, upon L. palustre Lyons (1763), the latter reference given
without qualification by Smith as his source. Nevertheless, although
the name T. palustre already had perfectly valid publication for one
species (in 1805), we find the new combination, T. palustre (Ehrh.)
Dahlstedt, Bot. Notiser, 1905: 145 (1905) and Arkiv Bot. vii. no. 6: 8
(1908), based on Leontodon Taraxacum palustre Ehrh. (1790), not
L. palustre Lyons (1763) nor L. Taraxacum, 6. palustre (Lyons) Huds.
(1778), put forward and now being used in Skandinavian literature for
a species of another section!

Israel Lyons’ account, in his Fasciculus Plantarum cirea Canta-
brigiam Nascentium (1763), was as follows:

382 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

89. Lrontopon (palustre) calyce toto erecto glabro, scapo cavo unifloro.
Leontodon calyce toto erecto glabro, foliis longe ellipticis denticu-
latis. Gmel. sib. 2. 15 ?
a. in palustribus, on Hinton Moor, primus observavit D. Car.
Folia ao A oblonga, ad apicem latiora, acuta denticulata glabra,
nervo medio rubro. Scapus teres cavus uniflorus. Calyx glaber
imbricatus, squamae externae ovatae acutae margine submembrana-
ceae erectae; internae lineares. Receptaculum nudum, Pappus
pilosus denticulatus stipitatus.

Lyons' Leontodon palustre was well characterized nine years earlier
than Hedypnois paludosa Scop. and, were the two conspecific, Lyons'
name would have to be taken up instead of that of Scopoli. The
"Folia radicalia oblonga, ad apicem latiora" and the "squamae
externae ovatae acutae margine submembranaceae erectae" of Lyons’
description indicate, however, that he had the variation of the common
dandelion of meadows, lawns and fields with short and appressed
outer bracts, not the wholly different T. paludosum (Scop.) Schlechter,
a plant with thick linear-oblanceolate mostly unlobed leaves only 3-10
mm. wide, small heads with white-margined outer bracts, pale flowers
and large achenes (5 mm. long) with very long pyramids. Smith,
Engl. Bot. viii. t. 553 (1799), published a good plate of Lyons' species,
after studying plants "raised from seed sent from Cambridgeshire"
(the type-region). This plate and a number of sheets of specimens
collected in England as T. palustre seem to leave no question that the
common weed with linear or lanceolate strongly recurving outer
bracts, Leontodon vulgare Lam. (1778), T. officinale Weber (1780), T.
Dens-leonis Desf. (1800), differs from Leontodon palustre Lyons (1763)
only in that single fickle character and that, consequently, the earliest
specific name, palustre, must be used for the aggregate-species.

One way out of this awkward situation would be to treat the two as
different species, which I am unable to do, in view of the fact that I
cannot consider them specifically distinct. The only other possible
way to avoid taking up T. palustre for the common weed, which usually
passes as T. officinale or as T. vulgare, is to recognize the “accidental
binomial,” “Dens leonis vulgaris" of Hill, Brit. Herb. 441 (1756).
There are many very strong objections to such a course. In the first
place, Hill was not regularly using binomials; all other plants enum-
erated on the page, as well as on the preceding page, had polynomials.
Furthermore, the double generic name Dens leonis is wholly irregular
and it is quite possible to view Dens leonis vulgaris as a trinomial.

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 383

To save the long-established name, T. vulgare, by going back to Hill
for its justification does not seem the proper course. Either horn of
the dilemma is unsatisfactory, but the cause of sound nomenclature,
so long as the existing rules are in force, calls, unhappily, for the
taking up of T. palustre (Lyons) Lam. & DC. for the less common
weed of Europe and America; and T. palustre, var. vulgare for the
superabundant weed of fields and lawns. Under the constructive and
conservative (therefore discarded) “Kew Rule" this change would
have been unnecessary.

If we could see with the eyes of some Scandinavian and English
botanists, we should recognize in Taraxacum palustre many scores of
species. Every slight divergence in the cutting of the leaves or the
color of the corollas or the shade of the achenes would become a
“species,” and the weeding of a village park would yield at least a
dozen of them. Personally, I can match the specimens on the lawn
outside my window with authentic sheets of ten of Dahlstedt’s
“ specific” propositions. Sound taxonomy demands good balance; if
specific values are universally reduced to the point of absurdity the old
and honored science of taxonomy will be doomed. The argument that,
because often parthenogenetic, therefore vegetatively reproducing,
these divergencies or biotypes in Taraxacum are self-perpetuating,
could be applied equally to any vegetatively reproduced garden sport.
Genetically they are not species nor anything but trivial variations
which, under normal sexual reproduction, would quickly be lost in a
common blend. They are no more species than are the color-forms of
many garden flowers or the variously colored garden forms of cereals.
Unless the Taraxaca have very real and deep-seated differences of
involucre, flower and fruit and definite geographic segregation, it
seems like stultification of science to treat them as species. We must
not ignore the facts that all plastic and modern species consist of
innumerable minor trends, but that these slight tendencies are utterly
different from the true (“Linnean”) species which, through millions
of years, have stood the long test of competition and physiographic
change. Call the minor variants jordanons, if you will, or the good
and more generally used formae or the more modern biotypes but
keep the good old term species for species. Shifting of meaning
does not clarify terminology.

10. T. Lapponicum Kihlman, Meddel. Soc. Faun. Fl. Fenn. xi. 108
(1884); Handel-Mazzetti, l. c. 73 (1907), in part. T. croceum Dahlst.

384 Rhodora [NovEMBER

in Anderss. & Hesselmen, Bih. K. Svenska Vet.-Ak. Hdlg. xxvi?. No.
1: 12 (1900).—Arctic and subarctic Eurasia and North America,
south with us to Newfoundland and eastern Quebec. LABRADOR: Port
Burwell, Ralph Robinson, no. 69; granitic rock, at Head of Main Arm
of Ekortiarsuk Bay, Woodworth, nos. 441, 445; ridge (ca. 320 m.) ex-
tending south from East Bay, Ikordlearsuk, lat. 59? 55', Abbe & Odell,
nos. 585; on granitic rock, North Shore of Duck Bight, 1 km. n. of
Ryan's Bay, Woodworth, no. 437; granitic rock under 760 m., Razor-
back Mt., Ryan's Bay, Woodworth, no. 439; tundra above the an-
chorage, Ryan’s Bay, lat. 59° 35’, Abbe & Odell, nos. 588, 589; dry
gravelly slopes, Near Island, Seven Islands Bay, Kangalaksiorvik,
lat. 59° 18’, Abbe, no. 591; valley of Komaktorvik R., lat. 59° 15’,
Abbe, no. 587; moist gully in cliff on north side of Razorback Harbor,
lat. 59° 14’, Abbe, nos. 582, 584, 590; granitic cliffs, Head of Nachvak
Bay, Woodworth, no. 438; Rama, Sornberger, nos. 64, 64x; granitic
rock, Kikkertasoak Island, Saglek Bay, Woodworth, no. 436; Ogualik
Island, lat. 57° 56’, E. D. Brooks, jr., no. 586; lower ridge (ca. 595 m.)
east of The Valley of the Twin Falls, Cape Mugford Peninsula, lat.
57° 50’, Abbe, no. 581; gravelly moraine, Mouth of Frazer R., lat. 57°,
Harlow Bishop, no. 604; Anatolak, C. S. Sewall, nos. 334, 336; Titter-
asuk, Sewall, no. 12; wet spruce woods, Nain, lat. 56° 33’, Sewall, no.
66, Harlow Bishop, no. 605; Hopedale, Sewall, no. 176; “The Park,”
Hopedale, Abbe, Hogg, & Forbes, nos. 579, 580; Battle Harbor, Sewall,
no. 193. NEWFOUNDLAND: swaley cleft in bare rock, top of Fishing
Head, St. Anthony, Abbe, no. 577; peaty and turfy brookside, Quirpon
Island, Fernald & Long, no. 29,258; springy slopes and brooksides at
head of Mauve (or Noddy) Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert &
Hotchkiss, no. 29,259; mossy brooksides and damp turfy slopes,
Sacred Island, Fernald & Long, no. 29,253; turfy limestone barrens,
northern half of Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald et al., nos. 29,250,
29,261 (as T. ceratophorum); turfy limestone barrens, Cook Point,
Fernald & Gilbert, no. 29,251; turfy limestone slopes, Big Brook,
Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald & Long, nos. 29,247, 29,257, Fernald,
Wiegand & Hotchkiss, nos. 29,248, 29,249, 29,265; turfy slope by sea,
Four-Mile Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no.
29,263; turfy or peaty limestone barrens, Sandy (or Poverty) Cove,
Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,174, Fernald &
Griscom, no. 29,256 (distributed as 7. groenlandicum); mossy glades
back of Savage Cove, Fernald & Long, no. 29,246; swales and peaty
limestone barrens, Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long &
Dunbar, no. 27,172; turfy limestone headlands and shores south of
Flower Cove, Pease, Long & Gilbert, no. 29,255 as T. ceratophorum
(2 or 3 bracts corniculate, but involucre otherwise of T. lapponicum
and achenes of the latter); dripping quartzite cliffs and ledges, upper
Deer Pond Brook, Highlands of St. John, Fernald & Long, no. 29,252;
springy meadow on quartzite slope near head of Yellow Brook, Doctor
Hill, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2108; turf overlying limestone, Grassy

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 385

Island, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2173; turfy talus of
limestone sea-cliffs, Eastern Point, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, nos. 2161, 2162, 2166; turfy talus of limestone sea-cliffs or on
limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 2164,
2165, 2171; dry peaty limestone barrens, Gargamelle Cove, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 2162; turfy spots on slaty calcareous talus, Cod Cove
and Cutwater Head, Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 2169,
2170. QuEBEC: gravelly thicket back of strand, Bradore, Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 4212 (as T. ceratophorum); grassy hillside, Riviére à la
Truite and grassy bank, Pointe Jones, Brest, St. John, nos. 90,790,
90,791; sur les platiéres, R. du Brick, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland,
no. 27,552; au pied du grand Cap à l'embouchure, R. Vaureal, Anti-
costi, no. 27,553; sur les platiéres argilo-calcaires, R. Chicotte, Anti-
costi, no. 27,556; dans la prairie sur le plateau, Pointe du Sud-Ouest,
Anticosti, no. 27,557; sur les rivages calcaires, R. dela Chute, Anticosti,
no. 27,558; calcareous alpine meadow, alt. 1000-1125 m., Table-top
Mts., Fernald & Collins, no. 789 (as T. ceratophorum); canyon humide,
cirque nord-est, Botanist Dome, Mt. de le Table, Rousseau & Fortier,
no. 31,500; by alpine brooks or in wet crevices of hornblende schist, alt.
600-1075 m., Mt. Albert, Fernald & Collins, nos. 263, 785 (as T.
ceratophorum); sur les schistes hornblendiques et les paragneiss, alt.
1000 m., Lac du Ruisseau du Plaque-Malade, Mt. Albert, Victorin,
Rolland, Brunel & Rousseau, no. 17,537; subalpine meadows (alt.
850-880 m.) Fernald Pass, between Mts. Mattaouisse and Fortin,
Fernald, Griscom & Mackenzie, no. 26,117 (as T. ceratophorum); banks
of Grand River, Gaspé Co., June 20-July 10, 1903, G. H. Richards,
June 30-July 3, 1904, Fernald; wet red sandstone bluffs and steep
slopes, between Baldé and the Baie des Chaleurs, Bonaventure River,
August, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; damp ledges and cliffs between
the Forks and Brülé Brook, Little Cascapedia R., July, 1904, Collins,
Fernald & Pease. PLATE 271, FIG. 10.

It is probable that several of the plants described from the Rocky
Mts. by Greene, Rydberg and others belong to Taraxacum lapponicum.
Without better fruit than they described the proper disposition of
these species must await fuller collections.

11. T. torngatense, sp. nov. (TAB. 273, rias. 6-9). Planta gracilis;
foliis tenuibus lineari-oblanceolatis 0.5-1.8 dm. longis 1-2.5 cm. latis,
basi longe-petiolatis, margine lobis oblique deltoideis integris; scapo
0.7-1.5 dm. longo; capitulis mediocribus; bracteis exterioribus fus-
cescentibus lanceolatis 5-8 mm. longis erectis vel subpatentibus apice
planis; bracteis interioribus 12-15 lineari-anceolatis 13-16 mm.
longis apice planis vel rariter subcorniculatis; achaeniis cinnamomeis
vel rufescentibus anguste fusiformibus 4—4.5 mm. longis apice ad
pyramide attenvatis emuricatis vel rariter submuricatis; pyramide
subulata 1.5-2 mm. longa; rostro 5-6 mm. longo; pappo albido 5-6
mm. longo. NORTHERN LABRADOR: granite rock, North Shore of

386 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Duck Bight, 1 km. north of Ryan’s Bay, August 24, 1926, R. H.
Woodworth, no. 446 (as T. ceratophorum); granitic rock under 760 m.,
Razorback Mt., Ryan’s Bay, August 23, 1926, Woodworth, no. 444;
granitic cliffs at 150-600 m., Head of Nachvak Bay, August 17, 1926,
Woodworth, no. 443 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Taraxacum torngatense is proposed with some hesitation. Super-
ficially it is suggestive of the most attenuate states of T. lapponicum,
but the very attenuate and almost to quite smooth achenes and the
very long pyramid seem to set it off very definitely from its allies.
Much fuller material, especially in ripe fruit, is needed. Writing of
the type-number in a letter of November 14, 1927, Dahlstedt said:
“Undoubtedly a good new species, very well characterized through
the almost smooth reddish-brown fruits.”

(To be continued.)

ARISTIDA LONGESPICA IN CoNNEcTICUT.—Ín RHODORA xxxv. 318
(Sept. 1930) Prof. Fernald pointed out that the New England plant
passing as Aristida longespica Poir. (A. gracilis Ell.) is not the typical
form of that species but the more northern var. geniculata (Raf.) Fern.
At the time his paper was written, he had seen no specimens of the
typical form from any point north of southeastern Pennsylvania.
Since then, however, there has come to the Gray Herbarium a speci-
men collected by R. W. Woodward in “dry soil, Plain Road," Frank-
lin, Connecticut, which Prof. Fernald determines as typical 4.
longespica,—the range of which is accordingly to be extended to
eastern Connecticut.—C. A. WEATHERBY, Gray Herbarium.

Volume 35, no. 418, including pages 323-350 and 6 plates. was issued 7
October, 1933.

Rhodora Plate 272

TARAXACUM PHYMATOCARPUM: FIG. l, plant, 1, from Greenland; ria. 2, achene,
with characteristic short beak and remnant of pappus, X 1, from Greenland; Fic. 3,
achene, X 10.

T. LyRATUM: FIG. 4, achene, X 10, from Colorado.

T. LAURENTIANUM: FIG. 5, leaf, X 1, from the TYPE, Ha-Ha Bay, Newfoundland;
FIGS. 6 and 7, heads, X 1, from the TYPE; FIG. 8, achene, with long beak and long pappus,
X 1, from the TYPE; FIG. 9, achene, X 10, from the TYPE.

T. DUMETORUM: FIG. 10, achene, X 10, from Alberta.

Rhodora Plate 273

Taraxacum Lonau: ria. 1, leaf, X 1, from Grand River, Quebec; ric. 2, head, X 1,
from the Tyre, Ha-Ha Bay, Newfoundland; rra. 3, achene, with beak and pappus, X 1,
from the TYPE; FIG. 4, achene, X 10, from the TYPE.

T. LATILOBUM: FIG. 5, achene, X 10, from Newfoundland.

T. TORNGATENSE: FIG. 6, leaf, X 1, from the Tyre, Head of Nachvak Bay, Labrador;
FIG. 7, head, X 1, from the TYPE; FIG. 8, achene, with beak and pappus, X 1, from the
TYPE; FIG. 9, achene, X 10, from the TYPE.

16 1983

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS
CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ọ Associate Editors
LUDLOW GRISCOM

Vol. 35. December, 1933. No. 420.
CONTENTS:
Notes from Herbarium of University of Wisconsin—X.

V ESSE MEE EC Mer MEI MEN 387
On Polysiphonia fibrillosa in New England. R. E. Schuh ....... 391
The Type of Teucrium canadense. M. L. Fernald............. 392
Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora (concluded).

WA ILS POT ROI. e ee eco ale Ce Ee IS UMS Res. eee 395
Branching Polygonatum pubescence.

M. L. Fernald and S. £. Harris Mii META LIN 403
errata Lote. reser Ria I EIER car Oe aes 406
Index to Volume 35.. roni ce ee ee DELIS. 407

The New England Botanical Club, Inc

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass.

» d

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United
States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or
some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which
will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating
directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits.
Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more
than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con-
tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished

at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.
Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in
several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the
flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in-
cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, var-
ieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria,
leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical
activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards.

GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Dav. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the GRAY
HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten
copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separatelv.

No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton,
Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932.
$3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE,NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 35. December, 1933. No. 420.

NOTES FROM THE HERBARIUM OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN—X!

Norman C. Fassett

Tuar part of Ontario between the Ottawa River and Sault Ste.
Marie, including the north shore of Lake Huron and the vicinity of
Georgian Bay, seems to have been botanized less extensively than
its interesting flora would warrant. The following rather disjointed
notes are the results of several trips by automobile, when it was
seldom possible to collect at any great distance from the highways.
The writer is indebted to the late Dr. M. O. Malte for much infor-
mation concerning the known ranges of these plants in Canada, and
especially to Mr. C. A. Weatherby for his kindly help in identifying
much of the material.

Twelve miles east of Sault Ste. Marie the highway skirts for some
distance a long, south-facing cliff, with well-developed talus. On
this cliff, near Garden River, was collected Woodsia Cathcartiana,
while in near-by woods was found Osmorhiza divaricata. The latter
proves to be a not uncommon species in the upper Great Lakes area,
having been found by the writer at Port Wing, Wisconsin, in great
profusion in the Porcupine Mountains near Ontonagon, Michigan,
on Manitoulin Island and on Bruce Peninsula.

The many small lakes between Sault Ste. Marie and Espanola are
mostly rocky-shored, with small sandy beaches. Many of the plants
are obviously of eastern derivation; these include Elatine minima,
Juncus pelocarpus and Eriocaulon septangulare.

1 Published with aid of a grant to Ruopora from the National Academy of Sciences.

388 Rhodora [DECEMBER

Manitoulin Island may be approached from the north by a road
from Espanola, which traverses a rugged and barren region of igneous
and metamorphic rocks—‘rough, tough and terrible," to quote a
resident. Coincident with reaching the Lake Huron shore, on
Cloche Peninsula, the highway abruptly emerges on a level limestone
plain. There are but a few decimeters of soil, or in many places no
soil at all, with vegetation occurring only in crevices in the rock.
Here, on the dry barrens or margins of pools, are such characteristic
plants of the Great Lakes as Eleocharis pauciflora, Rynchospora
capillacea var. leviseta, Hypericum Kalmianum, Primula intercedens,
and Sisyrinchium montanum. Here, with the Arctic Carex scirpoidea,
are several plants apparently not hitherto reported from so far north
in Ontario: Geum triflorum, Linum sulcatum, Rhus canadensis, and
Liatris cylindracea (also reported from La Cloche Island).! Here was
collected a mint which may be described as:

IsANTHUS BRACHIATUS (L.) BSP., var. linearis, n. var., caule
simplice, 7-10 cm. alto, gracillimo; foliis superioribus linearibus,
1-1.7 mm. latis, l-nerviis; calicibus minus glandulosis quam apud
formam typicam, florentibus 3 mm. longis, fructiferis 4 mm. longis;
bracteolis calycibus proximis.—Stem simple, 7-10 cm. high, very
slender; upper leaves linear, 1-1.7 mm. wide, 1-nerved; lower leaves
unknown; calyx less glandular than in the typical form, 3 mm. long
in flower, 4 mm. in fruit; floral bracts closely subtending the calyx.—
Dry limestone flats, Cloche Peninsula, Ontario, August 20, 1932, N. C.
Fassett, no. 14770 (ryPE in Herb. Univ. of Wis.).

In aspect this little plant scarcely suggests Zsanthus brachiatus, but
its floral structure indicates that it is but a dwarfed northern extreme
of that species. |

In a lake on Great Cloche Island was found a plant differing from
Potamogeton Robbinsit in lacking the ordinarily very characteristic
minute serrulation of the leaves; its uniform occurrence in certain
localities would indicate that it is more than a sporadic abnormality.
It was found by two different collectors in different years in one lake
in Wisconsin. The writer collected it at Mattawa, Ontario, in 1931,
and in 1932 found it abundant at the same locality, although not
in situ, for the water was high and only floating plants were collected.
Besides occurring on Great Cloche Island, it has been collected on
Cockburn Island, also in northern Lake Huron. "The indication is
that it replaces typical P. Robbinsii on many of these places, but, on
the other hand, both types have been collected in Lake Maxinkuckee, :

! Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. ii. 207 (1884).

1933] Fassett, Notes from Herbarium of Univ. of Wis. 389

Indiana. The only real intermediate seen is from Togue Pond, near
Mt. Katahdin, Maine, collected by A. H. Norton on July 28, 1923;
this has some of the leaves serrulate and some entire. Many speci-
mens which at first appear to have entire leaves prove otherwise
when examined with transmitted light under a binocular microscope.

PoTaMOGETON Rossinstt Oakes, f. cultellatus, n. f., marginibus
foliorum non serratis, firmis, stramineis, nitentibus.—WISCONSIN:
Bond Lake, Gordon, September 14, 1930, W. 7. McLaughlin, no.
13081; Bond Lake, Gordon, July 9, 1931, J. H. Steenis, no. 1369.
Micuican: Liver Light Lakes, Iron County, September, 1922,
F. P. Metcalf, no. 2232.1. Inprana: Lake Maxinkuckee, 1904, J. T.
Scovell, no. 29.22 Onto: Sandusky Bay [*Sand Bay” on the label;
Dr. Pieters writes me that this was an abbreviation for Sandusky
Bay], August 31, 1898, A. J. Pieters? Ontario: Cockburn Island,
Lake Huron, J. Bell in 1860; shallow water of Helen Lake (or Lewis
Lake), Great Cloche Island, August 20, 1932, N. C. Fassett, no.
14806 (TYPE in Herb. Univ. of Wis.); shallow water, Mattawa, July
4, 1931, Fassett, no. 13325; floating in the Mattawa River, Mattawa,
September 9, 1932, Fassett, no. 14805. Connecticut: Hamlen's
Pond, Plainville, July 29, 1901, C. H. Bissell.

Manitoulin Island, in the northern part of Lake Huron, is 80 miles
long, and has on it many small shallow lakes. The most conspicuous
topographie feature is a limestone cliff along the northern side;
this is the escarpment of the Niagara limestone, which also makes up
the backbone of Door County, Wisconsin, and of the Bruce Peninsula,
Ontario. This escarpment appears like a promising territory for a
botanist, but fires have been so devastating that most of the cliffs and
talus slopes have become too dry to support much vegetation. A
collector who could take the time to find moist sheltered places
would probably discover much of interest. Visiting a talus slope
near High Hill, Excelsior, on August 21, 1932, the writer collected a
Woodsia of the puzzling oregana group, which superficially resembled
W. Cathcartiana, but differed from that species in having the margins
of the pinnules jagged and glandular; in this it matched a specimen of
W. mexicana collected by Wooton & Standley, in the White Mountains,
Lincoln County, New Mexico, August 25, 1907.

On the Lake Huron shore, about eight miles west of Little Current,
on Manitoulin Island, was collected Bidens frondosa var. anomala,

1 Specimen in the United States National Herbarium; the writer is indebted to
Dr. Maxon for the loan, and to Mr. Neil Hotchkiss for examining and selecting this
material.

2 Specimen in the Gray Herbarium, the writer is indebted to Professor Fernald
and Mr. Weatherby for selecting and loaning this material.

390 Rhodora [DECEMBER

new to Ontario and apparently not previously known from the shores
of the Great Lakes except at the eastern end of Lake Ontario.

Bruce Peninsula has long been known as the home of some re-
markable plants. Here, as on Manitoulin Island, fire has done
much damage. On a cool damp cliff at Barrow Bay the writer
collected Draba cana, new to Ontario and not recorded in Gray's
Manual as occurring between Vermont and the Rocky Mountains,
while in moist woods near-by was found Epilobium paniculatum,
which has been reported by Macoun from Bruce Peninsula. On
talus slopes and stony beaches Geranium Robertianum is perhaps the
most abundant plant. Arenaria serpyllifolia is so universally present
on the escarpment of the Niagara limestone, is in such undisturbed
habitats and in company with so many native species that it is hard
to believe that it is an adventitious plant. It has been collected by
the writer on the escarpment at the following places: Fish Creek,
Wisconsin, in company with a Draba as yet unidentified; Pickford,
Michigan, with Asplenium viride and Polystichum | Lonchitis; near
High Hill, Excelsior, Manitoulin Island, with the Woodsia just
mentioned; Barrow Bay, Bruce Peninsula, with Draba cana.

Lake Nipissing is 50 miles northeast of Georgian Bay, and lies in
the channel of one of the outlets of the Algonquin Great Lakes. Here
were found two plants of some interest.

LaruvRUS JAPONICUS Willd., var. parviflorus, n. var., caulibus
gracilibus, glabris vel pilosis in angulis; floribus 12-14.5 mm. longis;
‘alicibus 7-8 mm. longis; leguminibus 3.8—4.8 em. longis, chartaceis;
seminibus 3.5-4 mm. diametro.—ONTARIo: sandy shore of Lake
Nipissing, North Bay, July 3, 1931, N. C. Fassett, no. 13485 (TvPE in
Herb. Univ. of Wis.); same station, plant with mature pods, Sep-
tember 10, 1932, Fassett, no. 14768; Lighthouse Point, on the south-
east shore of Lake Nipissing, September 10, 1932, Fassett, no. 12952;
Waltonian Lodge, on the southeast shore of Lake Nipissing, Sep-
tember 10, 1932, Fassett, no. 14769.

This beach pea, apparently isolated on the shores of Lake Nipissing
since the time when that lake was a part of the outlet of the glacial
Great Lakes, is slightly more slender than are the common plants of
marine and Great Lakes beaches, has a much smaller flower, and a
legume with much thinner and more papery walls. Moreover, the
fruits and seeds at their largest development scarcely equal the small-
est to be found on the more widespread varieties. In the type collec-

! See Mem. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. xv. 256 (1925).

1933] Sehuh,—On Polysiphonia fibrillosa in New England 391

tion the flowers are nearly white, but the plants collected at the same
station fourteen months later show normally colored flowers.

The pubescent variety of beach pea (L. japonicus var. pellitus),
so abundant on the north Atlantic coast, is but sparsely represented
about the Great Lakes, there being no material in the Gray Her-
barium from inland stations.! Of the 42 sheets of L. japonicus from
the Great Lakes region in the Herbarium of the University of Wis-
consin, but two can be definitely referred to var. pellitus; these are:
Washington Island, Door County, Wisconsin, July 22, 1926, A. M.
Fuller, no. 1522; Manistique, Michigan, July 1, 1931, N. C. Fassett,
no. 13482.

'The recent changes in the nomenclature of the beach pea are here
followed, although the writer is of the opinion that Lathyrus japonicus
vs. L. maritimus, following Quercus borealis vs. Q. rubra, Juncus
macer vs. J. tenuis, Solidago flexuosa vs. S. latifolia, and Acer Tre-
leaseanum vs. A. saccharum, should be the last straw on the back of
the last objector to the conservation of specific names.

BIDENS connata Muhl., var. submutica, n. var., aristis nullis vel
rare 1—2, 0.25—1.00 mm. longis; foliis simplicibus, petiolatis, dentibus
var. petiolatam vel var. ambiversam simulantibus.—Awns none or
rarely 1—2 in number and 0.25-1.00 mm. long; leaves simple, petioled,
toothed as in var. petiolata or as in var. ambiversa.—ONTARIO: sandy
shore of Lake Nipissing, North Bay, September 10, 1932, Fassett,
no. 14775 (type in Herb. Univ. of Wis.); near Waltonian Lodge,
southeast shore of Lake Nipissing, September 10, 1932, Fassett,
nos. 14800, 14801, and 14802.

At Galetta, about 25 miles above Ottawa, the “ Mississippi River”
enters the Ottawa River. On the shore of the small stream, close
to the highway, were collected Typha angustifolia, of which Dr.
Malte wrote me that he had seen no specimens from above the Ottawa
district, and Juncus compressus, of which he wrote me that he had
seen no material from the Province of Ontario.

MaADISON, WISCONSIN.

On POLYSIPHONIA FIBRILLOSA IN New EwGLAND.—lt is well
known that this species is common south of Cape Cod. But, when
Farlow's Marine Algae of New England appeared in 1881, only one
specimen of this alga had ever been found north of that famous
barrier of marine life. This had been collected by Hooper at Lynn,

! RHODORA xxxiv. 184 (1932).

392 Rhodora [DECEMBER

Massachusetts about the middle of the 19th century. This was
still the only record in 1900.2 But after Collins had spent several
years in the study of the algae of Casco Bay, Maine he discovered it
in Quahaug Bay.’

On several occasions I have found it here in sterile and depauperate
forms. But on June 20, 1933, I collected fruited specimens in a sunny
and protected bay, on Zostera. This is probably almost, if not
quite, its eastern limit in the United States. South of the Cape it
reaches a height of four to ten inches. Here most of the plants are
but a few millimeters tall. The male plants especially are small and
bear but one or two antheridia, and the female plants develop few
or imperfect cystocarps. Every consideration indicates that this
species was not evolved in our waters, but came to us from the North-
east Atlantic, where it abounds along the British Isles and western
Europe. i

One wonders whether it reached us during the mild climate of the
Cretaceous, before the northern land bridge broke through in the
Tertiary and allowed the cold waters of the Arctic Ocean to mingle
with the waters of the north Atlantic and dominate its flora and
climate. If so, why has it remained unchanged on each side of the
Atlantic? Or, have there been subsequent migrations which have
kept it true to type, despite the cold waters and other adverse in-
fluences encountered on the journey?

A slide has been placed in the National Herbarium.—R. E. Scuun,
Brooklin, Maine.

THE TYPE OF TEUCRIUM CANADENSE!
M. L. FERNALD

In 1901 the late Eugene P. Bicknell, one of the most observant of
American amateurs, published his study of “The Genus Teucrium in
the Eastern United States."^ Bicknell there interpreted Teucrium
canadense L. as the comparatively southern and inland plant with the
"leaves rather thin, ovate to ovate-oblong or narrower, rounded or
rarely subcordate at base, . . . 2.5-5 cm. wide, . . . above
green and thinly appressed-hirsutulous to glabrate," a plant ranging

1 W. H, Harvey, Nereis Boreali-Americana, Vol. II., p. 43. Washington, 1852.

2 F, S, Collins, Ruopora, vol. 2, p. 51, Feb., 1900.

3 F. S. Collins, Marine Algae of Casco Bay, p. 279, 1911. In Proceedings of Port-
land Society of Natural History. Vol. II., Part 9.

4 Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxviii. 166-172 (1901).

1933] Fernald,—The Type of Teucrium canadense 393

from “ Western New England to Georgia and southern Texas, west to
Arkansas.” |

At the same time he published as a new species, 7. littorale Bickn.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxviii. 169 (1901), with “leaves thickish and rugose-
veiny, narrowly oblong or sometimes broader, narrowed into the
petiole, . . . 1.5-4 em. wide," a coastal plant ranging from
* Maine to Florida" and now well known from the coast of eastern
Canada (Nova Scotia! and eastern New Brunswick?).

Subsequently I felt that, although well defined geographic or eco-
logical varieties, the two plants described by Bicknell are hardly
specifically separable and I, consequently, published the combination
T. canadense, var. littorale (Bickn.) Fernald, RHopora, x. 84 (1908).
More recently, however, in view of the fact that the narrow- and
rugose-leaved coastwise plant extends along the sandy outer coast of
eastern Canada, a region whence specimens of many plants reached
Europe in pre-Linnean times, it has seemed unlikely that Linnaeus
had before him from “Canada” the plant which scarcely reaches so
far north. The Linnean description of the plant he actually studied
and clearly intended as T. canadense certainly applies to the coastwise
plant, with its narrow leaves (“Foliis gaudet angustioribus "—Lin-
naeus) “rugose-veiny’—Bicknell (“rugosis”—Linnaeus). Bicknell,
however, made a different decision, maintaining that Linnaeus rested
the species primarily upon a reference to Tournefort, which Bicknell
interpreted as referring to the plant of the interior with broad and
thin non-rugose leaves.

In view of this difference of interpretation, it is important to have
the Linnean account before us.

canadense 15. 'TEUCRIUM foliis ovato-lanceolatis serratis, caule
erecto, racemo terminali, verticillis hexaphyllis.
Teucrium foliis lanceolatis serratis petiolatis, floribus
solitariis. Gron. virg. 64.?
Chamaedrys canadensis, urticae folio subtus incano.
Tournef. inst. 205.
Habitat in Canada. 2
Planta e Canada Foliis gaudet angustioribus, aequaliter
serratis, subtus tomentosis, planis; Spica ex verticillis aut
sparsis floribus bractea minima singulis subjecta; at
Hortensis Foliis majoribus rugosis, inaequaliter serratis,
vir subtus pubescentibus & Floribus in Racemum sub-
spicatum ex verticillis sexfloris, hexaphyllis: bracteis
serratis.
1 Fernald, RHopona, xxiii. 289 (1922).

2 Blake, RHODORA, xx. 106 (1918).
3 L. Sp. Pl. ii. 564 (1753).

394 Rhodora [DECEMBER

It is at once apparent that T. canadense rested upon a very full and
original account of a plant studied by Linnaeus and seen by him in
cultivation, a plant with “ Foliis angustioribus |i. e. with leaves nar-
rower than in the preceding species, T. sibiricum “foliis
ovatis"] . . . majoribus rugosis" and references to earlier writers
whose species Linnaeus associated with his own: Teucrium foliis
lanceolatis of Gronovius, about which Linnaeus expressed doubt; and
the Chamaedrys canadensis of Tournefort, about which we know
nothing more than the brief and quite indecisive phrase of Tournefort,
fully quoted by Linnaeus.

In such a case as this, with Linnaeus clearly describing a plant
which he personally studied, most taxonomists would not hesitate to
accept the plant Linnaeus had before him as the type. "This plant,
preserved in the Linnean Herbarium at Burlington House, was studied
in 1930 by Mr. Bayard Long and myself. It is the most typical form
of T. littorale Bicknell. When Bicknell was studying the group the
late Professor L. M. Underwood looked up at the British Museum
the Gronovian plant which was doubtfully included by Linnaeus.
That, too, was T. littorale, Bicknell reporting upon it as follows:
“The specimen doubtfully cited by Linnaeus under his T. Canadense
was, however, brought to light at the British Museum. It proved to
be ‘wholly unsatisfactory’ and was regarded both by Mr. Britten
[James Britten, then Keeper of the British Museum] and Professor
Underwood as a pathological plant. However, from the careful notes
and sketches of the leaves made by Professor Underwood I have little
doubt that the specimen is actually our common coastwise plant.’”!

Bicknell, however, felt that the two plants which Linnaeus had
himself studied were wholly secondary: the plant which he fully de-
scribed and which rests in his herbarium; and the Clayton plant of
Gronovius, which Linnaeus had previously studied. Consequently,
he interpreted the Linnean species as resting primarily on the Tourne-
fort reference, which Bicknell justly characterized as “unsatisfactory.”
If, however, we interpret the Linnean species, not by the plants he
knew and studied, but, rather, by those he did not know, our interpre-
tations must be, as Bicknell called his own interpretation in this case
“not wholly free from uncertainty." As already stated, most botanists
would interpret the Linnean 7. canadense as the plant Linnaeus twice
studied, the plant of eastern Canada which Bicknell called T. littorale.

1 Bicknell, 1. c. 167 (1901).

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 395

A most significant point in this connection is the fact that, immedi-

ately following his Teucrium canadense * Foliis gaudet angustioribus
rugosis," Linnaeus had a second species, T. virginicum “foliis

ovatis," based on another of Clayton's specimens which Linnaeus had
personally studied. This type of T. virginicum could not be found by
Underwood but Bicknell’s conclusion seems justified, that the de-
scription “allows scarcely a doubt" that it was the inland plant in-
terpreted by Bicknell as T. canadense. Linnaeus would hardly have
distinguished as two species (1) T. canadense, * Foliis . . . angus-
tioribus . . . rugosis" from Canada, where the narrow- and
rugose-leaved plant is well known and where the ovate-leaved plant
is unknown, and (2) T. virginicum “foliis ovatis," if his T. canadense
had had the leaves ovate. It is reasonably clear, then, that

TEUCRIUM CANADENSE L. Sp. PI. ii. 564 (1753), as to plant described
(supported by the type in the Linnean Herbarium) and as to the
Gronovian plant (preserved in the Clayton Herbarium at the British
Museum) is T. littorale Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxviii. 169
(1901). T. canadense, var. littorale (Bickn.) Fernald, RHODORA,
xxiii. 289 (1922).

'The more southern and inland plant is

T. CANADENSE L., var. VIRGINICUM (L.) Eaton, Man. Bot. ed. 5:
415 (1829); Wood, Class-Bk. 285 (1845); Farwell, Papers Mich. Acad.
Sci. i. 97 (1923). T. virginicum L. Sp. Pl. ii. 564 (1753). T. canadense
Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxviii. 168 (1901), not L. (1753).

RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA
M. L. FERNALD
(Concluded from page 386)
ADDITIONAL NOTES

WHILE the preceding eleven instalments have been in the course of
publication my attention has been called to necessary changes in
nomenclature. Such as have come to attention follow, although it
will doubtless be found that some earlier homonyms besides those
already detected will necessitate further change. That is the inevit-
able result of the adoption of the “homonym rule” without any safe-
guarding.

CAREX INCURVA Lightf. On pages 56, 60 and 216 I made notes on
C. incurva Lightf. (1777) and its var. setina Christ (1888), publishing

396 Rhodora [DECEMBER

a map (MAP 4) of the range and a photograph (PLATE 247, FIG. 1) of
the latter. Most unfortunately, however, strict priority in nomen-
clature forces us to abandon the perfectly familiar name C. incurva
for a characteristic and notable species of bipolar distribution and to
take up for it a name, C. maritima, which has been equally familiar
as the apellation of one of the most definite species of a wholly different
section of the genus.

Carex maritima Gunner, Fl. Norveg. ii. 131 (1772), not C. maritima
O. F. Muell., Fl. Dan. iv. fasc. xii. 6, t. deciii (1777), was briefly but
clearly diagnosed and based on an earlier diagnosis and excellent ana-
lytical plate:

CAREX (maritima) spica unica, subrotunda ; glumis ovatis, brevissime

aristatis. Hall.1354? Oed.dan. VIII.
Norv. Fjaerestar. Habitat in arena littorea norv. Oeder.

C. maritima Gunner, was, therefore, established chiefly on the species
described, without binomial, and well illustrated by Oeder in Flora
Danica, iii. fasc. viii. (pl. eccexxxii):

Carex spica unica subrotunda, glumis ovatis, — aristatis.

Hall. 1354?
Locus. In arenosis maritimis Norvegiae.

Both Oeder and, after him, Gunner, thought that the seashore plant
of Norway might be species no. 1354 of Haller, but both expressed
doubt on that point. C. maritima Gunner must, therefore, rest upon
the Norwegian plant actually illustrated. This is without question
the later-described C. incurva Lightf.

The detection of the priority of Carex maritima Gunner (1772), a
name not caught either in Index Kewensis or by Kükenthal, over C.
incurva Lightf. (1777) and over the wholly different C. maritima O. F.
Muell. (1777) was made by Kreczetowicz, who, in a study of Carex
incurva sensu Kuekenthal, correctly takes up C. maritima for C.
incurva but, less correctly, it seems to me, splits C. incurva, upon
characters which are not satisfactorily constant in the material be-
fore me, into several proposed species: C. transmarina V. Krecz. for
the plant of Greenland, C. orthocaula V. Krecz. for that of the Bering
sea area, C. jucunda V. Krecz. for that of Newfoundland, ete. C.
setina (Christ) V. Krecz. is set up for the dwarf C. incurva, var. setina
Christ; and Simmons’s ecological state of C. incurva, with culms
showing the inflation so frequent in submersed individuals of many
species, C. incurva var. inflata Simmons, appears as a new species, C.

1 V, Krecz. Bull. Jard. Bot. del'Acad. Sci. deL'Urss. xxx. 119-138 (1932).

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 397

psychroluta V. Krecz., without a single specific character stated and
only the description of Simmons directly quoted: “rhizoma longum
inter muscos in aqua libera natans, culmus erectus valde inflatus,
spica subglobosa.”

Although I find myself unable to follow Kreczetowiez in his over-
splitting of Carex maritima and his specific segregation from the north-
ern European plant of the material from Greenland, Newfoundland
and other North American areas, there are some well-defined geo-
graphie varieties which, unfortunately, have to be called

CAREX MARITIMA Gunner, var. setina (Christ), comb. nov. C. in-
curva, var. setina Christ in Scheutz, Pl. Vase. Jeniseens. 174 (1888)—
Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxii. no. 10: 174 (1888). C. setina
(Christ) V. Krecz. Bull. Jard. Bot. de l'Acad. Sci. de L'Urss, xxx. 136

1932).

C. E var. melanocystis (Desv.), comb. nov. C. melano-
cystis Desv. in Gay, Hist. Bot. Chile, vi. 203, t. 73, fig. 5 (1853). C.
incurva, var. melanocystis (Desv.) Kükenth. in Engler, Pflanzenr.
iv. 114 (1909).

C. MARITIMA, var. misera (Phil.), comb. nov. C. misera Phil.
Florul. Atacam. 388 (1860). C. melanocystis, var. misera (Phil.)
Kükenth. in Engler, Bot. Jahrb. xxvii. 499 (1899). C. incurva, var.
misera (Phil.) Kükenth. in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv.?? 114 (1909).

The coarse maritime species with spreading or pendulous pistillate
spikes with very prolonged scales, Carex maritima O. F. Muell. FI.
Dan. iv. fasc. xii. 6, t. deciii (1777), not Gunn. Fl. Norv. ii. 131 (1772),
must, apparently, be called C. PALEACEA Wahlenb. Vet.-Akad. Nya
Handl. Stockh. xxiv. 164 (1803). The plant of Scandinavia and
Russia, typical C. paleacea, is comparatively low, with culms 1—5 dm.
high (“20-50 em. altus "—Kükenthal; *3-5"—Lindmann; but, as
shown in the Gray Herbarium, sometimes only 1 dm. high); the
American plant is more variable, ranging from 0.2-1 m. high. The
leaves of European C. paleacea are accurately described by Kükenthal
as “4-8 mm. lata"; but those of the larger American specimens are
often 10-12 mm. broad. The European plant has the pistillate spikes
“2-5 em. longae" (Kiikenthal); but in ours the length is 2-7 em. In
typical European C. paleacea the perigynium has a minute beak,
barely 0.2 mm. long; the beak in the American series is distinctly
longer, 0.3-0.5 mm. long. The plant of eastern America is, therefore,
a well defined geographic variety which I am calling

CAREX PALEACEA Wahlenb., var. transatlantica, var. nov., culmis
0.2-1 m. altis; foliis 0.5-1.2 cm. latis; spicis femineis 2-7 cm. longis;

398 Rhodora [DECEMBER

perigyniis valde rostratis, rostro 0.3-0.5 mm. longo.— Coast of Labra-
dor to Massachusetts; shores of James Bay. Type: meadows and
swamps in the slaty region, south and east of Bic, Quebec, July 17,
1907, Fernald & Collins, no. 930 (in Gray Herb.).

Carex maritima, var. erectiuscula Fern. Rnopona, ii. 170 (1900)
seems to be a hybrid of C. paleacea, var. transatlantica and C. salina,
var. kattegatensis. A plant of the shores of the White Sea in Russian
Lapland seems well distinguished from typical C. paleacea by its
browner and erect spikes. This is

C. PALEACEA, var. brunnescens (F. Nylander), comb. nov. C.
maritima, var. brunnescens F. Nylander, Spic. Fl. Fenn. ii. 20 (1844).

CAREX Van Schkuhr, var. inferalpina (Wahlenb.), comb. nov.
C. alpina, var. inferalpina Wahlenb., Fl. Lapp. 241 (1812); Fernald,
RHODORA, xxxv. 223, t. 248, figs. 3, 4, 8 and 9 (1933). C. angarac
Steud. Syn. Cyp. 190 (1855). C. alpina, forma inferalpina (Wahlenb.)
Kükenthal in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv.?? 386 (1909).

C. Vami, var. Stevenii (Holm.), comb. nov. ©. alpina, var.
Stevenii Holm, Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 4, xvi. 21, 27 (1903); Fernald, l. c.,
figs. 5 and 10 (1933).

Unfortunately Carex alpina Swartz (1798), which I used in the
earlier part of this paper, is invalidated, as Mr. Mackenzie points out
to me, by the earlier C. alpina Schrank (1789) and another, C. alpina
Honck. (1792). So far as I can yet determine, the earliest available
specific name for our plant is C. Vahlit Schkuhr, Riedgr. i. S7, t. Gg.
no. 94 (1801).

HABENARIA ORBICULATA (Pursh) Goldie.

The reference to Habernaria orbiculata (Pursh) Torr. on p. 240
should read H. orbiculata (Pursh) Goldie. The species rests nomen-
claturally entirely on Orchis orbiculata Pursh. In publishing H.
macrophylla Goldie, Edinb. Phil. Journ. vi. 331 (1822), its author
made the transfer of Orchis orbiculata to Habenaria, saying of his new
H. macrophylla “It must rank next to Habenaria orbiculata (Orchis
of Pursh and Nuttall), having, like it, two plane, orbicular, approach-
ing to elliptical, leaves, . . . . and which, in this plant, are four
times as large as those of H. orbiculata.” Even though one may read
into this comparison of the leaf-size the influence of Hooker's mis-
identification of Orchis orbiculata Pursh,! yet from a purely nomen-
clatural standpoint H. orbiculata rests alone upon the Pursh species,
which is the plant we have recently been correctly calling by that
name: “In the herbarium at Kew there is a specimen of Habenaria

1See Ames, Ruopona, viii. 2 (1906).

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 399

orbiculata which appears to be the type. On the reverse of the sheet
on which it is mounted, in the upper left-hand corner, the name ‘ Fred
Pursh’ is written. Presumably, this specimen was obtained by
Hooker when the Lambert collection was sold, as Lambert possessed
Pursh’s herbarium."'!

EuPnnasiA stricta Host (see p. 306). Professor Wiegand kindly
calls my attention to the fact that E. stricta Host, Fl. Austr. ii. 185
(1831) in antedated by EF. stricta HBK. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 333 (1818).
The removal of the latter species long since from Euphrasia, made
E. stricta Host available and valid under the International Rules
until they were fundamentally (and, I believe, unwisely) altered in
1930. Under the present dispensation our plant should probably be
called E. RIGIDULA Jord. Pug. Pl. Nov. 134 (1852).

EXPLANATION OF PLATES 232-273.

PraArEs 232-238. Sufficiently explained in the legends.

PLATE 239. NANISM AT SEALEVEL IN WESTERN NEWFOUNDLAND: FIG. 1,
SOLIDAGO MACROPHYLLA Pursh, var. THYRSOIDEA (E. Meyer) Fern., from
Bard Harbor Hill, Fernald et al., no. 29,103; FIG. 2, SENECIO PAUPERCULUS
Michx., var. FrRMIFOLIUS Greenm., from Sandy (or Poverty) Cove, Fernald,
Long & Dunbar, no. 27,164; ria. 3, SAXIFRAGA OPPOSITIFOLIA L., from Flower
Cove, M. E. Priest; ria. 4, SAXIFRAGA CESPITOSA L., from Plum Point, Brig
Bay, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,743; ria. 5, DRABA INCANA L., var. CON-
FUSA (Ehrh.) Poir., from Burnt Cape, Fernald et al., no. 28,350; all X 1.

PLATE 240. NANISM AT SEALEVEL IN WESTERN NEWFOUNDLAND: FIG. 1,
PorENTILLA FRUTICOSA L., from Port au Port Bay, Fernald & Wiegand, no.
3579; FIG. 2, POTENTILLA NIVEA L., var. MACROPHYLLA Ser., from St. John
Island, Fernald et al., no. 28,527; ria. 3, LESQUERELLA Pursuit (Wats.) Fern.,
from Old Port au Choix, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1724; ria. 4, PLANTAGO
JUNCOIDES Lam., var. GLAUCA (Hornem.) Fern., from St. John Island, Fernald
et al., no. 29,058; FIG. 5, Poa ALPINA L., var. BREVIFOLIA Gaudin, from Savage
Cove, Fernald, Pease & Long, no. 27,394; all X 1.

PLATE 241. MUHLENBERGIA UNIFLORA (Muhl.) Fern., var. TERRAE-NOVAE
Fern.: ria. 1, habit, X 1, from Grandy Brook, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long
& Fogg, no. 101; rra. 2, spikelet from no. 101, X 10. FESTUCA PROLIFERA
(Piper) Fern., var. LASIOLEPIS Fern.: FIG. 3, plant, X 1, from TYPE collection,
Stanleyville, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1236; Fria. 4, spikelet
from TYPE, X 4.

PLATE 242. CATABROSA AQUATICA (L.) Beauv.: FIG. 1, panicle, X 1, from
Lund, Sweden, Nilsson; FIG. 2. summit of culm, X 6. C. AQUATICA, var.
LAURENTIANA Fern.: FIG. 3, panicle, X 1, from Southport, Prince Edward
Island, Fernald & St. John, no. 6881; FIG. 4, summit of culm, X 6, from Port
aux Basques, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,285. C. AQUA-
TICA, Var. UNIFLORA 8. F. Gray: FIG. 5, panicle, X 1, from Valais, Switzerland,
Joad; ria. 6, summit of culm, X 6, from Upsala, Sweden, Ahlberg; ria. 7,
panicle, X 1, from Henry Lake, Fremont Co., Idaho, Payson & Payson, no.
2017; FIG. 8, summit of culm, X 6, from no. 2017.

PLATE 243. AGROPYRON TRACHYCAULUM (Link) Steud.: ria. 1, inflorescence,
X 1, from Fort Garland, Colorado, 1884, Vasey, TYPE collection of A. tenerum
Vasey; FIG. 2, inflorescence, X 1, from Mt. Ste. Anne, Percé, Quebec, Collins

1Ames, orchidaceae, iv. 144 (1910).

400 Rhodora [DECEMBER

& Fernald, no. 36; Fria. 3, internode of rachilla, X 10, from Rivière à Pierre,
Quebec, Fernald & Smith, no. 25,465. A. TRACHYCAULUM, var. MAJUS (Vasey)
Fern.: ria. 4, mature (contracted) inflorescence, X 1, from Kearney, Nebraska,
Shear, no. 272, TOPOTYPE of A. pseudorepens Scribn. & Smith; ria. 5, young
inflorescence, X 1, from Little River, Newfoundland, Mackenzie & Griscom,
no. 11,178; rra. 6, internodes of rachilla, X 10, from Grand Falls, Newfound-
land, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4686. A. TRACHYCAULUM, var. NOVAE-ANGLIAE
(Seribn.) Fern.: ria. 7, young inflorescence, X 1, from the type region, Will-
oughby Mt., Vermont, E. F. Williams; ria. 8, ripe (contracted) inflorescence,
X 1, from Newbury, Massachusetts, A. A. Eaton; ria. 9, internodes of rachilla,
X 10, from Willoughby, Vermont, Zggleston, no. 2177.

PLATE 244. AGROPYRON TRACHYCAULUM (Link) Steud., var. GLAUCUM
(Pease & Moore) Malte: rra. 1, inflorescence, X 1, from Kelly Point, Pem-
broke, Maine, Fernald, no. 1367, TYPE of the variety; FIG. 2, inflorescence, X 1,
from Comox, Vancouver Island, British Columbia, Malte, no. 107,855, TYPE
of var. caerulescens Malte; ria. 3, inflorescence, X 1, from Victoria, British
Columbia, Malte, no. 108,309, TYPE of var. pilosiglume Malte; Fria. 4, internode
of rachilla and base of lemma, X 10, from TYPE. A. TRACHYCAULUM, var.
UNILATERALE (Cassidy) Malte: ria. 5, inflorescence, X 1, from Rivière au
Saumon, Anticosti I., Quebec, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,886; ria. 6, inflores-
cence, X 1, from Dry Fork of Belt Creek, Montana, Rydberg, no. 3352; FIG. 7,
cde of rachilla and base of lemma, X 10, from Victorin & Rolland, no.
27,886.

PraTE 245. Inflorescences, X 1, of, ria. 1, AGROPYRON REPENS (L.) Beauv.,
from Sandy Bay, Quebec, Fernald & Collins, no. 385; FIG. 2, A. REPENS,
forma ARISTATUM (Schum.) Holmb., from Manchester, Maine, Scribner, no.
22; FIG. 3, A. REPENS, var. SUBULATUM (Schreb.) Reichenb., from Shediac
Cape, New Brunswick, Hubbard, no. 707; Fic. 4, var. SUBULATUM, forma
VAILLANTIANUM (Wulf. & Schreb.) Fern., from Jamaica Plain, Massachusetts,
Faxon; ria. 5, A. PUNGENS (Pers.) R. & S., from Harwich, Massachusetts,
Fernald, no. 16,251.

PLATE 246. AGRosTIs SCABRA Willd., var. SEPTENTRIONALIS Fern.: FIG.
l, portion of panicle, X 1, from Main River, Bonne Bay, Newfoundland,
Fernald & Long, no. 1306; ria. 2, mature spikelets, X 6, from no. 1306. A.
HYEMALIS (Walt.) BSP. (A. antecedens Bickn.): ria. 3, young panicle, X 1,
from Telford, Pennsylvania, Benner; Fic. 4, expanded panicle, X 1, from
Jamaica, Long Island, New York, Bicknell; ria. 5, mature spikelets, X 6,
from Wady Petra, Illinois, V. H. Chase in Kneucker, Gram. Exsiec. no. 569.

PLATE 247. Fig. 1, CAREX MARITIMA Gunn., var. SETINA (Christ) Fern. (C.
incurva Lightf., var. setina Christ), X 1, from Gargamelle Cove, Newfound-
land, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1373. Fra. 2, C. LANGEANA Fern., X 1, from
Gargamelle Cove, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1374.

PLATE 248. Carex Vanni Schkuhr (C. alpina Sw.): Fic. 1, inflorescence,
X 3, from the Engadine, Graubünden, Switzerland, Zahn, no. 17; rra. 6, peri-
gynium of no. 17, X 6; FIG. 2, inflorescence, X 3, from Anse aux Sauvages,
Newfoundland, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 27,699; FIG. 7, perigynium of
same, X 6. C. VAHLII, var. INFERALPINA (Wahlenb.) Fern.: rra. 3, inflores-
cence, X 3, from Austria, Arnell; ria. 8, perigynium, of same, X 6; FIG. 4, in-
florescence, X 3, from North Fork of Madeleine River, Quebec, Fernald, Dodge
& Smith, no. 25,549; rra. 9, perigynium of same, X 6. C. VAHLII, var. STE-
vENII (Holm) Fern.: ria. 5, inflorescence, X 3, from Estes Park, Colorado,
Hunnewell; ria. 10, perigynium of same, X 6. C. VESICARIA L., var. LAUR-
ENTIANA Fern.: FIG. 11, inflorescence, X 1, from Chevalier, Saguenay Co.,
Quebec, St. John, no. 90,279; rra. 12, inflorescence, X 1, from the TYPE,
Doctor Hill, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1474.

PraATE 249. Juncus TRIGLUMIS L.: FIG. 1, habit, X 1, from Vajoletthal,
Tyrol, A. S. Pease, no. 13,386; ric. 2, fruiting glomerule, X 6, from near
Katon-Karagai, Prov. Semiplatinsk, western Siberia, July 29, 1928, Krylov &
Sergievskaja; FIG. 3, seeds, X 12, from Val de Fain, Haut Engadin, Switzer-

1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 401

land, August 10, 1868, Shuttleworth. J. ALBESCENS (Lange) Fern.: ria. 4,
habit, X 1, from St. John Island, St. John Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald,
Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,787; Fria. 5, fruiting glomerule, X 6,
from Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Dunbar,
no. 26,492; rra. 6, seeds, X 12, from Rock Marsh, Flower Cove, Newfound-
land, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,494.

PLATE 250. CyYPRIPEDIUM PARVIFLORUM Salisb., var. PLANIPETALUM Fern.:
FIG. 1, large plant, X 1, from Old Port au Choix, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long
& Fogg, no. 1533; FIG. 2, small plant, X 1, from TYPE collection, Savage Cove,
Newfoundland, Fernald & Long, no. 27,851.

PLATE 251. HABENARIA STRAMINEA Fern.: FIG. 1, habit, X 1, from Pointe
Riche, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1543; ria. 2, flowers, X 6,
from Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long,
Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,889. H. ArBIDA (L.) R. Br.; ria. 3, flowers,
x 6, from Glen Lochay, Killin, Tayside, Perthshire, Scotland, June 25, 1927,
Frank Morris.

PLATE 252. HABENARIA Hooker! Torr., var. ABBREVIATA Fern.: habit, X 1,
from TYPE collection, Eastern Point, St. John Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 1553; flower, X 2, from TYPE (upper insert). H. HOOKERI:
flower, X 2, from Wallingford, Vermont, Kennedy.

PLATE 253. MALAXIS BRACHYPODA (Gray) Fern.: ria. 1, habit, X 1, from
Rock Marsh, Flower Cove, Newfoundland, Fernald, Pease & Long, no. 27,927;
FIG. 2, flowers, showing drooping lip, X 4, from the type region, Cedar Lake,
Herkimer Co., New York, J. V. Haberer, no. 893; FIG. 3, fruit, showing reflexed
perianth, X 4, from Mars Hill, Maine, September 8, 1896, Fernald; Fic. 4,
buds, just before expansion, X 4, from Rivière aux Marsouins, Quebec,
Fernald & Weatherby, no. 2429. M. MonopHyLuos (L.) Sw.: ria. 5, flowers,
showing erect lip, X 4, from Kloster-Schwaderloch, Switzerland, Zoja in
Braun-Blanquet, Fl. Raet. Exsice., no. 123; ria. 6, fruit, with shriveled perianth
projected forward, X 4, from St. Petersburg, Russia, Herb. Fl. Ingricae, no.
627; buds, just before expansion, X 4, from Graswangthal, Bavaria, F. Schultz,
Herb. Norm., no. 950.

PLATE 254. SaArrx WIEGANDII Fern., X 1: FIG. 1, mature branchlet, from
Pointe Riche, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1605; rias. 2 and 3,
flowering (pistillate) branchlets from the TYPE collection, Gargamelle Cove,
Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1602.

PLATE 255. ARENARIA MARCESCENS Fern.: FIG. 1, fragments, in flower, X 1,
from Mt. Albert, Quebec, Fernald, Griscom, Mackenzie & Smith, no. 25,725;
FIG. 2, fragment, in fruit, X 1, from the rvrE, Blomidon, Newfoundland,
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3365; ria. 3, seeds, X 10, from the TYPE, no. 3365.

PLATE 256. ARENARIA NORVEGICA Gunn.: FIG. 1, entire plant, X 1, from
Lake Torneträsk, Torne Lappmark, Alm, Intern. Phytogeogr. Exc., no. 3897:
FIG. 2, seeds, X 10, from Hjerkinn, Norway, A. S. Pease, no. 20,773. A.
CYLINDROCARPA Fern.: FIG. 3, fragments in young fruit, X 1, from The Table-
land, Bonne Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1675; FIG. 4,
flower, to show expanded calyx, X 6, from Mt. Albert, Quebec, Fernald,
Griscom, Mackenzie & Smith, no. 25,730; ria. 5, mature capsule and calyx,
X 6, from St. John Island, Newfoundland, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert
& Hotchkiss, no. 28,180; rra. 6, seeds, X 10, from no. 28,180.

PLATE 257. CERASTIUM TERRAE-NOVAE Fern. & Wieg.: FIG. 1, small plants,
X 1, from The Tableland, Bonne Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 1685; ria. 2, seeds, showing one with ruptured testa, X 10, from the
TYPE, Blomidon, Newfoundland, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3390.

PLATE 258. LESQUERELLA ARCTICA (Wormsk.) Wats.: FIG. 1, small plant,
X 1, from Sewell Harbor, lat. 78° 30’, western Greenland, Ralph Robinson, no.
38; FIG. 2, fruit, X 1, from Nügssuaq Halvø, Pátüt, lat. 70° 15’, western
Greenland, July 3, 1929, M. P. & R. T. Porsild; rie. 3, flower (shriveled),
showing lance-acuminate sepals, X 4, from Ritenbenks Kulbrud, lat. 70° 3’,
Disco, Greenland, June 4, 1924, A. E. Porsild. L. Pursum (Wats.) Fern.:

402 Rhodora [DECEMBER

FIG. 4, small plant, X 1, from Big Brook, Straits of Belle Isle, Newfoundland,
Long & Gilbert, no. 28,335; ria. 5, fruit, X 1, from Green Gardens, Cape St.
George, Newfoundland, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 11,016; rra. 6, flower,
showing oblong, obtuse sepals, X 4, from Gargamelle Cove, Newfoundland,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1725.

Puare 259. ErrLoBiUM PvLAIEANUM Fern.: rias. 1, 2 and 3, fruiting and
flowering plants, X 1, from Burgeo, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg,
no. 332; FIG. 4, flower, showing oblong, obtuse calyx-lobes, X 6, from no. 332;
FIG. 5, seed, showing slender beak, X 10, from the Typr, Port aux Basques,
Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,865.

PLATE 260. VACCINIUM NUBIGENUM Fern.: flowering branch, X 1, from
Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1936;
FIG. 2, margin of leaf, X 4, from no. 1936; rra. 3, flower, X 4, from no. 1936;
FIG. 4, anthers, X 8, from no. 1936. V. cEsPrTOsUM Michx.: anthers, X 8,
from Flower Cove, Newfoundland, Pease, Long & Gilbert, no. 28,808. V.
OVALIFOLIUM Sm.: anthers, X 8, from Mt. Hood, Oregon, Henderson, no. 744.

PLATE 261. Aster TRapESCANTI L., X 24: type of species in Clifford
Herbarium, British Museum, with designation of Asa Gray, “vera” (photo-
graphed by M. L. Fernald, September, 1903).

PLATE 262. Aster TrapEscanti L., X l4: upper three-fourths of sheet
from Sandy Cove, Digby Co., Nova Scotia, Fernald & Long, no. 22,762,
identified (correctly) by Wiegand as A. saxatilis (Fern.) Blanchard.

PLATE 263. ANTENNARIA COLUMNARIS Fern., X 1, from the TYPE collection,
Gargamelle Cove, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2076; insert,
X 2, to show tips of erowded cauline leaves.

PLATE 264. ANTENNARIA Foca Fern., X 1, from TYPE collection, Old
Port au Choix, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2100; insert, X 2,
to display leaf-tips and coherent bracts.

PLATE 265. ANTENNARIA Bavanpr Fern, X 1, from Type collection,
Tucker's Head, Bonne Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2097;
insert, X 2, to show leaf-tips and loose bracts.

PLATE 266. ANTENNARIA BRUNNESCENS Fern., X 1, from TYPE collection,
alt. 650 m., Killdevil, Bonne Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.
2105; insert, X 2, to show leaf-tips and broad bracts.

PLATE 267. ANTENNARIA CANA (Fern. & Wieg.) Fern., X 1, plant at left
from type station of species, Pointe Riche, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 2087; plant at right from Tyre collection of A. Longii Fern., Schooner
(or Brandy) Island, Pistolet Bay, Newfoundland, Pease & Long, no. 29,177;
inserts, X 2, from collections shown below, to display leaf-tips and loose
involucres.

PLATE 268. ANTENNARIA CONFUSA Fern. (left), X 1, from ‘TYPE collection,
Old Port au Choix, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2078; insert
X 2. A. Gaspensis Fern. (right), X 1, from Penguin Head, Bay of Islands,
Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2107; insert, X 2.

PLATE 269. ARNICA CHIONOPAPPA Fern.: FIG. 1, small plant, to show
characteristic 3-nerved basal leaves, X 1, from Eastern Point, St. John Bay,
Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2136; ria. 2, achene and disk-
corolla, X 6, from Shag Cliff, Bonne Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long &
Fogg, no. 2137. A. TOMENTOSA J. M. Macoun: Frias. 3 and 4, small plants,
X 1, from Old Port au Choix, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2127;
FIG. 5, achene and disk-corolla, X 6, from no. 2127.

PrnATE 270. Arnica LovuisEANA Farr: ria. 1, small plant, X 1, from
Eastern Point, St. John Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2140;
FIG. 2, achene and disk-corolla, X 6, from Pointe Riche, Newfoundland,
Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2143. A. TERRAE-NOVAE Fern.: FIG. 3, small plants,
X 1, from Eastern Point, St. John Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long E Fogg,
no. 2124; FIG. 4, achene and disk-corolla, X 6, from Gargamelle Cove, New-
foundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2126.

1933] Fernald and Harris,—Branching Polygonatum pubescens 403

PLATE 271. TARAXACUM CERATOPHORUM (Led.) DC.: FIGs. 1 and 2, small
plant and individual head, to show characteristic involuere, X 1, from Gar-
gamelle Cove, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 7172; Fria. 3, achene
with beak and pappus, X 1, from no. 7172; FIG. 4, achene, X 10, from no.
7172. T. AMBIGENS Fern.: FIG. 5, small leaf, X 1, from the TYPE, Port au
Choix, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2167; Fic. 6, head, with characteristic re-
flexing outer bracts, X 1, from the TYPE; FIG. 7, achene with beak and pappus,
X 1, from the TYPE; FIG. 8, achene, X 10, from the TYPE. T. AMBIGENS, var.
FULTIUS Fern.: FIG. 9, head, showing appressed outer involucre, X 1, from the
TYPE, Gargamelle Cove, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2163.
T. nAPPONICUM Kihlm.: ric. 10, characteristic achene, X 10, from Sandy
Mosq Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Dunbar,
no. 27,174.

PLATE 272. ‘TARAXACUM PHYMATOCARPUM Vahl.: ria. 1, plant, X 1, from
Sewall Harbor, lat. 78° 30’, western Greenland, Ralph Robinson, no. 40; FIG.
2, achene (dark) with characteristic short beak, X 1, from Netiuleme, Whale
Sound, Greenland, Wetherell, no. 175, in part; ria. 3, achene, X 10, from no.
175. T. LYRATUM (Led.) DC.: FIG. 4, achene, X 10, from high alpine region,
Colorado, Hall & Harbour. T. LAURENTIANUM Fern.: FIG. 5, leaf, X 1, from
the TYPE, base of Ha-Ha Mountain, Ha-Ha Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald,
Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,245; Frias. 6 and 7, heads, showing
characteristic involucre, X 1, from the TYPE; rra. 8, achene, with the long beak
and long pappus, X 1, from the TYPE; FIG. 9, achene, X 10, from the TYPE.
T. DUMETORUM Greene: FIG. 10, achene, X 10, from Medicine Hat, Alberta,
June 8, 1894, John Macoun.

PrATE 273. Taraxacum Lona Fern.: ric. 1, leaf, X 1, from Grand
River, Gaspé Co., Quebec, June 30—July 3, 1904, Fernald; ria. 2, head, showing
characteristic involucre, X 1, from the TYPE, base of Ha-Ha Mountain,
Ha-Ha Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no.
29,244; ria. 3, achene, with beak and pappus, X 1, from TYPE; FIG. 4, achene,
X 10, from TYPE. T. LATILOBUM DC.: ric. 5, achene, X 10, from Old Port
au Choix, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2159. T. TORNGATENSE
Fern.: Fic. 6, leaf, X 1, from the TYPE, Head of Nachvak Bay, Labrador,
Woodworth, no. 443; FIG. 7, head from TYPE; Fic. 8, achene, with compara-
tively short beak, and pappus, X 1, from TYPE; FIG. 9, achene, X 10, from
TYPE.

BRANCHING POLYGONATUM PUBESCENS
M. L. Fernaup anp S. K. Harris

ON May 21, 1933, while returning from a field-trip in Vermont with
a class of Radcliffe students, we stopped in the wooded area of Ashby
in northern Middlesex County, Massachusetts to examine some
shrubs which had caused discussion. Stepping from the automobile
to the edge of the recently surfaced road we were surprised to find our-
selves in a colony of liliaceous plants which, at first, were unrecognized.
Examination showed that these were an aberrant form of the common
Solomon’s Seal of northeastern America, Polygonatum pubescens
(Willd.) Pursh, with elongate, spreading or ascending leafy branches
replacing the ordinary naked drooping peduncles. So far as we can

404 Rhodora [DECEMBER

find, no such form has been described in America, though in Europe
similar forms of P. multiflorum (L). All. have been found at several
stations since the first of them was noted in Switzerland prior to 1826.

The first discovered of these European plants was treated as a
species, Convallaria bracteata Thomas (without diagnosis) in Steudel
& Hochstetter, Enum. Pl. Germ. Helv. Prodr. 50 (1826), and (with
full description) in Gaudin, Fl. Helv. ii. 531 (1828), but on the pre-
ceding page of the latter work it was treated doubtfully as a variety,
C. multiflora, ? y. bracteata Gaud. |. c. 530 (1828), based in part (as to
name) upon C. bracteata of the next page. This plant, as represented
in the Gray Herbarium by a sheet of Thomas’ original material from
Bex, another collected by Alexander Braun in Baden and by the
illustration in Reichenbach's Icones (x. t. cecexxxii. fig. 963), has the
inflorescences no longer than in ordinary P. multiflorum but it differs
in having leafy bracts on the pedicels. It was transferred to Poly-
gonatum as P. multiflorum, y. bracteatum (Thomas) Kunth, Enum. v.
139 (1850).

Another form of Polygonatum multiflorum is more comparable with
our plant, having the branches elongate and with larger leaves. This
was described from Baden as Convallaria multiflora, *. ramosa Doell,
Fl. Baden, i. 384 (1857) and later transferred to Polygonatum as P.
multiflorum, var. ramosum (Doell) Geisenheymer, Deutsche Bot.
Monatsschr. xi. 35 (1893).

All these variations appear to be forms rather than true geographic
varieties and as such should be called

POLYGONATUM MULTIFLORUM (L.) All., forma bracteatum (Thomas),
comb. nov. Convallaria bracteata Thomas in Steud. & Hochst. Enum.
Pl. Germ. Helv. Prodr. 50 (1826), name only, and in Gaud. Fl. Helv.
ii. 531 (1828). ©. multiflora, ? y. bracteata (Thomas) Gaudin, l. c.
530 (1828) at least as to syn. C. bracteata. P. multiflorum, y. bracteatum
(Thomas) Kunth, Enum. v. 139 (1850).

P. MULTIFLORUM, forma ramosum (Doell), comb. nov. Convallaria
multiflora, y. ramosa Doell, Fl. Baden, i. 384 (1857). P. multiflorum,
var. ramosum (Doell) Geisenh. Deutsche Bot. Monatsschr. xi. 35
(1893).

P. pusescens (Willd.) Pursh, forma fultius, forma nov. (ria. 1),
pedunculis axillaribus in ramos elongatos adscendentes foliosos
mutatis; ramis imis foliis subtendentibus aequantibus vel superanti-
bus, floribus 1-3 subsessilibus in axillis foliorum ramorum.—Massa-
CHUSETTS: roadside at border of dry woods, Ashby, May 21, 1933,

Fernald & Harris, no. 2590 (rvre& in Gray Herb., isotype in herb.
New England Bot. Club).

1933] Fernald and Harris,—Brancing Polygonatum pubescens — 405

Polygonatum pubescens, forma fultius occurred in some quantity
(about 20 plants) at the margin of a recently remade road; farther
back, in undisturbed woods, the abundant P. pubescens was quite
typical, in having naked, pendulous, simple or forking peduncles.
The inference is at least reasonable that the mishap of road-improve-
ment, occurring at the border of a colony of P. pubescens, induced the
mutation or sporting of the plants most disturbed. Five living

Fig. l. PoLYGONATUM PUBESCENS, forma FULTIUS, X 4.

plants transferred to the shrubbery of the senior author have grown
all summer but, although they flowered freely and held their marces-
cent perianths for some weeks, they utterly failed to set fruit. For a
photograph (rra. 1) of one of these plants, X 14, we are indebted to

1 Such results of injury are often noted. The following, of recent date, is to the
point: 'OsMUNDA CINNAMOMEA f. FRONDOSA (T. & G.) Britton. . . . Several
plants in a small colony with the wet soi) around the plants more or less covered with
hardened road tar from highway construction close by. Normal spore-bearing fronds
were entirely absent, every frond being fertile at the tip only, . . . . Since
abnormal forms are often associated with certain types of injury or unnatural condi-
tions the presence of the road tar is possibly to be associated with the development of
these spore-bearing leafy fronds."—H. D. House, Am. Fern Journ. xxiii. 4, 5 (1933).

406 Rhodora [DEcEMBER

Mr. Henry G. Fernald. Other plants given to Dr. Edgar Anderson
to grow were not allowed to attempt fruiting.

It is not improbable that Polygonatum pubescens, forma fultius is
a sterile or vegetative mutant. At least, the infertility of its European
counterparts has been noted, Geisenheymer specially stating of them:
“alle Blüten sind unfruchtbar. In der sehr langen und dünnen
Perigonróhre ist keine Spur eines Fruchtknotens zu finden."

Gray HERBARIUM.

Vol. 35, no. 419, including pages 351 to 386 and plates 269 to 273, was issued
3 November, 1933.

ERRATA

Page 1, line 9; for 271 read 273.
" — 52, line 5; for de Pylaie read de la Pylaie.
" A 66, line 14; for Staph read Stapf.
" A 99, line 25; for problen read problem.
“ 166, line 19; for L' Aigle read I’ Aigle.
" 186, last line; for March read April.
" 201, line 11; for ALKA-KENGI read ALKEKENGI.
" 208, line 8; for 1, 2 and a read 3, 4 and 5.
“ 208, line 14; for 1 and 2 read 3 and 4.
" 408, line 19; for a read 5.
" 209, line 30; for 3 and b read 1 and 2.
" 215, line 26; for (Torr.) Hitche. read of Nfd. records.
No. 414, table of contents; for 223 read 224.
Page 224, lines 2 and 4 from bottom; for NEOMAMMALLARIA read
NEOMAMMILLARIA.
“ 2830, line 31; omit C. before Hostiana.
231, line 13; omit period after Junge.
* A 258, line 12; for 1851 read 1857.
" 307, line 7, for other's read others’.
314, line 3; omit first parenthesis.
Plate 271, opp. page 368, in explanation of plate, line 6; for FULTIOR
read. FULTIUS.
Page 376, line 30; for FULTIOR read FULTIUS.

1933]

407

INDEX TO VOLUME 35.

New scientific names are printed in full-face type.

Abies, 358; balsamea, 122, 322, 358;
Fraseri, 320, 322

Acalypha digyneia, 39

Acer rubrum, 250; saccharinum,
158, 250; saccharum, 391; Tre-
leaseanum, 391

Acerates viridiflora, var. lanceolata,
363, var. linearis, 289

Acrothrix novae-angliae, 149, 150

Actaea alba, 249; rubra, 249

Adder’s Mouth, White, 242

Adder’s Tongue, 352; Family, 352

Adiantum, 130; Capillus-Veneris,
129; pedatum, 129, 130, 249, var.
aleuticum, 10, 83, 129

Agalinis tenuifolia, var. macro-
phylla, 360

Agardhiella tenera, 149

Ageratum, 46

Agoseris gaspensis, 338

Agrimonia gryposepala, 202; mollis,
39, 200, 202; rostellata, 200

Agropyron, 55, 94, 161-185; alas-
kanum, 169; biflorum latiglume,
169; caninoides, 181; caninum,
161, 162, 164, 165, 180, f. glau-
cum, 177, 179, var. Hornemanni,
163, 164, 171, 174, var. Horne-
manni, f. pilosifolium, 175, 177,
var. latiglume, 169, caninum pu-
bescens, 180, f. pubescens, 180,
var. Richardsoni, 181, var. ten-
erum, 170, var. tenerum, f. cili-
atum, 177, var. tenerum, f. Fer-
naldii, 166, 173, 174, var. unilat-
erale, 181, var. unilaterale, f.
ciliatum, 182, f. violascens, 181;
dasystachyum, 167, 168; § Gou-
larda, 161, 167, 168, in Eastern
North America, 161; $ Holopyron,
167; junceum X littoreum, 167;
latiglume, 161, 164, 168, 169, 174;
litorale, 167; litorale X repens,
167; littoreum, 167; mutabile,
169; novae-angliae, 162-165, 174;
pauciflorum, 169; pseudorepens,
162-164, 171, 173, 174, 400:
pseudorepens magnum, 170, 171;
pungens, 167, 168, 400, pl. 245;
repens, 167, 168, 181, 183-185,
400, pl. 245, The American Varia-
tions of, 182, f. aristatum, 183,
185, 400, pl. 245, var. glaucum,

177, var. maritimum, 165, var.
novae-angliae, 174, f. pilosum,
183, 184, var. pilosum, 184, f.
pubescens, 165, 184, subvar. pu-
bescens, 184, var. subulatum,
183-185, 400, pl. 245, var. subu-
latum, f. heberhachis, 184, 185,
var. subulatum, f. setiferum,
184, 185, var. subulatum, f.
Vaillantianum, 183-185, 400,
pl. 245, var. tenerum, 170, f.
trichorhachis, 183-185, var. Vail-
lantianum, 184; Richardsoni, 162,
165, 181, 182, Richardsoni cilia-
tum, 182; Smithii, 167, 168;
spicatum, 168; tenerum, 162-165,
170, 171, 399, tenerum ciliatum,
177, tenerum longifolium, 170,
171, tenerum magnum, 170, 171,
tenerum majus, 171, 174, var.
novae-angliae, 174, var. pseudo-
repens, 171, tenerum trichoco-
leum, 177; tetrastachys, 167;
trachycaulum, 162-165, 168, 169,
181, 399, pl. 243, var. caerulescens
166, 177, 180, 400, var. ciliatum,
165, 182, var. Fernaldii, 165, 166,
173, 174, var. glaucescens, 166,
174, var. glaucum, 164—166, 169,
177-180, 400, map 18, pl. 244,
var. majus, 169, 171, 172, 174,
181, 400, map 16, pl. 243, var.
novae-angliae, 169, 174, 175,
400, map. 17, pl. 243, var. pilosi-
glume, 400, var. Richardsoni, 181,
var. tenerum, 170, var. trichoco-
leum, 165, 177, var. typicum,
169, 170, map 15, var. unilaterale,
169, 172, 181, 400, map 19, pl.
244; unilaterale, 162, 165, 181,
182; violaceum, 164, f. caninoides,
181, violaceum latiglume, 169,
var. majus, 166, 171, 174, viola-
ceum, 8 virescens, 171, 174; vio-
lascens, 181; yukonis, 169

Agrostideae, 214

Agrostis, 81; alba, 317; antecedens,
208, 209, 318, 400; borealis, 5, 55,
83, 203-206, 211, 318, The Varia-
tions of, 203, var. americana,
204, 205, 206, var. macrantha,
205, var. paludosa, 204, 205,
207, var. typica, 204, 206, var.

408 Rhodora

typica, f. macrantha, 205; ca-
nina, 206, 211, 317, 318, var.
alpina, 204, 206, var. ? tenella,
204, 206; concinna, 204; elata,
211, 318; Elliottiana, 284; gemi-
nata, 211, 318, f. exaristata, 211,
212; hyemalis, 12, 207—209, 211,
318, 400, pl. 246, var. elata, 211,
var. geminata, 211; laxiflora, 209,
laxiflora, 8 montana, 209; mela-
leuca, 207; Mertensii, 204; novae-
angliae, 205-207; paludosa, 55,
207; perennans, 211, 249, 317,
318, var. aestivalis, 318, var.
aestivalis, f. atherophora, 317,
f. chaetophora, 317; Picker-
ingii, 205, 207, Pickeringii, 8 ru-
picola, 204, 205; Rossae, 203;
rubra, 206, var. americana, 205,
206; rupestris, 205, 206; scabra,
5, 12, 207-209, 211, 317, var. sep-
tentrionalis, 209, 211, 400, pl.
246, var. septentrionalis, f. seti-
gera, 210, 211, 318, f. Tuck-
ermani, 207, 209; Schweinitzii,
318; stolonifera, 317, f. aristi-
gera, 317, var. compacta, 252;
tenuis, 317; verticillata, 317

Alchemilla minor, 274; vulgaris, 274,
var. filicaulis, 58, 274, var. vestita,
58, 274

Algae from Penikese Island, The
David Starr Jordan, 147; New
Records of Marine, 151

Algal Vegetation, Changes in the
Woods Hole, 150

Alisma Plantago-aquatica, subsp.
brevipes, 251

Allium mutabile, 362; vineale, 362

Alnus crispa, 122, var. mollis, 122;
incana, 251

Alopecurus aequalis, var. natans,
120, 125; geniculatus. 361, var.
ramosus, 361; ramosus, 361

Alsinopsis obtusiloba, 11

Alyssum alyssoides, 248

Amaranthus blitoides, 362; graeci-
zans, 362

Amblystegiella, 146

Ambrosia psilostachya, 361

Amelanchier Fernaldii, 56, 272;
laevis, 272

America, Calamagrostis epigejos,
var. georgica in, 64

American Larch, 358; Species of
Elymus, Types of some, 187;
Variations of Agropyron repens,
The, 182; Yew, 357

[DECEMBER

Amphicarpa, 276; bracteata, 276;
monoica, 276; Pitcheri, 276

Ancistrocactus Scheerii, 225

Anderson, Edgar. Color Variation
in a Missouri Colony of Hepatica
acutiloba, 66; The Distribution
of Iris versicolor in Relation to
the Post-glacial Great Lakes, 154

Anderson, W. A. A New Species
of Glyceria from the Great Smoky
Mountains, 320

Andromeda, 112

Andropogon virginicus, 361

Androsace, 96; septentrionalis, 81,
82, 96, 280, 298, map 5

Androscoggin Co., Maine, Roripa
amphibia in, 262

Anemone canadensis, 251; multi-
fida, 47, 266, var. hudsoniana,
266; parviflora, 47

Angelica laurentiana, 58, 60, 279;
villosa, 288

Annotations on Herbarium Sheets,
41

Another Massachusetts Station for
Calluna vulgaris, 294

Antennaria, 51-55, 83, 89, 327—340,
373, in Newfoundland, The Ge-
nus, 327; albicans, 329, 331, 340;
alpina, 334, var. cana, 337, 338;
angustata, 332; Bayardi, 328, 333,
334, 402, pl. 265; borealis, 336;
brunnescens, 328, 336, 402, pl.
266; cana, 88, 329, 333, 337-339,
400, pl. 267; canadensis, var.
spathulata, 340; chilensis, 335;
columnaris, 328, 331, 332, 402,
pl. 263; confusa, 329, 332, 338-
340, 402, pl. 268; eucosma, 275,
328, 330, 331; Foggii, 328, 332,
333, 336, 402, pl. 264; fusca, 336;
gaspensis, 329, 341, 542, 402,
pl. 258; grandis, 345; intermedia,
334; isolepis, 334; Longii, 337-
339, 402, pl. 267; magellanica,
334, 335; neodioica, 330, 341—543,
345, var. attenuata, 89, 342, 345,
var. chlorophylla, 345, 346, var.
gaspensis, 341, 342, 346, var.
grandis, 330, 345, var. interjec-
ta, 345, var. rupicola, 342, var.
subeorymbosa, 346, var. typica,
345, 346; petaloidea, 346, var.
subeorymbosa, 330, 344, 346,
map 27; pulcherrima, 331; pyg-
maea, 333; rupicola, 330, 342,
343, 345, map 26; spathulata, 54,
329, 340, 346; straminea, 329,
335, 340; subviscosa, 334; um-

1933]

brinella, 334; vexillifera, 275, 329,
338, 340; Wiegandii, 54, 329, 340

Antithamnion americanum, 148;
eruciatum, 148

Anychia canadensis, 30

Apera spica-venti, 261

Apios tuberosa, 251

Aplectrum hyemale, 360, 362

Apocynum cannabinum, 251

Arabis alpina, 60, 121, 270, f.
phyllopetala, 270; Drummondi,
89, 270; hirsuta, 363; lyrata, 286

Arbor Vitae, 359

Arceuthobium pusillum, 90, 265

Arctostaphylos, 348-350; alpina,
5, 121; rubra, 275; Uva-ursi, var.
coactilis, 348, 350, Heterochrom-
ism in, 348, var. coactilis, f.
heterochroma, 350

Arenaria arctica, 10; ciliata, 11,
var. humifusa, 11, var. norvegica,
11; cylindrocarpa, 10. 11, 83, 120,
265, 401, pl. 256; dawsonensis,
48; laricifolia, 10; marcescens, 10,
11, 83, 265, 401, pl. 255; norvegi-
ca, 11, 265, 401, pl. 256; obtusi-
loba, 11; peploides, var. maxima,
11; serpyllifolia, 248, 390; verna,
var. pubescens, 120

Arethusa bulbosa, 5, 241

Argentina Anserina concolor, 273;
Anserina sericea, 273; argentea,
273

Aristida adscensionis, 284; dichoto-
ma, 284; fasciculata, 284; genicu-
lata, 318, 319; gracilis, 318, 319,
386, var. depauperata, 319; in-
termedia, 200; longespica, 318,
319, 386, in Connecticut, 386,
var. geniculata, 318, 386; pur-
purascens, 200, 284; stricta, 319

Arnica, 58, 55, 373; alpina, 365;
$ Alpinae, 368; angustifolia, 366;
arnoglossa, 367; $ Arnoglossae,
368; attenuata, 365, 366; chiono-
pappa, 57, 81, 365-367, 402,
map 29, pl. 269; Fernaldii, 51,
53, 367; Griscomi, 53, 368;
Louiseana, 365, 368, 369, 402,
map 30, pl. 270; $ Obtusifoliae,
368; plantaginea, 275, 365; pul-
chella, 364, 365; terrae-novae, 53,
275, 331, 365, 366, 402, map 28,
pl. 270; tomentosa, 53, 364, 365,
402, pl. 269

Artemisia borealis, 7, 121, 145, 346,
var. latisecta, 7, 346, var. Purshii,
346; canadensis, 50; frigida, 255

Asarum canadense, 249

409
Asclepias incarnata, 251; syriaca,
LI €

Ascophyllum, 293

Asparagopsis hamifera, 149, 150

Asperococcus, 257

Aspidium cristatum, 59; simulatum,
200; Thelypteris, 200

Asplenium, 351; Adiantum-nigrum,
47; angustifolium, 360; Filix-
femina, 361; montanum, 351; mu-
rorum, 47; nigrum, 47; platy-
neuron, 249; Ruta-muraria, 47;
Trichomanes, 47; Trichomanes-
ramosum, 47, 235; viride, 47, 120,
235, 390

Aster, 323, 359; A Study of the
Rocky Mountain Species of the
Multiflori Section of, 323; acum-
inatus, 4, 311; adscendens, 37;
adsurgens, 324—326; agrostifolius,
38; ambiguus, 35; bellidiflorus,
28, 28, 29, 33; carneus, 21, 22,
carneus, y ambiguus, 35, 36,
carneus 8 subasper, 24; cheloni-
cus, 38; clivorum, 38; coerules-
cens, 20, 26-28, 37, var. Wooton-
ii, 20, 28; commutatus, 323-326;
concolor, 144; cordifolius, 17,
38; Cordineri, 326, 327; crassulus,
325, 326; diffusus, 24; dumosus,
17, 37; durus, 26; eminens, 23;
ericoides, 17, 27, 31, 37, 323-325;
exiguus, 325; faleatus, 325-327;
fluvialis, 26; fluviatilis, 26; fragilis,
37; frondosus, 182; Greenei, 37;
hebecladus, 325; hesperius, 21, 22,
26, 27, var. Wootonii, 28; hirsuti-
caulis, 24; incanopilosus, 326;
interior, 21, 31, 33, 35; Jacobae-
us, 32; junceus, 23; laetevirens,
21, 28, 36, 38; laevis, 17, 203;
lateriflorus, 16-19, 30-32, 36, 37,
312, var. pendulus, 26, 37, 38;
lautus, 26, var. prinoides, 26;
longifolius, 23, 24; miser, 24;
missouriensis, 17, var. thyrsoi-
deus, 31, 32, 34; multiflorus, 323,
325, 326, var. commutatus, 326,
var. exiguus, 325, var. stricti-
caulis, 325; nemoralis, 5, var.
Blakei, 144, 312, var. major, 144,
312; novi-belgii, 17; obliquus, 21;
ontarionis, 16, 38; Osterhoutii,
36; paniculatus, 16—20, 28, 30—35,
312, 314, and some of its Relatives,
16, var. acutidens, 33, var. belli-
diflorus, 28, 29, 33, var. cineras-
cens, 33, var. lanatus, 35, var.
polychrous, 26, var. simplex, 20,

410 Rhodora

23, 30, 32, 33, 38; patens, 202;
pendulus, 24; philadelphicus, 37;
polycephalus, 325; praealtus, 16-
18, 21, 23, 25-27, 29, 30, 32,
var. angustior, 19, 24, 37, var.
imbricatior, 20, 26, var. ne-
braskensis, 20, 25, 26, var. sub-
asper, 20, 24, 25, var. texicola,
20, 25, 27; ptarmicoides, 291;
puniceus, 17, 18, 23, 32, 33, 37,
38; puniceus X paniculatus, 32;
radula, 311; ramulosus, 326;
ramulosus 8, 326; rigidulus, 21;
salicifolius, 21-23, 27, 31, 33, var.
caerulescens, 26, 27, var. steno-
phyllus, 24, var. subasper, 24,
291; salignus, 23, 32, 33; saxa-
tilis, 16, 20, 30, 34, 312-314, 402,
pl. 262; scoparius, 325; serotinus
procerior, 31; simplex, 31-33;
stenophyllus, 24; stricticaulis, 325:
subasper, 24, 25; tardiflorus, 17,
38; tenuifolius, 28, 31, 37, tenui-
folius y bellidiflorus, 28, tenui-
folius 8 ramosissimus, 28; Trades-
canti, 20-31, 35, 36, 312-314, 402,
pl. 261, 262, The Identity of,
312, var. saxatilis, 34; undulatus,
17, 33; vimineus, 16, 17, 30, 31,
34, 37, 38, 312, var. saxatilis, 34;
Wootonii, 28

Astragalus alpinus, 121; eucosmus,
50, 274; stragulus, 275

Astrophytum, 225; asterias, 224,
225, in Texas, The Habitat of,
224

Athyrium alpestre, 58, 129, var.
americanum, 129; angustum, 360,
361, var. laurentianum, 250, var.
rubellum, 129; Filix-femina, var.
sitchense, 128, 129, map 13

Atragene columbiana, f. albescens,
347; pseudoalpina, 347

Aureolaria flava, var. macrantha, 289

Avena fatua, 203

Axyris amarantoides, 262

Azolla, 354; caroliniana, 354

Bacopa acuminata, 289

Balm-of-Gilead Fir, 358

Balsam Fir, 358

Bartonia, 6, 13, 85; paniculata, 5,
280, 281, map 24; var. iodandra,
6, 280

Bartsia alpina, 121, 125, 275

Bellis perennis, 15, 311

Benke, H. C. New Species and
Forms from the Central and
Southern United States, 44

[DECEMBER

Berlandiera texana, 291

Betula Michauxii, 12, 123; nana,
12; papyrifera, 122

Bidens cernua, var. minima, 262;
connata, var. ambiversa, 391, var.
petiolata, 391, var. submutica,
391; discoidea, 291; frondosa, var.
anomala, 389; involucrata, 360

Black Larch, 358; Spruce, 358

Blake, S. F. Charles Albert Rob-
bins, 1874-1930, 140; Wolfiella
lingulata in Louisiana, 226

Bog Spruce, 258

Boraginaceae, 66

Botrychium, 353; angustisegmen-
tum, 95, 130, 353; dissectum,
353, f. elongatum, 353, f. obliqu-
um, 353, f. oneidense, 353; lance-
olatum, 95, var. angustisegmen-
tum, 353; Lunaria, 47, 94, 95;
matricariaefolium, 89, 95, 130,
353; multifidum, 95, var. inter-
medium, 353; obliquum, 353,
361, var. dissectum, 353, var.
elongatum, 353, var. oneidense,
353; ramosum, 353; simplex, 4,
95, 130, 353; tenebrosum, 353;
ternatum, var. intermedium, 353,
var. oneidense, 353, var. rutae-
folium, 95; virginianum, 353, 360,
var. europaeum, 95, 277, var.
intermedium, 353

Bouteloua, 182

Brachytrichia Quoyi, 150

a Polygonatum pubescens,
4

Brickellia grandiflora, 290

Bromus, 181; altissimus, 316, f.
incanus, 316; arvensis, 361; cilia-
tus, 316, var. incanus, 316; com-
mutatus, 200, 317; hordeaceus,
200, 317, f. leptostachys, 316, var.
leptostachys, 316, 317; incanus,
316; inermis, f. aristatus, 316,
var. aristatus, 316, f. villosus,
316; japonicus, 361; latiglumis,
316, f. incanus, 316; marginatus,
182; mollis, 316, 317, mollis 8 leio-
stachys, 316, f. leiostachys, 316,
mollis 8 leptostachys, 317, f.
leptostachys, 316; pratensis, 317;
purgans, 316, purgans incanus,
316, purgans latiglumis, 316;
a 317, 361; secalinus,
36

Brotherella, 146

Burmanniaceae, 106

Butters, F. K. Identity of Heu-
chera hispida Pursh, 111

1933]

Calamagrostis, 125; arenicola, 64;
canadensis, 213, 251, var. Langs-
dorfi, 120; epigejos, 65, var.
georgica, 64, 65, in America, 64;
georgica, 65; hyperborea, 213,
214, hyperborea americana, 214,
hyperborea elongata, 214; inex-
pansa, 55, 214, var. brevior, 214,
var. robusta, 213, 214; neglecta,
120, 214, var. borealis, 214; per-
plexa, 212, 213; Pickeringii, 212,
map 20, var. debilis, 212; Porteri,
212; purpurascens, 213, var.
macrantha, 213, var. parvi-
gluma, 213; urelytra «a macran-
p 213, urelytra 8 parvigluma,
21

Callirhoe Papaver, 287

Callithamnion Baileyi, 149; corym-
bosum, 148; roseum, 148

Callitriche, 124, 185; anceps, 185, in
New England, 185; Austini, 200;
deflexa Austini, 200; heterophylla,
185, 200

Calluna vulgaris, Another Massa-
chusetts Station for, 294

Calopogon pulchellus, 5, 85, 241

Caltha palustris, 277

Calypso, 61; bulbosa, 60

Campanula rotundifolia, 56, var.
alaskana, 57, 310; uliginosa, 252

Camptosorus rhizophyllus, 240

Capillaire, 129

Cardamine, 16, 125; flexuosa, 16,
267, 277; pensylvanica, 16, 267;
pratensis, var. angustifolia, 120,
var. palustris, 15, 267

Carex, 55, 84, 139, 235; albicans,
249; albursina, 249; alpina, 120,
220-223, 398, 400, map 21, pl.
248, in North America, 220, f.
inferalpina, 223, 398, var. infer-
alpina, 222, 223, 398, map 21,
pl. 248, var. Stevenii, 222, 223,
398, map 21, pl. 248, var. typica,
222; angarae, 223, 398; angustior,
219; aquatilis, 230; § Atratae,
220; bicolor, 57, 120, 125; bi-
partita, 120; brunnescens, 59;
Buxbaumii, 84, 220, f. dilutior,
84, 220; canescens, 59; capillaris,
120, 277; capitata, 120, 275, 336;
cephalantha, 219; concinna, 220;
concolor, 59, 120, 125; crinita,
230; cryptolepis, 231; deflexa, 219;
Deinbolleana, 218; Deweyana,
219, 249; dioica, 218; duriuscula,
217-219; eburnea, 249; exilis, 5,
85; flava, 90, 91, 231, 251; flava

Index

411

x Hostiana, 230; flava X Hosti-
ana, var. laurentiana, 230; flava X
lepidocarpa, 231; flava Oederi,
f. subviridula, 231; flava X
Oederi, var. pumila, 231; flava,
var. pumila, 231, var. viridula,
231; X fulva, 230; glacialis, 55,
120; glareosa, 120, 125; gracilli-
ma, var. humilis, 220; granularis,
251; gynocrates, 218; Halleri, 220,
221; Hitcheockiana, 285; horma-
thodes, 13, 90, 219; Hostiana,

231; Hostiana X lepidocarpa,
231; Hostiana, var. laurentiana,
91, 230, 231; Hostiana, var.

laurentiana X lepidocarpa, 231;
hystericina, 251; incurva, 60, 120,
216-218, 336, 395, 396, var. in-
flata, 396, var. melanocystis, 397,
var. misera, 397, var. setina, 55,
56, 216, 218, 395-397, 400, map
4, pl. 247; jueunda, 396; Lange-
ana, 217-219, 400, pl. 247; lasio-
carpa, 230; lenticularis, 59; lepi-
docarpa, 277; X Leutzii, 231;
limosa X rariflora, 220; livida,
var. Grayana, 5, 85; Macloviana,
335; maritima, 167, 396, 397, var.
brunnescens, 398, var. erectius-
cula, 398, var. melanocystis, 397,
var. misera, 397, var. setina,
397, 400, pl. 247; melanocystis,
397, var. misera, 397; micro-
glochin, 57, 120, 125, 139, 232,
336; misera, 397; novae-angliae,
219; Oederi, 231, 232, var. pumila,
91, 231, var. viridula, 231; ortho-
caula, 396; paleacea, 397, 398,
var. brunnescens, 398, var.
transatlantica, 397; peduncu-

lata, 249; X Pieperiana, 231;
platyphylla, 249; X pseudo-
fulva, 231; psychroluta, 397;

rariflora, 5, 120, 125; Richardsonii
253; rigida, 59; rosea, 249; rupes-
tris, 51, 89, 120; salina, var.
kattegatensis, 398, var. pseudo-
filipendula, 230; scirpoidea, 5, 81,
91, 120, 388; scoparia, 219; setina,
396; sparganioides, 249; stellulata
90; stenophylla, 217; stipata, 277;
stricta, 59; stylosa, 58, 89, 230;
x subviridula, 231; tenuiflora
x trisperma, 219; transmarina,
396; X trichina, 219; trisperma,
var. Billingsii, 5; Tuckermani,
251; ursina, 55; Vahlii, 222, 398,
400, pl. 248, var. inferalpina,
398, 400, pl. 248, var. Stevenii,

412 Rhodora

398, 400, pl. 248; vesicaria, 59,
232, 251, var. jejuna, 59, 232, var.
laurentiana, 232, 233, 400, pl.
248, var. monile, 232; viridula,
231, 232, vulpinoidea, 251; Wie-
gandii, 84, 219; X xanthina,
230, 231; X xanthocarpa, 230

Carices, 54, 55, 59

Carya cordiformis, 249; ovata, 249

Caryophyllaceae, 261

Cat Spruce, 358

Catabrosa, 139; aquatica, 138-140,
399, pl. 242, var. laurentiana,
137, 139, 140, 399, pl. 242, var.
subtilis, 140, var. uniflora, 139,
140, 399, pl. 242

Caulophyllum thalictroides, 285

Cayaponia grandiflora, 289

Cedar, Red, 359; White, 358, 359

Celastrus scandens, 249

Central and Southern United States,
New Species and Forms from the,
44

Cephalanthus occidentalis, 251

Ceramium arachnoideum, 148; dia-
phanum, 148; fastigiatum, 148;
rubrum, 148

Cerastium alpinum, 120; arvense,
83; Earlei, 11; Fischerianum, 265;
latifolium, 11; Regelii, 275; terrae-
novae, 10, 11, 83, 265, 401, pl.
257; viscosum, 266; vulgatum,
266

Chaetopteris plumosa, 151, 152

Chamaecyparis, 358; thyoides, 358

Chamaedrys canadensis, 394

Changes in the Woods Hole Algal
Vegetation, 150

Charles Albert Robbins, 1874-1930,

140
Cheilanthes californica, 261; Coop-
erae, 261; lanuginosa, 261; ves-
tita, 261
Chenopodium murale, 362
Chiogenes hispidula, 130
Chloris, 182; verticillata, 361
Chondria Baileyana, 148
Chondriopsis tenuissima, 148
Chrysopsis Berlandieri, 290
Churchill, J. R. Reports on the
Flora of Massachusetts,—II, 351
Cicuta bulbifera, 251; maculata, 251
Cinna latifolia, 277
Cinnamon Fern, 352
Circaea alpina, 250; latifolia, 250
Cirsium muticum, 15, f. lacti-
florum, 369; palustre, 15, 277,

369
Cladonia, 141—143, 237; coniocraea,

[DECEMBER

150; cristatella, 141, 143; fuscata,
150; symphycarpa, 150

Cladophora gracilis, 149

Claytonia robusta, 362

Clematis occidentalis, var. albi-
flora, 347; versicolor, 285

Climbing Fern, 352

Clintonia borealis, 322

Clover, Elzada U. The Habitat
of Astrophytum asterias in Texas,
224

Club Moss, 355; Family, 355

Cochlearia cyclocarpa, 9, 267; gro-
enlandica, 120, 267; tridactylites,
267

Cockerell, T. D. A. Some Synony-

my,

Collins, J. F. Moss Flora (notice
of Grout, Moss Flora of North
America), 146

Color Variation in a Missouri
Colony of Hepatica acutiloba, 66

Columbia, Missouri, Notes on the
Flora of, 359

Comandra Richardsiana, 55

“ommon Horsetail, 354; Juniper, 359

Conioselinum pumilum, 10, 83, 279

Connecticut, Aristida longespica in,
386; Desmodium glabellum in
northeastern, 38

Conostylideae, 106

Conringia orientalis, 361

Convallaria bracteata, 404; multi-
flora y bracteata, 404; multiflora
y ramosa, 404, 405

Corallorrhiza odontorhiza, 39; Wis-
teriana, 362

Corema Conradii, 348

Cornucopiae hyemalis, 12, 207-209

Cornus alternifolia, 251; Amomum,
251; circinata, 250; femina, 288;
paniculata, 363; racemosa, 363;
stolonifera, 251; stricta, 288;
suecica, 9

Corylus cornuta, 90, 265; rostrata,
90

Coryphantha Runyonii, 224

Crataegus, 49, 359; laurentiana, 49,
272; punctata, 249

Crepis nana, 121, 275

Crithopyrum trachyeaulum, 170

Croton Engelmanni, 287

Cryptogramma Stelleri, 47

Curly Grass Family, 352

Cuscuta Gronovii, 251; obtusiflora,
363; Polygonorum, 363

Cycloloma atriplicifolium, 254

Cynoglossum amabile, 66, in Massa-
chusetts, 66; officinale, 248

1933] Index

Cynosurus, 137; cristatus, 137
Cyperoides alpinum tenuifolium,
221

Cyperus dentatus, 68; festivus, 260;
flavescens, 285; inaequalis, 260;
strigosus, 251

Cypress, 358

Cypripedium acaule, 88, 237, 263,
264, A Teratological Specimen of,
263; parviflorum, 360, var. plani-
petalum, 57, 237, 401, pl. 250;
planipetalum, 237; reginae, &,

map 2
Cystopteris bulbifera, 249, 277

Dactylis cynosuroides, 258; glom-
erata, 137, var. ciliata, 137, var.
detonsa, 137

Dalibarda repens, 74

Danthonia intermedia, 10, 83

Dasystoma laevigata, 202

David Starr Jordan Algae from
Penikese Island, The, 147

Deane, Walter (Biographical
Sketch), 69

Deanea, 79

Dens leonis, 382; vulgaris, 382

Dentaria diphylla, 249

Deschampsia atropurpurea, 203

Desmodium, 38; bracteosum, 39;
canescens, 39; glabellum, 39, in
northeastern Connecticut, 38;
illinoense, 361; paniculatum, 39;
rigidum, 39; rotundifolium, 363

Dianthus Armeria, 362

Diapensia lapponica, 5, 121, 125

Diarina, 40; festucoides, 39, 40

Diarrhena, 39, 40; festucoides, 39,
Diarrhena festucoides again,

9

Dicentra canadensis, 249; Cucull-
aria, 249

Dictyosiphon hippuroides, 149

Diospyros, 106

Dipsacus sylvestris, 364

Direa palustris, 288

Disappearance of Zostera in 1932,
152

Discoveries in the Newfoundland
Flora, Recent, 1, 47, 80, 120, 161,
203, 230, 265, 298, 327, 364, 395

Distribution of Iris versicolor in
Relation to the Post-glacial Great
Lakes, 154

Distribution of Sorocarpus, On the,
347

Draba, 55, 89, 390; arabisans, 48,
var. orthocarpa, 270; brachy-
carpa, 363; cana, 390; hirta, 120;

413

incana, 120, 127, pl. 239, var.
confusa, 399, pl. 239; magellanica,
336; megasperma, 270; nivalis,
120, 275, 298; rupestris, 7, 120,
270; stylaris, 233; verna, 261
Drosera, 106; anglica, 85, 87, 270,
271; anglica 8 obovata, 87; inter-
media, 85, 87, 271; linearis, 57,
271; longifolia, 85; obovata, 87,
270, 271; rotundifolia, 85, 87, 271;
§ Rossolis, 106
Drouet, Francis. Notes on the
Flora of Columbia, Missouri, 359
Dryas, 54; integrifolia, 51, 56, 81,
121, 274, f. canescens, 273, 274;
var. canescens, 56, 273
Dumontia, 315, in Maine, 315; fili-
formis, 150, 315

Eames, Edwin H. A New Lud-
vigia from New England, 227
Eastern North America, Agropyron
$ Goularda in, 161; Taraxacum
in, 369

Eaton, Richard J. Another Massa-
chusetts Station for Calluna
vulgaris, 204

Eaton’s Ferns of North America, A
Suppressed Plate in, 260

Echinocereus enneacanthus, 224;
pentalophus, 224; perbellus, 224

Echinochloa Walteri, 252

Echinocystis lobata, 364

Echium plantagineum, 145; vul-
gare, 248

Eclipta alba, 145

Ectocarpus confervoides, 347; para-
doxus in New England, 107;
siliculosus, 347

Ectropothecium, 146

Ecuador, An Undescribed Mutisia
from, 257

Elatine minima, 13, 278, 387

Eleocharis acicularis, var. submer-
sa, 90, 216; nitida, 85; olivacea,
68; palustris, var. major, 251;
parvula, 90, 215; pauciflora, 388;
uniglumis, var. halophila, 215

Elymus, 187; Types of some Ameri-
can Species of, 187; arkansanus,
194, 195; australis, 196-198, var.
glabriflorus, 197, 198; canaden-
sis, 187-193, 196, var. glabri-
florus, 196, 198, f. glaucifolius,
191, 196, var. glaucifolius, 192,
var. philadelphicus, 191, var.
robustus, 192; curvatus, 196, 198;
glabriflorus, 196—198; glaucifolius,
189-191, 193, var. robustus, 192;

414 Rhodora

halophilus, 196, 198; hirsutiglu-
mis, 196-198; hirsutus, 192; in-
termedius, 196, 198; jejunus, 196,
198; philadelphicus, 188-191, var.
hirsutus, 192, var. robustus, 192;
robustus, 187, 188, 191, 192, 362,
var. vestitus, 187, 189—191; sibiri-
cus, 188; striatus, 193-195, 198,
var. arkansanus, 195, 196, var.
villosus, 195; villosus, 194-196, f.
arkansanus, 195; virginicus,
193-198, 251, var. glabriflorus,
198, var. glabriflorus, f. aus-
tralis, 198, var. halophilus, 197,
198, var. halophilus, f. lasio-
lepis, 198, var. hirsutiglumis,
196-198, f. jejunus, 198, var.
jejunus, 197, 198, var. submuti-
cus, 198, var. typicus, 197, 198,
var. typicus, f. hirsutiglumis,
197, 198; Wiegandii, 192, 193,
196, f. calvescens, 192, 196

Empetrum, 54, 237; Eamesii, 12, 89;
nigrum, 89, 121, 125, 238, 239, f.
purpureum, 89, 278; rubrum, 335

Entodon, 146

Enteromorpha clathrata, 149

"MA among Zostera Colonies,
186

Epilobium, 124; alpinum, 121; an-
gustifolium, 58, var. macrophyl-
lum, 58, 278; boreale, 278; $
Chamaenerion, 124; davuricum,
57, 278; glandulosum, var. adeno-
caulon, 251; Hornemanni, 58,
121; lactiflorum, 58, 89, 121, 125,
279; latifolium, 121; molle, 251;
nesophilum, 59; palustre, 12;
paniculatum, 390; Pylaieanum,
12, 278, 402, pl. 259; wyoming-
ense, 278

Equisetaceae, 354

Equisetum, 354; arvense, 354; fluvi-
atile, 251, 354; hyemale, var.
affine, 354; limosum, 354, f.
minus, 354, f. verticillatum, 354;
littorale, 354; palustre, 354; pra-
tense, 14, 130, 354; scirpoides,
355; sylvaticum, 354, var. pauci-
ramosum, 354, var. pauciramo-
sum, f. multiramosum, 354; varie-
gatum, 355

Eragrostis, 214

Erigeron hyssopifolius, var. villi-
caulis, 314, 315, 331; pusillus, 39

Eriocaulon septangulare, 5, 387

Eriogonum annuum, f. roseum,
347

Eriophorum opacum, 216; Scheuch-

[DEcEMBER

zeri, 120, 125; spissum, var. eru-
bescens, 123; tenellum, 5; vir-
ginicum, 5

Erodium cicutarium, 363

Errata, 406

Erysimum cheiranthoides, 248; co-
arctatum, 11

Escobaria Runyonii, 224

Eupatorium coelestinum, 46, f.
illinoense, 46; falcatum, 24;
maculatum, 252; sessilifolium, 39,
290; urticaefolium, var. villicaule,
290

Euphorbia glyptosperma, 287; Heli-
oscopia, 248

Euphrasia, 6, 94—96, 127, 298, 302-
304, 373; americana, 306, 307;
arctica, 96, 121, 301, 302, 304—306;
brevipila, 307; canadensis, 303,
305; disjuneta, 301-304, 306;
frigida, 306; latifolia, 302-306;
Oakesii, 298-301, 303, f. lilacina,
299; officinalis, 302, 303, offici-
nalis 8, 302, 304, 305, var. lati-
folia, 302, 304, var. rotundifolia,
304-306; purpurea, 9, 299, 303-
306, f. candida, 299; var. Far-
lowii, 96, 127, 301, 303, var. Far-
lowii, f. iodantha, 301, var. Rand-
ii, 300, 303, 304, var. Randii, f.
albiflora, 300; rigidula, 399; stric-
ta, 96, 306, 399; Williamsii, 96,
298, 299, 303, 306, var. vestita, 6,
88, 299, 303, 304

Eustoma, 44; exaltatum, 44, f.
albiflorum, 44; Russellianum, f.
albiflorum, 110, f. Fisheri, 110, f.
flaviflorum, 110

Faleata comosa, 276; Pitcheri, 276

Family, Adder's Tongue, 352; Club
Moss, 355; Curly Grass, 352;
Fern, 351; Flowering Fern, 352;
Horsetail, 354; Pine, 357; Quill-
wort, 356; Yew, 357

Fassett, Norman C. Notes from
the Herbarium of the University
of Wisconsin—IX, 199; X, 387

Fern, Cinnamon, 352; Climbing,
352; Family, 351; Interrupted,
352; Royal, 352

Fernald, M. L. Branching Polygo-
natum pubescens, 402; Calama-
grostis epigejos, var. georgica in
America, 64; Callitriche anceps
in New England, 185; Diarrhena
festucoides again, 39; Glyceria
arkansana in western New York,
294; Hawaiian Weeds (notice of

1933]

St. John: Weeds of the Pineapple
l'ields of the Hawaiian Islands),
146; Heterochromism in Arcto-
staphylos Uva-ursi, var. coacti-
lis, 348; The New York Record
of Fraxinus profunda, 293; Re-
cent Discoveries in the New-
foundland Flora, 1, 47, 80, 120,
161, 203, 230, 265, 298, 327,
364, 395; Some Forms of Grasses,
316; The Slender-spiked Spartina
pectinata, 258; The Type of Teu-
crium canadense, 392; Two Seg-
regates in Sporobolus, 108; Types
of Some American Species of
Klymus,. 187

Ferns of North America, A Sup-
pressed Plate in Eaton’s, 200

Festuca, 81, 83; brachyphylla, 47,
120, 134, 135; capillata, 12, 132,
134, 135, 273; inermis, £ villosa,
316; nutans, 249; ovina, 134, 135,
var. duriuscula, 165, f. hispidula,
165, f. laeviflora, 165, var. vivi-
para, 134, 165; prolifera, 133-
136, map 14, var. lasiolepis, 135,
136, 399, pl. 241; rubra, 82, 132-
135, var. arenaria, 51, 120, 132,
133, var. commutata, 132, 133,
165, var. fallax, 133, f. glaucescens,
132, 165, var. juncea, 132, 133,
167, f. megastachys, 132, 133,
var. multiflora, 132, 133, var.
mutica, 132, 133, var. oelandica,
165, f. planifolia, 165, rubra pro-
lifera, 183, var. prolifera, 82, f.
squarrosa, 132; Section Ovinae,
subsect. Intravaginales, 134;
vivipara, 7, 120, 134, 135

l'estuceae, 214

Ficus Carica in Massachusetts, 40

Fimbristylis autumnalis, 68

Fir, 358; Balm-of-Gilead,
Balsam, 358; Scotch, 357

Flora around Missisquoi Bay, Que-
bec, The, 247; of Columbia,
Missouri, Notes on the, 359; of
Haverhill, Massachusetts, Notes
on the, 261; of Massachusetts,—
II, Reports on the, 351; Recent
Discoveries in the Newfoundland,
1, 47, 80, 120, 161, 203, 230, 265,
208, 327, 364, 395

Flowering Fern Family, 352

Forest ‘Trees of New England,
Leavitt's (notice), 108

Forms from the Central and South-
ern United States, New Species
and, 44; of Grasses, Some, 316

358;

Index

415

Fragaria vesca, var. americana, 249;
virginiana, 272

Fraxinus nigra, 90, 280; pennsyl-
vanica, 251, 293; profunda, the
New York Record of, 293; quad-
rangulata, 289

Fucus, 64; platyearpus, 151; vesicu-
losus, 151

Galium circaezans, 250, var. mon-
tanum, 309; Claytoni, 252; kamt-
schaticum, 89, 309, 310, map 25;
Littellii, 309; oreganum, 310; pa-
lustre, 252

Garden, Some Weeds in an old,
145

Gelidium corneum, 148

Gentiana Amarella, 94-96; neso-
phila, 60, 94-96; propinqua, 95,
96; puberula, 361; quinquefolia,
289; Saponaria, 255

Genus Antennaria in Newfound-
land, The, 327

Geranium Robertianum, 83, 250,
390

Gerardia, 74; laevigata, 202; pauper-
cula, 251; pedicularia, 202, var.
ambigens, 202; purpurea, 74;
virginica, 20

Geum flavum, 39; triflorum, 388

Gleason, H. A. Annotations on
Herbarium Sheets, 41

Glyceria, 321; arkansana in western
New York, 294; Fernaldii, 226;
fluitans, 273, 294; from the Great
Smoky Mountains, A New Spe-
cies of, 320; grandis, 321, 322,
fig.; neogaea, 226; neogaea Steu-
del, A Note on, 225; nubigena,
321, fig.; pallida, var. Fernaldii,
226; septentrionalis, 294

Glycine bracteata, 276;
276; monoica, 276

Gnaphalium norvegicum, 121; ob-
tusifolium, var. micradenium,
291

Goodale, A. S. Reports on the
Flora of Massachusetts,—II, 351

Goodwin, R. H. Reports on the
Flora of Massachusetts,—II, 351

Grasses, Some Forms of, 316

Gratiola aurea, 251; sphaerocarpa,
364; virginiana, 364

Gray Pine, 357

Great Lakes, The Distribution of
Iris versicolor in Relation to the
Post-glacial, 154

Great Smoky Mountains, A new
Species of Glyceria from the, 320

comosa,

416 Rhodora

Griffithsia Bornetiana, 148; coral-
lina, 148; globulifera, 148

Grigg, F. W. Reports on the Flora
of Masaschusetts,—JI, 351

Grindelia lanceolata, 290

Ground Hemlock, 357

Grout, A. J. Notice of work, 146

Gustafson, A. H. A Teratological
F -an of Cypripedium acaule
6

Habenaria, 54, 57, 239; albida, 238,
401, pl. 251, var. straminea, 237;
blephariglottis, 5, 238, 239; cilia-
ris, 238, clavellate, 5, 85, dilatata,
238, 277; fimbriata, 238; flava,
251; Hookeri, 57, 215, 239, 240,
401, pl. 252, var. abbreviata,
239, 240, 401, pl. 252; hyper-
borea, 238; lacera, 362, var.
terrae-novae, 241; macrophylla,
238, 239, 240, 398; orbiculata, 8,
57, 87, 88, 215, 238-240, 398, 399,
map 9; psycodes, 85, 238, 241;
straminea, 52, 53, 57, 120, 121,
125, 237, 238, 401, pl. 251; viridis,
var. bracteata, 89

Habitat of Astrophytum asterias in
Texas, 224

Hackmatack, 358

Haemodoraceae, 106

Hair-grass, Water, 139

Halenia, 96; deflexa, 94, 95

Halorrhageae, 106

Halosaccion, 315

Hamamelis vernalis, 286

Hamatocactus setispinus, 224

Harris, S. K. Branching Polygona-
tum pubescens, 403; Notes on the
Flora of Haverhill, Massachu-
setts, 261; Reports on the Flora
of Massachusetts,—II, 351; An
Undescribed Mutisia from Ecua-
dor, 257

Haverhill, Massachusetts, Notes on
the Flora of, 261

Hawaiian Weeds (notice of St. John:
Weeds of the Pineapple Fields
of the Hawaiian osi ag 146

Hedypnois paludosa, 381, 382

Hedysarum alpinum, 50, 81, 94,
275, var. americanum, f. albi-
florum, 275; americanum, f.
albiflorum, 275

Helenium altissimum, 360, 364

Helianthus, 359; angustifolius, 291;
divaricatus, 291; giganteus, var.
subtuberosus, 346

Hemlock, 358; Ground, 357

[DECEMBER

Hepatiea, acutiloba, 249; Color
Variations in a Missouri Colony
of, 66

Herbarium of the University of
Wisconsin, Notes from the,—IX,
199, X, 387

PE Sheets, Annotations on,

Heterochromism in Arctostaphylos
Uva-ursi, var. coactilis, 348

Heuchera, 111, 119; americana, 111,
117; arkansana, 286; ciliata, 116;
Curtisii, 115; hispida, 111-119,
363, Identity of, 111; Rediscov-
ered, 118; parviflora, 286; puberu-
la, 286; pubescens, 114, 119;
Richardsonii, 113-117, var. Gray-
ana, 117, 118, 363, var. his-
pidior, 116-118, var. typica,
rw 117; scabra, 114; villosa,

Heterophyllum, 146

Hieracium Gronovii, 201; maria-
num, 201; scabrum, 201

Hierochloe, 77; alpina, 5, 120, 125

Hildenbrandia Prototypus, 151

Holmgrenia, 146

Holosteum umbellatum, 261

Homomallium, 146

Horsetail, 354; Common, 354; l'am-
ily, 354

Hudsonia, 348; ericoides, 348; to-
mentosa, 348, var. intermedia, 348

Hydrophyllum virginianum, 250

Hylocomium, 146

Hymenatherum aureum, 182

Hypaelytrum iridifolium, 260; um-
bellatum, 260

Hypericum boreale, 251; cisti-
folium, 255; Drummondii, 288;
ellipticum, 251; gentianoides, 287;
Kalmianum, 388; mutilum, 287;
petiolatum, 288; virginicum, 251

Hypnum, 146

Identity of Aster Tradescanti, 312;
of Heuchera hispida, Pursh, 111

Ilex TUN 287, var. padifolia,
28

Interrupted Fern, 352

Ipomaea coccinea, 289

Iris foliosa, 360, 362; versicolor,
154-160, The Distribution of in
Relation to the Post-glacial
Great Lakes, 154; virginica, 154—
160, 362

Isanthus brachiatus, 388, var. line-

Isnardia palustris, f. submersa, 229

1933]

Tsoetaceae, 356

Isoetes, 124, 356; Braunii, 356, f.
robusta, 356; Dodgei, 356, var.
Robbinsii, 356; Eatoni, 356; ech-
inospora, var. Braunii, 356, var.
muricata, 356; Engelmanni, 357,
var. gracilis, 357; foveolata, var.
plenospora, 357; Gravesii, 356;
macrospora, 357, var. hetero-
spora, 357; riparia, 356, var.
canadensis, 356; saccharata, var.
Amesii, 356; Tuckermani, 357,
var. Harveyi, 357

Isthmoplea in North America, A
Second Station for, 293; sphaero-
phora, 293

Jordan, David Starr, Algae from
Penikese Island, The, 147

Juglans cinerea, 249

Juncus, 84; albescens, 57, 120, 125,
236, 401, pl. 249; alpiniform-
is, 235; alpino-articulatus, 47,
234, 235; alpinus, 47, 84, 234-230;
alpinus X articulatus, 235; al-
pinus X nodosus, 235; alpinus,
var. alpestris, 84, var. fuscescens,
254, var. insignis, 84, 234, 254,
var. Marshallii, 234, var. rari-
florus, 84, 233, 234; anceps, 236;
articulatus, 47, 235, 236; articu-
latus X brevicaudatus, 236;
articulatus, var. obtusatus, 91,
236; balticus, var. littoralis, 252,
253, f. dissitiflorus, 254; brevi-
caudatus, 236; bufonius, 252,
273; canadensis, 233, var. sparsi-
florus. 5, 233; compressus, 391;
conglomeratus, 233; diffusissi-
mus, 285; Dudleyi, 91, 233, 252;
effusus, var. compactus, 233, var.
conglomeratus, 233; filiformis,
251; X fulvescens, 236; Gerardi,
90, 233, 292; Greenei, 253; lam-
pocarpus, 235; macer, 391; Mar-
shalli, 233; militaris, 228; X
nodosiformis, 235, 236; nodosus,
233, 236, 252; nodulosus, 84, 234;
nodulosus, 6 biceps et uniceps,
84; nodulosus, 8 rariflorus, 234;
pelocarpus, 5, 68, 85, 251, 387;
rariflorus, 234; stygius, var. amer-
icanus, 59; tenuis, 251, 391; tri-
fidus, 5, 98, 120, 125; triglumis,
57, 236, 400, pl. 249

Juniper, 359; Common, 359

Juniperus, 54, 359; communis, 359,
var. depressa, 359, var. montana,
5, 239; virginiana, 359

Index 417

Karwinskia Humboldtiana, 225

Kelso, E. H. Notes on Rocky
Mountain Plants, 347

Kelso, Leon. A Note on Glyceria
neogaea Steudel, 225

Kidder, Nathaniel T. Some Weeds
in an old Garden, 145

Kobresia simpliciuscula, 51, 81, 120

Koberlinia spinosa, 225

Knowlton, Clarence Hinckley, The
Flora around Missisquoi Bay,
Quebec, 247

Kuhnia suaveolens, 364

Kyllingia granularis, 260; polyphyl-
la, 260

Laboratory, Woods Hole, Notes
from the, 1932, 147

Lactuca floridana, 203; ludoviciana,
203; saligna, 291; villosa, 203

Lakela, Olga, Identity of Heuchera
hispida Pursh, 111

Laportea canadensis, 249

Lappula Redowskii, var. occiden-
talis, 182; virginica, 248

Larch, 358; American, 358; Black,
358

Larix, 358; laricina, 122, 358

Lathyrus japonicus, 167, 391, var.
aleuticus, 276, var. glaber, 277,
var. glaber, f. acutifolius, 277,
var. parviflorus, 390, var. pelli-
tus, 277, 391; maritimus, 391;
Neate 363; pratensis, 15, 277,

Leavitt’s Forest Trees of New
England (notice), 108

Lecanora allophana, 150; Hageni,
150

Lechea villosa, 288

Leersia lenticularis, 284; oryzoides,
251; virginica, 251

Leontodon ceratophorus, 373; ery-
throspermum, 379; laevigatus,
379; latilobum, 377; officinalis,
380; palustre, 380-382; Raji, 380;
Taraxacum, 380; Taracaxum pa-
lustre, 380, 381; Taraxacum,
6 palustre, 380, 381; Taraxacum,
var. palustre, 381; Taraxacum,
6 vulgare, 380; vulgare, 380, 382

Lespedeza, 38; procumbens, 39;
virginica, 39

Lesquerella, 55, 81, 127, 269, 373;
arctica, 55, 267-270, 401, pl. 258,
var. Purshii, 55, 267, 270, pl. 240;
montevidensis, 270; Purshii, 267—
270, 338, 399, 401, pl. 240, 258

418 Rhodora

Leucocrinum montanum, var. fibro-
sum, 348

Leucophyllum texanum, 225

Lewis, I. F. Notes from the Woods
Hole Laboratory,—1932, 147

Liatris cylindracea, 388; elegans,
361; spicata, 361; squarrosa, 290

Lichens of the 1924 Survey, Peni-
kese, 149

Ligusticum canadense, 288

Lilium michiganense, 362; super-
bum, 362

Linum catharticum, 15, 277, 278;
medium, 363; sulcatum, 388

Listera, 61; borealis, 60, 61, 241;
convallarioides, 277

Lithospermum officinale, 248

Lobelia cardinalis, 252, 360, 364;
Dortmanna, 85, 87, 311, map 8;
Kalmii, 91; syphilitica, 360

Loiseleuria procumbens, 5, 121,
125, 233

Lomentaria rosea, 151; uncinata, 148

Lonicera japonica, 364; villosa, 122

Lophophora Williamsii, 224, 225

E WM Wolfiella lingulata in,

Ludvigia brevipes, 228; from New
England, A New, 227; lacustris,
228, f. aquatilis, 229; palustris,
227, f. submersa, 229; sphaero-
carpa, 227

Ludvigiantha arcuata, 227; brevi-
pes, 227, 228

Luzula campestris, var. acadiensis,
144, 237, var. alpina, 93, 120,
237; spicata, 7, 81, 120, 298;
sudetica, 94, 237

Lychnis alba, 362; alpina, 85, 120

Lycopodiaceae, 355

Lycopodium, 106, 355; alopecuroi-
des, 355; annotinum, 355, var.
acrifolium, 355, var. pungens, 5;
carolinianum, 106; clavatum, 130,
355, var. megastachyon, 355,
var. monostachyon, 355; com-
planatum, var. canadense, 130,
var. flabelliforme, 356; inunda-
tum, 355, var. alopecuroides,
355, var. Bigelovii, 355, var. ro-
bustum, 355; obscurum, 130,
356, var. dendroideum, 356;
sabinaefolium, var. sitchense, 130;
Selago, 5, 121, 355; tristachyum,
94, 130, 356

Lycopus uniflorus, 282

Lygodium, 352; palmatum, 352

Lysimachia Nummularia, 289; X
producta, 39; terrestris, 280

[DECEMBER

Maianthemum canadense, 155

Maidenhair Berry, 129

Maine, Dumontia in, 315; Notes on
Triglochin palustris and Montia
lamprosperma in, 291; A Third
Station for Waldsteinia fragari-
oides in, 322

Malaxis brachypoda, 61, 241, 242,
401, pl. 253; monophyllos, 61,
242, 401, pl. 253; var. brachy-
poda, 242

Marine Algae, New Records of, 151

Mariscus mexicanus, 260

Marsilea, 354; quadrifolia, 354

Marsileaceae, 354

Massachusetts, Cynoglossum ama-
bile in, 66; Ficus Carica in, 40;
Reports on the Flora of,—1l,
351; Another Station for Calluna
vulgaris in, 294

Mecardonia acuminata, 289

Melica caerulea, 137; striata, 249

Melilotus alba, 248

Menyanthes trifoliata, 251

Mikania scandens, 290

Mimosa pallida, 225

Mimulus moschatus, 282

Missisquoi Bay, Quebee, The Flora
around, 247

Missouri Colony of Hepatica acuti-
loba, Color Variation in a, 66;
Notes on the Flora of Columbia,
359; Plants, Notes on, 283

Mitella diphylla, 249; prostrata, 240

Mittenothamnium, 146

Molinia, 137; caerulea, 137

Monarda didyma, 320; punctata,
363

Monolepis chenopodioides, 182

Moonwort, 353

Moss Flora (notice of Grout: Moss
Flora of North America), 146

Montia lamprosperma, 292, in
Maine, Notes on Triglochin pa-
lustris and, 291; rivularis, 273

Muhlenbergia, 181, 214; cuspidata,
284; uniflora, 215, var. terrae-
novae, 5, 85, 214, 215, 399, pl.
241

Multiflori Section of Aster, A Study
of the Rocky Mountain Species
of the, 323

Mutisia from Ecuador, An unde-
scribed, 257; pinchinchense, 257;
Rimbachii, 257, 258

Myosotis laxa, 90; scorpioides, 90

Myosurus minimus, 362

Myrica Gale, 238, 251

Myriotrichia, 256; clavaeformis,

1933]

149, 256; densa in New England,
256; filiformis, 256
Myriophyllum, 124

Najas flexilis, 14

Nardus stricta, 203, 273

National Academy of Sciences, Aid
from, 16, 111, 147, 154, 187, 199,
227, 252, 258, 283, 295, 316, 320,
323, 348, 359, 387, 392

Nelson, Ruth Ashton, A Study of
the Rocky Mountain Species of
the Multiflori Section of Aster, 323

Neomammillaria hemisphaerica, 224,
406; multiceps, 224

Nepeta Cataria, 248; hederacea, 364

New Ludvigia from New England,
A, 227; Records of Marine Algae,
151; Species and Forms from the
Central and Southern United
States, 44; Species of Glyceria
from the Great Smoky Moun-
tains, 320

New England, Ectocarpus para-
doxus in, 107; Callitriche anceps
in, 185; Leavitt’s Forest Trees of
(notice), 108; Myriotrichia densa
in, 256; A New Ludvigia from,
227; On Polysiphonia fibrillosa

in, 391

Newfoundland Flora, Recent Dis-

coveries in the, 1, 47, 80, 120,

161, 203, 230, 265, 298, 327, 364, °

395; The Genus Antennaria in,
327

New Hampshire, Panicum dicho-
tomiflorum, var. puritanorum in,
68

New York, Glyceria arkansana in
western, 294; Record of Fraxinus
profunda, The, 293

North America, Agropyron, § Gou-
larda in Eastern, 161; Carex al-
pina in, 220; A Second Station
for Isthmoplea in, 293; Taraxa-
cum in Eastern, 369

Northern Scrub Pine, 357

Norton, Arthur H. Notes on Tri-
glochin palustris and Montia
lamprosperma in Maine, 291;
Rorippa amphibia in Androscog-
gin County, Maine, 262; A Third
Station for Waldsteinia fragari-
oides in Maine, 322

Norway Spruce, 358

Note on Glyceria neogaea Steudel,
225

Notes from the Herbarium of the
University of Wisconsin,—IX,

Index

419

199, X, 387; from southeastern
Wisconsin,—II, 252; from the
Woods Hole Laboratory,—1932,
147; on Missouri Plants, 283; on
Rocky Mountain Plants, 347;
on the Flora of Columbia, Miss-
ouri, 359; on the Flora of Haver-
hill, Massachusetts, 261; on Tri-
glochin palustris and Montia
lamprosperma in Maine, 291
Notholaena dealbata, 361
Nymphozanthus variegatus, 5
Nyssa, 106; aquatica, 200; sylvati-
ca, 200; sylvatica biflora, 200;
sylvatica, var. biflora, 200

Oenothera biennis, 94; perennis, 279

On Polysiphonia fibrillosa in New
England, 391; the Distribution of
Sorocarpus, 347

Onoclea sensibilis, 360

Ophioglossaceae, 352

Ophioglossum, 352; vulgatum, 352,
f. pseudopodum, 352

Opuntia humifusa, 348; leptocaulis,
225; Lindheimeri, 225; vulgaris,
348

Orchis, 239; orbiculata, 398; psy-
codes, 241; spectabilis, 360

Orobanche, 308; Sedi, 308; terrae-
novae, 48, 95, 308, fig., 308; uni-
flora, 95, 308, fig., 308, var.
terrae-novae, 308

Oryzopsis asperifolia, 215; canaden-
sis, 13, 215; pungens, 215; race-
mosa, 249

Osmorhiza Claytoni, 250; divari-
cata, 387; longistylis, 250

Osmunda, 352; cinnamomea, 59,
352, f. bipinnatifida, 352, f.
frondosa, 352, 405, var. frondosa,
352, f. incisa, 352, var. incisa,
352, f. latipinnula, 352; Claytoni-
ana, 59, 352; regalis, var. specta-
bilis, 352, f. anomala, 352,
subvar. anomala, 352

Osmundaceae, 352

Ostrya virginica, 249

Oxalis corniculata, 200; europaea,
200; filipes, 200; montana, 77,
321, 322; stricta, 200

Oxybaphus hirsutus, 199

Oxyria digyna, 93, 120, 265, map 11

Oxytropis foliolosa, 50, 274, map 3;
johannensis, 89, 275; plattensis,
287; terrae-novae, 275, map 22

Panicum boreale, 201, 202; Boscii,
var. molle, 39; dichotomiflorum,
var. puritanorum in New Hamp-

420 Rhodora

shire, 68; Lindheimeri, var. sep-
tentrionale, 284; oligosanthes,
284; sphaerocarpon, 284; spretum
202; virgatum, var. cubense, 158;
xalapense, 362

p: taa 303, 305; latifolia,
303

Parietaria pennsylvanica, 249

E: caperata, 150; sulcata,

Parnassia caroliniana, 59, 61, 91,
271; Kotzebuei, 275; parviflora,
51, 59

Parthenocissus quinquefolia, var.
Saint-Paulii, 287

Paspalum floridanum, 283

EN flammea, 121; sylvatica,

Penikese Island, The David Starr
Jordan Algae from, 147

Penikese Lichens of the 1924 Sur-
vey, 149

Penstemon grandiflorus, 255

Penthorum sedoides, 251, 360

Pentstemon tubiflorus, 364

Phaseolus marianus scandens, 276

Phegopteris hexagonoptera, 360,
361

Phleum alpinum, 215

Phryma Leptostachya, 250

Phyllodoce caerulea, 58, 89, 279

Phyllophora Brodaei, 148; mem-
branifolia, 148

Physalis Alkekengi, 201, 406; angu-
lata, 201; barbadensis, 201; pen-
dula, 201; pruinosa, 201

Physcia stellaris, 150

Phytolacca americana, 254

Picea, 358; Abies, 358; canadensis,
358; glauca, 122, 358; mariana,
90, 122, 358; rubens, 358; f. vir-
gata, 358; rubra, 322, 358

Pilea pumila, 249

Pinaceae, 357

Pine, 357; Family, 357; Gray, 357;
Northern Scrub, 357; Pitch, 357;
ot 357; Scotch, 357; White,

Pinus, 357; Banksiana, 357; echin-
ata, 291; resinosa, 357; rigida,
357; Strobus, 11, 130, 154, 314,
357, f. prostrata, 11, 130; syl-
vestris, 357

Pitch Pine, 357

Plagiothecium, 146

Plantago arenaria, 262; aristata,
255; decipiens, 127; juncoides,
127, 336, var. glauca, 399, pl.
240, var. laurentiana, 9; lanceo-

[DEcEMBER

lata, var. sphaerostachya, f. ver-
nalis, 309; major, 309, var.
asiatica, 92, 308; Purshii, 255

Plants, Notes on Missouri, 283;
Notes on Rocky Mountain, 347

Platanthera bifolia, 54

Plate in Eaton's Ferns of North
America, A Suppressed, 260

Platygyrium, 146

Poa, 81; alpina, 120, 127, pl. 240,
var. brevifolia, 399, pl. 240; Chap-
maniana, 261; glauca, 83; laxa,
58, 136; nemoralis, 317; saltuen-
sis, var. microlepis, 136; trivialis,
83, 136

Podophyllum peltatum, 76

Pogonia ophioglossoides, 5, 85, 241

Polygala Senega, var. latifolia, 255;
verticillata, var. ambigua, 361

Polygonatum multiflorum, 404;
multiflorum, y bracteatum, 404;
multiflorum, f. bracteatum, 404,
f. ramosum, 404, var. ramo-
sum, 404; pubescens, 403-405,
Branching, 403, f. fultius, 404-
406 fig.

Polygonum allocarpum, 13, 265;
buxiforme, 362; littorale, 362;
Raii, 167; sagittatum, 360, 362;
virginianum, 39; viviparum, 120

Polyides rotundus, 149

Polymnia canadensis, 255

` Polypodiaceae, 351

Polypremum procumbens, 289

Polysiphonia affinis, 148; atrorubes-
cens, 148; fibrillosa in New Eng-
land, On, 391; nigrescens, 148;
urceolata, 148; violacea, 148

Polystichum acrostichoides, 252;
Lonchitis, 47, 81, 390; mohrioides,
336

Populus deltoides, 250; taccama-
hacca, 122

Post-glacial Great Lakes, The Dis-
tribution of Iris versicolor in
relation to the, 154

Potamogeton, 124; bupleuroides,
131; confervoides, 85, 131; gra-
mineus, var. spathulaeformis, 131;
Oakesianus, 5, 85; polygoni-
folius, 273; praelongus, 14, 131;
Robbinsii, 388, f. cultellatus, 389

Potentilla alpestris, 121; Anserina,
250, 251, 273; Anserina, œ ar-
gentea, 273; Anserina, var. ar-
gentea, 273; Anserina, 8 con-
color, 273; Anserina, 8 holosericea,
273; Anserina, f. sericea, 273,
274; var. sericea, 273; Anserina,

1933 |

a unicolor, 273; Anserina, var.
vulgaris, 273; concolor, 273;
erecta, 273; Fragariastrum, 272;
fruticosa, 122, 126, 399, pl. 240;
nivea, 51, 81, 121, 126, 298, pl
240, var. macrophylla, 399, pl.
240; norvegica, var. labradorica,
89, 272; palustris, 251, f. sub-
sericea, 273, 274; pectinata, 9,
233, 272; procumbens, 273; seric-
ea, 273; sterilis, 272, 273; Tor-
mentilla, 273; tridentata, 125;
ustacapensis, 275

Potter, David. Reports on the
Flora of Massachusetts, —II, 351

Prenanthes altissima, var. cinna-
momea, 291; aspera, 361

Primula decipiens, 335; egaliksensis,
280; § Farinosae, 335; intercedens,
388; laurentiana, 51, 233; ma-
gellanica, 335; mistassinica, 51

Prosopis juliflora, 225

E e vulgaris, var. lanceolata,

Prunus virginiana, 274

Psedera quinquefolia, var. Saint-
Paulii, 287 |

Psoralea digitata, 361

Puccinellia maritima, 167; Nuttal-
liana, 182

Pylaiella, 63; fulvescens, 63, 64;
littoralis, 64

Pylaisia, 146

Pyrola minor, 277; rotundifolia, 84

Pyrus americana, 322, $ Sorbus, 122

Quebec, The Flora around Missis-
quol Bay, 247

Quercus borealis, 391; depressa,
296; ellipsoidalis, 295; macro-
carpa, 249, 295-297, var. de-
pressa, 295-297, var. olivaefor-
mis, 296; mandanensis, 296, 297;
obtusiloba, 295; obtusiloba, 8 de-
pressa, 295, 296; rubra, 391;
stellata, 295, 296; stellata, y
depressa, 295

Quillwort, 356; Family, 356

Ramalina calicaris, 150

Ranunculus Flammula, 273; hede-
raceus, 273; hyperboreus, 120,
125; Macounii, 59; pedatifidus,
var. leiocarpus, 120, 275; penn-
sylvanicus, 251; reptans, 251

Recent Discoveries in the New-
foundland Flora, 1, 47, 80, 120,
161, 203, 230, 265, 298, 327, 384,
395

Index 42]

Record of Fraxinus profunda, The
New York, 293

Records of Marine Algae, New, 151

Red Cedar, 359; Pine, 357; Spruce,
358

Reports on the Flora of Massachu-
setts, —II, 351

Rhamnus cathartica, 363; parvi-
folius, 112

Rhododendron lapponicum, 10, 51,
81 191

Rhodophyceae, 315

Rhus canadensis, 388, var. trilobata,
363; Toxicodendron, 249; ty-
phina, 249

Rhytidiadelphus, 146

Rhytidiopsis, 146

Rhytidium, 146

Ribes Cynosbati, 249; glandulosum,
122; hirtellum, var. saxosum, 272

Robbins, Charles Albert, 1874-1930
(biographical sketch), 140

Robinson, Leavitt’s Forest
i of New England (notice),
108

Rockberry, 12

Rocky Mountain Plants, Notes on,
347; Species of the Multiflori
Boguon of Aster, A Study of the,
323

Rorippa amphibia, in Androscog-
gin County, Maine, 262

Rosa setigera, var. tomentosa, f.
inermis, 286

Rosendahl, C. O. Identity of
Heuchera hispida Pursh, 111

Rossbach, G. B. Reports on the
Flora of Massachusetts,—lII, 351

Royal Fern, 352

Rubus, 359; abactus, 363; acaulis,
238; Chamaemorus, 5; occiden-
talis, 250; odoratus, 249; ostryi-
folius, 363

Rudbeckia fulgida, 364; laciniata,
320; subtomentosa, 360, 364

E cu Patientia, 251; verticillatus,

Ruppia maritima, 91, var. brevi-
rostris, 91, 131, var. intermedia,
91, 131, var. obliqua, 91, 131,
var. rostrata, 131

Rynchospora alba, 5, 85; eapillacea,
216, 253, var. leviseta, 216, 388;
corniculata, 202; fusca, 5, 85;
macrostachya, 202

Sagittaria heterophylla, 361
Salix, 52, 122; alaxensis, 245;
amoena, 247; amplifolia, 245;

422 Rhodora

ancorifera, 245-247, fig, 245;
anglorum, var. kophophylla, 10,
83; arctophila, 55, 120; Barclayi,
48, 246; Barclayi* S. latiuscula,
246; Barclayi, subsp. latiuscula,
48; Barclayi, 8 latiuscula, 246;
Bebbiana, var. projecta, 12;
ealeicola, 55, 244; candida, 55;
chlorolepis, 247; § Chrysanthae,
243, 244; cordata, 91, 242, 251;
cordifolia, 55, var. callicarpaea,
89, 242, var. Macounii, 10, 83;
discolor, 48, 245—247, 251; glauco-
phylloides, 91, 243; herbacea, 58,
242; Hookeriana, 245; lanata, 54,
55, 243, 245; $ Lanatae, 244;
latiuscula, 246, 247; laurentiana,
244, 245; leiolepis, 247; lucida, 91,
251, var. intonsa, 91, 242; nigra,
250, var. falcata, 252; obtusata,
247; pedunculata, 55, 243, 247;
pellita, 91; petiolaris, 252; phy-
licifolia, 48, 246; Piperi, 245;
reticulata, 55, 120; Richardsoni,
244, 245; rostrata, 251; Tweedyi,
245; Uva-ursi, 5, 55, 125, f. phyl-
lolepis, 242; vestita, 50, 55, 81,
89, 238; viminalis, 48, 247;
Wiegandii, 243-245, 247, 401,

pl.

Salsola Kali, var. caroliniana, 265

Salviniaceae, 354

Sambueus pubens, 310, f. calva,
310; pubens dissecta, 310; pu-
bens, f. dissecta, 310; pubens,
8 leucocarpa, 310; pubens, f.
leucocarpa, 310, f. xanthocar-
pa, 310; racemosa, 310, f. chryso-
carpa, 310, f. leucocarpa, 310, f.
xanthocarpa, 310, var. xantho-
carpa, 310

Sanderson, Ruth D. A Suppressed
Plate in Eaton’s Ferns of North
America, 260

Sanford, S. N. F. Cynoglossum
amabile in Massachusetts, 66;
Ficus Carica in Massachusetts,
40; Reports on the Flora of
Massachusetts, —II, 351

Sanguinaria canadensis, 249, 250, f.
Colbyorum, 45

Sanguisorba canadensis, 238

Sarracenia purpurea, 5, f. hetero-
phylla, 90, 271

Savin, 359

Saxifraga adscendens, 271; aizoides,
7, 121; Aizoon, 121, 233; cespi-
tosa, 121, 126, 399, pl. 239; cer-
nua, 298; oppositifolia, 78, 81,

[DECEMBER

93, 121, 126, 399, map 1, pl. 239;
pensylvanica, 286, var. Forbesii,
ad petraea, 271; tricuspidata,
271

Scheuchzeria palustris, var. ameri-
cana, 90, 132

Schizaea, 13, 106; pusilla, 6, 85, 86,
105, map 7

Schizaeaceae, 106, 352

Schuh, R. E. Dumontia in Maine,
315; Ectocarpus paradoxus in
New England, 107; Myriotri-
chia densa in New England, 256;
On Polysiphonia fibrillosa in New
England, 391; On the Distribu-
tion of Sorocarpus, 347; Pylaiella
fulvescens (Schousb.) Bornet, 63;
A Second Station for Isthmoplea
in North America, 293

Scinaia furcellata, 149

Scirpus acutus, 216; americanus, 90,
216, 251; atrovirens, 251, 252,
var. georgianus, 252; carinatus,
285; cespitosus, var. callosus, 5,
8, 87, 88, 121, 240, map 10, var.
delicatulus, 216; cyperinus, var.
pelius, 251; nanus, 90, 215; pedi-
cellatus, 251, 262; rufus, 55

Seleria pauciflora, 202, var. caro-
liniana, 202

Seotch Fir, 357; Pine, 357

Scrophularia nodosa, 16, 277, 282

Scutellaria epilobiifolia, 252; lateri-
flora, 252; nervosa, 289; versi-
color, var. minor, 289

Scytosiphon, 257

Second Station for Isthmoplea in
North America, A, 293

Sedum roseum, 121, 127

Segregates in Sporobolus, Two, 108

Selaginella, 356; apoda, 356; rupes-
tris, 356

Selaginellaceae, 356

Sematophyllum, 146

Senecio pauperculus, 126, pl. 239;
var. firmifolius, 399, pl. 239;
Pseudo-Arnica, 233; Rugelia, 320

Senecioneae, 369

Sertularia, 293

Sesbania macrocarpa, 286

Sheets, Annotations on Herbarium,

1

Shepherdia canadensis, 50

Shimek, B. Quercus macrocarpa,
var. depressa (Nutt.) Engelm., 295

Silene acaulis, 8, var. exscapa, 7, 81,
93, 94, 120, 266, var. exscapa, f.
caulescens, 94, 266; dichotoma,
254; gallica, 285

1933 |

Silphium Asteriscus, 291

Sisymbrium orientale, 145; Sophia,
145

Sisyrinchium montanum, 388

Sium suave, 251

Slender-spiked Spartina pectinata,
The, 258

Smith, L. B. Reports on the Flora
of Massachusetts,—II, 351

Solanum elaeagnifolium, f. albi-
florum, 110, f. Benkei, 110; ni-
grum, var. villosum, 145

Solidago altissima, 252; arguta, 202;
caesia, 250, 290; calcicola, 88,
311; canadensis, 94, 311; flexuosa,
391; Gattingeri, 290; hispida, var.
arnoglossa, 7, 311, var. disjuncta,
311, var. lanata, 311, var. tonsa,
83; latifolia, 250, 391; lepida, var.
elongata, 91, 311; macrophylla,
126, pl. 239, var. thyrsoidea, 399,
pl. 239; multiradiata, 51, 81, 89;
patula, 202; rugosa, 8, var.
aspera, 290; speciosa, 364; ulmi-
folia, 39; uniligulata, 5

Some Forms of Grasses, 316;
Synonymy, 110; Weeds in an old
Garden, 145

Southern United States, New Spe-
cies and Forms from the Central
and, 44

Sorocarpus, On the Distribution of,
347; uvaeformis, 347, var. balti-
cus, 347

Sparganium, 124; hyperboreum, 85;
multipedunculatum, 131

Spartina cynosuroides, 258; Mi-
chauxiana, 251, 258, 259, var.
Suttiei, 260; patens, 292; pecti-
nata, 215, 258-260, The Slender-
spiked, 258, var. Suttiei, 260;
polystachya, 258

Species and Forms from the Central
and Southern United States, 44

Species of Elymus, The Types of
some American, 187; of Glyceria
from the Great Smoky Moun-
tains, A New, 320; of the Multi-
flori Section of Aster, A Study of
the Rocky Mountain, 323

Specimen of Cypripedium acaule,
A Teratological, 263

Specularia leptocarpa, 364

Spermothamnion Turneri, 150

Sphacelaria californica, 152; plumi-
gera, 151-153, pl. 274; plumosa,
151, 152

Sphenopholis pallens, 81, 203, 250

Spiraea alba, 251; salicifolia, 251

Index 423

Spiranthes ovalis, 285

Spleenwort, 351

Sporobolus, 108, 182; asper, 109,
362; asper pilosus, 110; cano-
virens, 284; neglectus, 109; ozark-
anus, 109; pilosus, 109; Two
Segregates in, 108; vaginaeflorus,
108, 109, var. inaequalis, 109

Spruce, 358; Black, 358; Bog, 358;
Cat, 358; Norway, 358; Red, 358;
White, 358

Stachys agraria, 45, f. albiflora, 45;
aspera, var. tenuifolia, 252; cor-
data, 200; tenuifolia, var. aspera,
201

Standley, P. C. Some Synonymy,
110

Statice labradorica, 83, var. sub-
mutica, 121

Station for Calluna vulgaris, An-
other Massachusetts, 294; for
Isthmoplea in North America, A
Second, 293; for Waldsteinia
fragarioides in Maine, A Third,
322

Steironema ciliatum, 251

Stellaria crassifolia, 265; humifusa,
121

Stereophyllum, 146

Steyermark, Julian A. Notes on
Missouri Plants, 283

Stipa canadensis, 215

St. ea Harold (notiee of work),
146

Streptopus amplexifolius, 277 ; oreo-
polus, 58, 237; roseus, 322

Strophostyles helvola, 287

Study of the Rocky Mountain
Species of the Multiflori Section
of Aster, A, 323

Suaeda maritima, 167

Sullivantia renifolia, 286

Suppressed Plate in Eaton's Ferns
of North America, A, 260

Survey, Lichens of the Penikese,
1924, 149

Synonymy, Some, 110

Tagetes minuta, 145

Talinum calycinum, 285; rugo-
spermum, 202; teretifolium, 202

Tamarack, 358

Tamarix gallica, 288

Tanacetum huronense, var. terrae-
novae, 55

Taraxacum, 13, 50-53, 60, 121, 274,
369-386; in Eastern North Amer-
ica, 369; ambigens, 372, 376,
377, 403, pl. 271, var. fultius,

424 Rhodora

376, 403, 406, pl. 271; § Taraxaca
antarctica, 373; arctogenum, 378;
ceratophorum, 370, 371, 373—379,
384—386, 403; pl. 271; croceum,
122, 383; cygnorum, 373; Dens-
leonis, 380, 382, var. officinale,
380; dumetorum, 374-376, 379,
403, pl. 272; erythrospermum,
379; groenlandicum, 374, 378,
384; Hjeltii, 375; hyparcticum,
373; lacerum, 370, 378, 379;
laevigatum, 372, 379; lapponi-
cum, 122, 370, 372, 377, 383, 386,
403, pl. 271; latilobum, 372, 376-
378, 403, pl. 273: laurentianum,
371, 375, 403, pl. 272; Longii,
372, 379, 403, pl. 273; lvratum,
370, 372, 373, 403, pl. 272: macro-
ceras, 379; magellanicum, 373;
melanocarpum, 373; mutilum,
378; norvegicum, 379; officinale,
377, 380, 382; officinale, 8 pa-
lustre, 380; officinarum, 8 palus-
tre, 380; palustre, 372, 380—383,
var. vulgare, 371, 380, 383; palu-
dosum, 381, 382; phymatocar-
pum, 121, 122, 370-372, 403,
map 12, pl. 272; pumilum, 373;
Taraxacum, 380; torngatense,
373, 385, 386, 403, pl. 273; vul-
gare, 377, 380-383, var. cerato-
phorum, 373

Taxaceae, 357

Taxithelium, 146

Taxus, 357; canadensis, 277, 357

Taylor, William Randolph, Epi-
demic among Zostera Colonies,
186; Notes from the Woods Hole
Laboratory,—1932, 147

Teratological Specimen of Cypri-
pedium acaule, A, 263

Terellia canadensis, 191; canadensis
glaucifolia, 192

Teucrium canadense, 392-395; The
Type of, 392; canadense littorale,
200; canadense, var. littorale,
393, 395, var. virginicum, 395;
foliis lanceolatis, 394; littorale,
393-395; occidentale, 200; sib-
iricum, 394; virginicum, 395

Texas, The Habitat of Astrophy-
tum asterias in, 224

Thalictrum alpinum, 120, 125, 266;
clavatum, 266; confine, 250;
dasycarpum, 360, 362; dioicum,
249

Thelocactus bicolor, 225

Thelypteris cristata, 59, 128; Dry-
opteris, 277; hexagonoptera, 361;

[DECEMBER

noveboraenesis, 84, 128; palus-
tris, var. pubescens, 200; Phegop-
teris, 277; Robertiana, 47, 51, 81,
128; spinulosa, var. americana,
320, 322

Third Station for Waldsteinia fra-
garioides in Maine, 322

a arvense, 363; perfoliatum,

Thuidium, 146

TRU 250, 359; occidentalis, 249,

Tilopteridaceae, 151

Tilopteris Mertensii, 151, 153, pl.
274

Tofieldia glutinosa, 91; minima, 89,
120

Tragia nepetaefolia, 287; urticae-
folia, 287

Trailiella intricata, 149, 150

Tribulus terrestris, 363

Trichodium concinnum, 204, 205;
laxiflorum, 209; montanum, 209

Trichomanes ramosum, 47

Tricuspis stricta, 284

Tridens strictus, 284

Triglochin palustris, 292; palustris
and Montia lamprosperma in
Maine, Notes on, 291

Trillium cernuum, '90, 231; grandi-
florum, 249; recurvatum, 362

Triosteum aurantiacum, 364; per-
foliatum, var. aurantiacum, 364

Tripterocladium, 146

Trisetum spicatum, 250

Triticum biflorum, 8 Hornemanni,
164, 171, 174; junceum X repens,
167; pauciflorum, 163, 168, 169,
171; repens, 184, var. aristatum,
184, var. B pubescens, 184; sub-
secundum, 162, 180; subulatum,
184; trachycaulum, 162, 169;
Vaillantianum, 184; violaceum,
6

Tsuga, 358; canadensis, 358

Two Segregates in Sporobolus, 108

E of Teucrium canadense, The,

Types of wo American Species of

lymus, 187.

Typha, 90, 166; angustifolia, 252,
391; latifolia, 90, 131, 252

Ulmus americana, 249; fulva, 249
Umbelliferae, 79

Uncinia, 139

Undeseribed Mutisia from Ecuador,

An, 25
United States, New Species and

CT

1933]

Forms from the Central and
Southern, 44

University of Wisconsin, Notes
from the Herbarium of the,—IX,

: 199, X, 387

Upham, Alan W. Desmodium gla-
bellum in northeastern Connecti-
cut, 38

Utricularia, 124; biflora, 289; clan-
destina, 85; cornuta, 5; gemini-
scapa, 85, map 6

Vaccinium arboreum, var. glauces-
cens, 288; cespitosum, 280, 402,
pl. 260; nubigenum, 58, 279, 280,
402, map 23, pl. 260; ovalifolium,
58, 280, 402, pl. 260; uliginosum,
var. alpinum, 5, 121, 239; vacil-
lans, 363, var. crinitum, 363

Valerianella longiflora, 289

Variation in a Missouri Colony of
Hepatiea acutiloba, Color, 66

Variations of Agropyron repens,
The American, 182; of Agrostis
borealis, 203

Vegetation, Changes in the Woods
Hole Algal, 150

Veratrum Woodii, 285

Verbena officinalis, 44, f. rosei-
flora, 45

Verbesina encelioides, var. exau-
riculata, 145

Vernonia, 201. 359; altissima, 202;
Baldwini, 201, 290; Baldwini X
crinita, 290; crinita, 290; fas-
ciculata, 201, 202; glauca, 201;
illinoensis, 201; missurica, 201,
202; noveboracensis, 199, 201,
var. latifolia, 201

Veronica humifusa, 58; officinalis,
282, var. Tournefortii, 282, 283

Vesicaria arctica, 269; monteviden-
sis, 270

Vesicularia, 146

Viburnum Bushii, 364; pauciflor-
um, 122

Vicia Cracca, 248, 363, var. sericea,
276; villosa, 363

Viola canadensis, 250; conspersa,
250; eriocarpa, 250; labradorica,
5; lanceolata, 288; missouriensis,
363; pallens, 288; palustris, 58,
278; rostrata, 250; sagittata, 363;
sororia, 250

Vitis cinerea, 202; labrusca, 202;
vulpina, 250

Wadmond, 8. C. Notes from
southeastern Wisconsin, —II, 252

Index 425

Waldsteinia fragarioides, in Maine,
A third Station for, 322

Walter Deane (biographical sketch),
69

Water Hair-grass, 139

Weatherby, C. A. Aristida longe-
spica in Connecticut, 386; Pani-
cum dichotomiflorum, var. puri-
tanorum in New Hampshire, 68;
Walter Deane, 69

Weeds in an old Garden, Some, 145

Wherry, Edgar T. Heuchera his-
pida Pursh Rediscovered, 118

White Adder's Mouth, 242; Cedar,
358, 359; Pine, 357; Spruce, 358

Widdy, 126

Wiegand, K. M. Aster panicula-
tus and some of its Relatives, 16

Wilcoxia Poselgeri, 225

Wisconsin, Notes from the Her-
barium of the University of,—
IX, 199, X, 387; Notes from
southeastern,—II, 252

Wolfiella lingulata, 226, in Louisi-
ana, 226

Woods Hole Algal Vegetation,
Changes in the, 150; Notes from
the Laboratory,—1932, 147

Woodsia, 390; alpina, $89, 128;
Catheartiana, 389; glabella, 47,
81, 120, 128; ilvensis, 88, 89;
mexicana, 380; oregana, 389

Xanthoria parietina, 150

Xyridaceae, 106

Xyris, 5, 13; montana, 5; Smalliana,
227

Yew, 357; American, 357; Family,
357
Yucca sp., 225

Zannichellia palustris, var. major,

Zeia pseudorepens, 171; tenera, 170

Zizia aurea, 46; Bebbii, 46; cordata,
45, 46; sylvatica, 45, 46

Zizania aquatica, 251, var. angusti-
folia, 251

Zostera, 153, 257, 392; Colonies,
Epidemic among, 186; Disappear-
ance of in 1932, 152; marina, 92,
152, var. pacifica, 92, var. steno-
phylla, 92, 186; pacifica. 92;
stenophylla, 92

Zygadenus chloranthus, 285

Zygnema, 63